(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "The Practical Sanskrit-English dictionary containing appendices on Sanskrit prosody and important literary and geogrpahical names of ancient India"

THE PRACTICAL 

SANSKRIT-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



THE PRACTICAL 

SANSKRIT-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



Containing Appendices on Sanskrit Prosody and Important 
Literary and Geographical Names of Ancient India 



REVISED & ENLARGED EDITION 



VAMAN SHIVRAM APTE 



MOTILAL BANARSIDASS 
Delhi Varanasi Patna Madras 




MOTILAL BANARSIDASS 

Head Office: Bungalow Road, Delhi 110007 

Branches: Chowk, Varanasi 221 001 

Ashok Rajpath, Patna 800 004 
6 Appar Swamy Koil Street, Mylapore 
Madras 600 004 

Fourth Revised & Enlarged Edition : Delhi, 1965 
Reprint : Delhi, 1975, 1978, 1985 

ISBN : 0-89581-171-5 

Printed in India by Shantilal Jain at Shri Jainendra Press 
A-45 Naraina, Phase I, New Delhi 1 10 028 and published by 
Narendra Prakash Jain for Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi 1 10 007. 



PREFACE 

This Dictionary has been undertaken to supply a want long felt by the student, of a 
complete and at the same time cheap Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Very little need, I think, 
be said with regard to the necessity of bringing out a work like this, when the study of 
Sanskrit has received such a strong impetus during the last twentyfive years. There have 
been four or five Sanskrit-English Dictionaries published till now; but very few of them fulfil 
the two essential conditions of the popularity and usefulness of such works satisfying all 
the requirements of students and at the same time being within their easy reach. The Dic- 
tionaries of Professors Wilson and Monier Williams are very useful and valuable works, but 
their prices particularly of the latter are prohibitively high, and they do not also meet 
many of the most ordinary wants of Sanskrit readers. A student, while reading Sanskrit 
at school or college, generally expects that the Dictionary which he uses will give appro- 
priate equivalents for such words and compound expressions as may have peculiar meanings 
or shades of meaning in particular passages. He desires to know not only that a particular 
word has so many senses, but that it has this or that sense in a particular passage of a book, 
so that he may determine any particular meaning of a word in a certain passage by seeing 
and comparing how it is used elsewhere by the same writer or by other writers in different 
works. He also wants accurate and, as far as possible, full explanations of the more im- 
portant technical terms occurring at least in his usual course of reading, as well as any other 
information likely to be of use to him. Professor Monier Williams has, in his invaluable 
Dictionary, tried to exhaust the meanings of words as far as he could, and has also given 
much useful information on some points. But it would not, I think, be detracting from the 
merits of the great work to say that it fails to give some of the most common senses of words 
occurring in such well-known and oft-read books as the Uttararamacharita, Mudraraksasa, 
Venisamhara, Sisupalavadha or Kadambarl. Moreover, it gives neither quotations nor 
references, nor much of the information likely to be useful to the student during his school or 
college career. In making these remarks I must not, in the slightest degree, be understood 
to make any reflections on that Dictionary. Indeed, I have myself derived no small help 
from that work, as will be acknowledged further on. My only object in pointing out its defects 
has been to show why I thought it necessary to undertake the compilation of a new 
Dictionary, when some already existed in the field, and I hope the reader will be able to 
find that this Dictionary is an improvement on its predecessors in some respects at least. 

Having thus explained the necessity of undertaking and publishing this Dictionary, 
I shall say a few words with regard to its plan and scope. The extent of Sanskrit literature 
is so vast that not even the life-long labours of a single individual, howsoever talented or 
persevering, will be able to do full justice to it. It has two distinct branches, the Vedic 
and post-Vedic, each of which will require an independent encyclopaedia for itself. Not 
even the gigantic Vdchaspatyam of the late Professor Taranatha Tarkavachaspati, nor the 
equally gigantic German Worterbuch of Drs. Roth and Bothlingk, can be said to be alto- 
gether complete and comprehensive. Much less can a small work like mine compiled 
during the leisure hours of a teacher's life aspire to be called complete in any sense of 
that word. However, I have tired to make it as comprehensive and practically complete 
in any sense of that word. However, I have tried to make it as comprehensive and practi- 
cally useful to the student of Sanskrit as my humble powers enabled me to do, though how 
far I have succeeded in my object the reader alone can best decide. It includes all words 



IV 



occurring in the general post-Vedic literature, such as Epics like the Rainayana and 
Mahabharata, the several Puranas, the Smriti literature, particularly the law-books of 
Manu and Yajnavalkya, the several darsanas or systems of philosophy such as Nyaya, Vaisesi- 
kas Mlmarhsa, Vedanta, &c. Grammar, Rhetoric, Poetry in all its branches, Tantra and 
dramatic literature, Mathematics, Medicine, Astronomy, Music and such other technical 
or scientific branches of learning. It inserts, most of the leading names of trees and plants 
with scientific or vernacular equivalents wherever noteworthy. It also gives most of the 
principal Vedic words or senses of words; for though Vedic Literature would require a 
dictionary by itself, still I did not think it desirable to omit altogether at least such words 
as frequently occur, especially as I intended to make this work as complete and comprehen- 
sive as I could. For the same reason, obscure or unimportant words or senses of words have 
been inserted, though they may not be generally met with in classical literature as studied 
by the University student. 

The chief feature of this Dictionary is that it has aimed at being practical. With this 
view I have added quotations and references to the peculiar and noteworthy senses of words, 
especially such as occur in works read by the student at School or College. In some cases 
the quotations might appear to some to be superfluous, but to a student, especially a bigin- 
ner, they are very useful, as they supply him with apt illustrations of the senses of words, and 
enable him to provide himself with a large stock of choice, idiomatic expressions which are 
so abundant in the language. Another noticeable feature of the Dictionary is that it gives 
full explanations of the more important technical terms, particularly in Nyaya, Alahkara, 
Vedanta, Grammar and Dramaturgy, with quotations in Sanskrit wherever necessary; 
e.g. see the words sr^firfcrai, *W?, HITPI, *W*pWSr, 3qm, ^q-Ti, ^PN?, iftafflT, w^K~tl, 
inffcfi, IS, snftlfes, WZ, W, HW5, faW, wft*n? &c. In the case of Alaiikaras I have 
chiefly drawn upon 'the Kavyprakasa, though I have occasionally consulted the Rasa- 
gaiigadhara, Chandraloka and Kuvalayananda. In the explanation of dramatic terms 
I have usually followed the Sahitya-darpana and its translation into English, and have 
sometimes referred to the Dasarupa. Similarly, striking phrases, some choice expressions 
and idioms or peculiar combinations of words, have been given under every word where 
necessary or possible; e.g. see the words i\q , %g, n?jc, ftff, *rr, $, 5T, fr &c. Mythological 
allusions in the case of all important personages have been briefly but clearly explained, so 
as to give the reader most of the facts connected with them; e.g. see stf^T, ^a?c^, *', $!$&!, 
5?fK, fllfMI &c. Etymology has generally been given in the case of every important word, 
except where it was purely fanciful; e.g. see sjsfajft, flfftfa, WT, !pf, 3fT*IT, $q1%3 &c. In 
doing this I have followed the system of native grammarians who resolve every word into 
its 'prakriti' and 'pratyqya', and the terminations given according to Panini's nomenclature 
will be explained further on. I have thought it necessary to do so at the suggestion of 
several friends, and have derived considerable help from the great Vdchasapatya which I have 
usually followed, except where the etymology given therein appeared to me to be purely 
arbitrary or fanciful. Philological comparisons have been given only where useful and 
noteworthy. The work also gives information about words which, it is believed, will be 
very useful, especially to the University student; e.g. see the words STWS, SC, tc, 
H!5si, URS, CH &c. Some of the most common Wydyas or Maxims have been 
collected under the word ;(Jiq for easy reference; e. g. see GffianftVlCT ?1I<i5"n<T, 
WWftjWP^Ifl &c. To add to the usefulness of the Dictionary I have added at the 
end ihtee Appendices. The first is on Sanskrit Prosody which attempts to give 
in a clear and intelligible form all the common metres with definitions, Schemes 
in Canas, and Examples. In the preparation of the Appendix I have chiefly drawn upon 



the two popular works on Prosody, the Vrittaratnakara and Chhando-Manjari, but some 
common metres omitted in those works have been added from the illustrations found in the 
works of Magha, Bharavi, Dandin, BhaUi, Siidraka c. Colebrooke's Essay on Sanskrit 
Metres has also given me occasional help. The second, Appendix gives the dates, writings 
&c. of some of the important Sanskrit writers such as Kalidasa, Bhavabhuti, Biina. Here 
I have selected only those names about which something definite something more than 
mere guesses and surmises is known, and I have derived some hints from the Introduc- 
tion to Vallabhadeva's Subhasitavali edited by Dr. Peterson and Pandit Durga Prasada, 
and from Prof. Max-Muller's 'India what it can teach us", for which my thanks are due 
to the authors of both the works. The third Appendix gives the most important names in 
the ancient Geography of India with identifications on the modern map wherever ascertain- 
ed, and in this part of the work I have to cordially acknowledge the help I have derived 
from Cunningham's Ancient Geography, but particularly from Mr. Borooah's Essay pre- 
fixed to the third volume of his English Sanskrit Dictionary. I had at first intended to add 
two alphabetical indexes to the principal events and personages occurring in the Rama- 
yana and Mahabharata, but I have had to abandon the project,- as the publication of 
the Dictionary has already been delayed on account of various causes over which I had no 
control. In short, I have endeavoured to make the PRACTICAL SANSKRIT-ENGLISH 
DICTIONARY as complete, comprehensive, and encyclopaedic as was possible within the 
limits of a single compact volume by condensing a very large amount of matter by means of 
suitable typographical and other arrangements, and I hope it will be found to be a practi- 
cally useful and reliable guide in the study of the Sanskrit language. 

There is one point which will not fail to strike a careful reader of this Dictionary, which 
is that there is not the same fulness of treatment in the later portion as in the first 300 or 
400 pages. After the vowels had been printed off, I found that they covered no less than 
364 pages by themselves, and if the remaining letters of the alphabet had been treated with 
the same fulness the volume would have increased to about 2000 pages, and the publication 
of the work itself would have been delayed by at least one year more. It is obvious that 
neither time, nor the cheap price at which the work was offered to subscribers, would have 
enabled me to carry on the work of compilation on the same scale ; and I was, therefore, 
obliged to endeavour to curtail the matter by occasionally substituting references for quota- 
tions without at the same time marring the usefulness of the work, and by abridging expla- 
nations of words and the information given about them, while in some cases I have had to 
keep back, matter originally intended for the volume. I hope, however, that this has not 
to any great extent affected the practical usefulness of the Dictionary, and I trust that if 
time and circumstances permit, I shall be in a position to make the second edition much 
more useful, complete and comprehensive than the first. 

The plan and arrangement of the work will be best understood from the 'Directions' 
which follow. Verbs formed by prefixing prepositions to roots are arranged in the alpha- 
betical order of the prepositions so affixed ; e. g. JT?4T or tfw must be looked for not 
under ^r, but in its own alphabetical order, and at the head of its own group of 
derivatives. This system had been followed in this Dictionary with a view to save repetition 
of equivalents under the derivatives from a root. But if, on ti-jul, it be found to be practi- 
cally inconvenient, it may be abandoned in the second edition. As in the Knglish-Sunskrit 
Dictionary, I have here throughout used the anusvara instead of the nasals, (e.g. angn or 
santdpa is written not as Hff, H'mi, but as k, ffaiq ), which practice, what- 
ever may be said with regard to its correctness, is very convenient for purposes of printing. 



VI 



The several contrivances used to effect saving in space will be understood by the reader after 
very short practice. 

It now remains for me to do the grateful duty of acknowledging the help I have deriv- 
ed from different sources. And in doing so I must give the lirst place to the great Sanskrit 
encyclopaedia, the Vachaspatya of Professor Taranatha Tarkavachaspati. I have cons- 
tantly kept it by my side and have freely availed myself of the information contained in it 
of course with large curtailments though I have had to supplement it myself wherever it was 
found to be defective or insufficient. Several words and senses of words not given in the 
existing Sanskrit English lexicons, as also some quotations, particularly from Udbhaja 
and Puranas, have been borrowed from the same work. The Sanskrit English Dictionary 
of Professor Monier Williams is the next work to which I have been greatly indebted. It 
has been a constant source of help to me, and I have frequently adopted his renderings of 
words, compound expressions &c., where I found them better than those I myself had to 
suggest. And though there is a good deal in this Dictionary that is not to be found in that 
work, and though the plan and scope of the two are essentially different, yet I must grate- 
fully acknowledge the great assistance I have often derived from the learned Professor's 
invaluable Dictionary. The last work to which also my grateful acknowledgments are due 
is the German Worterbuch of Drs. Roth and Bothlingk. The chief distinguishing feature 
of that great work is that it abounds with quotations and references dealing with almost 
every branch of Sanskrit literature, but a careful reader will easily see that the works belong- 
ing to Vedic literature, such as the four Vedas, Upanisads, Brahamanas, Aranyakas &c., 
have been comparatively more copiously drawn upon by the authors than works belonging 
to the post-Vedic literature. A glance at the contents of this Dictionary will show that I 
have drawn upon works seldom or not at all referred to in the Worterbuch; such as the 
Mahavlracharita, Malati-Madhava, Uttararamacharita, Kadambari, Sisupalavadha, 
Kiratarjunlya, Mudraraksasa, Venisarhhara, Ratnavali, Kavyaprakasa, Sarikarabhasya, 
Bhahminivilasa, Vikramankadevacharita, Gangalahari &c. Indeed, the great majority 
of quotations and references are from my own collection made during the last seven or eight 
years; and I have even been obliged to keep back a large mumber of them for want of 
space. But I must frankly acknowledge that I have freely availed myself of the quotations 
and references in that Dictionary, where my own collection was defective, particularly in 
the case of Vedic and Pauranic works. I have also occasionally consulted the Dictionaries 
of H. H. Wilson and Benfey, the former supplying some happy renderings of technical or 
obscure words. To these authors, as well as to the authors and editors of several other 
works, which are too many to be here mentioned, from which I have derived occasional help 
in one form or another, my most grateful thanks are due. 

In conclusion I may be permitted to express the hope that the PRACTICAL SANS- 
KRIT-ENGLISH DICTIONARY which has attempted to give in 1200 closely printed 
pages of this si/e, matter at least equal in point of quanlily to that given by Prof. Monier 
Williams in his Dictionary, but in point of qi(ality more reliable, varied, and practically 
useful, in my humble opinion will serve the put pose I have had in view in compiling it; 
namely to render to the student of Sanskrit nearly the same service that Webster's or Ogilvie's 
Dictionary does to the student of English. I have tried to make it easily accessible to the 
public by issuing a Popular Edition priced at 7 Rupees a price too low, I believe, for 
so much metter; while the Library Edition which, containing the same matter, is printed 
on superior paper and in better style, and will also have superior binding, will best answer 
the purposes of the well-to-do persons who can afford to spend 10 or 1 1 Rupees for such 



VII 



object. In a work of this kind I know there must be several defects and also errors both of 
omission and commission, and if such persons as will do me the honour of using this Dic- 
tionary will be so good as to point out to me places which require corrections, additions or 
improvements, I shall be very happy to give the suggestions my best consideration in the 
second edition. But if the Dictionary, even in its present form, be found to be a useful 
publication, I shall consider my labours more than amply repaid, and shall feel quite 
refreshed to devote my humble self again, if need be, to the service of the Sanskrit-reading 
public; for, says the poet, 



POONA, 
28th Dec., '1890. v - S. Apte 



PUBLISHERS NOTE 

This edition is a reprint of the 2nd revised and enlarged edition of 1 9 1 2 which Principal 
V. S. Apte himself revised. After that no edition came out during the half century. Few 
years ago a revised edition of this dictionary came out from Poona in 3 vols. which is still 
selling at the price of Rs. 125/-. 

Looking to the response of cheap editions of Apte's Students' Sanskrit-English and 
English-Sanskrit Dictionaries which we have brought out under the patronage of Ministry 
of Education, Government of India whose previous prices were reduced from Rs. 20/- and 
Rs. 12/- to Rs. 6/- and Rs. 4/- respectively, we decided also to publish a cheap edition of 
Practical Sanskrit English Dictionary by late Apte. This present edition is the result of 
the same. We are very much hopeful that this edition will be widely appreciated by the 
Sanskrit lovers. 

From the point of view of usefulness and importance, no other dictionary can fulfil 
the demand of the Sanskrit readers of India and abroad. In this present edition we have, 
as far as possible, made substantial additions of about 10,000 new words taken from different 
Sanskrit texts in adenda of 1 12 pages which were not included in its previous editions. We 
have tried our best to cater for the needs of Sanskrit scholars and readers by publishing this 
valuable work. 

Vijayadashmi, 2022 Publishers 



DIRECTIONS TO BE STUDIED BEFORE USING THIS DICTIONARY. 



1. Words and their derivatives are arranged in the following order : first the radical or t primitive word in 
large black type in all its different parts of speech ; and then the several derivatives in smaller type. In some 
case* these derivatives are given in their own alphabetical order for the sake of clearness. 

2. The different parts of speech of a word are indicated by large black dashes, after which the nominative 
singular of the part of speech is usually given, or the letters .,/., n. or ind. are put after the dash, the leading 
word being given only once. Where a word is used as an adjective and also as a substantive, the senses of 
the adjective are invariably given first ; e. g. ^fc, rrr$, fltj. The same is done in the case of compounds, but within 
brackets. 

3. Where two words, though identical in form, differ entirely in meaning, they are generally repeated as 
separate words ; e. g. fr, f%. In a few cases they have been grouped together. 

4. Words which ore used as adverbs, but derived by case-inflections from a noun or adjective, are 
given under the noun or adjective, e. g. 'JTHUI under TxJT. In some cases they are givec within brackets before 
the compounds, if any. 

5. The several meanings of a word, where they can be sufficiently distinguished from one another, are given 
separatley and marked by black Arabic figures. Mere shades of meaning are not considered as separate senses, but 
in such cases several synonyms are given under the same meaning, from which the reader will have to make his 
choice. Where the shades of meaning are sufficiently broad, they are numbered as separate meanings. 

6. The meanings of words are arranged in the order of their importance and frequency of use. It has not, 
of course, been possible to do so in every case, but the system has been generally followed. 

7. ( o ) Compounds are grouped under the ftvst word in the compounds, in the alphabetical order of their 
tecond members, the black dash before them denoting that first word ; e. g. ?TW, under srf means 

3MT means 



N. B. In giving compounds, the changes which the final letters undergo, e. g. the dropping, assimilation of 
Utters &c. are assumed ; e. g. -artrt under j stands for %4\m , -rft: under sn-n^, for snffrfih &c. In gome cases 
the compound words, where not easily intelligible, are given in full within brackets ; see 



( 6 ) Where a compound itself is used as the first member of other compounds, these latter are given 
immediately after, their second member being preceded by which represents the first compound ; e. g. "5^-, "^^ 
Ac. given under fjj- stand not for gf% or Qu<H, but for Q-Sfa or 



( o ) All aluk compounds ( e. g. antMtaf, sfitstq-, TT^Tf , wsrRrsr, flfir:^!, ff^i^ &o. ) are given 
separately in their proper places, but under the radical word. 



8. All words formed by Krit or Taddhita affixes are given separately ; thus sgcfrrr, TNiT, 3TWT7, 
&c. will be found not as compounds under %&, w, &c. but as separate words. 

9. ( a ) In the case of substantives the nominative singular, wherever it may at once denote the gender, it 
given throughout, the visarga, unless followed by/., indicating masculine gender, and the anusvara neuter gender. 
Where the nominatives singular is not indicative of the gender, it is specified as m.f. or n. as the case may be. All 
substantives ending in consonants have their genders specified as m.,f. or n. 

( 6 ) The feminine forms of nouns are usually given as separate leading words, but in some cases, especially 
in the first five or six hundred pages, they are given under the leading words after the masculine gender. But 
where the fern, base enters into compounds, it is invariably given separately ; . g. 



10. In the case of adjectives the simple base only is given. The feminine of the majority of adjectives in 
ar ends in srr, and adjectives ending in 5- or 3- have generally the eaine base for all genders. In all such cases the 
imple base is gi ven, the feminine being formed according to similar Bubetantive bases. AH irregular femininei 
are, however, denoted within brockets. Adjectives cndirg in ^. sj, or ^ form their feminines regularly in rft, ift f 
or fft; where irregular, they are denoted within bracket g, 



2 

11. ( a ) In the case of verbs, the Arabic figure before P., A. and U. denotes the conjugation to which the 
root belongs; P. denoting Parasmaipada, A. Atmanepada, U.-Ubhayapada (P.and A.), Den. stands for Denominative, 
and here the 3rd pers. sing, present tense -is given throughout. 

( b ) Under each root the 3rd person singular Present tense and of the Perfect, Aorist, two Futures and 
Infinitive in the case of important roots, and past passive participle wherever noteworthy, are given throughout. 
The forms of the Passive, Causal and Desiderative, wherever noteworthy, are given after them, or after the senses 
of the piimitive base, where there is any peculiarity in their senses. 

( e ) Verbs formed by prefixing prepositions to roots are given separately in their own alphabetical order 
except in cases where there are no derivarives from such verbs. 

( d ) R.ots sometimes change their forma or padu ( voice ) or both, when used in paiticular senses or when 
preceded ly particular prepositions. Such changes are denoted within brackets. 

(e) When a root belongs to different conjugations with different meaninga, Roman figures are used to 
mark this difference, ( cf. ar^, gtr, gt &c. ), the root being repeated only once. 

12. ( a ) All : possible derivatives from a word are not always given when they may be easily supplied, 
more especially in the case of potential passive participles ( formed V>y <TSIT, 3t*ftt and JT ), present participles, and 
abstract nouns from adjectives ( formed by adding erf, rf or if ). Where there is peculiarity either in the 
formation or meaning of these derivatives, they are given. But in many cages the student will have to supply the 
forms according to the general rules given in Grammar. 

(b) Similarly all the equivalents given under the radical word are not always repeated under the derivatives; 
they may, if necessary, be ascertained by a reference to the radical word. 

13. Mythological allusions are explained in small type in the body of the work between rectangular brackets 
[ ]. Heie long vowels like i, !, u, and letters of the lingual class, as also ^ and 51 are, for the convenience of 
the prwjs, denoted by corresponding italic letters ; e. g. Powdavas and Kripi stand for qfe^r and 



14. Metres and information about literary and geographical names arc given in the Appendices at the end. 



A LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE DICTIONARY. 



Of the names of works or authors. 

N. D. Except where otherwise specified, the Editions of works referred to or 
mostly those printed at Calcutta. 



Ait Br Aitareya Brahmaua 

( Bombay ). 

Ak Amarakosha (Bombay). 

A. L /Inandulahari. 

Amaru Amaruiataka 

/ipast vlpaatamba. 

A. R Anargharaghava ( Pub- 
lished in the Kavya- 
mala ). 

Ary. S .dryavidyasudhakara 

( Bombay ). 

Aryi. 8. ... ..-Iryasaptasati ( publish- 
ed in the Kavyamala). 

Arvad Asvadhati ( published 

in the Subhashita- 
ratnakara ). 

Xsval .IsvalAyana'a Sutras. 

Av Atharva-veda. 

Baudhay. ... Baudhay ana. 

Bg BhagavadgiU 

(Bombay). 

Bb Bhartrihari's three 

Satakas (the figures 1., 
8., 3. after Bh. denot- 
ing Syingara c , Niti, 
and Vairagya"). 

Bhav.F. ... Bhaviahyottara Purana. 

Bhag Bhagavata ( Bombay ). 



Bhar. Ch. 

Bhaaha P. 
Bhava P. 
Blj. ... 
Bk. ... 
B. R. ... 
B.and R. 
Bri. 8. 1 
Bri. S. / "' 

Bri. Kath. .. 
Br. Sut. ... 
Bri. At. Up. 
Bri. Up. 



Bbaratachampu 
( Bombay ). 
, Bhaahaparichchheda. 

Biilvaprakaaa. 
, Bijaganita 
. Bbattikavya. 
, Bal8ramayana(Benare8) 
, Bothlingk and Kotli. 

. Varahamihira's Brihat- 

aamliita. 
. Brihatkatha. 
, Brahmosutras. 



Brihadaranyakoprt- 

nishad. 
Bv Bhaminivilasa 

(Bombay). 

Chand K.... Chandakausika. 
Chand. M.... Chhandomanjari. 
Chandr. ... Chandraloka. 

Chan Clianikyasataka. 

Chat (Jhatakislitaka (ill two 

parts). 

Ch. P. ... Chtturapaucbiciika. 
Ch. Up ... Chh&ndogyopaoiBhad. 
Diy. B., Dfcy. DAyabhAga. 



D. Bha?.... Devfbhagavata. 
Dban. V.... Dbananjayavijaya. 
Dharm. ... Dharmaviveka. 
Dhurt. ... Dhurtasamagama. 
Dk. Daiakumaracharita 

(Bombsy). 
D. R. ... Dasarupa (Hall's 

tion). 
Dnshtaotasataka. 



Edi- 



Dri. S. 

Gaut. S. , 

n o\* ( Gautamasutra. 

or Qau.t.Sftt. ^ 

Ghat. ... Ghatakarparakavya. 

Git. , ..... Gitagovinda. 

G. L ....... Gangalahart. 

G.M ....... Ganaratnamahodadhi of 

Vardhamana. 
Goladh. ... Goladhyaya. 
H ....... Hitopadesa ( Nirnaya 

Sagara Edition ). 
Halay. ... Kalayudha. 

II:iriv. ... Harivairufa. 

Hob. ... Harshachafita. 

H. D. ... Hmsadnta. 

Hem ....... Hemachandra. 

isop ....... Iopanisbad. 

J. N. V.... Jaiminiyanyayamla- 

vistara(Goldstucker's 

Edition). 
K ....... KadatnbarJ (Bombay). 

Kam ...... Kamandakinttisara. 

Kaai. ... Kasikavritti (Benares). 

Karpur.... Karpuramanjarl (publish- 

ed in the Kavyamala). 
Rath. ... Kathopanishad. 
Katy. ... K4tyayana. 
Kaus. ... Kautiikasutra. 
Kaus. Br. Kauahitaki Brahmana. 
Kaus. Up. Kausbitakyupaiiishad. 
Klv. ... Kavyadarsa. 
K4vyal.... Kavyalamkara (published 

in the Kavyamala). 

Keu. ...... Kenopauisbad. 

Ki ....... KiratArjuniya. 

Kir. K.... KtrtikaumudJ (Bombay). 

K. P. ... Kavyaprakfua. 

Ks. ... KatbAsaritsagara. 

Ku. ... Kuinlrasambbava 

( Bombay ). 
Kull. ... Kulliika- 

Ktisum. 
Kuval ... 
Ltli. ... 

M. 



Kuvalayananda. 

Lilavati. 

Malavikagniraitra 



Madli. N. Madhavanidaoa. 
MahAn. Mahftn&faka. 



Mai., ... Malatimadhava (Bombay) 

Malli. ... MallioAtba. 

Mind. . MandukyopanMhad. 

Mark. P Markandeya Purana. 

Mb. .. Mahabharata ( Bombay ). 

Mbh. .. Mahabhashya ( Bombay ). 

Me. .. Meghaduta ( Bombay), 

Med. .. Mediaikoaha. 

Mit. .. Mitakshara (Bombay). 

Miin. .. MfmarasA. 

Mk. .. Mnebchhiikalika. 

Muha M Mobamudgara. 

Ms. .. Manusmriti. 

Mu. .. Mudrarakshasa 

( Bombay ). 

Mugdha. Mugdhabodha. 
Mund. ... Mundakopinishad. 
Mv. ... Mabaviracharita 

(Borooah's Edition). 

N Naiuhadhacharita. 

Nag. ... KAgAnanda. 
Nala. ... NaiopAkbyana 

( Bombay ). 
Nalod. ... Nalodaya. 
Nir. ... Nirukta. 
Niti. ... Nitisara. 
Nitipr. Nitipradfpa. 

P Pa^ini'a Ashtadbyiyl. 

Pad. D. Padankaduta. 
P. P. ... PArvatipariuaya. 
P. R. ... Praaannaragbava. 
Prab. ... PrabodhacbaDdrodaya 

( Bombay ). 
Prastm. Up.Pmsnopanishad. 



Priyadarsika(Bombay). 
. Pancbatantra (Bombay). 
Raghuvama 

( Bombay ). 
Rajapraaasti. 
Eajatarangini. 
Ramayana ( Bombay ). 
RaBainaujari. 
RatnAvali ( Bombay ). 
RasagaDgadhura 

( published in the 

KAvyainalii ). 



Priy. D.'. 
Pt. ... 
B 

Raj. P. 
Rij. T 
Rani. 
RftB. M. 
Ratu. . 
R. G . 



Rs. ... 

Rv. ... Aigveda ( Max Muller's 

Edition). 
S. ... Sakuntala ( Bombay ). 

Sabdak ...... Nalni.ikatpadruma. 

SAn. K ...... 5 

Sankhya K. S SiDkh y ak4rik4 - 

Ka,u. S ....... Sankbyasutra. 

Sai K ... birasvatlkaothAbharags 





SUM. 


... Snaruta. 


Vail. Snbh... Vallabhadeva's 




Sv 


... Samaveda. 


Subh^gbitavah 


Sat. Br .S'atapatha Brfihniai.ia. 


Svet. Up. 

Turku K 


... Svetajvataropanishad. 


( Bombay ). 
Vis Vanavadatta ( Hall's 


3ay Sayana. 
8. B Sarirabhashya. 


TVi't 


( Bombay ). 


Edition ). 
Vb Viddhaaalabbanjika 


S. D. ,.. ... Sfthityadarpana. 
Si Sisupalavadha. 

Sid. MoM. ; 

or > SiddliSotamuktAvu.!!. 


T. S. ... 
TV 


... Tarkasamgruha 
( Bombay ). 

... Taranfttha'B Vichaspa- 


( Bombay ). 
Ve Venisamh&ra. 
Vedanta P. VediVntaparibhfteha. 










Mukta ... ) 
Sid. Sir Siddliintasiroipani 


u 


tyam. 


Vid Vidagdhamukhaman- 


Sik Siksha. 


Udb 


Udbhata. 


daoa. 


Siva P Siva Pnrana. 
Sk Siddhanta-Kaumudi 
( Bombay ). 
Skanda P.... Skanda Parana. 
8. L Sndhalahari ( publish- 
ed iu the Kavyamala) 
Srut. ...... Srutabodha. 


Ud D. ... 

Ud. S. -.. 
Ujjval. .. 
Un 

Up. I . 
Upau. 5 
V 


... Uddhavaduta. 
. Uddhavasandea. 
. Ujjvaladatta. 
. Urjadisiltras. 

.. Upanishad. 
... Vikramorvasiyara 


Vikr VikraraankadevachariU 
( Bombay ). 
Vir. M. ... Vlramitrodaya. 
V. May. ... Vyavaharimayfikha 
( Mr. Mandlik'g Edition ). 
Vop. or Bop.Vopadeva. 
V. P. ... Vishnu Pnrftna. 


S. Til Sringiiratilaka. 
Subh Subhashitaratcikara 
( Bombay ). 


vagb. ... 

Vaio 


( Bombay ). 
... Vagbhata. 
... Vaiseshika 


V. Ratu... Vrittaratnikiira. 
Vrind.S... Vvindivanaataka. 
V.Sah.... Viabnuaabasranama. 

YTdiMaualVn /Ui. \fa*.j11:1^ f 


Subh. Batn... Subbashitaratnabha- 
ndilgara ( Bombay ). 
Siirya S Suryasiddhanta. 


Vais. Sut. 
V4j.... 
Vftk. P. 


... Vaiseshikasfttras. 
.. Vftjasaneyi Samhita. 
... V&kyapadiya. 


Edition). 
Yoga S. ... Yogaautras. 
Yv., Yaj.... Yajurveda. 



Note. After the Abbreviations given above, where one Arabic figure is followed by another, the 
former indicates the canto, chapter, part, act, &o., and the latter, the number of the 
verse. A single Arabic figure indicates the page, act, &c. 



II. 

Grammatical and other Abbreviations, and Symbols. 



A. or Atm. Atmanepada 
a. Adjective. 



ace 


Accusative. 


adv 


Adverb. 


alg 


Algebra. 


Arith. ... 


Arithmetic. 


A. S. ... 


Anglo-Saxon. 


astr. ... 


Astronomy. 


astro!. ... 


Astrology. 


Avyayl. 


Avyayibh&va. 


Bah. ... 


BahuvrShi. 


Caut. ... 


Causal. 



of Compare. 

Com. ... Commentary. 
Corap. ... Compound. 

dat Dative. 

Den. . . Denominative. 
dtsiti. ... Desiderative- 

du Dual. 

f.y E.ecmpli gratia, 

ample. 

Eng. ... English. 
Etym., Ety. Etymology. 
/. or fern. Feminine. 

fig Figurative. 

fr From. 

freq. ... Frequentative. 



for ex 



gen. ... 


Genitive. 


Germ. ... 


German. 


Goth. ... 


Gothic. 


Gr 


Greek. 


gram. ... 


Grammar. 


ibid 


The same. 


i. e 


id est, that is. 


ind 


Indeclinable. 


inf 


Infinitive. 


instr. ... 


Instrumental. 


U. ... ... 


Latin 


lit 


Literal. 


loo 


Locative. 


m. or mas 


. Masculine. 


Mar 


Maratht. 


Math. ... 


Miitheuiatics. 


Medic.... 


Medicine 


n. ... ... 


Neuter. 


N 


Narc. 


Nom. .. 


Nominative. 


HUM. a.. 


Numeral adjective. 


oft 


Often times. 


opp. .. 


Opposite of. 


P 


Parasmaipada. 


pass. .. 


Passive. 


pers. .. 


Person. 


Phil. .. 


Philosophy. 


1>1 


Plural. 



pot. p.... Potential passive partici- 
ple. 

p. p. ... Past passive participle. 

Pros Present tense 

pres.p.... Present participle. 

pron. a,.. Pronominal adjective. 

q. v. ... quod vide, which see. 

Bhet. ... Rhetoric. 

sing. ... Singular. 

Subst. ... Substantive. 

s. v sub t-oc,see under the word. 

Tat Tatpurusha. 

U Ubhayapada ( Parasuiai. 

and Atmane. ). 

Vart. ... Varttika. 

Ved Vedio. 

v. 1 Vartious reading. 

Voc. ... Vocative. 

B Equal or equivalent to, 



same as. 

+ Plus. 

&c Et csetera. 

denotes thxt the rest of the 

word under consideration 
is to be supplied; e. g. ; 
wunm *w under anftr 
means swwtw &c. 



EXPLANATION OF TERMINATIONS USED IN THE DERIVATION OF WORDS- 



N.B Ter. stands for 'termination ', and Tad. for 'Taddhita '. 



w a Krit ter. (/. )jas in 

p ( w ) a Krit tar. (/. ) before 
which no guna or VriddM takes 
lce ; as in ft^r, %^r,' ^. 
( ST ) Krit ter. ( m. ) ; as in 



: ; or a Tad. one ; as 5n 
^ ( W ) a Tad. tea. shoeing ' de- 
scendant or' offspring &c. as in 



nr ( sr ) a Tad. ter. used in the 
same sense ; as in srnreft, <n*ft, $H : i 
also Krit ; as in 



) a Tad. ter. (/. ) t bowing 
number or measure ; as in qsrifc 

a Krit ter. ( M. ) ; as in 



) Krit ter. (/. ) ; as in 



. wrfk ) a Krit ter. used to 
form potential passive participles ; 



as 



<T. ( *r ) a Krit ter. (a.) ; M i 
TO, w, *rs; or Tad.; as in sfcjs 
^r ) a Tad. ter. ; 



( **^ ) n Un. ter. ( n. ) ; as in 



( 3IWPJ ) a Tad. t*r.; aa in 

TTij. 

wr) a Tad. ter. ( adv. ) ; M 
%WT, 3TRF. 
( WT ) a Tad. ter. ; as in 



( W? ) a feminine termina- 
tion ; rj in |irt<ft, nft. 

( WfW ) Tad ter.; as in 



) a K r !t *er. showing 
4 disposition or tendency' ; as in 
; or a Tad. ter. show- 



ing ' possession ' ; aa in |^ng ; or 
1 inability to bear ' ; as in srfirrg, 



( f ) a Krit ter.; as in nr%:, t\:. 
) a Tad. ter. showing ' des- 
cendants ' Ac.; as i 



the augment f . 

?ff) a Tad. ter. showing 
of ' or 4 covered with 1 ; as in 
: ( 



Tjfl. ter. showing 
4 possession'; as in <FI@?. 

) a Tad. ter. showing- 'pos- 
seHsion ' ; us in 
ter. ; as in j 



4 state or 



; r Krit 
ter - showing 



as in 



( fW ) a Tad. ter. showing 
4 possession '; as in 
or an Un. ter.; as in 
7t ( R ) Tad. ter. used to form 
superlative degrees of adjectives. 
opr ( fgi ) a Krit ter. showing 
'disposition or tendency '; as in 
; or an Un. 



n 



ter.; as in 



) Tad. ter.; as in 

. 
) a Tad. ter.; as in miff- 



d - ter - UBed to 
form comparative degrees of 

adjectives. 

4t(iv)* Tad. ter. showing 
possession,' as in artfft:, ?tR: ( or 
an Uy. ter. ; aa in fWK:, tffc> 
vflt 

( T ) a Krit ter. ; as in |*g=, 
:, ft^:; or an Un. ter. as in 

, WM 5IS" 

(T) a Krit ter. showing 
4 tendency ' ; as inqjgqp:, WI3TS. 

a Krit or Un. ter.; as in 



'P 08 ' 



used in various senses as in 
TfJ*, 3T'^:, gtrfif, qorNr:. 
^ ( 8F ) a Tad. ter. ; as in TKT?*:. 
( (f ) a Tad. ter. ; as in >n[4R, 



( 5f ) a Tad. ter. ; as in 

yn. 

) a Krit ter. ; as in 
j^:. 
)a Kril ter. ; as in 



. 

T ( T changed ro;r ) the ter. of the 
past passive participle ; as in tfTi 



( 1^1 ) 



active participle ; as in 



ter. of the past 



( ft ) a Krit ter. (/. ) form- 
ing abstract nouns from roots ; as 
in fit:, Jrffr.Jift:. 

) * Krit ter. showing ' tenden- 
cy or disposition; as in JJH, f$re, *- 



Krit ter.; as in 



T ) a denominative ter. (P.): 
as in 



( T ) a denominative ter. ; 



as in 



rj ) a Krit ter.; as in fw, ^JW 
I Jf{ V ) Krit ter.; as in fi?. 

- ) a Krit ter.; aa in 



a - tar - 
session '; as in 5 



as in 
W ( 3r 



. ter.; as in 

Un - ter ' ( 

Krit ter.; as in 



p ( 3? ) a fem. ter.; is in 
( 3; ) a suLatitute ; as in 133 from 

f^, *. from WT. 
( *f ) an Un. ter. ; as in ?ff . 
<TT ( T^ ) a Tad. ter.j as in 



a T * d - ter -; aa 
ipr ) a Tad. ter. ( arf. ) ; as in 



ter.i aa in 



i (v) a Krit ter. ; as in ftrr:, as, 'iw . 
of in sw, (tai or a Tad. Ur. ( * ) 



g >P. 
( ^ ) a Krit or Un. ter. ; aa 



, . 

ft ) a Krit ter. showing 'tend- 
ency or disposition ' , as in fnrc, 
w, HC^T. 

(^or Rr ) a Krit ter. added 
to roots, but which is usually 
omitted : as in *jf , |^, fl'fJ, ^l* &c. 
( p ) an Un. ter. ; as'in 



r( f*T ) a Tad. ter.; as in i_ 
r^-5J ( 3T ) a Krit ter. before which 
a nasal is inserted ; as in 



) a Tad. ter. ; as in 
1 ( n ) an Un. ter. ; as in g^:, 
mn- 

( Pn* ) a Tad. ter.; aa in n- 



P3 ( ^3 ) a Krit ter ; as in 

^3- 

v, ( M ) a Krit ter., as in "list:, 
or a Tad. 'ter. ( ^ ) ; aa in 



a? ) a Krit ter. used to form 
abstract noum tiom roots, before 
which the final vowel and pen- 
ultimate si generally undergo Vri- 
ddlii, sincl the penultimate short 
gun* ; as iu 5TTt, ?qiT:, qi^:, $T:. 
t, 5^ ) a Krit ter : as in 



TO a Krit ler -i as ' n "ftP- 
^rn(?)* fern. ter. ; as in itFffff, 

ft. 

( S ) fern. ter. ; as in 



^oro; ( ^r>T ) a Tad. ter; asi 
^PT?V ( sinr ) a ter. of the present 
participle Atmanepada; as i 



( ^j-^-jJ ) a Tad. ter.; as in 



. 

a iniriK- of a termination ; see 

wrop*. 

( fq ) a Tad. tei. ; as iu <^q, J^q. 
f ( 3* ) a Tad ter ; as in ^r%ra:. 
Tad. ter-jiw in 



( 3 ) a Krit ter. ; as in %=rprc:,g{:HT:. 
^ ( sir ) a fern. ter. ; as in anrr, 
<wr. 

( ?ra ) a Tad. ter. showing 'per- 
taining to ' ; as in 



)Tad. ter. : as i 

. 

) a Tad. ter. : us in \ftif, 



( 5-5; ) a Tad. ter. showing ' pos- 
session ' &c. ; as in vrpnp: , srffar:. 
( 31 ) a Krit ter. before which the 
filial consonant of a root is usally 
droppod ; as in WTT:, ^T: . 

MtTJT ) a Tad. ter. showing 
' one of many ' ; as in -TfiR- 
t ( am ) Tad. ter. showing' one 
of two ' ; as in *w, <rqrrR. 
( T ) a Krit ter.; as in ftg:, srg:. 
( VT; ) a Tad. ter. showing 



' pOMeuion' ; as in =r?^. 
T ( tpr ) a Tad. ter. ; as in 



^ ( (nr ) a Tad. ter. showing ' de- 
scended or born from '; ai in 



a Tad. ter.; as in 



a Tad. ter.; aa in 
or (31) a Krit ter.; as in m 
gij (wO tne termination of a 
particular kind of gerund, as in 



. 
tne termination of the 



a Krit ter. ; as in 



causal. 



(TT) a. Tad. ter.; as in^sj:, H 

(TT) a termination of the poten- 
tial passive participle; as in <fre, 

a Krit ter.; as in st^rft^. 

(wr, JUT) terminations of 
the comparative and superlative 
degrees. 

a ter. of the ablative 
case; as in fljStp, ^: 

)a Tad. ter.; as in 



g^ (;j) the augment inserted before 
31*1 ; as in flnrat:. 

^) tue ter - of the infinitive 
mood. 

) a Krit ter. of agency ; as 

in ifrjf, HI5PT. 

) & Tad. ter. ; as in 



a Tad. ter.; as in 
( 5 ) a Tad. ter. (tide.) ; as in 



, Tad. ter. showing 
' manner ' ; as in ff^sjr, ?;tf[. 

(5V ) ? Tad. ter. showing 
( ?rirflr ) ^ ' height ' ; as in 



( T ) a Krit. ter. ; as in gf :, 95^: 
q<Vi. 

3^ ( IT ) the augment ^ ; as in 

JloiUfcf. 
5^ ( q; ) the augment ^ ; as in 

fl^ll^. 
<F^, f*{. ( 3TTTf ) a Tad. ter. ; aa in 

TOTW, smprraT!, Mrecrnpr:- 
IT ( IT ) a Tad. ter. ; as in i?ar;j, 



) a possessive ter. ; as in 
fm^ ; ( changed to enj ). 
) a Tad. ter. ; as in 



( JTT?T ) a Tad ter. showing 
1 measure ' ; as in j^nT'f, ismr- 
R^ ( ftT^ ) a possausive ter. ; as in 



q) the augment ^ ; M i 



. 

( V ) a Tad. ter. ; as in TRjrr, 
IT. or in flwj:, JITOIP. 
3^ ( f ) a ter. of the frequentative ; 
as in iffwJKt. 

(n) a Tad. ter.; as in 



rit tor.; aa in >rar ) >rir, 

a possesaive ter.;_'asin jr^^, 
. also a Krit ter. ;'as in SRJ, 



m i , . 

^ lad. ter. ; as in 37*^5, itfflfy. 

*(*) Krit ter. showing 
'agency'; a in =i^r., T^T. 

3?^) a Krit ter. forming ab- 
stract nouns ; as in ni^, mi, mm. 
( qrr. ) a Krit ter. ; as in 



( 5T ) a Krit ter. ; as in {*K 
r. 
( a^ ) a Tad. ter. ; as in 

^?' : 1 wT^ST. 
( f^T ) a possessive ter. ; as in 



( 3T^f ) a Krit ter. ; as in 
t, or a Tad. ter. ; as in sfry 



( 3lc ) a Krit ter. as i 



in 



. 
T ( 3T ) a Krit ter. ;' aa in fwi, ft?:, 

or a Tad. ter. ( 51 ) ; aa in s?m^:. 
T? ( 3Tfr. ) a ter. of the present parti- 

ciple fVasmaipada ; as in 



. or HIT ) ter. of the 

present participle Atmanepada ; as 
in inu=K- 
, q^(3r) added, at the end of 



comp.; at in {*$ 

3[ ( 5f ) a Tad. ter. ; as in . 

( ^ ) a Krit ter. showing ' in- 
strument or means of an action ' ; 



( f^: ) a Tad. ter. ; as in 

. ter. as in 



in 



V ) a Tad. ter. showing ' state 
( TO ) ' ; as in =^13$, f^. 
^^ ( ) the ter. of the desiderative. 
y a Tad. ter. ( adv. ) ; as in pf. 



( amnf ) a Tad. ter. ; aa 



THE 

PRACTICAL 

SANSKRIT-ENGLISH 
DICTIONARY. 



3I5T: 



^jThe first letter of the Nagari 
^Alphabet- *: [ *n%, *i% m- 
FIH i%giit% Th aiJ^-an^iir,^ TV.] I N. 
of Vishnu, the first of the three 
sounds constituting the sacred 
syllable afi? \ **\~ 



?!<: u i for more explanation of 
the there syllables *, s, i see*"?. 
-2 N. of Siva.Brahma.Vayu orVai- 
svanara.-W. I A prefix correspon- 
ding to Latin m.Eng. inorun, Gr. 
a or an, and joined to nouns, adje- 
ctives, indeclinables ( or even to 
verbs) as a substitute for the nega- 
tive particle isr, and changed to 
anbefore vowels except inthe word 
w-jRwi. The senses of * usually 
enumerated are six-(ij) Wmi 'like- 
ness' or 'resemblance'; 
like a Brahmana (wearing 
cred thread &c.), but not a Brah- 
mana, but a Kshatriya.or Vaisya; 
*ftg: a reed appearing like ?g f but 
not a true ig. (l>) ar *"' 'absence', 
'negation', 'want', 'privation's argw 
absence of knowledge, ignorance-, 

'difference' or 'distinction's *^: 
npt a cloth, something different 
from, or other than, a cloth, (d) 
wvn > smallness', " diminution ", 
used as a diminutive particle s_i3- 
%v having a slender waist (fijii^ft 
or i4 | reiii). (e) o^twiwi 'badness', 
'unfitness,' having a depreciative 
sense; W<*T: wrong or improper 
times awi<f not fit to be done, im- 
proper, unworthy,bad act, (fjf^in 
'opposition', 'contrariety's ai^ift: 
the opposite of morality, immora- 
lity iStPwi not white, blacks wj^not 
a god, a demon &c. These senses 
are put together in the following 

i also. With verbal derivatives, 
such as gerunds, infinitives.parti- 



ciples, it has usually the sense of 
'not'; w^iwr not haying burnt: *v* 
?i' not seeing; so wsipi. not once; 
WfTt, i.?nin, &c. Sometimes atdoes 
not affect the sense of the second 
members iH-ifinr that which has no 
last, j. e. lastiwgn having no sup- 
erior, unsurpassed, most excellent! 
for examples see the words. -2 An 
interjection of (a) Pity (ati!)* 
*5a P. I. I- 14 Sk. (l>) Reproach, 
censure (fie, shame) s wi^fti f* wrsu 
P. VI. 3, 73 Vart. SfeeW^, *>- 
sir also, (c) Used in addressing; 
v *im. (d) It is also used as a par- 
ticle of prohibition.-3 The aug- 
ment prefixed to the root in the 
formation of the Imperfect, Aorist 
and Conditional Tenses. 

N- ZJ.-The aplication of this pri- 
vative prefix is practically unlimi- 
ted s to give every possible caso 
would almost amount to a dictio- 
nary itself. 'No attempt will there- 
fore be made to give every possible 
combination of this prefix wilh a 
following words only such words 
as require a special explanation, 
or such as most frequently occur 
in the literature and enter into 
compounds with other words,will 
be given; others will be found self 
-explaining when the English 'in', 
'un', or 'not', is substituted for a 
or w before the meaning of the 
second word, or the sense may be 
expressed by 'less,' 'free from,' 
'devoid or destitute of &c. ; WICT 
unspeakable! ^ without pride, 
or freedom from prides am*** not 
bolds *?* unfortunate; ari*rr desti- 
tute of wealth &c. &c. In many 
cases such compounds will be 
found explained under the second 
member. Most compounds begin- 
ning with at or 91. are either Tat- 
purusha orBahuvrihi (to be deter- 
mined by the sense) anH should 



be so dissolved- 

ajfiVr^. (5R being regarded as 
a consonant-) Not a debtor, free 
from debts t^tmgsr *rr> 511% i*u7i 
*n ff: i as??! ^miitft T *iiw 
^Rffc u Mb- The form wwfai. also 
occurs in this sense. 

5I 10 U. atsifrff-S To divide, 
distribute: share among* also tftfr 
qqft in this sense- 

*>i: [^a. 3 *^] I A share, part^por 
tion, divisions member; sf^stt H<?- 
ffift Ms. 9.47; g'rf?!: a fourth parti 





Bg. 157 s ii?tiftar ^niriiar.R. 8- 
l6s a)5tt ^iSnig^awr K- 159 partly. 
-2 A share in property, inheritan- 
ces maiflfl: Ms. 8 4081 wiVi $teM- 
%<ft 9.2011 if^: iii: fl-t?r<*!: Y. 
2. II5--3 Thenumerator cf a frac- 
' 



a. isome- 

times used for fraction iiself-4 
A degree ot,latitude (or longitude; 



w 3 

-5 The should'er (more generally 
written^ai^, q- v-)- ^ N. of one of 
the^dityas The stnsesof'parly', 
'a share of booty,''earnest money', 
which are sain to occur .in the 
Veda are traceable to I. above. - 
COMP -W: ['. ''I a secondary in- 
carnations part of a portion, aftft 
adv. share by share. -sinm?:-!Hi [t. 
u.] descent (on earth) of parts of 
deities, partial incarnation; HK |u 
vfw Dk. I53< *PfltBp K. 311 
|':ww: 79; so a'5nnnnitrt!> io8s N. 
ofAdhyayas 64-67 of. AHparvan 
of Bharata.-ww.-S^-STfii. m. f. [ao. 
Him] one who takes or has a sha- 
re, one entitled to a share in the 
ancestral property, aniheir, a co- 
heirs <*tf%f^W i*tia it^qr. Y.2- 
I32s fTiR ?iwt srSw wm?nO Sq 
I33.-ftmr a, O-^.] slightly tur- 
ned away, or turned away towards 



the shoulder! 

.S- 3. 26 v I. *Yor 

[*.".] reduction of fractions to 

the same denominator 



the keynote. 

its*: [ WJT-OJB ; a.f?t*i /. ] I One 
having a^ share, a coheir, relative. 
-2<"ir"?.'i ) A share, f portion, di- 
visioiii r *$r?T(ii'i 



r.-i A solar day- 
a. [ 3t ift; *i-ti ] I Hav- 
ing, or entitled to, a share ( W- 
?* ).-2 w, q. v. 

<i [ sii^ 515? ] Act of dividing. 
;// ( i?i-y ) A divider, 
sharer. 

SHIS* [ *fl-5i> ] i A^sharer, co- 
heir : ( ^liifnn^iin ) !? gr IT: fl(i- 
isi: Y. 2. 114 entitled to the* same 
share. -2 Having parts or membe- 

rs ( Wall's? ) aii^II: l3i3T*Iri|rlWt5 

uft Jjwrfiit V. I'aribhsaha 

its* a. [ J?r-*<Jiui nn ] Divisible- 
*iB: [ *1-9"o f . ] I A ray, beam 
of lighn *>. Jiot-rayed, Ihe 
sun; s.i'IgfiirwfliRirm* Ku- I. 32 ; 
lustre, brilliance ; Tm, > &c.-2 
A point or end. -3 A small or mi- 
nute particle.-4 End of a thread- 
-5 A filament.especially i f the So- 
ma plant (Ved.) -6 Garment; de- 
coration.-/ N- of a sage or of a 
prince. -8 Speed, velocity (5i). -Co- 
MP.-HI* a collection of rays, a bl- 
aze or halo of light. r : 
*wt : f) , i"i : w?r wrfV, the 
sun, ( bearer of rays or lord 
of rays ). <T| a kind of silk- 
en cloth ( WOTI gH3*m 'm q;. ) Y. 
I. 186, Ms- 5. 120 -wiat a garland 
of light ; halo .-*iffci. m Fjwsm: mg, 
n: WRif|ft]. t the sun (wreath- 
ed with, surrounded by rays). 2- 
the number twelve. 3- having a 
collection of rays. -5*1: [$:$* ?9 
i*" ] Ihe S'in (who draws up wat- 
er from the earth by means of his 
loOO hands in the form of rays). 
*B"l a- [ M94Rn3 "?? ] I Lti- 
minous, radiant ; T?im*t ifaj^jmi 
BK- 10 21-2 Pointed -3 Fibrous. 
abounding in filaments (Ved ). 
m. (iii) i the sun i tnwntirftf. 
"nR. 15. io- Ki. II. 6, Y- 3. 144 ; 
sometimes the moon also. -2 N- of 
the grandson of Sahara, son of 
Asamanjasa and father of Dilipa. 
-3. N. of a mountain i tfj;w N- 
of a plant *^sfi Musa Sapientum 
or Paraclisiaca.- m IN. of a Pla- 
nt iqon (Mar- *T, fi9.mii) Hedy- 
sarum Gangeticum.-2 N. of the 
river Yamuna- 



] i^A cloth, garment in 
general ; in a breast-cloth ; 



J" V^ 3. 12 i 

Ku. I 14 ; <wt^*Fm w; ,S- I 34. 
2 A fine or white cloth ; g^i 
*5q?m>,H!t?*igw1< 5in: Me. 62 i 
usually silken or muslin. -3. An 
upper garment; a mantle; also an 
under garment 
ifim: Si 13 31 -4 A leaf -5 Mild 
or gentle blaze of light ( ^ifaift ) 
( <*: also i *m'f *T . ) 

U<* a- Radiant, luminous. B 
[*5i Rm sfijBm^i aim, t *] N. o: 
the sage Chanakya ; of any sage 

m qm, aiHtqw See SH?T- 

*: [ w !winT{i w? ] I A part 
portion ; See a?r.-2 The shoulder: 
shmilder-blade -3 N- of a Prince. 
MR) The two angles of an altar 
|cf. Goth- iiinsii; L. nHSii, hume- 
rusi Gr rtwV/<i.J-C 
f=r $fl f gfWij ] a bull's hump, the 
protuberance between the should- 
ers, iw4nrtwjpwpwy inrnnian :f w : 
Prab. I. 7--^ [aq. .] i an armour 
to protect the shoulders. 2 a 
bow.- l s<*'*: the upper part of the 
spine. -m?: (*$) [ai af) HH: 511* 
". i 3^] a burden of yoke put 
upon the shoulder -wif^-mtVi a. 



8* J bearing a yoke or burden on 
the shoulder--fof^S'. a. [31. H.] 
turned_ towards the shouldersigv- 
~i ijfiw^i: .s. 3. 26- 

a- f*(B ^, 5*51% fftfi P. 
V. 2. 98] Strong, lusty, powerful, 
having strong shoulders; 

' ' R. 3. 345 

Ifi. 845 
Dk. 169. 

a- [' H*: im-q^.] Belong- 
ing to the shoulder; ^ sn^i > *"ii: 
i: Rv- I. 191- 7. 

v i A <ii?fi, n?g To go, appro- 
ach; set out, hk. 3. 25, 46; 14- 51, 
4- 4- &c Cnus I. To sends wt- 
N'Ui.HiMwigjji'S Bk. 2. 40, 15 75, -2 
To shine--3 To speak. 

*T.S T 'i? 3 '^] Moving 
10. 5. 6; distressd, 
straitened, sinful (?) 

^ a.Ved. distressing.trouble- 
sonu-i sinful ; straitened. -t A sin, 
distress)?). [in. (?) 

a- Troublesome, free from 

-<" f' [t ft. t??wi 
(trr^fi^u rft: Un. 4. 62! 

, . J I A gift.-2 An- 

xiety, trouble, care, distress, il- 
'ness (Ved). 

&c. 



Un. 4. 212, 
[ A sini 



* Ki. 5. I7s Jt - 

' Si. I. 29; leaving one's reli- 



gionorduty ('^afirw).-2 Trouble, 
anxiety, care. [ cf. ws, aiiiR; Gr. 
ages; uhes]. g? a. freeing from 
distress. 

anawft: Ved. The intercalary 
month (lord of distress or per- 
plexity ?) 

a. Sinful. [Tv- A gift. 



.*!" [ a 'T?" *] Ved. Sinful, 
wicked, injurious (qm^ifti.piinjrrw)-, 
straits narrow (?)-f ;;. I Anxiety. 
distress; sin, crime (?).-2 Puden- 
dum Muliebre (?). [cf. L. augustus 
anxius; Goth. aggms].-*%-# hav- 
ing a narrow slit; having the pu- 
dendum divided (,?). 

ii^: [i? asiiiP; r^, WB'.! ^^BTV- 
**] I A foot.-2 The root of a tree 
i:f- tH.-3 The number loin .-COMP. 
-''.' 'foot-drinker,' a tree; ( *tif* 



the upper part of the sole of the 
foot. 

w5 I P. (w*t7i) To go, move 
tortuously like a serpent [ cf. L. 
liif, Gr. agkai ]. 
a- Moving tortuously. 
[i * n] Absence of hap- 
pinesss pain, misery; (asinit4i 
sin 



a. fjr. g.] Bald -i: N. of 
Ketu (the descending node), who 
is represented as a headless trunk. 
TV. explains it thus: 



. 1 > e . 
: Ku. 2. 32. 



<*), ai^v?, 0^3; N. of a my- 
stical circle (t^) or diagram with 
the letters of the alphabet, such as 
v, <*,, H, si, ^, i,j &c written the- 
rein and used in determining the 
auspicious or inauspicious stars 
of a person, ' 



:Tv.). 

?<w^fl a 'Not told,' not other- 
wise mentioned by way of any of 
the other case-relations, such as 
&c.i a name given to the in- 
direct (^W) object governed by 
verbs like f ?, n^ &c- 

a. Not the youngest (such 
as eldest, middle); elder, supe- 

N. of Buddha Gautama; of a dei- 
fied Buddhist saint (pi. in this 
latter sense. )-CoMP.-i: (*: also) 

"ft! 1t-*i.J N- Of 

Buddha, lord of Buddhists. 

[f. n.] No virgin, a maid 
that is not so any longer; aw^fn g 
iH5: Ms. 8.225. 6. 

a. [f. fl.] Not shaking. 
N of a Rakshasa. 



a- [i. w-] Unshaken) firm, 
resolute; not tremulous.-n: N- of 
a Jaina or Buddha saint, apupil of 
the last Tirthamkara ("ifos itsfn- 
mwinwrftn J?i). 

w a- [* a.] i Handless, mai- 
med--2 Exempt from tax or duty. 
-3 [i. n.] Not doing or acting; not 
disposed to work, ceasing from 
work, -n N- of a plant auwtfi, 
Etnblic Myrobalan, Phyllanthus 
Emblica 0*45:% *W1 wiwit uwi 
o-Tv-). 

35? * "] Not do- 
ing, absence of action; awormwi- 
%ro fcra: i cf the English phrases 
"Something is better than noth- 
ing," "Better late than never."-* 
a. [jr. *.] I Not artificial, natural. 
-2 Devoid of all organs, epithet 
of the Supreme Spirit- 

nfif arm: i P. III. 3 112] Failure, 
disappointment, non-accomplish- 
ment.mostly used in imprecations- 
nwftfteij Sk. may he be disap- 
pointed or experience a failure ! 

ajiiOT a. r^tftfl %uu i^'tj] I Devoid 
of ears; deat'.-2 Destitute of Kar- 
na; *ii^f^*^i 5i ar^^ofh Tiisn; Mb. 
-W; A serpent (n?^ '(grq? wiori^ 
hence also called w.vw:). 

awi a- [* . n.] Not fit for the 
ears; not in the cars. 

wfi a- [ f!j.-*ns S^T i. n. J i 
Not cutting- 2- [1^-5? * *.' 'af'i 
TV J Dwarfish. 

' m. [f. .] Not an agent; 
n <*iTi P. III. 3 191 g^LWTi 
Sankhya; a subordinate age- 
nt; orir-m an inferior or subordi- 
nate position- 

WMI. a. [*. 9 ] I Without work, 
idle; inefficient. -2 Disqualified 
for performing the necessary rites, 
wicked, degraded; w^qf ^tjrfr if) 
Rv. io. 22 8. -3 (Gram.) Intran- 
sitive, generally in this sense ar- 
*.-. (.) I Absence of work; 
absence of necessary observances; 
neglect of essential observances; 
inaction; oft jrft ^laps 

Bg. 4. 17, I8.-2 An improper act; 
crime, sin. -CoMP.-wissoa. I. unen- 
gaged, unoccupied, idle. 2. cri- 
minal- T^l j. free from action, or 
doing an improper act :-**: i. en- 
joyment of freedom from the fruits 
of action ; 2. renunciation of self- 
righteousness. 3fi a lazy, indo- 
lent. 

sitivei I *iwn'?T^R*f'i?^!iti p Ha- 

. - * * 



?o^ a. [<r. n.] i Unable to 
work, inefficient, unfit for work- 
2 Unfit to be done. 

a a. [ iifer *r aistit uw ] 
Not in parts, without parts, epi- 
'thet of the Supreme Spirit. 

<5< a. [ irrftn >5*T i^ "] I Free 
from sediment, pure.--2 Sinless. 
**i Moonlight. 

Honesty, integrity. 
--* a- 



m sft^T. ] free from pride, 
humble, modest; honest. 



a [**.]! Uncontrolled, 
not subject to control or rules, 
unrestrained, unfettered.-.' Weak, 
unable.-3 Incomparable. 

TCT a- [r. n.] Not artificial or 
manufactured i natural, genuine- 



. w. ] iJimvell, ill, indisposed. 

-2 [ *55f} $1% W-m 5 flOTPJS, t. 

. ] True; ( ) wmimw'H'it iwn- 
* Ok- 31. 

wniswir a. [f. n. ] Inauspicious, 
unlucky- -< Inauspiciousncss, 
ill, evil, adversity. 

w*q-5T [t *tft 5>AH t q;-Mi r. *.] 
Indescribable ( aiTO^w )i not con- 
temptible, not bad ) *iift:= 
- r 



i or 



iw a. Ved. Unwise, foolish. 



t Accidentally, sud- 
denly, unexpected, all of a sud- 
den; aww^T'ia*! ? fJWTtft < gw.: H- 
I coming by chance, an accident- 
al visiior.-2 Without cause r 
ground, causelessly, in vain; fw- 
*n!^ ?rtW5it qwr flljiiirih ft^ftnwi Pt- 
2. 65 ? -?H$wit imr% Dk 1351 
Y l. 132! st 3 ftg- 
? Jfig i: ^f^i Mv- 2. 441 11 
: R. 14. 5$. 73. 



?: "?" ] I Accidental, untoward) 
unexpected, sudden; 

wfi: *Mv. 5.39 out of season; 

iHrani^ivn: U- 4- 
U. 6! ^na ft 
Mai. 5. 31-; 'gwnt giit K- 
172. 2 Destitute of stem or sto- 
ck. Comp.-fin a. Suddenly born 
or produced -^in: unexpected oc- 

5. 2--'"n : 'Tin a. dying as soon as 
born; perishing soon afterbirth H. 
4- 83. -U* a sudden attack of colic- 
*<*t arfv- Unexpectedly, all of a 
sudden, suddenly. 



S- 2- 12; wt 



nc Mai. 1. 1 8 un- 



expectedly; 
nm^ngys" 1 "'"^ 1 ' K 33. 

**m a [ *ifw *iRr TCT ] i Free 
from desire, affection, love, r- 
"?t ANti^r^r 5? wjfta! Ms. 2. 
4 every thing.is an act ofhis will. 
-2 Reluctant, unwilling! 'rt vit 
4. 364' so Trwn'r ?i5"i?i.-3 Uninflu- 
enced by, not subject to, lovei>niT- 
CmtA 15 rfgftw S. I. 23. -4. Unc- 
onscious. unintentional; arai^i'wn- 
** Hrais^^er R. io. 39 unconsci- 
ously committed.-5 The Sandhi 
which causes the dropping of a 
final ^before following T. Comp. 
-*V* a Ved. not frustrating desi- 
res,-?^ a- not smitten with desire 
or affection, free from desire, calm- 

ra: adv. [ afr-q^wnwm!^ J 
Unwillingly, reluctantly, uninten- 
tionally, unconsciously ; jtft gmi- 
9 2421 *r- 



Absence of ("esire; T **- 
Ms. 2. 2. 

a [flrffa Wt Jiw] i Withou 1 
body >4ncor-poreal.-2 An epithet o- 
RShu, who is represented as havf 
ingnobody,bul only a head.-3 Epi- 
thet of the Supreme Spirit (with- 
out body, parts; &c-). 
*<wt a- [wtrffin ti:- f-w ww m 
. H J Not doing or acting, void" of 
action (ft.mnjff). T: The letter ait 

Bg. io. 33. 

<t. [T. ST.] Causeless, gro- 
undless, spontaneous; *0mm rt 
WlW K. 37 disinterested friendsi 
5?5ii nt Hfafntwf: U. 6 or Ab- 
sence of a cause, motive, or grou- 
ndiWCTfiVHi tjfiri7<r K. 167 causeles- 
sly, without cause or ground; i*rc- 
fm^t Ku-4-7) 
Ms. 3 1571 

-f''i-'ai causelessly, in vain! 
j MS. 9 177. 



Ratn. 2 in vain. 

r^bAw a. Not adapted for 
ear-rings (P. VI- 2- 155). 

<*wm a- [T. r.] Got without 
meanness; vwfamvi Bh- 3. 51. 

Improper, not fit 
to be done. -T An improper, unwor- 
thy or bad act, a criminal or sin- 
ful action m *m tj^t^itf j*rni Mk. 

3 ((lfJqinT^5ti).-COMP. Vft^o. I. 

an evildoer, one who commits a 
misdeed; ?iqinr*'ri Jmun*if*tKot: 
Ms- 11.240 2. one_that neglects 
one's duty; ^^wn<?iftr: (srOTm) 
5 Io7. 

sf^ra a, [ 111% arnn: <r*i JCT ] 
I Untimely, premature, inoppor- 
tune, unseasonable, out of season! 
U. 2, R 15. 441 



. 
Katn- 3-2 [ T *rs!: ] Not black, 



white .-*: [*. ] Wrong, inauspi- 
cious or unseasonable time, not 
the proper time ( for any thing ); 
*: ?43iraiir:%<raq Ve. 3; *: $** 
m ftafSg Mu. 7 i **i$ iiftm wrm 
R- 12. 8l at an improper time i 
w?r*i ffe mnminr9t wfrw: 12- 33 
takes no account of proper or im- 
proper 4tme i wfc tT?jrm fts^'m 
grot q<if *; mi'* ftmr *TH urn *T * 
aranv iwi" rjpm *g; H- I. 17 does 
not die a premature death ; ' 
mtn?j*i 51 ifTwm?^ ^ sfti. M s. 
3- 105 in season or out of season 
Comp IS*-?" a flower blossom- 
ing out of season ; jwrfw w 
*iiw ffc H. 3. 23, a bad omen 
boding some evil--f[SRt: a pump- 
. kin produced out of season i(fig-) 
useless birth.-^.-afw.-fiw a. pro- 
duced out of season t premature, 
unseasonable. 1*5: an untimely 
cloud ; N- of the great-grandfather 
of the poet Rajasekhara *^s: 
-WT^J: an unseasonable rise or 
gathering of clouds; wiwraiflwm- 
jnmnwro^Hw: R. 4. 61- 2. mist or 
fog -w unseasonable or improper 
time. F? a- I. not enduring delay 
or loss of time) impatient, not. 
biding one's time. 2. not able to 
hold out ( for a long time ), un- 
able to stand a protracted siege 
( as a 5* ) H. 3. 137. 



a. fin wr TCT ] With- 
out any thing, quite poor, utterly 
destitute, indigent, penniless! f%- 
**: a* lisa: q^t Ku- 5. 771 * 
!??: MN*ft Si. 4. 64 
disinterested. * That which is 
worth nothing. 

wf-wm Renunciation of every 
thing, voluntary poverty ( 



f* Poverty, 
R 5. 16- 

ww^ftmr m. 
ui-ter destitution- 



Poverty, 



$ a. Not knowing any- 
thing, quite ignorant; i^nftf^i^tj 
ifcv * ^t* : mrt Bh. 2. 8. 

aiftft?** a. Not productive of 
anything, useless, immaterial; 
of ^wfirt <** K. 242 power- 
less to do anything) iHprwsufijj- 
ft?*** Ve- 3. 

**fif: [WBJTWI i?: it. K.J Infamy, 
ill-repute, disgrace- 

^"Sa. [T. n.] i Not blunted, 
unobstructed; 9H5irajmi^ J3<?n : 
Ve. I- 2.-2 Vigorous, able Knvork- 
-3- Fixed; rw* Heaven- 
^ wjrsn <j. Not bluntedi BWij- 
8mr|;: R. i. ig penetrating all 
sciences ; 



74 taking effect on, prevailing 
against, even mountains. 

awr: adv. [fft: . n.] Not from 
any*where(in com p. only). -C 'MP. 
*<*: N- of 5iva ( not movable 
from any cause). *ra a. [ TIW 
qB?itti w nin] Secure, not threa- 
tened from any quarter, free 
from danger or fear, safe; r "'^ 3TI - 
a^tfi aim: U. ^2- in'i s'l 1 "?- 
^ q^i^zng-WJtqra'^ v. I. for 
5.35. wfriftj^ also in 
the same sense. 

arjsni* a. Ved. Fruitless, worth- 
less*(etym- doubtful;. 

afjw [ gM H. a.] i Not a 
base metal, gold or silver; *jw 
SH Ki. 1.35 sold or silver.-2 any 
base metal. 

wj* a. [ w?iw p TW ] Low, 
mean, of a low family : A a?^ 
rara sfg^Ti: jM ?rr%: H*^m N. of 
Siva. r N. of Parvati. 

atj^Trf a. [*i. a.] i Low-born, of 
no high descent. -2 Not belonging 
to the earth, not earthly; il^TOtrtni- 
ftiiMjant K. II (a pun on the 
word; i "fit tiztri arm faim ). 

wssrs a. [=1. n.] I Inauspicious, 
eviC unlucky, unfortunate. -2 
Not clever or skilful. * Evil; 
raiais^5irnwT(rRT r: H. 2.141 
guards from evils. 

'"J? <* [" a -l One who does not 
cheat, an honest man. 

w^K a. I Resulting in good, 
having a good issue.-.? Unlimited; 
unbounded. *: [i j ?* ftofS, 
?.anj TTo^; j ^ grffrra tjrt itrPi^?ft 
w 3i, yft. ^: ] I The sea, the re- 
ceptacle of waters (Hg^i^jqn: yaft 
a?jqrO >ima U^TOK: Nir.l. -2 The 
sun anf^fqltK^cm 3^ia atfqnl n^fa 
?jcm:.)-3 A tortoise in general 
l^sw^sft). -4 King of tortoises 
sustaining the world- -5 A stone 
or rock. 

=iH3(W above- 

a [^rfia $$ qw] i Not de- 
ceitful.-2 Bald; beardless. 3 
Buddha, a deified saint- 



. [T *.] Free from dif- 
ficulty. t^ Absence of difficulty, 
ease, facility. 

ai?n a. [1H1*S"I rfi: , r- a.] i Not 
dont; undone-, unperformed ; H 
3fminrff;at^ nyinm, Ms. ft. 168; 
fw ^n*rf(i H^ii, 1 17. -2 Wrongly or 
differently, donei fnrf m'^oirfV wgii 

5RTF!|^ ?>giqf( sft qrf?W; ; -3. In- 

comeplete, not ready (as 'foodis 
?!t t ffltf^srn; (st^funt ) Ms. 10. 
114 not cultivated (*fgH?r*q KulL); 
f flisr minnN ( wfacif ) 10. 94 
ftgi* wmfcr'lQili.X-j uncreated. -5 
One who has done no workb. 6 



Not developed or perfected, unri- 
pe. immature m One not legally 
regnrdeJ as a daughter and placed 
on a level with sons, ( sftw^* w*- 
ff^ai ) -, * nt m ?^TT grfq tr ft^f ?rrfg- 
n MS 9. 136; according to some, a 
daughter who is not by a formal 
declaration but only mentally ap- 
pointed to supply an heir for her 
father ( 



R^fS w,TgTfn qr ftq'a Kull.) 

n An unperformed act; non-per 
formance of an act; an unheard-of 
deed; a)fn 5 u^tqin: itm Ait. Br. 
COMP. aw a . unsuccessful.-ai a 
unpractised in arms. anwi a I. 
ignorant, foolish, having an unfor- 
med mind. 2. not indentified with 
Brahma or the Supreme Spirit. 
5i5 a. unmarried, <**. a. not 
sinful or guilty, innocent--*ii adv. 
as ^ has not been done before; *c 
WfWPTlIl. 4 3690. ungrate- 
ful.-ai, -515 a. ignorant; f^f^ira Bg. 
18, 16 through unrefined under 
standing. 

*fm^a. [ H. n. ] Not skilful or 
clever, clumsy, awkward, unfit for 
doing anything. 

fff a. Unfit to be done. fq A 
crimei an improper act. 

"fw a [ - a. ] Uncuti undimi- 
nished or unimpaired;"^ of un- 
impaired splendour. 

wftf a- O !t. ] Not slender or 
weak, full, entire, strong. COMP 

*J: N. of a king of Ayodhya. 
w^tfr a- enjoying full prosperity ; 
-5r*t: great splendour or prosperi- 
ty Ki. 5. 52. 

a- [ H. a. ] Not tilled; not 
.-'^q a. 



. . 

growing or ripening in unplough- 
ed land, growing exuberant or 
wild j"i $s wwr?: Ki. I. 17 ;so 
o^m aftTjq:, tq sr?R, ar'q &c. fft^<r 
5 SM ^ finwjgVn? R. 14. 77. 

a- [i. f.] Not black, 
white, pure. si: [="'% f it 
The spotless moon; ^5r at 
$ sot: |in win: - --Comp. W*. a. 
virtuous, tree from black deeds, 
innocent- 

w*3 a. ["iRa ^.gfiM^ >w] Un 
conscious (W5w)i ^j yjunlw^ Rv 
I- 6. 3. Owgwrq); shapeless (?). 

% a. [-wfitoiwr:, WT:, ^H^-II 
ai ?,5Ti q] Hairless, bald; having 
very few or very bad hair. 



The betelnut palm, Areca (with 
out a *2 or bend, as it grows with 
a straight stem)- 



mm 



ma: n*q <*wa, H m TV. ] A 
mother. 

ara See under **5. 

w*g: . /. Ved. [ wr^im w ] i 
Night i darknes, gloom. -2 Light, 
ray- -3 Ointment. 

a*[TT-w"f^] An armour (3"h)- 

wsi a. Ved. [ ar? ia> T^ ] i In- 
active, steady, firm (fNr). 2 Hoot- 
less; profitless. v. A fortifica- 
tion or rampart (irwn:); banner(P). 

arsga. [=nfe^4w] i, Without 
sacrifices; devoid of energy, po- 
werless; unwise. -2 Devoid of will 
or volition (?wwl?a), epithet of 
God. 

v-fti n. [ sifter w. qr?: tfcrtt si 
q**0 i Devoid of orderi confused- 
-2 Without the power of going 
or moving ( qi^^f", wr*nuiy^q). 
: I Want of order, confusion, 
irregularity (*wwre:). -2 Absence 
of motion or movement. -3 Bre- 
ach of propriety or decorum; 



Vikr. o. 3 

Mv. 2. 50. indecently, immode- 

stly; aw**MitiH*igftg MV' 6- in 

disorder. 

w<T a. [ *. ] Unsurpassed, 
unconquered- *u [ *wa *3*i- 
tarat?! si'i-ni, *. a. ] The egg plant 
(??<"). solanum Melongena- 

*mv a- [ "ifi* fipn iw ". . ] 
I Inactive; dull, torpid- -2 With- 
out essential works. --3 Abs- 
taining from religious rites. -4 
Without action of any kind, epi- 
thet of God. -5 Worthless, g-pud 
for nothing -qt [*. a.] Inactivity; 
neglect of duty; jwmin%qi q* 
at* airoqa vi: \ ^"HFqifaqiqi 3 "!- 
raf i aftaw n 

m a. [i. a.] Not cruel. -T: N. 
of a Yadava, a friend and uncle 
of Krishna. [It was he who induc- 
ed Rama and Krishna to go to 
Mathura and kill Kamsa- He 
told the two brothers how their 
father Anaka-Dundubhi, the prin 
cess Devaki and even his own 
father Ugrasena had been insult- 
ed by the iniquitous demon 
Kamsa.and told them why he had 
been despatched to them. Krish- 
na consented to go and promised 
to slay the demon within 3 nights 
which he succeeded in doing. ] 

atifihi a. [ siifta =sw qw ] Free 
from anger.-*: [".a.] Absence or 
suppression of anger; wwwiqtf: 
( fftxrro ) Bh. 2. 82; regarded as 
one of the tan duties of an ascetic- 

ai^mf a. Free from anger. T: 
N. of a prince, son of Ayutayu. 
the Indigo plant. 



a. Not -wet or mosit;tw 
a sort of disease of the eyes. 



a. [ =i. a. ] i Unwearied 
untroubled, not annoyed, undis- 
turbed indefatigable. -2 Not 
rnarred, unimpaired,* 
v<raif)gtft S. 5- 19 of unimpaired 
or unblemished beauty; ajwrar 
fti om W3<w*i K- 12 unmarrec 
state, perfection. -3 Not labourec 
or elaborate. -COMP. 
a. unwearied in actions-^ 
not confused, distinct; 
J?rt K. 293 given in plain, distinct 
terms (of unfaded colour). -*<T a. 
not swerving from-religious vows> 
unwearied in observing them. 

5> Pi 

- 



a. 



a?g ] I To reach- -2 
To pass through, pervade, pene- 
trate ( mostly Ved.- in :these sen- 
ses). -3 TO accumulate, increase 
Caus- To cause to pervade- 

an?: [ &.-:] I An axis- axle, 
pivot; #* Ms. 8 291 i FS<J : w$r: P. 
V-474-5i. 12.2, 18.7. Jtft 
Dk- I axle-pole. -2 The pole oi 
a cart- -3 A cart, cars also wheel. 
-4 The beam of a balance. -5 Ter- 
restrial latitude. 6 A die f r 
playing with; cube. 7 The seed 
of which rosaries are made, 8 A 
weight equal to 16 mashas and 
called vf. -9 N of the plant Ter- 
minalia Belerica (fw4m) the seed 
of which is used as ;i die; also 
the nut of this plant; TMt^jfmw. 

* 1? 51 <*)*! 3^ fllT T 



Chan.Up.; soWTfa<$rqr5iTfi:.-io A 
shrub producing the rosary seed, 
Eleocarpus Ganitrus ; the seed 
of this plant, as also of another 
plant (s'?Rfj.- n A serpent; hence 
a curve. -12 Garuda.-l3 N. of a 
son of Rdva//a.-i4 The soul--l5 
Knowledge ( usually sacred )- 
-16 Law; a lawsuit ; legal proce- 
dure. -17 A person born blind. -18 
The lower part of the temples 



f<tv<n\ wyfii Hmiw srr ) i- An 
organ of sense; ft*"raifcniis*rrfi! 
ft?5rniJf<i Pt. 2-154 > an obje- 
ct of sense; m. also m%ii;*q*J?}- 
91"? Hhijg. 2 The eye, only at 
the end of Comp. ; sfwmsj, RTWJ 
&C.-3 Sochal -salt, sea-salt--4 
Blue vitriol ( from its crystalli 
sed shape ). [ cf. L- axis; Gr. 
akshan or axun, old Germ- ahsa\ 
Germ- achse. COMH art the 
axle or its end, the anterior end 
of the pole of a car- waqfta: 
-*: a linch-pin, a pin which 
fastens yoke to the po- 



^ ] a dice- 
board ( UJT B'^fa'lfmaia aj^raqsi *uj. 
) arwrq: [ arsjiT, 

a gambler; 
keeper of the dice or gambling 
tablet also ar^nq; ( ansfrarat smr 
anjroit $RT wynim 51 aaw: ). *dr: 
hypotenuse, praticularly of the 
triangle formed with the gnomon 
of a dial and its shadow ( astr. ) 
argument of the latitude.-fW,- 
*i? a- [H. a.] skilful in gambling, 
fz: [ ?jw ? e 5 ^] tne pupil 

of the eye *tf*s,-% a skilled in 
dice-, so "iK, *&C.-i* [9K?ftftt 
] an astronomical figure ar?j. 



.-!?: [ ? . a. ] gambling, 
playing at dice i* the circle of 
sensual passions; rgftqftn ^ : j^ 
37 ( also axis and wheels ). * 
[ ansjm 3"^i *\-* ] i direct knowle- 
dge or cognition. 2 a thunderbolt 
a j 



A diamond. 4. y q . v ( m 
some of these senses ). -*: N- of 
Vishnu, nro.-fom the science of 
gamblings '^skilled in the prin- 
ciples of gambling. 
[ arejrmt 



, 

Judge ( one who tries law-suits ). 
a superintendent of gambling. 
?t%^ m. [ar^Tffa, f^r-fSift a gan ,_ 
bier, gamester) so 8?o:, f^f-%_ 
. VI- 4. 19. em: [ ^da w ] 
gambler, dicer. -{i dice-play, 



gambling; mf*u. : a c i ass ot wor( j s 
mentioned in P. IV. 4. 19. erfa. 
jsra-3$ ] dispute at play. ?- 
a- [ ar^: yu: ] unlucky at dicfe 
( opposed to 8jfBzr f on d O f 
or lucky in gambling).-^: 



M>*-] I. N. of Vishwu 
2. N. of the plant (siTwu) Trophis 
Aspera- 3-a wheel; 4. any one who 
bears a wheel, or who holds dice- 
'3j ( I*, ) the yoke attached to 
he fore-part of the pole of a car. 
f: [ar% a>!FT ^a:] dice-rogue, 
a gamester, a gambler-^w: [a?j- 

frej-f<_fa*ii?q!T: ] a bull or ox yoked 
o tne pole ol a cart qs [9. a. 3 
: a court of law 2- depository of 
egal documents. 3=3^1423 q. v- 

3T>in | Jlt cq^^f/ftjif t(^ 

judge. qft~///rf. [ 
P. II- I. lo p 
?3ii HRm : ra *t. 3 so as to- be a 
oser (byan unlucky thrOwof dice) 



TV. ) w.= 



q. v. 



6 



who is well-versed 
in law, a judge. m: [*. *.] cast 
ofdce.-oi?: N of the sageGau- 
lama, founder of the Nyaya sy- 
stem of philosophy, or a follower 
Of that system ( W *i 
tin: <i<i'5W( aur""^ ft 



i^ pi UM? ri pg- 

fc: TV-) "ft" [* " 1 I. in- 
jury to the organs. 2. [*v (fiiprCTi- 
*q <fi<un aircvi^inqi "ri^-w^ ] N. of 
the plant rafnwi. w: ( **. ) a 
degree of latitude.-"*!*: |>. . J a 
cart-load. -*?: [*. n. ] mad pas- 
sion for gambling. m* [iixi 
w] I any thing as large as dices 
dice. 2- a moment of time 



; ) twinkling of an eye. 
**!*!, gj [wsjnoif Riw-ijj] a rasa- 
ry, string of beads ( 



Ku. 5. II, 6- 6 
K. 151. It is 

made of v?py seeds, corals, crys- 
tals, rubies, gems &C.-2 N. of *- 
flffr. iwiii aiafct agmwtqiftai *wr- 
Ms- 6. 23. ( wjrti l "f"- 



TV. ). T.H: 
] One addicted to gambling, 
: [ *j fl. 1 an unfair gambler. 



i a gambling house, the gambl- 
ing table- 2 [snpCT *nrai*-i gin- 
ui w am ] a place of contest, 
arena, wrestling ground ( H* ft 



engaged in, addicted to gambl- 
ing; what has occurred in gam- 
bling -n <u%wv<i ffl$* the zodia- 
cal circle g^: Beleric M>roba- 
lan. 51^ perfect skill in, or con- 
versancy with, gambling (Jit. 
the heart or innermost nature of 
dice or gambling ) i aw'rfwi(mit 
K. 131. 

m, - ] N. of 



a free 



Gaming, playing with dice, a 
game at dice- 



;] A kind of part of wood re- 
lating to a wheel ( **;gfa^t8^: ) 
tied to the cart or its pole ( ? ). 



Inopportune, unseasonable. 



a . . IT. } Steady, firm. 
not frail or transitoo , steadfast 
( as gaze or look ). 



*8<T <*CT!: P. VIII. 2 

n%. widSk. ] Having eyes i an$r- 

o*?t: *!: Rv Io. /I. 7. 

*V1 a- [* ] I ( a ) Uninjured, 
unhurt i fnw: msjw Tf: Ku. 4. 
9 II%O|THI: Dk. 3< ^viii T* 
Ve. 6. 43' 4- 4- Mu. 6. 8. R. 2 56. 
(</) Unbroken, whole) not cru- 
shed, undivided ( ** 

f*'g Pt. I. ! f* 

Asvalayana. : I Siva- 2 Thra- 
shed and winnowed rice dried in 
the sun i (pi.) whole grain, entire 
unhusked and pounded, rice wa- 
shed with water, and used as an 
article of worship in all religious 
and sacred ceremonies i 



R.2 21, *i7ivfliT.'moii;5ijnt 7. 2S.-3 
Barely (w:)t 3^mr iwi : nnw:* said 
to be also M. ('J^'ifRTTft). * i Corn, 
grain of any kind- -2 Absence of 
loss or ruin \ good, well-being 
w$m ^n?g ^t*g $m wijin!:. 5 Eunu- 
ch (also m. ), W A virgin, a mai- 
den not deflowered, blemished 
or enjoyed; wwm jt ym 5ir<.-2 N. 
of a plant *?Wf.-COMP, fn%: a 
virgin, not yet blemished by sexu. 
al intercourses ST *?!?(wfti%: 
Ms. 9 1761 q?*rew(wJPrs 10 5. 

a?jr5t a- [ 

"ift^t >, i. .] Devoid of the Ks- 
hatriya caste-, *i*jl ^rge^m it^ri 
wgl !a?t Ms. 9- 322 

The 
Rv- 

I. 89 8i ^V s ^9\Br. Ar. Up. In 
classical literature^ used only in 
Ihe declension of %. 

9* a. [i. a.] i Unfit, incompe- 
tent, unable-, *i^*, iw.*, qof<.' 
&c.- Unable to bear or endure, 
not forbearing, non-forbearinn 
impatient! *r tJm"i?q S. 3 un- 
able to brook delay, admitting of 
no delay, t*$m U'i<*r*5iif: R. 13 
16 .-IT [. .] I Impatience, into- 
lerances envy, jealousy i siasjw 
^iflanfRu utjt: S. I. 8 as if envy- 
ing ( jealous of) the deer's speed. 
-2 Anger, passion. 

wv 11 a. ['iftw 9^ ft"] I Unde- 
caying, exempt^from decay, impe- 
rishablei undying- unfailing, in- 
exhaustible, -, 



Ms- 3. 
4.23; itiii>Tv 

ini"n sfwftaii^^ra R. 3 I3--2 
Poor, without house or habita- 
tion, such as a hermit or 
1 



n ). v. i The Supreme Spirit 



.-2 N of the 2oth year in 
the cycle nf jupiter- JT ( snjw tyrt 
)5n:a-ni )N. of a day which is 
said to confer undying religious 
merit; si^s fft*3froi ffoiftm wwft i ^ 



: 5iva ( possessing im- 
perishable qualities). mm the 
festival falling on the third day 
of the bright half of Vaisakha 
( the first day of OTg* ) which is 
said to secure permanence to all 
actions performed on the day 



ven. 



the hea- 



! N. of a festival ob 
served by women on the 7th day 
of the dark half of Bhadrapada(?) 

w^nWi Parvtj. 

*?w a. [|tg ?iTi! 1% "iT.i ..] 
That wich cannot decay\ imperi- 
shable; ? 
i: 6'. 2. 131 

C^TCT Dk. 109 inexhaustible. 
-COMP.-a?* a libation of water 
mixed with honey and sesamum, 
offered in i'raddha ceremonies 
after the ft??H (SJI^^R 3 w^- 
' 



the 9th day of the bright 
halt of Asvina. 



^ 

. a.] i Imperishable, indestruc- 
tible, undecaying, epithet of the 
Supreme as well as the Individual 
soul; "ty< ^5ri% 

Ku- 3. 50-, 



15. 



the unconcerned 
(Spirit;; ?< ow wjr.-i. Fixed, 
firm, unalterable. *: I 5iva- -2 Vi- 
shnu. 3 A sword- -p Sound, word, 
speech (Ved-\ t [?I-H*: Un. 3. 
70, $: ': i afg^i '-inftfa 9^ir^3Tirn6t.] 
I ( a ) A letter of the alphabet ; 
' Bg- 10. 33 : gifn(mfi, 
c (6) a syllable) 
S - 2 - 83, the mono- 
syllable iw*$r Bg. 10. 25, Ms- 2- 
78,84- I25(sacred syllable). Hence 
( c ) a word or words, speech col 
lectively ; nflws* rajsw^w^S. 3- 
25. -, ai|t ^frq^i;i'? j .tfoi U- 4< <g*wiP 
M- 3 words) HT$J- 
y. 3. ) wy'r if- 
jfr.' a SJTC f%BT?)T- 

itai His^* 11-2 A document ( letter 
&c- ), sacred writing i writing in 
general ( in pl.h *Pf W**: SHFOIOTTW 
s)nfwfn i Pt- 3. 941 n^^a-frr 
i ftfigiH ?g: V 2.-3 The hi- 
ghest Deity or Godhead, the 
indestructible Spirit, Brabma (^ 



3. 15; 



mjiarwChan. Up.~4 Religious aus- 
terily, penance.-- 5 Sacrifice- 6 
Water-7 The sky.--8 Final beati- 
tude, emancipation from further 
transmigration. --9, Cantinuance, 
permanence. 10 Right, justice 
(Ved. in these two senses). -II N- 
of a plant. Achyranthes Aspera- 
12 A measure of timei equal to 
one-fifth of a Kashtha. -CoMP 
i* I a^part of a syllable. 2- alpha- 
bet-*: [i. a.] meaning (of words); 
>ii 



f% 



w: 5. 5 * 



. 2.26.) 



ascribe) writeri copyist) 
9*: ,-jftfi, 

"I*,' also 



or 



H u-^j . ^] getting out a differ- 
ent meaning by the omission of a 
letter (e- g- ftolf^wwjH *r-'<iitfr| 
%* <ft<-ni*w: *'.gj: n<3j>?) where 
another meaning may be got by 
omitting * in *>?!:, i. e. by taking 
?g:) ^q . -ffi I a metre regu- 
lated by the number of syllables 
it contains; 9\* fsuw mxfi ?TI *rr>r- 

tllfl fxT I ffIfl^(HTT>i 3tIT?TnaTfTf 

*>^ I 2 of unshaken resolve; reso- 

lut; ( anj' ftsu5! Bft'sfawfi J*T );'an 

epithet of 

y<roit swf* 

f'? a reed or pen (ft) P 

a. Ht5 g^f] writing arrangement. 

of letters! j*qs"\m* H: V- 2-2. the 

alphabet. 3 scripture . 4 



3i ] I. Syllable by syllable. 2 To 
the very letters literally 

*%% a. [ wfym ] Relating to 
letteis or syllables- 



I 



: qm a. I having 

5 syllables ("i%i=Gr. pentas five) 

6 wj q5<JT ^ frtm st isiK4f'cjt%>: Ait. 
Br- C<"'^ai'rej'rfir ^tawi^ jprnfrTifa). 
2. N- of a metre of lour lines 
(fsjq^T ftn^; each having five sylla 
bles (une dactyl and -one spondee) 
-)tar a. having a share in the sylla- 
bles (of a prayer? ). -JjA^r tablet 
R. 18. 46--"w: [sryniii 3'<nfa ^rraii^ 
m 5^ HT] a scholar, student.-^ [t. 
a.] the beginning of the alphabet 
the letter M. "JT?<*r ' finger 
speech i ' speaking by means o 
finger signs. vfa a. unlet- 
teredi illiterate, not knowing how 
to read or write. Eiiffi:/. [ i. n. ; 
distinct articulation of syllables 
TO9T [ *. ". ] the science o 
( mystic ) syllables ; theory o 

sf \f'* "an Dk II 
[ wejnurt 'ror=i <ra] arrange 
naent'ot letters, writing alphabet 
i.] A vowel, a letter 



] The rainy season. 

See under a^?r . 

: f. [^.a.] Intolerance, non- 
orbearancei envy, jealousy.anger, 
mpatience. 

9 a. [ *"!$! Ji' "^ ] Free from 
rtificial salt. r. Natural salt 



!nm??nr n COMP. 



n. 



5ojj H.a.] natural salti 
i5i tw itngqifiiw 
afrit ^ft*>^ n Ms. 3 

257 ( 

5-73i _ 

1 10; sime.Uraes used for food that 

may be eaten at times unfit for 
he performance of religious dii- 
ies; a class of objects such as 

cow's milk, ghee, rice, &c^ 
n 



Un. 3. 1556] " 

, 37jor; &c. I The eye ( which 
;rasps or sees objects )< changed 
j 3i$r at the end of a Bah uvrihi 
'-OMP. /tfl when a limb of the 
>ody is indicated as WWWWJTT, other- 
wise ^r*rajn *i^ie: ; in Avyayi Co- 
mp. also it is changed to *$r (*, 
&c. ), 2 The number two; 
;-ftj"ft) the sun and moon [ cf. L. 
oculus; Ger, auge; Gr. oks ekks, 
Zend ashi^ ] _ *. OMP. *q: twinkl- 
ing; iTT^T4>q tNfflHfl R. 15. 67.~^^-~ 
7:,-flT<t [f.a.] the eyeball, 
pupil of the eye. vr a. [ 



I visible, prese.ntn 

rankling in the eye. an eye-sore 
being a thorn in the eye, hated-; 
at? f ff" ?Twt wnr Dk. 1 59 ~ 
[ *. a. ] the root of the eye. 
-stn n. [ i. a. ] the eyelash- - 
[i?. . ], a coat of the eye- 2 a dis- 
ease of the eye pertaining to 
this coat.-qa, a. Ved. fallaing into 
the eye, hence hurtful, adv. 
a little, as much as a mote ( as 
much as could fall ' into the eye ), 
vr a. C w?"' ^fai: ] visible, per- 
ceptible, manifest; (hence) true 
rea l .."if^ji [n. a.] collyrium, a kinc 
of balm (for the eyes).-*: (A also' 
N. of a plant (q%FTtHfftf ) used to 
heal some varieties of the eye-dis 
ease . yci [winging] the eye anc 
the eyebrows taken collectively.- 



a side-look 
leer, a look with the eyelids par 
tially closed. 



fa tree 



a | SOi Se 



of the 8 conditions 
>r privileges attached to lande.l 
property ( ? ). 

a. (* a ] Undecayed, per 
manent, uninjured, unoecaying, 
unfailing.^ I Water. -2. 100000 
million. -CoMp.-fr-5a (aio) N. 
oflndra, giving permanent help, 
or having unfailing wealth (?). 



Water 

nln'ST a . [^. wj Imperishable. 
ft:/. Imperishable nature. 

%*!!. a. [=. a.] Ved. Not de- 
creasing in wealth) destitute of a 
dwelling, unsettled (?). 



. . 

of a plant, sfwnwfSif Guilan- 
dina or Hyperanthera Moringa 
Sea-salt. 



(M ar . 



See si4f* or ar%s. 

(5) a. [<i. a.] Not intoxi- 
cated. i: [* jpr^a 
. *.a.] N. of the tree ' 
Stnz). . ti .Sea-salt- 
a. Ved. [ 3iSr?] Quick 
according to others ( g: ) a kind 
of net. 

fl. [*< a-] I Unbroken, 
uncurtailed.-2 Not conquered or 
defeated, successful ; afgooiigiu?: Ve. 
I. 2.-3 Not trodden or beaten, un- 
usual, strange; wflt^origcniTwinTTj- 
fa Si. I- 32. being not practised 
or experienced. -4 inexperienced, 
not expert. 

a- [*. a.] Not small or in- 
significant. 5: N. of Siva- 

^9^ / [*.".] Absence of hun- 
ger, satiety- 

Ved. I That which tends to cause 
absence of hunger (Sjnimiflwi yj). 
-2 Not liable to hunger. 

ai^ a. [* *] Destitute of fieldsi 
uncultivated- * I A bad field 



511% Ms. 10.71. --2 Not a good geo- 
metrical figurr.--3 (fig.) A bad 
pupil, unworthy recipient or recep- 
tacle (of any thing). --CoMP.n?. 



. 

destitute of spiritual knowledge i 
not knowing the true nature ot the 
^nt or body 

tw: ) i SO 



. 

HfsjV sf^i =i. ".] Having no field, 
not the master of a field ; ^ s 
aTH5?i: qi^vwrqw; Ms. 9. 49 



8 



, 

JIT TV. ] 1 N. of a tree 
Mar. ifi Si).-2. A 
walnut , a tree bearing an oily 
nut- 

iMfST?*: [ aj^-ajt? ( aiv: fttfnra: $s ai>- 
f5i <M: ?;*ft i a^;-3)i m TV,] also 
written as a?te--? 



. w] Not agi- 

tatedi unmoved. *: i Absence of 
agition--2 The tying post Of an 
elephant. ^ 

3)$fti . [ tyr&A ftnisin, g^r-tom 
Ai"&i 53. *. n. ] Immovable, imper- 
turbable i wjhw liiYosrwra R.I/. 
44 was unassailable "W I A par- 
ticular sage ( )H>*t fSpfhiftnfaHMi: 
^5mm: mfw TPI^OJ ITJ?T: jRiV^?: i 
3?$fb--q"rprr -Kin: utfn:-Tv. ). 2 N. 
of a Buddha. 3 An immense 
number, said to be 100 rw. 
COMP. w* [ a$ftara ipi si$rivj ] 
a sort of *w* or armour referred 
to in Tantras. 



"JfS: Ku. 7. 28 everlasting ,-uwbro- 
ken. -3 ^Unimpaired ( unrefutecl 

&C. ) wfp^T T*i!TT?J JTOIItiT M- 3 

never disappointed; ?m<B nnf<n- 
"Wi R- 9. 13 whose prowess 
knows no repulse or defeat - 
* a always festive-api: 
* 



P. VI. 1 . 89 

Vart. ] A large army consisting 
of 21870 chariots, as many ele- 
phantS) 65610 horse, and 109350 
foot- 

31^01 a- [ yrs-fi '-wfirta aitf w 
Un- 3. 17 ] Unbroken (aw*X $oi 
Time- 

aifJiTT ind. Ved. I Tortuously. 
circuitously, in a crooked way , 
TFH-OITT ^tm. Sat Br- ( ^snrifor, 
ftftrift ). Wrongly * ??; Ved- 
teeking to hurt in a wrongful way. 

an=ojim. a. Going through, 
penetrating. 

wl : [ <j-3iir n. n. ] N. of a 
tree (finw) Buchanania Latifol a. 



. . 

', ) < a child- 



. . 

Bad conduct ( 
ish freak or whim 

" a . [ <3?-'J7, =i. a. ] Unbro. 
ken, whole, entirei complete aw* 
H"JWt qrafw S. 2. lo i sjw9i : 51^ 
M,il- 2.. with uncliminished orb, 
full . ftfSiiw RfiifRT Ki. 9. 38 i 
lo 63. undisturbed; 
H: u. 5. 35 of unta- 
rnished, unsullied fame i 'Sftf\ 
the 1 2th day of the bright half 
of utiuii'} i adv. Uninterruptedly 
Ki. I. 29. 

w*i* a- [ =1 liW-i Hr^i=f=fi<j i 05;- 
*?=? ; ' a.] I Unbroken, not 'cap- 
able of being broken or divided, 
epithet of y.nw 2 Full, entire, 
*. [f. *.] I Not breaking, leaving 
entire-2 Non-refutation.-^: Time 

**fa a. [ r. T ] i Unbroken, 
undivided.-2 Uninterrupted, per- 
petual, undistun ed, continuous i 
m frfavn Mu. i \ 



time or season which yields its 
usual produce of flowers &c- 
{a.) fruitful, bearing fruit in due 
season- 

** a. [ T. n. ] Not dwarfish, 
short or^ stunted not small, great i 
awoi i^or ftrsmpr: Dk. 3. 

tm a. [ =r. *. ] Not dug i not 
buried.- -n:- * A natural lake or 
pool of water : a bay i especially 
a pool before a temple- 
an*? a. Ved. [ftr 
Unwearied ; 
Rv. I. 38. II, unwearied in their 
course. 

*! . [!..] 1. Not fatigued 
or wearied 2 Not involving 
fatigue. 

*fo a. [irft-a %a a^f^rg wr TV. ' 
I Whole, entire, complete i oft 
with B* < 



Ms. I. 59 i & entirely -2 Not 
uncultivated or fallow, ploughed 
(landM^anrw^. the universal spirit. 

I A tree in general. 2 
): A dog trained to the 
chase. 

*T^T, a- Not wearisome, nol 
fatigued i ?* continuous flow ol 
speech regarded as one of the 
wants of the Jainas. 

siwa ind An exclamation of 
joy ; T? to utter this exclamation. 

WWifh; /. Infamy, ill-repute , 
** a- disgraceful, disreputable. 

fa$, ) I To wind, curli move tortu- 
ously, or in a zigzag way-2Togo 

3TT [ff T^cflfa; JTH-i- 1. fT. ] I 

Unable to walk, not going, not in 
a position to go; 3i>F> &q&: i/fifa p 
VI. 3. 77 Sk--2 Unapprochable-n:. 

Si- 4. 63-2 A mountain; also a 
stone; Hfn<rc Hfjrt Mahanataka--3 
A snake.-4The sun (*i T*sfit ar^Tfji 

'not going', the earth by its diurnal 
rotation causing day and night), -5 
A water-jar, as in'iTiwi (j?ffM).-6 
The number seven (from the seven 
3ii^c?s) -Comp. -*Tff^r the daughter 
of themountain, r N. of Parvat--">- 
*w m. [ am; qia: ati^t iw ] T. a 

.* j * - a 

mountain-dweller- 2. a bird(t^ra'r) 
3-the animal vw supposed to have 
8 legs. 4. a lion.-^. rt.(>m vaar?i- 
arat 3TITB i sisr j.) produced on a 
mountain or from'atree i roaming 



or wandering through mountains 
wild ( fnftwr ); 



Ki. 1. 36.(-* Jbitumen. 
a. [ fflLif. 51. ;r. er. ] Not 
going, -*B: A tree. 

*^ <J. I Countless, immense; 
""Wfmn!T)TOT Dk. I.-2 Not de- 
serving to be counted (a?g 13) 
worthless, immaterial- 

wira: /. [ =). a. ] i Want of re- 
sort or recourse, necessity.-2 Want 
of access (lit. & fig.); anfl** 1 * 
(wwj m 'WOTTW mgrirar Ram- ; 
in)tmm<M fra^ Ku. 5. 64. See 
under *ft. 

win (m) * fl . i Helpless, with- 
out any resort or resourse ( 9i^r- 
nr^n^rr Dk. 9 ; 4^?nnpri *m\ 
Y- 1. 346 the last resource or shift* 
sii 



Mb. 



5 a. [=nfw IR! ttitt q w ] i 
Healthy, sound, free from disease, 
in good health ; <h$ Ms. 8. 107. 

-2 (n^-HwSi a,^ , *_ n ) Not S p ea k. 

ing or telling-3 Free from judicial 
affliction.-?: [ *rfta rfl hiTt wuci, ] i 
A medicine, a medicinal drug; fr% 

nTSIH^HtOHl^: ft If qj^ fj p r , 

29 ; i^ldtww 4^irfiir ftifo^ 
Ms. /. 218-2 Health, freedom from 
disease ; aftr=it^T^"> ftar ^r * T%- 
rasi i?jf?t: i ^5 JJiawm frqi^^t 
f? w4 Ms- 11. 238 (aw?: i^im^: 
fcwjftfll qR3 Kull. )-3 The science 
of antidotes,- one of -the 8 parts of 
medical science- 



. VI. 3. 70] A physician? 
Den- P. To have good 
health. 

STIR a. STIT q. v. 

awr . [ => "igR^ft, iR-ia, *i. a. J 
I Not fit to be walked in or app- 
roached, unapproachable, inacces- 
sible (lit. & fig.); qWwiwre*: &c. 
-2 inconceivable, incomprehensi. 
ble; ^niT fm: God transcends 
mind (conception or thought ) ni: 
HI^'RTI fsrflY^Tiit: Si. 3. 59- See 
under i r f also--Comp-- t t a- of 
unsurpassed or inconceivable na- 
ture, form, &c- it q^'ff Hflrfwnr 
KI. 1-9. 

aiinn A woman not deserving to 
~>e approached (for co-habitation), 
one of the low castes; f it n TR irm 
n;r *i nnww?i*<n3r t &c. COMP. 
-ijir illicit intercourse.-'Tft'i. . 
practising illicit intercourse -'"'- 
ffa a. relating to illicit intercou- 

sei 'fr* J (in) H^^HIJ^ Ms 
1- 170- 



. . 

I A kind of grass or plant (^*- 
j^r) commonly called Deptar- 
Andropogon Serratus- It is said to 
be an antidote against the poison 



9 



of rats and mice -2 Any substance 
that removes poison (fa^Tf'g^nrra). 

*T5 . [=1 ftrfcTi IT-3-, 5?. 3.] 

At;allochum, Amyris Agallocha- 
awc3i% a Ved. Without good 
pasture grou'nds for cattle, barren 
Rv. 6 47. 20. 

ififT [fttqTK>T 3TJT 

Un- 4. 179; or art 
T<JHII% *arr%, Tf^-^j or wr: jr a^ 
RJJPT: HITS: 5^TTt?!j;] i 'r itcher-born,' 
N. r>f a celebrated ^?/shi or sage. 
-2 N of the starCanopus, of which 
Agastya is the regent .-3 N. of 
a plant (5*1*0 Sesbana (or ./Eschy- 
nomene) Grar.diflora- [ The Sage 
Agasty! isaveiy reputed persona- 
ge in H indu mythology. In the Rig- 
veda he and Vasisfha are siidtobe 
the off-spring of Mil ra and Varu';a, 
whose seed fell from them at the 
Sight of the lovely nymph Urva5/ at 
a sacrificial sessior . Part of the see 1 
fell inlo a jar and part into water* 
from the former arose Agastya who 
is, therefore, called Kumbhayoni, 
Kumbha janm an ,Gha/odbhava,Ka- 
lasayoni &c : from the latter Vasi- 
sh/ha From his perentage Agas>tya 
is also called Maitravarufti, Aurva- 
Seya, and, as he was very small 
when he wasborn, he is ahocalled 
Manya He is represented to have 
humbled he Vindhya mountains 
by making them prostrate themsel- 
ves before him when they tried to 
ri-.e higher and higher till they well- 
nigh occupied the sun's disc and 
obstructed his path, See Vtndhya. 
(This fable is supposedly some to 
typify the progress of the /Jryas to- 
wards the south in their conquest 
and civilisation of India, the hum- 
bling cf the mountain standing me- 
taphorically for the lemoval of phy- 
sical obstacles in their way-) He is 
also known by the names of Vita- 
bdhi, Samudra-chuluka &c- , from 
another fable according to which he 
drank uptheocean because it had 
offended him and because he wis- 
hed to help Indra and the gods in 
their wars with a class of demons 
called Kaleyas who had hid them- 
selves in the waters and oppressed 
the three worlds in various ways. 
His wife wasLopaimidra- She was 
also called KausAak/ and Varapi a- 
da. Sheborehim two sons, Dndha- 
sya and D/i</hasyu- In the Rama- 
yana Agastya plays a distinguished 
part- He dwelt in a hermitage on 
mount Kunjara to the south of the 
Vindhya and was chief of the her- 
mits of the south- He kept under 
control theevil spirits who infested 
the south and a legend relates how 
he once ate up a Rakshasa named 
Vatapi. who had assumed the form 
2 



of a ram, and destroyed by a flash 
of his eye the Rakshasa's brother 
who attempted to avenge him- In 
the course of his wanderings Rama 
wiih his wife and brother came to 
the hermitage of Agastya who re- 
ceived him with the greatest kind- 
ness and became his friend, adviser 
and protector- He gave R.ima the 
bow of Vishnu and accompanied 
him to Ayodhya when he was res- 
tored to his kingdom after his exile 
of 14 years The superhuman power 
which the sage possessed is also 
represented by another legend, ac- 
cording to which he turned king 
Nahusha into a-serpent and after- 
wards restored him to his proper 
form. In the south he is usually re- 
garded as the first teacher of scie- 
nce and literature to the primit ve 
Dravidian tribes, and his era is 
placed by Dr- Caldwell inthe7thor 
6th century B- C- The Puraas re- 
present Agastya as the son of Pulas 
tya (the sage from whom the Rak- 
shasas sprang) and Havirbhuva 
the daughter of Kardama- Severn! 
'hymn-seers' are mentioned in his 
family, such as his twos jns, Indra- 
bahu, Mayobhuva and Mahen.ira, 
also others who served to perpetu- 
ate the family- The sage is repre- 
sented as a great philosopher, bene- 
volent and kind-hearte ., unsurpas- 
sed in the science of archery and to 
have taken a principal part in the 
colonisation of the souih, 



?%otr % i Ram- i 
t R 4. 44j c f- also : 

RT$1T<TTTW?!J *WH fwB: I gwWTrajft 'TT'ft 

ftwrerariquf*: ii ana R- 6. 6l, Mv- 

7. 14-3 

T5flt A female descendant of 
Agastya. 



See above. -2 N- 
of Siva. -JOMP. I^T: i. the rise 
of Canopus which takes place about 
the end of Bhadra! with the rise 1 , f 
this star the wa ers become clear; 
cf. R. 4- 21. wrw^v^w; $-5*w$- 
*H:. 2. the Jt\\ day of the dark half 
of Bhayira- "far [wiw^ nrai ftai- 
*?: ] N- of a sort of ftar mentioned 
in the Bhara'a 5aitiparvani (pi.) 
Agastya's hymn ix [". a.] the 
course of Canopus, the lime of its 
rise which ush.rs the Sarat season 
and then everything on ear h as- 
sumes a lovely appearance. rfK 
N. of a celebrated Tirtha in the 
south, -vz: N. of a holy place on the 
Himalaya. B'rprr Agastya's col- 
lection of law. 

*w a- Ved. Not going. 

WTI a. [iK^-nftBfrt BT^H. .] Unfa- 
thomable, very deep, bottomless i 



. I- 52-, (fig.) pro- 
found, sound, v?ry deep, -"aw Mk. 
I- 3- R 6.21; so'Sfrf, g gf^i great , a j 
"r^i iwr |TFr^Tfwr<nT^fTrprm Toir: Ak- 
un athomable, inconiprehensiole, 
inscrutable. t:^ a dtep hole or 
cha m. ^: N- of one of the 5 fires 
at the ^ifiwt [cf. Gr- agathos}. 
-COMP- 5T: [3TTr4 5T jf^] a 
pool or pond, deep-lake- 



[wn ^ 

\ TV-] A house; 
Ms. 9-265; ^tff^ an incei diary 3. 
158, See *rmrc. 



' s. TV.] i.Heaven-2 The sun or 
fire?-j A Rakshasa-COMP. *>- 



dwelling in the heavea (as a god)i 
Rv. I- 135. 9; not to be stopped by 
threatening shouts (.?) 



Ved. I Dest : - 

of cow or rays; poor-3 
Wicked (?J. 3: i N. of Rahu.-2 
Darkness. 



a- I Destitute of attributes 
(referring to God) -2 Having no 
good qualities, worthless; wjurririT- 
?ir: M. 3, Mk. 4-22 or : [=t. a ] A 
fault, defect, demerit, vice' flsp *rtf 
mi&lTfo 5T^ tr JOTTTOITT, Ms. 3 22) 
3 moTr knowing rnerit and deme- 
ritijSj-if fs Bh- 2. 55;3PT>5 
fr: Ki-6. 21 vices.-CoSp. 
a. fault-finding, censorious! 
not appreciating merits- }i?* a of 
a worhless character- 

WJ5 a- [* a.] i Not neavy, light. 
-2 (in prosody) Short.-3 Having 
no teacher-4 One different from a 
teacher. f. ;/. (m- also) |>3WTT!i] 
I The fragrant aloe wood and treei 
Aquiluria Agallocha 2 That 
which yields Bdell um, Amyris 
Agailocha--3 The Sisu tree 
-COMP. f?i?rqT [3T2?: r<T 
%?Tcfr Rb-zr^q^.] the Sisu 
a sort of perfume- 



a- Not hidden, or concealed, 
manifest, clear; e^rf Ku. 5. 62. 
-COMP- w a- having an uncon- 
cealed smell- (-3:) Asafostida (the 
smell of which is not easily con- 
cealed). wf a I- haying an open 
or unreserved disposition. 2. hav- 
ing-an obvious meaning or import- 



a [f .a ] Ved- I Not seized 
or overcome! unsubdued- "Hl?iq 
of unsubdued splendour--2 In- 
conceivable. 

*^: [* ] A houseless wan- 
derer, a hermit 



a- Imperceptible by the 
senses, not obviouv > see Tt*u-,3r*m- 
wr*rt ?wrJTn^r?iiT Dk 169 beyond 
the power of words, indescribable- 
t I Anything beyond the cogni- 
zance of the senses -2 Not bein^ 
seen rr _bserved,or known; w 
VI- 2 without 



the knowledge ofi at **n. Pt- 2- -3 
Brahma; scrnft infr* ^ft Kr- 17 II- 
imffm Ved- Want of cows or 
rayS or praise- 

a. Ved- Without a cowherd; 
'tt<ii: Rv 2- 47- 
a- Ved- Not disdainingj 
praise- 

3"fr5r a- Not to be concealed or 
coveredi bright. 

wif: [shift ?xS 
Un 4- 50, or fr. a^t. 'to go.'] I Fire 
<*V, f*m", *ite, SIT*', n< &c -2 The 
god of fire--3 Sacrificial fire of 
three kinds (ii?<w, w^fiir and 
fqm I TT^WT s 



**T: i jw$!nrR*2 snffiT tr u 
Ms. 2- 23I--4 The fire of the sto- 
mach, digestive faculty, gastric 
fluid--5 Bi ! e (irtf!ai 5^T9m?Tm5i- 
im^jt a^jra 3K ^ST: fEHr js?roj<0- -6 
Cauterization (wfiMi,). -7 Gold -8 
The number three. -Q N, ofvari 
ous plants: (fl)ft^R Plumbago Zey- 
lanica; (b) *wfa**ii (c) WcPf; Semi- 
carpus Aiiacardiums (rf)Tfl^Citrus 
Acida.-IO A mystical substitute 
for the letter r In DvandvaCOMP- 
as first member with names of dei- 
ties, and with particular words m 
is change.'! to aw, as "fts^, *I^T, 
or to 8nfi, *<*&*, "vswi, ^rli [cf L- 
/is.] [Agni i5 the god of Fire, 
the Ign's of the Latins and Ogni 
of the Slavonians. He is one of the 
most prominent deities of the Rig- 
veda. He is an immortal, has taken 
up his abode among mortals as 
their guest; he is the domestic pri- 
est, the successful accomplisher 
and protector of all ceremonies; 
he is also the religious leader and 
preceptor of the gods, a swift mes- 
senger employed to announce to 
the immortals the hymns and to 
convey to them the oblations of 
their worshippers, and to bring 
them down from the sky to the place 
of sacrifice- He is sometimes re- 
garded as the mouth and the tongue 
through which both ds and men 
participate in the sacrifices. He is 
the lord, protector and leader of 
people, monarch of men, the lord 
of the house, friendly to mankind, 
and like a father, mother, brother 
&c He is represented as being pro- 
duced by the attrition of two pieces 
of fuel which are regarded as hus- 
band and wife- Sometimes he is con- 



sidered to ha vebet-n brought down 
from heaven or generated by Indra 
between twoclouds or stones, creat- 
ed by Dyau, or fashioned by the 
gods collectively- In some passa- 
ges he is represented as having a 
triple existence, which may mean 
his threefold manifestations as the 
sun in heaven, lightning in the 
atmosphere, and as ordinary fire 
on the earth, although the three 
appearances are also elsewhere 
otherwise explained- His epithets 
are numberless and for the most 
part descriptive o f his physical cha- 
racteristics: 
arw, 



&c- In a celebrated passage he is 
said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, 
and 7 hands. The highest divine 
functions are ascribed to Agni. 
He is said to have spread out the 
two worlds and produced them, to 
have supported heaven, formed 
the mundane regions and lumina- 
ries of heaven, to have begotten 
Mitra and caused the sun to ascend 
the sky- He is the head and sum- 
mit of the sky, the centre of the 
earth. Earth, Heaven and all be- 
ings obey his commands- He 
knows and sees all worlds orcrea- 
turcs and witnesses all their acti- 
ons- The worshippers of Agni pro- 
sper, they are wealthy and live 
long. He is the protector of that 
man who takes care to bring him 
fuel. He gives him riches and no one 
can overcome him who sacrifices 
to this god- He confers, and is the 
guardian of immortality. He is 
like a water-trough in a desert and 
all blessings issue from him- He 
is therefore constantly supplicated 
for all kinds of boons, riches, food, 
deliverance from enemies and de- 
mons, poverty, reproach, childles- 
sness, hunger &c- Agni is also 
associated with Indra in different 
hymns and the two gods are said 
to be twin brothers. 

Such is the Vedic conception of 
Agni' but in the course of mytho- 
logical personifications he ap tears 
as the eldest son of Brahma and is 
called Abhim<m; [Vishnu Puniwa]. 
His wi/e wasSvahrt; by her he had 
3 sons-Pavaka, Pavamna and 
Suchi; and these had forty five 
sons: a [together 49 persons who are 
considered identical with the 49 
fires- He is afso represented as a son 
of Angira"s, as a king of thePitn'sor 
Manes, as a Marut and as a grand- 
son uf Sawi/ila, and also as a star- 
The Harivamsa describes him as 
clothed in black, having smoke for 
his standard and head-piece and 



carrying a flaming javelin- He is 
borne in a chariot drawn by red 
horses and the 7 winds are the 
wheels of his car- He is accompani- 
ed by a ram and sometimes he is re 
presented as r ding on that animal 
Agni was appointed by Brahmrt as 
the severe gu of the quarter bet- 
ween t e south and east, whence the 
direction is still known as Agneyi. 
The Mahi<bhiirata represents Agni 
as having exhausted hisvigo ir and 
become du'l by devouring many 
oblations at the several sacrifices 
made by 'king .Svetaki.but he recru- 
ited his strength by devouring the 
whole Kh(/H</avaf<>rcst; for the sto- 
ry see the w< rd oi?a]. COMP- w 
(wr) iTf-T:,-aii<CT:,-5js iatRrwma ajmi 
5Tra a.] a fire-sanctuary, house or 
place f r keeping the sacred fire; 
9a'yA'fjm*rTf> R. 5 25. w tire- 
missile, a rocket. WTR a. pufB- 
ji?m aw] of the nature of fire; Hfm- 
TFT^T st, "*: wr^.-air'jrf consecrating 
the fire; so *rf?f%, mr^: [wfnu^H 
>K1 a Br/ihmana who maintains 
the sacred fire- (-^JIHH. wr%-T: 
[irfYcngsfr ipf, srimrawti: p. \\. 2.37.) 
one who maintains the sacred fire; 
See Mif^irffl. $\in. <,auna;> [arfa 3-gJ 
H H'r-t] 'he priest who kindles the 
sacied fire (mostly Ved.) ^w; 
[aTfflftB'^ ;?*) N of a Mnntra-C-*) 
kindling the fire 3-TTf: [W";HI 
f}enR8* frr; arftfrn: ] a fiery portent, 
meteor, comet &c- In B/-/. S. 33. 
it is said to be of five kinds: fyti 



ftsi: n 



n Different 
fruits are said to result from the 
appearances of these portents, ac- 
cording to the nature of their col- 
our, position &c 3^<or,-^rr : j. 
producing fire by the friction of 
two ara/s. 2- faking out, before 
sun-rise, the sacred fire from iis 
cover of ashes previous to a sacri- 
fice- 3T> : '<n i T worship of Agni; the 
Mantra or hymn witli which Agni 
is worshipped (wftwrtfaWhr).-^: 
[arftfSwjfifJ an incendiary ^u;,~ 
*JTT<K: a spark- ^<^. [uifrfi'i H.FT.] 
I- cauterization. 2. action of fire- 
3. oblation to Agni, worship of 
Agni (snW)?); so ^n^ offering obla- 
tions to fire, feeding fire with ghee 
&c-; mf^HRip?: K- 16 Tra? T a 39, 
Ms. 3. 69, Y- I- 25- <*T a part (or 
appearance) of fire; te i varieties 
are mentioned n-jjirf%^m fcrft;ft 5^1- 
firaT i gwi: g^or -^ftw &<i<*pti>i% 
n UTTHT ^W<MH' ?K^T a^B^r srcf; ) . 

[ 37TS ^rtril 37W^ ^'.5t <t,rtr5l4^T- 

"jw ] i. the means of conse- 
crating the sacred fire, the rik 
called vwrs which begins with arm 



sm 






5% y> -I'-l. 2. =fflif,T?J -f r? [ air 3i?T- 

<rt <*i3 Jrraoi ] Agallochum c '),*>'- 

*J3P: [ V?T: f *7 5^1 J^VTO rjRITr=H?J } 

a firebrand, lighted wi p of straw. 

* OTt'iawm ^y] ail cnc | osec ] , pace 
for keeping the fire, n fire-vessel. 
fw:,-^i:, -gjT : t . N of Kartti- 
keya said to be born from fire, 
See rRfor. 2 a kind of preparation 
of medicinal drugs *r [ 
i 9 ^] I. smoke, 2 N. of two Ra- 
kshasas on the side of Ravana 
and killed by Rama *"**:, --fy* 
the south-east corner ruled over 
by Agin :__ stf *r>: fc 



f^n [arfiw ft -5 ram fifar JIT?; a. ] i. 
obsequies, funeral ceremonies. 2. 
branding; ^sirraf^i'Jrg ^ y. 3. 284. 
wiT [ ?r. a ] lire-works, illumi- 
nations- TH ,j. [ vfa'n am ] preg- 
nant with or containing fire, hav- 
ing fire in the inferior ; *i'f 3r?wj 
S- 4. 3. (-*t ) [ arfirfisr JTI^T tm wi ] 

I. N. of the plant Agnijara 2. the 
sun siOne, name of a crystal suppo- 
sed to contain and give out fire 
when touched by the rays of the 
sun i cf. S. 2 7. 3. the sacrificial 
i which, when churn-ed, 
gives out fire- (-*T?)I. N of the 
Sam/ plant as containing fire (the 
story of how Agni was discovered 
to exist in the interior of the Sam/ 
pjant is told in chap- 35. of aigsnfR- 
i* in Mb.). 2. N. of the earth ( ar&: 
HW^TTfi TUT uwt HTJ when the Ganges 
threw the sen en of Siva out on 
the Meru mountain, whatever on 
earth &c. was irradiated by its 
lustre, became gold and the earth 
was thence called 3g?ar ). 3 N. o f 
the plant f^^-fit-n^,^ 9nr ( ^f^, 
ITHT namnfr fiT: T ).-gj : [aifjinfaqp'^t 
w: *rrfi. ff.] the work that treats 
of the worship of Agni &c-j* 
>fl .j 3 Kind ot mccli- 
cinal preparation of ghee used to 
stimulate the digestive power.-raq; 

2- 91.] one who has kept the sacred 
fire"; iram: Bfwriipinfnq R. g. 25 - 
*":, 'I*, -mir arranging or keep- 
ing the sacred fire (an^rwr ) ; f*?^- 
ffcrnrSr * p. m. j. 132. 2. (-*T:-U*: ) 
the Mantra used jn this operation. 

3- a heap of fire.-rV^JT [arft^q^ arc^j- 
ftfr iryr tjiq g; ata^ta q^rjr fv. 1 
having arfJniT^ or ajfW^iT. ",-T?T 
a- produced by or from fire, born 
from fire- ( *:,-WPT: ) I. N of the 

f > 2. N- of Karttikeya 



11 

3- Vishnu. { *,-3na ) gold; so V 
-RT.-m^ . i having n fiery tongue- 
2. having fire for the tongue, epi- 
thet of a god or of Vishnu in the 
boar incarnation. (-*r?r) i. a tongue 
or flame of fire. 2. % one of the 7 
tonguespf Agni *'.IWT ^w" 

3- N-of a plant 

WT-TWT; JHT )^ of ^another 

P!M fl U ( jT<^TT r "'?r^T^ Q j* TTif f^ccj^jf f f^Tr-jf 

***) ^Trai i. the flame or glow of 

"frre. 2- [snVniffocr r^rar ^zn; rj ^f. 

of a plant with red blossoms.chiefly 

( U ju d by f ' yeiS> G - rislea Tomenu>sa 

"^"tfc^J having the warmth 
of fire, practising austerities by 
means of fire-rrw a- [w^rw: aojet] 
I practicing vtry austere penance, 
standing in the midst of the five fires 

2.glowine,shinisng or burning like 
rkeifcTqarfa aqr: nfufhi (Tqr:)I-,ot as fire. 
-T fl ^a- having the lustre or power 
of fire ( n^lffrrtoft RT ). (-^r \ t ne 
lustre of fire. (-HW.) N.oft.neofthe 
7 R/shis -of the nth Manvantara. 
-5* the three fires, See tinder amr. 

I giving or supplying with fire. 2. 
tonic, stomachic,producingappeti- 
te, stimulatingdigestion.3, i cend- 
iMs.Q. 278; *rff- 
2. 74 ; so *?TT 
-. jurnt on the fu- 
neral nile ; afii^iaTW ^ -m^r *Tsc*r- 
^rai: j3s iff Vayu. 2. burnt with fire. 
3. burnt at once without having 
fire put into the mouth, becausede- 
stitute of issue (?); (pi.) a class of 
Manes or Pitris, who when alive, 
kept up the household flame and 
presented oblations to fire ;nu 

cotic plant, So'anum Iacquini.-?m 
[ 15^^ ^rft] on.- who peforms 

the last (funeral) ceremonies of a 

man -~~ * 



an 51 



lating digestion, ftomachic.tonic- 
?TH a. [g a. ] glowing, set on fire, 
blazing. (-HT ) vfMrafati) ^m; St5^ 
iwr: r ] N- of a plant ^rtaOTtft war, 
which is aid to stimulate digestion 
-J'TTH: / active^ state of digestion. 
^?l a. [ aTfff^cr 55 srSiji; IKST ^T ] 

having Agni for a n.essengeri said 
f the sacrifice or the deity invokec' 
TW g ?rrt *if&&rfw**\ aitfia: Ry 

10- 14. _I3 -^nrjr a branded --^: 
[ srftire ?^:J Agni i a worshipper of 
Agni.--^m fa?fii'?m uwr: ] the third 
lunarmanfion, the Pleiades(fii%*r). 
aw fj arflnSTti^sftjT'i; ] the place or 



receptacle for keeping, the sacred 
fire, tlie house of an v 

taining the sacred fire; 
55 ?^:= - d ^(n^^i. t"h^TH; f 
^ fm* ftri& ^wr] N . ol the 
plant arTSjTTi. 3? a- f arffnar JRJT ~| 
having Agni for the leader or con- 
veyer of oblations, an epithet of y 
god in general -^ i. the word 
A gn.2. fire-place 4. N of a plant 
-imai.Tgs-m care of the sacred fire, 
worshi i^of fire, offering oblations ; 
^wi's'Trtfi^^n Ms 2. 67. <m- 
*?: the whole sacrificial ap- 
paratus j qjj ITTjmR^B* .Ms- 6. 4. 

-oftwf enclosing the sacrificial 
fire with a "kind of screen. -qfi?-rt 
C 5. n. ] ordeal by firc.-'J'I'T: [arfH- 
Hitw qf a: J a volcano. -g^s: [ar^: 
^i^'^y^^^xtffjiTj jj^^jE g^ ~] tail or ba^k 

part of the sacrificial place; the ex- 
tinction of fire.-guor [ arfilRT ff^fi 
STTOT] one of the 18 Puranas ascrib- 
ed to Vyasa. It derives its name 
fromitshavingbeencon-municated 
originally by Agni to the sage Va- 
sishta for the purpose Of instructing 
him in the two- fold knowledge of 
Brahma. Its stanzas are said :o 
be 14500. Its contents are varied. 
It has portions on ritual and mystic 
worship, cosmical [descriptions, ch- 
apters on the duties of Kings and 
the art of war -a chapter on law,some 
chapters on Medicine and some tre- 
atises on Rhetoric, Pr sody, Gram- 
mar, Yo^ a.Brahmavidya &C.&C.HI- 
*ti bringing out the sacrificial fire 
and consecra'ing it according to the 
proper ritual nfagt consecration of 
fire, especially the nuptial fire.-n- 
^$r:-5H- [H. ?T.J entering the fire, 
s.lf-immolation of a wklow on the 
funeral pile of her husband. n**- 
$i violation of the duties ofasa- 
crificer (aiij(|Tnrwtn); "q^^cr 
*itar r .'n'l( Mb. JTWf: [ arfir 
3TJT; wait ^r] a flint, a stone pro- 
ducing fire^-^rf: [ar&Tffa fr&- 
f%s?m(ij 1. smoke 2 N. of a son 
of the first Manu ; of a son of 
Priyavrata and Kamya. ST* i. 
the seed of Agni ; ( fig. ) gol I 

of the letter *..**[ aifflfa urm ; 
iT-^i ] i. 'shining like fire', gold. 
2' N- of the constellation $%w. 

water. 2 gold. -^ n. [arTlH^ra; *}- 
fifif^] produced from fire (-:) i. 
' fire-born', N- of JCarttikeya. 2. N- 
of a teacher ( wro ) w ho was 
taught by Agni. 3. (Arith ) six- 
-5jra a- produced from fiie. (-W:) 



12 



jw] 'N- of ^a 
pupil of the last Tirthankara (- 
/ the lustre cr might of fire. 
a Ved rwfafhr s 13 ^ i wi 
shining 'ike fire -*rrm: [ 
sfft: rra. a. ] the sun-st ne.-^H 

" 



. 

1. the sacrificer who churns the fuel- 
stick. 1. the Mantra used in this op- 
eration, or the ^m itself.-**:: -*> 
producing fire by friction , or the 
Mantra used in this operation. 



N- 



of a tree TfBwnw <. Mar. 

) Premrra Spinosa ( a^rg- 
| ang af^ra^ ).-rtei slow- 
ness of digestion, loss of appetite 
dyspepsia -T?T%: [ wft "TO * 
TO< s^OTt ?i%: ?TJ ^i fg^w 5. 1?- 
u^r =?r: TV. ] N. of the sage 
Agastya. -m*: N. of a king of the 
Sunga dynasty, son of Pushpa- 
mitia who must have nourished 
before 1 50 B. C- -the usually accept- 
ed date of Patanjali-as the latter 
mentions y*^ by name. -S 1 *: a. 
having Agni at the head. (-:) [*m- 
^jrfm *o] i. a deity, god, ( for the 
gods receive oblation* through 
Agni who is therefore said to be 
their mouth; wft^n M"!' *ftt* 
nw Ararat &c.- or wfft|fc $ Wj for 
fire is said to have been created be- 
fore all other gods ) 2. [srorgrf s- 
ursniTPft zrro ] one who maintains 
the sacred tire ( wftr^tfgx ). 3.3 
Brahmana in general ( *mnpfnim 
smrtfirld iw, for Brahmanas are 
said to be w<*w.'). 4.N. of two plants 
ftre* Plumbago Zey lanica and gra 
Semicannis Anacnrdium 



f^ ^ sj^TcMrtta^Uflflif**!, ) 5 . a 

sort of powder or l?r pre- 
scribed as a tonic by ^nfi^. 6. 
'fire-momhed', sharp-biting, an 

epithet of a bug Pt I. (T) [ arfjrft^ 
g<9jni WT:, fitrrf^.?^) i. N. of a 
plant ngpF* (Mar. ftrr, ft^rcn) 
and cwn^^i ( fgqamsr ). 2. N. of the 
GSyatn Mantra ( nftti ^ jisi- 
er , or sriffw *pa B- 
<jc4ftis;iT ITOT; , sifter ti. 
:fr ragm m- 



m 



). 



a kitchen 
atm 5^ 5Wt; HI ] 
-9? a. [?..] Ved. made insane 
or stupefied by lighlnir- or fire. 
-ft"* causing the sacrificial fire 
tobl zeup. !?cri ]. consecrating 
orp eserving the sacred (domestic) 



fire or . 

r] a Mantra securing for Agni pro- 
tection from evil spirits & c . 3. the 
house of an wm^ -?*:-*3rr m 



[. a scarlet insect by name sgJtnr.' 
2. (aii'St: w:) the might or power of 
Agni 3. gold i^jw mystery of 
(worshipping &c.) Agnii N. of the 
tenth book of the Satanatha Biah- 
mana -TTfJr: a heap of fire, burning 
piles?! [37fjif^ trjfrf^jr-*] N of the 
plant nmr^^i or "tH<tf|'jfT (crjfw ff^- 
^tjraoi<nri cqs<^TrfTf^ aror: ). IET a. 
of QarW?*r ^ti aoir rw] fire-shaped; 
the nature of fire- (-$) the nature 
of fire. ^THw. the seed of Agni; 
(hence) gofd nr?oTT [arftrr^ ?i^fit| 
^-iSift] a hard inflammatory swel- 
ling in the armpit.^: the world 
of Agni, which is situated below 
the summit of MeruunthePuranas 
it is sai.l to be in the aftfhj, while 
in the Kaj/ Khanda it is said to be 
to the south 



91; 



r- Svaha, the daughter 
of Daksha and wife of A_ 
a- QwrsHr ?^ 5^"? ziw] glowing or 
bright like fire. (-.) the lustre of 
Agni. (-rn.)N- of a teacher of the 
Puranas sot a- [sr&ftr 5"ff rw] ol 

the co' our of fire"; hot, fiery; 

Ms. 

ST 92. 

(-01:) I- N- of a prince.son of Suda- 
rsana. 2- of a King of the solar 
race, See R. 19 3- the colour of 
fire- (-IT) a strong liquor. 3 
stimulating digestion, tonic 

I. a tonic- 2- regimen, di< 

Sala tree, Shorea Robusta- 2. the 
resinous juice of it <JT^T a. [ 
fa T&&. gl ^ "**] having a red (pure 
Ii! e Agni) garment- (-) a pure 
garment. ST? a. [srfS wr 
argmiroi^ gr] i. smoke- 2 a goat. 
g^ agoat(gm). f^m- I. one who 
kt.ows_the mystery about Agni. 2 
an armfTf^q. v. fWii'i ceremon) 
ol lowering the sacrificial fire- 
f^4: pain from an inflamed tu 
mour, inflammation. ft?*of, -fffn 
I. taking the sacrificial fire from 
wfisr to the Hfw?q.2. offering obla 
lions to fire; H?*TTSsn^WT K. 348 
*ftJ i. power or might of Agni. 
gold. tor. [w^mr 5^] N. of an an 
cient medical authority; 

a fire-sanctuary; 
S. 5 ; a house or place fo 
keeping the sac r ed fire; 
? V. 3. 5tJT a- [wrafhr 

very passiona'e 

(-m.) N. of a sage. tliw a 

^i %wi irw] fiery, fire-crested 



Ram- (-^:) I. a 
amp- 2 a rocket, fiery arrowt 
. an arrow in general- 4. 
afflower plant. $. saffron. 6. 
rrirarfsj. (-J I- saffron. 2 gold- 
IT) j- a flame; jftmmwm: 
VIb r- N- of two plants ?.tri(Mar. 
) Gl .riosa Superba; 
of another plant ( Mr. also ^ 
Menispermum 
careful service or woiship of fire. - 
a fire-crested. (-^:) NT of the 
, jfitr & afmaT trees- (-? ) gold- 
a- [ srTriT^ ?IT^ T^ J bright as 
ires purified- by fire K. 252.-ft-a. 
[aritft^www] glowing like fire, 
lighted by Agni.-CT., |r,-^ &c- 
8ee~-*spt ^J* 7 . &c.-^r?H: I- conse- 
rvation of fire- 2. hallowing or con- 
secrating by means of tire^; burn- 
ing on the funeral pilowf *t T- 
5t? ^TTT Dk- 169; 11 ?T %iifis(lrd*t! 
Ms. 5- 69, R- 12. 56 *: ! a?r^: I- 
the wind. 2- the wild pigeon (smO- 
kecoloured) 3 smoke. *w a. 
[<*. f.] sprung or produced from 
fire-(-5:) I. wild safflower- 2- 
lymph, result of digestion (-*) I 
gold- Hire's [arfJi: I?JIT^, *^] . 
or flrfy- keeping fire for a witness, 
in the presence of fire; ^3 M- 
4.I2;T'rf^t ^ 15 ?r?oi lifjzrr. H- I. V- 

I.i R II. 48 HI* [arft srt IBI srfzfm- 
HatttTtj5>fti Hrrf?rr?^irs[ TV.] KW^T^, a 
s' rt of medical preparation for the 
eyes. (-*:-<) power or essence of 
fire.-^? a thread of fire 2. a girdle 
ofsacrficial grass (mrffirasi) put 
upon a young Biahmana at the 
time of investiture. ?H*i: I. stop- 
ping the burning power of Agni 2- 
N. of a mantra used in this opera- 
tion. 3 N- of a medicine so used. 
*5% m (wfirga:) fjmft: ^^5^; ^ 
wmft fjq ^ra] the first day of the 
Agnishtoma sacrifice; N. of a por- 
tion of that sacrifice which extends 
over one day; 
fi^lfa ;rr i * 
firgsn^ m n Ms- H. 75--^*? C 1 !^) 
[wra: fg*'TrTS5f;?g>;=Taw 1 ^] I. =i^- 
sfT 2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu. 
-WTH; ( gfa: ) [ w?r: ^stf: ^gi^Htusr T? ] 
N. of a protracted ceremony or sa- 
crificial rite exrending over several 
days in spring and forming an 
essential part of the 5ftfSgtr. 2. 
a Mantra or Kalpa with reference 
to this sacrifice; J *t rft Hf:':j 
HPI s^wm, tfftv:- 8 w: 1'- IV. 3- 
66. VSrt. 3. N of the son of the 
sixth Manu 4. a species of the 
Soma plant; am\ a part of the 
Sama Veda chanted at the conclus- 
ion of the Agnishtoma sacrifice -OT 
a. ( B ) [ wi?1 wrgrifti wr-s irt ] pla- 
ced in, -oven or near the fire. 



13 



(-S: ) an iron frying-pan i in the 
arwrsf sacrifice the nth Yupa 
which of all the 21 is nearest the 
fire- rrrr: f written both a 
and J 5mrT ) ( pi. ) [ wnra: /. e. 
i%w,<^Hrtitj gg ara irt"T strf ?t ] N- 
of a class of I itri's or. Manes whoj 
when living on earth, maintaine I 
the sacre 1 or domestic fire, but 
who d d not p rform the Agnish- 
toma and other sacrifices. They 
are regarded as Manes of gods 
and Brahmanas and also as desce- 
ndants of Mairchi, Ms 3. IQS ( f fg- 



fq?rm TWI: sra araw: ). 
Ved. sacrificieg to Agni, 
having Agni for a priest -frt [wn^ 
gTfr-5^, i-^f, T. 5f. ] I. an oblation to 
Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour 
gruil) 2 maintenance of the sa 
cred fireand offering oblation toil; 
irra fmrsfwi; ifwSmr arftrf rafirm 
]| or the sacred fire itselfi 
TftCTg K. 265 frat ?TPJ 
Ms. n. 36 , J 3gqi?f 42; wr 31?- 
S?T "tor Ms 5. 167. 6 4. Y. I. 9- 
The time of throwing oblations 
into the fire is, as ordained by the 
sun himself, evening ( fl^ st*r 35- 
mt Q?rk nwSf^ra;. ) Agnihotra is 
of two kinds ( T=TF*T of constant 
oblation [wwli*rf8^M g?W] and 
>WJ*T occasional or optional ( <s4i- 
safi^fr Hraftwurfrsf jfrfir ) . ( -K ) a- 
Ved. i. destined for, connected 
with, Agnihotn-2. sacrificing to 
Agni , ?^fr ( oft ) a ] a dle usecMn 
sacrificial libations, or wftfWlfti- 
w*n ^ TV. i See f>finrfpJTT, g ^ offering 
the srfjr^i J aBifi?T: invocation or 
oblation connected with srilr^W. 
-?rm a. [ srrlrftw -wmu JM ] I. one 
who practises the Agnihotra, or 
consecrates and mainta ns the sa- 
cred fire- 2. one who has prepared 
the sacrificial place. 



[ smV^.f^] 1 The wife 
of Agni and goddess of Fire, Svahi- 
She is said to be a daughter of 
Daksha i she longed to be the wife 
of Agni, and Skanda was pleased to 
give her a place with Agni at every 
sacrificial act ( g 



2 The Treta age . 

*ffri^: [ *fof?fl[ 
N- of an insect, coccinella- 

m f 



]. 



j ai-i^ . SiWlq; TV. ] One 

wh ) consecrates the sacred fire. 



?]; Ved. a. [ afit: 

w : P.V111. 2. 15 ] I. Hav 



ing fire or enjoying it -2 Maintain- 
ing the sacrficial fires ft 
9f*r TBfHsi^^snrfiT? Ms. 3. 
Having a good digestion 



ind. To the slate of fire t 
used in comp. with f 'to burn,' to 
consign to flames'i WTOihurinn- 
ff:far M. 5* T ir^tr ?ruwficrr?i R 8 
72; "globe burnt. 



tj-<n fra; TV.] I 
il~of a priest, also called S^T who 
kindles the sacred fire. -2 (srf?r arc- 
<nnw ^ft ^T5w nfra:) Sacrifice, 
sacrificial act. See 



f -3] Situated near the firei relating 
to fire, fiery. 



T<^] Agni and Somai "jriq^ bring- 
ing out Agni and Somai a cere- 
mony in the rttftflw sacrifices (*-ft) 
the rik or t'i^/ used in consecra- 
ting them. 

anfi^fm a. [aftqTjft^fr ?rw g] 
Relating or sacred to Agni and 
Soma i*ftaw: making libations with 
the cake sacred to Agni and Soma; 
^35: a victim sacred to them; "gFi- 
f?i: an oblation sacred to them &c. 



, n . Battle, conffict, See 



Un.2 ; 28] 
I first, foremost, chief, bes , pro- 
minent, principal, pre-eminent; "i- 
i?^f chief queen; 3Tfljimsrr M. i 
front (and hence, fresh)breeze;"3Tr^r- 
ff chief seat, seat of honour Mu. I. 
12. -2 Excessive, over and above ; 
surplus; supernumerary, project- 
ing (*fw ).-v I (a) The foremost or 
topmost point, tip, point ( opp. ^, 
WOT ) s (I g. ) sharpness, keen ess; 



. 

Ms. II. 84; ^si'f fif ^*, ?E-<r &c. ; IT- 
rli*t u tip of the noses ff^" &c. i 
roit vi fiot n^ds^V^ P- 346 
stood on the tii^of the tongue; 
gw faar Tm?ri^Ci N. v i. 5. 
Top, summit, surface; *ST', ^a, 
&C.-2 front, vans aw y put in the 
front or at the head ; fim& ?^art Pt . 
4 See ii.-3 The best of any kind; 
't w ith the best of chariots! 
: Ram. -4 Superiority, excel- 
lence (s'fw); *nri^ ti?fii Tandya- 
-5 Goal, aim, resting place (37^^ 
igfi*r!Titi;f Ms. I. I, See ' ;<A 
also.-d Beginning, See arir. 7 A 
multitude, assemblage.-SOverplus, 
excess, surplus; *n?r rf)H?w Ram. 
1000 women and more; so Hin^iSt 
^ T8jrt.~9 A weight=w q. V---IO A 
measure of food given as alms 
occurring in arafrT).--!! 



(Astr.) Amplitude of the sun Cnr, 
* lit '* 1 also). In compounds as first 
member meaning 'the forepart') 
'front' 'tip' &c.) e. g, J <n?: -^01: the 
forepart of the foot, toe; so V^:, 
: ; J TITOI: & c . ; J a?i^ the top- 
most lotus Ku. I. r6; J ^I?T: fore- 
part of the body; so "^ O *T?*T 
tip of the nail, nose &c., adv. In 
front, before, ahead=-CoMP. wg: 
[ars *n5ft;] the focal point ai? . 
[^f.] sharp or pointed vision,side- 
look 



Ram. 



having precedence in eating. ST^ 
(off) <*: (*) vanguard; fia'si5 



[3TJ &g w^m ^ra ?r?r 
Buddhistic tenet 



MS. 7. 193; 
: Ram. 



of 



[aji an*|l 37T?mf^ti nwj food at a 
Sraddha ceremony, the chief part 
of which has been tasted. 3q?cr 
first supply. 3<if{dir? a- [WJT atrf^ijt 
*<?(8t 3T*ft^ ] i. that which is first 
offered or supplied. 2 



q. v. 2. t e focal point. %?r: front 
line.ofhair; fr ?i3 ?^: *tr^i% K. 86- 
*: [a?^ ir^frfa, >m.-?J a leader, a 
guide; taking the tead; marching 
foremost. TOTI a . [&% IFJ^S^J f ore . 
most, to be ranked first-tr^a. 
[^Ttiresfa] a leaden HirsnTiftfif p. 
VIII. 3. 92 w a . [wir wra^ 3fr-*.] 
first born or produced; 3fiff|;mr3ftBr 
R. lo. 78- (-f) i. The first born, 
an elder brother; gTfir TflUJsrian'E* 
M. 5-, iitriHi*i4inft?i R 14. 73.2. 
a Brahmana (-srr) an elder sisten 
so a smr, a jna*, a wft. wsrt the fore- 
part of the calf. T?W m- [arir ST^T 
'R'J w:] i. the first-born, an- elder 
brothers- WTOWPiwh sratufa^rw 
Dk- 2- 2. a Brahmana (srafr TOT snr- 
, or 



f| q? : 
K- 12; 

WT Dk. 13 3- N. of Brahma, as 
he was the first to be born in the 
waters. -ftr^ijr the tip of the tongue 
j^fr (Astr.) the sign of the ampli- 

tude. 3Tft\ [3^ ?H 3TW; 37!T^T5t-5ft] 

a (degraded) Brahmana who takes 
presents offered i i honour of the 
dead (3atf?fa jjifM fra^r 

f%sraj ^rmrfl^T'T ^ijrairT i 
TV.) w 



aro 



14 



5?f:a harbingen 

Ve. I. 22; $fwDk ; _ 20; ?W T -)t 
jpmmi^rf: R-. 6. 12- fi^ot piede 3 ' 
tinatiun i prophecy, determining 
beforehand =fh ("ft:) [tt nuirl art 
ft fifc 1 ?, irt] i. a leader, foremost, 
^rst, chief; omt'pnjH: K- 195; acsj- 
?nirfrsrfflT!^Toit R- 5. 4 chief. 2. fire- 

qofi [*fs qS mm: HT-Vra] cowage, 
Carpopogon Pruriens 

"nf?W . [wit an^'t 
happening beforehand, antecedent; 
rfh% ?r*rm Tstf*ran% K. 65. *n^: the 
forepart of the foot-, toes; isn%6- 
r<proinjiTsf M. 3. I2-; f^nr stand- 
ing on tiptoe- S- 6- Ttm: = "5*<T: 
q v ^*Tthe highest or first rnajk 
of reverence or respect; a irmf 
ftsirin qpSt^ ft* w$< Ram ^* 
precedence in drinking 

[art ?ir<3T *foryqr^ rw] growing by 
meant of the tip or end of bran- 
ches, growing on the stock or 
stem of another tree, such as '*sw'. 
(-*:) a viviparous plant -wrf: [w.] 
I- the first or best part [qri$ HW- 
5rr ^* 5 s **) . 2. remnant, remain- 
der ^<wm). 3. fore-part, tip, point 
4. (Astr-) a degree of amplitude- 



first to take or claim (the remnant); 
* 



V- 5 claiming the first share of 
the remnant &c-H*<3- I- having 
precedence in eating 2. glutton- 
ous, voracious (arr^ftfi). "j: [arit 
^afit i-%i]=^ >jm: /' I- goal of 
ambition or object aimed at fratn- 
>jf* ci3srrai5: Ki- 17- SSt-MW^fe- 
f"?rnrrcJOTT 4 'Si- I. 32 (mcqww). 2. 
the topmost part, pinnacle; TWIT" 
Me. 69- td [arir Htji^* WM m$] 
flesh in the heart, the heart itself; 
" ^Rra Ve. 3. 2- morbid protuber- 
ance W the liver- ri [art 



TV.] a kind of sacrificial cere- 
mony. See amnm. *IH a [nr w 
"w, 'n-^qs.] taking the lead, fore- 
most. (-*) an army that stops in 
frmt t<i defy the enemy- TTR'T a- 
[aril itwftm-ftife] taking the lead, 
If iiding the van; JSCT "ft T^Fjrui^ 
Hum S 7-2i,R. 5- 62, 18. 10, 5- 3. 
mfw [' f^i ^siH] the princi- 
pal hero, champion; Ji^^rrit va ?wt 
>ft iRft^ii?r Ram . so < Wn-- wg UTJ- 
tf':- 'rf opening, foiv-i--art; tmr' 
Mai I. I. ^nVr< [^Tir ^"n?rt ifm: HT] 

A kind of pot herb (f^nrrra^. 
the first place or rink; 3^: 
R. ig. o 



, 

?v-] the register of human act- 



ions kept by Yama (*nr if H 



\;>IT early dawn; 

T!TB>5';i S. 4V- I- 

taking the lead; R. 9. 
231 *n$wrwnrt tvfo fn IPT 5- 7!- 
^rn [atj jfnmM' i'"r 'R'n; HI] I. a 
s; rout which has tips without 
fruits. 2 a short method of count- 
ing immense numbers. ?f a [ 
f|*m fraswl; 5- 3 '*i] I- that which 
must be given fmt. 2='*i5?iR^ 
p: (-Hit:,-*mS*i:) the forepart of 
the hand or arm, siasRTT ^i? 
nr.T^V.t Ratn. >, forepart of the 
trunk (of an elephant); often used 
for a finger or fingers taken col- 
lectively; rrri?T "T: Mk. 3. *m 

w: Ratn- I; Jgwa 55 ft 
M- i; HHri<% "^ M- 4; 
S 4 slipped from 
the fiii: er s; also^lhe right hand; 
Si'-T 1 *^ 5f ""tffitWl Ku. 5. 63 ( anr- 
Midr gam Mail!.)? Ki. 5. 29 trw: 
(<T:) [3?: STB: ?rtR7mi%; aw, mrt] the 
beginning of ths yeari r N. of 'the 
month mfafrfj (?iHTt Tpr^fm? Bg. 
10-35); r ?fg: ^^^ftifttfl^: ?K: a 
grant of land given by kings (to 
Brahmanas ) for sustenance (art 



Dk. 8,9. 



TV- 



f: arff. [ wlr anrr^r, arj 
(with gen.) I Kefore (opp. ?gfr:) in 
front of, ut the head of; forward; f 
ioiTrof?r i^ H v I 29; r^T5fr: 
lead the way; "fit rah*r seeing 
before him- 2 In the presence of; 
^*U* a Pt. n smTf^rnjff: Mu. 5; 
wg^frwafT ^ n^r^t R. 3. 39 j n the 
very presence of. 3 First; |m 
3imnra: Rv. 10. 90. 7; aren: f*to 
give precedence to, consider most 
important; to put in front or at the 
head ot COMP. *rc a. [7a: wf% 
f. *.] going in front, taking the 
lead (-*:) a leader. 

ajfaH a [& v*:, Mn-ftq^p. iv. 
3. 23. Vart.] I Fiist ( in Order', 
rank &c.) foremost, best, excel- 
lent, preferable, superior) wpim- 
fTi^TWrii 3^ llfrt: Bf Mb. -2 prior, 
preceding- 3 Elder, eldest. 4 
Furthest, advanced, first riper- 5 
Further i: An elder brother. 
"i A kind of truit, Annona Reticu- 
lata. 



a. [w'a H^iarir-*] Foremost, 
best &c i: An elder brother. ^ 
The first fruits; the best part- 

wlnirt. [*r% H^T:; am -5] foremost, 
best &c. 



^Hf /?</;i. i In front of, before, (in 
time or spnce); W'i iitffj w.y Vorq^ifj 
w. V. i. 4 , K-2 j(>, V. 2. 7, Bh. 
3- 30 2 In thepicsj ncoof, before) 
mrij*flrjH : i. 3 At the head, 
ahead; *.\<x men STT *: Ram. 4 
I'urtht-r on. subsequently, in the 
si-quel; iinir T^^T, "iir'sfq" jg-.ij ^, c _ 
5.1_n the beginning; at first, first; 



. 
wt^mr r*(n Hr. A/-. Up , Ms- 

2- 169 6 First, in preference to 
others; wjuiiii qpinhnt ws\fiT ^nwfft 

3- 12; *nrtlVl-TJT5!J nqaw >5ii|il3 3 

114. COM i- n : ;v leader. IT; go- 
ing in front or before f^fij:-^: 
a man (of one of the first three 
castes) who marries a wife mar- 
ried before (Stifrnfiaft). (-$:)/. a 
married woman whose eldest sister 
is still unmarried (^v_m qg-i^rii 
w^trar^Md^n i nr ^iVfifi^am ^i ^ 
f^ftfj-^nr), (<&. tnc i, us ij and of 
such a woman. ir: [aiit fwrgi cnfa, 
rp?] first to protect. T: [wi ^a,' 
%Wj purifying in one's presence) 
having precedence in drisking. 



"^ P. VIII. 4. 4] the border or 
skirt of a forest. H* a- [wiwif- 
"rffrwt wrt%5. z. ar^ p. in. 2.18] 
going in front, taking the lead, a 
leader, foremost, first; 
ajfo;%fm%r K. 169; "^ 
Pt. L. Mai. 9 first to die; 
T: *pt 3h- 2. 29 
anmffr n^fr: 5-^]. i. a servant (who 
precedes his master). 2. a leader. 



fl . [>nr sna:, ai-Jtj] i Fore- 
most, best, choices', -most essen- 
tial or important, highest, pre-emi- 
nent, first; fr^niTini TOtm R^T^: 
R- 3- 46; Jt "?'i 10 66; aq^r: ?5nrR 
5jaiirjt6. 73,8. 28, 14. 19, 18 39, 
Ku 7. 78, Ms. 5 166, 12. 50, V. 
5. 14: also with loc-i ww. ^3% '^5 
Ms. 3. 184 ire: An elder brother. 
?ro The roof of a house 



/. Ved. Having nothing 
acceptable. 



a. Not rustic or rural, 
town-made. -2 Not tame, wild. 

,._ a. Not acceptable, that 
which ought not to be taken or 
accepted as a gift, present &c ; 

be perceived, admitted or trusted; 
not to be consi lered or taken into 
account. -gjr N of the day or ?T%JRT 
which ought not to be taken, for 
purposes of purification. 



15 



**%''%: f- ['*?-!? ^ii'- 5[ T -^ ] 
1 A linger. -2 A river ; ( according 
toothers) single, unmarried (as 
a young woman ), 

wsfcJm q v . (10 U- ) To 
wrong, sin. 

am a f 3Ti-*fift arc ] i Bad , 
sinful, evil, wicked > aiHnjtfijpmwc 
fij qiS H simfn Bg 3. l6"-H 

fj 3T1T HF^ 37^ ~\ I Sill j ^^ H ^.^J 

gw i: q^riitf*nT(i Ms. 3. 118, 

Si. I. 18, 26; fl<ri &c. s misdeed, 
fault, crime ; *fa:=T f|;*irai>f 
sg^iH ^T Si. 4. 37 sins and 
griefs also. -2. An ev 1, mishap, 
misfortune, accident, injury, harm, 

do not think of doing harm or evils 
ft^H 3. 52, n. 8(); 
R. 15. 51, 19.^ 52, 
See 37T-J. -3 Impurity ( vr$H ) i 
5*75 Ms- 5- 63.; * ngr- 
93 ; T S^H^TITT^ 84- -4 
Pain, suffering, grief distress i 
^irspH^i*?? R. 10. 19 not subjec 
to grief. -5 Passion -*: N of a 
demon, brother of Baka and Putan3 
andcommander-in-chiefofKamsa 
[ Being =ent by Kamsato Gokula to 
kill Krishwa and Balarama he 
assumed the form of a huge 
serpent 4 yojanas long, anc 
spread himself on the way o 
the cowherds, keeping his honk 
mouth open. The cowherds mis 
took it tor a motintion cavern anc 
entered it, cows an 1 all But Kri- 
sha saw it, and having entered the 
month so stretche 1 himself that he 
tore it to pieces and rescued his 
companions.] -*\ 1 he goddess 
of sin s ( pi. ) the constellation 
usually calleJ Magha. COMP. 
wc : See are ab <ve. *7j : ( aTf 
a day of impurity ( aT^WT^i ). 
air^r a. leading a wicked life. ' 
a. sinful, wicked, evildoer. ?r: = 

*^757T. HTJ7, fTST** a. [ 3T7 5T7^rqi7f "1 

expiatory, destroying sin (such as 
gifts, muttering holy prayers &c.J. 
f -x : ) destroyer of the demon are ; 
N ofKrish.i >?TT>5T a. [ are q7q- 
*"* ^i ] a sinful e.ter (one who 
cooks, and eats for his own sake and 
not for g >ds, Manes, guests &c ). 

37^1 qr-*"35 ] expiatory, 
removing or destroy ing sin, usually 
applied to a prayer repeated by Bra- 
hmanas f the igoth hymn of Rv. 
10. ) 
Ak. i 

JTZJT^'?^''! HTt\ H^qi^niT?!^ u. J he most _2 A 
heinous crimes, such as illicit inter- 
course with a preceptor's wife, one's 
own mother, sister, daughterrin-law &T a. Not fit 
&c. are said to be expiated by re- Liquor ( "f ). 



peating this Q/fi thrice in water i 
qm^Taq^^7in% ;aq?tfr K 179, 38. 

- Tf a- [ 3Tq fTRlrfcl *1T?I^j ^ TO^I- 

r ] destroying sin, an epithet of 
gods ( wi ^tTj^^m-r t%^a : ). ^ a. 



ftft 'OTj I. 'making sin, weep and 
fly', N.cfa Mantra which destroys 
sin ; fearfullv- howling (?) . 2. [ are 
c*r*T^ ?>f^fcT si tTf^Ta^iPj'j q^) r *'<.] one 
who only weeps in times of cala- 
mity, but does not try to get over 
i hem. ft^ : FJ are ^iH^ift ra'i wi ] 
a serpent ; fearfully venomous (?) 

indication or reporting of sin. 2. [37^ 
*tw? 57H7fi ^B?cT j ^T^-WIJ; ] a .wicked 
man, such as a thief. 3. wicked ; 
sin-destroying (?}.-?iTH*rt. report- 
ing or telling one's sin or guilt. 
S'' : a noted robber ; rumour of 
guilt ( ? ). 

<H3 a. [ 37*7 wfcl 5|j57Z7lS ^57-35 ] 

Destroying sin. 

aTsrm^ Den. P. To sin, to be 
malicious', threaten with ruin. 

f3 a. Malicious, wicked, sin- 
ful, harmful, injurious. 

arqifii, a. [ 

suffering from evil or calamity 
) i not anointing ( ?). 
Not hot, cold-, ->i?j> *ami 
the moon whose rays are cold. 

a. Not terrific or fearful. -T: 
Tft JJTR79J i N. of Siva or of 
one of his forms, 



A. To move in a curve.-io 
'ififtg) i To mafk 
stamps |w^ff?ir!t "fifstrit K. 12 
WWWrtftwS.4 stamped with his 
name; "WiJ^njJTC sirr^. ?fi=irg* V 
4- 7i so R. 3. 55, 68 -2 To enume- 
rate, count3 To brand, stain, 
stigmatizes Tf^t iwjolt ^SrH^rfoiiit qt 
g^fftn: Bh. 2- 54 branded, cen- 
sured, condemneds B<T ^gnrfar "A 
m: Ks. 13. 152 branded head. -4 
To walk, stalk, go. 



577 art] i The 



.-2 A worshipper of Siva and 
Diirga -n [wST?: f?ra: ^qiwf^t arwrer 
ar^tr ar'sQ the fourteenth day of the 
dark half of Bhadra sacred to Siva 



N. of Siva. w:, "in; a follower of 
Siva -iwJi a terrtficoath-or ordeal- 



Hard-sounding, See b^low. 2 De- 
void of cow-herds. -T: the hard 
sound of a consonant, hollowness 
of sound with which all ihard con- 
sonants and the Visarga are pro- 
nounced (one of the II kinus of 
See p . VIII. 2. I.), or the 
consonants so pronounced C 
^w ^ i 



a.ma iiid. A vocative paiticle, 
another form for are** (Ved.). 

arei a. Not to b2 killed. 
r gfa 
Brahma 



3)'*fi; [37=5 ^fm i 

Lap. (n. also); 

Ku. 7. 5 passed from lap" to lap. 
-2 A mark, signi *tf;*t<fit q^qi 
^' Z- 9.1 '^rtflSf Ram. i 
Ku. 2. 64 marked 
or traces &c.i 
" Me- 86i a siair-, stop, 
stigma, brand) ^: O.iofftejqf*- KU- 
LJiV^fRNt fiiifw Ms- 8/281. 
-3 A numerical figure, a numbers 
the number 9-4 A side, flanks 
proximity, reach (connected with 
i. above)s *TH?j^!rfaig^Tlr ftF-5: Ki. 

Si.3..j6i i%i 

H?r?r 15 '< Bh. 2. 305 Ki. \j. 
64, See- e OTra below--5 An act of 
a drama, for its nature &c, See 5. 
D. 2/S.-6 A hook or curved in- 
strument.-/ A species of dramatic 
composition, one of the ten varie- 
ties of <KT*, See S. D. 519.- 8 An 
ornament Oj?r).-9 A sham fight, 
military show (f^g).-lo A cce- 
fficient.-ii A place. 12 A sin, 
misdeed.-i3 A line, curved lines a 
curve or bend generally, the bend 
in the arm.-l4 The body.-i5 A 
mountain, [cf. L. uncus Gr- egkos} 
-COMP. *'* [37% 
0-577^ qw i'y.] water * 
when an act, hinted by persons at 
the end oj' the preceding act, is 
brought in continuity with the 
latter, it is called arw^raR (descent 
of an act), as the sixtn act of 
-Sakuntala or second of : 
gaini tra (37^*3 (if%a: 
ia; i T't t *t?a j .c^'fl*i9cTT^ ^ftt f^fs: S- D 
311). The Dasarupa defines it 
differently; 



Un. 



TV.] 



bull S'li 
A cow. 



[ -f r 



to be smelt. $ 



I. 56 -nT^,-nn a. [fit a. ] come 
within the grasp or reach' f?fE 

R. 2 38; ftr* 2 ;fT5 ' f 'i 1 'f'fi- 
R. 13. 67. wi marking, 
branding &c. ftx the scienre of 
numbers (arithmetical or algebra- 
ical)- IT<*-TT I. bearing or ha'v- 
ing marks, such as those on the 



16 



body of a Vaishnava. 2. manner o 
holding the person, figure. qfivf; 
[. *r] I. turning on the other 
side. 2. rolling or dallying in the 
lap_or on the persons 



Mal. 5-8.(an -ccasion for) embrace 



JagaddharaO so 

M. 3. qTRfwr N. of a Vratat title 

of a chapter in the ^rf^ftTrcsnoi). 

qTi:-t [qr-arfa i. a. ST. ?r>jj I. 
the extremity or region of the lap 
(Avqteor *3*)l a seat in the lap; 
hence, an embrace; ara^Tg finr* 

Hf^OTI^f JT(ft? Mai. 8. 2. 2. [W^ 

trrpssria qic?~5. 5. a.] a nurse. 3. (-aft) 
a variety of plant, firing or Med ; - 
cago Esculenta; Pfymvfttgar] 

ity. [yf^: qrsr 55 V433* qia^lgirsr 
TV.] an operation in Arithmetic by 
which a peculiar concatenation' or 
chain of numbers is formed by 
makingthe figures I, 2 &c. excha- 
nge-places ( 



240) ; 



See Lfli- 



.) . TC* multiplication of num 
bers or figures i*:. forming the 
lap,' bending the thighs into a 
curve and squatting down. 2 bra- 
nding with a mark that resembles 
a headless irunk (wftrc: svjnwcf*:).- 
*mr [ sr* vrst^ a-tf. .] i. seated in 
the lap or carried on the hip, as an 
infant 2. being within easy reach, 
drawing near, soon to be obtained; 
*i<Kt?rtR^5Ht(fivtr,fi tg^n KJ 5 j 2 3. 

premature, early ripe forced fruit. 
-5* (or *nw) that part of an act, is 
wherein the subject of all the acts 
intimated, is called wgw, which 
suggests the germ as well as the 
euJ, e. g, in Mai. i T^W a id w- 
stffcn Hint the parts to be played 
by *&*q and others and give the 
arrangement of the plot in brief 



^ a-j n S- D. 312). 
The Dasarup i defines it thus: wt- 
;i^i?trjii ^jjt^wTvQ^iiT'j i i, e . where a 
character at ihe end of an act cuts 
short the story and introduces the 
beginning of another act; as in the 
second of Mv 7a: [w%* &*ify 
ntya kind of tree (fate) ginger. 
HI: subtraction <f numbers. 
ftot the science of numbers.Ariih- 
metic 



mark, token; rtttwift Mai. 9.46 
marks of love- -2 Act of marking. 
-J Means of marking, stamp'ng, 



Having 
marks; trappings (?) (^ 

ww . 
aronfe, ai^.rft] A sort (.fdrumor 
tabor st 



I A number of marks or 
signs.-2 A woman Having marks 
(of branding &c.). 

-*fi a. [^.-^^j] Fit to be bran- 
ded, marked or counted. ^r: 
[ w* t mqAnr araa arfft, ^ O r ar* 

A sort 9fdrum or tabor 
; ^ 

nf| 



Un. 4. 6l; atwa; w^ar] i Wind 

2 Fire.-3 Brahma.- 4 ABrahmana 

who keeps the sacred fire. H:- 

' Going; one who go?s. 

**9. . [w^wg^ f f^] i A mark 
-2 The body. 

*& (ety. ?) A key. 
**'< Ved. Water. 



1.38.] A 



^ J '; ** \ ^ i 

sprout, shoot, blade; ^,y., ^, u , : 
: S. 2. 10; oft. in comp*. in the 
sense of 'pointed,' 'sharp' &c i 
rnrnM^i^ Bh. 2. 4 pointed 
jaws; ?r??^tja ?^K. 4 pointed 

"_ Bh. 3 68 unsteady like the 
pointed flame of a lamp; (fig.) 
scion, offspring, progeny; WT 
r.rq jaTj.or 5. 7-I9 sprout or 
child of some one* sf^iffj c Dk 6 
-2 Water. 3- Blood. -4 A hair. -5 
A tumour, swelling- 



Having spt-outst <T 
V. 1, 12 as if Love has put forth 
sproinsi f- Dk. 125 with 
drops of perspiration bursting 
orth- 



fT? aa: ] An abode of birds, 
animals, a nest (of birds). 



. Tj n 4 

A hook, a goadi Proverb: 
*Htit ftiHj|rfei^: Why higgle about 
a trifling thing when the whole 
bargain (of which it forms part) 
has been struck ( the goad ought 
to follow the elephant); BR$^ 
jsrarot ftywtH f si R. 15.97; (fig-) 
one who checks, a corrector, 
eovernor. director; fnrfa ff r?i 
^Twnfn^i j^^.. Mu . 3 g. f?f 

t^wjjr R. 16. 8i; a restraint 
or .check; fMjpt: %vr : poets 
have free license or are unfettered 



ar one of the 24 Jaina goddesses- 
let Cierm. angle- ] -COMP. 
an elephant-driver; 



... 
a restive elephant wr- 
a keeper of an elephant __ g- 
? r I W 3wm<r JEI] a mar k resembl- 
ing a goad in form [ 



a. [sa^.] Urged on by a 
hook, goaded. 



ft] Having a 
layjng hold of 



, 

hook, or goad, 

with a hook. 



to escape. 

*f< : [ f* 
sprout, See 
Mv 6 . 45 



Ved. Moving tortuously 



N - f a tree 

Mar. fta). AJangium Hexapeta- 
lum i so *t$a*i, wraf ^ snsffe^r 
-CoMl' H: a sort of poison pre- 
pared from the Ankola plant. 

( probably a corruption 
An embrace. 

*J 10 P. ( aiwriw ) i Jo crawl. 
-2 To chng.-3 To check, hold back 

Jnr I P. ( iritfa, STRIT, aifttg ) To 
go, walk.-ioP. i To walk, go 
round.-2 To mark (cf. w^)._ w ith 
qft (qfe') to stir up i&qra to 
envelop, veil. 

A" ''/< A vocative particle mean- 
ing' well.' well, sir' 'indeed' 'true' 
'asse.it' ( as in 371% ) ; i>r *,'%?$. 
?rr anr: K- 221 ; nguq qT^ Tin i T 
nt mix.rt Mv- 3. 5. ; aci wr^ *T- 
15^ t itnm=n^ : Dk. 59; *n 
55 Wn qn p. Vlll. I. 33 Sk. ; itr- 

Sfa* *IW !T1 2TJim P. VJ11. 2. 96 

Sk. i ^^-5 *W 'm: 5i.'i6, 34. 
2. I2.i Ki. 10. 55, 13. 65 ; used with 
r'V in the sense of 'how much less', 
or 'how much more' ; ?imfta ftvTn'- 



Mv. 3. ; 
f*fl'i 5ii|t^qi[ 11 IT Pt. i. 71. Lexi- 
cographers give the following se- 
nses of sto-npl ^ 5^1? 



n [3T^n^jr-? sT-ni. ; according 
to Nir. atn aiiwr^ at^irii ^T ] i The 
body. ^2 A limb or member of the 
body; ?i<rtTisrmoifjgi rswrg; Ku. 1.33. 
lllKWW^wi Pt. 5. 32 without under- 
going troubles ; ?r% i^jft^mstiF^r 
'nt i Ki. II. 3 do 



17 



not be influenced or swayed bi 
them (do not be subject to them ) 
3 (it-) A division or departmen 
( of any thing ), a part or portion 
as of a whole i as tint'* v*i, *?K 
*, ^j^Htpf TmH:?ri3 see the words 
tiflhnt Ft 5. 56; igra?m3f.: ^ii^ 
"t^Tr^r: Ms. ii. ii. (Hence) (b } 
A supplementary or auxiliary" por 
tton, supplement i- ^T: or fT 
*$' (c ) A constituent part, essen 
tial requisite or component, 
3t*: R. 7. 5Q; fn'imTv T?5T.*rfr^iit: 
R. 3- 46- ( rf. ) An attributive or 
secondary part i secondary, auxi- 
liary or dependent member (serv- 
ing to help the principal one ) 
( opp. wm or arfni; ) ;. ai-fr U^BW 

w. w: S. D 517.! *i ssmtzft- 
tir Malli. on Ki. 8. 26. ( e. } 
An auxiliary means or expedient 



m n .Si. 2. 28-29 i See , 

also ( the angas of the seve- 
ral sciences or departments of 
knowledge will be given under 
those words ) -4 (Gram.) A name 
for the base of a word; 
M P. i. 4 13 ; 



Sk. The wn termina- 
tions are those of the nominative, 
and accusative singular and dual- 
-5 (Drama) ( a. ) One of the sub- 
divisions of the five joints or 
sandhis in dramas -, the gw has 
12, mlnjw 13, T>? 12, T>R* 13 and 
a^W* 14' the total number of the 
angas being thus 64 ; for details 
see the words. ( b. ) The whole 
body of subordinate characters. 
-6 (Astr.) A name for the position 
of stars ( WIT ), See wirar?!.-/ A 
symbolical expre-sion for the 
num er six ( derived from the six 
Vedangas 8 The mind ; f|row*f- 
"9* gpf ift: Si. i. i, See Jrra also. 
-T: ( pi. ) N. of a country and the 
people inhab ting it, the country 
about the modern Bhagalpur in Be- 
ngal. [It lay on the south of Kausi- 
k Kachchha and on the right bank 
of the Ganges. Its capital was 
Champa, sometimes called Angi- 
puri, Lomapadapur/,Karapurz or 
Mtilinz According to Oawrftn (wlj 
*mftwf|*qnn; ) and Hiouen Tlisang 
it stood on the Ganges about 24 
miles west of a rocky island- 
General Cunningham has shown 
that this description applies to 
the hill opposite Patharghata, that 
it is 24 miles e st of Bhagalpur, 
and that there are villages called 
Champanagar and Champapura 
adjoining the last. According to 
Sanskrit poets the country of the 

3 



Angas lay to the east of Girivraja 
the capital of Magadha anr 
to the north-east or soulh-east o: 
Mj'thila. The country was in 
ancient times ruled by Karwa ] 
-a. I Contiguous -2 Having memb- 
ers or divisions. -COMP. -='>?, -siir. 
wi: [ WJWT wftifr HR: J the relation 
of a limb to the body, of the sub- 
ordinate to the principle, or of that 
which is helped or fed to the 
helper or feeder ('forgwJTW:, 3 
cmwma? ) , <? g. wrar and other 
rites are to ^r as its angas, while 
3v is to them the angi; 



I) H. 2. 1493 



;re: Malli. On Ki. 6. 2i 



K. P. 10 ( srsiTTOTpT^rcr ). yfy : . 
v:,-v$W: i. lord of the Angas, N. 
ofKara ( cf. **nr:, *q^:, *J:, 
2. 'lord of a^a, the planet 
presiding over it ; 



Jyotisha ). 
effect of a secondary sacrificial act. 
-wi;-.T;prf I. besmearing the body 
with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it 
&c. Dk. 39. 2- a supplementary sa- 
crificial act- -?r?: spasm; seizure of 
the body with some illness.-T- { *T?r 
a [ arritl "fftf TV*. ] produced 
r rom or on the body, being in or on 
the body, bodily i ****:, 'n: wa- 
"srtr: &c- 2- produced by a asupple- 
mentary rite- 3- beautiful, orna- 
mental- (-*=) -^31 also 1. a son- 
2. hair of the body (n. also) i '*$*- 
trm un^ >Ht* Ki- 18 32. 3. 
ove, cupid ( *rt SR: cPEHiflm: ) ; in- 
oxicating passion i aj*Kwfpwj 
Dk- l6l- 4. drunkenness, intoxica- 
:ion. 5. a disease, (-"t) a daughter- 

-* ) blood. w: [*nWt srf^rT 5^:] 

he disease called ^rar^tn, a sort pt 

consumption, -ifri: one of the six 

minor Dv/pas. ^re: [arJif WJr^w 

~fw:] touching the limbs of the 

body with the hand accompanied by 

appropriate Mantras- irtfc/. [wt 

i^ Hsrwrtss, OT-tn-j ] an embrace 

probably a corruption of *NWifo ) 

^aS^TzJTiitin^ q. v- Hrt* [ HTT. 

[5 ] every limb, large and small i 

iffT qifoW ^551 K- 167, 72- HT- 

&rf [ wiw ^s-'spS KrefsRfj expiation 
of bodily impurity, such as that 
aused by the death of a relative, 
onsisting in making presents ( t"- 
r? ^wsq wrfsrtr TV.). 



born from the body or mind- 
: ) I. a son. 2. Cupid. 3- 
rt ^JUMTUH ^; WIM J one who 
las touched and purified, and then 
restrained, his limbs by repeating 



the Mantras pertaining to thos e 
limbs i 35itrj&grTar i">T>?rTfRr Ku. 3. 
15 ( fTOtsTftm^fwrt arnm j^TTr^iTnuit 
i; wrsi, fw^i-^im: Malli.) *w : i. 
palsy or paralysis of limbs ; ^Srtw 
?* 5'iT CTT?qTT S. 2. 2- twisting Or 
stretching out of the limbs ( as is 
done by a man just after he rises 
from sleep ) Htrr'w?gTT Vb.; "rfiw: 
Htim$: MU. 3 % 2i. K. 85.t^: N. of 
a Mantra. f^: [aWi^rfctj ?^fir^] 
I. one who shampoos his master's 
body. 2. [ nit ST^] act of shampoo- 
ing ; so ( *Rfw or '0%;, ?^-ftrg;, "j<5. 
or mft ) one who shampoos. *r$. 
t'ff. ] rheumatism i *wfwi the cu- 
ring of this disease.-Tsj:,-TiT: [ aiifr- 
) J?' i?: ] a subordinate sacrificial 
act which is of 5 sorts ; tff^wf 

' 



:-tk [ arit 

found in *H?l 
having red powder 



flcT tf?HTHT TV- 

N. of a plant 
country and 
" ) 
a body- 
guard, personal attendant Pt. 3.- 
nfroTr [ wit ri^s 5 ^ ] a coat of mail 
or a garment, (-"i protection of 

I. a scented cosmetic, application 
of perfumed unguents to the body 
fragrant unguent i gsqir^ ajirnfar 
K. 12. 27, 6. 60, Ku. 5. n. 2. [ wt 
r*R] act of anointing the body with 
unguents 5? [ 3J't?t?f?Ti?B.frte^?T n.J 
iair i f^jTnitT?3T?9Ti^ : Si. I- 7- 
/ written character of the 
Angas. &T: [ *nt f^^st ar^T i fo^- 
^13^,] I. a scented cosmetic.- 2- 
vrrar sr^ ] act of anointing tf :. 
I ety. ? ) a kind of grass, ginger or 
ts root, Amomum Zingiber. -rVw 
a. [ 5. <f. J I. maimed, paralysed- 
2 fainting, swooning. fifra: /. 
change of bodily a_ppearance ) 

O113pSc. ^(_ 1 *' s 1 ^^ *. 

] an apoplectic fit, swooning , 
apoplexy ( ar^wn ). mir: a bodily 
j e f ec t. ft^q : i. movement of 

he limbsi gesticulation. 2- a kind 
of dance. ftnr [atn^trr smifniiTf^- 
I. the science 

of grammar &c. contributing to 
knowledge. 2. the science of fore- 

elling good or evil by '.hi move- 
ments of limbs; N. of chapter 51 
of Brihat Samhita which gives full 
tails of this science; f r^ttftn- 
'U. ..f*t^t fsic^fa *i?T^t^ Ms- 6. 5- 

f^/a; rsrnpj naMtwrwi: ftft: ftwM] 

a subordinate or subsidiary act 
subservient to a knowledge oHhe 

nrinfinol Cllie ( flSTHel1ft"3*W <I il1- 

plllicipa 1 wn^ \ ^ 

. CK: chief Jof prin- 



cipal hero-- 1<** K 

^ -;[, a^.] I 



sign, ges- 



18 



ture or expression of the face lead- 
ing to a knowledge of internal 
thoughts (arrorO. 2- a nod, w ' n -3; 
changed bodily appearance. -ly* 
a defect or flaw in the performance 
of some subordinate or subsidiary 
act which may be expiated by 
thinking of Vishnu i 



or WT* 

I. embellishment of personi 
personal decoration, doing what- 
ever secures a fine personal ap- 
pearance, such as bathing, robbing 
the body, perfuming it with cos- 
metics &c. 2. [*ftft **] one who 
decorates or embellishes the per- 
son. tfftn:/. compactness, sym- 
metry) body* *^ra1f 3nnrsft Ki- 
13. SQS or strength of the body. 
*K: bodily contact, union) coition. 
fta*: a personal attendant, body- 
guard- ***: [**.] a subdivision of 
a science FW fitness or qualifi- 
cation for bodily contact or being 
touched by others -pft: f. l. a de- 
fect or flaw in the performance of 
a secondary or subsidiary act 



anwf* or*n%^,] gesticulation,move- 
ments of the limbs, a dances *'*nta 
yw*s atm* Ki. 7 37, Ku. 7. 91 

pft: [att <$i*tt*; J-TO fit], i ges- 
ticulation. 2. stage; dancing-hall. 

fw a. fa. n ] I. mutilated, de- 
prived of some limb, crippled- 
2. having some defective limb 

^r* ratftnromaiTfl[ &*3 *rc*0) according 
to Susruta a man is so born, if the 
mothar's $*& has not been duly 
fulfilled 

TV} 



limb i *Tf ntomt > 
I 20, 24.-2 The bodyi |trli 
T?^i Si. 4. 66. 



, 
jacket. 



[ ant wi*iH4[<jft i 
, flrot ?r<i] A bodice or 



. a. [ *fT-OT?ro ft ] I Cor- 
poreal, having limbs, embodied, 
incarnate! WTWwnsn | M'TOnT f 
ftf R. 10. 84, 38; one who has a 
bodyi Mt'iirftfiJnT aSnnft f%wtw : i^ 
jrti^T Sk. -, sTtflrt fns;Ti>nt Si- 2- 94. 
-2 Having suhnrbinate parts, 
chief, principal i ? TFwtf'hfi *ntf : ; 

(T t^ BT, ^ff 



S. D. 



. [WT-B] i Belonging t 
the body. 2 Referring to the Ang 
country- 



Anj a- [ wn-m] Felon^ing to or 
connected with the body, corpo- 
real. 



v. 



: , , 

-I A conveyance, vehicle (/.also). 
2 [ai'irft n^ &gT%T ^iSt arft] Fire. 



- Braumaa 

who maintains the sacred fire- 



ar,.i or fr-$] An ornament, bra- 
celet &c- worn on the upper arm, 
an armlet; nH^rtfpwt^?: V. I. 14* 
^^CTH'^f 1 ' R. 6 73. %i I The 
female elephant of the south (?). 
-2 A woman who offers her person 
for use (** ^ifjt arW^). ?: I N- 
of a son ot Vali, monkey-king of 
Kishkindha. [He was born of Tara, 
Vali's wife, and is supposed to 
have been an incarnation of Bnh- 
aspati to aid the cause of Rama 
(andhence noted for his eloquence). 
When, after the abduction of Si'ta 
by Ravaa> Rama sent monkeys 
in all quarters to search for her, 
Angada was made chief of a mo- 
nkey-troop proceeding to the south. 
For one month he got no informa- 
tion, and when consequently he 
determined to cast off his life, he 
was told by Sanipati that Sita 
could be found in Lanka. He sent 
Maruti to the island and. on the 
latter's return with definite in- 
formation, they j ined Rama at 
Kishkindha. Afterwards when the 
whole host of Rama went to Lanka 
Angada was despatched to Ra- 
vaa as- n messenger of peace to 
give him a chance of saving him- 
self in time. But Ravawa scornful- 
ly rejected his advice and met his 
doom. After Sugnva, Angada be- 
came king of Kishkindha. In com- 
mon parlance a man is said to act 
the part of Angada when he en- 
deavojrs to mediate between two 
contending parties, but without 
any success]. 2 N- of a son of 
Lakshmawa by Urmila (R- 51-90), 
his ciplfal being called Anga- 
dya. 3 N. of a warrior on Jhe 
side of Duryodhana. COMP.-m?: 
the crest-like forepart of the 
Angada ornament. 

: Qff T^ 3T5f; 

TV.] I A place to 
walk in, a courtyard, an area, yard 
court i a?" ( ***' the wide firma- 
ment j'jjJiSsww** 1 Mai- I Mtuated 



or being in the courtyard. 2 
[ ^9i ^33. ] A conveyance. 3 [ "^ 
Going, walking &c. 



[ H?TCfI at* 1WT; HT ; 

=i: p. V. 2. 100.] I A woman 
or female in general ; ^", "^*, l^m' 
&c.-2 A woman with well-rounded 
lirnbl^, abeautiful woman. -3 (Astr.) 
Virgo. 4 The female elephant of 
the north. COMP. *": I- the fe- 
male sex, woman-kind. 2. women. 
fur a. beloved of women ( -" : ) 
N. of a plant ( arjfra ) Jomsia Aso- 
ka, for women are, fond of decking 
their persons with Asoka flower: 



TV. 



rt ] A biru. 



Dried fruit. 



m. [ 



,.n. 3. 134] 
Charcoal ( whether heated or not ); 
tifi 



H. I. 

80 ; ?<rn ^af^tifim: <*m: Pt. I 
you have ruined yourself with your 
own hands ; cf. " to dig a mine 
under one's feet"; freffct'm Ve. 6 
destroyer . cr pest of the Kuru 
family. 2 The planet Mars. 3 A 
plant ffm*9!T, 'fpR: -^frra*^ 4 N- of 
a prince who fought with king JMan- 
dhtftn'. i a- Red , of a red colour. 
t Red colour. COMP. """P^ 
[ 3mrT aT^^ ar^ta *<9t ^55.] a vessel 
to throw or extinguish coals.-'wfn 
a. [ ar*rf iStm f-**] one wlio pre- 
pares coal for sale. SB*'- 
fBfira-<W] N of a plant 
_wf)r [ wmn ron arwt ; ar-aT . 

*tn],-tfJ!<*r [wro*\]^a portable 
fire-pan, brazier.-"^"""^ [g- " j 
roasted food or meat i* [ ^rrma 
qnt !jw ] N- of a grove or forest. 
( -of ; ) [ ar*tf ar^J N. of Chitrara- 
tha, king of the Gandharvas- [ On 
one occasion, while he was sport- 
ing with his wife, he saw Kuntf with 
her five sons proceeding to the 
capital of Panch^la in disguise. He 
accosted them and asked them to 
tell him where they were going, or 
to fight. Arjuna accepted the chal- 
lenge i but Angaraparna finding 
Arjuna to be a very skilful warrior 
gave him a secret lore called cna- 
kshushi ( enabling one to see the 
smallest things) and took from him 
in return a lore called Agnmrastra 
and became a friend of the Panda 
vas. ]-tmft-wi a portable fire-pan 



the plant fcrft.-t 



ducella 



. 

: ] a shrub Ce~salpinia Ban- 



19 



n] N- of various plants; 
WIT, vmff, JTTT. %3j: [*#] a sort of 
bamboo. 



[ atmr wrf FTC, ] i Char- 
coal. 2 Mars ; fre?!fi n^Toi^ 
^%: Mk. 9. 33 i *TT: course of 
Mars,See chapter 6 of Bnhat Sam 
hita. 3 Tuesday. (-f^r,- e amrT: ).~4 
N. of a prince of Sauvi'ra. $ N-o) 
two plants grrc<F a nd Hirnr, Eclipta 
(or Verbesina) Prostrata.and white 
or yellow Amaranth.* ( wq 
*".) I A small spark.-2 A medical 
ed oil in which turmeric, Durva, 
Manjishtha and other substances 
have been boiled. COMP.mor: 
[*[i<<t<( fim; fcfo; 5n^. ?r.] a coral (H^T- 
w) (a^r ^ nMfernjafnwi; trrffrrt TT- 



. 
A portable fire-pan, brazier. 

aYnnr^ a. [WTT^T: arw 
Charre !, roasted. 

"rirr [atnrf ftui 

^^3 I A portable fire-pan.-^ The 
a u thfe su Ser-cane.-^The bud 
of the Butea Frondosa (1*5). 

vicfoft [^TK-TO* ? ft] ^ A sma ,, 
fire-pan -2 The region heated 
by the sun, though no longer ex- 
posed to its rays. 3 A creeper in 
general. 

*>nfla. [atvrrt arw.w^i mm. 
V h .a"ed. roasted, half-burnt- 

w:- . 



. 

*] Anea'ly bud of the ^* 
tree.-m i=3VjTTTwfT q. v . 2 A bud 
m general. 3 A creeper 
4 N. of a river- 



. , -F 

lo be used for preparing coali 

^rtai^BTarft P. V. I. I2.Sk. 

**irr [unm^im] A heap of char- 
coal. 

*<iH w. N. of a sage who receiv- 
ed the **?iW from Atharvan and 
imparted it to Satyavaha- 



. - 

^5. i Un- 4. 2J5i according to Ait. 
Br. atntrs^ is from afrrc; > rmn 
so 



. 

r: ] N. of a celebrated sage to 
whom many hymns of the fl/gveda 
are ascribed ( Etymologically 
Angiras is connected with tiie word 
Agni and is often regarded as its 
synonym-) 



T atf5tn arf?r^f:). According to 
Bharata he was a son of Agni. 
When Agni began to practise pe- 
nance, Angiras himself became 
Agni and surpassed him in power 
and lustre.seeing which Agni came 



to the sage and said: 



ii Angiras said: 

: i trf <* 



He was one of the 10 mine 
born sons of Brahma. His wife wa 
Sraddha. daughter of Kardama an 
bore him 3 sons, Brihasputi. Uta 
thy a and Samvarta,and4 daughter 
Kuhu, Sintvali, Rokaand Anuuati 
The Matsya Puraasays that Angi 
ras was one of the three sages pro- 
duced from the sacrifice of Varuna 
and that he was adopted by Agni as 
his son and acted for some time as 
his regent. Another account, how 
ever, makes him father of Agni. 
He was one of the seven great sages 
and also one of the 10 Parajpatisor 
progenitors of mankind. In latter 
times Angiras was one of the in- 
spired lawgivers! and also a writer 
on Astronomy. As an astronomical 
personification he is Brihaspati, re 
gent of Jupiter or Jupiter itself. He 
is also regarded as the priest of the 
gods and the lord of sacrifices- Be- 
sides .Sraddha his wives were Sm- 
r/ti, two daughters ot Maitreya. 
some daughters of Daksha, Sva 
dha and Sat/. He is also regarded 
as teacher of the Brahmavidyu. 
The Vedic hymns are also said to 
be his daughters. According to 
the Bhagavata Puraa, Angiras 
begot sons possessing Brah nianical 
glory on the wife of Rathitara, a 
Kshatriya who was childless and 
these persons were afterewards 
called descendants of Angiras. The 
principal authors of yedic hymns 
in the family of Angiras were 33- 
His family hasthreedistinct bran- 
ches %*irt!Wtti, 'fowfiHH and nu^wii* 
%H, each branch having a number 
of subdivisions. (pi.) I Descend- 
ants of Angiras. [Angiras being 
father of Agni they are considered 
as descendants of Agni himself 
who is called the first of the Ang ! - 
rasas. Like Angirss they occur in 
hymns addressed to luminous ob- 
jects, and at a later period they oe 
came for the most part personifica- 
tions of light) of luminous bodies, 
of divisions of time, celestial phe- 
nomena and fires adapted to pecu- 
liar accasions, as the full moon 
and change of the moon, orto par- 
ticular rites, as the arwJta, Twgji 
&c.]-2 Hymns of the Atharvaveda- 
-3 Priests, who, by using magical 
formulas of the Atharvaveda, pro- 
tect the sacrifice against the ef- 
fects of inauspicious accidents. 

a. [Jw*.] Ved. Very ra- 
pid, especially like Agni in devo- 
uring food (I). 



a. 



. 

; ] Accompanied by 
Angiras, epithet of wind. 

*">-: An enemy of Vishnu in 
his incarnation of Parasurama. 

wirnmroir [ ar^ H. ] A Sattra 
sacrifice. 



8 TJ. [ connected with art 
or sfn-ft* i ar^n ^HTM^<OT wfa atn 
f*"^ ] I To accept, to betake one- 
self to, to take to ! *Oj<WT5**t- 

*^3 Jagannathai ?r$forror3Trfnh?r 
*w* K. 121 in the southern dire- 
ction, towards the south i w'ftfm 
aTff: I60i ft^ ?F3H%*^m ibid i 
<?sJ*r<*rTfag nrr Hfarn Mk. 8 to make 
her consent. 2 To promise to do. 
to agree or consent to undertake i 



H 

Mu. 2 I8.-3 To own, acknowledge, 
confess, admit, grant. 4 To sub- 
due, to make one's own- 



**<* i Acceptance. 
2 Agreement, promise, under- 
taking &c- 

**] A hand (occur- 
ring in arjjH q. v. ). 

wjrc I ft = atgfa q. v. 

SPT: [afci.-ewj i A finger.-2 The 
thumb, arn qmn sfrret ( . also ).~3 
A finger's breadth (n. also), equal 
to 8 barley-corns, 12 Angulas mak- 
ing a ft(i o^r span, and 24, a ?*<T 
or cubit! ?iii';?i^*: Ms- 8. 271. -4 
( Astr. ) A digit or 12 th part. 
5 N. of the sage Chanakya or 
Vatsyayana- 

A finger (the names^of thesfingers 
are atgg thumb, tfA'ft forefinger, 
ireqin middle finger, &*nfirw ring- 
inger, and "fi^BT or *rf=*fi*r the little 
inger )i a toe ( of the foot ) i 



Ait. Br. 2 The thumb, 
_:reat toe. 3 The tip of an ele - 
jhant's trunk. 4 The measure at- 
[w.-5N.of the tree qji+fiwr.-d Penis 
-COM P. *TW [ 3T5^: (ft{orfir=r 
is ] a mark on the forehead of the 
orm of the half moon made with 
andal Sic *. -T*r [ 3*51$ *ra^, a+j- 
^nr^ anta ^-. ] a finger-protector 
a contrivance like a thimble used 
y archers to protect the thumb 
ir finger from being injured by 
he bow-string ) Awfe the five 
ingers collectively. 3RT, jfif^i a 
eal-ring. "la*) rots* [ rt^ftrffrt 
r^ pfet arsJr m ra] snapping or crac- 
king the fingers(Mar. 5J*).-"T[w- 
n: HT] stic king to the fin 



P.VIII3. 

80 Sk. (ws^feq^Tr* zrar^^aTv- ) 
(-*:) contact of the fingers; act 
of fingering. wgr ( 3. ?O a sign 
made by the fingen wwmftatjjifcHf- 
N Ku. 3-47. >?i: making signs 
with fingers i cracking or snap- 
ping the fingers as a sign- tfl 
a- [H. a. ] produced from or on the 
finger. (-*:) a finger-nail- 

i5f*<*i i=3T5i$.-2 A sort of ant. 
*3r ( ft )*-*,-i 
v. ] A finger-ring i 

S- 6. 10; at also! 
Bk. 8- 118. 



3J5: [ afrft qroit 
P. Vlll. 3. 97 ] I the thumbi great 
toe. 2 A thumb's breadth, usual- 
ly regarded as equal to a*3W. [ cf- 
Zend angusta, Pers- a^s/.] COMP- 
T* a- [ qftrTOTf ?ro^] of the 
length or size of a thumb ) * gw 
" Mb. 



B] The thumbnail. 
. ] i An ichneu- 
mon.^ An arrow. 



*^ A I [ Wt TR ) i TO go. -2 
To commence, set about-3 To 
hasten.~4 To scold, blame. 



n. 
A sin i Ve. I. 12 v. I 

HHTft a [ *-^ y?t. ] Ved. Of a 
bright or splendid form or nature 
( ftfNft* ) i an enemy to sin or 
evil ( ? ) 



,. 

4- 66 ] I A foot.-2 the root of a 
tr ee. 3 A quarter of a stanza 
03*71?. ) COMP v. [ 
wfti fowir* 5 qr- ] a tree t 
: Ve. 2. 18. 



N. o f 

Hedysarum Lago- 
(Mar. *m, ftwor ). 
<m a. [ rtflt: *rt OT or *f| ftwft ] 
sucking his foot or toes, as an in- 
fant.?**: [ af: *ta f* ] the ankle. 



a plant 
podioides 



?_ I U. ( anrfH- sWfr, an**, 
*"" ) I To go. move i to honour t 
request, ask &c &c.i connected 
with\q. v. n m . (Gram.) A 
term for vowels. 



.-2 



a- 
i. A 



a- Not hot-tempered, mild, , 
gentle.-f r A mild or tractable cow j 



Having no wheels 
:.-3 Not wavering, 

-.-*<* u. Eyeless, blind ! 

invisible i * |tf Ms- 4. 77 

bad or miserable eye. 



mra: P. V. 4. 77. ] J Destitute of 
four. -2 (*..) Not skilful. 



am* a. Immovable i wi ITH 
Ku. 2 5i Jimnmwr Ms. 5 
29.-2(Astr.) Epithet of the zodia- 
cal signs JTO. Wf , ffig^i and $*r. 



a. N T ot last, middle &c-? 
P. IV. i. 230. Vart. 



a- Steady, immoveable! 
motionless, fixed, permanent^ f*i- 
snCTrow^* ''T'rf V- I- 4i ffiflsra^^g- 
wr*iw: Ki- 6. l8i i'aT *T fra?: 
Bg 2. 53i *" ^wi^nwrww: S. 7- "I 
immoveable *: I A mountain! 
(rarely) a rock. -2 A bolt or pin 
(*). -3 The number seven- -4 
N- of of Siva, of the soul, of the 
first of the 9 deified persons 
among Jainas- * The earth (so 
called because the earth is immo- 
vable according to one view, or, 
according to Arya Bhatta who 
rejects this view, 



Brahma COMP.-'' ! I^T,- 
gm, fiT-fli'n &c. N- of Parvat/, 
daughter of the Himalaya moun- 
tain. "nil (*) the earth (immov- 
ably fixed or pinned). T,-rm a. 
mountain-born, (-rr-aiwt) N- of 
Parvat/.-iTf^ a. [ w^wr f?9^ jw] 
of fixed or permanent lustre or 
colour, (-m. *Z.) a cuckoo (5W- 

( f. ) 



nermanent colour. fin m- [ 
lt^, %1.-^. 1 'he ^nemy of moun- 
tains, epithet of Indra who clipped 
off their wings. 1%: f. a me'tre of 
four lines of 16 short syllables each 
(<n^nfi ). ^q"n:, ^ lord of moun- 
tains, N, of Himlayai so *ftT: , 
Jrg ; . ^ft N. of a book in the wft- 
wftnrsn^ ; the 7th day of the bright 
half of Aivina- 

anmrs-w a. [*S- ] Devoid of 
fickleness, steady. *-* [*"] 
Steadiness. 

wf%fl[ a. Ved I Devoid of under- 
standing. -2 Irreligious, unright- 
eous.-3 Material ( opp. 



a. Ved. I Gone. -2 [ ". ff. ] 
Not thought of. 3 Not collected. 



a- i Inconceivable.-2 [ 
ww irw ] Destitute of intellect , 
senseless, stupid.~3 Unnoticed, un- 
expected, not thought of. 



/. What of sense, infatua- 
tion, ignorance. 

arf%?*Mnrrr a . [ =>. n. ] Inconceiv- 
able, incomprehensible, unexpect- 



ed ; "rcg r H*"!T: R. 5. 33. 

*^ of inconceivable form or ac- 

tion. r*r; 5iva- 

wftiwr a Not thought of, unexpe- 
cted, sudden s ww occurring un- 
expectedly i * ftsfr*rt ripTTiiffl* 
"T"^. Pt. 2. 3. 

af%r!i^ a- Ved. Ignorant of, not 
knowing. 



f T. cT. ] I Brief, transi- 
tory, of short duration i "jft, *fro, 
IHT &c. q. v -2 Recent, late, new, 
Hfftff^tw: t^ft R. 8- 20 the new 
lord. In compounds &fa* may be 
rendered by 'recently,' 'just', 'not 
long ago' s "Bf* fcw**ltfW S- I 
just set ins H^;m S- 4 having re- 
cently brought forth ( who died 
not long after delivery, said of a 
doe ) , or a cow that has recently 
calved. t adv ( also anVtor, arftrm, 
arftnti, 3TT%rw in same senses ) I 
Not long since, not long ago. 2 
Recently, lately. 3 Soon, quick*- 
ly, not long hence. COMP. 
[ /. 
&c- 



r ] lightning i " 
Ki. 2. 19 i "*rat ^^r rigfH: S- 7- 7, 
Ki 4. 24, 5 6- 2. (*w. ) transitory 
lustre, short gleam- 
j-| a . Ved. [ 

] Going everywhere, all-per 
vading 

&**(* a. [f- f. ] Inanimate, not 
sentient, irrational) ^flf'^S Ml- 51 
"* *jl inanimate Brahma! ^ twi 1 * 
f ?!9^^S. 6. 12 destitute of life, life- 
less ( object &c. ) i ""toft ^nwreji- 
^ic Mbh.-2 Not conscious, insen- 
sible i senseless i if^?nTrtn* < H. 
2- 161. 



x a. ["*] Destitute of con- 
sciousness; insensible, inanimate! 
lifeless. 



a. [ fM 5^*. n. ] Ved. 
Void of consciousness, ignorant ) 
silly, infatuated. 



. [ sii<?a %ET >TW ] i Effort- 
less, motionless.-? N:t requiring 
direct effort. 



[ *. ft. ] i TJncoiiscious 
ness, insensibility ; ignorance in 
spiritual matters.-2 The material 
world, matter. 



a, Ved- 

Spontaneous, not influenced by ex- 
ternal force or compulsion. 

a. [ i svft rS, t-.f. n., ft- 
3 HU* *rn* 



21 



artqifa wrfir TV. ] Clear, pellucid, 
transparent, pure; JfsreB^Bftg 
W U. 6-27-, ?cRT%fiT*?r* Me. 51, * 

86. *m : I A crystal -2 [ i 3rf?r 

*lfn Jll^tdHYe) j ?pT ^f^br-^; sr.cT, TV. 1 A 

bear" cf. also*T?j.-3 N. of a plant- 
-CoMP. a?l. a. ( i- e. ar'sgt? ) _ 
^?* wi ] having clear water- (-51 
N. of aj"iver ! l^rt ( arfiiHiTirct ) m- 
?ft ^nrr ar^dr^r sntr T%TT Harivamja- 
( -? ) N- of a lake on the Himalaya 
(mentioned in Kadaraban ). 
a bear- 



! ind- yed- To, towards 
( with ace. ). It is a kind of separ- 
able preposition or prefix to verbs 
and verbal derivatives, especially 
to such as imply some kind of mot- 
ion, or speakings sm irrfc^j p. i. 
4 69 1 *f or TI to go to, attain, as 
w* *nr ( TOt-grjo go near, approach) 
8j ft to lead towordsi- *3 to call out 
to! "TH to fly towordsi 9 ar^to salute; 
"<TL to invite- 



ftf fi%; TV.] The invoker 
or inviter, a priest or Ritvij who 
is employed at Soitia sacrificesi 
Snd is a co-adjutor of ftg. Each of 
the four principal priests, 5^,*TW, 
MPI. and ^ has three assistants, 
the total number of priests employ- 
ed at Soma sacrifices being there- 
fore l6( a ffm\M. N. of the' Saman 
to be chanted by an aroim, also 
called 



a- _ 

Containing the word ar^BTJrr'R p. V. 
2. 59. 4 [ amsn *$ w*Y *r ] The 
duty of an arorwro, being one P- 
V- I. 135. 



f-'m, ] Per- 
taining to, to be repeated by, an 



n- [ *. . ] j Not studying 
the Vedas ( as a boy before the $* 
ceremony ), or not entitled to that 
study (as a Swdra ).-2 Not metri- 
cal, not of the nature of metres, i- 
e- prose.-3 Without fancy or whim. 



a- [" a. ] Unbroken, unin- 
jured, complete unimpaired, with- 
out holes or weak points, faultless, 
without defect i *-f%|: 
Pt- I- 1261 



Rftm-, 

giving perfect protection Rv. 
I- 145. 3. j A faultless action or 
condition, absence of defect i & 
uninterruptedly, from first to last- 
-COMP. wi. [**'] having a fault- 



less udder. 
the 



N- of a chapter of 



[ =T. a. ] i Uninterrupted , 
continuous, constant; iftmln^Hni:- 
worn?g?i Mv. 4- 36- undisturbed in 
its holy thoughts, ever cherishing 
holy thoughts i amsecuin: ^mr: *1?f 
" n Ku. 6- 6g.-2 Not cut or divid- 
ed, undivided, uninjured! insepar- 
able.-Co.MP. 'JOT:, w. [arRsaTft Ha- 
<iiPl mfifV 4^iOr =TT ?w J N- of trees 
having constant leaves" particular- 
ly of the tree called sn^r^i (ofbirds) 
having uncut or uninjured wings. 

awi$is,-a)*ii3 a. [ $<& mfra sn; ] 
Not fit to be cut. 



[ f. w. ] Indivisible- 



[ . w. ] Not touched by 
sini N. of one of the 1 6 Vidyadev/s 
of the Jainas- 



Hunting. 



a- [ f. ff. 



] i Not fall- 
en, firm, fixedi not giving way, 
solid s TUigrafti an^)ffiMn^>r K. 
52 ( ^3<f meaning ' Vishnu ' and 
' firm ', ' fixed ' ) ; f n^i having solid 
ground. -2 Imperishable, perma- 
nent) *r inveterate enmity. 3 [f 
?m% jjnfc ^gii-fi.^. a. ] Not melting 
away or perishing, not leaking or 
dripping. n: i N. of Vishnu i of 
the Almighty Being i Twm ^n^if- 
f^i^nf *&"IT Bhag-, w*i*3i?#- 
Hr K. P. 5. ( where ar* also means 
'one who is firm, does not yield to 
passions'). 3 N. of a plant, Mo- 
rinda Tinctoria. 4 A sort of poe- 
tical composition containing 12 
cantos.-CoMp. w*: [fa-] N. of 
Balararna or Indra. '*f .',-s*:i-w- 
fr: N-ofCupil, son of Kn'shna 
and Rukmin/. wm*r;-mT: the sa- 
cred fig-tree. *: [ *..] a class of 
Jaina deities said to have been pro- 
duced from Vishnu. ?'tw N. of a 
place in the Punjab.' 

I. P- (optionally replaced by 
the root t in non-conjugational 
tenses i arsift, anafni, arfarj ) i To go. 
2 To drive, lead.-3 To thr w, 
cast (used with prepositions found 
Only in Vedic literature), fcf- L. 
age i Gr- ag i Zend az- ] 



if a. Q ' WT^t j ^i.-"*. ". 3. ] Un- 
born, existing from all eternity ; Fi 
-iiwriwi<^ ^ "4% t^w< Bg. 10. 3; 

rrw inr 1 ' 1 *' "^ R- I0 ' 2 4-~' r:I The 
unborn i' epithet of the Almighty 

RfMnf * ^TT> ar nrnr^v sr sriatr^ 



Mb. i also a N- of Vishnu, Siva or 



Brahmi.-2 The ( individual ) soul 
( aft? ) t % ft?f: WMsnift* ^mn ST wft 



he-goat 



Bg. 2. 20.-3 A ram , 

sr3m <reofr ^^TsrHiwrn Jm- 



TV- 14 The 
sign Aries.-5 A sort of corn or 
grain i *%*tsf n^rm Sign: Pt. 3. -6 
Mover, leader ( Ved- ), said of In- 
dra, Maruts, Rudra &c. ! a 
drove.-/ N- of a mineral substance 
( n%TOrg ).-8 N. of the Moon or 
Kamadeva ( an^ ft'orWm^ <$fo -, c f. 
^RT w^t arm: ).-9 A vehicle of the 
sun.-io N. of the father of Dasa- 
ratha and grand-father of RAma i 
so called because he was born on 
the Brahma Muhwrta-n N of a 
^ishi -COMP Wc{: [ *nt artftftti w<^- 
^,] N. of the ancestor of a war- 
rior tribe, P. IV- I. 71. w^fr [ *r- 



shade, 



a kind of prickly night- 
5jim ( Mar. rrp ). i^} 
xfint sff ff^r^Tr^ft srnfr rt5T; ] 
N. of a pot-herb Convolvulus Arg- 
enteus, *tj*5i. ^wft* [sTsrnrr^m ^Tt 
^TT^TT: 55 ] goats and sheepi small 
cattle i arirRft 3 ^j Ms. 8. 235* 
w goats and horses- ( -v: ) the 
Sun or Pshan , who has goats for 
his horses. "WT^: [ arsrw BITW 
^: qt^ rr qr^T iw ] N of one of the 
1 1 Rudras, or of the asterism qjft- 
presided over by that deity- 



goats and rams. vS 

qof TOT-WT* ^] N. Of the 

plant *iinr Terminalia Alata 
Tomentosai of another tree iw 
Shorea Robusta. *ar [ wrw *m fw 

: HT ] the shrubby basil, 
.->ift*ir a kind of 5*ft<iT* (Mar- 



[ nf 0m fitrft -qifv s ^-s 

a huge serpent ( boa constiictor ) 
who is sa d to swallow goats. 
(-0 N- of a plant- * See aT^nra 
below >n^w [ srrro 13 i<f ] a n in- 
fa'itile disease (Mentagra). >ft*:, 
*rV;ni(iiiH afhrfi j smr 53 rft- 
r] a goatherds so-" 1 ?:, 



a kind of plant ( wuTr 



N. of the 25th aste-ism- 2 fire, 
the presiding deity of goats ( ^ 
Wsif^gT em arrSif g^^ft ). tmsi: 
T3T: *TW imrr; *^] a mineral sub- 
stance. 'ifr: I the best of goats- 
2. N- Of Mars- i lord of the sign 
Aries <*.!:= wnsftw: q. v. iij: ,-^n?.- 

?: N- of a Rudra i See 
above. S: [ wnw Kjr>-f 
a fool ( silly like the goat ) - 



of the 5^0 plant ( the leaves of 
which are very dear to goats). WTJ 



a Ved. bleating like a goat. *nf : 
[anfmTrin faNwrSi ?-foi^-ar^] I. a 
butcher. 2- N. of a country ( the 
modern Ajmeer, which, it is sup- 
posed, for formerly abounded in 
butchers). *T5: [aroft mst 5^ fnwt T^ 
.] i. N. of the place called Ajmcer- 
2. N. of the eldest son of Hast i, 
born in the family of Puru, son of 
Yayati- 3 -surname of Yudhishthira- 
S a- goat-faced. (-*:) N-of a 
Prajapati (Daksha). When Daksha 
reviled Siva at his sacrificial sess- 
ion. V/rabhadra pulled out his face, 
and afterwards at the request of 
Siva himself he put up a goat's face 
in place of the original human one 
(-!i)N ofaRakshas/'keptto watch 
over Si'ta in the Asoka garden at 



, ar* jfT^nftf^ m ] N- of a very 
useful medicinal plant, Common 
Carroway t the species called Api- 
um Involucratum or Ligusticum 
Ajowan ( Mar- 



gon 



Anti- 

mony. WR^.-w-'n [ ararw iffttz atr 
ZRT-WT ^T ] cowage, Carpo po- 
Prurieus. irot: [arsreu w%1*^ 
] N. of a sage, or of a tribe 
sprung from him. mw:-ft /. [ ar- 
3tsi JTWHT t%f$?iT ^mr: ^rra. a. ] one of 
the three divisions of the sputhern 
patt comprehending the three aste- 
risms "3?, ^MI^I and artrmrei j a sort 
of heavenly passage tT>H&g, wn^r)j 

fq^pn^St^tCTTSJ l^^tflW "fft Y. 3. 

184. 2- goat's path. ^"ft [ ararw 
^w ^irft^ is twT: w ] N- of plant, 
f^mft or Odina Wodi^r, highly 
medicinal, ( Mar. HsRift ), See 



below. 



I ar^ HT% rg< ] Moving, driv- 
ing. ": Brahma j'^w: born from 
Brahmft i. e. Daksha. 



] A path, road. 



sun [ t aroi* tsrJTT ) i ( According 
to Sankhya philosophy ) prakn'ti 
or Mayas the verse which refers 
to snn, ( 
is interpreted by the Vedinties as 
referring to the tfift ci nsisting 
of ^S,. w^ and ar* See S. B--2 A 
she-goat. -COMP. ^*nt: tee fleshy 
protuberance or nipple hanging 
down from the neck of goats i 
( fig ) an emblem of ^anything 
worthless or useless 
oi t uftiiftf5i 



Br. S. 65. 3. *m: t -": 
a goat-herd. See ar^jfta Sir nrsat- 



Js; [ 5frra<> TJT ] N. of a sage who 
ived on the milk of goats ( fi- 



young she-goat.-2[*ftiTW 

wF: gfre *n ] The fleshy protube- 
rance on the neck, or its excre- 
ment. -3 A disease of the pupil of 
the eye.-CoMP. rra: [ arar^r ana: ] 
the above disease) (OTT rgft* 



The bow of Siva ( 

35? 3T3T 



h flw agft SJTO. 

, 3T3T* 3rtf TV.) 

aii*fira:-i i Siva's bow.-2 [ are* 
Rfarrfo i *T-*R ] N. of the tree 
of which goats are said to be 
very fond. -3 [ aww a^maw T* wr. 
m nim<t IT-* ] A sacrificial vessel 
of wood ( of the form of aramra ) 
Dedicated to Mitra and Varuna (-* 
in this sense ) ftiwvwi^. 4 A disease 
of the pupil of the eye=3T3TOT3n?T q 
v.-j A venomous kind of vermin 
j ). 



[ srn ft*g Tssfa 5i<r-i 
Siva's bow. T: i [3?3f 

BTT, ntffii TH.-T, H-n J N. o f Vi 
shnu -2 [ W&T i^sf^ aw sni 
] Fire. 



See under *nr. 

[ aunil f^g; 41 {#H aiwow ar- 
wi-i P. V. 2. Ho ] Siva's bow, 
Pinaka- 



[ arart ftwj araft ar^-arq); ] i 
Siva's bow.-2. The southern portion 
of the path of the sun, moon and 
planets. -3 N. of a snake-priest. 

aiiTCT [ sirfia 3TZT fwr ^jwr; HI ] N- 
of a plant "jfire^t or ^ifo^w See 



a N, t stupid. IT N. of 
the plants wrarer ; ft*^ ( 



P V. I. 8 ] I N. of the yellow jas- 
mine yfi*i,-2 A flock of goats 



-H See under ^. 

fl . [ =t. v, ] Destitute of men, 
tenantiess, desert. Jr: [ $ftitfn% ="90 
A bad or insign'ficant person. 

sismi*: _/. [ ^ 3ri..aTTaFt?t arft P. 
Ill- 3. 112 ], Cessation of existences 
nCTmifttufg wTisBift<: Si. 2. 
45 may he not be born, may he 
cease to' exist! 



fww: R. 8. 7&- m- [ 
] Final beatitude, absolu- 



: R. 18. 33- 

a. Not fit to be produced* 
not favourable to mankind ** 
[ sftf^lr^firf 3r^r?t i 3r\-f9pt..i^] A por- 
tentous phenomenon, inauspicious 
to mankind, such as earth-quake- 



A brahmana who does not ( pro- 
perly ) repeat his prayers ( 31414* ) i 



Mb-i one who reads here- 
tical wrks. ^T [ ff^f^w 3T31T arrrin^T- 
^TT^aTmn; i 'ff^ *!. ] N. of a Man- 
tra called i*r> which consists of a 
number of inhalations and exhala- 
tions ( wmjwwft: Tr^fr^HinnHiwn sraj- 
H ^ f*r: w 



n 



a- [^rfttT irtff t^t *rw ] Tooth- 
less. *f: I A frog. -2 The sun.-3 
Toothless state (of a child ). 



fl . Unborn, epithet of the 
Unborn Being, the Eternal being i 



a. r w ] Invin- 

cible, unsurpassed,[unconquerabler 
t: [ =. CT ] A defeat ; r*rrr4r srir- 
T4V Bg ; 2. 3S.-2 N. of Agni ( ar** 
gr>1=T TTIW i m-iR ) or of Vishnu ( ac- 
cording to some )i of alexicogra- 
pher. IT [ "Tret wft TT^R^R arwt] i 
Hemp or *rti.-2 -N- of a friend of 
Durga.-3 Miya or illusion. 

aMrcir a. [". tf. ] Invincible ; ^^5- 
i ra gasmen';: 5. 6- 2 >, R. 18. 
8.-2 Not proper to be won at play; 
wi pntrT nn Bopadeva- 

si^rr a. ["*] Not subject to old 
age or decay; ever young i aw 
15 * K. 103 ; of. r<SF* wwr WT R. I. 
23. -2 Undecaying, imperishable; 
gnwnwc raj: R. 10- ig; awawrtw^r 
Bh. 3. 76. H. Pr. 3, Pt. I- I5L 
Ms. 2. 148. T: I A god ( who is 
not subject to old age ).-2 N- of a 
plant fijfT^ or sfWShft ( *<T also ) 
rr IN. of a plant >i^*<t i or ^5- 
WT Aloe Perfoliata.-2 A house-liz- 
art ( frw* ).t [ * ^'^ ^ 
The Supreme Spirit. 



a. [f 3fr^r% 3r ^K i(i P- III. 

I. 105 ] I Not digestible.-2 Not de- 
caying, imperishable, everlasting, 
perpetual. *5 ( with *frc? expressed 
or understood ) friendship! 9^?J<! 
R- 18. 7- 

g,.TO a. Ved. Not old. 
a. rg-arin] Not quick, 
inactive. 



23 



sl? [ "TW 53 3$ are? g^ ftqr- 
] N. of a town, P. VI- I. 155- 

g. [ H arfr-T p. III. 2. l67i 
Sk. ] Not 



. 

ceasing, constant) perpetual; 
nfffw R. 3. 44. /W.^Ever, con- 
stantly) perpetually; f"5 ^5q?i%- 
. 3- 5; ?rw <i?if*?3ro U. 426. 



, 

3T$ =i. " ] A kind of S^HT, in which 
the primary or original sense of a 
word ( which is used elliptically ) 
does not disappears asf?n: 



also called 



S K- P. 2- 



noun which does not change its 
original gender, .even when used 
like an adjective! e. g. 
(not 



or 



or 



. fi-sT.] N. 
of a plant) cowage, Carpopogon 
Pruriens". 



. |>. *.] Not wakeluh 
not requiring keeping up. K: fjmn- 
mcftft arm; ; armrt rwrfi ] A plant, 
Verbesina Prostrata 



/. 



Cumin seed ( 
Nigella Indica; 
Oppositifolia- 



Ficus 



.Unborn; 

?ft ni Pt. I.; not 
yet born, produced) or fully de- 
veloped i 



^f:] having no enemy or 
adversary,notaneuemyofany one 
(-ft:-3:) epithet of YudhishthiraJ 

5i ti!T'i J fi?n<: jm'St ?ii-5friToiT Si- 2- 
102; r iffy iBpTO5f!fiimnfli: Ve- 
3- 131 also of Siva and various 
other persons- fyi.-\ m. () a 
young bull whose hump is not yet 
fully developed. P. V. 4. 146. ?fl 

a- [T JlT^T ijtTT *IW !fftT^. 5Tf?T 5T] 

one without teeth, or (a state) in 
which one has got no teeth- "!?. 
having undeveloped or unfledged 
wings- <*nff a. having no distinc- 
tive marks or features us a oeard.) 
sre?N: a minor (who has not 
attained his majority). 



a- [=>. .] I Having no caste. 
race &c.-2 Eternal, not produced. 
fif: /. Non-production- 



anm=: f-irft?j w 
wife; a widower- 

Pi^i a. 



Without a 



5TTv-] A goatherd. 

aw rai a- Of high breed, power- 

ful, fearless.undaunted (as a horse)-. 

; A horse of high breed. Se e 



N. of a sort of medicinal 
preparation of ghee, (used as a re- 
medy against cough, asthma, con- 
sumption &c-) ( 



a- Ved. [=?. a.] i Not of 
kin or related) 
Rv- 10- 10- lo 



Nir )-2 Not parallel or correct. 



a- anri sni.? Un. 4. 139] 
Going, moving; as i^n%: walking 
on foot- ft: /. [Tfr-n] i Motion, 
going -2 Throwing &c- 



a. Invincible, unconquer- 
able. irresistible! "ar go$...?: U. 5 
27. -2 Not conquered or won (as 
a country &c-)i not restrained, 
curbed, controlled, <wfi% i ?T5T of 
uncontrolled soul or passion. : I 
N. of Vishnu or Siva or of Buddha- 
-2 N. of a powerful antidote, or a 
poisonous sort of rat- (pi-) A 
class of deities in the first Manvan- 
tara--COMP. wtr: having an in- 
vincible crown; N- of a King. ^T 
N- of a Jaina deity who acts under 
orders from the Arhai Ajita- 
mH: 'of unsubdued power' , 
N. of Chandragupta II. 



[wrftr 

arJTTir ? Un. 2- 48, 
i The (hairy) skin of a tiger, 
lion, elephant &c-, especially of a 
black antelope (used as a seat, 
garment &c.); arm%^(^: Ku- 5. 
30, 67; Ki. II. IS; 



Asval- -2 A 
sort of leather bag or bellows. 
-COMP- q*T-=fi-nt!fiT 



a bat. i> 
N. of a plant 
[arfwiWT iftft: TTO^; ] a deer, an ante- 
lope- *nlre.a. [an^^ 5^1, g^-fotft] 
clad in an antelope hide- tfa: 
a furrier- 



a- [*T5l >rat i%TTTrra-T)T3: Un. 
! 531 Quick, swift ( ?nw ) T: i 
A sort of mouse, hairy mole.-2 A 
kind of ceremony in pronouncing 
curses < I A court-yard, an en- 



closed space, arena; 
I 16 i so OT 



4 The-H- s 

-4 Thejwind, air. -5 A frog 

I N. .of a nver-2 N- of Durgf 
anakereSt - 



ight and honest, 3. 5^ . 

l A frog.- 2 A fish ( probably a 

corruption of *f*vg below).-CoMp 



an arrow. 



H. .] A frog(whichis sup- 
posed to have been deprived of its 
tongue by jhe curse of Agni whom 
frogs had offended ) 



-* ] Siva's bow. 

aiiW: [T**T ni^Rf >rS sjw] i (One 
that has a hole to go into ) a 
serpent 2 N- of a Brihmana in 
the family of >B and father of 



a . [*r. n.] Not faded or wi- 
thered, not faint. COMP .-g^M 
N. of a two-fold rite to be per- 
formed by Kshatriyas 
oinff ftftt: ). 



freedom 



: /. Prosperity, 
from decay- 



a. Undigested; undecom- 
I Indigestion; anftSf 
rfrw am ^*H^r , arjf>Si 



H- 2. 57, Ms 4- 121 -2 Vigour, 
energy, absence of decay- 

sisfra a- [** w -] Devoid of life; 
lifeless, as jar or a dead person 
':[ st - a -l I Non-existence, death- 
2 (With Jainas) All that is not 
a living soul, ' . the whole of w* 
or inanimate ^and unsentient sub- 
stance (opp- ^X)- 



a- [=. w.] Devoid of live- 
lihood.- 1 ' Non-existence, death- 



P. HI. 3- 112] 
I Death, non existence^ (used a 
an imprecation ) ; w^inwi ?TS 



24 



5gjJTn.Sk. may death seize thee- 
rogue : mayest thou cease to live ; 

aw? a- [sf^-fn." ^n^:] Ved. 
Not subject to decay or oldage; 
strong, very swift or speedy- 

3fc /. Non-enjoyment; feel- 
ing of dissatisfaction or disappoint- 
ment. 



a - [" *] Not fit to be con- 
quered-* A sort of medicinal 
preparation of ghee said to serve 
as an antidote; f*raat <jff**sre ! ' Sus- 



a. [= 
satisfied- 



Not gratified or 



arm TV-] A courtezan (used 
only in dramas). 

arrfiBT [Said to be fr. *] N. of 
a plant ^TJT?!* Flacourtia Cata- 
phracta- 

I A shield. 2 A live 



coal- 

315 a- [" ar^ma, 5JT-*, *. a.] I Not 
knowing, unaware of, unconscious, 
devoid of knowledge or experience; 

anfi *rafn i ar: Ms. 2- 153; Sfrgr 
( ?: $: ?: wfa:) the knowing aod 
unknowing, supreme and ind - 
vidual soul--2 Ignorant, unwise, 
foolish, silly, stupid (said of men 
as well as animals)) a?: -gOTrcnsn: 
Bh. 2- 3, Pt- 2. 3-3 Inanimate; not 
endowed with the power of under- 
standing 



[ 



An ignorant 



woman. 



a. Unknown, unexpected, 
unconscious, unaware! *>jm Ms- 5. 
21 eaten unconsciously or una- 
wares; ^tfiw* whose family and 
character are unknowns *vm fii!> 
<* R. 16. 72.-COMP.-*5 a. [*.] 
Ved. of secret designs. *TT,-*T: 
remaining incgnilt (said of the 
Pandavas); fi: wnflr 

: Mk. 5. 6. 





. a.] Mot a kinsman. 



a. [*, *.] Ignorant, unwise. 
* [*. ".] Ignorance, unconscious- 
ness; especially, spiritual ignor- 
ance (amn) which makes one con- 
sider his self as distinct from the 
Supreme Spirit and the material 
world as a reality. According to 
the Vedantins, aj^rr* is not merely 
a negative principle (snm wvrw: ), 
but a distinct positive principle; 



oft- identified with Trzrr.nfrfa &c. See 
*rf^ T also. In compounds arsnrnay 
be translated by 'unawares,' 'inad- 
vertently,' 'unconsciously'; 'arerta, 
agfrw, &c-; "spr:,- 11 ^, n^ unawares, 
inadvertently, unconsciously, un- 
willingly ; 'fl: reft?f jriffT: ?i?re R. 9. 
77- committed unintentionally or 
unconsciously. 



above- 



I 

<HVJ^-W\ Ht*m, -f ^farar; ] A cow."~w- 
Career, passage; battle ; house(? ). 



a. Not the eldest or best, 
having no elder brothers ; *^T% not 
acting like the eldest brother; or 
acting like one who has no eldest 
brother- 

a [ fr. 3*5. to go] Ved. Agile, 
quick. a: A field, plain, [cf. L- 
ager; Gr. agros. ] 



] Quick, 



a. Ved. [ fr. 
agile, active. 



I U. ( a^g ) 

r^fitj or aj^im, , 3rtn or 
I To bend, incline, curli curve; 
r$i?n%?HT Bk. 9- 40. -2 To go, move, 
tend towards ; wnn ^JH^TO Bk- 
4- 22 i also in awr^ tending down- 

ward, f^i ^?\ 



?;;.Tiim Bv- L 48 having 
gone, being reduced to&c-; ft ^^- 
fa aw 46 art greedy ; a'^tf'<rT?T r 
I/.-3 To worship, honour, -rever- 
ence ; Hwrt r?rcwra Ve- 5- 27 salu- 
tes, to adorn, grace; . v ee arf%n be- 
low.^ To request, ask or call for, 
desire.-5 To murmur, speak indi- 
stinctly Caus- or IO-U- to mani- 
fest, unfold , g^rra Git. 10. [ cf. 
Zend anku \ Gr. ankules ; L. uncus.] 
With aft to put away, drive away ; 
(, jntr- ) to run away. & to bend i 
^nsroi sti^i^n 3TTf97* with bent knees- 
3^ to draw or raise ( water ). vft 
to cause to revolve, whirl, twist. 
ra to draw or bend asunder ; to ex- 
tend, stretch out. H to crowd or 
drive together, to bend together, 
See nrnw also; to go properly. 



pp. i ( a ) Curved, benti 
3T?)?t Dk. 125 bent and raised; 
T~f^ftnt ?re *rtfl<ft 143 bent, 
or oblique look; ^t*fa*i^i!T : 5?rwg: 
Mv. I. 5 1 benti 'ee^rirrg: R. 18. 

51, Bk. 2. 31, 9. 40; VT*: (iffc; ), 
'**: ( I?: ) (6) Arched and hand- 
some ( as eyebrows); 9 *f?^jpm 
R._5- 76; crisped, curled (as hair); 
wrefltreawsriTT Mb. 2 Gone. 3 
Honoured, adorned, graced, gra- 



ceful, handsome, ^i^ziftfnripiT My. 
7. 8 graced, adorned; "^rj watrV 
araawg Ku- i. . ^ sportively hand- 
some ; tmfrt i T- it R. 2 18, T*trn- 
Dk. 124, T5i ; *nj< n^ifn?if9- 
: K. 9. 24 of esteemed or adora- 
ble prowess ; Ki.<!5. S3--4 Sewn^or 
woven, arranged . w^TrtfTT BfacwTW- 
m*n: ( rJi^rr ) R. 7. 10 halfstrung or 
woven ( 5^3 Malli. ). COMP. v* 
[. ] a lotus with curved leaves. 
: a woman having arched or 
handsome eyebrows- 



: [ wn_.n^ *aft arfS ] i Wind. 
2 Fire. -3 one who goes. 



The border or end (of a garment), 
skirt or hem (Mar. <T?T); f?i<nt*95- 
wi ^^^sr^rzrr: Udbbata--2 Cor- 
ner or outer angle (as of the eye); 
' 



Mv. 6. 9. 

7 p. ( rarely A. ) (wr% or 
OTRT, wfirtifa-sniTfa, ati%f^r-3T | T7'rr- 

, srfirg, a*^, art'O I To anoint, 
smear with, bedaub. -2 To make 
clear.show, represent, characterise; 
RT *t3ft ^w^wiTt: Bk- 9. 49-3 To 
go.-4 To shine, be beautiful--5 To 
honour, celebrate--6 Todecorate.- 
Caus. I To smear with, ^forou ?t 
tt Ms. 4. 44--2 To speak or shine- 
-3 To cause to go. [cf. Zend anj\ 
L. unctum, ungo.]-With ra to fit 
out, equip, furnish. w i. to 
anoint, smear. 2" tosmooth.polish, 
prepare. 3- to honour, respect.-t> 
I to smear- 2. to conceal or hide 
oneself. nra I. to smear. 2- to 
adorn; decorate.-H i. tosmear;2-to 
nt out, equip, harness-3- to honour- 
4. to join together, to consume, 
devour; to adorn, decorate, beauti- 
fy ( mostly Ved in these senses). 5- 
to unite, to put together, compose. 

***: i A kind of lizard. -2 N. of 
a tree or mountain. -3 N- of the 
guardian elephant ( of the west or 
s . w . ) * [afJ^ar^; w^-<"g5.] I 
Anointing, smearing with ; ^flurar- 
nnr ^rr^r,? >?f fara Ms- 4. 152 ; mix- 
ing ; unfolding, manifesting.-2 
Collyrium or black pigment used 
to paint the eye-lashes; UTBTi'i ^01- 
*^!f *re*r R. 7- 8. salve; WJIP U- 
4. 19 ambrosial salve; J5^ <>$wi 
pr^ ftq; H*^* Mk. 5. 8, I. 34; 
(fig. also) asn'itsrw ^"I*CT srritwr- 
?rr^T i ngvfTT^t v* <rct oifoirt 
T: n Sik. 45; qjarm^tfi^t Bh. 
3. 84 cf. also ?mp q^tint i 
( fig ) impurity, as in MrJif q- 
v. 3 Paint, a cosmetic ointment- 
4 Magic ointment- 5 A spe- 



25 



cial kind of material of the black 
pigment, such as antimony (used 
as collyrium, lamp-black &c.(tftfH) 
-6 Ink.-/ Fire.-8 Night. 9 ( :Mn ) 
(Rhet.) A suggested meaning; also 
the process by wh ch such mean- 
ing js suggested- It is the power of 
suggestion ( founded on srfirar or <*- 
yon denotation or indication), by 
which something else is understood 
from a word which, though having 
more meanings than one, has been 
restricted to a single meaning by 
relations of conjunetio i. disjunc- 
tion &c. (Mm, ^^m, m?^, ftrrftm 
&c.,) or, briefly, the use of a word 
of several meanings in a spscial 
s&nse determined by thecontexts *. 
g. *'iW fit: the adjective restricts 
Hari to mean 'Vishnu' alone, and 
not' a lion 'or 'monkey's so nn- 
i;wjn ^Tsroft, nrr^ mforofrftdt & c . , 

cf . si?*nfc!f JTS^W <TOi?% ftirftit i tirfrnrir- 
unvqrt4|^pniiftori ii K. P. 2., S. D. 
23-6-1 See STTRT also.-CoMP. wfar^r 
jwr?m<i ] a kind of lizard. 



. 

N. of a mountain, See *uflrft. -H 
. eye-water. '*?ft [ ajsraftw - 

!^LJ_ v_ of a vegetable perfume 
tomrsfrntrii fapft ffH<fmrf>,jrwTefhr 
ftf* ) (Mar. ira^r )._STM< [< a ] 
a swelling of the eye-lid, stye. 
wsiw a stick or pencil for the -ap- 
plication of collyrium. 



A portion of the Vedas 
containing the word ahr^. ^ N. 
of a medicinal plant- 

WIT i N. of the female elephant 
of the nor.h.-2 N. of the mother 
fMaruti or Hanumat. [ She was 
the daughter of a monkey named 
Kunjara and wife of Kesarin, an- 
other monkey. She *as in a former 
birth a celestial nymph by name 
Punjikasthaliand was born on ea- 
rth owing to a curse. One day while 
she was seated on the summit of 
a mountain, her garment was slight- 
ly displaced, and the god of Wind 
being enamoured of her beauty as- 
sumed a visible form, and asked her 
to yield to his desires. She request- 
ed him not to violate her chastity, 
to which he consented) but he told 
her that she would conceive a son 
equal to himself in strength and 
lustre by virtue of his amorous de- 
sire fixed on her, and then disap- 
peared. In course of time Anjana 
conceived and brought forth a son 
who was called Maruti being the 
son of Maruta. ] 



[ at** fShfjt 
I N. of the female elephant 



of the north-east quarter.-2 N- o 
a tree 



... [ 3T5T=n rm w. ] I A spe- 
cies of lizjrd ; a small mouse. 
-2 N. of the mate of the elephant 



i A woman deco- 
rated with the application of pig- 
ments, ointments, sandal &c., or 
one fit for such application. 2 
[^rot-yjj ) N of two plants 
and 



[w^-srfe Un. 4. 2] i A 
cavity formed by folding and join- 
ing the open hands together, the 
hollow of the hands; hence, a cavi- 
ty-ful or anything (changed to 
sura or ffc after i and fir in fjs 
comp., P. V. 4 102) i =T ntfjitlm 
N%H Ms. 4. 631 i&lfi ^rrotiTM: Pt. i. 

25; simCtsrtiTM^tircsnSfTr: Ku- 5. 151 
irfrw: gtqimt ?ft^forift(3rrf'T Ve. I. 
I a cavity-ful of flowers* so ^afif- 
5T3q><*3r Y. 3. 105 10 cavity-fuls 
or libations of wa'er; ws 'itwfwqrtqr 
Ve. 1. 4 to be drunk by the ca- 
vity of the ear; swt* r^_, 5^, y or 
wsf fold the bands together and 
raise them to the head in supplica- 
tion or salutation; 53{ 



Hence a mark of respect or saluta- 
tion; *: srifc 3 ! f^^fi'faw/HRrti^^ g^. 
8 84; arv5Uim?!j!nnifJTi?s: R. n. 78. 
-3 A measure of corn=f?^ ; an- 
other msasure=n?T, or one-half of 
a irftsRT-COMP.-*^//. folding the 
hands, respectful salutation; gss- 
r<fr 30^13 JB^ ^tfli9ioiT Chan 33. 
%TTT-M i an earthen doll making 
the wifra (?). 2. N- of a plant, Mi- 
mosa Pud ica (rg). y.;-c the ca- 
vity formed by joining the hands 
together; hollowed palms of the 
hand. 



[ a^felbl ^WfT qsRTijT^ i I-* 

2^ TV. ] A small mous.-. n: N. of 
one of Arjuna's arrows. 

5rL n. ( -i: ) [ SMMJ I'-sra ftwift 
T ST^H j w^; nd AMOT ^ STHI. ] Speed, 
velocity, strength; fitness, propri- 
ety* ointment, preparation (?). 
CJMP. 'u drinking Soma offer- 
ing. 3: rapid preparation of 



a. [ arJj-aTff^ ] Not crooked, 
straight ; honest, upright. 

aJJfST aJ'. ( instr. of WJT^) i 
Straight on. -2 Truly, correctly, 
accurately, properly, justly, right- 
ly ; ry^ Fgifft f g*ifSTtf!t ij^Rsrar 
Ku. 6- 22 we do not know you right- 
ly or correctly ; fiw^ ?ra ^*T=TSSI- 
r R. 19. 31, if 15 -f,tVrn?>i: r>uif. 
Subh^shita 5H<jt>HT ^ Ms. 



8. IOI.-3 Directly ( 
quickly, instantly ) H 
?n?i Ms 2. 244. COMP. 
going straight on. ? T a. [5 
done righily or justly. 



,- 4 Soon, 



i*ffi a. [at^.w] Ved. Straight- 
forwird, going straight on. 

!>. Ved. f^.^] Unctuous, 
slimy; lubricated; shi ling bril- 
liant. I3T; i A mark made with 
sandal &c- a Tilaka mark; tflfcrrnit- 
"|ii.Yaj. (Tflifln)-a A com nander, 
sender &c.t>,-f/ I Anointmenti 
pigment.-2 Colour, hue.~3 The se- 
xual organ (?). COMP. 3W a k 
having coloured thighs. 



a- Slippery, smooth (?). 



^Un. 4. 2 ] The sun. 

p/>. Smeared over, bedaub- 
ed, anointed &c.; mostly as latt .r 
part ot comp mnds ; f a, &s, 
&c. ffif Night. 



i A blessing, 
auspicious ilesire.-2 A pounding 
machine ( Sfw<^ ), 



*ft<:-i [ wqrwrf o|^ s perhaps a 
Persian word J- A species of the 
fig-tr^e and its fruit. 



*? I P- ( rarely A. ) ( 
^, arfiff j TO wander or roam 
about ( with loc. ); roam o.er ( so- 
metimes with ace. ); *I> li't di^iis 
Sk- go to beg alms \ airi * t.f".<w<TT? 
Bk. 4. I2i i&n'k Dk. &-d.sid. arft- 

ftt-/,-^. arzrE^?t to wander abjut 
habitually ,as a religious mendicant- 



** a- Wandering ; $ 
30 a nigbt-roamer. 

w Wandering, roaming; 
wtV&c. 



Bk. 2. 



- J_ ] The notcned^ex remiiy of a 
bow; g*Tt *fnia:ii 93: N. 4 96; 



flt R. II. 14. 



fc r^] The habit of 
roaming about (aa religious men- 
dicant)! so *rn, aietsn 

a^ a- [". s. ] Firm, steady, 
solid- 

-*f: (E'y- doubtful) N of a 
very useful mexlicinal plant, thu 
shrub TW* Justicia A .hatoda, or 
Adhatoda Vasika (Mar 



%RraJ ai ra; a^-ft, 91 3*9,] A 
forest, woods arffrwa 2*"T 3*f 
5. 2. 

ai=rr5*: A forester=w?f%* : q. v. , 
l I A. I To kill.-2 To trans- 

gress, go beyond (fig. also) -Caus. 

I To lessen, diminish. -2 To des- 

pise, condemn, disregard- 

5 a- [ wprffr 9Mifi*ia w^. 1*1 j ?- 
i^] I High, lofty i loud.^2 Fre- 
quent, constant ( in comp ).-3 
Dried, dry f:-$ [ roft ^ ] I An 
apartment on the roof or upper 
story, a garret -2 A turret, butt- 
ress, tower i ^^* MSI 9- 1 ; =^irrf5 
f R. 6. 67, 16. II.-3 A market- 
place, rr.arket ( probably for ?? ). 
-4 A fine linen cloth. -5 A palace, 
palatial building.-6 Killing, injur- 
ing.^ Excess, superiority. i 
Food, boiled rice ; |3* r wii'j: Mb, 
(*fi *w 3SP A* 1 * ^t 3 N/lakantha). 
COMP. f?re: very loud laughter. 
?rai [ 37f5MRT w?ft 3rra. a. ] a 
place or country full of palaces 
&c. -?J:,-?nra,-?t*<? [ >*<> ] a loud 
or boisterous laughter, a horse- 
laugh, cachinnution, usually of 
Siva , ^wrq" Me. 58- i ft Pis* Dk. 
v- -?nw [ srt fHftj^flift ] i. N of 
Siva- 2- one who laughs very loud- 
ly. ?T )3>: [ arjfr^sj ^r^ ; %-n ] i. 
N. of a plant ( JO Jasminum Mul- 
t florum or Hirsutum ( 
). 



: An apartment on the roof 
of a house i a palace also. 



ind- [ 
fiTT f^f 
very loud 



TV. 1 



A weapon shaped like a'dis- 
cus ( a rsFr*Tnw!<Tw ) 7 r t^ f q* i 
Disregard. 

F5: [ wff^ =i q^q ] i Overbear- 
ing conduct, contempt, disdain.-2 
Excess, superiority 

*:-**: [ *? 



. An apartment on 

the roof, an upper story ; a palace , 
Mv 6. 



wi3 ^ ] i A 

palace, a lufty mansion. -2 N. of a 
country. -COMP. m: [sqq^ <!.] a 
mason, a bricklayer (one who 
builds royal mansions )-, 



as I U. To gcr. 

N. of a metre. 



i. - -- j a kind of 
base or foundation in architecture; 
<**%: P. III. 4. 42. 



aia^l P. To try. ex'nt, attempt. 
-5 P. To pervade, attain (Ved.). 

f I P. I To join -2 To attack. 
-3 To argue, infer, discern, medi- 
tate. 



] A shield. See FT' 
: A part of the plough. 

P. To sound .-2 ( 4 A- ) To 
breathe, live (for .). 



. Very small, con- 
temptible, mean, insignificant. 
wretched; <?iiri^i f?^: P. II. I 
54; oft. in cornp- in the sense of 
deterioration or contempts 9 fi: 
Sk. a contemptible potter- *: A 
kind of bird- 



] A field of anu. See 
below. 

ari: i. -oft [ arorft JSTS^TT^ anr^-?-!.] 
I The point of a needle.-2 A linch- 
pin, the pin or bolt at the end of. 
a pole of carriage -3 A limit. -4 
The corner of a house (used for 
killing animals &c-)-Co.WP.-iti!*r: 
[ arn fV^dl trrscir; ] N- of a sage 
said to have been impaled on an 
wft or linch-pin. 



) [3Tl,-Ti.] Minute 
small, little, atomic <opp. 
i?^ ) i arofnonim, Bg. 8. 9i fl 
^'3: Bh. 3-26 insignificantly small 
wo^fq rt Ms. 6. 40; sfosVq. ?iTrRpr: 
Pt. 4.26 asked but an atom, a very 
small quantity, Ms. 3. 51. 5: I 
An atom, a very small particle (an 
exceedingly small measure)) the 
mote in a sunbeam, the s nallest 
perceptible quantity) 
***^w wgli w^ <J&fif Bh. 2 78 to 
magnify; cf. also To make moun- 
tains ot molehills. '-2 An atom of 
time ( *ww*nrt a^S srg)i U is said 
to be 54,675'OOOth part of a Mu- 
hurla (48 minutes). 3 N. of 
Siva. 4 N. of very small grain 
such as <m, ^V^ & c ., sj^-j ^ait?f)s 

^i^flts: Liia i n. the fourth 
part of a Maua.-CpMP. %: [wg: 
hair-splitting question; 
wfgf^iirartT: UM: San- 

kara). S^ N. of a medicinal oil. 
<n [sr^r Qjjirr vn TWI u^n ( OT] li- 

ghtning inr a. [ 3?g; qr^Rtoi !TOT ^5- 

"^] of the size of an atom ^3: 
[w.J atomic dust. frtfr 
'^araf^r] N. of a plant 
.Croton Polyandruin. *: t^e doc- 



trine of atoms, atomic theory, 
the theory that all material sub- 
stances are primarily atoms and 
secondarily aggregates,^ and that 
all atoms are eternal. 3?sro< [f. 5T.] 
i- minufe observation, observa- 
tion of very minute parts- 2. [wg: 
gs*ft ifn^r 9T^i ^<9t-55S.] an insftu- 
ment, like the microscope, enabl- 
ing one to di-cern the smallest 
objects. jftf$: [*.] a fine sort of 
grain, rice &c. 

if&tsf tn [ ^g-STfN.], s^cir fflr i 
Minuteness, smallness, thinness, 
leanness, fineness. -2 Atomic na- 
ture.^ The superhuman power of 
becoming as small as an atom, one 
of the 8 powers orSiddhis of Siva * 

r atn i $- 
) . 



a. [ wTtf-^i; ] i Very small' 
atomic -2 Subtle, too fine. -3 Acute- 
*: A small kind of grain. See *3- 

aio^i Ved. A finger ( ? )- 

wi V d A fine hole i i the strain- 
er for the Soma juice ( ? )- 



MTOI& a- 



Smaller, smallest, very >mall; 
a Bg- 8. 9 very small ) 
i 551"^ Dk. 142 

I P- To become minute or 



To 



. 
atomic. 

*5^ I A ( also 
go, move. 



. />. I Gone. -2 Rained. 
we:-i [ artrm frn^"i Tif^ ar^r j 
Un. I III j i The testicles.-^ The 
scrotum -3 An egg; oft. used with 
reference to the world as having 
sprung from the primordial egg of 
Brahma; 3rr!s'5M^: L)k- I. -4 The 
musk bag. -5 Semen virile. -6 N- 
of Siva. COMP. wsW castra- 
tion. Mrair.-Jiif fa a- [ sf - ] egg- 
shaped, oval, elliptical (-*:-nt: ) an 
ellipse. iwT?:,-5 [ art rsrrt ^erf- 
fta ] the shell of the r** or mun- 
dane egs;. ii^Tjs'fl [atrfim ^rj? ^ 
j-it} irwr : ] N- of a plant arsrW or *ra- 
S5f. *t5i:-T:,-t*: [ ^. a. ] the scro- 
tum. * a- [ f*ia; srr^i jrv? J born 
from an egg. (-ar: ) I. A bird, ovi- 
parous being; ^Rfi* ( Wfff ) Ku- 
3- 42- 2- a fish. 3. a snake- 4-a 
lizard 5. Brahma- ( -nr ) musk. 
: [ <f. ct. ] N. of Siva. r^,-|Tj;: /- 
swelling of the scrotum, hydrocele- 
^ a- oviparous. 



: I at*, wtif-sfii, ] The scrotum- 

^ ]A small egg, 
Si- 9. 9- 



27 



A fish* 



[ *rg-. 



jf it: [ are: srfiri rw ; 3^-5^. ] A 
full-grown or full-developed man, 
a strong or powerful person; iw- 
A- R. 4- 



SHT, I P. 

I To go, walk; wanderi to go con- 
stantly.-^ To obta'-n (mostly Ved.). 
-3 To biud.-4 (tefll) To bind. 



. 
wanderer, a passer-by, traveller. 

am* [?I-^I3.] Going, wandering. 
r: A wanderer, a passer-by. 

wffj? a. I" aa; wiirRi] Not know- 
ing that (am i. e- Brahma ). 

swiz a. [. *] Having no shore 
or beach! precipitate, steep- z: I 
A precipice, a steep crag.--2 N. of 
a hill -3 The lower part of the 
earth-COMp. OTT: a steep preci- 
pice; a fall headlo g from a pre- 
cipice; a precipitate fall; whwif- 
HHJrrra: S 6. 9 of n.y hopes there 
i&a precipitate fall (some read the 
line as *ranjn =tm frewa: and take it 
to mean 'verily our desires are 
like the crumblings of river 
banks' ). 

aram ind. Wot so; 3f%?r a. not 
deserving that, not used to such 
things; ^iHiHilft(i: Ram. 



vedly- 



ind. Unjustly, undeser- 



: (Rhet.) The ' non-borrow- 
er', N. of a figure of speech in 
which the thing in question does 
not assume the quality of another 
though there is a reason lor it; 
4'S<iiH3^iw<Hi <ifwi^a5roT: ;g. g. ^' 1 - 
r% *raVt} g^T avrfo ran utr TrSrw 5^11. i 
wi^ftftft 5^1 5*11 ftf|<rt a nfin% ii 
K. P. ICM or ^ 



. 

Kuval COMP W'T%PT: N. of a 
variety of Bahuvn'hi; e. g. 



--, a I Not excited, cool. -2 
Unostentatious 3 Unemployed 
vr. (pi.) N. of a class of deities 
among Buddhists. 

[si. w.] One who neglects 
his religious austerities; WHMWVI- 
': Ms. 4 190, an irreligious or 
impious man-, ?^ *n?wi Bg. 
18. 67. 

?TH a- Not heated &c -COMP. 
ng a- I. One whose body is not 
marked (with red mudras &c )--2 
who has not fully moitifiedhis 
body by penance 3 whose body 
or mass is cool (?) 

*4 a- I*. "] Illogical, void 
of reasoning. 1 *: I Absence of 
argument or reasoning, bad logic. 
-2 An illogical reasoner- 



more than thisswr'^'nfw wirTi V| 
2 wow I have nothing more to say 1 
( c ) afterwards- 



TV. 



a. [i. .] I Having no ropes 
or musical strings (as a musical 
instrument); ipnfr iroft SIT R^m- 
2 Unrestrained; not necessarily 
binding; not being the objec of 
the rule under consideration; |f* 
9f!*fa, S^'f' ** Sk -3 VVithout for- 
mulas or empirical actions. 



a. Unthought 
pected; fw Tm^mr^nt 
snra^ n Ku- 4- 22; Bh. 3- 137' 
"m^Mu. 4.-* adv. Unexpectedly. 
-CoMP- *i"m)-a t: i i m a. occurring 
or befalling unexpectedly, quite 
accidental, suddens Vi=n$Trefl*r- 
**m ^,1 Mai- 3; f w* W Ku. 

6-54- 

a- Inconceivable; baffling 
thought or reasoning. 

a. Bottomless." [# 1- 
y?t 5^ftsf5^ ] N- of a "rrara 
or lower region, one of the 7 Pa- 
talas; being the first among them- 
: N. of Sora-CoHP. 



: [ an^r i^sfw . 

Un. 3 117] I- Wind, air 2 The 
soul--3 A garment made of the 
fibre of flax (* generally). -4 A 
weapon. 



j A wander- 



Ved. 
ing mendicant. 



rar% I Common flax -2 Hemp- 
-3 Linseed.-4 A thicket, copse (!) 

art% ind. OKH] I A prefix used 
with adjectives and ad verbs, mean- 
ing 'very', 'too, 'exceedingly , 
excessively', 'very muc .', and 
showing wri, Hfa!J no* very far 
from; f* very lean; W very 
much; also with verbs or verbal 
forms; *ftraw* v "st Sk. ! ^ 
nfmtwn &C.-2 (With verbs) Over, 
beyond; m-? go beyond, overstep; 



* a Alert v unwearied, 
careful, vigilant; amrjfflT t wvn 
"rwwr Ku. 5 14, R. 17. 39, H. 
ft. 33- 



ra ] bottomless, very deep, unfa- 
thomable. 

a. Ved. Not very strong. 

ind- [ s^-aYSs,] I Than this; 

from this ( having a comparative 

tt Rv. I- 22. lf> ; ft>5 """^ ifafe 
t Bh. 3. 6; 3rarss*rot Ms. 5. 31. 
-2 From this or that cause, hence, 
cmsequently , so, therefore ( corr. 
of"*!, nn. or f|. expressed or un; 
derstood )\_ **** mifit f? %? ^a 

viqi-niaindllHaT^ R. 2- 43 > 3- 5" ' 

Ku. 2. 5 ; ""rcft mii'njKiT S. B. now 
therefore &c-J Hence, Irom this 
place-- henceforth ( of time or p>c-- 
ce (.qpr,.3:,tt) afterwards.-^ Then 

on this account, hence, for this rea; 
son. Tf for this very reason. -*>* 
henceforth i afterwards."^ (a) fur- 
ther on, any longej ( with abl ) 
hereafter ; f""TB5ifH iw* *w '*w 
Bg. 12 8 ( b ) beyond ihu, further 
than this! waKfiff: *t 3 4- 10 



0,,.,.- . 

wft is regarded as a preposition 
<TO* -3 (a) < With nouns or pro- 
nouns) Beyond, past, surpassing, 
superior to, eminent, respectable, 
distinguished, higher, above, (used 
with ace. as a whw^w, or as first 
member of Bah- or Tat Cnnp.un 
which last csue it has usually the 
sense of eminence or higher d 
gree- wfinrt, rpir: , =^^' * ' * h " 1 
5i:,tw^8a excellent king; or 
the sense of *ft*ft must be undei 
stood with the latter member 
which will then stand in 



sative 



case; 

mw 



so 



which is beyond human 
power, i.e. a superhuman act 
W past the whip (as a horse). 
unmanageable; ^ '"P 38 ^? 
ihat-.Mt.W!. him or them thnt 
surpasses or surpass thee, s< . 
*^&c (b) C With nouns derived 
from roots) Extravagant, exagge- 
rated, inordinate, excessive, extra- 

ordinaryi *. S- '*': ' 
reeard;"T5tiex ravagant hope, 
"If wn ^n^: &c- rf"W 





i e ever bad' W Unfit, 
proper in the sense of 
' 



or 



Sk. The 

senses of **- 
i 



i An exaggerated tale- 
-2 Idle or meaningless talk- a' 
I Exaggerated, incredible ("f|f). 
-2 Unfit to be told --3 Past narra- 
tion or mention, dead, lost.-4 
Swerving from one's caste tradi- 
tions &o lawless. 



N-ofa 



tree 



an%*<ri a. Afflicting very much, 
excessive exertion. 

wfren a [3f?37*E: <WIJT uw]._Of an 
extraordinary size, gigantic *: 
N- of a Rakshasa, son of . avana, 
who was killed by Lakshmana. 

*rwrf*g rjnf^ H.] a- Very dif- 
ficult *3-g: larfSstf f*9 WKfiJi] 
Extraordinary hardship, a kind of 
severe penance to be finished in 
12 nights Ms. n 2134- 



Oyerdone.done too much, 



excess* 
Ram. 

wif":/- I Overdoing- 2 N- of 
a metre of 4 lines, each line con- 
taining 2$ syllables- 



**] N. 
Trapa 



of an aquatic plant 
Btpinosa- 



i U , 4 P. I (J) To step 
or pass beyondi get across, go 
over, cross; fwfarj mflWMfaiwJ 
*ft^f*f>i*ftmW K 346 led far away 
from my story, rambled) made a 
great digression; 
Q2; 



120; ^ 

Ti M. I going so near< * 
ntwt foytn\ Me. 57. (ft) To 
pass over, pass by, walk past, go 
beyond ; ^>rifra^?iTOT5;*t Dk- 4, 10 
wwrtFrq>jir*jiOT'^ Mv. 7 is ij 
passed or left behind; wr**nfpTW*n 
5. 7. 31 



Ratn. 3 beyond the plantain 
bower; *W *ram %^T8fNT: K. 121 
i -'!12fi'i''W*i*'' Tjifjru ITO PJ>T Ram. 
*m-fiiTt : i'f K 85 is "oing or depart 
ing. 2 To excel, surpass; exceec 
(in number, strength &c >t f<r*fr 

M- 1; ?TC3;=riM9iTKT <Nnt Ms. 8 
r: Dk. 74; *mj 
78 surpassing 
superior to; i w'W) vfewrflfai Sk 
3 To transgress, violate, go be- 
yond, overstep ii'TOHnrwt: w 

:,Ms 



151; 
*<\ 



9. 78 ; *w arffH8m^ifl*i"<?r wf: Mai. 
6 Oh , the event through exces- 
sive affection transgresses all due 
imits; mw ?mt K. 160, 181 
-4 To exclude, pass by. neglect, 
set aside? leave; i**' qfi:mm3iT 
M. 4 ; troniJ^st HaaT=i- 

M. I to the exclusion of.-.S 
To go or pass away, elapse, roll 
on ( as time ) ; *n fbn wmfl^m Pt 

tT iftsnufn^sim K- 59 ; fl"' 
74 i via^im.nm^,in'm ^m^ifttaSai 47 
is passing away ( is being violat- 
ed ) i witreift ??IT$ Ms. 5. 76 ; also 
trans, allow to pass ; 

Dk. 100 1 
59 'mr-iini'T Ram.; 
K. 266.-6 To overcome, _over- 
power, seizes ^n*^ jwwri*n8nR- 
iSa ?ii% Mv. 3. 31 ; by seizing or 
falling upon, by main force i % 
S. 6.-7 To lose ! 



Ms. 9- 23 
allow to go. 



To let pass, 



I Act of overstepping, 
going beyond &c.-2 ( a ) Breach 
of decorum or duty ; fT wm^it: 
Mai. 7- (b) Transgression, viola- 
tion i 3TH* M. 4. 5- (f > Trespass ; 
disrespect, injury, opposition (wrgr- 
w 9 forffam*is>jjrt Mv. 2. 10 refrain- 
ing from all trespass against Brah- 
manas; ^rf^'TT <| m*RW: Ki 



14. 9? 

Ms- 3. 63 , 
3 1 



is speaking of the past) 
3<mrq U. 3s ft ^T*^tf H. i. cf. 
'let bygones be bygones. <^fn%* a. 
with the moon in conjnuction. 



M 

. 160 ; ?iftpft =8ira- 
: 561 transgression (passing 
through )i twTqiqn^nin*H ; 81 ; 
wrf5'rt^rn?fwft Mv- l violation ( of 
due limits or propriety ); Mv. 4. 
25. -3 Lapsf> passing away ( of 
time ) i >?wim^T\U _4i 

fWT Wlff: Pt. I 8T%Wllfl i l 

2; wsttRam.-4 Overcoming, con- 
quering, surpassing ; mostly with 
S^i wtrrn^r^"!, w^i^tjnww: &c. 
-5 Neglect, omission, disregard i 
Ms. II- I20.-6 A vigorous attack, 
determined onset ( =arfiwT q. v ). 
-7 Excess -8 Abuse, misapplica- 
tion. -9 Imposition 



. I Exceeded, surpassed 
gone beyond &c. i srimitn: w^wm' 
Me. 103 ; B^Tm?F^T: K- 35 depart 
ed, gone ; wmtw" 5^11 Mai- 10 be- 
yond the reach even of desire 
nwrmRtn: Mu 5- 4^past the stage 
of thought ; *g q<riTrff^it(t5 ^%!" 
H. I -2 Past, gone by ; fT*rji K 
5. past, former; 169 Pt. I 333' 
Pt 2, Bh. 3. 32; qif&ujori^ Mu 
I foimer kings. *f A past thing, 
a thing Of *he past, the past; ri 
M- $-, your ladyship 



-KI.W-.-M Overstepping, spending 
of time, excess; fault, offence; ft*n- 
-: Mv. 3. 43. 



<fvi pet.p. To be transgres- 
ed or violated, to be disregarded, 
massed by, neglected or avoided ; 
S. 2, 3, 6, 7 1 
H- 4. 74- 



-.mj.n a. Very angry. a;: [ w. 
. ] N. of a Mantra mentioned in 
Fantras < 37?rfersnfft T <<%f?(5T^rrft ' 
H ft^rat Rf^i 



a. Very cruel. *: [ w. . ] 
I A malignant planet such as Sa- 
turn, Mars &c. ( |rn 3*rr sjftwTT^). 
-2 N. of a Mantra in Tantras ( 

9T i 



a- [ r^-w ] Thrown be- 
yond. * A kind of sprain 6r 
dislocation. 

a . Without a bedstead, 
able to dispense with a bed-stead. 

wfnii, I P. I To pass, elapse^ 
p iss away ( as time ) i ??ii^5Tn^i 
Ram. 2 To ovevcome, exceed, ex- 
cel- See srftn.-3 To pass over, pass 
by, neglect. -4 To pass away, die- 
-5 To escape. 

armi a. [ il ] ( in comp. ) Ex- 
ceeding, going beyond, transcend- 
ing, excelling, surpassing ; 

Mu. I. 2; fai4TWWIl'n'ilS 

f: Mu. .5 by diseases defying the 
powers of medicine, past the stage 
of physicingi UTotgffifn^: R. 12 48 
piercing through their bodies ; 
^n> 9 Ms 7. 1491 advanced in years, 
aged ; W'WIHITI: $<*%: Bh- 3- 132 ; 15: 

UWOI afJII^f Ki- 3- 2. 

acfn*: I N- of a star of the 6th 
lunar asterism.-2 a large cheek 
or temple.~-3 One who has large 
cheeks. 

wm*a a. Having an excessive 
or overpowering smell. : I Sul- 
phur. -2 N- of various plants: ^ 
lemon-grass & 55^- 



N- of the plant 

a- [ wifaitrit "i ] I Very fool- 
ish, quite stupid.-2 Inexpressible, 
indescribable. 



a Veiy deep, im- 



penetrable- 



29 



a- I Having excellent or 
superior qualities. -2 Devoid of 
merits, worthless [ ipwiSsKtff: ] 
Excellent merits. 

aringe a Very heavy ( such as 
mer ury &c. ) i: A very respect- 
able personi such as a fathef, mothe 

&c- ( *r: g? 

TTffT Srmr&B ). 



of the p ant 



9 p. TO take beyond the 
usual measure- 



JT? ] Difficult to 
be comprehended, incomprehensi- 
ble ?: ,-sr?: i Object of an appre- 
hensive organ, such as CTfr ' tou h ' 
the object of f*r% TO of TT^T &c. The 
Grahas are eight in number! nm, 
*X nrsfT, ^^, whr, w^, f*m & r*^, 
the corresponding atigrahas being 



-2 Right knowledge, correct appre- 
hension- ~3Act of overtaking, sur- 
passing &c. -4 One who seizes or 
takes to a very great extent. 



weapon. -2 Worth. 



a. To be held in check, to 
be controlled. |T: N. of three liba- 
tions made at the Jyotishroma .sa- 
crifice. 



r A 



a. Very destructive. sfrfar- 
Ri %;ti ?n;.85 ] A happy state 
of complete oblivion which drowns 
all t Bought of whatever is disagree- 
able in the past) arirrefow^fr W?*T 
Bri. Ar- Up. 

wfiw^a. [ mjRfWa: ] Victorious 
over armies. 

*f>r*^ I P. I To transgress, vio- 
late; be unfaithful to, offend ( as a 
wife &c. ) ** wtrwuHftrqifty Dk. 
1621 ."TOT 



, - 

Mb -2To pas s by, 
neglect, omit.-3 To overtake, 
overcome ; surpass, excel. 

*T%*T a. Very cha igeable, tran- 
sient. *t ari>i*n< wiw *rftm >nwft ~] 
N. of the shrub Hibiscus Mutab'Hs 
( <4npft| wwRHl or 'WwWininiT. ) 

aifiwn Excessive practice,. over- 
doing. 



: i Transgression.-2 Excel- 
ling. -3 Overtaking &C--4 Accelera- 
ted motion of planets 



passage from one zodiacal sign to 
another. 



a- Transgressing, sur- 
passing &c- 



adv. Very long ;*t TOI ftrf 
K.atn.1 I have been very late jTrm- 
m r?rrrt " nwt K 178 she had not 
long left when &c- 

atf^Mr-nr.-^raqiT fj ^in^M: oi g^n- 
"fi^JA mushroom, anise, prin- 
cipally Anesum or Anethum Sowa; 
N. of another plant', Barleria Lo- 
ngifolia- ( ^: is said by Amara to 
be ararfori^: M ar . ^TT^T , a nd Jn= 

Mar. 5fH| ). 



H a- [ smfaitfl: s?:-? IT ] I 
Free from worldly desires. -2 Ex- 
ceeding thought or will--3 One who 
violates Vedic traditions of con- 
duct.-^/. n. I N of two classes of 



)-2 Fondness, inclination. 



] N. of a class of metres 
belonging to the srranj'^cjass, with 
13 letters in each line 

HT T 



Not tenant- 



a. Always wakeful- T: 
The black Curlew (tftw* ). 



ed or inhabited. 



a [ arfit*t!ft sria srtfa JH* 
] ( opp- anrora ) Superior to his 
parentage- 

snWian^ i P i. To survive, out- 
live-^ To suroass (jn the mode 
of living ) i srrT* i?rtT%wa R 10-15. 
Surviving &c- 
Extraordinary flight ( of 
birds). 



ind. _ 
more, high r ( abl- ); ? 

M. 2. 7. -2. Exceed- 
ingly, very much, excessive, great; 
9 p:f: R. 3. 37; it *ti%nti?wf> Me- 
15 will attain great splendour. -3 
Above, higher in rank (ace. ); 



a- Very sharp, pun- 
gent. Jf": N- of the plant sftut** 

wr dub grass. 

wrffgGorr Rapacity, excessive 
greed or desire; 6^T T f?farr Pt. 5 
one should not be too greedy. KOT 
a- Rapacious, very greedy. . 

i P. To cross, pass or get 
over, surmount, overcome i yfa'- 
H-4. v- i.\ mUTriis g- 
Dk-loj satisfied or appeased 



hungef 

Bg-l j. JS cross beyond death. 

Crossing, surmountl ig. 

<j.Crossing. overcoming 



Un. 4. 2-, //. a ' traveller ' (ac- 
cording to^Manuwr* g 

5TT: ^?r 



c. 

S. 4 i <jgiwirtiJT- 

5- 6 dear or welcome guest; st- 
Dk. 2 the guests of 



Indra's capital i. e. dead; so 
wnrninftrstft 121 winrt rarro 
F!5m ( ^* ) Ratn. 2- 7 becomes a 
guest of, i- e. goes to jr falls on the 
ears of the fortunate only; *?ift & 
gw mwr V<irEimnvti%A K.P.-2 Wrath. 
-3 N- of a son of Ku5a and Kumu- 
davati and grandson of RAma. 
-COMP. flRiT-^irr, -Wfwri-sfciwf, _ 
^15T hospitable reception of guests, 
rite of hospitality, hospitality, at- 
tention to the guests. 3* a. [ wft- 
fo?fif j* ij&fi rer ] treating the guest 
as a god. A: title or claim to hos- 
pitality i hosp tali ty due to guests* 
^5PTt *: Pt. i | rr"* wi^tVigiiut qrfffi 
WTwi?H Ms. 3- III should come as 
a guest rffi^j. entitled to hospi- 
tality as a guest Ms. 3. 112. < 
the host or entertainer. 



a- Ved. Travelling, , wan- 
dering. m- (*t ) N. ofaKing,also 
called g^r* and wflrtw. 



anwrV: An epithet of Divodftsa 
whom the gods helped in overcom- 
ing Sambara. 



a. Badly or excessively 
burnt.--''* A bad kind of burn, 

Munificence, liberality 
: Chan. 50. 



Violent inflammation. 

.6 P-l To assign, to make 
over, transfer. -2 To extend the 
application of, extend by analogy, 
SB- i w- 



Mbh. 



P. IV. 3. loo Sk., IV. i. 151 



: I Transfer, making over, 
assigning- 2 (Gram.) Extended 
application, application by ana- 
logy, transference of one attribute 
to another, attraction of one. case 
rule to another; arfi^n *nw 
nft^ v^rirq arf^r; ( ifttrrw ) ; 
or 3T- qriiifiraT: fifwnn wft5(t: i w- 



or 



This 



kinds: ?T e 



is of 5 

unrest* & fw. 



30 



Thus in Grammar 

mi *w^flnQ(i(J: or S 

^r*:& rm^>: are instances, 

TTO: is an instance of ^rorfe^s^ or 

analogy! tftij<JiywiTiii^i*-( pjrawTTR 

a^m Bhasha P. 80 srra^sr is gene- 

rally expressed by words showing 

likeness or . :semblnnce, such a- 



[ grfasftn $&>& ] A plant. 
Plumbago Ro?ea ( fwwTO ) 

%< a. Very far ; "*, "<ra, ^ 
(usually with * gen.) not far from-, 
5- 1 

The Supreme or highest 
God; N of Siva- 



_ 

5' ] Surpassing the two ( 
and ams^TTT ), L r having no second 
or equal, incomparable matchless; 
farr M*5w%5tfT <*JT K 5. 

auma^ m. [ wgff? a^w ] I An 
unrivalled archer or warrior. -2 
That which surpasses a ^ or de- 
sert ['9M arrfRrra: ]. 



: / 



i N. of a class of 
metres belonging <o the wf^niKS, 
group, consisting of 4 lines with 
19 syllables in each ( *3.Hftfc-- 
: ).-2 Nineteen. 

Ved. Out of dange. 

) T^/ N- of a Veaic metre 
of 3 Padas, the number of syllables 
in each being^respectively 7, 6 and 
7i ( <*5 



Excessive sleeping. -J? a- I 
Given to excessive sleep. -2 With- 
out sleep, sleepless-^ ind- Past 
sleeping time ( ft^t nsira T g*% ). 



a. [ 
embarked, landed. 



[ q 



4To make ineffectual ; 
H^fraf^mxrnnif^ Sujr.-*-4 To snatch 
away, drag away. 

ajftrm* Fjying past or beyond \ 
omission, neglect, missing, trans- 
gressing ; exceeding, going beyond 
due bounds. 

amrro: Passing away, lapse ( of 
time );3r^r*tss' > ?T: Mai. 2. -2 Neglect, 
omission i transgression ; T ^^i- 
snnynini: S I if no Other duty be 
neglected thereby, if it should not 
interfere with ( the discharge of ) 
any other duty ; deviation from 
established laws or customs. 3 Be- 
falling, occurrence i jpwwraSN - 
gfiiWigfl wwmrtNW! 302 falling. 4 
ill-treatment, or usage--5Opposi- 
tion, contrariety. 



a- Very attractive (as 
an attributive of smell ); 
Ak. 



R ] 



] A girl past 



live. 



i P. i To pass over; neg- 
iect, omit, transgress 2 To fly by, 
beyond, or over; to cross Cam- I 
To delay, neglect; see WrTi be- 
10w.-2 T ' disrespect, offend; f H^- 
*f S^ftirewft Mu. 3. 34. trans- 
gress, violate; *f?T}Tf?tfTfirflffTam Ki. 
242.-3 To cause to fly past or by. 



pp. l Put off, delayed 
&C.-2 Quite or entirely broken \ an- 
fijH - .?i^ai>tWT?T c iira?iq i Su5r.-a Com- 
plete fracture of a bone- 

ara^na'i.a. I Acute, running a 
rapid course. 2 Surpassing in 
speed, swifter than ( in comp. ) ; 



'.: R- 3- 30. 
wfttirr^ pot p. To be delayed or 

5. 5.- 

siFtiS: [ arrarnri snjft T^ zrcs ] The 
teak treet or the fRa^^Rj:. 

wfttqfir. m. A better road than 
common, a good road. 

wra<^4 A. I To go beyond; spring 
over- 2 To neglect, omit! trans- 
gress. Caus- To allow to pass 
by. 

sim 1 ^ a [ arra^tct: ^ J i Having 
no feet-2 Too long by one foot. 



. I Going beyond, pass 
ing, lapse ; ^i^Tstmitfr^ ^i?9T w 
w^ Y 2 169. -2 ^Non-performance 
failure ; A^nWf 5^; ramrnqwr P 
III. 3- 139 ( the conditional isusec 
instead of the potential, when th< 
non-performance of an action i 
implied ). 3 [ Tf% arr^ita: ] On 
surpassing a foot-soldier. 



/>/>. Gone beyond, trans 
gressed, missed, past &c. 



Excessive familiaritj 
or intimacy ; Prov. smnfc^Tr^ 
1 Familiarity breeds contem >t. ' 



a- One who has vanquish 
ed I is enemies \: A great o 
superior enemy. 



? a. I Far, .out of sight, no 
discernible; ^m obsolete (words 
2-rNot hidden, visible 



est, 



A very heinous sin, in- 



j ( f l n./. N. of a Vedic 
Metre of 3 padas, the number of 
.yllablesin each being respective- 
y 6, 8 and;. 



i: Great continuity! , 
i: R. 3 58 very rapidly or in 
apid succession. 

arnraV ind. Very early in the 
morning, in the eajrly dawn Ms- 
4.62. 

555 a. I Overbearing Ms. 
9. 320. -2 Grown very much 

jfrftreF'TrrfT^t w?r.] A ques- 
tion about transcendental truths; 
a vexatious or extravagant ques- 
tion that is asked though a satis- 
factory reply has already been 
given; e. g. V9. aki's question 4 to 
YaJavalkya about Brahma in 



>: / I Excessive 
attachment; TrmnHf : p^rg ': Pt. 
I. 187; STOTRnretT??, Dk. lol. -2 Over- 
rudeness, impertinence; afjrwrriiraf- 
113 N. 5; "T *j?3*ira ^'jf^^fflH^n: Mv. 
3. 16 indiscretion or imprudence; 
q^rrim: m't>nnfii'RB'r?j 35^ ?*rr^ Mv 5 
an insult. 3 Extraordinary or 
unwarrantable stretch of a ( gram- 
matical ) rule, or principle; also= 
3rfn?*m% q, v-~4 A very close con- 
tact; wnnTiTT5f?flTt*ft gj : Ki. _8. 33 
( arf^tj^ffn ).-5 Prolixity; srswnriiH'W 
Mu- I. 

afnHf*!t The time after tne ceie- 
mony in which the ito Mantras are 
used. 

atrtrm'gr A girl who has attained a 
marriageable age, a grown-up girl. 



. Very strong or powerful; 
*Ji B^Hoia ??ra*: 1\ im. 
: An eminent or matchless warri- 
or ( *rram ) I Great strength or 
power -2 A powerful army. w I 
N of a medicinal plant, Sidonia, 
Cordifolia and Rhombifolia -2 N. 
of a powerful charm or lore taught 
by Visvamit.a to Rama:-^w t 



i ^ 



3=rtiw i 
u 



^ I HK^i iltj 
rr 3ft f%& 

S3e R. 1 1.9 als3.-3 N. of o le Dak- 
sha's daughters. 



31 



An infant. 



a- Childish, puerile. 



tst [ arfrl^itcrr 
two years old i 



i ] A cow 



Over-continencei or 
abstinence ( opp. Mfiftf* ) ?-. [ ir- 
(ftarrett wa^? ] One who has violated 
the student's life, who cohabit-; 
with women- 

arftn ( *n) *: i Excessive burden. 
great load ; itsftmt; Hi'/Ht Pt I. 
22; ?ra flrrft TPrftiifttin: Ratn. 3. 
5. *u gffi^s sij^iH>TitfT flap,!; R. 14. 
68 through excessive grief i %:<*rfrT- 
*m"tf3t *%: HR> Ki. 3. 33. -2 Speed. 
-3 Excessive obscurity ( of a sen- 
tence ) -Comp. i [ srmurt 
I'ara ] a mule. 



. 3TWT; 

Lightning! flash oflndra's 
thunderbolt 



I P i To spring forth, 
arise; ?i;w cffltsfiNgB Mb. 2 To 
surpass, excel i to overcome, 
subdue, overpower- 

snjNs: Surpassing, defeating, con- 
quering. 

ia>i: a. Surpassing all, epihet of 
Vishnu- 



": / I Excess, culmination 
highest pitch i 'ft i^-it to goto ex 
cess, to reach the climax; "ft 
Mai. 2; "A >m 



7 ; *T* . 

widely known, become notorious, 
noised adroad ; nm?t int ^r 51?^ V"*- 
frfot K 1561^ H5r>!rHmw>jfHm*rT*$T- 
n*rr 158; ^Hmifi^ar: Dk. 30; W 

T3T fii^aiV IJ I( SJ g -g, 10. 80..-2 

Boldness, impropriety, violation 
of due limits ( wrr^T ); rai!^ => 
>jT><Trft>jfq: Si- 8. 20. -3 Eminence, 
superiority. -4 Extensive land. 



Voracity, surfeiting one- 
self, excess in eating. 



a- Very auspicious. 5t: 
N. of a tree, (ft^ff ). 



.-Hi.?: Haughtiness, too 
great pridei *ft<r> i ^KIT: Chan 50. 

ig^ a . Superhuman. 
^ a- Exceeding due limits- 
?i: Close contact- 

a- [*ri^?rf9tt Tti *nr] Fles hy 
plump, fat, as tor, w^is &c, 



ni ] Exceeding the pro- 
per measure, inurdinate, exces. 



sive i'*ri?5TriT M. l- 8; ( in COMP. ) 
very much, beyond measure; f : - 
H 5^ -^ 4- 3 Qui'e insupportable; 
fiT^ai-isr i. 30; gma^ramTSsrnRijIint 
Ku. 5 48- ^,-^1^: ind. beyond 
measure, inordinately, excessively. 
=f(Tm a . [ BPwflttrtT! J Immeasur- 
able, very great or wide (as fame); 

* 



a. [ ffmn^ta: ] Finally 
liberated, emancipated from the 
Maya or illusion of the world- 



a _ Very windy. ff:,-3m: 
A strong hurricane, storm, violent 
gust of wind. 



a- i Over-measured, ex- 
cessive.^ [ ar-ftfoir] Not wet. 



3 A great friend, epithet 
of a very friendly constellation. 

wfog'fia. I Entirejy free from 
worldly desires, finally emancipat- 
ed. -2 Barren, seedless. -3 Surpas- 
sing ( a necklace of ) pearlsi sift- 
Srfi^rffi'Ja'BawSi Mai- 5. 8 W:-Tfi<: 
I A kind of creeper ( Titim, Mar- 5- 
wt or wg^jftin ) represented as 
twisting itself round the mango 
tree and as the beloved of that 
tree; cf. *R R^ H^TctfT^oin^^TTi^n 
ttfSftirt Hfft 5. 3'' nR'^^nn *nl 5>tvr((ii 
f^m%TTra<rr?Rcf ?i% M.4 13. -3 N-of a 
tre?, DalbergiaOujeinensis (frftsr) 
-3 ( *wii: ) Mountain ebcny ; N. of 
a tree called fftw 
also ). 



: /.- *\y. Final liberation 
( from death ) 



a. Overcoming death. 
Final liberation from death 



Up 



^ i Very great fragrance- 
-2 N. of a plant ^^mg^T, Jasminum 
Heterophyllum or Arboreum. 



. A kind of barley. 
1 ': Over-tlow, excess. 

a. Very fleet or swift \ 

S. I- 5. 

a- Very red or very much 
attached -wr N- of one of th_ 7 
tongues of Agni. 



-^ft4 ] An unri- 
valled warrior, fighting from his 



car 



Ve. 3, 26. Several 
Atirathas are mentioned in 
rata Udyogaparvan. 



: Great speed, precipitate- 
ness, head-long speed, rashness; 
fsr;*f *rt Bh. 2 99 ( $$f iraif^r 
K- 192 great hurry, 

a)i%?6i ( Very juicy ) N. of vari- 
ous plants, >j^r, nwr and pfta^. 

*i^"Hi. m I Anextraordinary or 
excellent king.-2One who surpass- 
es a king 



a. Ved- 

Prepared over-night T [ 
TI^:, acr: are^-ar^] i AH optional 
part of the Jyotish/oma sacrifice 
^ ><Tia^wwiNiR^> quR3fr: HTJT^T^ ) -2 
Dead of night- 



( Gen. used in pass- ) I 
To surpass, excel, be superior to 
( with abl- ); nr* 
K^"n H. 4- 131 ' W 
?i%f<^i!t Pt. 4. 8 1 i 
' example is better than precept ;' 
sometimes with ace. i =r n tniwts- 
^*^flmi<i?t K- 20Ji or used by it- 
self in the sense of 'to be supreme,' 
'prevail,' 'triumph,' 'predominate,' 
' be mightier 'i T flH^fiiftwjf Ms. 
9.296 none is supreme or higher 
than another i 12. 25, so ^*<mi%f}- 
*a?t-CT<it$rfn'fbaflr H. i. 17. *^5TTwi%, 
ft&ft H- 2 is of great importance. - 
2 To be left with a surplus, be re- 
dundant or superfluous. 



. I- Surpassed, excelled i 
! R- J. 14 strength ex- 
ceedmg that of all creatures; S?PT- 
'Tiftrftwr iftc^^T K. 137 surpass- 
ing the birth of a son. -2 Redun- 
dant, superfluous, remaining over 
and above; ^ftjffcijj^irfiiftTfintRqi K. 
66 not contained in the heart. -3 
Excessive,exuberant. -4 Unequalled 
unsurpassed; supreme; elevated) 
HK35W..fl|aisfitiTrfwf Ki- 14. 33 be- 
ing raised up or elevated. -5 Differ- 
ent ( generally =*n<frfti! in this sense, 
q. v- )--6 Quite empty.-COMP. 
*' a. having a redundant limb 
( a finger, toe &c. ). (-* ) a redun- 
dant limb or member. 



sift ($n ?<*:[ ftv*^ ] i Excess, exu- 
berance, excellence, eminence ; 
nftS*: U- 6;so T?". &V , 3"? &c- 
2Redundancy, surplus.superfluity. 
-3 Difference. 



m. 



TV- ] The knee- f /. A 
very beautiful woman. 



a. Very lovely. v N. ol 
two metres, the one a variety of 
, and the other also called 



32 



a. I Very rough or barren; 
devoid of affection. cruel 2 Very 
affectionate [ *ft'fll *sj J. (?: N. 
of a variety of grain. 



a. I Formless, such as 
Wind -2 Very beauti'ul. 4 Great 
beauty \ as Wt n. -i: [ 
to ] the Supreme Being. 



0. (fi-) Exceeding one's 
income, extravagant- 
': Consumption, 



a Very hairy.shaggy. 
v: I A wild goat. 2 A large 
monkey. w A pot-herb ( 
Convolvlus Argenteus. 



i Excessive fasting-2 
Transgression > 
Ki. 14 9- 



a. Erring, committing 
mistakes) itfwirwiTwifMr: R. 
19. 14. 



N. of a Prahnta Metre of 
four lines with 16 Mitras in each. 



^s a. Very talkative, gar- 
rulous i T$rer 
Mb. 



a- Very crooked. 
N. of the five planets ( 4ta and 
others ) , 



TV. 



g a- Very old, aged, ad- 
vanced in years. 



m One who is beyond 
castes and orders ( ft 



ftra a- Very round * N. of 
a grain or pot-herb ( %nRftT* ). 



i P. To carry over or ac- 
ross. Caus. I To spend, pass ( as 
time)if**r nnfj v ffoi.^^^ 
Mai. 6. 13* ffinniUgT fihrwt R. 9. 
70) W3T 19- 47--2 To let pass over, 
get through successfully) 



.. 

28 allowed to pass over my head, 
endured) H ?n<i3nri?taT%: Ks. 33. 
9i;-3To rid oneself of, elude, avoid) 



Ratn.~4 Get out of his way, elude 
ms pursuit ( and thus cheat him ). 
5 To transplant, remove ( to an- 
other J?lace ), bring or carry oven 
**miH*r$*ft <JS<?tKu. 6. 37-6 
To follow, tread ( as a path ) <i\w- 



".] I Passing or conveying of the 

g$R?fm, the subtle principle of life, 
toother bodies at the expiry of 
good actions ( *TE? ) con'ributing 
to the enjoyment of worldly 
pleasures. -2 Carrying over. 



; ^$-"155, ] The deity or spirit 
appointed by God to help in the 
conveying of the ^ or QjjT^ifrr in 
the above manner- 



i Passing, sp noing.-2 
Excessive toiling or enduring, bear- 
ing too much load ; too heavy bur- 
den) H. 3,-^3 despatching, sending 
away, ridding, oneself of) WWT 
* *rftOTft Pt. 5 how shall I rid my- 
self of him t 

a nft'Ti? ! a. [ srt%cruffcfrw-5T. ] Able 
toconvey to other bodies. See 



pp. -Spent, passed. n: 
An inhabitant of the lower 
world. ri ( S'fl(tt)=37i^rf?, q. v- 

i^i?: I Very harsh, abusive or 
insulting language, repr .of) '- 
wr^tffert^w Ms- 6. 4. ) reprimand, 
correction ) ^ir^i5TT^ "t $'T- 
?ii%': Mb.-2 Exaggeration, exag- 
gerated talk, hyperbole ( wgflh ) ; 



it. Br. 



a. Talkative, very elo- 
quent ) exclusively establishing 
one's own assertion ) fawi. 
Mund. 



: Fast on the day pre" 
ceding a Sracldha. 



a. Very fierce. z; A 
vicious-elephant. 

a, i Very poisonous. 
2 Counteracting poison. ti N- of 
a poisonous yet highly medicinal 
plant ( Mar. arrtifa* or 
Aconitum Ferox. 



: . Prolixity, diifuseness 
U. I, Mai I. 



..,! A. ( P. in epic poetry ). 
I To pass over or by, cross ( as a 
place &c- ). 2 (a.) To go beyond, 
exceed (fig. also); ^rP^rfJrfff wt- 
n$* Mai. i. 26 exceeding or trans- 
cending the powers of speech,indes- 
?ribable > 3J*iTf iHi%^3 ?t5*S 

Mv. 4. 29 transcending praise ( b ) 
To offend, overstep, transgress, 
Y.ila_te J *T*"T: Terr^?j^ Dk- 167 
, 51 who can transgress 
the decrees of 



iK*r simToravTT Mu. 3, Si. 6. 19 
( c ) To neglect, omit, let slip. ( d) 
Ty have no regard to, disregard, 
sligh'i offend ( especially bv un- 
faithfulness ), injure) ?iM--4,oi^ ^ 
Dk 62 disregarding; 3R5" m m 



Ram 

Ms 5 1 

(a) To surpass, excel; ngs 
?i%9ng^i Ki. 3 40, Si. 1 4. 59; 
gts^j Tr?^*r^isi%5W Ks 41 40 to 
outweigh, preponderate. ( b ) To 
overcome, sublue, vanquish, get 
the better of get over, escape or 
get loose from ; TOTCTnfiW$?| ntf 
Sufr.i f%q(fiT: 4VlM)t 5- 
Bg 14. 21 transcend these 
three qualities i 5* dn'w Mb., Dk. 
73, Ks. 121 67-4 (Intrans ) To 
pass away, glide away, el .pse ( as 
time ); to be late or delay ; Ti *w: 

T Jflisrtfo^ H. I i 

H 2; 
Mv. 6; wr ^n^ii^srgr 

. 2 38 is not late(*rfitt- 
) -5 To go away Jrom, 
leave, abandon ( abl ) ) T*t *r 5^ 
frm Trfi^f^ fm^it^ Ram- Caus- I 
To slight, not to heed, disregard j 
gjKrfaTffaT: Dk. [36-2 To let out, 
discharge ( as excrement ). 

srraTff 5 * A pardonable offence or 
misdemeanour i exemption from 
punishment i ( ten cases are men- 
tioned in Ms. 8. 20o " 



. ) 



3if?WWf(i. I Crossing, surpassing, 
excelling i gzFriKwfifaT art*T Ki. 12 
21 i passing over, overstepping, 
transgressing, violating &C--2 Eic- 
cssive--3 Foremost. 

3tfirfr?t:/. I Surpassing, violation. 
transgression. -2 Exaggeration, hy- 
perbole^ Violent effusion ( as of 
blood ) i excessive action. 



Excessive growth, in. 
crease, ad ingto, increasing)Wg 
STU-TIH^SUI ( ft ) <*& jrijflTW <^?it- 
'5^: trHgr^mSiCT K. 289-- cf. '' Carry- 
ing coals to New-castle ", or " To 
gild refined gold, to paint the lily, 
or with taper-light the eye of 
Heaven to garnish is wasteful and 
ridiculous excess "i See the other 
phrases on the same page. 

*fof a. Very olds very much 
grown. 5: N. of a Mantra in Tan- 
trasi ^sj:3ra HTKJ fra<w$$m_ i srfa- 
f 5: H ir^g tf$3Tfaj gflrff:. n 351 A 
very old cow ( unable to chew 
grass &c. ). 



33 



g; /. Excessive or heavy 
rain, one of the six calamities of 
the season. See fft. 



a- Moving or moved 
with great velocity, quick in mo- 



: Close contact, N-- of the 
contact of ^3TT and W??n ( a 
i srfcftw 



^; TV- ) 



pain; 



Exceeding the dde limits or boun- 
dary ( as the water of the sea ). 
-2 Excessive, extravagant) bound- 
less & adv. I Excessively.-2 Out 
of season, unseasonably- 

Infliction of great 
r5r?T5m* P V. 4. 6l. 

I An unwarrantable 
stretch of a rule or principle. -2 
Including what s not intended to 
be included in a proposition-, ( in 
Nyaya ) including or covering too 
much, .unwarranted extension of 
a definition to things not intended 
to be defined by it, so that it in- 
cludes such things as ought not to 
fall under iti one of the three 
faults to which a definition is open-, 
&&yt f^sjumw aTHamn:-, wr q^wJt sri- 
sr: rft 



! ( ft ) ft A class of metres 
containing4 lines.with 15 syllables 
in each- It has 18 varieties. 



Ved. The dead of night. 



a- Surpassing weapons ; 
: R. 12. 73 the nail-wounds 
surpassed the wounds of swords 



2 A. I To surpass, excel; 
sm R 5. 14, *fi?rr 
: Kl 6. 32, Bk- 7. 46, 
8. I; 1 5T^5Hr q*mi(riif imft^iftg 
Mu- 3. -2 To precede in sleeping) 
*S <*t*Tfa?r* Mb. -3 To annoy, act 
as an incubus Caws ( - 
To excel i 
Mu. 3. 17, 



r [ 5TT-3TH ] i Excess, pre- 
eminence, excdlL-ncei IW'R *. 53.- 
- 



3: R. 6. Hi excellence, high- 
est perfection of art. -2 Superiority 
(in quality, rank.quantity &c.)i>?fi%. 

t oT Tn^-i n?(^(: U . O. II) 

oft in cofhp.with adjectives, in the 
sense of ex-ceedingly.'Iexcessively;' 
1 *iJfnft$i%gr*ft5; R-I7. 25; 

ft 



: V. 5. 195 or 
with nouns, meaning ' excellent ', 
1 excessive', 'very great'; VT, r 
fir?m K. 80 the best of horses -,'^rft- 
ntam:. -3 Advantageous result, 
one of the supei human qualities 
attributed to Jaina saints -<; [rfir- 
5TT: arcm ar^] Superior, pre-emi- 
nent! excessive, very great, abun- 
dant.-CoMP ara:/ i. exaggerat- 
ed or hyperbolical language, ex- 
treme assertion. 2. a figure 
of speech, ( corr. to hyperbole) 
said to be of 5 kinds in S. D-, but 
of 4 in K. P. i 



. of the first kind: 

i HI ^ 53;- 
3. verbosity. 

a . [ ?ft Hf^-^g?; ] Surpass- 
ing, ( in comp. ) i great, eminent i 
abundant. "i Excess, abundance, 
superfluity. "ft N. of a metre of 
four lines, also called ft^wi. 

*i%?irg a. Tending to excel or 
surpass. 



. p. i Excelled, surpass- 
ed &c. )*gngrq*iw U 5 4. -2 Ex- 
cessive, exceeding, going beyond 

a?'%5ip>f, a- [ sn-^m ] Superior, ex- 
cellent; pre-eminent , 
- 10 25 ) 

: K- P. I i 
V. 5. 21. -2 
Excessive, abundant. 



[ #1-^3^ J Excellence, 
superiority, Mv. 4. 15-, WI?I?ITI^ nn- 
ftS'ft ( superlative affixes ) P. V. 
3-55- 

aHRTiiJt^ a. [ sfr-wift ] i Excelling, 
surpassing (*lw^ &c- -2 Exces- 
sive.^ N. of a metre. 



: Remainder, remnant ( as 
of time )* a small remainder. 



ro: ] A man 
superior to the most excellent 
woman. 

*r?r?* a. I Surpassing in sti ength 
a dog ( such as a boar &c. )--2 
Worse than a dog. WT Service ) 
cf. W mnwrt?fl fitir-w: ? 
Mu. 3. w: N- of a tribe. 



m. An excellent dog. 
n [fr- ?*^] A transgres- 
sor i a very dissolute woman. 

smst i P. To excel, be over 
( Ve.l )s H>JTF ftw^ ffVmfttfV^ 
Rv. 10 90. I was over and above 
by 10 Angulas. ?r [ WT is^-Tf 
Superiority, precede nce.-a., '5^. 
Surpassing, standing at the head 
of all 



: /.Close contact, or pro- 
ximity ; great attachment i 
Si. g. 7. 



3 U. I To deceive, over- 
reach, cheat^ i Pn ^?tat i ft'SfjsTi 
a BHRirflr8f: 5. 31 *i 
OT: V- 2-2 To pre- 
iudice, wrong, injure, encroach 
upon j f5tt i 
Bri. 5 53. 82. 

r Cheating, deception; <m- 
. 5. 26) trick, fraud. 

The time about the twi- 
lights, the time just before and 
after the morning and evening 
twilight. 

Violent motion or move- 
ment ( of the child in the womb ) 

a- Transcending or supe- 
rior to all, above all- $ The Su- 
preme Being)3Tra*ra'T3raT<jMugdha. 

A kind of very austere 
penance ; ( 



Vishnu Smr/ti ) 



a. ( <i f- ) Extending 
over more than a year- Ms 8-153. 

of the plant "'fris, sweet juice of 
the Bengal Madder, Kubia Man- 
jith- 

I P. Ved. To extend. 
Cnus- 1 To extend -2 To extrt 
oneself to drive out; give out ( as 
a fluid ). 

a. I One who goes beyond 
or exceeds.-2 Leade 1 , foremost. 
: Effort or exertion- 

w% ( fh ) ^K: [ arfgnnifa *w <*.^f^, 
T atft^W:] Dysentry, violent strain- 
ing at stool. 



*ffl ( St) mn, m- \ w 
The disease called arfaK. a. 



.. 

Affecied by, afflicted with, dysen- 
try i TOrw-*flwwfc Ak- 

sfiH? 6 P. I To give, present, 
bestow,' grant i 

Mu. 2- 3' I 

V. i. 15; 

R. li. 48 i nf^rn'SQSf 12. 27. -2 
To dismiss, abandon, part with. -3 
To permit, allow. --4 To remit, for- 
fc ive ( as fine &c. ) -5 To leave as 
a remnant. 

srnfp': I Granting ( of a wish ); 
giving i n5|9Tii'nHii' ; 5''JT nw ^n?w; 
K. 10- 42. -2 Granting permission 
( to do what one Hke * nw g?t )P- 
III. 3-163, one of the senses of the 
Potential.-j Dismissal, discharge, 



J4 



parting with igiving away i "rort V 
ratra <r q: Nir. a. 



( Hif fsrra5KT?i: ] Everlasting, per- 
manent ( Hf )i emancipated 



w/i i Giving, granting; con- 
signing* fagrt sswrraawn; Ku 4 
32, consigning to theflames! 
rara aWnireaR Si- 14- 48; nrff 
<prm^*fTn Ki- 13 57 giving back. 
-2 Liberality, munificence.-3 Kill- 
ing- -4 Deception- -5 Separation 
from, pariing with. 



a. Very fragrant. $ 
Great fragrance.*: The mango 
tree. 



S'uffing oneself with 
foodi f rn(T*n Ms- 4. 62- 

aw"?? ,. Not liberal, niggardly' 
mean-so'rited #: Slight contac 1 
orabs nre of contact of the tongue 
and palate in pronunciation! epi- 
thet of the semivowels and vowels; 



wfw^tf: Over-affection ;?: 
V. 2 sees or finds what is to be 
done? "*?: <i?[q>T 5. 4 is apt to sus- 
pect evil- 



Den- P. [ 

I -To stretch out the hands 
<wr&).-z [ fT%n arfa^mra ] To over- 
take ( one ) on an elephant- 

wm [ srfa-$ ] 2 P. 1 1 o go beyond, 
pass on, over or beyond, cross 
(time' or space ); *3TOinTwrf* S. I> 
rar?i't TWPf9Tg: K'. 14. 54 was 
gone to or reached ; CTiflo'r ft *>-&&- 
wa ire^ra ^13: Me- 34 passes Out 
of sights *m&*T?nt 3 iTR^wamWi- 
1. Ram- after II days; wwrrsKim- 
m JR: Si. 13. 53 -2 To enter, step 
oven 3riT"i n iFfrmiT am n %?w *r 
tf Ms. 4. 73-1 To excel, surpass, 
out-strip, be more thati^ a match 
for? fJWTfl*': uttV"?^ wwr_Ku 7 151 
ftfs *tfw sipr*: S. I; 
grot Si. 2. 23-, to 
exceed,^ go beyond, transcend) 
fsr^nsifgnii <umi% Ms 8 ; 151 does 
not exceedi warff m^t w^t * *rtt 
ftTflw Ki- 18. 41, Si 16 4S.-4 To 
overcome, subdue, vanquish, get 
the better ofi T H n ?* *rg??*nr[ir R. 
19. 53 did not overcome, outlive 
or survives to overtake; out-do. -5 
To walk by, walk past, pass by, 
leave behind; wi^rerft qfa PTWIT- 
*Tr?f s 1 . 6.l6;firf*pri^3fT:OTR. 15. 37. 
-6 To omit, neglect, disregard, 
violate, transgress, oversteps * 15- 
Mb. avoids 



15; 



*nrft 



2. 

: Ram- s gwwwm <>^ ^ Ms. 
12. 90 oversteps the five elements 
m^rfa Kull ) ; ?m B?a4m^ 

Bg. 8 28, 14-20-7 (Intrans.) 
To pass, elapse Oime ) > ai&fil 
<wi Tf g BT T wTiwaTO Ram-; *rf;^ 
^011^ &c.-8 To overflow, be r.e- 
dundant, be in excess -9 To die- 

atarfl p. p. [ ?--Tfi. ] I Gone be- 
yond, crossed-2 ( Used actively ) 
(a) exceeding, going beyond, avoid- 
ing, overstepping, having passed 
over or neglected &c-, with ace. or 
in comp. i iiT*d?-itfta: Mai. I 30 be- 
yond or past definitions $wat?r 
or 3?Tinnr beyond enumeration. 
innumerable iHwipT 1 *! fl Me. 295 
i5=T=;ma?T 5^113 Si. 13- I *5tn:n: 
Ki. it. 2 past youth, advanced 
in yearss 

Bg. 14. 2$; 

an 14. 21; 
V. 5 gone beyond the reach of ar- 
rows, past bowshot i wtfm'ftef'tg 
Ak. who has left the boat, i e. 
landed, disembarked--(6) Gone by, 
passed away, past ( as time &c. )i 
3Tni% flrwtw Dk. II s mfifl*r ^mn^tf 
S- 6- 9; 'amiiRT^fnmT^t Pt. i i?fin 
Bk. 7. 18 s "ftom Ms. 8-27; 
fipj^ Ms- 7. 

179 i *I<**T ^ ?9wi4 Pt. 2- 182 of 
past gain si 5% x^fonrwihrift K. 
46--( c ) Dead, deceaseds 

fl MS- 5. 71 i 

9. 196, 197. 
fl The past, past time. 



: [ 5-sr^]i (a) Passing away, 
lapses *r Ms. 8. 145. ( b ) End, 
conclusion, termination, absence, 
disappearance" vn^rfft Ku- 4. 44, 
5. 23 ; i3ii$in?T(j?T gs'Tnff''! 3- 61 s 
imq R. i. S2.-2 Complete disap- 
pearance, death, destruction, pass- 
ing away, perishing ; ftsj*? itrj Dk- 
64. -3 Danger, risk, harm, injury, 
evil s anftfirfjTwqw: Ms. lo. 104 
the life being in danger or jeopar- 

dy i HIOIRI^ *rrlT<f 5. 27 S HT ; nTr9'r * 

w'wiFY. i 179. Ms. 6. 68. 8,69s 3*?r 
urriiiiiH: ie. 99 (Kull. V^Rn^mnf :). 

-4 Suffering, misery, difficulty, 
distress. -5 Guilt, fault, offence, 
transgression , ^rftn 
fjigmi % ME. 8. 243 s 
frt 8 400 should be made to pay as 
a tine for his offence--6 Attack, as- 
sault Y.2. 1 2. -7 Overcoming, mast- 
ering mentally, comprehending) 3- 
ftf*fffftAfm*i Ram.-8 Over- 
Stepping; grw am frfSrat jirimt Ken. 
-9 A class, kind- 



q. v- 

a- i Exceeded, surpassed 
2 Violated, outraged. 

37*riH<Z- [?-5.f5P. III. 2-157 ] 

Exceeding, surpassing. 

3wf3* a- [ aTntarfa ti%i ] Beyond 
the cognizance ( reach ) ol the 

senses; swf^reswqqw^: R. 3. 41 ; 



; fTiTHi%: Si. I. II T: The 
Soul of Purusha, ( in Sankhya ) 
Phil. ); the Supreme Soul r I 
Pi adh ana or nature (in Sankhya 
Phil. )-2 The mind ( in Vedanla ) 
^flwaff3*wi5r: H^f 1 ^ 5 ^^: **w. Ms. 
I- 7- ( Kull. irj'maTfJT gart ^ft'4 IR; ). 



[ aTfii-5^ ] ind- I Exceeding- 
ly, excessively, very, very much, 
quite, loo ; 'Jifsa.'gg &c. Surpass- 
ing, superior to ( ace- ) ; si?fhiT- 
: Mb- 



*3^ a- Not bulky, lean, lank. 
wy a. Ved. Not rich or liberal- 

j a. [ t. ' ] Unequalled, un- 
surpassed, matchless, peerless, in- 
comparable, very greats *T*WJW j- 
Pt. 5- 31. ; so^usf, *CT &c- 
: The sesamum seed and plant 



a- Unequalled &c. 

. Not cold. Cotnp^. t- 
Sun; so afjf? i i T , rf?r, "smr 
&c- 

^Tif ] Not 



a. [ * gg.-ft 
a donor or giver, not 



. , Ved. 

Not obstructed or stopped or injur- 
ed, unhurt. ?f The unlimited 
space, sky.-Comp ?f a- Ved. 
whose plans cannot be obstructed 
or are unhurt. im^ a Ved. whose 
path cannot be obstructed. 



^: [ i fpi arm, ar^-ar'j. ] ' Not 
eating grass', a new-born calf; *n 
fa Bn Ar. Up- 

[ * .a. ] A small quantity 
of grass. 



. 

Ved. Not assailable, immovable, 
solid, firm ( as a mountain ) 

w?HSLd. [**] I Not bright, 
dim.-2 Weak, feeble--3 Insignifi- 
cant; so *tcl3T^i, ar^jn^K.-^H. Dim- 
ness, shadow, darkness; absence of 
vigour, feebleness, dulness- 

?*: [ araft t'sfa naa f%ffa, wM 
&c- arnt.-'Rf. T^^'Uri 3. 43] I A travel 
ler.-2 A limb or member ( of the 



35 



body). -3 (Ved-) Water, lightning 
garment, armour ( ? ) 

arr^ra: N. of the author of some 
Vedic hymns a descendant of Vis- 
vamitra. 

aim [ arafa Hera 
nra:] i. A mother -2 An elder sis- 
ter.-3 A mother-in-law; ( rarely ) 
mother's sister. 



., 

f%i.J An elder sister &c. 
&C. See under ar^. 



battle, light. 

s?3 [ aiafa e<ra TE^ra; *r?v s ' Un. 3. 
6. 1 I Wind.-2 The sun. -3 A 
traveller- Written also as 



A courser, steed. 

ar?^ a. Ved. Emancipated from 
sin or evil- 

airfft a. Surpassing fire. fa: 
Morbidly rapid digestion. 



<?m ] The optional sec, nd part of 
the Jyotishioma sacrifice. 

*?<ij?F a. [ aJf5TT3:iia: ] Past the 
goad, uncontrollable, unmanage- 
able; 'flfq^f '* Tst Ram- 

f*re*^ m. A long or wearisome 
travelling; a long journey. 



i'a a- [ wfasfita: aYa H)RT HI?T ] i 
Excessive, much, very great or 

strongs "**< great enmity ; *A * 
^iif?*UHw: Kii. 5. 26-2 Com- 
plete, perfect, absolute i ar*nn: 
absolute non-existence ; See be- 
ow- -3 Endless, perpetual, per- 
manent, everlasting, unin term pted, 
unbroken; fa *r wrrwifirttiwfajn'fr- 
f<pt R. 14.65 *w?nrwa Pt. I.IJP 
Ms- 5. 46 i Bg. 6- 28 ; 
<i Me. 109 ; ira i ?<mH- 
to fo^ H. 4- 73. n i</. 
I Exceedingly, excessively, very 
much, to the highest degree; ^ifr- 
mfa *TT*?T ur 3j$i 1^1 Pr. I. 33 ; 
fir^i Mu. 4 14 very young.-2 For 
ever, to the end ( of life ), through 
life; ftf'(WTrTO?T5jr!nsg*TTmn$'ift*?**rm 
S. I. 27 for all time, in perpetuity; 
T VR4ii*|<Ri suwitaiH V. 4 2. ; oft 
in comp.i Vit See below ; inflri'(T- 
ftgn^fa Ku- 4. 2 for ever lost to 
view; R. 14. 49-3 Absolutely, 
perfectly, completely- -COMP. 
i 1 *!*: absolute or complete non- 
existence, absolute non-entity, a 
thing which does not exist at any 



one of the three periods of time' 
or does not exist for all time ; Iw- 
T3^HH^rrai^ssreT9qYr>ra: . ( This is con- 
sidered to be fr?*r or eternal and 
different from the other kinds of 
arm*! ). ir a . going or walking too 
much or too fast. *?t a. I. gone 
or departed for ever, gone never 
to return ; ^n^rffnaT i nf ^j: R. 8. 

56. 2. always applicable , perfectly 
intimate or pertinent. TRT: /. I. 
has sense of' completely'; wrpifl- 
T<TI TT.raP. V- 4. 4- 2. completion, 
accompl shment. info*, a. I. going 
or waJking very much, _going too 
fast or quickly 2. excessive, much. 

tlfi%:y. complete disappearance, 
absolute cessation.-^rffan; m. [^a.- 
mft] one who constantly stavs with 
his preceptor, as a student- H'TTT: 
I close proximity, uninterrup'ed 
continuity ; : wo5TCT i fr<r'rsia^ P II. 

29. 2- Inseparable co-existence- 
-qh:excessive sexual intercourse- 

gfiw a- very tender- (-':) a kind 
of grain. 

a. [ arf^a T^sra; aifia ?i, ] 
I Going too m;ich or too fast. 2 
Veiy near.-3Not near, distant. * 

ana* t*ai ] i Close pro- 

ximity, immediate neighboarhood 
or being in close proximity. -2 
Great distance- 



a- [ wni 
-& P. V. 2. 
walking too much, 



Bk. 



II. J Going or 
going too fast 



of 



] Very acid or sour. *a: N 
a tree, Spondias Mangifera. 
A species of citron 

&c. See under 



a. 

Beyond the proper worth or mea- 
sure, excessive, very great, intense, 
exorbitant; *mwT.M. 2. 13. *J aii<- 
Very much.exceedingly.excessive- 

t?f4 q^im^f^ ftw 
Mu. 2. 5; Tu^ ft fl 

Bg 7. 17; oft. in comp-; *fr5f- 
5 7. II excessively pinched; 



a. Ved. Passing over or 
through t e sieve or strainer (epi- 
thet of Soma ) 



A metre of 4 lines, 
each containing 17 syllables. 

Exceeding 



I Contempt, blnme, censure ; 
nntRV^I P- V. I- 134 -2 Bigness 
of person, a very large body. 



a day in duration. 



J Deviat- 

ing from established usages or 
customs, negligent. v. Perform- 
ance of works not sanctioned by 
usage ( *rgf%3T=TW ) -, irreligious 
conduct. 

sHrTrf^ra. Surpassing the (lustre 
of the ) sun ; vriv&i ffl*?5 ^t 
fUgw*: Me 43. 

wr^r^^r Morbid indifference to 
the pleasures of sexual union. 

3ir^ra(*f i Laying on, imposition. 
-2 Transgression. -3 Violation of 
not keeping the sacred fire. 
a [ | or w( Tsjj i Trans 
grossing -2 Past going time. i: I 
Transgression, violat ion- -2Ex cess. 
-3 Great gain or profit ( sfasifoat 
fTM; ). 

affif^H- I ajft-an-m-f 1 A kind Of 
sacrificial-vessel 

Grown to excess; "stff 
u-n*T5: R. 12. 33 e,. 
is:/. A very high position, r great 
elevation or rise; 
ftgT 5 1 . 4 v- 

TrTT^: R 10- 42. 
[ a?fa5Tti Hfian aj.mli 
Mra-37r-3T^.-ar^ ] N of a plant 
?* Plumbago Rosea. 

Wrira: [arfa-am-H^J Allowing to 
pass, oniy in ace- sing, as "igsj 
5?i?TF)ie or ^sufmH ft: <rii<ift P. 
Ill 4- 57 after an interval of 2 days 
qraftfar jj^flra^wr g,^: "^"Jra ). 
[ anw anfl? ffi, aTfiamtfti?! 
Hl ^tqa rt?r^Tv-) A great 
calamity, danger or evil, misfor- 
tune, mishap: accident; i 
ffa S. i, 

a Hmi^ft U- 2; "" 
Mif^Vs^ffinlB Mv- 6; 
4. evil or evil news i ott. as an ex- 
cJamation, 'Ah rae ! ' ' alas ! 
alas ! ', ' how bad it is ! ' Mai. 3, 
7; V. 5 -2 A rash or daring deed 
( jfTTTifqiy w ) ; - 
fWTii. Mv. 4 50 rash 
cal deed ; 
Ve- 2- 



V. 4 * 

M- 



and demonia- 



at 3?fa^iar ] N of a class of metres 
of 4 lines, each of 2 syllables. 

wf^Mi:y; Exaggeration, hyper- 

bole, over-drawn or coloured de- 

scription ; 3?Fiwr i ml n 

W4 * =f1 fl-n i Udbhata- Sec H 

i also 



86 



a. Very fierce. * Asafoe- 
tida. 

wr^Ti* a- [ 3ft sria^ro; ] Above 
guiles, trustworthy, tried; WT?& ni- 

aTr^R?iT ind. [swn^'M^ A particle 
of abuse, occurring in comp. with 
1, 9 or arg,. 

wf^w a, Ved. Overflowing or 
bubbling over. 

arr^s: f an?rtT%i 3^5: <r^; ] i Close or 
deep meditation or thinking) earn- 
est reasoning.-2 [arfn?m* 3^^ 
5R--T\] A gallinule 
plant (imS^t ) Nyct- 
anthes. Tristis, or Jasminum Vil- 
losum. 

ant ( arai Ved- ) ind- [ ariwit, IB- 



TV. "] i In this place, here t 
Mfcnrs* j<rftr: S- I- ! ** ^5$ 
K- 119 here-here i. t just 
now --2 In this icspect, matter, or 
case i as to this, ( serving the pur- 
pose of wfon, ft** or of the forms- 
wfw. or "wffrr*, amt &c.with a sub- 
stantive or adjectival force 
qwt R 1?** H*>f4 H. I i ac 
HOT R- 3. 50i nfcm 
S- 51 ?* >ft*nt5 frr^r S. 6 informing 
him of this matter -3 There, in 
that direction. -4 Then, at that 
time I Ved $ - ) : ra TK who is 
there ? which of the servants is in 
attendance ? who waits there? 
( used in calling put to one's ser- 
vants &c.i cf. Hindustani k hat ) 
-r-C'OMP. w'fft ad'j in the mean- 
while. meantime S- 3. II- q* a. 
( ST/. ) reaching so far upi as tall 
as this.-*r*j ( m wt) an honorific 
epithet meaning' worthy'.' rever- 
ed', 'honourable', ' your or his 
honour', and referring to a person 
that is present or near the speak- 
er^ opp. wro*n)i ""i* f- 'your 



or her lady-ship ' ( 55$ 

); 



: S. 2\ 
S. i. 



Belonging to, 
nected with, this place i 
(jrawf a inr?jt: wjif: JPTT: R. 
-2 Produced or lound here, 
place, local. 

* a. Ved Not giving or 
ing protection f: Ved. 
An eater, devoifrer t a 
Rakshasa. j Food 

**i a [*.*.] Shanxless, 
dent. immodest- 

i/. The year before 



or con- 



15. 72. 
of this 

enjoy- 
w^-ft.] 
demon. 

impu- 
last(?). 



a. 



R. 



afraid, fearless ( a 
r. 21. 

wlf a. [properly f?^, Un 4. 68, 
ar^ftrfta, w^-ftT. ] Devoureri Rv- 2 
8- 5. '%: N. of a celebrated sage 
and author of many Vedic hymns. 
[ He appears in the Vedas in hy- 
mns, addressed to Agni, Indra.the 
Asvins and the Visvedevas. In the 
Svayambhuva Manvantara he ap- 
pears as one of the ten Prajapatis 
or mind-born sons of Brahma, be- 
ing born from his eye. These sons 
having died by the curse of Siva, 
Brahma performed a sacrifice, at 
the beginning of the present Vai- 
vasvata Manvantara, and Atri was 
born from the flames of Agni. 
Anasuya was his wife in both 
lives. In the first she bore him three 
sonsi Datta, Durv.isas and Soma 
in the second she had two addi- 
tional children.a son by name Arya- 
man and a daughter called Amahi 
I'n the- Ramiyawa an account is 
given of the visit paid by Kama 
and Si'ta to Atri and Anaswysi in 
theirhermitage, when they both 
-eceived them most kindly ! 5ee 
Anaswyi. \s a R/shi or sage he 
ifcone of the seven sages who were 
all sons of Brahma, and represents 
in Astronomy one of the stars of 
the Great Bear situated in the 
north. He is also the authorof a 
code of litre known as arft^far" or 
3Tn*a'f^m,,In the Purinas he is said 
to have produced the moon from 
bis eye, while he was practising 
austere penance, the moon being 
in consequence called an^r.-sTra,- 
POT, srf^n^jf. "-am, re &c. cf-also 
iti'd(Jh^ tff: R. 2- 75 and 
: V. 5.21] (pi.) descendants 
of Atri. 

aTfH m. A devoure'r,.a demon- 

ai?B?*: [ 'niw f'mtfni ] N. of a 
sacrificial vessel. 

ail ( Ved ajiri ) ind. [<-, T*T? 
^f; TV ] A particle used at the 
beginning ( of works) mostly as a 
sign of auspiciousness, and trans- 
lated by' here, ' ' now ' ( begins ) 
(RIP!, wrte, arftfrt). ( Properly 
speaking ' auspiciousness ' or *r 
is not the sense of OT> but the very 
utterance or hearing of the word 
is considered to be indicative of 
auspiciousness, as the word is 
supposed to have emanated from 
the throat of Brahn>4: w 



ii and therefore we find 
in SUnkara Bhlshya 



* Pt. 2. 

( usually followed by 5^ at the 
end , ?ra wm; here ends &c- ).-2 



Then, afterwards (arr*a$) aw nwr- 
iir*ifst<J: nwra t=ri 9j gfi^ R. 2.1; 
often as a correlative of TR; or ^l., 
m^?i: S- 7; 



P. in. 3. 9. Sk. -3 If, suppo- 
sing, now if. incase, but if (^rar); 
aisr ^g^tr3^iiw K- 144.^6'. 5. fijr 
(fi: iBrRT?T igar Tfs'r 
Ve- 3- 4. aw ^ST?T S- 7; 

Ku. 5. 455 Mu. 3. 25; Ki. I. 44i *" 
iTm*rcnf4mqiT R. 8. 51 while, but, 
on the other hand; oft followed by 
TO: or nwft, Bg. 12 9, Hi 2. 26; 
aw ^n but if Bg. 2. 33-. 18. 58. -4 
And, so also, as also, likewise (H- 
g^f ); nroi^RT ^t MlTO Mk- I, 3* 
Ms. 2. I. 315 ^rnirj'i: G. M- -5 
Used in asking or introducing qu- 
estions ( w ) oft. with the interro- 
gative word itself; aw T flsmm 
: rsft S. 7; ai&m. ag 



G. M-v a*'JT- 
M- 5* Bg. 3. 36; 
S. 2i 

aii ni5OT nm (* ug^ S- 6 ( aw mav 
in these two sentences mean 'but') 
-6 Totality, entirety ( i?^ )^ anv 
4 oireitpn*: G M-u'e shall ex- 
plain the whole * (^ in all its de- 
tails ) -7 Doubt, uncertainty ( w- 

?TT, <^*5q ); ?IS^Tfir'Il5Jtflf?'l; G. M. 

The senses of w usually given by 
lexicographers are: w 
W I R^ wnintHifirwd'ia?^ ^ I 
Hfcnjnn nw?nFirtt'.fti H Some of these 
senses ar identical with those in 
( I ), while some are not in general 
use. -COMP-- *Pr moreover, and 
again &c. ( =*w in most cases li** 
likewise, also TO .what else, yes, 
exactly so, quite so, certainly; fr 
ir (cf:>i|^r iarrai S I; "ft^wsw- 
3<WT; HfTf: i a?-' ra Mu I- W I. or 
( used like the English disjunctive 
conjunction 'or' and occupying the 
same place). *rofr'( qf'srii SOT: $">$- 
wtft^.H. i. 58; BT5orr yif Ms. 
7 198; aw5is)jm either ors nw is 
often used in the same sense with 
*M s>rm%<rrn % *r pt. 3. 38 ( Ms. 7. 
I8.2i-inf'< art also used in the same 
sense <tff^* ?rct sjsrifiToinqrft i u- 
1181 8.287.2, or rather, or why, or 
perhaps; is it not so (correcting or 
modifying a previous statement )-, 
why should there be any thought 
or hesitation about ^t, or it is no 
wooden arfo srw yjnwff^ii^m^ysa*?- 
i awit f* t S. I-, I. l6i T 



R. I. 3-4; 



8. 45' 



6. 40; aiqi^> 



37 



Bh- 2- 10. 



' in most senses; 

T .^zjw Ku. 5- j-- 

>JT foot Ms. 2. 240, 3. 202, Bg. 
4- 35- Ki. 5 16, 6- 1- 

aroft:-fr Ved m f. A finger; fin- 
ger-like or pointed flame ( ? ) 
awria Den P- To go constantly 
*iw-f a. Ved. Moving constant- 
ly, tremulous ( nn^ra ) Rv. 1. 1- I; 
pointed like a lar.ce, lambent ( ? ). 
"T. below. 



fsdm: ] i Siva- 2 N- of 
the Atharvaveda- See below- 

probably connected with some 
word' like athar fire ] I A priest 
who has to worship fire and Soma- 
-2 A Brahmana -3 N. of the priest 
who is said to have first brought 
down fire from the heaven, 
offered Soma and recited prayers- 
[ He is represented as the elder 
son of Brahma, sprung from his 
mouth ; as a Prajipati appointed 
by Brahma tp create and protect 
subordinate beings, who first learnt 
fro n Brahma and then taught 
the Brahmavidya and is consider- 
ed to be the author of the Veda 
called after him- His wife was 
Santi, daughter of Kardama 
Prajapati. He had also another 
wife called Chitti; he s also consi- 
dered identical with Angiras and 
father of Agni. ] -4 Epithet of 
Siva, Vasish/ha. -( pi. ) Descend- 
ants of Atharvan; hymns of -this 
Veda; ft^ig rt(iafrr: R. 17. 13. -aY4 
m.n. '%%: The Atharvaveda,regard- 
ed as the fourth Veda [ It contains 
.many forms of imprecations 
for the destruction of enemies and 
also contains a great number of 
prajers for safety and averting 
mishaps, evils, sins or calamities', 
and a number of hymns, as in the 
other Vedas, addressed to the 
gods with prayers to be used at re- 
ligiousand solemn ritess^ cf. Mv. 
2- 24. qja^fartutjul ft'tff^UJ'SiiTT finw;. 
It has nine Sakha i and five Kalpas, 
and is comprised in 21 Kandas- 
The ra&st important Brahmana 
belonging to this Veda is the 
Gopatha Brahmana ' and the LJpa- 
nishads pertaining to it are stated 
to be 52, or, according to another 
account, 31.] ( cf. Zend atharvan, 
Pers. zturbait. ) -COM P. -an**: N. 
of 3 Mercury ( w>A'(ife'?t tfta: *ntr- 
-ihi <<<;< 14,). -ftft:> -flff tn. recepta- 
cle of the ( knowledge of ) Athar- 
vaveda. or conversant with it; 
R. 8. 4, I -59; 



fl Malli. ) 
->UTi: ( pi ) those who have be- 
come Atharvansi N- Of the I2Mah- 
arshis. 

Qrc 53 wr 



N.of anUpanishad dealing 
with Brahmavidya 



i 3T 

TV. ] j A 
Brahmana versed in this Veda* Or 
skilled in the performance of the 
rites enjoined by it. -2 A family 
priest (. 



m- A member of the 
class of this name- -( pi. ) I Des- 
cendants of Atharvan and of Angi- 
ras- -2 N. of the hymns of the Ath- 
arvaveda 5 

fll! Y. I- 3 



a. (m/-) Connected with 
-H OEfice of this person 
-t: Hymns of this Veda. 



Ritual of the Atharva- 
veda- -">:> *R5.One studying or 
versed in this Veda or the ritual 



a. Ved. [ 

TV. ] Not injuring or 
hurting, not destructive; pierced 
by -a lance ( ? ). 
aw, wr^t See under *w. 
a(Z2 P- [ TI%, arr^, araw, TOH5, 
ai^na, aw, 3T*-3Trm ( SOIS^T ] i To eat, 
devour. -2 To destroy. -3 =3??, q.v. 

Caus. To feed with, cause to 
eat; w^tww ^g'li Sk. Desid- rarc- 

To wish to eat. [ cf. L- edo, 
Gr edo, Germ- essen, Eng- eat; 
Lith- edmi. Sans, admi, Goth, at, 
Zend ad]. With *w to satisfy by 
food, get rid of with feeding! (fig-) 
stop the mouth of. wi to eat &c. 

H H to use up, consume, 
devour; 4< : *fri*'* i" 1 : Bk. 18. 12- 

ft to gnaw. 

] One who eats; 
TR Ms. 8. 309. 

a. ( at the end of Comp- ) 
Eating, devouring; wai^ carnivo- 
rous. feeding on flesh; SOHF*I. 

a. [ " ] Toothless. ?: A 
serpent without teeth? one whose 
fangs have been taken out, 

a. [ *. a. J I Not right, left - 
-2 [ f. * ] Not bringing in Daksh- 
ina to the priests; without any 
gifts ( as a sacrifice )'. #r iryw^ 
rfcor: Pt. 2. 94- -3 Simple, weak- 
minded, silly; *i WWft <ft|W- 
R?^r"it Ram. -4 Not handy, skil- 
ful or clever; awkward. -5 Un- 
favourable. 



Dakshina. 



a. Not deserving 



a. Not burnt not burnt ac- 
cording to the rites. 

r$f a. ["*] Free .or. exempt 
from punishment. 

a- i Not deserving punish 



ment 

Y.2. -2 'Exempt or free from 
punishment; n^*^tHm tif'iftw ^i W- 
v^tiwsm Ms- 8. 335. 

a- Toothless- 



a. i Not given- -i Unjust- 
ly or improperly given- -3 Not 
given in marriage- 4 Not having 
given, any thing. m An unmar- 
ried girl. n A gift which is null 
and void ( having been given nn 
der particular circumstances. 
which make it revoca >le). -Cowfp. 
-3tT$i3n. a. The receiver of such a 
gift; one who takes what has 
not been ^iven away, such as a 
thief; ^'mqil<i < il spaiTjS^i a muil wi i 
TOT *&?* : n ^rt Not 



affianced or betrothed -before; 
^ji) Mai. 4. 

a. [ *r^-iT am ] Ved. Fit 
to be e ten; ST^IT 3*3 wfrM P.v 
5.49. 3( 



P. VIIL. 2.80-81 ] Going to that, 
tending to that. 



a- [ *r w. ] i Toothless- -2 
Not yet having the teeth formed 
of grown ( said of young ones of 
men or animals before the teething 
time ) -3 Ending in sflj or w. n: 
I A leech. -2 N- of Pushan, one of 
the 12 ^4dityas, he having lost his 
teeth, at the destruction of Da- 
ksha's sacrifice by V/'rabhadra- 

ai^ft a- I Not dental. -2 Not fit 
for the teeth; injurious to them. 



a. [ f - n- ] Ved. Un 
broken or unimpaired, unhurt, 
uninjured; pure, true; *$, or *rg: 
having uninjured or pure life; 
leaving uninjured the man who 
sacrifices; *rfit, "w whose works or 
religious observances are unim- 
paired- 

ar^v a- [ ^Sr^,, ' * ] Not scanty 
plentiful, copious; ar^u^!*T<if4jrs't 
wt Ki- I- 38i*wftifr Dk- 35- 

vy* a- Honest, undeceitful ^: I 
Honesty, absence of deceit- -2 N. 
of." 



[ ' '. 1 Merciless, unkind, 
cruel.f ind. Mercilessly; ardent- 
ly; ferventlyi closely ( as an em- 
brace ) v - 5- 9. 



38 



31: I Day of new moon. 2 A 
mirror ( =WT^$I ). 



?3H I Not seeing, non-vision ; 
absence, not being seen; flmt?itrg- 
Tm^iT R. 2. 73; *fl>fl PtT^?faw'?.i% 
P. J. 4 28 the person who-e sight 
one wishes to avoids"^ if:Pt. 2; 
*$yi?: Pt I become invisible! Wf 
r> i nnrr Pt. 2 going out of his sight, 
beyond the reach of vision; *n u- 
RTCTR^ TOvMvi V. 4. 2 lost to 
view, become invisible. 2 Neglect, 
or failure to see; wi^rori^^ ^ Ms. 
10.43. -3 ( Gram ) Disappearance, 
eli ion, omission; #%$i wi; P I. 
I. 60. 



a. 1 Leafless. -2 Without 
pans. : A plant ( tiara) Eugenia 
or Barringtonia Aoutangula t 
A plant (v^ff'n) Aloe Indica 
Royie. 



T pro n. a. [ 



<J. I Not giving, miserly , 
mw^Tj: Ms. II. 15 not libe- 
ral. -2 Not giving (a daughter ) in 
i marriage ; *rs?rat ftni afar: Ms. 9. 
4--3 Not liable to payment- 

*?rie? a. Having w<j,at *he head, 
a term used to mark roots of the 
second conjugation. 

*?IT a. [*.*.] I Not giving, 
miserly. -2 Without rut ( or not 
charitable ) ; 'H^H: IH^IOT: ?r^ ^ 
*frwf: i w?rT: <fTH^r^iT5 HST t?;r f| 
Pt. 2 70. 



(/) Sp.ech 



. , ! 

T a. Ved. Not giving, mis-rly' 
poor ; irreligious, impious. 



_ Sankara ) 

() A co^. ( h) Milk i wife (?). 
-v (dual) .Heaven and earth. 
[si^fa literally means 'unbounded', 
'the boundless Heaven,' or. accord- 
ing to others) 'the visible infinite. 
the endless expanse beyond the 
earth, beyond the clouds, beyond 
the sky.' According to Yaska wf^- 
mr^Tsri ^mar, and the v^rse begin- 
ning with of^lJT; &c. Rv I. 89. 
16; he interprets by taking 3rf|r% to 



a. Ved i Faithful, trusty. 
-2 Uninjured, unhurt. -3 Pure.un- 
dtfiled. -4 Unapproachable. 

a- [ ^mw ^ra"i ?WT ] Not en- 
titled to a share. 



.. TV. ] ( ., 

w./.. w?: H. ). That, < referring to 
a person or thing not present or 
near the speaker. ) ( fa^f y or q<^r ); 



ftnfg ^fePt w?i^ Ttsrofrmj u 
si wnptfift N- i. 6.; *i 
wrfff *a=rrR qTf*i?m i Ms. 2- 
122 I am that person, so and so 
( giving the name ) ; ajarepmlr 
*?w. 130, 216; Y. I. 26. *su is, 
however, often used with reference 
to wrcr or Hftfi objects &c- in the 
sense of ' this here ', ' y< nder ' ; w- 
flV WTO: wii;>p*mt R. 6. 21 ( HHT- 
refa rrfraftwi H^ : Malli.); fr 



5 I. 8.1 



'> 4 . 17, 



often used in the sense of a<j as a 
correlative of ^ ; ffwnsj ft fr;Tj K- 
3rm g*in$r Ms. 4. 170 he who &c- 
But when it immediately follows 
the relative pronoun (*Jf^, ^ WR> 
&c. ) it conveys the sense of fo 
'well-known', 'celebrated ', ' reno 
wned ' 'ftai^ifs'wijr: ^retit^strrfi- 
WITT-I: Ms- 1.71 qi^n fiRif5^t IIR 
Mu. 31 *t 'iff: Dk. 68 i simetimes 
*^H used by_ its_elf conveys this 
sense > ftgffa fiM^rii^ UI?T irfits^i 
that (so well-known to us all) 
moon too. See the word fj^ also 

and the quotations from K. P. 

ind. There, at that time, then, thus 
ever; correlative to some Prono- 
minal forms; oer^:, 1^1^: whenever, 
wherever &c. By ^flsg^ir P i 4 
7o ^ has the force of a (ift) 
preposition when no direction to 
another is implied ; i:?,ri 1 ^^i 
i( "T^il g ^: fiMr, 37^: 5,^ , 5^ 

P. To become that 



ai^wr? a i Not entitled to be an 
heir i gfli^nrTfis^im^r ff Ni. 
H 5ts>a asm: ^4T?fT4T i tfi^H w 
TT^I^^IT: u Ms. 9. 160. -2 Desti 
ttite of heirs. 



(-it/.) [irwgft - 
i '. ^. ] I That which is not claimed 
by an heir; destitute of heirs ; v?r- 
i* 4 nwiTiSr Katy. -2 Not relating 
to inheritance. 

3KfK: [ T. f . ] i One who has no 
wife, a widower or bachelor. -2 [* 
] Not injuring or tearing. 

A free man i Ms. 10. 32. 



. I Incombustible- -2 Not 
fit to be burnt on the funeral pile. 
-3 Not capable of being burnt, 
epithet of 



"'^S a. Ved. Having no direc- 
tion or region of the world for one- 
self ; banished from beneath the 
sky. 



a. [ i ?ro?t 

P>ee, not tied t boundless, 
unlimited, inexhaustible, entire, 
unbroken, happy, pious ( mostly 
Ved. in all these senses ). ra: 
WW nrtonrm ; ar^-s%^ ] i Devourer 
-. f. death ; Tg>^r5Tua rifr^wnmTrT, 
ni m armra B<^?f%%f* jS/-/. yf r . Up. 
-2An epithet of God m:/ [ i ^rj 
w: ] I Inability to give, poverty* 
2 [ ^ig &j aj^zn j ( rt ) The earth. 
( A ) The goddess Aditi, mother of 
the Adityas, in mythology repre- 
sented as the mother of gods; see 
further on. (c) Freedom, security; 
boundlessness, immensity of space 
Copp. to the earth ). (d) Inexhau- 
stible abundance, perfection ( e ) 
The lunar mansion called 



.,. 
In the A'gveda Aditi is frequently 
implored ' for blessings on chil- 
dren and cattle, for protection and 
for forgiveness'. She is called 
' Devamata ' being strangely 
enough represented both as mother 
and daughter of Daksha She had 8 
sons; she approached the gods with 
7 and cast away the 8th ( ;l/,;r/a</a, 
the sun. ) [In another place Aditi 
is addressed as ' supporter of the 
sky, sustainer of the earth, sove- 
reign of this world, wife of Vishnu', 
but in the .V/ahabharata, Rcimaynna 
an;l Puranas, Vishnu is said to be 
the son of Aditii one of the seve- 
ral daughters of Daksha and given 
in marriage to Kasyapa by whom 
she was mother of Vishnu i i his 
dwarf incarnation, and also of In- 
dra, and she is called mother of 
gods and the gods her sons, ' aditi 
nandanas'; See Daksha and 
kasyapa also ]. CoMP- *:, -*$i: 
a god, divine being. 

afC^ a. Not low or depressed 
high spirited ; mighty, not poor 
rich, happy. -Cow p. w?^. -fi%,- 
ST* a- not depressed in spirit, high- 
spirited, high mettled. 

^fre a- NoHong. -CoMP- n*. 
-ofi* a. [ * $fa q$ g^ti nrerfh q^T ] 
quick, prompt in action- 

, a- [**.] Free from evil 
propitious. -CoMP. mft the prop! 
tious 9th day in the bright half of 
'TT^I when women worship Devi 
to avert evil for the ensuing year. 

a 5^J' r a. Ved. Free from evil, 
propitious. 

*5 <T " I Not inaccessible, not 
difficuU of access. -2 Destitute of 
: an unfortified country 

a. Ved. Unremitting, 
zealous, cheerful. 

*r</. Ved. Not zealous, dilatory; 
not worshipping. 

^ a. Not rijstant, nea'r (in time 
or space ) ; ^mff ftilg TIJT? i5*rorarff- 
f: R. I. 87 ; v>3fi?T?rafRg g^rlr' 
I- 40 t "fitor: Sk. not far 



39 



from 30, i- e- nearly 30 ; 'WT if g 
i%5isTn^i%: K- 142 easily provoked 
irascible. * Proximity! vicinity 
: R. 6- 34 i 
T: Sk. ; s^,- 

. ( With gen or abl. ) not far 
from! at no gieat distance from 
^ ftr*nHiTii ft ni? V- 3 not far 

distant, very near. 

wjiwar a. Not vitiated) uncor 
ruptedi unspotted, irreproachable > 
rfi possessing anuncorruptedsoul 

?H a. Not proud, not vain 
not proud-mind :-d, sober, calm. 

#&ia. [ *. * ] I Sightless, blind 
-2 Not seeing, not perceiving. 

a. I Invisible ; faitq H*H 
Ku 4. 45. -2 Not capable ol 
being seen, epithet of <IT>W -CoMp. 
*iT<A rendering invisible) a part 
of a conjurer's legerdemain. 

TES a- I Invisible! not seen. 
not seen before. -2 Not known or 
experienced, not felt i -i%:?5r*i H.I 
!45.-3Uuforeseen, not observed or 
thought of? unknown, unobserved 
-4 Not permitted or sanctioned. 
illegal s i inrst ( yg ) 51?** Ms 
8- 153. s: N. of some venomous 
substance or vermin. * i The in- 
visible one.-2 Destiny, famd luck 
( goo.l or bad ) i tjsfafir 



Virtue or vice as the eventual 
cause of pleasure or pain- (Fate is 
supposed to be the result of good 
or bad actions done in one state 
of existence and experienced in 
another, the performance of good 
deeds being rewarded with reside- 
nce in Heaven, and of bad deeds, 
visited with condemnation to Helli 



?B: Bhasria. P. l6l-2. 
The Vedantins do not recognize 
or lucks fhf im: 



rfrr 



TV. ). 4 
An unforeseen calamity or danger 
( such as from fire, wa'er &c. ). 
-CoMP.-aro a. [ *. ] having a meta- 
physical or occult meaning, meta- 
physical i having an object not 
evident lo the senses. -*k\ a-/ one 
whohas had no practice or practical 
experience, noi practical, inexpe- 
rienced; <wwe?Wr : ?rigim fitajf. 
m H. 3. 54. -*v, -$n: one of the 
20 ways of peace-making, in which 
no third person is seer, said of a 
treaty concluded by the parties 
themselves without a mediator 
H. 4- 119.-** a. [*.]that of which 



the consequences are not yet visi- 
ble. ( -w ) the ( future ) result of 
good or bad actions; the result or 
consequence hidden in the future- 

?^. a- destroying poisonous 
vermin ( ? ). 

as^fs: /. [ frsgr efg: ] I An evil or 
malicious eye, evil look, an angry 
or envious look. -2 Not beingseen 
-a [*.*] Blind, sightless. 

"?i a. Not to be given i what 
cannot o_r ought not to be given 
away ; *3*mrir:ro^* VPW K 3 16 

* That which it is not right 
or necessary to give Wife, sons- 
deposits, and a few other things, 

belong to this class : wmf 



-COMP. 



unlawful gift. 



?J a. [=>.*.] I Not god-like 
or divine, not pertaining to a deity. 
-2 Godless, impious, irreligious. 
*: [=r. er . ] One who is not a god- 
-COMP. i a- [ i %*n: aw?t ^raa af^w, 
^ *T5t SB ] not gratifying the gods, 
such as food "t^ a. [ * ^rt WY 
nm figwr^i: Ttr ] not rained upon i 
( lit. ) not having the god of rain 
as mother to suckle or water s 
hence ( artificially ) supplied with 
the w..ter of rive_rs, canals &c .irri- 
gated ; izwn% ijrin^WTgqiTfsTrcr w- 

Ki. I- 17. 

-5 a. ( " $3 nftr snftft ] Not 
reaching the gc.ds by prajers, 
impiousi irreligious. 



: [ f. n. ] I A wrong placei 
not one's proper place or strong 
position i *wt r? ftvi w^rtiirpt |?T- 

H. 4 45 i %n w?r^f?r i: Ms. 8. 

358 i ft^t trJ*r ^n^ &c. -2 A bad 
country- The Smn'tis mention 
several places of this description : 



, &c. -COMP. *ira: wrong 
place and time i w^?r*i^ Tfnwqis- 
isi fw% i Bg. 17- 22. w a. [H a.] 
in the wrong place, out of place > 
absent from one's country. 



a. [ i- " ^j 'ff: ] I Not 
5t to be ordered, advised, indicated 
or pointed out ; ar^ * f^?if?T Ms. 
J. S3--.2 Not on the spot or pertain- 
ing to the place or occasion 
referred to- 

a. Ved. Invisible ( wew ) 



. Involving no humili- 
ation or self-degradation Bh. 3-144. 

., . a. ( flr /. ) I Not predestin" 
ed or predetermined ( by gods or 
>y Fate ). -2 Not connected with 



the gods or their action, not divine s 
*$* *T,3i^fr.5 Ms- 3. 247 ( Kull. 
l^^rsonli3T=TTf|<t). -3 Unfortunate, 
ill-faied. 



a. Not exaoting ; consi- 
derate ( as a king ). 

Not causing 



a. Ved. 
inconvenience. 



I The time when milking 
is not practicable- -2 Not milking; 
a*?t5 ^^^ R 17. 19. 

wffii a- [ a. ] I Free from 
faults, demerits, vices, or defects 
&c. i innocent ; armm^'y HrT^ift 
R- 14- 34- -2 Free from the faults 
of composition, such as ram, 
ymrcii &c., See fN; w^r^ ^is^m K. 
P. I. a^nr smn^ ^ts* Sur- K. I- 
*: Not a fault ; lftf^r^^ftn rat'iai 
5 1 * Ki. 14- ii though not at fault. 

ai^: [ arafr ^1:, 3Ti--wim n-t Un. I. 

!20i=3?>*T?T ] A sacrificial oblation 
called gftersr, q v 

ind- [ aTPJSr artj ^ ead rtpi frr* 
Tv. ] I truly, clearly, 
surely, undoubtedly, In truth, 
really, certainly, indeed ; si^t fw*f 
qTfi??ri?rj nr^w-^nT R. 13. 65. -2 
Manifestly, clearly ; s^rwm i faH 
w55T Bv- i. 95. -3 In this way, 
thusi^smfT?!;. COMP g^r: A 
right or true man. r3*rr: ( pi. ) 
N. of a school of the Sukla Yajur 
veda. ciJ(j*S a. having ear 
clearly or quite red- 

: Ved. A wise man, seer. 
a [ Un. 5- I arff <pt ^q,.; 

according to Nir- " *$ ' the like of 
which did not take place before-'] 
I Wonderful, marvellous ; ^n*OI 
wonderful deeds ; "ra having. won- 
derful smell ; 5$*,'** prodigious, 
extraordinary, transcendental, su- 
pernatural- -2 Ved. Unobserved, 
invisible (opp- F!f). fr I A won- 
der! a wonderful thing o)^ occur- 
rence, a prodigy, miracle; ?* 5?Jff 
w^ H^rf S- 5 a wonderful or un- 
expected occurrence ; wiiTfiwii'WTW 
ftoir^Xli^ " Ms. 4. Il8 -2 Sur- 
prise, astonishment, wonder (m-) 
also i 3^ttT^!ng*rfa f%f,trTnnrnr^ U. 
6 lost in wonder- tt: One of the 
8 or 9 Rasas, the marvellous senti- 
ment ; ^"rS Mftnr*$3prre: U. 3. 44- 
-2 N. of the Indra of the 9th Man- 
vantara.-COMP- 11-3 a. Ved. r in 
whom no sin is visible *$: a 
system of prodigies *<$!"' N. of 
a portion of a Brahmanabelonging 

to the Saniaveda- rt*f?r a resem- 
bling a marvel ; so '^w HK: the 



40 



wonderful resin ( of the WT^* or 
Catechu plant ) j Mimosa Catechu 
w a- having a wonderful sound. 
( -*: ) N. of Siva. 



r . Ved. Eating, a meal i a 
house ( ? ). 



Un. 



2. 104 s^n- 1 Fire. 



a. 
Voracious, gluttonous. 

*tr a- Eatable. Food, any- 
thing eatable ind. [ 
?w fttffir: WH*-'!''; arftsre, era 
Nir. ] I To-day, this day i 
n% ^reor: fnfor: Mai. 5 25 ; 
to-nighti this night; f nral5 this 
very morringi oft. in comp. with 
fy, T^ntf, &c. i 'fia^jfrt of this day, 

to-day's i *zro this very day. 2 
Now i ara i^ >rm TU>: Ks. 4. 68 
3 At present, now-a-days. [ cf. L- 
ho-die. ]. COMP. ft still, yet, 
even now, to this day, down to 
the present time or moment i w. 
nfo ft R^gfiiTO: (J. 3 ; watfq il^ 

ibid, i ** nut yet) TO $$ fet *n 

Tinift TO Ve- I- II; ( every one of 
the 50 stanzas of Ch. P. begins 
w.ith woifo ) wnv> i. from to-day; 
w *w^fi war? Ve. I- 2^ til I t(!-day. 
*f before now \ *H$*ii%ma &c 
win iwrf. from to day, this day 
forward, henceforth ; 
: Ku 5. 86. 



: P. V. 2. 13] likely toh:ippen 
to-day or tomorrow, imminent ; * 
j<oi, i : i%u1>i: Sk. ( =wra ). ( -n ) 
a female near delivery ( WIHWRH^I); 
*TU>HRra?s} P ; are wt 5T ftqrraa 
arenfrar a?wi Sk.-gfm extraction and 
consecration of Soma juice on the 
same day 

*onT a. ( fi /. ) [ are ust;-. am -ya 
JTIRW] i Pertaining or referring 
to, extending over, to-day * r ft5, 
"*M &c.-2 Curient now-a-days, 
prevalent r\t present, modern. *: 
The current or this day, period of 
the current day ( Kavi. on P I. 2. 
57 )i See OTSPI* also. rr (sal ?%:) 
A name given to the Aorist tense, 
as it denotes an action done to- 
day or on the s;ime day ( ='qf : ) 



j Of to-day ; '& 
Pt. 3. --' Modern. 



* <. Ved Blunt. 



a. Not bright. 



Un. 4. 65 i accord- 
Nir- fr. ? to tear or 



f * ?TfT9S^ 'T. ?T } Not 

obtained by gambling, honestly 
got. ?*r Unlucky gambling i the 
watch just before the dawn (?). 

3)3* a. [ * . f. ] Not liquid) not of 
the nature of a liquid. *:Not 
a liquid. 

3r?En [ T. a, ] A worthless thing, 
an object which is good for nothing; 

Pr. 43 1 hence, a worthless or 
bad pupil or recipient of instru- 
ction ; fi^j'sjoTJnjrf "?f ^fafwra'i H*T- 
srfilt M. iRwfpr jjra jj^^'TrA ^fr Mu. 
M4- 



% [ 
ing to 



eat..] I A mountain. -2 A stone, 
especially one for pounding Soma 
with or grinding it on.-3 A thun- 
derbolt ( siTrmfr *) Nir. ).~4 A tree. 
-5 The sun. -6 A mass of clouds 
( probably so ca'led from its rese- 
mblance to a mountain ); a cloud 
v arT^nmait nwfa trcft a^riJ Nir. ) 
mostly Ved. -7 A kind of mea- 
sure. -8 The number 7. -COMP. 
P:, ^m:, iw: &c. I- the lord of 
mountains, the Himalaya- 2- N- 
of Siva ( lord of Kailasa ) 
vfi a plant ( squfsmr ) Clitoria 
Ternat^ a Lin. ww [ w^: gra^ai: 
*ai: 31^3 55 wn; ] the earth ( -* ) 
N. of the mountain ra*iw. jf?: a 

mountain cave, mountain side R.2- 
38. w: fl. laT^onq^i 3T^] produced 
from or found among mountains, 
mountain-born- ( -TT ) I a plant 
( ^Mt ). 2.-<K^n, ?prer, WIT Sic. 
Parvatz ( -* ) red d-alk ( tjiBrorg ). 
wn a. mountain-born- (-" ) I- 
forest conflagration 2. the ' sun- 
born ', hamsa or swan- 3 form. 4. 
the Supreme Being. 5^1-5"=' 
Ved. [?".] expressed or extra- 
cted by means of stones -fmT.-sn^fT 
I. N- of Parvat/. 2 N- ofamrtre 
of 4 lines, each having 23 syllables 
fgj,-fa^ m. \ wf^ gfg w*ii% m, f^q- 

m^-^q,] the enemy or splitter of 
mountains (o. clouds personified), 
epithet of Indra. 5Tfou<m /. i. ;i 
mountain valley. 2 river taking 
its rise in a mountain, ira:,-*nr: 
&c. See p |fl ^|q a Ved. [ w|w$ 
j^ ft ?rf ] as s'rong or hard as a 
mountain mountain high (?). 
I* a- [ ^3 S5 j^t nw ] rooted in 
a mou.itain or rock ; as hard as a 
stone or mountain ^ a [ ar-ft vi^fa 
3Ti<r^ J'mountain-born (-^: ) N- of 
a plant ( angftfti or sdrrriicir ) u^ 
Ved. [ a?^: zm 



m *rr-3'?,] producing water from clo" 
uds. ( ^jraftn^j ) ; having a moun- 
tain for the mother (?)*&: forest 

conflagration. STCT; ( having the 
mountain ^m for his bed ) N- ot 
Siva i cf. *?$, *?5- ^"Tj-wtg moun- 
tain peak. gi CS^), ?n a. 
prepared or expressed by means 
of stones. ere: [ ar^: HK jj ^. w. ] 
' the essence of mountains ', iron. 
( a ) hard like a mountain ; ''i 
made of iron or very hard 



. Ved Armed with, or 
having, stones or thunderbolts- 

a< C " s - ] Ved. Free 



from malice. 



a. Ved. 

True, not false, free from malice ; 
Misspeaking the truth i'af'%3 guard- 
ing from malice.-^ ind. Without 
malice or falsehood- 

5i?: Absence 01 malice or ill-feel- 
ing, m deration, mildness; Ms-4.2. 

?5 a- Without duality or en- 
mity, <H*m*?fq^rra-fm *&5t K 131. 



a. [ ^nla 5^ vw ] i Not two. 
-2 Without a second, unique; sole ; 
Ved. Swtra r: 



N. of Buddha- r [ *. a.] Non- 
duality, unity, identity, especi- 
ally, the identity of Brahma 
and the universe, or of spirit and 
matter the highest truth.-COMP- 
*ii'^:=a7^w^: q. v. T 1 ^ ( =*ft a * ) 
one who propounds the identity 
of spirit and matter or of Brahma 
and the universe ( i*ra ?*<$ facwwi 
srr^q^at fgaiinfta ^m 5: nfctq^irar ). 2. 
Buddha- 

^^^-wjpis; a Veil. Having no 
second ; <?f w%vi #'S?<T. Rv- I. 187. 
3 (5"djifT]< free from duplicity, 
true, sincere (?) 



_ 
^ra: ] Not having two ways ( 



Rv. 1. 159. 3 



a. 5 

] Free from duplicity, the 
same internally or externally ("- 

Sff^fa^q ). 

*sn Not a duor, any passage or 
entrance which is not intended to 
serve as a regular door; *ff"?oi q 
n? 5ri i^R sr jr Ms. 4. 73= 
tn Y.I. 140. * 



a- [ ^'^a fitwWr JRJT ] 
Without a second, matchless, 
peerles.s.f *i 

M. 2 ; fiwt?fi 



41 



V. 2- -2 Without a companion, 
alone. -3 Sole, only, unique, su- 
preme. tf Brahma i ?fi <* w^j. 



aif^Vosf [^. <T. ] N t malevolent, 
not to be disliked- 

"^ a - [* * 1 Free from hatred 
or malevolence- *: Freedom from 
hatred. 



. ". ff.] Friendly, 
not hating. 

*tft a. [*..] I Not dual; of one 
or uniform nature, equable, un- 
changing ; "n swf :wft : U- 1-39-2 
Matchless, peerless, sole, only, 
unique n [*. cr.] i Non-duality, 
identity! especially that of Bra- 
hma with the universe or with the 
soul, or of soul and matter i See 
arjf also .-2 The supreme or high- 
est truth or Brahma itself -3 N. 
of an Upanishad ; ai^i solely, 
without any duplicity. -COMP. 
"Tf^: (argjfo) i. the joy arising 
from a knowledge of the identity 
of the universe and the supreme 
spirit. 2. N. of an author who, ac- 
cording to Golgbrooke, flourished 
at the close of the 15th century 
^M' = ^oT^^"'T^ 1 x Q. v sbovtj 5 i 
Vedantin- 

*, aiar ind. Ved. Used like am 
as an inceptive particle in the 
sense of 'now', 'then', 'afterwards', 
1 moreover, " and ', 'partly', 'so 
much the more ' &c. 



body ( below the navel ). OT a- 
[awns ww:] connected with the 
lower part. T*m <?. [ . ] of the 
vilest conduct. ( -t: ) [*<*<>] the 
meanest conduct. -3RT:, - 
[ arw; ajwrerwt w: ^5^, era; 
debtor ( opp T\JT: ) ( fit. reducec 
to a low position by his incurring 
debt ). -i?t: jn^i: [ *KR. ] a porter 
groom, a servant of the lowest 
class; one of the 3 kinds of ser- 
vantsi 



a . ( i. f. 1 i Without wealth , 
poor.-2 Not entitled or competent 
to possess independent property 
(in law ) 



Ms. 8.416. 



w a Unhappy, wretched, n,i 
serablei fn ft? unwr U. I. 42. 



.ar^, st.n- ] i Lower 
( opp. 3^rr ), ( Ht. not held up ) i 
tending downwards i under, ne- 
ther, downwards **ra: under-gar- 
ment Ki 4. 38; cf. Si. I. 6 i 
ails lower or nether lip, see below. 
( In this sense w partakes of the 
character of a pronoun ). -2 Low, 
mean, vile i 'awr see below i lower 
in quality, inferior. -3 .Silenced, 
worsted, not able to speak i See 
fn, fRarif^^.-4 Pievious, preceding 
as in anttw; q. y -T: The nether 
( or sometimes the upper) lip ; a 
lip in general i"'* Ku- 5. 27 leaf- 
like lower lips iiiwrarfi*: N- 3. 5 
isfiwawiigt Me- 82 i ftam 
t S. I. 2\\ i. 21, 3. 241 of. 



lower part of the body. -IT* kissing' 
lit. drinking the lower lip.-*is, w^ 
the nectar of the UpS.-WfMi the 
nadir. 



8 U., swr;% Den- P To 
surpass, excel, beat down, worst > 
stai PRf^?Tffir Dk. 6 lessening, 
forgetting; to defeat* vanquish; w- 
wr ^iwiisaCrfW: Ki. 2- 40, 6- 21 i 
^Sfrm<!T5rgr*f^: Ki. 6. 24 excel- 
ling j aranfefflSSfT srqrmri:^! K- 25. 



I P- To be worsted ( in a 
law-suit);to be invalidated Y.2-I7. 

a. [ wft JTST; arar w ] i 
Lower.-2 Traduced, vilified, re- 
proached ; arafiai; Tftuiw'S AR- I. 

ind- [arit f^j 3T^T-'W'^] I 
Dn a. previous day. -2 The day be 
fore yesterday i the other day. 



Below, beneath, 
regions. 



in the lower 



_ : arsr; 5 

Un. 5. 54] 'The lowest, vilest, 
meanest ; very bad, or low, or 
vile ( in quality, worth, position 

&C- ) (opp. 3'<W);aTH.iiCTqltTn- or 

a*wwCT3r: & Ci oft at the end of 
comp. ( =H'r^Jr J ,j *t*Tw9<?t ?<ni Ms. 
10. 12 lowest in position i the 
vilest of the vile, the meanest 
wretch. R: i An unblushing sen 
sualist ( 

: Sabda K.)\ 

K- P-i. 

-2 A sort qf if or conjunction of 
planets (grtfttrsTTirrf^j *r^TF3r^; ^m- 
%3^t: Tfviaf5r^^qt n")n3^: TV.)- m 
Abad mistress 
2*)-Icf. L- 

"*{*.] the foot (opp 3-TTTtn). 
** [ *. ] the lower half of the 
6 



^ n N-2.24- 

-n The nadir i (Ww^L) or the 
southern direction. -^ I The lowest 
part (of the body ) i gwna"? PT< 
Ak. -2 Pudendum Muliebre ( also 
m- ).-3 Address, speech (opp. <Ja()-, 
statement, sometimes used for 
reply also- -CoMp.-afrc a. I. high- 
er and lower, inferior and supe- 
rior, worse and betters Us?: smsift?'- 
*nfi: 55i%>ff^OTi% M. I ; 5T??j9 ^oit 
aij gjnpvihrt Y- I. 96. 2. former ; 
prior and later i sooner and later i 
iwiafr.nrnraiTjljTfniirragCTBf Ms- 8. 53. 
3- in a contrary way, topsy-turvy i 
upside down (the natural order of 
_lhings being inverted); wt *rargw- 
(ixr'( S. 5 you have (certainly) 
learnt in a contrary way i. e. to 
consider good as bad and vice versa; 
it might perhaps also mean 
" have you. i- e. the members of 
the king's court, heard this mean 
r base reply " *w 



Southward i tending downwards, 
to the nadir or lower region itend- 
ing to the south. <ft the south- 
ern direction vind- Beneath. 



-<ff r^ 31 ] Tending downwards i 
situated in the region belowi being 
downwards. 



Ms-7 , 

iini (: RfVK*tRrt Mb-4- near- 
er and further. 5- question and 
answer. ^fte: the lower lip; *gfrt- 
ffl *S. 3. 25! Me- 82- ( -a ) the lower 
and upper lip,-*?: the lower part of 
the neck- -wi: [ awe STOW J the 



fl. a. ] i Unrighteousness, 
irreligion, impiousness, wicked- 
ness, injustice i *$w _Ms- 8. 127 
unjust punishment, Sia^or unjustly, 
in an improper way ; TMMfi 2*ra 
Ms. 2. Ill; an unjust act; a guilty 
or wicked deed, sin; wifi?' commit- 
ting unjust or unrighteous deeds i 
so **iifi^ of an irreligious spirit; 
rt'.r %v vin!: 5. 5"; '^f full of wicked- 
ness or sin i for definitions &c. of 
and awA See Tarka K P. 19- 
and wisf are two of the 24 
qualities mentioned in Nyayai and 
they pei tain only to the soul -They 
are the peculiar causes of pleasure 
and pain respectively They are 
imperceptible, but inferred from 
reasoning and from transmigra- 
tion )--2 N- of a Praj^pati or of 
an attendant of the sun. n 
. urighteousness personified $ 
Devoid of attributes, an epithet of 
y\- COMP.-wtt*t: the category 
of 3T& > See 



a- Impious, wicked. 



a- I Wicked, 
illegal, unlawful; I'^Ti 
Ms 3- 25 



impious-, -2 
3 i* 



[ 
A widov/. 



, aw; 



tuft urn 



p. V. 3. 39. ] i Below, 
down i wraf am rmift ofo: 51- I- 
2s in the lower region, to the infer- 
nal regions or hell ; WH^rais^r ?ft- 
% wnf*rc*Hn ^[; Ms- 7. 53. ( Ac- 
cording to the context, *re: may 
have the sense of the nominative, 
3TJ5T: &c.; ablative, arat fZjrnj. infttj 
or locative, war ^f 5fir).-2 Beneath, 
under, used like a preposition with 
gen.iawrt'S I- 145 rarely with abl- 
also;*;iTiFJg?Tnta>r: Hemachandra; 
( when repeated ) lower and lower, 
down and down \ 
~ H- 2. 2s 

r: H. 2. 48; 

Bli. 2. 10) from under, 
just below ( with ace )< wnatem 
fin: wwii* Si. l 4- In comp. with 
nouns w:_has the sense of ( a ) 
lower, under, as'gs'f, Vi*; the lower 
world : "mn: or s%* an undergar- 
ment or ( b ) the lower part ; ^era; 
the lower part of the body ; *<*:$ 
means to surpass, eclipse, over- 
come, vanquish^ despise, scorn -, 



*n Ku. 5. 

.Snyg*rg 179; Si. i. 35, 3. 525 "f- 

*w: Si. 16- 8 dispelled.-COMP. si^r 

a- situated below the axle or 

car. HP ) adv below the car, under 

the axle. w$nr : [ 

if* 



r w: TV. i ara:$ 
Malli. ]. N. of Vishnu i other ety- 
mologies of the name are also found 
( I ) aw ir jfqa ang qmiTiwr^fojJT: i 
( 2 ) tftaj gfWr ^Tuw&pfwT^raa i & 
ftrarKfrr aa> satjjir ^% iian^ See 
above. aqwr sexual intercourse 



. the anusi Pudendum 

Muliebre. T: the lower part of 
the hand (WOT). STJT excelling, 
defeating, degradation -, K- 2021 so 
i*Tf-, *Tfa T nftscra:r^rt Ki. 2. 47 
degradation, dis! onour. m*i 
undermining "TO:/, ->mr-qnT: i. 
a downward fall or motion, des- 
cent ) going downwards. 2 degra- 
dation, downfall, going to oerdi- 

/u ^u elli S? 1 * 1 *^ 11 ^: iv. 41 
where ^r has both senses)iw mnft 
I Io sinks (feels 



go to hell -^ w . one who rf 
downwards, a mouse. n^er [ 
TO wwm^nwjii^T 

l 



WTO*) 



2- one who goes downwards. ^13 
n. the lower part of the knee 
(-ind-) below- the knee- fSr^sT 
fsr^en RT^fg^iT,wi fsf^f^r ] the 
uvula (Mar. <wfnT). ?T the lower 
part or surface i H&ff, TJT*. \^ 
f- the lower region, the nadiri the 
south: rn direction. ffsa casting 
a downward look! a posture in 
Yoga i wmT*'mTf tfw wr^^a^Tfi^i: i 
rrqfi *THm~m-a^re: n cf. 
also Ku- 3. 47- (-fg: ) a downward 
look. i? [smt|T% q^, qi^na;*rm ^r] 
the place under the foot, a lower 
place- iw;=wfor q. v. above. -55^7 
5?rOi iwr;]N.of twoplalits 
(Pimpinella Anisum) and 
( Elephantopus Scaber ). 

TOft: a seat of grass for persons 
in mourning to sit upon. *rei 
[ swt VTTB uwrq ] a dose of water, 
medicine &c. to be taken after 
meals &c. [ HbrTi^ cfi'MHR srarf^; ]. 
-;TW: i. the lower part ( of the body )i 
SrTTWi 3*: Hiwrsrnr*g Trmt Su^r. 

2. the lower part of any thing, the 
region below, down below^waT^ra 

foRr Pt i. situated down 
below, See <rrcm*. ^ : /. lower 
ground, land at the foot of a hill- 

g-^f a. i. having the face 

du'wnwards<*ai mHi%!*li; m?(t'5r: R. 

3. 57. 2. head-long, precipitate, 
flyingdownwards. 3 upside do<vn, 
topsyturvy. ( -w; ) N. of Vishnu. 
(-WT-T ) N- of a plant ifti^j^r p're- 
mna Esculenta. ( w ) ( **& ) I. 
flying downwards, having a down- 
ward motion .these nakshatras 
a re 



( 11 ) q 
Very low- 



ind, [ 



r; ^, : N Jyotisha- 
i- N. of a hell. n? a still. -iwftn 
discharge of blood from the anus 
and urethra.. ur a. [ ar^mnt n?: 
3Jpf:_, Ei%aqWT5 aw nn^ ] having a 
white colour or white marks on 
the lower part of the body ( said 
of a goat ) s'f: i. a plummet. 2. a 
perpendicular. 3. the lower world- 
-7*'^ a. strong in the lower re- 
gions I whose lustre penetrates 
downwards. w. Pudendum Mu- 
liebre. urg: [ ytfmft *rg; sn. a. 
breaking wind, flatulency. 
a- sleeping on the ground ( 
Heeping on the ground i 



a . 

4ff 

the 



*: ii Ms. 2. 108 
.-. ) N. of a hell. 
a. sUuated below. 
nadir. 



t >wi d^ 

Ved.5exual intercourse. 



TV. 1 



2^ . J L wer, situated beneath. 
z rrior. previous. 



adv. or prep. [ aw 
^5T: P. V. 3. 39-40. ] Down- 
below,under, beneath, underneath 
&c. ( with gen. )See 
i^rnf Ms. 4. 54 j wn 
^HI^TC^^OT Sankhya Ki 
Pt- 3. i a**ntmjmfq fir^ 

U- 2. 25 i TW ^W^I8f'^ K. 289 

gone to hell. 



: [ = 

TV. ] =37tTTi?T1T q. V. 

fl . [si. n.] Not profitable* 

n Pt. 2. 



*. 



; [ 3TIWJ5T <|:*m=fr? arrar 1% an ?. 
: ] i Mental pain or agony- See 
:-2 A woman in her courses. 
). ind- I ( As a prefix to 
verbs ) Over,abovet ( rfaw, )\ fcn 
to stand over s % to place over or 
at the head of s %^ to grow over 
or above! over and above.'besides, 
in addition ( srrfSwn ) ; fully, come 
pletely ( arm?if , rfNta ), to get som 
thing in- addition to another) *w- 
ffr aTTrTarw^ having obtained ful- 
ly, ft intensifying the meaning 
of the root i ?c?t v vtm*fi*s f^ wr 
qnnn^i9 Rv I- 6. los ( wm| anw- 
CF*R IT^TR^ ).-2 (As a separable ad- 
verb ) Over, above, from above 
( mostly Vedic ) ; W&sTntft *n$ W5 
Rv- 7. 18- 14. -3 ( As a preposi- 
tion ) with ace. ( a ) Above, over, 
upon, in ( 3*?ft )i * gffn9wnnt "m w 
^nsafm Sujr. re^i^ just abovei ft- 
*tg'^m^sat5als^ia ^ HB: Bopa- 
devas wilh gen. also; f irawiwrV- 
Wnf^ft Rv. i. 19. 6 above the sum 

"foft-i-7- 355^7. 411 "wfr 52 
at night. ( b ) With reference to, 
concerning, in. the case of, on the 
subject of ( artSfiw ) (mostly in ad- 
verbial compounds in this sense )i 



"t'w treating of stars &c i V* SI' 
6. 32 in the case of women. ( c ) 
( With abl. ) Just over, more than 
( arw* ); ^mri^ft wfiTimr Kath.? ri- 
f^n?ft Ken. ( d) ( With loc-)Over, 
on or upon, above ( showing lord- 
ship or sovereignty over some- 
thing ) (3*tf )i*f^faft P. 1-4. 971 art* 
gft HIT: P. II. 3. 9 Sk. Rama rules 
over the earth ; the country ruled 
over may be used with loc. of 
' ruler ' i w *(3 ^: ibid; wfiwnirt* 
<%^r iifrmi Dk. 77 subject to, under 
the government of . become the 
property or possession of ( *ft 
denoting wrc jn this case)) under i 

inferior to ( $* ) i 1% |*V go: ( Bo- 
padeva ) the gods are under Hari 



-4 ( As first member of Tatpuru- 
sha compounds) ( a ) Chief, supre- 
me, principal, presiding ; e ^ir 
presiding deity ;^^: supreme or 
sovereign ruler i Llq "%: supreme lord 
&c. ( b ) Redundant, superfluous 
(growing over another ); <,f<T:=3re*n- 
*g: ( ^wmfr 3TRT; ) ?ct: P. VI- 2. 
18 8. (c) Over, excessive i 'sifti^t: 
high censure- According to G. M. 
ww has these senses: 

I e. g- 



( wST ) j srM ( arfir* ) j n 
the Veda wft is supposed by B. 
and R. to have the senses of ' out 
of i ' from,' 'of, 'among,' 'before,' 
'beforehand,' 'for,' 'in favour of,' 



in, 



'at'. 



i a- [ abbreviation" of wwr- 
^3 ; sreqr^$]5=T(^ ^T. 3rTTcr?<?tqa P. V- 
2- 73 ] I More, additional, greater 
( opp. sa or HI ); n^THiSr* P. V. 
2. 45. ( In comp. with numerals ) 
plus, greater by i arstftra ?I?T 100 
plus8=I08 i ^TOTrt?TcTrsfiraiT: = ^?m- 
fisTr: more than 40 , imftrart t^rra 
R. 3- 691 <mra% &*xw: Ms. 9. 117. 
-2 ( a ) Surpassing in quantity, 
more numerous.copions, excessive, 
abundant ? in comp. or with instr ; 
wr: Jwroiifos; S- i. 30 more than 
the usual measure. ( b ) Inordi- 
nate. grown, increased, become 
greater, abounding in, full ofj 
strong in i"aRii R. 12. 90; Jrarsi%*: 
Ms. 4 141 senior in years; >%?jf- 
fowwi: Ve^ 3. 30 old, advanced in 
years i *ra^j rflritftn qjf S. 7- 20 i 



K. 2 

.Si. 17. 89 abounding in.^3 
< a ) More, greater stronger, 
mightier, more violent or intense! 
re ^ft owm K. 62 wr r 
R. 2 14 the stronger 
animal did not prey on the weaker! 
g*rrsgisfa*i 5* fr *rj?jjwi fsrar: Ms. 
3. 49 ; atia* ftt TTOJ Ram- ; ft* 
ft* Pt. 2; n^mrj^oimsra^i: Ms. n. 
186, 9 154. (b) Superior to, better 
than s higher than ( with abl.^or 
in comp. ) ; twiT^ftqifiift *fTT^TfTT: 
Ft- I. 3275 TT:jmvmsftqir 5/^: Mu- 
I- 25 surpassing, more than a 
match for &c. : w5tifor*m: R. 15 
62 more than what was sanctioned 

by rules i flMi*ir5i3rai Wt Bg. 6. 
461 w^j J^iSrvTfhft* Y. I. 212 ; WVT- 
^w "rt H. 3-84 strong in cavalry, 
wrats*mwt ^r: H. 4. 21 excejs in. 
is superior by reason of i araii^rifi 
f Mu- 4. lo superior to i some- 
times with gen.; q'^jiitt wrgoimra- 

w y^: K. 136. -4 Later, sub- 



sequent, further than (of time )i 



: MS- 2. 65, 2 years later 
i. e. in the 24th year i sometimes 
with gen. , TtriaRBi sr J^^T m Rim- 
5 Eminent, uncommon, special, 
peculiar ( arnr-JKOT ) iftwr *i* *vt* 
UTRT^S Bh- 2. 2o superior orjun- 
common form or beauty i awf % 

: H- Pr. 255 r 

ww ^ i Hf 

(tar n Y- I. Il8i sometimes 
used in the comparative in the 
above senses; ^5rh^RT(^n r i Bg. 12- 
wa^rr; V. 5.225 
^ S. 7. -6 Re- 
dundant, superfluous* o*'^ having 
a redundant limbi tTjj^rffost qp^t 
jrif^tnt ^ frTtWT MS- 3. 8. -7 Inter- 
calated, intercalary ( as a month 
&c- ) -8 Inferior, secondary.-^ 
I Surplus, excess, more i wntrsws 
"s?s Ak-2 Abundance, redundancy, 
superfluity. -3 A figure of speech 
equivalent to hyperbole , 



i ar^ra ^ * 
iT 3iTri)wiiQ*i i 



S:H S- . 

I aTW^TJfff^OT ^TffT cf^efSt-Tpfa ^ 

. n K. P. 10 -adv- l More, in a 
greater degree > *f ni" 55tf ^f'r nfir- 
T R 4. i shone tb.3 more; 

Pt. I. 243 i oft in comp ; $*iiT&wii- 
5T 5. I- 20; t 'gTr*t Me 2I.-2 Exceed- 
ingly, too much. COMP -afa a. 
( ft ~f. ) having a redundant limb. 
( -^ ) [ srMsmij ] a sash, girdle 
or belt worn over the mail coat. 
*w a- more and jmore, out-doing 
one another. w*f a. exaggerated; 
*v ! t exaggeration, an exaggerated 
statement or assertion ( whether 
of praise or of censure ) ; 
<?iTfrr<ii p. n. i. 33 ; (* = 

so light and weak ; WS^TT *$ so 
deep and full ) 3RT?5 a. abundant, 
prosperous R. 19 5- wBK/-,- 
- an intercalated day. 

i:/. exaggeration.hyperbole. 

i-HtHftT* a- containing or 

costing more than 60 or 70. 



vehement desires, impassioned, 
lustful. ": [ w-] Strong desire- 

wiaf 8 U. I To authorize, qua- 
lify for the discharge of some 
duty ; be entitled to, have a right 

to i IhHWWRB'^ ^^ T Bk. 2 34; 
TOIT: nrar^rV^rn ^ ??ra: Ki. 4- 25 
merits are calculated to produce 



liking, not mere intimacy.-2 To 
place at the head of, appoint, set i 
<rt*%T^5T5 mn ar%-cgf*f:n: yr Mb. i EH- 
iqniii^ffr: R. 9 62 appointed to 
humble the proud ; ftinraifSrsfaf n- 
y?fm^ Ki 6 30 set or appointed 
to duty s ^arr: Hflgr wnaj^: Mv. 2 
set on, incite or appoint* as their 
chief. -3 To aim at, allude or refer 
to, make the subject 
P. IV;jt. 87; 

l*nrtl#mT Sk.l 

5. I should be made thj subject of 
representation, should be repre- 
sented on the stage--4 To be used 
as the head or governing rule ; 
rorri sjmn?r P. IV. i. 82 i f? i?- 
JwftT^^ Sk. 5 To superintend, 
be at the head. 6 ( A- ) To bear, 
endure or overpower, be superior 
to i'STyrfSij^ sk- ; arfa^% T ^ ft: 
Bk- 8. 20 -7 To feel, enjoy ; 



Ki. i. 43. 8 To refrain or desist 
from. 



C f "'35. 1 I Placing at the 
head of, appointing &c- 2 Re- 
lation, reference, connection ; *mt- 
fS^itotT: ^rt: Ram- referring to 3 
( In gram. ) Agreement, concord, 
government or grammatical rela- 
tion ( as of subject and predicate 

I. 2- 42 having the members ( of 
the compound ) in the same rela- 
tion or apposition ; ^mHTTH^tfoTfr or 

-4 A receptacle or subject, techni- 
cally substratum ; 5HiT*w'r wrr 
T-'S. the soul is the substratum 
of knowledge -5 Location, place, 
the sense of the locative case; 



n Hari ; as 

.-6 A topic, subject i section; 
article or paragraph ; a complets 
argument treating of one subject, 
the Siitias of Vyasa and Jaimini 
are divided into Adhyayas, the 
Adhyayas into Padas and the 
Padas into Adhikaranas or se- 
ctions. ( According to the M/mam- 
sakas a complete Adhikarana con- 
sists of five members : T%M the 
subject or matter to be explained, 
fg?m or ?rf the doubt or question 
arising upon that matter, 'JfWT the 
first side or prirna facie argumf nt 
concerning it. ^m or <WTO J ft5ia 
the answer or demonstrated co.i- 
clusion, and nnfir pertinency or 
relevancy, or (according to others 
the final conclusion ) ; raw 
j?anfTT? i ftfadft ft^m; 
ni n The Vedantins 
put Hura in the 3rd place, and mgt a 



44 



last > 

fcirft: ?&#: T%;gTcT. Generally speak- 
ing," the five members may be 
taken to be frw, ?w. 3*<fi w^ 
and raster or ngta ). -7 Court of 
justice, court, tribunal i 
*.j7n% ^rfiwft Mk. 9 3- i 
Dk. 40. 8 Stuff, material 
^i=rr%rn?nT P. 1 1 4. 13 ( W5ren% )-, 
mriTf* T 15 fixed number of things. 
as ^r ^argi: Sk.-Q A claim.-lO 
Supremacy.-"** One who super- 
intends.-COMP. ^m: a judge, 
Mk 9- **i: court or hall of ju- 
stice Mk 9- i%*n: [ sftwi'iw t%. 
JTB: 3j-wi*'oT ] changing the quan- 
tity of any thing, increasing or 
decreasing it so many times* 
p. V. 3. 43 i 



Sk. fa^tff: a conclusion which 
involves others- 



81. ] I A judge, magistrate i Mk. 
9. 2 A government official. 



Authority, power 

n. [ wr%* >p5 ] i A higher 
or superior act- 2 Superintend- 
ence. m- One who is charged 
with superintendence. -COMP *- 
r.-w. a sort of servant, overseer of 
workmen. ?w: [ wftfc fi* %t wit- 
JTW qn*jra: ] one appointed to 
superintend an institution or esta- 
blishment i wf*aiv>f,(it r 



In families he is the head or pater 
familias. 



The overseer of a market 
whose duty it is to recover toll or 
duties from the traders- 



: I Superintendence, watch- 
ing over i #m *?mwK: V. 3- 1 , i: 
<iHfl<Jt n^i *<rifnift rcjTTi: S I su per- 
intendence of religious matters. 
-2 Daly, office, charge t power, 
DOS' of authority) authority) THnfar- 
mr* W*!T> M. I I say this in the 
capacity of a j"dge i *i%nit^ wro- 
nsiff *rr: S. 5 > zflrmwili^siwrorff ^w: 
Pt. I ,V . 2- 1 i wSadministration of 
pecuniary matters ; 
Me- I i " 1 ^iftmn5t nTffi: M. 



H. 2; 

?THiiT M. 1 fi: to be initiated 
into the fine arts. -3 Sovereignty, 
government or administration, 
jurisdiction , rule i srnmrojtft mi- 
wn S- 7 seat of government or 
jurisdiction i 9 ^ ^w S. 5. -4 
Position, dignity, rank , jn/Wu 
if^rt Y. 1-70 deprived of the posi. 
tion or rights or privileges of a 



wite.-5 ( a ) Right, authority, pri- 
vilege, claim, title (as to wealth, 
property &c- ); right of ownership 
Or possession j at a*TT: <5* wiw*<ra- 
*iO w n?n^: S. D- 296 ; f8sftK: 
fti^r: Mv- 4- 38 it now belongs to 
the child. ( b ) Qualification or 
authority to perform certain spe- 
cified duties, civil, sacrificial, 
religious &c- i as the wftrc of a 
king to rule and protect, of a 
Brahmana to sacrifice) of a 
Vaisya to till or trade &c. i g?^- 
Y- 3. 262 with loc. > f*r- 



Ms. 

2. 16 i wrapferwr^^ sm wf?t yi^ 
(repeated in Sriddha ceremonies) 
-6 Prerogative of a king--7 Effort, 
exertion i *<o^^iraiTOt n <^5 ?f- 
^f Bg. 2. 47 your business is with 
action alone &c 8 Relation, refe^- 
ence WT r>flRT: ^wnw^rn: Mb--c 
Place = srft'iiT'Ti |r<fis 
wW?i: M. 1. -lo A topic, paragraph 
or section) Hiiftw Mit. ! See wfe 
wt. -II Counting i en xrneration 
occasion for counting) ^^g wr 
gwrf^Btt Ki. 3 51 (IWHIHWI^ ).-i 
( In gram. ) A head or governing 
rule, which exerts a directing or 
governing Influence over other 
rules? e.g. *w& P. VIII. I. n 
IV. 1. 82-3! ars^w: II. i. 22i 
Sk. ( This wfo*rc is of three 
kinds : rapwrf%?i %w Rf^jrnihr * i 
iwr^w^^ift yft^K^i^THff: tf)-COMP- 

ww: determination or statement 
of qualifications to do particular 
acts i as nwr tnnjJt* vfcti;. 
a. possessed of authority, investec 
with office. 

, *r ufli, a, [ 

p ossessed of authority, 
having power i ft:wjt "Trw*rf) CTT 
Pt. 1 . 164" i B ram? m 3 , ^M" H. 3 
-2 Entitled to, having a right to 
& ^ftwrftw: i so awni^iifb, heir 
wiff^oi' &c. i niwrrewTTTrST^ R. 15 
SI not qualified or authorised- ~i 
Belonging to, owned by- 4 Fil 
for. m. ( ft-5i\ ) i An official 
officer i T ftsa^rw* aff^crfJrw: ugm 
nj^?t Mu- 3 s a functionary, super- 
intendent, head, director.governor 
-2 A rightful claimant, proprietor, 
master, owner 3 One qualified to 
sacrifice or perform sacred works 

4 Man as the lord of creation 

5 One well versed in the 
Vedanta- 

rightfu 



Authority, 
claim, qualification &c. 



p. p. [ f-w ] Authorised, 
appointed &c. i one possessed of 



authorised qualification, &c. \ 
i55ir sifj^Ms. 8- II i 

w. An officer, official, 
: unctionary, superintendent, head, 
one in charge of any thing i 'ff^ra- 
i^?f nilft nn: Ki- 6- 46 i 
Mu. 3 ) Pt. i. 424 , ^' 
I. 337- 



/. Right, privilege, 
ownership- See 



ind. With reference to, 
regarding, concerning i rftEna^w 
*if^;?it ifiunt S. I > ?TSKiTiT(%jifu rfdli*) 
S. 2 I refer to, speakof, Sakun- 
talas 3. 4 i R. II- 62- See *w? 
above. 



I U- To ascend, monht 
upon.-2 To attack, scale 

ania^w: , WJT An attack, inva- 
sion- 



m. 



, 

TV- ] Decay or one that causes 
decay i a lord or ruler (J). 



P- I To insult, abuse, 
asperse, vilify, traduce) censure i 
ft rt ^gweittrf%n(r < >i 1 T S- 5 heap ac- 
cusations on me i 



Si- 15. 44 . f 
M. I. -2 To throw or lay upon, 
bespatter, 4 To superinduce 
( disease ) 4 To surpass- 



3Ti?r<T: I Abuse, insulting, insult, 
mr 9 Dk. 52 insult to, reflection on, 
the understanding i wmrijR ?*T3- 



te unerstanng i wmrR ?*T3- 
srwf Ki- I. 2S.-2 Laying upon \ 
fixing i throwing--3 Dismissal. 



i P. I ( a ) To acquire, 
obtain i get, attain, secure s 

ftrw V- 3- 19 i arft'rew 

ttr fSr^rtq^eif: M. I. 13 i 
Ms- 9. 91 marry i &rtT% 
^ g.. 5. 34. (b) To find, meet 
with*, fall in with, see, discover. 
(c) To accomplish ; **f ifm^ inj- 
i<^*j frram M- i- 9 i T * fi3F**r- 
mi%T5grn Mu- 5 is not able to de- 
cide i for (a) see, also Ms- 2. 218, 
Bg. 2. 64, R. 2. 66.-2 To approach, 
reach, go towards or near i gons- 
jfrcirazinft ^frwn%Tnt Pt. I. 384! 
nwt* smwiW^ does not reach or 
go to the end. 3^ To study, learn) 
know i frwirsin'a Snrnterraiit U- 2. 3 
wnwwi^rw Ki. 2. 41 i 6. 38 i Ms. 
7. 39 i 12. 109 i Y. I- 99, Bk. 7. 
37. 4 To cohabit with- 

srre'TfT P P- Acquired, obtainet 
&c- i "** nrrW[<aiMnfeqT: Bh. 2. 
17 2 studied, known, learnd. 
mastered ) ftPwra 
?^U..6. 30. 



45 



wfrw*t:-OT I Acquisition, obtain" 
ing, getting, finding &c i grfaTW: 
<wr: Pt. 5. 34! *5iTf%<fin^ V. 5. 
155 ?miaTfl:f MS i. ji2 marriage -2 
Mastery, study, knowledges wfr^si- 
wifawi Ms. 11-66. -3 Mercantile 
return, profit; acquiring property; 
ftsrr^: mfir: Mil. or iwirffr:; p!iiT!n% 
g it fr% Hr awi^Ttf ufa Ms. 8- IS7--4 
Acceptance. -5 Intercourse. 

pal t>. At- 



tainable &c. 



One who attains 



or acquires. 



a. or adv. [ 

T. ] Found in or derived from 
a cow i wifirai 



wf>njor a- [ wfw jurr ^Rzr ] j Pos- 
sessing sCperior qualities, worthy, 
meritorious; *rn&r nsr *nnrt>r nta* 
w*Tn Me. 6. -2 [ arftn^ jtifi JTI Spi] 
well strung ( as a bow );"fKttPf wn : 
Ki. 12. 14. ii: A superior or 
eminent merit. 



I P. To walk or move over 
or on something. 

RWDT Act of walking over 
something. 

*fa j wt Birth i irgdhftiwif \f s. 2 
169. 



T] \ ser- 
pent ( who has a forked tongue ). 
This arose from the attempt of 
th- serpents to lick the nectir 
pkced on a bed of Kusa grass, the 
sharp points of which pricked the 
tongue and split it intotwo. *ST 
' 



, 

uvula. 2 A sort of swelling of the 
tongue or epiglottis. 



a. 



. , 

"t *r] Having the bow-string 
stretched, well strung ( as a bow). 
-Comp. w**T.-tg^ a. having the 
bow strung ; ?rft wrww*igi S-I.6 



i The state of being 
strung i *?Tt*t to string ; R. n. 14.1 



p. v. 2. 34- 

Sk. ] A .table 



land, highland i 
*rt Ku. 3. 17 ; 
R. 2. 29. 



m. N. of Yama. 

[*a ? n^t?a:] A redundan 
tooth growing over another. 

a. Wooden. 



a. Of superior or tran 
cendental lustres Si. I. 24. 



I A presiding or tutelary deity; 




U- 68; 16 9; Bv 3 3; 
W*na$wn v Mai. 1.21 (The eleven 
organs of sense are said to have 
each a presiding deity } wr=tw 
- 3?%:, 



^. -2 [ , 

The supreme or , highest god, 
Almighty. 

aft^-f Gambling table, board for 
gambling ( arft 3qft ^rezf^ zr^. ) 

wm^-tw [ arrigT^ t*-t^ 51 J j 
The presiding god or deity fi 
Bg. 8- i^, 4; 7. 30; 



K. 109-2 The supreme 
deity or the divine agent operating 
in material objects. 



[ srfWt w ] The supreme 
lord- 

n i P. To lead away from; to 
enhance, increase. 



, 
Fragrance, odour. 

a . Veiled. 



-- ^ --->. \ii wn- H-TI j j\ lord) 
ruler, king, sovereign, head; *w 
wrmTRin: nrm R. 2. I i mostly in 
comp.i *nfa<!.: lord of men., king ; 
" a lordly elephant &c. 



part. of the head whxpre the wound 
proves immediately 'fatal; ( 



mistress ( 



Ved. A female ruler 



Ved A 
king, ruler, lord- 

a. Dusty from above. 

: '[ Sw; g-g^: ]. The 
Supreme Being, 



Pounding or 
grinding upon, serving to pound 
or grind 



a. [ sri^ir vm *rw ] Having 
many children (as a mani woman 
&c, ) *r adv. [ nwTtrf^fjf ] Regard- 
ing creation ( of the world ) as a 
means of preserving th'e world. 

r%n'ffcg4 [ H# ftf^.fit ] A yoke 
laid on the tffc or foremost of the 
three horses, used on certain sa- 
crificial occasions i: The fourth 
horse thus attached(?) 

witta* An interlocution of high 
words in mutual defiance; S.D-526 



*rnm^3: 3j.o ] 
A master, superior; foremost; mr- 
Hwmrirgra Mv. 6. 47 i ^mpnj^ 56. 



or ^im. 

] The highest being ; the 
bupreme Spirit or its all pervading 
influence; the whole inanimate 
creation-, arra^ * fife imp Bg 8 i ; 
afiar^n ^rfr mar: 8. 4. 'WIHTJJH i s a 'i 
perishable things'. 

nrotwr [ STM* iftirt ] i Excess in 
eating. 2 [srra^ msra g^ ^j ^ ,^-1 
Very costly or valuable; ??nwrm- 

" 3m Rv ^'. 47- 23' a supplemen- 
tary or additional gift (?). 

wi%<ti: ( wf^s TO,!, 3^,. tn^Sf , 

I Severe ophthalmia; 

w mrai^ ;m n 



Rub . 

bing together for producing fire ; 
suitable for such friction(as wood) 

*rarffm a- [ sifttmrsBr Ham 
Suffering from eye-disease. 

fsmtff: [ srf** tjtjf !T?r ] A sort of 

disease in the white of the eye, a 
sort of cancer or protuberance of 
flesh ; miir 



: [ ura* nt* w ] A sort of 
cancer in the back of the gumsi 



Siur. 



W] Beyond 
measure, excessive, inordinate. 
tf On the subject of prosody- 



: ] An inter- 
calary ( lunar ) month. 

: / Trust, confidence. 

r: N. of Buddha in one of 
his 34 former births. 

w**j a. Pertaining to a sacri- 
fice i Tj rjr wqx Ms. 6.83.?: Prin 
cipal sacrifice* tne agency effect 
ing or causing such sacrifice; fhj 
fcwr* ^ ^i^nt ur Bg. 8. 4 the wftmst 
is I myself in this body ( i. e. 
Kmhna ); wniw*^ ahimfiifltH 



adv- On the subject of sacri- 
fices, so 



q. v. 

!TiT: [ arte^t ntn: ] Aa Auspici- 
ous conjunction of stars fen depart- 
ure, expedition &c.; ( 3<v 
T'itT: )\ mit 
: Muhiirta 



46 



aifarntr: 

The foremost hero or warrior < in 
fighting ) i 
flt * i 
Rim- 



a- Ved 
Fastenh.,:, fettering. 

rtTO a [65TR?t ^ TfW an] Being 
on or over a car 4 ?: I A charioteer) 
driver. -2 N. of a charioteer who 
was king of Anga and foster-father 
of Kama. * Ved. A cart-load 



7*. <n ] A sovereign _or supreme 
ruler, an emperor; inSrqftjr *>TT*ITT- 
rz (Vrf Bhag.iii'W^d S^^w- 
: ~U. 6. 165 king, head, lord 
( of men, animals &c. ) ff^ro^r ^m 
r: Ku- I. i i so ^n 9 , fm 9 &c. 



-^ [ stfajti rmf rtf *rr ] i 
Imperial or sovereign, sway, su- 
premacy, sole sovereignty, impe- 
rial dignity, an empire- 2 N.of a 
country. 



a. 



^ ] Having ornaments ( of gold 
&c.) 



i P. I To ascendi mount 
( a throne, hill &c ) go up to, 
find access to, sit in or on ( ace. )* 

qr^Tftf l^rMII ^3fNftft<ft Si- 2. 

46, gnra^:?: ST* ^^iwi Ki. l- 3& 
lying On ; 3wri%i R.7- 37 riding 
a horse i 12- 104) 4<i44ini*l&Mt ?|: 
Ku. 7- 52 mounted or seated ont 
u"iiufaT: R.l3.52.engagedorlost in 
contemplation i so Pt. I wr: it- 
yrcgarewUgt fr R- 5- 68 bear or 
acquire i HTWSt enter on t 



Si- 2. 52, i 

K 158 mounted on the 
summit or pinnacle i ?rt ^* ^ni- 
flnffinraT Ki- 3. 50 this responsibi- 
lity lies on your shoulders. 2 To 
stringi w%fr?flr nttW |^ Ki. 13. 
I6.-3 ( Intran- ) to rise or grow 
over or above. -Catis- [frf (ft^)rm] 
I To raise, place, seat, cause to mo- 
unt or ascend. ) T: titfwtftrfrcn R. 
19. 44 having placed or seated-, Si. 
12- 46- 2 To restore,, give back i 
gnor*finTiitftm'rt ( *m ; R. 16. 42 
restored to its former grandeur 
-3 To string ( as a bow )i r^4 
wflnnrjr^i^npj R 11. 8l- 4 To give, 
confer &c ^K< *ft 
Dk. 50. 



a- ( At the end of comp- ) 
Growing on wrf^Hi^^ wnmr: Si- 
7-46. 



. p. I Mounted, ascended 
&C.-2 Increased; "HfirWt*: engag- 
ed in profound meditation. 

anSftour Act of raising, exalting 
or causing to mount. 

wflffrf: An elephant-rider! Si. 
11.7. 

wwftp* Ascending, mounting* 
wm" R. 8. 57. ft [ rftrn wn, 
^ ftft vyz. ] A ladder, flight ^ of 
steps ( of wood &c- )( Mar. fiir ). 

wSKtf^a. Ascending, mounting, 
rising above &c- t [ arftffrf : nrepf- 
*r arecJiwr: ] A ladder, flight of 
steps- 

fif^r 2 P- To speak in favour 
of, advocate, side with. 

aiSra^i m- I One who advocates 
a particular cause ( c r$r c n?' i ' ra> ), 
an advocate.-2 An orator- 3 A 
comforter- 



i Advocacy, speaking in 
favour of ( iy<Jrtii iip-ar^* ) . 2 A 
.name, epithet, appellation. 

[ ^.-^w ] Advocacy , r- 
SwiQ^i*ni fit Rv- 8. 16- 



I P. To inhabit, fix one's 
abode or residence in, settle, dwell 
or reside in ( with ace. of place ); 
: Me. 25 ; "nfr 
U. 3. 8 i 
^^^ R- 5- 
63 i II. 6l i 13. 79! Si. 3. 59; Bk.5. 
6 i I. 3'- 8. 792 To settle, alight 
or perch on.-3 (2A-) To put on 
(clothes). -Catis- l To cause to 
stay over-night. -2 To consecrate, 
set up ( as an image ). 

wrftwsr a - [ WWT^T 5*' ?>H ] Clad, 
veiled i Rv- 8- 26. 13. 

rfonfl: i Abode, residences dwel- 
ling i flnH5<niTf5*raT*: Mai- 5. 8 i 
nwrft *r ^f f<rfar3nTff: K- 137 i <^t- 
?m<?if^t2TfwieTT Si. 3. 71 situated 
pm settlement, habitation. 2 An 
inhabitant, neighbour- 3 Obsti- 
nate pertinacity in making a 
demand, sitting without food be- 
fore a person's house till he ceases 
to oppose or refuse it ( Mar. *t<fi ) 
-4 [ *rft(iw<<ft ^*<rt si^st, *fti?r m^] 
Consecration of an image especi- 
ally before the commencement of 
a sacrificial rite i see srftarra^ also. 
5 A garment, mantle ( wsfara; 
also ) 

. p. Inhabited, resorted 



to i 

Bh. 2. 70 i **wf*mwni R. 4 . 4 6 ) 

9- 25; 14. 301 FffR' K. 48. 

. 10 P- To scent, perfume i 
rn!iTf4r K. 184; 
i V- 4- 35- 



: Application of perfumes 
or fragrant cosmetics! scenting, 
perfuming j fragrance, scent, 
fragrant odour iiself i arfferarewf^ 
"TOT: R 8. 34 i Si. 2. 2o, 5. "42 i 
K. 183- 



[ a^-m^ or ft*!, 
Scenting with perfumes or odor- 
ous substances { viHiifi ir^trrymfc: 
Ak. ). 2 [^-iSm-^J Prelimi- 
nary consecration ( JT^BT ) of an 
image, its invocation and worship 
by suitable Mantras &c. before 
the commencement of a sacrifice) 



:)i making a divinity assumei'.s 
abode in an image. 

SRWTIBI; a . i Inhabiting, dwel- 
ling or sitting in. -2 Scenting &c- 

awrrlw/). p. i Invested or 
clothed with.-2 Scented, perfumed. 

wiVw^i Taking uo.carrving over' 
conveying. 

asfafarafrT The act of cutting off 
or cutting through. 

3rf9ft^6 UTo marry in addition, 
to supersede ( as a wife ) ( said 

also of wives ) ! wf^fir^T 
RTW ^r. i Hsruqftqfiff nvrat 
R. 18. 53- 

srfsftwT [ fanj-w ] A superseded 
wifei one whose husband has mar- 
ried again ; according to Hindu 
Sastras a wife may be superseded 
for any one^of these 8 defects: 5- 
rrqr qrfa?rr tjjft ar 



JTOT Y. I. 73, 74) 

MS. I}; 80-83. 

www m. [ ft^-^wft 3-* ] A hus- 
band who supersedes his first 
wife. 



: Marrying an additional 
wife. t (^.concerning the Ve'da. 



2 A. To lie or sleep upon, 
sleep ini rest or recline upon i 
( with ace- of place); nrtni R. 19. 
32; *H 13- 6 ! 16. 49 i forqrftRT- 
wr5. 3iodftffl Bk. 15. 114 i 
*lp<ft: wwwftftnt* K. 99, 2061 
Ki-i. 38Dk. 112) to dwell, in- 
habit i Bk. lo. 35 ! to sit in i mi- 
flrffr^ w*r: nr> *t R. 5. 28 Cans. 
To cause to sleep on< 5 
Dk. 105 placing on- 



p. p Reclining upon, 
used for reclining upon- 

wmfk i U. i To sleep on, ascend, 
mount, resort to i iaw'm'fr fow^fofta- 
Si; I 24 possessed of beautyi 
ffi'Tw<TT: 12. 50.-2 To place 
over-~3 ( srfSwft also ) To put on 
fire, make hot. 



47 



swwr: '[ fsr-m* ar^ ] i A recep 
tacle. -2 [ wr-sr^ ] Boiling, making 
hot ( by putting on fire ) 



- [ fw-*rt-vti%-^g^ ] Plac- 
ing a kettle on fires warming.boil- 
ing. "ft [ srfasfrafc T^S^, smart 

An oven, a fire-place. 



wrarfl a. [ wft^iT srT^r ] Of exalted 
dignity, supremei very rich, sove- 
reign, lords ?*i T?5ii*rm^%TW^5f^'fr- 

Ku- 5- 53i R. J. 2C). 



I A contrivance ( like a 
hand-press ) of leather &c. to 
extract and strain the Soma juice, 
or (a. ) used for the act of strain- 
ing &c- -2 [vnt g^] Straining 
Soma juice- 

an%q=iu*j| [ wf^ramm f^n, T^ ] The 
board or wooden plank (**) used 
in the act of extracting Soma juice- 



I P- (used with ace-, P. I. 
4. 46) I (a) To stand on Or upon, 
to sit in or upon, occupy (as a seat 
&c.), resort toiwara* "fmirfisraaB^ R. 
6- 73 i ?m%FT : *f^OT ; Bk- 15. 31 ; 
jragi9!F'!]f&fitetT*:<T<jff?i Ki-I0- 16 prac- 
tising i iinrgHw Ram depending 
on me. (b) To stand, be; II%B*- 
gl>r?ra HI : Mb. (c)To stand over, 

mount-frf) To stand by, be near ; 
iiwiwf?f$n3?5Rwrffsis u. 4-2 To be 
in, dwell in, inhabit, reside, stay \ 
ims^mmgiJT R. i. 80 i 
Bk. 8. 79 i wnro^w- 
*saftifti!T Git. ii- -3 To 
make oneself master of, seize, take 
possession of, overpower, conquer- 
^ai^ miresrwi. Bk- 9- 725 ?*nfw5r?T- 
fo fs*: 1 6. 49; g;t tjiawtTss'ff nwt 
*4 Bte5!nreT?refrt Ki- 2 31 obtains i 



2. 38 i ">?: 

Dk- 18- -4 (a) To lead, conduct as 

head or chief 



HTCJ w%B: urn: U- 4, See *itef?[ also. 
(b) To be at the head of, govern, 
direct, preside over, rule, superin- 
tendjH^fci wnragi*! Bg.4 6 govern- 
ing, controlling i wt* ' 



15. 9 presiding over and thus 
turning to use. -5 To use, employ- 



/>. [37Mgr-ffi] i (Used 
actively) (a) Standing, being! ^ 
nftM Ms. 5. 1411 (oft with 
dropped 5 fiff 5-1 gpiniq 5 
ffw* Be- 13. 17- )s *T'B!T*Tp%f8'H^m: 
Mv- 5 gone to ; u*nw^ Pt. i be- 
ing in or enjoying royal favour. 
(b) Possessed of,dependent on. (c) 



Directing, presiding over i ri?m 
^irrafsig^-: Pt. I. -2 (Passively ) 
(a) Inhabited or resorted to by, 
occupied, possessed by; ?fg5i?irai5- 
nNt^wrKmm: U- 1 1 Ms- 5- 97 ) * 
nftrre^iw: rj: M. I- 8 an enemy 
who has newly ( not long ago ) 
ascended the throne, a rfewly 
established king i aiftt* an*rc : Dk. 
64 newly established i so flVr 9 
possessed by i *$t K. 97 i *g?i*inrt 
K. 10, 130, 147, 152. (b) Full of, 
seized with, taken possession of. 
smitten, affected, overpowered i 
3wtrfafBm!t <wfo$irt K- 236, 161, 
194 i ^wTfafsnSam H. i i Si. 13. 39] 
(c) Watched over, ^guarded, su- 
perintended j TSjigmftrrgft nri^ Pt. 
1 1 atrirwStaf&gTftfBfrf ^ifa^i^is U. 
2 i wgT(&*!T 3-tii ftiw^fitftn Ms. 8. 



34- (d) Led, conducted, command- 
by, presided over * 
'~ K. 40 i 



43, 44, 228i 
"T?IT: U- I. 3 1 
H- 4 aided or supported i 
nmrnft sstsrt Ve. 3 i 
H. 3. 136. ( e ) Ridden, mounted 
upon ! i?n%fKi {mr?f Pt. 2 with 
the mouse seated upon himt frTTi 
rwn Ku- 5- 70. 

[ wr-j^ ] Superintending, 
watching over, presiding over, 
guiding, governing i tutelary, 
guardian i as "ift ^*nr a guardian 
or presiding deity m. ( m ) A 
superintendent.head.chief! protec- 
tor, controller, regulator, ruler i 
H!ift*m%ST?iT Bhasha P. i especially 
with reference to the Almighty 
who is the ruler of the universe- 
See aii^f* also. 



] i Standing 
or being near, being at hand, 
approach ( flftft )i wftretfi* take 
a seat here.-2 Resting upon, oc- 
cupying, inhabiting, dwelling in, 
locating oneself in i BT"ni%srt fan 
&c- -3 A position, site, basis, seati 
?^<^8Wt!i ^fji: Ms. 12. 4 i rijpmor *% 
g^*rrftrsT*gwi Bg. 3. 40, 1 8. 14 
the seat ( of that desire ). -4 
Residence, abode i w ^PTIIHHP* Pt. 
1. 1 so r5" i a place, locality, town) 

WlfT'imfoST'Wt T*ftt K- 106 I <f?- 

fJ^wai> in a certain place. -5 
Authority, power, power of controli 
presiding over i awRgrt H. 3. 90 
loss of posicion. dismissal from a 
post ( of authority )i irVrmim ^g- 



ftt Gaurfapftda i t?r&m 

K- 346 appeal or reference 



to truth-6 Government, dominion. 
-7 A wheel ( of a car &c- ).-8 A 
precedent, prescribed rule.-9 A 
benediction.-CoMP. wfH A body 
which forms the medium between 
the subtle and the gross body. 

*i^% ind. [ f&<trr%if<i ] Con- 
cerning a woman or wife. r [ w. 

it] A superior or distinguish- 
ed woman- 

WI%OT^ ind. [ sn%B: w^t tift wi wr- 
r ] More quickly Si. 17. 50. 
atfr [ wft- ] 2 A. I To study, 
learn ( by heart ), read! (with abl- 
of person ) learn from i aTisqnrmSft 
Sk- 1 ^iwg ^Bk. I. 2.-2 (P.) (a) 
To remember, think of, long or 
care for, mind (with regret) (with 
gen. )i UJCT 5*HTrnrsnre?fH m *srin: 
Bk. 8. 119 i _J8. 38 i ^^r^fjr ,^. 
*3crfra srahr^: Ki. II. 74 thinks of 
me only. (6) To know or learn by 
heart, study, learn i ^w*ff ijfiir- 
T^ Mb- (c) To teach, declare, (d) 
To notice, observe, understand. (e) 
To meet with, obtain \ ?pr^w?w- 
TOT3: Si 14. 31 Caus. [ araimft ] 
To teach, instruct ( in) i ( with 
ace. of the agent ot the verb in 
the primitive snse)i (&) W * 

tsnw R. _1S- 33 > ftorn>^ ftarut 
frt ^...aremfq^ triW(fr JTU^ Bk- 2. 

21, 7- 34 i wnfcw'WWwA =ffin Ku. 
3-6. 



/> p. Learnl, studied, read, 
remembered, attained &C.-COMP. 
-far a. who has studied the Vedas 
or finished his studies. 

: /. [ \-fiff, ] i Study, peru- 
sal i "iwri lorjT^nol: N. I. 4-2 Re- 
membrance, recollection. 

Well-read^ proficient in (with loc.) 



ft &c. i ?rsfHf'H?fl?'ftiWr Ku. 5. 
:6 muttering holy prayers, en- 
[aged in repeating sacred texls. 



: />/. />. A student, one 
who goes over the Vedas. 

: [ J-?T w?. J I Learning, 
remembrance.-2=9T'Tf ) q. v, 
[ !-^K] Learning, study. 
teading ( especially the Vedas); 
one of the six duties of a Bra- 
hmana- The study of the Vedas is 
allowed to the first 3 classes, but 
not to a Sudra Ms- I. 8C-9I. 



: ; the latter view is obvi 
ously correct i cf. 



or better still, Yaska's Nirukta: 



48 



i wnjr n ( 



ii See also under 



Wifff. 



[ art^-fort-f^ ] A tea- 
cher, preceptori instructor \ es- 
pecially of the Vedasi wnsW', *nu* 
professor r >i teacher of grammar. 
logic &c. t wi* a hired teacher, 
mercenary d teachen e ST^?i: styled a 
professor. According to Vishnu- 
Smr/ti an adhyapaka is of 2 kinds; 
he is either an Acharya \. e. One 
who invests a boy with the sacred 
thread and initiates him into the 
Vedas, or he is an [fpdhy<iya i. e- 
one who teaches for livelihood 
( fr^S ) | See Ms. 2. 140-141 and 
the two words. 



' ( i-0n(,, vnt-yj^ ] Teach- 
ing, instructing) lecturing, espe- 
cially on sacred knowledge i one 
of the six duties of a Brahmana 
According to Indian law-givers. 
warm* is of three kinds: ( I ) un- 
dertaken for charity, ( 2 ) for 
wages and ( 3 ) in consideration of 
services rendered i cf- Han'ta: 



ftft-i 



m [s-OntH.] A teacher, 
instructor. 

arwrnr a. [ *-*?r P. III. 3. 21 ] 
( At the end of comp. ) A jeader, 
student, o ic who studies) r^romT: 
a student of the Vedasi so *W. i: 
i Reading) learning) study, espe- 
cially of the Vedas i TOtms*ro*r?wiT 
( *ift ) Ram.-2 Proper time for 
reading or for a lesson i C ^T: mzj^ 
Ms . 4. 102, see awrra also. -3 A 
lesson, lecture ; aw'rasfow WCTHJ: 
P. III. 3. 122 i so WTttntft SB'S (TOT; 
4 A chapter, a large division of 
a work =uch as of the Ramayana, 
Mahabharata> Manu-Smn'ti. Pa- 
nini's Sutras &c. The following 
are some of the names used by 
Sanskrit writers to denote chap- 
ters or divisions of works : HrT 
rf: crf<fift^jjTmkni<ji%iT$T: i 



v . [iforft ] Studying. 
.,-*!/, A student, learner. 



: [ f-' 



q. v. i f 



] = 
Ku 2 



s. n. 64. 



. f 3 ^-^ P. V. 4. 7 
I s * "3 w ] Subject to, subservient, 
dependent on i usually in comp. i 
wni: srtVt ijfqsft'n: M. 3. 14 i 



Ku- 



consigned to your -care. 



4. I0i 

fl: R. i. 

Dk. 7 



q. v- 

a. I Not bold, timid. -2 Con- 
fused, lacking self-command, excit- 
ed, excitable. -3 Fitful) capricious. 
-4 Unsteady, not fixed, tremulous, 
rolling -, *.%tlf%aRmeT^n Ku I. 46; 
*hw: Si. i. 53i 6. 25.-$ Querulous, 
foolish,weak-minded. n I Lightn- 
ing -2 A capricious or quarrel- 
some mistress i see under nmrai. 

ar^ima: [3^1 an^sr^^ ^Br-^r^] A 
long coat or mantle covering the 
whole person (fWftfl^Wrti <*ra: ). 

3)9151: [aria*: i?r: ] Lord, supreme 
lord or master, sovereign ruler 

3TT. fl, BfH' 8C; 

**: [*njra: ?T: ] i A supreme 
lord or an employer -2 An Arhat 
( among Jainas ) 

siire d.[wrej-3\%nVffr] Honorary, 
solicited. T. [w^-m] Honorary 
office or dutj' , one of the cases in 
which f&s- or the Potential may be 
used; P. ill. 3- 161 ( w?i? = ? 
^t^i WTTIT: Sk. ) 

*! /</. [ WTWI ^i^ j 5? 
HK^aTr^wgrr^ii: ?wt3 argflm^jtr: wr^ p. 
V. 3. 17 Sk. ] Now, at this time; 
m^mRipT nrt^rr Ku. 4. 12- 

sg^ifn a. ( HT /. ) [ sr^ nqfii j^r^ 
55,^ ] Belonging to the present 
times, modern. 

3< a. [ =1116? ^: ftrrtuft m uw ] 
Not la'ien, free from the burden of 
cares &c- '-j: [". a.].. Absence of 
burden or cares- 

ar^ni: [ * ST. ] 'So'mkeless' 
burning or blazing fire. 

*T a Not held or controlled 
&c. n: One of the /OOO names of 
Vishnu ( H?TT -!H^p%=t ^sifq H ija: *gq- 
: ). 



:/. i WaM of firmness or 
control, looseness-2 Incontinence. 
-3 Unhappiness. 



a I Not bold modest, shy. 
-2 Invincible, irresistible; unhurt; 
gr: R v 6. 50- 4 



a. I Invincible, unassail- 
able i wan:<T^ Ku 3. 51 unassail. 
able even in thought umapproach. 
able(opp aTT~Mr*ii)i w^OTHnferav 
'n^MR^n'ig: R. i. 16. -2 Modest, 
shy. -3 Proud 



milk. 



g: [ =f. a. ] A cow not yielding 



-*** a. [*. f.] Withoat self 
IKissession, courage &c-, swayed 
by excitement. 5 Absence of 
courage, firmness or control ; 
excitability. 



See under 



a. [armt; arj 

I Perceptible to the senses> visible; 
n<i^i ft3T w? wr^ng: Bv. 4. 
17- -2 One who exercises supervi- 
sion. presiding over. JJ: I A su- 
perintendent, president, head, lord, 
master, controller, ruler ; *wt2W$<n 
Bg. 9. 10; 'J^t'^'ir 
Ku. 6 17; oft in 

comp. it*', fcn, ?rr> , j[i'.-2 An 
eye-witness (Ved). -3 N. of a 
plant (jrft*fiT) Mimusops Kauki. 



ind- On the subject of 
syllables; above all syllables. t 
The mystic syllable 



z'a" [*r wfirairftr ^r] Over, 
by or near the nuptial fire n.(%) 
One of the six kinds of TSR 
( woman's property ) mentioned 
in Ms- 9. 194 t a gift made to a 
woman at the time of marriage: 



n So 



H [a7f5r-ar^.%] i Tending 
upwards i superior, eminent. -2 
One who obtains or acquires. 



^iT [ 3TmiTfJfW ^V# JTHTII HT j N. 

of two plants ( .sni^pr iCarpopogon 
Pruriens, and (^rmwii) Flacourtia 
Cataphracta- 

s .re i/i</. On high ( with ace. ) ; 
ai* Sk. 



; srfSfJjq; ] Exces- 
sive abuse or censure.gross abusei 
Y. 3. 228- 

JTOTtn a. [ anfw^fl smtH; ] 
Completely subject or dependent, 
as a slave i iwetpfl * irmsqi 
(Nrffgl Ms. 8. 66 ( Kull. 



war. 



& c . See under 



OT* a. [ wftwtf nw ] Having an 
additional half; <in> |>73qg: ^ ts . 
CTS niiisjsn: Ms. 9. 117 ; ?ijnwrsf%ni 
Mb., i. e. 150; flVwiwrin pt 2 
18. ( In coinp. with a following 
noun ) Amounting to or worth 
one and a half ; r *a amounting to 
one and a half Kamsa. so " 



49 



3T-5TT 
STTOt, mtvu, <-5p, ^H^f, <^3wt & c . ( P 

V. I. 2835. ). at: Wind ( v 
5? frf arwrrwrij arftHinqtiqfl 3* 
tras; fft mm*? Bn. Up. ) 



tumouri goitre = 

5tra^r|*^: Susr. 



K. 



4 P. j To determine, 
resolve ; ^r-iffl^w 
'%n ?%=r TJ. i; sr|<5>7 
171 i foKWifift g?%: Ve I ; 
lOTrom * ftn Si. 9. 76 i resolve Of 
mean to do.-2 To attempt] exert, 
undertake i *rr HT?M are^^r: Dk- 
123 ; TO f^^bJiaita H- I. -3 
To grapple with --4 To conceive, 
apprehend, think 
Dk. 86. 



[ WT^-I^ ] i Effort, de- 
termination &c See *rei3wr.-2 (in 
Rhet.) Identification of two things 
('tfiw and anifKT ) in such a manner 
that the one is completely absorbed 
into the other ; ftiffaftTj^Hwr g Hfn*T 
<rcT 'TO K. P. IO-, on such identifica- 
tion is founded the gure called 
wffarorftn, and the 3$nn called 
T". See K. P. 2- 



: i An attempt, effort. 
exert. on r i*i ?a^m:?<OTWflnmm: <frfft 
ftf(iHri9jjoi fj H- I-v. I 
Dk. i6i--2 Determination, resolu- 
tion, menial effort or apprehension, 
q: p. VI. 2. 21- 



. 

-3 Perseverance, diligence, energy> 
constancy > rr?4fti ^ *% ^pfaCTTOre: 
U. 4 absence of energy or resolu- 
tion, drooping of spirits', ( with 
ife!j-jTU: as the reading, the meaning 
would be ' way this eltort on your 
part i- e. to determine whether you 
should go or nut, hesitation-' ). 

>ensi% a. [^-faft] Attempting; 
resolute, persevering) energetic- 

iviii3T%iT/. p. Attempted, ment- 
ally apprehended, ue ermined 

att^iN [ fa jqfiJrgiw] Beating 
again what is being thre&hed and 
peeled 



] Excessive 
eating, tating again betpre the last 
meal is digested * 
n Sasr- 



t^v n. I 9rf^kgtif?i ] A bone 
growing over another. 



4 P- I To place upon 
another, add or append to. -2 ( In 
Phil- ) To attribute or ascribe 

7 



falsely, attribute the nature of one 
thing to another; wff f 



S. B. 



p.p. [*(, w] i Placed 
upon or over. -2 Attributed, wrpng- 
ly ascribed or supposed) as 3^1 TST- 
&c. 



: [ arn-^ ] i False attri- 
bution, wrong supposition ( fon- 

*;<?: tm y*nwr&: ) -, for. full expla- 
nation see S. B. 8-22 and arwfirq 
also--2 An appendage -3 Putting 
down upon 5 TT?IOTT& stii %*: Y- 2. 
217- 

affci I H. I U- I To fix upon, to 
occupy. -2 To attack. 



arerreitfr a- Taken possession of, 
occupied i*flr ^efoTgrr 5. 2- 14. 



a. [ 

wr ] Belcnging to self or person) 
concerning an individual. f* ind- 
fZT] Concerning self. fr 
The supreme spirit (manifested as 
the individual sel f )orthe relation 
between the supreme and the indi- 
vidual SOul i 3I 

Pg. 8. 3 ( **&* mm 



Sr/- 

(ihara)" 'Brahma is the supreme, the 
indestructible ; its manifestation 
( as an individual self ) is arwrfR' 
Telang's Bhagavadg/ta , ^nsr 3. 
30.-cOmp. gpf-i%or knowledge of 
the supreme spirit or an?*re;, thecso- 
phical or metaphysical knowledge 
( the d9ctrines taught by the Upa- 
nisha. s 8zc-); itfi fnr 
M- 1. 14; c ftn finnit 



, 

rr% i] one proficient in this 
knowledge, * jpCTiwfl?*!^ ii<j;- 
**!T!3S Ms. 6-82- M": [ wifm^rr- 
?^ftfifn ^m; ] concentration of the 
mind on the .dtman drawing it off 
from all objects of sense- iflf a. 
. w. ] one who delights in the 
contemplation of the supreme 
spiriti Ms- 6. 49. rmmw N. of a 
Ramayana which treats of the re- 
lation between the supreme and 
the individual soul, while it n..i- 
rates Rama's story. 



?w a- ( ft/. ) Relating to 
, WOT!"! See under *' 



Dk. 154. Cans. [-Tfjtijft ] i 
To cause to ascend, mount or sit 
in, 2 ( -fltrirfj* ) ( a. ) To place one 
in, entrust or appoint tos to cause, 
produce, bring about i jnfTgw 
jj ; nir3Trs*rm'nftft K 148; *w i ^r^"- 
OTid^n _^202. ( b > To attribute 
falsely \ ^rft'ift jraiq^wenrfrcnrr^r: K. 
108 ( falsely ) representing even 
vices as virtues. ( c ) To overdo 
exaggerate- 



I P. I To ascend, mounts 
$?Ti<mrRO^ WVAH .R. 
16. 28 i ( fig. ) to gain ascendancy 
over, domineer or lord it over i 
K. 105 ; 



/>-/>. i Mounted, ascend- 
ed. 2 Raised above, elevated. 3 
Above, superior to, more than 
(with iustr. )? below; inferior* 

Mu. 5. 



12 of those in high office! 

sf nia^wireet frf": U. 6 my 
insolence went the length of taking 
up arms- 



: i Raising, elevating &c. 
-2 ( In Vedftnta phil. ) Act of 
attributing talsely or through 
mistake > erroneously attribut- 
ing the properties of one thing 
to another! considering through 
mistake a rope ( which is not 
really a serpent ) to be a serpent, 
or considering Brahma ( which is 
not really the niateiial world ) to 
be the material world i 



. 

*nrerTTT3rs*TiTft: Vec^ntasara. 3 
Erroneous knowledge. 



I Raising &c. Hi u K- 
222. 108-2 Sowing ( seed ). 

3iOTii)ft/. p. Falsely attributed 
or supposed , hyperbolical. 

aCTi^rn: [ ajft-sn-w-snr ] I Act 
of sowing or scattering (seed &c.)- 
-2 [swr* sisr] A field wherein seed 
&c- is sown. 

.,.-,- ^i Bis " s ^ ] One of 
the six kinds of tfw or woman's 
property, the property which she- 
receives when leaving her father's 
house for her husband's i m 3*- 
Hrfi WHIT g Mg*ifi ( ^rfT?i ) i arewr 
im 



*i4i^i 2 A. I () To lie down, 
settle upon i occupy, dwell in ( as 
a seat or habitation ; * seatoreself 
in or upon, enter upon, get into 
( as a path &c. ) ( with ace, of 

K. 28' 36, 40, q&3iT*Ttt!?*i R. I-95i 
Airrffc^ wnr: V. 5! S'^W- 
3 is waiting at the door; 



R. 2. 17; 4- 74' 6- ' l2 8 5 ' J 3- 22 - 
76 15- 93; Me- 761 Bk. I. 51 Ms. 7- 
77, 4 ffiftiCTTCT 9vs: Mu. 3' V " T " 
wt jmsi*'??"irn% ; i5f M. i ccupy 
the seat of judge, accept the office 
of judge. ( b ) To take possession 
of, grasp, seize i * W^fmvm- 
i<n R. 2. 52 with eyes tremulous 
on account of her being seized by 
him ( wwm?W*PW* ). (c) To re- 
sort to, inhabit ; v-t-qtfwmff^fms 
ffl* H^t Ku 6- 56 -2 To live in 
conjugal relation'; cohabit with. 
-3 ti be directed or fixed upon. 
-A To rule, govern, influence ' 
affect, concern ( mostly Ved. ) 
Caus. Tocause one -to sit down 
upon ; *wrCTmwrtif Bk 2- 46. 

reTO* I Sitting down upon, oc- 
cupying, presiding over.-2 A seat, 
place 



Agni.-* a. [* 
making irresistible- 
betelnut plant. 



the 



a- I Not held, not to be 
got hold ofs not forthcoming. -2 
Not surviving, dead. 

ws* a. I Uncertain, doubtful 2 
Unsteady> moving, not fixed or 
permanent ) wttsift P- III. 4. 54 j 
separable ( which can be severed 
or detached without fatal or dis- 
astrous effects ) ( 1" *" "fa* 
Sk. ) * An uncertainty *> 



a traveller- *rix: *WK [ *. a - 3 
measure of length applicable to 
roads i^r*iB5^HOT: Vart. *t 

ti art* 1 A plant ( 

) ifn: I. the sun^( 

TTlft ^ iW^mt S?^ 

or are*": w?nRt Tfil: )-2. inspector 
of the road. W I "^ % rt '- ""* 
t: ?n%. n. ] i. a travelling coach. 2 
[ ar&* nft I*T ] a messenger skilled 
in travelling ( mn ?t ^i: ) rw: 
{ waft siroffo srwtfrft %l:\Tv. ] 
N. of a tree ( aroup^) ( atwnwt cns- 



: See under 

n: -fT* I Supplying an el- 
lipsis ( aiil^ifttw^yrw).-2Argu- 
ing; inferring i new supposition i 
inference or conjecture. 

Se a ( Ety ? ) Coiled up three 
and a half times !** a snake 
forming a ring coiled upthree 
and a half times* w*iw ?rf g|* W- 
A. L. 10- 



wa* >rew ; cf. the English phrase 
'A bird in the hand is worth two 
in the bush. 1 . 

*f : Quinsy 5 a kind of disease 
attended with fever arising from 
the affection of blood; *ta: <^fi- 

; Susr- 



"r a. 



, . 

an._^i-ni STT, arw^t ff^ P. V- 2. 
16 ] Able to undertake a journey- 
speeding on a journey; WH nnrsw, 
^9{mm'i Bk. 2. 44. ":> **: A 
traveller going fast, way-farer. 



*}?: [ WWTH *? ai^f^H 3 A car- 
riage drawn or borne by camels. 

wji a. [ "t^ ^^ ** ] I Raised, 
exalted, elevated, hanging over -2 
Abundant, increased, c.^p'ious.-S 
Rich, affluent : Siva ' A wife 
whose husband has married an- 
other wife and thus superseded 
her (=MWtai q- v. ) 

I A cow with full and fat udders 
-2The vessel ( in the body) above 
the udder or above the scrotum i 
perhaps urethra ( ? ) 

nmi U. I To overlay, place on 
or upon. -2 To raise above. 

*re^j* Putting of a layer ( of 
ashes &C ). 



Un. 4. US'. perhaps from 5l 
also] I (a) A way, road \ passage. 
orbit ( of planets &c- ) ; g^wpr % 
miftswfa Me- 54. ( b . -Distance, 
space ( traversed or to be tra- 
versed ) i ^g^iwiiiaigg^: **W K- 

119, 120; wmwwfo *n SWWT 207; 

R- I. 47; isp^nswr Me. 45* *re$t- 
Tf*rtW5r &c- ( c ) Journey, travel, 
course, march' i: in%mi i ' Ms. 
4. 60 undertake a journey ;a"5Tg<frl 
isg^fmi: R. II- 57 after three 
marches; "rfft: fiwwn Ki- 1 1- 
way-worn; U I 34; Me- 17. 38 

A recension of the VeUas and the 
school upholding it ( 5rmr, swwr )-, 



[ ariw-ninS!-^ ] Causing 
one to do a thing, especially a 
preceptor &c.> as an honorific 
duty- "it [ww*! <?WT w*n3 Solicita- 
tion, entreaty. 

"% a. [-?-:] Not restrained, 
irresistible. COMP. J-H d. [ Wa- 
"H.-f-'^T **-iW " 1 of irresistible 
motion or course ( w^'l*"' 5 ' ), im- 
petuous 



Rv- 8 22 ii (-J: ) N. of a 
heavenly killer of sacrificial vic- 
tims, or _the name of the formula 
itself ending witn an invocation of 



ii: i -3 Time ( Kala ), time' 
pecsonified, ( being the eater o/ 
all ). 4 Airi sky, atmosphere ^ 
Place- -6 Means, resourceimethod 
-7 Attack ( arfitaswtriT ). wi Is 
changed to t after prepositionsi 
niw:, iar: &c COMP **: (MW- 
iwnft, Mil.-l ] i. a traveller- 2. an .in- 
telligent person. f>i:,-&i: [*...] 
an officer in charge of the public 
roads *H [ wsBrt ] jouroey, 
travel *: I one who travels ; a 
traveller, vvay-farer; WTWJWW*WT- 
gT?(tfiHnwt Ku. 6 46 f 'Tiftn. ). jg. a 
camel. 3. a mule. 4- the sun; 'sfi^: 
N. of a tree, Spondias Mangitera 



AMICI; ' 

Nir.3 i Not crooked, not broken, 
uninterrupted ili 5Wii4K3t *: Yv. 
27. 17 c srt=?f ft* ?n^rni ).-2 In- 
tent, attentive.-3, Durable, sound. 

* ] A sacrifice, a religious cere- 
mony i also a Soma sacrifice; w- 
^ fihffatfw R. 5. !.*:< I Sky or 
air (WT3t).-2 The second of the 8 
Vasus. COMP. *w an optional 
sacrifice (w^Jft). *t [V w. ] 
part of the srawwnmt which^treats 
of sacrifices. [ wwt iwTi 3 in- 
tended for a sacrifice <V"irti I H. 
a. 3 consecration connected with 
an Adhvara; so tnn%ftt: an expi- 
ation &c- Wrmi [ t. er. ] N- of 
Jaimini's Purvamimansa. fi: [^ 
a. 3 glory of the Adhvara we- 
S: n. N of an aggregate of liba- 
tions connected with a sacrifice. 



m aitarim, Den. P. To de- 
sire to have a sacrifice performed: 
OP to perform one. 



(-r i 



the Ganges. in in- 
VI. *. 40 1 



Nir.i 

r TV- ] I Any offici- 
ating priest, technically distin- 
guished from ?t?. $T5 and w^-His 
duty was "to measure the ground, 
build the altan prepare sacrificial 
vessels, to fetch wood and water, 
light the fire,bring the animal and 
immolate it," and while doing this 
to repeajt the Yajurvedaiftar wmir- 
Wi% HwewJ: TrVi$irfl Sk. See ^wr 
also.-2 The Yajurveda itself pi 
Adherents of that Veda.-COMP. 
%^: Yajurveda 



. 
perishable! bright ( 1 ). 



51 



I *. s. ] Twilight, gloomi 
slight darkness, shade- !t: [ *. a. ] 
End of the journey.-CoMP ?rnr: 
[ snsria^r WTtfiwrar: sir** \* TV". ] A 
plant ( staT* ) Cassia Fistula of 
Bignonia Indica (blossoming in 
shade 



P- 

i To breathe i 
*$* Rv. 10 I29.2.-2 To move, go 
about, lives *' JtTW"<l *ir<r sn^ijr 
*m=*T T pmi Taitt. Up--J To gasp, 
pant with thirst ( Ved ). Cans. 
wroft; desid. y^i^^i- ( 4 A. ) To 
live. 



. to, [ fo^l The sou lifter * 
Rv. 4. 30. 3. 

i;-3T^] Breath, respiration: 
EUH 33^: Hfr^ls": StSjartfS 
5/7 . Up. [ cf- L- animus, Gr. 



Act of breathing, 



a. [ =f. *. ] I Not entitled to 
a share in the inheritance; si.jta- 



awr [ an rgs 
living &c. 



n fuls. 9. 201- Other 
persons are also mentioned by 
Devala, Baudhayana, Katyayana 
and Narada. -2 Without parts, 
undivided, portionless ; an epithet 
of the sky or the Supreme Being 



] The olantain tree. 
a. Mean, base ; See 



" 1 Without si-ht, blind. 

a. 1 Without an axle-tre*. 
2 Sightless, blind. 



</. [ ST. <r. J Not cause- 
lessly, not suddenly or acci- 
dentally. 

**5" a. [*. .] i Unable to speak, 
mute, dumb, unlettered ; gwsjf 
iuif?t: Bh. 2. 56. -2 Unfit to be 
uttered- * [ sni^rear^MJrtSr n? ] 
Abusive language, foul or abusive 
words, censure. adv. Without the 
use of words, not expressed by 
words, mutely, dumbly; >* w K- 
219, 143! "wftrn^^w R. i 4 . 26 

w% . [ if?WT ?f^] A bad eye, 
weak eye 

*f*T a- ["] Houseless i: 
A vagrant ascetic. 

*-"ii/tVw The houseless -state of a 
vagrant ascetic. 



*inr [* a. ] i Non-fire, subsiancj 
other than firei w^-fraaftsrra 



*Iir.-2 Absence of fire. .1. I Not 
requiring fire, dispensing with fire, 
without the use of fire; fite* firfanrrq 

**flrfk: rirniftnTfirft?r R 8 255 
said of a sacrifice also ( Wf5r^owrf|fft 
*: ).-2 Not^maintaining the sacred 
ire; awrfcrft^r: nrngi^jpswsw: Ms. 
) 25, 43; irreligious-, impious. -3 
Dyspeptic -4 Unmarried. -GMp- 

-^r <j. Ved. not maintaining the 
sacred fire, sinful, irreligious Rv. 
I. 189. 3 -^ra. Not burnt with 
Ire or on the funeral pile, Rv. IO- 
15. 14 ( ?iin5'** * wr ) j a class of 
Manes; Ms. 3 199. 



a- 1". *.] I Sinless, innocent; 
ifTw%w R. 14. 40. -2 Free 
From blame, faultless, handsome: 

S. 2. I0i fW ?W^T/fCiIW^rT. 

Ak.^wiwmDk. 123 -3 With- 
out mishap or accident, free from 
danger, calamity &c.; safe, unhurt-, 
Dk. ip8 



5 7- ww 

S. 4 safely delivered or brought to 
bed* "w^t: R. 14. 75. 4 Without 
grief Or sorrow; ^wrgw*Ffc R. 10. 
19-5 Free from dirt, impurities 
&c., pure, spotless; R. 13 6$; 10 
80; Si. 5. 31. *: I White mustard. 
-2 N. of Vishu; r<s1 'frinft JNt| 
also of Siva and of several other 
persons, a Gandharva, Sadhya &c'. 



a , [ w$3w sf^i!?; j i Un- 
governable, unruly. 2 Taking li- 
cense ( as a poet ). 



"n* a [ i. ^. J i Bodiless, with- 
out a body; formless, incorporeal! 
?artr: *im$r?r t% : KU 4 9.-2 Dif- 
ferent from the body. -3 Without 
a supplement or auxiliary.": 
Cupid ( the bodiless one; so called 
from his having been reduced to 
ashes by Siva with the fire of his 
third eye when he -tried to seduce 
the god's mind towards Parvat/ 
for the birth of a deliverer of the 
gods from TSraka ). * I Skyair, 
ether. -2 The mind ( 



COMP. 
Amorous sports. 2. N. of a metre 
of two lines, the first with 16 long, 
and second with 32 short, syllables. 
? a- [ ?<?. H. ] inspiring love* *? 
IS"*?* g**Jr K 22o ( also without 
Angada) ; wqptrt*w??5wt% ftjjrr* 5 
Bhar. Ch. gr^ft N- of the 83rd 
chapter of Hftwrtflt^ioij'i^i^^nH*, see 
under w. 5Ni: ( *^w**r ) a love 



I"., T' "l?nrf-&c. ) I An ox. but 
-2 The sign Taurus- p or 



letter; -iwifti^fufi* ( ^wft) Ku. I. 7 

<T: N- of an erotic work describ 
ing the several postures ( ww 
pertaining to sexual intercourse 

^i:, -"WH &c N of Siva- ^' 
N. of a metre of four lines, each 
with 15 Iambic feet- 

* The mind 



a. [*.! Destitute of 
fingers 

*i*> a. Not clear.dirty. 

nifjTWwif'Mn [ jmror on .] A 
miserable or small goat. 

riiw #. [ ] i Without colly- 
rium, pigment, or paint; ^n*w 
S. D--2 Faultless) taintless. -3 With- 
out any connection ( M:Wa ). <r i 
The sky, atmosphere. -2 The u- 
preme spirit ( vm ), Vishnu or 
Ndrayana. 



A cow.-Comp. ijfli [ wj^fitf*" 
t TWT: HT ] a plant ( >flfin<ii ) ( * 
) ; a. [ zv. . ] a giver of 
oxen. 

a. Having oxen. 
: N. of a sage. 
a- [ " ^. ] Not small o r 
minute or fine, coarse -?: Coarse 
grain, peas &c- 

wmr ind: Not very much! com- 
pounds beginning with w*i% may be 
analysed by referring to arifrie.-g. 
: moderation; *i<8Hifl not 



to be transgressed, inviolable; 
ffirn" opaque; ^iffi^ga unsurpassed, 
real, true, proper; <Hfilnrw invul- 
nerable; ir?TO*ra sense of diminu- 
tive words; aww imperishable, 
unrlecaying &c-i wrftn?* not to be 
asked to excess; sPtftfWf^m absence 
of delay; fluency as a speakers 
qualification, one of the 35 Vaggu- 
as, q v. 

*irap ind [*] Ved- Not truly 
or clearly, not certainly or defini- 
tely.-COMP- -sw: not a true man? 
one who is not of use, either to 
gods, men or the Manes. 



White Mustard. 

sprcra* a.(*i/.)[ ". fl - 1 Not per- 
taining, to this or the current day; 
a term used by Paini- to denote 
the sense of the Imperfect or the 
Periphrastic future- P. III. 2. Hi, 
III. 3. 15; *8* ^-*ra^a,s "* mVirft 95- 
trw; itreji^wH^ ^ wr. *: Not the 
current cla> ; wSraTT: ^i <wvJf <nT- 

Sk., 



52 



! a. [". a ] I Not more or 
excessive. -2 Boundless; perfect. - 
3 Not capable of being enlarged or 
surpassed 



T: [ *. x ] Absence of autho- 
rity right, claim &c. -COMP- *nfi 
intermeddling, officiousness- 
w a- Not entitled to. 



a. [ f. H. ] Not obtained, 
acquired or studied. -COMP- 1 ft- 
wa- foiled in one's expectations 
OTW a. who has not learnt the Sa- 
stras. 



a. [f n. ] Independent.-*: 
5imi *^] An independent 
carpenter working on his own 
account 



a. [ =. a. ] i Not percep- 
tible or observable, invisible! nft 
sft t fliigim,-.itq$i a^r vrfca Bhasha 
P 2 Without controller or ru- 
ler &c 



: awswr [ *. a. ] Not study- 
ing, intermission of study ; the 
time When there is or ought to be 
such intermission, a holiday (*f?*- 
: ) i mrftremCTiv: U. 4 a holiday 
( given ) in honor of distinguish d 
guests See Ms. 2. 105-65 4- 103- 
4. 105-8'. 117-8, 126 &c. 

"^"'S* a. Unable to compre- 
hend s *BT non-comprehension, 
unintelligibility. 

awjmiTO i Not repeating a 
statement or proposition -2 Tacit 
assent. 



w a. [ iffef sJnt'TCf] Endless, 
infinite, eternal, boundless, inex- 
haustible ; *fi"nrWi iw Ku- I. 3 
: I N. of Vishnu i "wfomF: 
ftrjft: fw'li'i^iwt: =>W gurwt nrfift ( TT- 
wlnMWi-oft ) B"THnYsirg"i^ ii j also o' 
Vishnu's conchi the serpent Sesha; 
of Krishna and his brother; of 
Siva, the I4th Arhat; VSsuki, the 
lord of serpentS' J 2 A cloud. } 
Talc --4 N. of a plant (fltprc ) 
Vitex Trifolia.-5 The 23rd aste- 
rism *WT 6 A silken cord with 
14 knots tied round the right arm 
on the rt<njj4fli day -7 The letter 
" w I The earth ( the endless ). 
2 The number one 3 N. of 
various females' of Parvati 4 N 
of various plants i TH*T, *Hflij*! ( a 
very medicinal plant ). frft, arrow*}, 
3T* 1 - wficw, <m, atnrft, ^rpw, ffftrtft, 
Jnrrn3r, Tni"!m, ftrowr -rft A small 
silken cord tied round the left arm 
of a woman i The sky, atmos- 
phere 2 Infinity, etfirnity -3 Ab- 
solution, final beatitude , <Rt?rrr 
WJi Pt, 2. 72-4 The supreme 
spirit, Brahma ( <rcww ) ( w* 



wf?hl 



r&r fan n COMP. WW^OT. the 
Supreme Spirit.-( a- magnifying 
to any extent i P. Ill 2. 21 * a- 
moving for ever. SOT a. possessed 
of endless merits i of counties- or 
infiniie number t cwrtfT"<ing o i%9n 
Mv. 6.55. ^st,-*'"' [wnw 3rm=i 
TWT HT ^j^n ] the I4th day of the 
bright half of Shadrapada when 
Ananta is worshipped. i^H (SR- 
mft ^rarft firn^n;.) i. N. of Vasudeva, 
the conqueror of all 2- N. of an 
Arhat deity. mt a. of endless 
width, extensive- -m^pt m. I. one 
who visits many places of pilgri- 
mage. 2- a Jaina deity.-srftai the 
third day of the bright half of 
or 



U?JT ] N..of Siva, or of Indra 
: [ asR^r ^ 53 ] i. the serpent 

Sesha. 2. fjawrt ^wira; %-amJ N. 

of Narayana who sleeps on Sesha 

TO </-of endless width, boundless! 
'i ft sts^jini Pt. r.-im a. of 
endless tricks, endlessly deceitful 

*Jf: a medicinal plant i ( 5iiT<**t ).- 
TII%- an infinite quantity- <* a. 
of innumerable forms or shapes! 
epithet of Vishnu- rw: a disease 
of the head, resembling tetanus- 
re*t: [ OTCTPI. ftsf^ tTftjrn sft* ] N. 
of Yudhish^hira'sconch shell Bg I. 
16 iftn: N of the23rd Jaina Arhat 
of a future age. an see wra^jfsft 
above- ?tr?fc a- of boundless power, 
omni|x>tenti epithet of the Supreme 
Being. flf* TravancoresSriianga- 
pa//ana ( ? )-#i* N- of Vishnu or 
the Supreme Being. (-<tf ) N. i'f the 
wife of VSsuki ^?JOT a. Ved. pos- 
sessing endless strength; endhssly 
blowing.-wr a- of boundless magni- 
ficence, an epithet of the Supreme 
Being. 

***< a [ri% i] Endless, eternal 
&c. % The Eternal or Infinite 
( among the Jainas ). 



a. [ w%w f^-m ] Endless, 
eternal, infinite f* I Eternity, in- 
finity.^ The foot of 



. [ *wft tigir,] Endless, 
eternal. m. One of Brahma's four 
feet ! eaith, intermediate region. 
heaven, and ocean. 



"TJI: &c fw jj. Having no interior 
Or interior space, limitless ; X$m, 
*y w^t ff ( 3)^151. 2 Having no 
interval or interstice or pause ( of 
space or time ) i compact, close; 
: *rent: P. I. i. 7, See 



3 Contiguous, neighbouring, ad" 
ining ; aWTii wg?iraiH'^i *$$*i ?q- 
'T'tfftn. R. 8. 19; *w**JH*i *n r 
"^fw "Jf K- 136-. immediately 
adjoining , K'. 2 53, R. 7 21; not 
distant from ( withabl. ) t anwt- 
Wtwnfjqi urffci: Mu 4; wt^ttrii<^?n: 
Ms 2. 19 ( Kull. a^BT: f^ft'j;'!: ) aft: 
3T*Sf f*r* 7. 158 ; or in com p. ; ft^- 
imff mn ?rf: Ak who is an imme- 
diate neighbour -4 Immediately 
before or after *ri^ raunw^nt *" 
fli ^WJTTirapH' Ku. 4 32 soon after, 
just afterwards ; ^.v^ftfkftaRfOTMl 
qr^> ^raryrantwm: C*hand. M hav- 
ing characteristics mentioned just 
bef >re.-5 Following, coining close 
upon ( in comp. ) \ 5iwwnTi'myf'% 
Ku. I. 23 ; 2 53 . ^RoCif S. I the 
next du y, what should be done 
next =1 Belonging to the caste 
immediately following ; 3*1 %S*SC- 
rfiwr: Ms io- 14 -7 Uninterrupted, 
unbroken, continuous. -i [H w. ] 
I Contiguity, proximity : artiRiWjn 
iiiWT6=( K. 93. 2 Brahma.the supre- 
me soul ( as being of one entire 
essence ). t ind [ Strictly it is 
ace. of time ^awflt-wti: ; irfta jfaTT'ir 
wm'T ] i Immediately after, after- 
wards 2 ( With a prepositional 
force ) After ( with abl. ) ; jwn- 
TTiint^'T R.J 7 i ?mret'nwrt Bg- 
12- 12- ; ^I'nw'trai R. 3. 33, 36 . 
2- 71 > 'Fmwi'Hit Trn: Pt. I. rarely 
with gen. ; SI'T^ %(i%5isg *s?oT'iS'r f li; 
i Rain. ; or in cOmp- ' w^: w*f 
n^im <w: S- 7 31 ; R 4 2. ; Ms. 
3 252, Y. 2. 41 ; *w*<a* K- 78 
immediately after those words - 
COMp.-T: or fi [*R?TTWT sriaTsorra 1 
*n%: ^rf^ ] i the child of a Ksha- 
triyi or Valsyft motheri by a father 
belonging to the caste immediately 
above the mother's, Ms. 10 4- 2 
born immediately before or after 
a younger or elder brother, (-ft ) 
a younger or elder sister ; 
: R. 7. 32. ; so'im. 



a Next in succession. 



t ^. a ] Not 
leaving, non-abandonment- 

artjmn a. ["] Uninterrupted, 
without a break. 



tfTMl, /;;. [ JfiJTi tW j 

. <f- ] N. of Kula grass used 
for the TWW q- v. 



cheerless.^: N- of a purgatory. 

fi Not food, that which is 
undeserving of being eaten- 



ii.l Not different, identical 
same, not other than, self ; , 



53 



Sold unique, without a, second.-3 
[smmw^: foinft rw ] Undivided, 
undistracted ( mind &c )i having 

no other object or person to think 
of &c- , 3?=T^msa!wt rt a SI*T: qfqnfflr 
Bg. 9. 22 In cump. sw** may be 
translated by ' not by another, ' 

' directed or devoted to no one 
else,' ' having no other Object ' 
-COMP. *4 a. not subservient to 
any other object, principal- sm*m 
a. independent, not resorting to 
another.( ) unencumbered esfSTe 
( in law ).-*TW:/. sole resort or re- 
source. *in* a. [ =. . ] having 
no other resource or help, having 
no other resource left i wr*wwfti 
**ftninm% irafc Udb. 35 a than 
which nothing is greater Si. I. 35 



a. giving one's undivided thought 
or attention to, with undivided 
mind i wftrtift qm^nnm 5. 4. u 
K- 75--":, -w*r* m. [ 

T or 



Cupid, the god of love: HI 
^(wnryJTt Mai i. 32. %n a 
gazing intently or steadfastly at i 
TB: ifcm(srff Ku 5. 20. |* a. hav- 
ing no other ( superior ) god, 
epithet of the Supreme Being. 
IWT exclusive devotion or attach- 
menti2'$tM'^?3 I ts'r'i''r Mai. 
6. 15. in*m a devoted to no oiher 
( woman ) S. 3. 19. 33 
*w ] having no other wifet 



, N Identity, sameness 

a. ( ?ft /. > Not like 
others, singular. 



f ff. J I Want of con- 
nection- -2 ( Rhet. ) A figure of 
speech in which a thing is com- 
pared to itself, the object being to 
show that it is matchless and can 
have no other S^TM-. eqHtfnrtarqq^. 

: 1 1 



\\ 



a fj. a ] I Unconnected. 
-2 Irregular, desultory! irrelevant, 
incoherent. -3 Not attended with, 
devoid of i as 3**, *n*fi &c. 



Destitute of much water ( as a 
puddle ). 

IIH^HUI pn i**n i Not injur- 
ing -2 Non-delivery. -3/In law ) 
Non-payment i frrwmw * Ms- 8. 



Non-payment 
41 ^TTPT or 



214 

: Harmlessness.-a., 
a Harmless, innocent- 



(-ST ) [ * ***; ijjf JIWT; m ] a virgin 
( wlro never before belonged to 
another), a woman having noother 
husband i R. 4. 7. HI* a. [ 3?nr 
sT^ri rr *TJT% ] not devoted to any 
other person i .swmnf qfiimcgfif 
Ku. 3 63--ftw a. not applicable 
or belonging 1o ;my one else, ex- 
clusively applicable i V. I- I- , 
Mv. I. 2$ fi a. I. of the same 
nature. 2. having no-other means 
of livelihood. 3. closely attentive. 
?n=t. a. not ruled over by any 
one else ; R- I 305 Dk 2- 



Ved. Whose victori- 
ous character cannot be reversed. 
*T'T?^ (i I Without issue, child- 
less , without heir; THI faa wu?fr 
S. 61 K 59, 63 2 Not propiti- us 
or favourable to children) causing 
fall ( craremiT ) Rv- 3. 54. 18- wr,- 
(* Childlessness ^<n?mrwnT nt 5. 
S. 7. 

q a . Impudent, shameless, 

a Ved. Not mutilated 
or curtailed. 



i: Not a corrupt word ; a 
properly formed word. 



. not common to any one 
else, uncommon, exclusively de- 
voted, applicable or belonging to- 
one i i=Tr*iftffraTwft ^rwR^wrr: -^w. 
V- 3. 18 i \ittK**: R. 6. 38* M. 
5 i 4. 10 ; 'not capable of being 

peiformcd by anyone c se, Ku. 3. 
19- HW a. ( ?ft f. ) having no 
equal, matchless, peerless; 
Pt I. 



ind- Very early ( before 
the sun starts on his journey ). 

&mt n- Having no other or se- 
cond , having no follower, sole ; 
* S. B- 



j raw a. Innocent, guiltless, 
harmless. a: Innocence. 



a. Ved. Impossible to 
be talked away or wishe i away. 

ss'nOTT'j a. Ved. Not letting go i 
able- 



a. Having no egress or 
passage to creep out of, un- 
justifiable, inexcusable i 
><: Ms. 8 198 ( *ro 
-K: An usurper. 

a. Not obstinate 



. ( of a cow ) Not 
refusing to be milked. 



I Free from loss or decay. 
-2 Imperishable, undiminished, 
undecayin,* i nwttfprtirqgTfm ( w$ f 
Ki- 2. li.-t: i Imperishable nature, 
freedom from decay or wear and 
tear* permanence. -2 N- of 5iva- 



a. Imperishable, firm, 
steady, unfailing, constant, dura- 
ble, not transient i Ri?rrfcg* flitn- 
stfrn^qrmr R. 17. 46-1 8- 17 i 
wrqimfiT HWTJ& TJTVI^ q^nr 5g5ft Ku- 
4. 3ii T$wrs gwnr * >?i:wrqu3w 
Mu- 5. 145 Ki. 14- 37 i 2. 43 i Si. 8- 
50, 14. 65, 17. 26. 

sfTfH [ f. * ] Not returning or 
coming back, non-recurrent ( s*u- 
ffriyw) )i unremitting ( ? ) 

*f^j-i%^.rt. [H. a.] i Regardless. 
-2 Careless, not minding or heed- 
ing, indifferent.-3 Independent or 
irrespective ( of another ) , not re- 
quiring any other thing.-4 Impar- 
tial. -5 Irrelevant, unconnected, 
unconcerned. ?r Disregard, indif- 
ference) carrlessness- v adv. 
Without regard to, independently 
or irrepectively of i carelessly, 
accidentally > *nm^ since it has no, 
reference to- 



a . I Not gone offi not pas t 
nit^^: Ki- 6. 30 with- 
out loss of time, without delay. -2 
Not deviating from, faithful to, 
not leaving ( with abl. ) ; arnV 
irtf *$ Sk. , srfriw^^iTt^r^r P. 
IV- 4. 92- See aftfl also--3 No^t de- 
void of, possessed of t ^mi^%- 
i*s5ir. ^r Mu. I- 14- 
a. Ved. [" arm:, ^ 'f^ l ^ s ?r:] 
Not seized or overcome by the 
enemy ( ^rgropmr ); not watery (?). 
awr^r a. [ i "^i "Hi ^rt JW ] Ved- 
Destitute of form or shape, shape- 
less, actionless ( ^w^H ). 

aiicBT^r /. Not an Apsaras, un- 
worthy of a celestial nymph i aur- 
n% V 2. 



A particular configuration 
of planets ; Tfotfif ^I^HCI^ ; 



, _, Ignorant of, unacquaint- 
ed with, unused to, ( usually 
with gen. ) i J ir: luiww S. 5 ; 
5rmn$3pft' K 236 i "f: 
w Mv. 2; Ku. 6. 43. 



a. [T. n- ] Not faded. 
-CoMP. *S' (( Ved. of unfaded or 
undiminished lustre, resplendent. 

: An impostor. 



if* 



54 



a- Free from desire. T 
I Want of appetite or desire. -2 
Non-relish- 



,-w a Ved. Bla- 
meless, faultless ; ?r%fl leading to 
perfection or to heaven. 

awfirawR Absence of design or 
purpose ; so awfWaft: ; *fw done 
undesignedly. 

wftoT^n a- I Not named or as- 
serted i see arfWI'' underwent. 2 Not 
fastened (Ved ) w: N- of the 
chief of aGotra. 



/. 



Non-repetition i 
w: $r* Si. 



2.43- 

CTCTW, - a. Not neari distant 
Sic-iM*?* a. to de shunned fronv 
afar i Sk 

am* a. Cloudless = s"rwr f ft: 
this is ( like ) a shower from a 
cloudless sky) i. e- something quite 
unexpected or sudden- 



a. Ved. Epithet of rain- 
water requiring no shovel ( ? ) 



*: [ i tm* 3T*qr^ ] A Brahmana 
( one who does not bow down "to 
others and returns salutations 
made to him by others with a 
blessing ). 



niggardly. 



a. Having no enemies. 
A state of -having no enemies- 



a. Ved- [ 
". . ] Well i happy, free from 
disease comfortable, salubrious, 
sinless.* Good or comfortable 
state, happiness, prosperity. 

**** a- Wearing no garment. 
T: A Buddhist mendicant. 



a. Not humble, haughty 
proud i WTHTwt ggrj: R. 4 35. 

ww: [*rmn#r*w:J i Bad man 
agement or conduct i injustice 
unfairness ; w^fcrwiffcrvrra Pt. i. 
169 vBh. 2. 42,-z Bad policy or 
course of conduct, evil course i 
*t -w**?*) t;nnmif% Pt. 3. 184-3 
Adversity, calamity, distress t 

?* nww : *rfisjwwt w : M^. IQ. 95 
reduced to straits t I02.-A [ wv 
Vm* ftftwirw: w. ] Misfortune, 
adversity i ill-luck.-s A variety of 
dice-play, gambling ( wrmt *rn*S 
) . 



: N. of a king of the solar 
race, a descendant of Ikshvaku 
and king of Ayodhya, who- 
overthrown by Havana 



. a. [*.] Ved. Not wound- 
ed, healthy, sound- 



a. I ". ] I Free from bar 
or obstruction, free to move, un 
restrained, unhampered ; 
R- 3 39 -2 Unlocked. 

a. \ 

Invaluable, priceless, inestimable; 
R. 5 2) Si. 14. 884: I ". ". ] 
Wronger improper value.-COMP- 

N. of a drama in 7 acts by 
Murari MLjra i also called Muriri 
Nataka after its author and sup- 
posed to have been written be- 
tween the I2th and the Uth century 



Pricelessness, invalu- 
able nature i H Pr- 4- 

aws<f a. Invaluable; unsurpassed 
in reverence due from othersihigh- 
ly respected; ^irs^sfn Tiilfitv: K U - 
1.58 



i a- 



awi 



_ 

. 1. ] i Not inimical, not hostile 
or to be hated ( ^f ); Rv. i. 136. 
5_-2 Having no horse- 



jiTr. ff : ] i One who 
in a cart to fetch fuel &c-3 

, art aw nft ft5i/S, f%g; 
". a.] One who is not able to reach 
the destination- 



iw ] One who 
sinful persons, 

w*f a I Not 
not worthy of 



-2 Inadequate, 
deserving of 
ment. 



does not give to 
a sinless donor. 

deserving, not fit 
( with gen. or in 
Pt. 4. i wn 
Ms. 3.150- 
unsuitable -3 Un- 
reward or punish- 



a- [*.*.] I Useless, worth- 

ft- 3- 97-~ 2 Unfortunate.unhappy. 
-3 Harmful, disastrous, bad ; wrw- 

wicked ( opp. ?i%i ). -4 Not hav- 
ing that meaning ( but another )< 
having no meaning, nonsensical, 
meaningless.-5 Poor- *: [*. 3 ] I 
Non-use or value.-2 A worthless 
or useless object.-3 A reverse, evil, 
calamity^misfortune; R. 18. 14 ; 

&c ; MS4.I93, H. 4.925 harm- 
ful object, danger ; t**ii TIW i>rr 
Moha M- 2. -4 Nonsense, want of 
sense. -5 N- of Vishnu ( 



a*!?* ).-CoMp. arnt 
sameness or identity .-^c a. (ft/.) 
I doing useless or unprofitable 
things. 2- mischievous, harmful; 
unprofitable, productive of evil. 
Tifc* w. N. of Siva ( .lestroyer of 
calamities,). F a- malicious. 
m a [ fpir wgn; ] , lot devoid of 
the apparent meaning, free from 
all that is worthless- TOW [wnfanft 
*w: yi*. m. ] I. a great evil, hazard- 
ous adventure* ' 



, M4I. 5. 2. [ i. . ] not a risk of 
one's moneys safety of one's wealth. 



- I U$elessi meaning- 
lesn *nOifl^n&* Ve. n ^WTH K. 
108; not significant, as a particle 
used expletively.-2 Nonsensical. 
3 Unprofitable,^ Unfortunate 
Nonsensical or incoherent talk. 



a- Ved Not lax or loose 
w ) RV i jg^ 2 . f ree , un . 

obstructed, permanent 



, TV.-, cf- 

said by some to be from *ra. to 
breathe]. I Fire -2 Agni or the 
god of fire. See *rfo. -3 Digestive 
power, gastric juice ; i?: vwfts*- 
W: Susr. -4 Wind. -5 Bile -6 One 

of the 8 Vasus, the fifth. -7 N. of 

Vftsudeva- -SN.of various plants i 

ftr, ?TO%^* Plumbago Zeylanica 

and Rosea ; ?TcTfi the marking nut 

tree. -9 The letter t .-to The num- 

ber three. -II ( Astr ) The 50th 

year of Brihaspati's cycle. -12 

The third lunar mansio'n fiW. - 

13 A variety ofPitndeva or Manes 

( 5Wfr5*: t: ) . -14 

?m% irnr^-, ] The soul 

N of Vishnu ( **fti na 

*r?aT**.-aFr<i,).-i6 The Supreme 
Being. -COMP ? a. [ w* B^r ] I. 
removing or destroying hezt or 
fire; ftir^Hr^(Srii^i:Ki. 5 25. 
2.=rfJt^ q. v. ?fat a. [ ww ^tpn%] 
promoting digestion, stomachic. 
HHI [ RC!W u5r w ww ] N. of a 
plant ( wWawrfr ) Helicacabum 
Cardiospermum. ftft N-67Agni's 
wifen?i V?: loss of appetite, 
dyspepsia 

w a. 1 Not lazy, active, dili- 
gent, watchful, R. 9- I5.-2 Unable, 
incompetent. 



N. of a tree (M^r ) Sesbana Gran- 
diflora ( a^^t rf^if?f<rf a^jfiitw. 
^frt 4iqTwnwixiiif4 TV. ). 

wiw fl . i Numerous -2 Not a 
little; not small, liberal, noble ( as 
mind &c. ); Ki. 14. 18; much) 



i Pt.i. 136) profusely, in many 
words; fir*ftwr;irm*un > 3m Bv- i 
loot 2. 138. COMP. *t a . very 
clarr.oious or noisy. -^i a. greatly 
enraged 



se 



r a- [".*.] I Having no 
scope or occasion, uncalled for. -2 
Inapplicable.-3 Having no oppor- 
tunity or space- -V: [ T w ] Ab- 
sen ce of room or scope. 

v^^tni a- [ i 3. ] Irresistible, un- 
controlled. impetuous, resistless* 
efni'.<M<)Hqgj: W: ( wmjtffr ) Mil- 
I. 39- 



a. i Not bounded or 
marked off, not separated or cut.- 2 
Unlimited, immoderate, excessive. 
-3 Undefined; <^wn^ <> Bh. 2. Ii 3-*> 
undiscriminated, unmodified.-4Un- 
nterrupted, continuous- 

*i m a- [T *<3: fto: ] Faultless^ 
blameless, unobjectionable, irre 
proachable; Bh. i, 21; R. 7- 7 m 
N. of a damsel. -COMP a*',-*" <z- 
having faultless limbs or form, ex- 
quisitely handsome; <CTW wtsam M. 
2. ( *r ) a woman with a faultless, 
form. 

f a- Not sleepy. 
i a- [ 1. 1- ] Careless, inat- 
tentive. -* Inadvertence, inatten- 
tion; m carelessness, remissness 
in duty ( ntii<t )s ^nwi iirwssfn 
WT ilR*n i risq^ fjjn^ ?R qini^rs^a'iWn n 



Unlimited, infinite. 

[f. *] Affording no help 
or protection. 



I a- Not lowered or bent 
down; **<m: a Buddhist term for a 
future universe ( lit- having ban- 
ners unlowered ) 

awqpor a. Ved. Spreading all 
around, not closely united- 

#** wv a. [ *<-\ " wfcw. i. ". ] 
Irreproa^habl , not open to censure 
( arq^T^iTrw ) 5 speaking authorita- 
tively. 



a [ w?ijt r. . TV. ] Undi- 
minished.undecayjng, durable, last- 
ing ( infem^ .ITW^ R V . i. 166. 7 
having undiminished wealth. 

**H(I a- Not low or inferior; high, 
exalted, superior; gw<V*r nf R 
17. 27. 9- U- 



. Incessant, continuous, 
uninterrupted; g5frMWfTi* S. 2- 
4- * adv Incessantly, 'continu- 
ously. 



a. 
Chief, best, excellent. 



T a . [ i. . J Having no 
prop or support; not dependent-*: 
w Independence. 



tr : TV- ] A sort of puri- 
ficatory ceremony to be performed 
in the case of a pregnant woman in 
the third month after conception- 



, r. .] Ved. HavTng no ( whole- 
some ) food to eat ( qCTi$mrt^i ) ( 
Ry. 6. 66. 7; not stopping to eat-by 
thfe way (?) 



, 1 Busy, having no leisure 
or interval of repose-2 Ill-timed, 
inopportune.-3 put of place, base- 
less; "a* rcm?: H. 3.-*: i Absence 
of leisure -2 Ill-timedness, unsea- 
sonablenessi 

: MSI 9- 30 



a. [ *. . ] Endless, having 
no settings free from death. 

amffen a. [". n. ] Not ended or fi- 
nished! not determined m N- of a 
kind of Trishtubh metre, consist- 

ing of foar lines with n feet in 
each. 



a- Free from dirt, pure. 



clear- 



*n re]Unsteady; 
ViY ftwwn/j. Ok- 1355 unsettled, 
not nxeds "*?) ?tg: Si. n. 28. 
[ * n. ] I Instability, unsettled con- 
dition, disorder, confusion- 2 
Loose or unsteady conduct, inconti- 
nence.^ ( In phil- ) Absence of fi- 
nality or conclusion, an endless se 
ries of statements orcauses and ef- 
feels, one of the faults of reasoning 
I ramih'4Mi34i<ii<imtft. > ) ' UWMMB 
iwfrrasrrM K. P- 2-. i**- 
: S. B. 4 Not being 10 days old 



a-. Unstable, unsteady, fi- 
ckle.*: Wind. * I Instability 
uncertainty, unsettled nature; JIT^TI 
qM4twni. Dk- l6l--2 Looseness of 
conduct, incontinence. 

w^wfe"* 0-^1 Unsteady, fickle: 
unsettled; ftwftwjjZ'jom'm: U. 3 
with unsteady eyes Ku 4. 28 2 
Changed, altered ; t*!ft Jjfti%5 
U. 2 -3 Faithlessi loose in morals 
or moral conduct, dissolute ( **A. 
vi(H)t ^tftifaisinrfhint: Ms- II. 139. 
4 Unable to stay or remain; 
ufwf wwn%ni ftrwT: R. 19. 3^'^ 
twra: instability, looseness of 
conduct. 

Not crooked, straightforward 

wwH a- N0t tending down- 
wards, looking up- 

] Without breathing be- 



tween, in one breath, without a 
pause, HMO tenere 



unin 



a. 

= *.] Without 
terrupted, unyielding. 

w*3*ra a- Regardless of; careless, 
indifferent. 



WISRJOT i Carelessness, inattention - 
r%r i n^ ?n*: Pi. I. I6Q.-.2 Want 
of supervision. 



. [it. . ] Not altogether 
destitute of holy or ascetic perform 
ances.-ff: AJaina devotee who isso- 



Fasting, abstinence from 
food, fasting oneself to death \ * ^ 
Dk. 156 making hiin fast ; 
Pt. 4--a. Without food, 
fasting &c- 

a- Ved. Not hungry. 
a. Not eating i "sWw: the 
sacrificial fire in the sabha which 
is approached before eating or 
breakfast. 

aww a- Having no horse or 
horses- w: Something that is not 
a horse. 



a. ( ft f- ) Imperishable. 

. [ arftfa 3i*?[rofr *T-aig^ ] I A 
cart i <3?!fli ^iww: a>Jf Ms. 8. 2095 Y. 
1.18^,3-269,51. 12. 26.-2 [wftft 
tfrqtifi* ] Food, boiled rice. -3 Birth- 
-4 A living being. -5 A kitchen. 
-6 A parent ( father or mother )( 
said to be /. in these two 
senses. At the end of Avyay/bhava 
Comp. *T^ is changed to ** ; as 
CTW &c- i also at the end of Tat 
Comp. ! *FTO &c 

*m^ji-i* a [* . ]Free from ma" 
lice, not envious, not spiteful i *Tf " 
wi=rhsn3jrsr Ms. 4. 158 ; Bg. 18. 71- 
ur[f. a. ] i Absence of envy, 
charity of disposition, freedom 
from spite or ill-will ; ^ 

i JT 



wlfi?aT.-2 N. of a friend 
of Sakuntala.-3 N. of Atri's 
wife, the highest type of chastity 
and wifely devotion, [She was very 
pious and given to austere devotion 
by virtue of which she had obtained 
miraculous powers. Several stories 
are told to illustrate them When 
the earth was devastated by a 
terrible drought which lasted for 10 
years, Ana saya created water, fruits, 
roots &c.-by means of her ascetic 
powers and saved many lives- On 
one occasion when the sage M<btda- 
vya was about to be impaled, the 
wife of a sage happened to touch 
the stake'as she passed by, where- 
upon MaWavya cursed her that 
she would become a widow at 



66 



sunrise. She, however, prevented 
the sun from rising, and all actions 
of men beingconsequently stopped, 
the gods, sages &c. went to Ana- 
syC her friend, who, by the force 
of her penance, made the sun rise 
without, at the same time, bring- 
ing widowhood on her friend An- 
other legend is also told in which 
Anasayi changed Brahma, Vishnu 
and Mah&sa into infants, when, at 
the instigation of their wives, they 
attempted to test her chastity, but 
restored them to their former sha- 
pes at the importunities of their 
bumbled consorts- She is also said 
to have caused the three-streamed 
Ganges to flow down on the earth 
near the hermitage of her husband 
for the ablutions of sages ; see R. 
13. $1. In the Romdyana she is 
represented as having been very 
kind and attentive to Sit 4 whom 
she favoured with sound motherly 
advice on the virtues of chastity 
and at the time of ' her de- 
parture gave her an unguent ( See 
R- 12 27, 14 14') which was to 
keep her beautiful for ever an to 
guard her person from the attempts 
of rapacious beasts, demons 
&c- She was the mother of the 
irascible sage Dur\ asas J- 



anrwi fare [ *, . ] Boneless * 
I A boneless limb or memb?r--2 
Without parts, epithet of w of 

the Sankhyas or SV.T. 

"Wft n. [ * ?: auwww?: ] A bad 
or unlucky day. 

T ind< Ved. Thus, hereby, in 
deed. 

wfWR . Formless, shapeless, 
epithet of the Supreme Being- 

WTWW; [. ff. Aqift ] I In 

opportune time. -2 [an wnjf wsti^H 
<n:T:3nw: H.n.Tv.] Famine (per- 
haps an irregular form for arawT. 
) -COMP. in: one who, to save 
himself trorn starvation in a lami- 
ne, voluntarily becomes a slave o: 
another. 



Prickly nightshade, 
Jacquini ( *z*rfif 9 ). 

srin^i a. Ved Not staying. 

dTTnr a. [ * an SWt. T^aft *tf 
irm: awft: ; * . TV- ] Sinless i Rv 

10- 12. g ( aTfl = awn* ) *T N- 

of a river. 



a. [*..] I. Opaque, no 
transparent. -2 Having no trans- 
parent atmosphere i differing 
from it v.-v Not an atmosphere, 
one undeserving of its name. 

*irf* a . i Not perplexed or con- 
fused, calm, collected, self-possess- 
ed.^ Regular, consistent 

' "' l ^ ot Prevented ( wft- 
unreclaimed-. 

a , Unassailed. nr [ an* 



Solanum behaviour, unprincipled, regard- 
less of custom, law or propriety 
&c- i nlso wnftftwjn this sense- -'-' 
wm^<rf Absence of due observances 
or customary duties, improper 
conduct, departure from establish- 
ed usage or principle i 
of two kinds 



a. (* wmn: * n.] I Not come 
or Arrived; (im^s^t-^ ^n4fl ^Tq^****iT*i?i 
H I 57- -2 Not got 01 obtained < 
*~Si. 5- U i so 



wfa.-S Future, to come i see com- 
pounds below -4 Not learnt or 
attained, unknown. * The future 
time future_ ;*rf *: f?t *to^ Pt- 
3. iftA he shines (thrives prospers) 
who provides forthe future i wm- 
ainft ftjiiMne<l *<iifl v; Pt- 5- 7l-~ 
CowP JHRrsi looking to the future, 
provident thought, foresight. w- 
iw: [ wtT<T: WWN: %& ] future 
(physical) trouble or calamities, 
illness &c, affecting the body in 
times to come = 'aftWW N. of 
chapter 24 of the 
Suiruta- 



a I Unknown, not proper- 
ly known-2 Surpassing all that has 
yet been known- 



wn: ] a maiden who has 
not yet arrived at puberty. fw$ 
one who pro- 



vices for the future, provident, 
prudent ( used as the name of a 
fish in Pt. I 318-, H. 4 O< 



O< 
%m 



u (where Dr. Peter- 
son translates the three names by 
1 Mr Prcvider-against.-a-future- 
evil ', ' Mr. Cool-head, ' and ' Mr 
What-will-be-wiil-be ';. 

vnrflr: /. Non-arrival, non-at- 
tainment, no-access- 

3T<rtii a I. Not come, not present. 
-2 [ i. i. ] ( In law ) Without the 
title-deed or document o posses- 
sion ( such as purchase deed &c. ), 
anything po-sessed from time im- 
memorial and without any docu- 
mentary Proof 'ai'ft'T: enjoyment 
of property without such a deed- 
i: i Non-arrival -2 Non-attain- 
ment. 



/. Un; proachable- 

u. I Not coming, not ar- 
riving. -2 not future, not likely to 
return -m. An epithet of the thiid 
among the 4 Buddhist orders- 

o. Not likely to return. 
< ; . Not smeUi (fig_) not 
touched or affected; H^rr^nrfta sji%- 
Sankara- 

d. I Innocents blameless; 
*: ?HB ^ n^gmii^ S. I- II. 
-2 Conferring bliss or happiness. 

wiiwn a. Devoid of customary 
observances or duties, improper in 



I Free' from or devoid 
of heat or the blaze of the sun, not 
e xposed to heat) cool, shady; rt^- 
?i>TRn ftpw^iifliflw ij& *w: Hh- 2 90- 
-i: Coolness, shade. 

a- 1 Not eager, indifferent i 
U v- 1. f^r ami^f M- 3 15. 
2 Not fatigued, unwearied ; ^* 
c^nna'.: R. i 21-3 Not ill or diseas- 
ed, well, healthy, in gO'.d health* 
*mrar. ^jfn^w^^'nSmw ^Tn. Ms 2. 187 i 
4. 144 

r?n. a. [*..] I Destitute of 
spirit or mind. 2 Not spiritual, 
corporeal- -3 One who ha^ not re- 

strained his self i <H1!rW$ ?If f^ afS- 

nrf5 51515 Bg. 6. 6- m. [ OTI^TOTT 
wih rr *n?m i. a ] Not self, another; 
something different from wTrtj^spi- 
ritor soul) i. e- the perishable body- 



COMP. -5- 
a. I- devoid of spiritual knowledge 
or true .wisdom. 2- not know ing one- 
self, foolish, silly ; n ma?siifi% S. 6. 
"i *%: M. I * 
15. 2Z-Kfyi 
reflection that there is no spirit or 
soul ( with Budcihists ). *w a- 
toolish, destitute of qualities ( of 
the soul), rot self-possessed : i 
: Pt. I. 49. 



a. [ iiTw *rf"T iran us ] Un- 
real, transitory, of an unenduring 
character, an epithet ( with Bud- 
dhists) for the world- 

wrtftirtT a- Not adapted to, or for 
the benefit of, sell; disinterested- 



Not self-possessed ; having nocon- 
trol over the sensts ; 
: Susr. 



a. 

Impersonal, incorporeal 
?*<i Want of afftction for one's 
own family. 

si'nrtfn* a I Not constant or per, 
pet nali not final 2 Intermittent 
recurrent. 



5? 



a. [**.] Helpless, poor, 
forlorn, parentless, orphan ( as a 
child) i-widowed (as a wifeh having 
no master or natural protector, 
without a protector in general! f'"- 
rfn*?)jin w*Tfr^wiriT ftpir*d U- I. 43-,- 
R 12 12 -v Ved. Helplessness. 
CoMP.-ffe^.-raf?*: ' giver of food 
to the poor," N. of a merchant in 
whose garden Buddha Gautama 
used to instruct his pupils- ^i 
a poor-house. 

*r=r^T a. [**.] Showing no respect, 
indifferent, calm, regardless! M. 3- 
15. *: [ i. a ] I Disregard, disre- 
spect. disdain, contempt; W ^nrft 
p n. 3- 38, iwwtffoi s^rft ft*n*rsm- 
faj 17. 2 Ease, facility (one of 
the senses of *n^ being ' effort or 
card ' see the word ) -, *ii*fl3W3m- 
w: U- I ( perhaps also ' without 
any respect for the how of the 
great god ' ); wfi^ftiTtngttay ii* Ki. 
14. 36. 



Disrespectful, conduct, 
a. Disrespectful, irre- 



neglect. 



verent. 



a- [ wii?: Ti fi*Tt ft 
ii : ] Having no beginning, eter- 
nal, existing from eternity, epi- 

thet Of WWi *T?Tf^=Tli^?tf Ku- 2. 9i 

aniif^^n^nfi^: WT"i^r<*i also <>t 
fj<mni4.-COMP. wm.-siH if. wilh- 
out beginning and end i eternal.! fl:) 
N. of Siva. PW a having neither 
beginning nor end, elernal- "OT-T 
a. having no beginning, middle or 
end; eternal. 



State of having no be- 
ginning. 

"Tt5iiirt. Not produced or effect- 
ed, having no beginning. 

a- Faultless ; " 
Si. 2- 22- 



a. i Disrespected, despised* 
Ms. 2- 234;flr*M* not accepting the 
hospitality. -2 Not careful, regard- 
less of, indifferent toi wwrnw'- 
i*wn"q Ki. 14. 10. Disrespect, 
contempt. 

aii^t a. Not fit to be taken, un- 
acceptable i inadmissible; atff^w 
?j, Ms. 8 171. 



Absence of direction or 
command. COMP- *<: a- doing 
what is not commanded; or (w^-an- 
not -doing what is ordered. 

a. I =*nrrft q. v--2 Not eat- 
ablei what ought not to be eaten. 

a. Without support, an 

8 



epithet applicable, according to 
the Naiyayikas, to eternal objects 
only ( such as sky ), or to Brahma 
according to the Vedantins. 



a I Without mental pain 
or anxiety; R. 9. 54. 

ai=n^a. Ved. Not checking or 
not being checked. 

*rng?-OT a . i Invincible, un- 
checked, irresistible 2 Perfect, 
unimpairedi 

snrrgfjrzr a- Ved. Inimitable, 
unparalleled. 

? a . Ved. [ *3 ^rfa ; ?n* *. w., 
: ] Unsurpassed in giving 



i Separation of the 
different members of compounds 
by the intervention of others--2 
Not coming in regular order- 

wij^:/. Ved. Neglect, absence 
of experience or observation, inat- 
tention. (pi.) Neglectful people. 



; f. Absence of calamity or 
misfortune; Ms- 4 2. 

swift a. [ artwvarnj **ur $H aTift: 
wnfr a'<j* *. m. TV. ] Without friends 
or kindreds. 



.- a. I Not obtained. -2 Not 
reaching or attaining, unsuccessful 
in the attempt to get. 3Unfit-- not 
apt, unskilful- g>r?jr: HtwVsirft ?f 
*wt: Hi ?T!T Ms. 8. 294. H: A 
strange.. 



':/. Non-attainment. 
HHRJ a . Not getting &c ; wrij*r- 
Si. 16. 38 not touched by sfn. 
snrwfru a. Ved. [ ^ifwiRrfl autw-g-ini 
-SR, aun'm *, *. ] Not at alUfra'ul, 
fearless, undoubted t an^rvrftTufinT a 
Rv 8. 2 I. 



- Ved. [ 

i. n. J Not praising or worship- 
ping, irreligious ( wtfltgi ) ; not 
coming in front. 



a I Nameless -2lnlamous. 
m. I The nameless month, an 
intercalary month--2 The ring- 
finger; see *WIWT below n- [ 



TV. ] Piles ( 



a. [ r. * 'f W ] Name- 
less, infamous. :-*sswnw ; above- 
sriiwr, wirm^it [ >nf*? wa aj^qfjr.ajj 
"Wi:, w> *n,] The ring-finger i so 
called because it has no name like 
the other fingers ; cf TV. <w i% 



nwr: 



fnl 



i?n< 



in also 



n Subhash. 



wtww d. [ TTIW wTim: Tpft *(*! ] 
Free from disease, healthy, sound; 
5T?i?*araftijT!ii: *f% rrfranni Bg 2. 
51 where there is no unhappiness. 
-i:-i Good or sound health; health, 
well-being, welfare 
fWrtf S 5; 'fT 
K.- 192 inquired about her 
health i wawnrt u? Mv I how 
does the king do ? 



* Ms- 2. 127. J: 

N- or Vishu ( of Siva according 

to some )i ' 



- a- Ved. Not causing pain 

or hurt, not hurting - Health (?). 

S^TTFT?? a- \ Not injuring or 
paining ; gwr* : 'nWT!*i?3'*'it Rv- 10. 
137- 7--2 Salubrious, curative- 

anrrrr^ n. Without flesh or any 
bait; bootless, profitless 

3f*rno: ^ r din^uiTfa 1^*1 if n afr*? 1 ^- 
" *. ] Having no injurer or an 
enemy that can injure ( nj*?nn ). 

wrr^n a- Immortal. 

w=raqi o Without a leader, 
disorderly 

wtvxa. i Unrestrained, uncheck- 
ed -2 Not propped or support- 
ed -1 Not Jo'pg. of short duration i 
K. 



Continuous, close, unseparated. 

vmn'ti a Not dependent *W fiw 
" K- 45 n^t swayed by ! uncon- 
trolled independent ; qaraa^iHTq!- 
5^ i^infrfirrnT H 2- 22 freedom. 
independent livelihood, independ- 
ence of life 

a^roTif a. [ * *WR ^i=i r^ ] In 
variable <* 



im a. Not troublesome or 
difficult, easy ; wir*iT6n.H tnf 1 " 
f^m ^,^if viwasij S. 2--: 1 Facility, 
ease, absence of difficulty or exer- 
tion ; fiO( $Ta >*i ^V^i^g^T r i 
Hfia aw fifia aTTiqia: w?i n -2 
Idleness, neglect ; "^f easily, 
without difficulty, readily. -COMP. 
f?f a. done easily or readily. (-n> 
an mtusion prepared without effort 
or exertion ( prepared extempora- 
neously) Ak. See tz. 



. [ angii r rfji i. n. ] Not 
giving long life, fatal to long life 
i such as excessive foodt sexual 
union &c- ); * 

-'I Ms. 2. 57, 4 134. 



68 



a. I Not ceasing or stop- 
ping. continuous, uninterrupted. -2 
Eternal-* I Continuity. -2 Ab- 
solute non-entily ( *?t?ui5) adv- 
Continuously, always i eternally ; 
ft* <rfa*ri: Ki I- 15, 40 

not 



Non-comn encement] 
undertaking , fwsrt wg iwu 

S- 3 1 *tfi ft qnufoit 



a . Unfit to be commenced 
or undertaken itid- Without com- 
mencing i w'nhout reference to 
any particular thing \ e. g- *v^: 
detached remark ( upon sacrifices 
&c. )i ftfVrFw'Riew m^ ij^r tfrnvt- 
vt^;, f > n-om^:, COMP artffl a. 
[ i, ar<r fSrtV^fm:] studied or taught 
or read withe ut reference to any 
particular subject ( not as part of 
a regular or authoritative work ); 
learnt as a detached subject 5 nt 



*irrt*n>r a. Having no support 
( for sirTH*f )j also written 



[ annifltr i 
chum or aloe wood. 



able people. ftw : [ 

ii. !t. ] N. ofthe plant Gentiana 

Cherayta l<ox. ( Mar- fwisn). 



Agallo- 



a. l Not belonging to the 
Minis, not Vedic ; not belonging 
to the text of a Vedic hymn ( as fftr 
used in the ^adapa/ha with certain 
words not followed in the -Samhitl 
by $rcr ) i ' 



y $rcr ) i H5Tc sra^w'^t vij^ p j 
i. 16 (s**|%Sk. ).-2 Not added to 



a ^z'shi's name 
IV. i. 78- 



Unwholesome, not conducive to 
good health, fatal to health ; HT- 
gcumrtVjnmtjjn ifn*5rsir Ms. 2. 57 
" Sickness, indisposition i 'w 
unhealtl y, unwholesome- 



a. Crooked dishonest 
I Crookedness (moral also ) fraud 
insincerity Si. 8- II.-2 [ *TT% SIT** 
*ri gi nil** ] Disease. 

(**/) Unseasonable 
inopportune, premature ( as 
flower blossoming out of season ,. 
i A girl who has not attained t 
puberty(the menstruation period) 

rro a- Not respectable, ( no 
deserving to be styled ww ). no 
polite or decent: vulgar! no 
belonging to an Hrya, unwoithy 
vile, base, mean, wretched i 
Ms. 9. 260 i *rr ~ 
0- 66: H 4. 25 

wNir v void of Aryas 
pir<JHrtf?ff * fijr 5. ^ tne 

king has behaved basely or un- 
worthily towards Sakuntalai 

I one who is not an Arya.-2 A 
country not inhabited by the Aryas. 
-3 A Sdra--4 A Mlechchi.j.-s An 
ignoble person-Cor.ip. *nh. a . 
doing work unbecoming an ^4rya 
or becoming only a non-vJrya. * 
i. ofyile or base origin. ( <* ) 
[ 3?wro<*<jt wtrt ] agallochum( being 
produced in the country of the 
Mlechchhas & c . ).-3?a. aiscarded 
by -the good, not practised or 
observed by the Xryas or respect- 



( as an affix ); P. 



i- With out ^support or stays 
"rt s nfiu m rerO^i ?r Si- 2* S2, 
of supporti despondency- 
i 5iva's lute- 

""*! ( g ) i A woman during 
menstruation ( TOW r ). 

wnro a . [ n. w. ] Reserved- 
taciturn, i: Reserve, taciturnity 

T.fr%a a. Unseen, unheeded- 
unconsidered, unexpected, not 
well considered or examined, rash. 

SITWII a- Ved. Not yielding or 
desisting. 

mmm: /. Non-return ( to birth ), 
final emancipation- 

wrraRr^a^Not recurring or re- 
turning 
Bh- 3. 115. 

*Tf*5 a. i Not pierced br wound 
ed i unperforated 1*5 *<* S- 2. lo 
-2 Unhurt, uninjured., 

I Not turbid or mud- 
dy, pure, clear 2 Not marshy, 

wholesome, salubrious, as a country 
Ms. 7. 69 ( ?nitTO'TiWrji )- 

wrfTT a. Not returning, not 
repeated, being for the first time- 



Ar. U-p. Y. 3- 154- 



Br/ 



] The state of 
unmarried or student's life, devoi- 
ed to contemplation and knowle 
dge of the soul \ i 



Ch. Up. i a cot rse 
fasting as a penance ( ? ). 



of 



a. Not praised. 
wnnjrc. a- [ * njm% or * 
Y. n.3 Imperishable, indestructible, 
as the Soul or Supreme Beinz, "- 
Mb- ( $ 



a. [ i^-ior, st. (i. ] i Imperi- 
shable, indestructible. 2 [ i^-aw, 
". ".] Not pervading or occupying. 
-3 I f "'5 1 Not quick, slow. 

wtiwSww. One who dtes not 
belong to, or follow, any ofthe 4 
orders of 



not dwelling in Auama- 

wiwa. Lefenceless, unpro'ect- 
ed. isolated t: Self-dependence, 
isolation, absence of st pport. 



nate, 



I. Non-return, absence 
)f repetition or recurrence. 2 
Non-return ( to birth ), final eman- 
cipation. 

one of the 



a. Not listening to> obsti- 
turning a deaf ear tos ainr- 
rmT^Dk. 57 ? K. 350"; 
R. 19. 42. 

Not connected with, or 
dependent on, independent, deta- 
ched, noil-inherent. 



a wsr w*( 3iQ tra: ^. a. 
P. Ill- 2- 109 1 Not having eaten or 
enjoyed, fasting- ; >pwn^<wi5*: Ki. 
12. % 2? 5i- 14. 49- 



a C 

WT; gw, amiw Hiwrrai arw ] Without 
mouth or faeei without the power 
of speech ( 



. Drought, 
kinds of ?f% q. v. 



Uninjured condition. 

[ 



a. 

iopele-s, despondent. 2 
T?TT re ] Imperishable, 
ndestroyed- 



V 



^ ] 

[ 

living, 



T: ar- 

rr, r w. wi, ] De- 
void of full enjoyment, indestructi- 
ble, not hurtful.-* fast, abstaining 
from eating even to death; n>r ^w 



T a. Not obtained, not 
found orrr.et withi not encountered 
or attacked* nottoccurredor having 
happened i not existent- COMP. 
mm; a. unused to war, having had 
no occasion to fight. 



a. I Indifference, uncon- 
cern, want of consideration) 

Ku-6. 6 
R- 2 S7> i 

Ku. 6.12. a male or female 
is no co- sideration &c-i Ki.4. 34-2 
Want of faith or confidence, want 
of devotednessi disrespect! fi^3- 
ncwnw Mv. 2. 39. diffi- 
dence. a ( w ] Indifferent. 



59 



a. I Having no fixd 
seat or site.-2 Having or yielding 
no basis or fulcrum, unfit for a 
fixed seat (as water)! Rv. I- 116. 5. 

wrroi^ a- Without taste, insipid 
?: Insipidity. 

^a a- Untasted ; S. 2. 10- 
r a. Without injury or hurt 



a. I Unbeaten,, un wounded, 
in tact. -2 [ 3 "f n &C T *** v nwtftfl 
w ] New and unbleached ( as 
cloth ) ( Mar. *? ). -3 Not produ- 
ced by beating ( as sound )-~4 
Not multiplied. *-: The 4?h of 
the mystical Chakras in the body, 



Rmnra.ii 

arsn^K a. Abstaining from food, 
fasting. y: I Abstinence from 
food, fasting i imi(Ttai7<iri **m%- 
ftwrft H. I.-2 Non-production. 4 
Non-seizure- 

3T>rifn?l. a< Fasting 

3T$r* a. I Not artificial, natural, 
not producible. -2 Not eatable- 

annjft: /. Not eacrificing) a sa- 
crifice not worthy of that name > 
also an improper oblation . 

awyi a. Not called, uninvit- 
ed.-ComP -*<wrt><* an uncalled 
for speaker or boaster- wffa a- 
seated as an uninvited guest. 

ari*%n a- Houseless, vagrant i 
having no fixed abode ( as a re- 
cluse ). i Ms. 6- 25, 43. 

*rf*V- [ " IJ: HTT^ wrrww* TT **r ] 
Not ( true ) sugarcane, a sort of 
long grass or reed producing 
coarse sugar i Saccharum Sponta- 
neunv 



a. i. Not swallowed -2 
( In Rhet. ) Not hidden or con- 
cealed, present, not to be supplied 
( *"^3ro ) i e g. in w 
the %ww of the horse is not 
or hidden. 



a- Unrestrained, invin- 
cible, unconquerable, -f: I Non- 
restraint.^ Non-refutation--3 Not 
admitting one'sdefeat in argument) 
w* occasion of non-refutation- 

r*|fr a. Not divisible, a word 
not divisible. 



* > -*l,-' 6 f*,-'*H a- Not 
desirous, unwilling, averse, reluct 
ant ji wft^Hifa * against my will- 
*rwt Unwillingness, indiffer- 
nce, reluctance. 



uae, 

having no splendour i 

nHhuj: R. 9 38; Si- 6 



ainw a [ tr s ' 1 ] Not gone with' 
unattended, destitute of i _" 



60- 



a- I Not eternal or everla- 
sting, transient, non-eternal, peri- 
shable ( T ) (opp 

sftw ^ T-_S- 9 
i See Wff; _ 
r i T3r: ^'Vn a 1 *^? trsr 
5 ra it H. I. 48; Ms- 6. 77 ; 
: gsr^^WT'T?^ aft^ s rfit fsj 
: Mo. -2 Occasional, temporary, 
casual i not peremptory or obliga- 
tory as a rule &c-, special--;? Un- 
usual, extraordinary , **nW P. 
V- 4. 30 

127 



Sk. ) See VI. I- 147 ~4 Unsteady, 
fickle, not permanent) an^f irraii 

H. 4. 68) '^ ^ w: Ram. -5 
Uncertain, doubtful) srft^r ^^nit 

rt. ET"!^ lf tmqfc Ms- 7. 199 ; r*r- 

nEf qflt<<fqifl Pt. 3- 22 f* arfn. 

Occasionally, casually i *"Vi f| 
ffr retrn. Ms. 3. IO2--COMP. *w- 
fipn an occasional act, such as a 
sacrifice for a special purpose, a 
voluntary and occasional act. ^c. 
5^TC-;^n?: a son given by his pare- 
nts to another temporarily (for 
temporary or preliminary adop- 
tion ) Jfft^rr ( with Buddhists ) 
the consciousness that every thing 
is perishable and is passing away. 
*nw: transitoriness, transient 
state, limited nature or existence) 
so arftrnu-r* frailty, instabi- 

lity. *: a sophism or fallacious 
reasoning which generalizes what 
is exceptional ( as *ftfinl ) *w: 
a compound which" it is not obli- 
gatory to form in every case ( the 
sense of which may be equally 
expressed by resolving it into its 
constituent membeis ) 



. Sleepless, awake; ( fig- ) 
vigilant, watchful. V sleepless- 
ness. vigilance- 

a- Unchecked, unsubdued. 

a- Ved. Having no master 
or lord (*"). 

wff? a. ["*] Dispensing with 
or disregarding Indra or his 
worship) ( f^taw^F*' )) nn^rgt: fw- 
: Rv. 5. 2- 3. 



q i Reason ( that which is 
not the senses ). -2 Not an organ 
of sense, the mind. 

v*<wwr a. Not falling down ( to 
sleep ), untiring. 



: Not a fall, continuance of 



life. 

wH?5 ,7. Not bound, incoherent' 1 
"uaTfti. prattling ( talking incohe- 
rently ) 



a- Unobstructed* Rv. 3. 
I II a: Liberty. 



. [ Not private or reserved, 
public, open, not hidden 2 Immo- 
dest, bold -3 Unsteady, not firm, 
tremulous) <*farii' : i?s "' !I 5 Me. __68- 
: Ki. 3- 60, 13 66; *i H- 
firnTi% Mai. 2 12 
not hidden, loud; Si. lo. 66. See 
also. 



Unobstructed unimpaired, unabat- 
ed-, Rv. 2- 25- 4. ie. 116 6- 

' ajflvi a. Not wealthy ( f>"t). 



TV, ] t A frog 
-2A cuckoo -3 A bee 
5T5i*^>r iran?ifWfKT^).-4 The filament 
of a lotus, >I%?K 5 N. of the tree 
Med. 



Unboundedr immense 
3: Kv. I 27. II. 



a. Causeless, uroundless; 
casual, incidentali an<^^flfrtHft- 
firaff^: S- 7. 17) tf ^f* disinter- 
ested, Dk- 255 n*t M- 3. 9. * I 
Absence of an adequate cause or 
occasion, causelessness, ground- 
lessness. -^2 A bad omen, ill-oment 

Mk- 61 
9. 10* 



TOi r? . 

Ve. 2 3- adv., -% Ground- 
lessly, without any adequate causei 



M. I- i8( Ms 4. 144. -COMP- 
ftwi averting ill-omens. i***W: a 
kind of ophthalmic disease ending 
in total darkness- 



, ,_ .* ind- Ved- Without 

winking, vigilantly) incessantly. 

aftPf (&) * a. [* .] I Not wink- 
ing, steadfastly or intelly fix. 

13 1) 5%w^imi3^fmi^: R 3. 43? 
^nmtf>: K. 20 fixed and twinkle- 
less glances- -2 Vigilanti watchful. 
-3 Open ( as eyes, flowers ). *: "I 
A god ( for the eyes of gods do 
not twinkle )) Si- 5 27. -2 A fish- 
3 Vishu -4 N of Mahakala, 
COMP- ^cft, j nH,-'*' a. Booking 
steadjastly or with a fixed gaze, 
gazing intently. 

a. Relating to the gods. 



60 



a. I Uncontrolled, unre- 
stricted--^ Indefinite, uncertain, 
not fixedi irregular ^ forms also ); 
w* snwtssim S 2 at irreular hour 



2 at irregular hours. 
-3 Causeless, casual, incidental, 
occasional! 'w^nfert ( ^STOWS* ) U 
4 41 M41- 10. 2 -COMP. aro: an 
indeterminate digit ( in Math. ) 
nift^a. not self-possessed, whose 
soul is not properly controlled. 
<j**t a woman loo=e in conduct, un- 
chaste ^r% a. I having no regu- 
lar or fixed employment or appli- 
cation ( as a word ) 2 having no 
regular income. 

ini*i a. Unrestrained, uncon- 
trolled, free ; 
S. I. 



: I Absence of rule, control, 
regulation or fixed order ; no 
settled rule or direction ; *w* <*3 
sir* im iy*g.fai: i ws <ri> gs ?ri ?ft- 
wmqRi nj; n Ch. M -2 Irregulari- 
ty, uncertainty, indefinituness, va- 
gueness, doubt.^3 Improper con- 
duct. a., *<famn a. Irregular. 

wrjCR: An assessor at a court 
who has not been formally ap- 
pointed and who is not entitled to 
vote 



a i i<"rg *fn*, f f . -* ?o=5?!r.] 
That cannot be propelled or dri- 
ven alongt srawr Miqiftn Rv. 8. 48- 
II ( mtgwpj ) v i Want of 
foodt utter destitution (nn%^ififr) s 

Rv. 7. 71. 2. 2- 

<i. * ] A calamity 
such as * 



ing off- 



n Not obstructing or ward- 



a- 1 Not articulated on clea- 
rly tpoken.-2 Not clearly slated or 
explained, vague, not plain or 
well-defined iwwit:a: HJJ: Katy.i 
^Httuwf vvCTrriisfroti Ait. Br.-coMP- 
-nw indistinct singing or hum- 
ming a particular mode of chant ing 
the 



<j Unobstructed, free, un- 
controlled, self-willed, unruly, un- 
governable .-: I A spy, secret emis- 
f ary.-2 N. of a son of Pradyumna. 
I Aniruddha was the son of Kma 
and grandson of Krishna. Ushd the 
daughter of a demon nr ied Bana. 
fell in love with him and had him 
brought by magic influence to her 
apartments in her father's city of 
5: witapura Bana sent some guards 
to seize him, but the brave youth 
slew his assailants with only an 
iron club. At last, however, he 
was secuted b> means of magic 
powers. On discover inn where- An- 



iruddha had been carried, Krishna, 
Balarama and Kama went to res- 
cue him and a great battle was 
fought. Bana, though aided by Siva 
and Skanda, was vanquished, 
but his life was spared at the 
intercession of Siva, and Anirud- 
dha was carried home to Dvaraka 
with Usha as his wife. He had al- 
so another wife Rochana, grand 
dauhter of king Rukmin of Vida- 
rbha, who bore him a son named 
Vajra ]. 3 Also N of Vishnu i and 
of Siva, Buddha. 5 A core or ro- 
pe ( for fasten inj; ). COMP- <rt 
[ ". ftgj cmr ^ *. ] i. unobstructed 
path 2. the sky, atmosphere (!ff 
**nft TrfR^wr^rarvi ). mifiw Aniru 
ddha's wife Ushl 



: Uncertainty, indeci- 



sion- 



Within the lOdays of impurity 
caused either by childbirtn or de- 
al hi ft>m ^ m^?i*'i55nw> $$ji Ms. 
5- 75. wfefmqt rt:trt 5. 81 5. 79i 4. 
212, 217; not ten days oldi 3ii%f?Tr?t 
Ms- 8 242. 

. Undefined, not specified! 
V- 2 without a definite 
aim. 

vfiifa Absence of positive rule 
or direction- 

wffi^ipr a. Undefinabl?, ineffable, 
indescribable, inexplicable, incom- 
parable;'g: *: fldf mvnrftvrfli V- 
3 18. w An epithet of the Supre- 
me Being- 

arft^fm a Not determined or as- 
certained. 

fw a- Dirty, foul. 



. i Unuttei .ble, indes- 
cribable, undefinable, ei ithet of 
the supreme Being.-2 Improper to 
be mentioned * ( In Vedanta ) 1 
May3 or illusion, ignorance- 2 
The world. COMP fliw N. of a 
work by Srfharsha, also called 



. Unwashed i unbaihed 
tiiqHT'n?r ?f?ti: R. 1.71. 

t?: I Norr-completion ! non- 
accomplishment. -2 Inconclusive- 
ness. -3 Insufficiency of income, be 
ing straitened in means- 

^ a . Not fatigued or tired i 
^d f^rm Si. 3- 34- 

a- Not depressed or fa- 
tigued; an epithet of Vishnu. 

wftv?: Non-depression, absence 
of dejection or despondency; self- 



reliance. plucking up courage! 
" 



^ Ram., 

V. 4. cf- ' Faint heart never 
won fair lady ' 



a. I III at ease, uneasy. 
discomposed, unhappy. 2 Unac- 
complished, unfulfilled (ftffl also 
in this sense ). 



%: /. i Uneasiness, 
anxiety, disquietude. 2 Poverty, 
destitution ; " 

wt Udb. 



a- Destitute of employ- 
ment, wretched, miserable- 

3Tt>: [Ki^m afl^fir w^i, wi, j^ UH. 
i 54 ] 1 Wind ; iroiHiiri^ y%r?r^at 
S. 7. 12 ', H t effq jsrPrTf5: Ku. 4. 
30. ( The number of winds is 7: 



n and these are 
again subdivided into 7 divisions, 
the total number being 49 )- 2 
The god of wind- -3 One of the sub- 
ordinate deities, 49 of whom form 
the class of winds. -4 N- of one 
of the 8 Vasus, i.e. thefifth.-5 The 
wind in the body, one of the hu- 
mours; *?i.'W?r -6 Rheumatism or 
any disease referred to disorder of 
the wind 7 The letter? 8 Sym- 
bolical expression for the number 
49. 9 N- of the lunar asterism wft. 
10 N- of Vishnu- ( W moiTfqm *- 
^uRoiiij nnr* ). -COMP ** way or 
course of the wind. *r?ir,-anfji5 a- 
[arfti=wwtm^] i feeding on the 
wind, fasting -2- a serpent. -a?n*. 
(wind-(iestroying)N. of a plant (In- 
gud/) or si'rTT5 5 i. an?n3r : son of the 
wind, epithet of Bh/'ma and Hanu- 
mat. wm: [*rt*if5fr 3nre: w*. a ] 
I- flatulence- -2 rheumatism (ain?t- 
w). H,-8t,-5!l a- curing disorders 
from wind. ra: alargetree(rWm*) 
Terminalia Belerica- '"ft": pain 
and swelling of the eyelids and 
outer parts of the eye -n^ra a. of a 
windy nature- (-^:) N. of the pla- 
net Saturn. wife: derangement of 
the bodily ( internal ) wind. <s: 
fire (the triend of wind); so Mf:- 



a. Inexperienced. 

a. Not well considered; 
fit Si 2. 27. 



- I Not turning away, 

firm, steadfast.-2 Right, no tfit to 
be abandoned. 



..1 Brave, not retreat- 
ing; alto an epithet of Vishnu and 
the Almighty God. -2 Not return- 
ing; irrwwtfafif nrr 3 K- P 10. 



61 



a?fiieis?TT a. Not sitting down or 
retiring to rest, ever goingi rest- 
less i ^HI taBApmt: Rv. 7. 49. i. 

wi'tts^a. Ved- Having no place 
of rest. 



d Ved. I Night less. /'. e. 
uninterrupted, incessant (ftjrvntsS'- 
fetaTq^ius ^niTafltji: r iriw upr ) 2. 
Ever afraid- * jrf Incessantly, 
ceaselessly, wmjtwfij R 

S 3 4; Bv. 2 162. 



a- Ved. Not resting or re- 
posing, incessant! 'HIT incessantly 
flowing! Rv. 10 89. 4- 



Ved. a. Unforbid- 
i unchecked, unopposed 



a. Unfinished, not settled. 
COMP. vm-mq having the guilt 
not settledi i. e unexpiated. 



I. Unwished, undesirable-, 
unfavourable, disagreeablei ill 
(with gen-)i OTiffiflj ifr^fipquoiar?- 
w>(iu Ms. 9. 21 whatever ill she 
thinks of her husband. -2 Evil, for- 
bidden. -3 Bad, unluck , ominous. 
-4 Not honoured with a sacrifice. 
-K An evil, mishap, misfourtune, 
calamity, disadvantage: a crime, 
offence, wrong, unwelcome . things 
l. 8- !2. ***Agiqft m g;. 
inqrafTOfi Ku- 5 421 
ill-omen ;md* f %fawix H. I.-Covp. 
5^f)i. a - followed by or attended 
with calamities; m^qviYns 'firs i: 
K. 155 *Tqi%: /.,- 
getting what is not desired, 
an undesired occurrence.-anfrfa 1 ! u. 
V *!**) indicating or boding ill. a?: 
an evil or malignant planet.-feaT 
a. having an evil and corrupt 
mind. q*: I. an un>lesired occur- 
rence-^. connection with a wrong 
object, argument or rule " an 
evil result. i fear ot evil. 13; 
an evil omen. 



. One who has not sacri- 



Ved. Unhurt 
/. Non-accomplisliment, 
non-completion. 



ficed 



n< J So that the arrow ( the fea- 
thery portion of it ) does no.t come 
out on the other side- i e. no with 
great force. 

*mnri^ a. i Not crossed, set 
aside or got rid of. 2 Unanswer- 
ed, un refuted ( as a charge ) 
'': a defendant who has 



notcleaied himself of a charge 
( by refuting it ). 



4- 16-17 ] I Army, forces t troop, 
hosti-r?sn a tfiaT'fi* Bg. i. 2* <j?mrw 
ifiiw: gfts*r*j ffpr^i H . 3 80 -2 
A collection, group, mass i =w*5- 
Srfagynats* R 3. 53. -3 Battle, 
fight, combat. 4 A row, line, 
marching column. -5 Front, heads 
chief 5 =its*i*r3iOT: Rv.^8. 20. 
I2i ( wj<?5 ) i *fifr ^^MTfliini Sat. 
Br- i wmffi* ?rW. -6 Face, counte- 
nance, ibid. IS*) (W WWW^HBWBJJ 
* )i splendours brilliance! form 
Rv. 7. 2. 23, 3- 6 (most- 
ly Ved in these two >enses ). 7 
Edge, point. -COMP. -W I a war- 
rior, combatant 2 a sentinel, 
( armed ) watch 3. an elephant- 
driver, or its trainer 4- a war- 
drum or trumpet. S- a signal, 
mark, sign. 

wn'upn a. Ved. forming the face 
or front rank i occupying the fore- 
most rank 

: adv In rows or columns. 
[ arrant ; i vtfn, 55 um- 
3Tffijl srn *T, ararc-tft ] I An 
army, host, forces. -2 Three cha- 
mus or (>ne-ienth of a complete 
army ( atrJfcfti ) i 10935 foot, 6561 
horse, 2187 elephants and as many 
chaiiots -3 A lotus. 

*"ft^a. I Not low or vile, decent, 
respectable. 2 Not pronounced 
with the ws^m accent -COMP. - 
nsicfa a not associating with low 
or vile persons. ( m. ) a faithful 
husband. 



a. Having no abode (body), 
incorporeal, epithet of Agni. 



. I Improprietyi immor- 
ality i injustice, wrong acti indis- 
cretion, foolish conduct. -2 (* ira:) 
Freedom from calamity. -COMP-- 
?,-ia^a. impolite, not discreet, not 
conversant with policy. 



a Not blue, white &c. i**t 
fiti. i. 'white-horsed' N-of Arjuna' 
Ki- 14. 26, 42. 



a. I Having no lord or su- 
perior, paramount, supreme, with- 
out a controller, uncontrolled ti- 
jj^sfurww R 10. 20- -2 Not a ma- 
ster or lord, having no mastery or 
control over, not master of ( with 
gen.) i powerless* iTTOiwrfisftsfti - 
1: 5- 2i swlw'! vftm fl*i w'f srnj 
in V. 2 19! Ms 9 104. 3 Not 
one's own master, not independent 

N- of 



Vishnu ( 

?tt Helplessness 



f| ^: ) 
HJI% ?^ 
Mud. 



a. i Having no superior, 
uncontrolled- 2 Unable \ srftim - 
ra^r/!Hi'H<i H^i*|ift i^Hwi^ Bv. 2. 
182- -3 Not relating to Gods En>. 
m4tan. S 1 "". ?^ff. Ms- 6- 72-, 4 Not 
acknowledging God, atheistical- -< 
The godless one (with 5ankhyas) . 
epithet of the world-, fi?ifw~mnii 
COMP. ^i^: atheism, not ac- 
knowledging God as the Supreme 
Ruler. wfyi. m. one who maintains 
the doctrine of no god or atheism, 
an atheist. 



a. Indifferent, [listless- f : 
N- of a king-of Ayodhya. p Dis- 
regard, apathy, indifference, disin- 
clination ; apftn Ki- 2. 10- care- 
lessly. 



a. Undesired, disagree- 
able, unplcasant.-n Displeasure- 

5 ind. { Either used with nouns 
to form adverbial compounds, or 
as a prefix to verbs and verbal de- 
rivatives, or as a separable preposi- 
tion with ace- and regarded as a 
WB*w*'m ) I After, behind, along, 
after ( 9>ffl! ): wf in?w s^fw^ifii V.5i 
: 5jnr yrfft: ws. R. 8. 721 
%q<%5 ?t !t a?q?TOt?reT Mu- 
I- 14) *> fT<warrginn: R. 6. 78: 
Ku. 3.231 W*r 
R. 2- 

24; 3j^55=iwiit: q*ni, P. n. 4. j8 ; 
Sk i ^5 wrtuWranwwt Mai. 9.26 
afterwards 2 Along, along side, 
by the side of, lengthwise ( 



R. 13. 6l\ 

ft^ri. i nrnorvi*. 

Mb- i w 

( >tnfCTw$OTf*i|Rn ) situated 
alongside the Ganges P II- I- 16 

Me. 



21 1 ffimfo 3T3na^fw>ffi*rwft: V. 3. 3 
along the sides or slopes.-3 After. 
m consequence of, being indicated 
by! *w nW(P. II- 3- S Sk. ( ? 
^jTqftrsii^t aioi)! so f?"3 ftatanfton 
-4 With, along with ( ?T^ ) con- 
nected with i *fi* wafifflr &)! p. I. 
4. 85- Sk- ( IB' * rgt )i a^nws'r^- 
^"3 "?5: Ku. 7. 24 along with, con- 
temporaneously) Si. 8 561 ^^m- 
iiraiRTjfw 9. i/.-j Inferior or sub- 
ordinate to ( ft-i ) f*r^iTO5 wvniq^: 
Ki. 13. 52 inferior, lower in value 
or importance! wj ?flf gn;=<CliHr: 
P. 1.4. 86 Sk- - 6 In a particular 



62 



relation or state ( $fJ5jprrt* 
luprvro ) ( *m> firegsrg Sk. ( ftfairft- 
^ji:. HwaSiHgw: ) an ardent devo- 
tee of Vishwui rewt fcft w rt f's 
favourably 



. 

inclined or devoted to. 7 Having 
a part or shar-, participition . or 
one that claims a share of ( 

~ 



n: ) Sk-, f?nf*nKvim?rHjftj: -g 
Repetition, in a distributive sense, 
mostly in com p. ( ffiw7, ftwmrt )i 
^Rp** day by day, every day t 
*>Hrot every moment ; 'fa every 
time, frequently \ fj l^rag Rroft 
Sk waters tree after tree, i e. 
every tree ( ramiwT<*: SIR ).-o, 
Towardsi in the direction ofi near, 
to, at ( sig*rwnrt P. H. I. 15 ), wgw- 
*im*faSK.|*3 5i. 7. 24 near the 
riven vfa*m *nwg 5^rar: g. 55 to 
( ufir ) i on or in, with the force of 
the locativei ^er^ngra ft*n% 4. 39, 

7. 1; ir*iiS*i<3Wifs ^wrrrwunrotf (wiprn 
**rt ) Me. 50.-IO In orderly suc- 
cession, according tOiigP in regu- 
lar order i J3*5>$=AJRrrgijifoi i n 
order of seniority! "tf; *%*i= <s<rct 
"i"JSk. -II Corresponding with, 
like, in imitation of i $ mgft fit- 
rr%t?art F* g irr m3r: V- 4. 25150 
wffrf to roar after or in imitation 
oi.-ia Following, conformab'e to 



K- 4. 12. ( wgrffi5if rea ).-i3 With 
regardtOj towards; in respect oft 



Ji<ug . 14 On account of, by 
reason of ( with abl. )-, 



H it Ram. Asa separable 
adverb aw is used only in the Vtdas 
and means after, afterwards, later 
on, now, .at this time, again, once 
more, then, and further. ( The 
senses of w; as given by G- M. 
are: wg 

e- g 
t 



fr: ;. The senses of arg may 
be thus expressed in verse: 



1* 



"5* a [m-n P V > 7-1 

^ *.*. /4 'TJ'W- 

**n fm w*!^; ^iAnr QV 1 r /* j 

j . o A . j i \j rgg Q y i 

de S irous.-2 Libidinous, lustful (as 
a|over )-3 Sloping. 



10 P To relate after (some 
one else }, mention subse- 
quently. 

r i Subsequent mention i 
i5?rt3>ii'!rr Kasi on P- 
II. 4. 32.-2 Relation, narration i 
discourse, conversation- 

The next youngest. 



A- To take pity or com- 
passion on, sympathize with, pity 
with ace. )* ffifiii^^wtti in*i 
Mai. 10 i *^ wijrm nig- 

Mk Vi *7^ stig^iTO 4. 8, with 

N ^ . 

ioc- also! Hrj^T ait \tmt\ ^^r n?rg*R?i 

. Cans. To pity &c. i siixi >nmi 
Ku 4. 39- 

a- Pitying, taking compas- 
sion on, sympathizing with 



a- One who pities, kind- 
learted, compassionate -4 Compas- 
sion, pity, tenderness, sympathy. 

[ *? -w ] Compassion, com- 
miseration, pitys with gen- JHrqing- 
Bg. 10. in or with [oc.; Hwn 
nj^q^t w R. 2- 63(orin comp i 
n R. 2 48 i 3WTTt T. 
P. V-3 76 

. p Pitied i**rrfPT having 
a compassionate spiriu- 

, a Pitying ( in comp. ) i 
sympathizing with. 

p#f. p. Pitiable, worthy of 
sympathy ifiinw^rm mrg*wt R. 
14. 74 ; ^rfmnj*wm5TT^! srwn Ku. 
3 76. : I A courier, express 
messenger 2 An ascetic 

Desire, wish- 



a- [ *i*w ?s: 3;qi an ] i 
Agreeable to desire, according t 
one's desire. 2 [ g*ini^ %^-3=?. [ 
Dtsirous, lustful. */f At will, 
accoiding to desire or wish, as de- 
sired, at pleasure- r: [ag^ 1 *: w: ] 
Proper or worthy desire i desire i 
"fil fulfilling one's desiies. 



i 3"w n "f 'm f?^: P- V- 
2- II Sk. ] Going at will or plea- 
sure ' one who acts as he pleasesi 
Bk. 



a- [ ^iiwJ 'f> 1 : ]Opportu:ie- 
timely, adapted or suite. I to the 
time- w ind- Opportunely! on a 
proper occasion. 

ot proclaiming or 




Act 
publishing. 



I Favourable, agreeable ( lit- fo|. 
lowing the .bank or slope, accord 
ing to the current, with the grcaia)- 



as wind, fate &c. ; 4jf H^ g^ra <w- 
WjfW inr rwt M e . 9. sito" BqHM 
4. IDs w<nmi ^TT S 7i V. 3. 20 S 
2 Friendly, kind, well or kindly 
disposed.-3 Conformable to j 
pleasing, agreeable or favourable 
to, conduciug to, capable of i olt 
in comp_. i ?tj?iw|;T $9 gp^'wr: S- 2- 
7\ Kig^BTsilwnr^ir K. 42 not inclined 
to pride i ?arwf SUJRW * irft 197; 
j 5iiSfr>?iTg%5iT R. 5. 76 befitting, 
suitable *: I A faithful or kind 
husband, ("^wfi: S- D or i^fttfr: 
afR: ) a variety of 
.-2 'Favourable to all', epithet 
of Vishnu at i N. if a tree ( ??ft ) 
Croton Polyandrum.-2 N. of a- 
metre a i Favour, kind ness j fifr- 
oim^f iiyi3 ^5 K- P. 9.-2 ( Rhet. ) 
A figure in which unfavourableness 
turns into kindness , w^f* Jrftri*r. 
D. t f nflrw u^r n- 



-p* I Favoui, conformity 
kindness, good will ; laRprrg^swn 
R. I- 42 the wind being favourable- 
-2 Prosperity 



Den. P. To conciliate, 
propitiate, act in a friendly way 
towards! ( n ) w^sHnflgfrsft fp 
5*: Ku- 2- 39-, "Ru 13 71 
7. II. 



8. U. To be after or after- 
wards i follow i especially to imi- 
tate,, do after or in imitation of, 
r semble, equal, copy (with gen )-, 
^swifij^Hj ei*or: ...... ft^aw Ku- I. 

4 4 i1jt!Riir ^fwmjam K 10-, j'sufa 
lrnt "iiriww 6, 282i 13 <*.mito g^qH- 
M. 5=^ also with ace. ) i ai- 
wrtn^qiiT: K- 76* 
^ff Bk- 2. 8 > *$** 
V. -5i Ms. 2- 199. 2 
To requite, recoiipense.-3 To 
try on, adjust, adapt ; 
Susr- 



a Imitating- *: An assist- 



ant 



*iot,-fifn : /. i Imitation i w 

<i>t f*^nn. Mu- 7. -2 
Copy, resemblance, similarity, 

onamatwpreia' wsfwijvt- 
$m P. VI. I, 98; V. 4 57 i 1. 4. 
62; *&t9KTfi%*y*r. .Me. 69-3 
Compliance i art1ftrtn?gfi?t?r % 
Taitt. Up 

w js M i An imitatar.-2 Actor, 
performer 



^ imitation 2 [ 
VA subsequent rite. 



63 



R: [ f-*i.] Imitation, resem- 
blance i g^nr-piK: "3w T^ra ^w^r i^- 
frnHftt^T: Mai. 9. 

ar^Tfti, a. Imitating, resembling 
( with gen- or in comp. ) ; ftnTr: 
firnswifoftj nrg Eft farairHrnft S. 6; 
auwftflr ^hl ^wvjfw^ reft S. 2- 16; 
i. 2is R. I. 43. 3- 5- 

aw^ft.-^iofm.-wfw^f.^. Fit to 
be imitated- -,-ai"rniiiT A subse- 
quent rite or ceremony. 



TV.] 
A kind of sacrificial rite called 



Den. A. Tosympathize 
or condole with- 

3fw I P- To drag after one- 
self, to attract ( in gram- )i 
*fr below- Caus. To subject. 



^:-*T I Dragging after, draw- 
ing alongi attraction in general. 
-2 Summoning Or invoking ( by 
means of spells ).-3 Grammatical 
attraction, application or attrac- 
tion of a word in a preceding rule 
to a subsequent rule, word &c- 
nmowrbiT4kK: Mbh. on P- II. 2- 
4 -, see alsoSk. on P. VI I. 127. -4 
[ jyp6in ww^ ^ifri ] The axle- 
tree or bottom of a carriage--5 
Delayed performance of a duty- 

m- The bottom of a 



carriage. 

syfojtj i A To follow duly -Caus. 
To cause oihers to follow duly- 



%5^ ] I A 
secondary direction or precept, 
a substitute or alternative to be 
used in times of necessity when 
the primary one ( rm<wj ) is not 
possible i. as the direction to use 
t^|Wi or ^l in the absence of "i 
Hij: UWTOCTW fli'S'j**^ aSH Ms- II- 
30i 3- I47.-2 A "work connected 
with kalpa ( one of the six auxili- 
aries of the Vedas ). 

OTTK a- 1 Unaltered, unsaid ( in 
gram. )=*nni(nffT q. v. under *fir. 
-2 Unheard of, extraordinary. 3 
Not told s OTT^ifrsft ?m <? Ku. 
3-21. 

wg*i a. Without hymns or 
songs of praise; Rv- 5. 2. 3. 

w^W^ a. [W^WH: w ] Serrated. 
dentated like a saw- 

3*t,I P. To cry after, reply to 
the sound j 
: M41 q. 7- 
5* A cry in reply 



a, U. 4 P I To go after. 
follow ( fig- also ) ; HsnffttsjJKM 
^qtjRqiffcja: Rim.j to betake one- 
self to i aWmrwgwT Mb i wi- 
iwgSitm tft ?Tfh*rt*i* Ram. -2 To 
count upi enumerate, stale or go 
through in order : i^TORfr n^i**- 
wt Mbh. on P. I. I. 72 ; give a 
table of contents, used frequently 
in the Nirukta- 



a- [3*a: aw] In due order- 
: I '"Succession, order, se- 
quence, arrangement, method, due 
order , fffatf 5Wia*<?p R. 6- 70; 
wgJH <B$nyw**i4. 60i Y. 2-41. 
-2 A table of contents, index, 
such as that of the Vedic Sam- 
hitas. 



i. Proceeding in order. 
-2 Following. iV-flwit [wnfw] 
A table of contents, an index 
showing the successive contents 
of a work. 

wifSf I P. To shout at or after. 
Caus. To join in lamenting, con- 
dole with, show sympathy. 

swwiaT; I. Pity, compassion, 

tenderness ( with loc.-) i 

: S. 3i Me. 115; 
made to relent S. 4; 
i ft it nfti 37JWI3I-. S. 3-2 One who 
has gone over a kro.va ( 2 miles ) 



Every instant, con- 
staiftly, frequently. 

*MS$rfr m. ( w ) The attendant 
of a dooi-keeper or charioteer 

wg^i Stipend given to certain 
temple-worshippers inOris^a ( ?.) 

igw 2 P. Ved. To descry, see 
from a distance. 

agwft:/. I Descrying--2 Re- 
porting, revealing 

3T3iT$ m- ( m ) A discoverer i 
reporter. 

5T1 I P, I To go after, JoHow 
attend, accompany i ~ 
ft i *j&fyrcft Pt. i. 73 i 

: S. 4t 

?: K- 841 *T* 

wfifti5 *qi?rtfli'*n R. 2, 2! 
w* 'jtiftn'^w^wj 6 - . Ms, 12. 115 i Ki. 
5. 2 -2 To follow, practise, obterve, 
obe,y,-act up to i *iRi5T^ 
mi < Bfti aufi iiiii, K. 104, 
JTHT uii"fsg*in Ram- 
^haii5'^ft H. 3- 44--3 To & seek, 
wander through; V* ^ift n [*r it 

^n 'W</. go in quest of. -4 To 
come, arrive, approach, present 
oneself ( as time)i* 1*3*% BhSg , 



-5 To answer or respond to, cor- 
respond with, be suitable to ; 
imitate, resemble \ 
Ki- 4- 361 

R. 16 13; " 
K, 203. -6 To 

go or die out, be extinguished) 
Tinr gyfisfjna*^ Sat- Br.-7 To 
enter into. Caus- [-wiflft] To 



cause to follow, follow i 
iftnw gs^^fir M. i. 21 followed 
accompanied in sound- 



or 



*gr* a. [ wgreaarft, T^-* ] ( In 
comp.) Following, going after i 
corresponding or tallying with, 
adequate to i H?T ys\&: W- Pt- I- 
59i "ftrngii mfr 9^ima 1<. 16- 645 Me- 
471 inKfaw?trg* Ms- 2. 214* rr- 
ftfji-s*! f?w: 9. 142 governed or re- 
gulated by i 8. 239. *: A follower, 
( obedient ) servant, companion ; 
n^Hwigr R. 2. 58, 9-82; *" follow- 
ed by an army, being the head of 
an army. 

3t**xp. p- I. ( Used passively ) 
( a ) Followed (lit. &. fig.), attend- 
ed s J>nwft!i*fo*fti3if R. 12. 



, 

102 i M 3. 9! Ms. IT. 71. ( b ) Full 
of, filled with i '^m^'mnnsjnT f^r. 
w Mk- 4. Si 9**W*w<ra'> 
K. 159 consisting or made 
up of", T^nwTjre^rmT. Mb- (c) 
Covered, as by a cress hanging 
behind ; ft^^i^ tamwoir Ki- 5 
2 ( miT^E^m ) ( d ) Extinguished 
&c. ( e ) Acquired; obtained -2 
( Used actively ) ( o ) Following. 
obeying, observing i wm"g^T: 
Mu- 5. iQt ft*rT?j>mr HU'T Mk; 3 

28 ! f^ft^^qntfitHHIini ijl^fSwt K. IJ>i 

cometoi Ms- 9. 267, K. 166-, Mu. 
6. 51 H. 2 56-, R 15.9. (MCor 
responding or tallying with, ada- 
pted or^ answering to, in harmony 
withi qjrunw^ff ^raS. B. , m^'tBi 
<?wmw?T: M* 2- 9, in accompaniment 
to the musical tunes '&*'' w: w<ra- 
wy: Ratn. li "Kb: SI II. 10- J, c ) 
Adequate or suitable to, fit fon 
- Pt- 5- (_ a ) Imitating i 
: M-5- 1 am 



glad that the boy takes after his 
father. <i Moderate time in music, 
Comp. w* a. having a cor- 
responding or easily discoverable 
sense- 



W: f. I Following i 



following, imitating i see under 1 "*!: 
-2 Consent, approval* *iM e forced 
consent- 

*' I Following! 

R: I. g8 

S. B, 2 Comprehending, 
grasping ( as a sonse ) TOin^im: 5. 



64 



D- 3 Following in death, post- 
cremation, self-immolation of a 
widow on her husband's funeral 
pile. 4 Imitating i approaching. 
5 Conformity, accordances ;"- 
5- B. 

. a- Tollowing. m. A fol- 
io wer=**i. 

3ig <j; Habitually or const- 
antly following- 

*V%. I P- To roar after or in 
imitation of. 



p, p. Roared. HT A roar- 
ing echo. Ku 6 40. 



Suiting ( the length of ) the Oxen. 
wgftrt ind- By the mountain side 
R. 13- 49- 



aR: mora: , 3*33 a p. V. 2 15 
Sk. ] A cowherd. 

a?3n^ a- [ ?-i5n% ] Repeating, 
following in speaking, echoing. 
See under 



3S< a [ 3*' soil i*f ] Hav- 
ing similar qualites, of the same 
nature; ttwiwraifau. asinigjoiT wa'i 
Susr. i conformable to, favourable 
or agreeaple to, suitable- accord- 
ing to i n^rtiwi350T i^r ri 3tsn 
Mv. 7. obedient to the will * 7- 
.?8 * goi^M^a "!* "i%: Ki.6. 33 i 10. 
13 * congeniali suitable, fit* - 
*"m Dk. 64, 94! wigs^^Roi* Dk. 
1-30 not having wives worthy of 
themselves * ( fror ) a?<fsa?i 5^"'- 
gwoir TOW? Mk. 3. 3 agreeable or 
pleasing to the heart, exactly after 
the heart ( TV. here takes *>" to 
mean ?Wgwifan itself )* *r* ms$- 
irenrHnrrira t srimgwoft R. G. i WSS""- 
nrnfn S. D. i** HflfrwnBm.U- I 
39 ": A nt aural peculiarity. 'i 
adv- I Favourably- conformably 
to one's desires -, ftfargsoi Hlwrufn- 
i%<JTHrgT Bk 8- 95- 2 Agreeably 
or conformably to ( in cOmp. ) n^' 
^rrjgof <fl^ttHn^ Dk. II.-3 
Naturally- 

a Favourableness- 

Den- P. To make fa- 
vourable conciliate i bring about 
securei <^S33i"l gir*bit Ki. 
18- 44. 

a- Covered, sheltered. 



t-l. P. I To sing after ( a per- 
son ), sing to ( a-tune \ ; follow ii 
singing ; *gmrni Ti%^;ftiaq*iw 
Gt. I; w-j^atif^w 55mmwra': Ki 
3. 60. sent back, echoed. -2 To 
sing i to celebrate in song. 



a Sinking in response to i 
Ratn.'l- 19. 

/. N. of a metre of two 
ines, the first having 27 and the 
second 32 matras a species of 
he /Irya metre- 



~4-^y P. ( Ved.-S* 01 "'* ) I To 
avour, oblige, treat with kindness* 
3isi?r*i?5T'3^ OIT 3 *>"*": 5- 3 ur 
riend will be so good as to, or 
kindly, take a seat on the stone i 
rt fireftsg^rt V- 5. be pleased to 
,it down &c- i "ft* 5 5 "!*? 1 " 1 V. 
3 favoured ( by modifying the 
curse ) * with instr. or abl_-_of that 
which is an obligation *"" 
mi S. 6i 
j ijjj ; 

V. 4- I an> much 
ibfiged To you &c- ( *3^T3 is oft 
used by itself in the sense of 
much obliged,' ' many thanks, 
I- thank you', ' I esteem it a 
favour ' ).-2 To foster, cherish, 
Drotect, maintain ( as fire ) i *'- 
^firg^n: win ^5val--3 To receive, 
welcome. 4 Te hold up* support, 
uphold- 5 To follow in robbing, 
seizing or depriving. 6 To keep 
to, conform or correspond to, 
follow, take after ; "***3J** 
Son: Vb. 2 5"^HiT5^fTdi *?w<i U. 
fi.-Caus. To cause to_ favour, or to 

Mu- 4- 

jjj^-^oi i A favour, kindness, 

ol)ligation t showing favour, 
obliging, rewarding ( opp- &s ), 
>t!H!35?R^ Pt- I. ?\% m&T3!nj^5i?g R. 
f. 35> a '3f sm> a "5 i " S. .1, wgwj 
tfiWntTr Ku. 3. 3- -2 Assistance, 
help ( shown to the poor in 
"ceding them &c. ^fts'^'ft'"*! ). 3 
Facilitating by spells. 4 Accept- 
ance. 5 Rear-guard. CoMp. 
m* a. anxious to please or for 
favour. trf: creation of feelings 
or mental conditions. 

WjS pt- p. Fit to be favoured 
or obliged; na: 
K. 134 i * 



I havouring, further- 
ing, promoting--2 Gracious, kind. 
W3OTH*: A mouthful ; the 
equivalent of a mouthful. 

Linking together v. ith ; 
t"i> K. 240. 



.,P-l To follow, pursue, 
go aften to serve, attend or wait 
upon i ftit; m<tii3*^ K- 368 
serving. -2 To traverse, seek after, 
go through, wander. -3 To conduct 
oneself, behave. 



2 4! WTfWig^W TT9 ISTfrWRTfT 26, 

$2; Me. 3< Ms. 12. 47. In comp. 
attended or followed by; *tm , 
!,j &c.-2 Following a spy ( ^TH- 
3111: ).-0,-u i A female attendant. 

2 A logical or due strophe- 
ag^fts p. p. Followed &c- (t 

Walki walk in life, conduct. 
wg^TTO: A follower, servant &c- 

fir A female servant. 



: /. Ved. Repeating ( in a 
chorus ). 

a I VVrongi improper -2 
Unusual; unfit. 

loP. To consider, think 
of, call to mind i wiyigpnrgftfn 
*3H a*rr : S. 2- 91 Bg. 8. 8; Ms. 
4.92- 

3ftm,-WP I Calling to mind, 
thinking of, meditating upon. 2 
Recalling, recollecting. 2 Con- 
stant thinking, anxiety. 

wgw?: The part of a man's 
undergarment which is allowed 
to hang down in front from 
the waist to feet ( Mar. w=v ). 

wgfrcm: /., *$'%?: Non-extirpa- 
tion i non-destructiom inde- 
structibility- 

3^? a- Not rejected i pure, 
holy, fresh, unused* *Ml Dk 112 

argw?.i A To be born after' 
arise or be produced- after, to 
follow in being born, arising 
&c. i ^ra^urt faroi g "fa gsigima 
Ms. *5- 9 1345 *" al *nnww *"*- 
H3Jitiin Mb. -2 To take after (one's 
parents )i to be born similar to. 

aigai-win p. p. Burn after, later, 
younger-, *nm3iTrf: P. Ill: 4- 72' 
*V fnnwHJhsfHm: R. 6. 781 
grcn qrim ytgwt Sk. i so w^r. 
f:,-tia: I A younger brother* Ms 
5. 58--2 A cadet i born again, 
after born, younger, later-3 
Taking after.-4 Born again, 
invested with the sacred 
thread. w.-wm i A younger 
sister. -2 N- of a plant ( wmT- 
,,, )._* N. of a plant ( n'finw ).- 
^ OMP aw a- lower than the 
younger, youngest. 

iigwwrc, m. l3 *** ow ] A 
younger brother ; fwit rtnr3Jr?n=< 
Ki. 2. 17' Si. "3 2, 14- 

wg^X 1 P- i To depend upon 
for subsistence, hang on. live by 
or upon ( something ) * * f*i*- 
- 



: I A companion, follower 
attendant, servant-, friia^"*^: R 



qim Dki- 122 .hang 

or depend on, live (submissively) 
under, live as a subordinate to -2 
To see without envy * rt nt ftti- 



66 



wo m?gafnrm: 

Mb. -3 To live for any One.-4 To 
follow or imitate in livings R. 19. 
15 v- 1-5 To survive- 



a Dependent, living on 
or upon -m. A dependent, servant, 
follower s art^=rNrT: 
Ki. I. 4, 10 ; 

T Pt. I. 69. 

a. To be served ( as a 
master ). 



9 U- I To permit, allow 
( a person or thing ) ; assent or 
consent to, approve ; authorisei 
sanction ; w?g^wi% nt rnn^ U. 3. 
sn let me go \ fcs "rft ?Tf<Tr ^%^ 
tfSrgsnoaf 5, 4. 8- permitted to go i 
Dk. i^ 23 , M. I ; IQ, Ms- 2. Il6 s 
*p*i*n mftr'mrsgfrra S. 5 approved, 
agreed-tp.-2 To betroth, affiance i 



Dk. 50.-3 Tp excuse, forgive.-, 



Mb-~4 To repent, be sorry for. -5 
To requsest, entreat, beg ; wrt n- 
fgiTFnfa i nao!jfatft z* Ram. -6 To 
treat or behave kindly, favour ;^ 
r snfoj JJ3THT. . .arsfajTOT'^jTrm Mb. -7 
To dimiss, bid farewell (usually 
in caus. ), Caus. ( firmf^ ), i To 
ask or beg for, repuest.-2 To ask 
permission, ask for leave i take 
leave of, bid adieu to s 



: Pt.4- 

: 5, Ms. 4. 122 , 
inrt e;^ i 
Mb. 



9. 82 



nT [ srT-wy-pg^rr ] I Per- 
mission, consent, sanction ; 3<jT- 
girunwF?! mn: R. 2. 66.-Permission 
or leave to depart--3 Excusing, 
forgiving, allowance made for fa- 
ults.-4 An Order, command. - 
Comp. ^fon-Wir requesting per- 
mission, taking leave. 

fgsftn/i. p. Permitted, allowed, 
assented to, granted, honoured, 
favoured, authorised, dismiased- 

SWSTT^: One who commands or 
orders- 



$rTf: f. i Authorsing-2 
Issuing an order or command. 

*g' 5 8 a. [ wjrnt ->Hs ] Next 
to the eldeU.-s adv. According to 
seniority. 

wg^rj, I P. I To heats vex, annoy 
( fig. ).-2 (4 A. or pass ) To repent, 
grieve, be sorry for, be stung with 
remorses ^vfit'^v^n 



remorses vfit'^v 
V 3- 5, ( v- I. for ftjjfc'jq^ift &c. ) ; 
K;. 17. 40, Caus. To pain, afflict, 
9 



distress ; tin 
a R. 8. 89 

p P. \ Hented.-2 Filled 
with regret, repentant- 

aryrra: I Repentance, remorse, 
contrition, subequent regret or 
sorrow i aiTmyn^ni HI V. 4. 38 
stung with remorse ; Ms. II. 228- 
-2 heat. 

wgrnqf a/ Causing distress Or 
regret or sorrow- 

^ a-. Repentant, sorry. 
See )ander 3^- 

'- [^-^1] I Thirst, desire 
to dink i ^r^TC3<nrt?if^wiT aigwrog- 
?nq^ Si. 10. 2 ( thirst and liquor). 
2 Wish, desire-3 Drinking spirit- 
uous liquors. -4 A drinking vessel 
( used in drinking spirituous liqu- 
ors ).5 Lipuor itself. 
3^<Tvf*r=Tj(T^ 3 and 4. 

wgfwB a. Following f?ra ( as a 
field ) &ind Grain after grain 
' e. by grains or very minutely- 

srjgsi a Ved- Depressed or re- 
pressed ( in sound ), unruffled. 

srjjairm Den- P To rub ( as the 
point or end of gfass) with cottons 
P III- i. 25. 

aryjBsf Rubbing in this manner- 

3753 I P. I To go across or 
to the'end. 2 To stretch length- 
wise. 

\] Fare, 



freight 

wj?^ a. Not over- anxious, no 
repentant or regretful i self-com- 
placent. 

3T3rr a. Ved. [^w*. a. ] _i Not 
moistened or wet ; g>Tm3 fgitsffr 
Rv. I- 83. 7.~2 Not set driven forth 
or urged ( w<lftfl ) : invincible (?) 



a [ f 3rTflt rwr^ ] i Than 
which there is noting better, 
having no superior or better, unsur- 
passed, the very best or highest, 
incomparably or pre-eminently the 
best i a^S ft&* z&t*f$*3ri H- 
Pr. 4 s TSJ* JimRgfurf MS- 2. 242 , Y. 
I. 8; s w?w*n gjn3^i nf: Si. I. 27 
all- pervadiugs Bg- 7-I8i Ms- 2.Q; 
5. 158 s 8 8I.-2 Not the best s-j 
( in gram. ) Not used in the a^TT 
or first person. f: N of Siva 
or Vishnu. - Comp. -^?T-HT%* 
a term in Sankhya philosophy, 
said.t* mean ' indifference to and 
abstinence from sensual enjoy- 
ment, as fatiguing or involving 
injury to external objects, 



a. [ =Tfttr TrTrr ***HT ] I Pri- 
ncip;il. chief. -2 Be 5 *) excellent i 
argrRTTSr raaTHHH"! Dk- 162 unsur- 
passed. -3 [ imcT 3TTc ^" 1 Without 
a reply, silent, unable to answer i 
W5f<T55T n 5rTiitTnfT Na' s hadha--4 
Fixed.firm ( * mfS -erafn ) 5 Low, 
inferior, base, mean, -6 Southern. 
'[X 3. ] No reply, a-rply which, 
being evasive, is considerd to be 
no reply. -n:( pi- ) A class of gods 
among Jainas ( "atremrs ) . n The 
south. 



a . Steady, not ruffled (by 
waves ) i 3rqifiT5Ta!TTgwnt f u . 3. 48. 

wgwrf' Absence of exertion. 

3T5?<% /"Failure, non-production. 
a., ffra a Not yet produced.-Comp. 
"rtfrtW; preparation for a future 
state, acquiescence in the state 
and moral condition which is yet 
to cpme.-HR:-qr a method of arguing 
against a thing by attempting to 
prove that noting exists from 
which it could spring. 



a. Not produced or born, 
unborn, unproduced &c- 



: Not coming into exist- 
ence, not taking effect.. Comp. 



-a^n, a Destitute of energy or 
determination.-*: Want of deter- 
mination, energy &c.!listlessness, 
languor, indifference. 



a. Moderate, no t overea- 
ger, retiring, calm- 

-# K - a Not deviating from the 
Swtra (of Panini or of morality ) < 
not anomalous or irregular, e'^rt- 
~ H5iw; Hfasra^t Si. 2. 112. 

373?%-*: Absence of haughtiness 
or pride i* <fl wpqt Bh- 2- 63 i 
modesty i *: wg T^awra^jtt: V- J i 
cf.' 1 Modesty is the handmaid of 
heroism. " 

-= l. a- Net puffed up, not 

proud or arrogant i wnr; *rfra S- 
4.17- 

% d-\_ *f g^TcT or 3ng^^Ti?T grt ^ffti 
-;i-i>] Ved. Kot urging or driving 
onwards or, emulating others in 
giving ( 351*1^ )-, see amg?. 

arg* a- I Waterless ( as a de- 
sert ). -2 Having very little water 
( as a puddle ).~3 Devoid of the 
libations of water ( a sort of wtt^ ). 

^gTtf.rt I Not lofty, low 2 Soft 
tender ; weak, not sharp. 

3T 3^ a I Having a slender 
waist s thin, lank i "f^nKrff Sk. ( - 
, see w ) 



66 



3 U. To give back, restore. 
to yield, grant, remit- 

wy*m i Restoration -I A female 

companion 

9?m a. Grave ( accent ) i not 
elevated or raised ( not pronoun- 
ced ) with the Udatta accent ) i & 
^m: ,fi%^m: i accentlass, having 
the neutral, general tone i ^m- 
rg<rmM .wriwB W: *n:.i utterep 
with the grave accent ( as a vowel; 
Twftftm jra*?"***!* wm?n's - 

rfn 



term 33? is 

used by Panini for the grave accent 
which immediately precedes the 
Udatta, and also for the general 
accent less tone neither high nor 
low, termed lwi%, the one mo- 
notonous intonation belonging to 
the generality of syllables in a 
sentence ). w: The grave aceent.- 
Comp *nf^: a nominal base of 
which the first syllable is W3irfr 
W a verbal root having for its wg 
*a the grave -accent (denoting 
that it takes the Atm- terminat- 
ions only ). s^ a syllable fdl- 
lowed ( immediatey ) by the grave 
accent. a* a. more than, wpm i 
still lower or graver accent, / e- 
that which immediately precedes 
a syllable having the a?Trr or n*t 
accent and is thus more depressed 
than the ordinary wgT 1 ^' accent- 

wg^K a- l Not liberal, niggard- 
ly i not high or noble. -2 H.aving 
none more liberal, very liberal, or 
great 3 (wwm^riu.) Adhering to 
or followed by a wife i IT^H'HHI^- 
% 51: fWj'TtsijsiWl K- P. 4 
( used in sense I also ) --4 Having 
a suit a ble or worthy wife 
W- * ). 



jf^n a. I Unsaid, not uttered - 
2 Not risen or appeared forth- 



day 



r-fi;>w ind Daily, day after 
' 



3: Udb. 



3. 



6 P. To point outi assign 
: I Pointing back i a rule 
or direction wliich refers or points 
back to a previous rule i iji**g<i- 
*^T: PTT p. [ 3 jo . subsequent 
rnentiou of things ( words, suffixes 
&c- ) in the order of things previ- 
ously mentioned, respective enume- 
ration or statement, first for 
first, second for second i as in 



. 4 
-2 Direction, order, injunction. 



or referring ba- 
ck i being the object of an sir 

agnT I P- To survey, behold i 
to keep in view or mind, see in pr- 
ospect ; " * Wis^^r* ?wr wjunrr- 
* Bg I. 31 i Bh 3- 3- Cans. To 
show, tell, inform as follows- " 
<m: gwjftfini vi&Fn wpfrif!T M- S 
writes or informs as follows. 



Inspection, survey; 
WRTRJ^^ Ram- t conside- 
ration, regard ; JiwwrgsniOTiMj:^- 
5^13^1* Bg 13. 8 perception 

*wg a. Having a favourable 
look* ft: /;-A favourable look. 

WH^OT a- [ ^^"3^: ] Longitudi" 
nal,*lengthwise 

sw3;n a Not raised or puffed up 
*<n: tjfiw: flW%rH: S- 5. 12 j hum- 
ble ! modest' unsurpassed. 

aT^sofr I Not removing or tak- 
ing away- 2 Not offering, esta-" 
Wishing or proving. 

awjfT': I Non-partition ; not tak- 
ing a share ( fisftgtfgf^t I%HIW: ). -2 
Non removal. 



a- Undivided; unremoved, 
uninjured, unharmed, undestroy- 
ed, uuofifered or established &c- 
comp. arwnw. -taking place of 
sunset while the wr^i fire con- 
tinues to be unrsmoved from the 



a I Not bold i soft, mild. 

2 Not exalted or lofty. 

argon, ^ gai a. Not diligent, idle, 
inactive. 

wgip Repeated playing Or ga- 
mbling! N. of a part of the Sabha- 
parvan 

argnnr a Lazy, not industrious - 
*: Idleness, inactivity. 

35 I P. I To run after, follow, 
accompany, g* tw^rtjl* R. 3 
38 12. 67 i 16 25 i si- 1 52 t 5 
59 2 To chase, pursue, 

3tg5/> p I Followed pursued 
( sometimes used actively ). 2 
Sent or brought back (as sound 

n A measufe of time in music= 
half druta or one fourth of a 

Matra ( or of the time taken to 
utter a short vowel ) 



?: Non-marriage, celibacy. 
r a. Easy in mind, secure. 

wglif a. Free from anxiety or 
apprehension ": Security or free- 
dom from fear- 

3 1 *T*. I P- I To run after, follow 
jrwioit s^onmt m^Tofsg'Jiarff U. 
I. 10. the seuse follows the 



words ( the words being not utier 
ed with a view to a particular 
sense h w* i%*u?ftsjai3ft S'\- 16. 
44 follows his own will. -2 To run 
up to, approach. 3 To cleanse, 
v. ash. 



I Going or running after, 
following, -pursuing! g<r <ft<T5r: 
S- 2- -2 Close pursuit of an object 
( for the knowledge of truth )i re- 
search, investigation. -3 Seeking 
a mistress, though unattainable 
4 Cleansing, purification. 

*y^ I P. I To think of, muse, 
consider attentively. 2 To wish 
well of, to bless, favours wpriistft* 
wft stfrort aifUgt-rnii?! ^afcfa R- 14. 
60 bleSs arg^^gEiW ^iw>: ufn- 
"': I/. 36 favoured. 

wgsar [ OT-a] Thinking or wish- 
ing well of, favouring, attachment- 

Mused, thought of 
*l^] I Thought) 
K. 2621 meditation, 
religious contemplation--^ Think- 
ing of, remembrance! IT f: tfrrarl- 
vmff ra^irwnrHviai Ku. 6- 21. 3 
Wishing*well of^ affectionate soli- 
citude fon sTwr'jre^fl** srfBmi5rg 
*: U. 7. ii; HT f^j Fg^iarwwrTre 
(J. i. 

One who 



&c *. 



wishes well of. 

gt>qw a. To be favoured or 
wished well of,g?s5Tg> R. 17 36. 

"S^I P. To sound towards or 
at ( with ace. ) Caus, To cause 
to sound, make resonant, fill with 
echo, 



Mb. made musical or 
resonant. 

wgrt^: [ aig^ ="r] Sound, noisei 
Si. 7. 18* reverberation, echo- 

T3>rif^ a Ecnoing, sounding, 
resonant. 

See under 



a. [ 3ia> iirlwt ] i Na- 
sal, pronounced through the noses 



Sk.; 5jw=irfW9^=iisg!ir%*: P. I. 
I. 81 9"ftsg*"%uiT r =^ Sikshas g=iT- 
t being a name for the 5 nasal 
consonants,, the vowels or the con- 
sonants ^, <f , 3, ( under certain cir- 
cumstances ); i. e the letters in- 
cluded in the frSi?T<- attj except 5 
and ^ 2 The sign u.ed to mark 
the nasalisation in the case of i- 
^ or B * The nasal twang _ 
Comp- wTi?: a conjunct conso-' 
nant beginning with a nasal. 



67 



Description or relation 
following the previous order or se- 
quence i^Hrgqf^Eurt fifcuwmi **$<nrn i 
n S. D- 

Subsequent libation 
( with clarified butter ) 

argfWfwr A ceremony connected 
with this libation. 

angn I P. I To conciliate, win 
over.induce, persuade, prevailupon, 
request, supplicate, entreat, propi- 
tiate, pacify, appease (anger &c.)i 
qstft R 5. 545 fa. 



19 38. 43i " Bk 6. 137; 5 46' 
rw?iR* tm afrrgfqigSm V. 3. 20- 
pacified, made favourable or agree- 
ables Ki- 13. 6;; M. 5". K. 168. 178) 
Dk. .?. 4 7.-2 To cherish lovei n- 
AtiHgn Bh. 2. 771 cf. Shakes- 
peare '.Cherish those heaits that 
hate thee '.-3 To bring near to 
( with dat. of person ).~4 To train, 
discipline. -5 To honour. 

wgf 1 ' a. [ ifi-M* ] Kind, concili- 
atory, pacifying (as words-). T: i 
Conciliation, propitiation, pacifica- 
tion ( of anger 1. friendly^p?rsua- 
sioni * srrtft's'w wintamT- 



3 

iir R. 2 54* 
: H-4! Hf^'flf*: 

^rqju S. 4. -2 Courtesy, civi- 
lity, courteous or polite behaviour) 
modesty^ rr.odesi or respectful de- 
portmenticonciliatory act (such as 
salutation); showing respect ( to a 
guest, deity &c.)s ftfr%?gacja ?f<- 

f: V. 3. 5; ^ ft as* 4 2- 
T S.D 



22i . 

458. -3 An humble supplication 
or entreaty, a request in generals 
H5 iii* T: i ig f^rvTmmqTfgi'itaHBrs 
TRm^gw Mu. 2; R. 6 2; <*** 
sr-ftffS'SHrifjjrflt.jim <ag Ak. ; 'annTO 
conciliatory address. 4 Disci- 
pline, training, regulation of con- 
duct- i fl*fo. Fitly, suitably. 

polite, 



a Courteous, 
humble, supplicating. 



3^u q. v , 
Bk. 8. 75. adopting a 
conciliatory tone; Si. 16. 55. 

3*roK a- Submissive, humble, 
supplicating. 



a- Conciliating* 
Si. 6. 7 r A female 
character subordinate to the Nayi- 
kS or lea:ding character, such as a 
frind. nurse, maid-servant &c.j 



ot 



level ( neither raised nor lowered)' 
TO a. having limbs not stout or 
prominent. 

w3'm?,-w^nT a . Not mad or 
frantic, sober, calm, sane. 



a. Not raised or elevated, 
lifted up. Comp. 



q. v . 

a I. Not obliging, un- 
grateful, not making a return tor 
benefits received. 2. Worthless, 
useless 

arjqfVtT p p- Not injured or de- 
stroyed ( waq^ui ). 

waiWT a- Ndt praised. n ind- 
So that no oth?r person accompa- 
nies in singing- 

w3<?atn: Absence of damage or 
detriment; iifStfl obtained without 
any detriment ( to the- paternal 
estate ). 

^gqsfiaifq a. Not yielding or 
granting livelihood, having no 
livelihood. 

i P. To say after, repeat. 

p- p Read through, re- 
peated in imitation of the tea- 
cher's instruction. 

wgqfsms. a. Who has read 
through, proficient. 

3igM!l I P. I To fly to or towards- 
-2 To fly or run after, follow ( fig. 
also )-, pursue, chases " 

?wefe : S. I. 71 wg< 
tHSrofm: Bftr: S- I ; i 
HI ^T H"W ( w ) Mai. 9 8. does 
not run after (cherish) hope or 
leave its tw* ta: frg^fi%Rgq[trii: 
Mv. I; Si. II- 40. 2 To fall 
upon, attack; *lAnq Mai. 8.9. 

Caus- I To fly to. 2 To throw 
another down along with oneself- 

aigwvqtn: i Falling upon 
alighting upon in succession 2 
following.^going after, pursuit! sw- 
aprn^Tgqtncfif.' Si. 7- 27. -3 Going or 
proceeding in order or as a con- 
sequence. 4 [ *g*N: ^nftr^f qm: ] 
Proportion. 5 Rule of three. -6 A 
degree of latitude, opposite to one 
given. n ind. ( regarded as a na- 
mul from <?5 ) Following in suc- 
cession, going after; waigqia fgflrfT- 
Wwtl, Bk- 2- II (ntnmgrT?r going 
to creeper after creeper, or after 
bending the creepers ). 

3? jmm^ a- Following as a result 

m A followers ^gqiranfR-? 4m: 
Dk. 168. 

wgqT a- [ 4tjw?gna: J Following 
the road- : A road, favourable 
roadi wireqm wgqii: Rv. 5 52- 10 
( aigswwfT: ). * adv. Along the 
road, 



^ A. ( P. in epic poetry ) 
I To go after, follow, attend. -2 To 
be fond ofi be attached to ( as a 
wife )j aciCTRr n?iit?g pRWw^qBii 
Mb. -3 To enter, go to or into. 4 
To fall down, come down ( to the 
earth )i agnrR^qfem ^mg^Traa j*r 
Mb. 5 To enter upon, betake 
oneself toi fJraiwr^? aw^tsgTlnT?^- 
qaa, CTRir;jim- Ram-i JSTT 5551 
wtar !n-!fqzTcT rti^if Mb did not do 
anything else 6 To ^find.^ dis- 
cover, see, notice) frsr ^e^r ...... 

fti^rT ^s^qnw Bhag. 7 To lose 
( with abl. )i fj?5trT^qmt Mb. -8 
To handle. 9 To fall to the share 
of( Ved. ). 

arjqi- <j. [ q?-fg;q J Ved. Coming 
to pass /- Food ( got everyday) 
). 



a [ <J$TMrg>T(i: ] i Following 
the feet closely. 2 Following 
every word; "55 a commentary 
( of a Brahmnna ) explaining the 
text word for word. 5|:N-ofa 
man or tribe. 5 A chorus, bur- 
den of a song, or words, sung 
again at regular intervals.-znrf- [ *- 
^isft qaigi ] i Along the feet, near 
the feet) wgq^ifr arjqfRi Sk. 2 
Step by step, at every steps Si. 9. 
78. 3 Word for word -4 On the 
heels of, close behind or after, im- 
media'ely after (of time or space)) 
Sk i i*aat 3<> *wm i 
S. 3 I shall be 
close behind yon , just follow you! 
6 ?g*5f?i <?5 K. 263, 2641 oft with, 
gen. or in comp. in this sense- 
c*tffim"i5i?<T*i ^Bi"T Ki- 12. 54] 
( at ) *tr?irttgq? H-?5iii. qifomi R t 
II. 3iiarffrai: qrlr^s;aim^fTgq^Trf5i'? 
I. 44,. 14. 8li Si. 14. 48. 

wgqfi;^ a- [ wyi^ww ^f^t, ST. : 
Following, gone after- 

5"^%- [ ^q^-si* P- V. 2. 90] 
Following, seeking after or for, 
a searcher, inquirers 
jrarirgqfi Sk-i ^WpW 
Si. 9- 70- 



TTT: an v$\ *3 ] A shoe ( boct, bus- 
kin, or slipaers ) of the length o - 
the foot ( wgq? t?tr awq^iiT sqf^l Pf 
V. 2- 9Sk- ). 

f A way, road. 



: ' Having no a'qwr or penu- 
ltimate ' , a letter or syllable not 
preceded by- another. 

wgqft a. [ T. . ] Guileless, 
without frauds ^? 
U. ;>. 2- 



68 



aigqsare: i Not mentioning ; 
non-statement. -2 Uncertainty, 
doubt, failure of proof. 

argwft:/. I Failure, failing to 
be , qri srcmflwHiaifqiTgqtrrfrfT: 
Bhasha, p. 82 ( m"w* being the 
failure of the meaning aimed at, 
Oi of yny connected meaning) -2 
Inapplicability, not being applica- 
ble- 3 In conclusive reasoning ; 
absence of reasonable grounds 
)-, Gift i|*?TTj 



see q also- 4 Penury, 
adversity. 

aigqq* a Improper, impossible, 
inapplicable, impractioable.incon- 
clusive, irrelevant. 

wgi a- [**.] Incomparable 
matchless, peerless,:best,-most ex- 
cellent. w The female elephant 
of the south-west ( mate of f3? ) 

agq^T-foti a- Matchless, incom" 
parable. 

agqt^sr Non-refutation of a cha- 
rge. 

*1iltfi a. I Not used ( as food )- 
-2 Unsuitedi unfit, improper, use- 
less, unserviceable S. 7. 

wgiqrn a. Useless. *: Useless- 
ness, not being used ( as food ). 

ajg<fl a. 1 Not dead. 2 Not 
stopped, uninterrupted. 



a. Unobserved, unperce- 
ived. 

aigqftfin/. Non-recognition, non 
perception ( WF^JTHI^IB Jjiiffcr sJ 
jM** : ( the knowledge of 5ro*jre is 
possiljle because the ura'Ti'T or co- 
unter-entity is not found with the 
non-entity or_wms ( that is, there 
being no ?qr** or knowledge of 
the )i one of the instruments 
of knowledge according tp the Mi- 
mamsakas, but not according to 
the Naiy^yikas. Comp. ?: a 
fallacy, trying to establish a fact 
( say, the eternity of sound ) from 
the impossibility of seeing the 
non-perception of it. 

w^wvr: Want of apprehension ' 
non-perception- 



that is, that 
winch includes every known 
thing in the 1? and thus prevents 
the corrobration of a general rule 
of causation by illustrations, posi- 
tive or negative ;as * TO?" 



&c ; 



;//, One who does not 
wear the sacred thread ( belong- 
ing to his caste ). 



i: i A word ( particle &c ) 
that is not, or has nut the force 
of, an Upasarga- -2 That which 
has no Upasarga. -3 That which 
needs no additions ( as a divine 
being )- 

atgq^t a- Having no 3q*T i. e. 
some condiment, sauce, curds &c. 
to moisten food with 

*!jifa - . I Unpolished ( as 
silver ) -2 Genuine, blameless -3 
Not cooked or dressed ( as food ). 
4 Not requiring any evident 
object. 

a- Not elliptical ( WCTT?!- 
) Ki. 11-38- 

Absencd uot being a 1 
hand. 

argnmtqii Not placing, offering 
or producing, not having ready or 
at hand. 

ajgiwftn a- Not ready or at 
hand, not offered or produced- 

wg<wfj\d. Not present, absent, 
distant. 

;g<iTf!3 a. Not present, absent, 
not at hand or near \ not current.- 
n A word that is notwffcw q. v. ^ 

wgm^m: A. I Absence ; "r *T? 
$rrat ran: your honour will be 
pleased to excuse my absence.-2 
Inability to 'remember. 

*rgq??T a . i Not injured, un'm- 
paired,unvitiated.-2 Not used, un- 
bleached, new ( as cloth ) i* <t 3$?*- 
f t K- 110, 229. See TT?*T. 

a?g^t i P. i To drink after ( a 
person or thing ). drink along 
with i ( "J ^IFST )... - gqrtm% !ti"- 
^S aiatnift R. 8. 68, *Ti*rs*(rr- 
wi^ ^Tsjft5. Su^r i Bri- S. 76- 6.-2 
To follow in drink-3 ( 2 P- )=wg- 
''W.- q. v. 

wgST* 1 1 A drink taken with or 
after medicine ( 3"J MIST* g qatgr 
m f%ft*H|fiTrf^ ^nj^r ?rj), a fluid 
vehicle in medicine. -2 A drink 
close at hand- 



keep, pre- 
Ki. 2. 10 



so nftt^t, 

serve; 

watching. 

wgqraif Preserving, keeping up, 
obeying. 

atgqrfa a. Not rendered fit for or 
consecrated for sacrificial purposes 
Comp. *rr flesh of an animal 
not prepared for sacrifice. 



Vi. see under 

a. Not clearly visible or 
discernible- 
heinous crime such as theft, mur- 
der, adult.-ry &c. 35 such sins are 
enumerated in Vishnusmr/tiiManu 
mentions 30 kinds; See n. 54~58- 

wgqtw a. Lateral, along or by 
the side.-(pl. ) N.ot a people. 

a. Ved- Western- 
: [ ajgitf: a? F " 2^ 3 ^ 



'] A kind 



follower- 

ai^yq : [ ai^a: 
of reed ( 3Wf ). 



a. [ wgia: q? qfiqifS: w v ] 
I Regular, having suitable mea- 
sure, regularly shaped, symmetri- 
cal' fTttS^V fl a "W^ Ku. I. 35, 
nmg^miVMTS: Ki- 17. 50- ( ""S**' 
w? Malli-h *^ 3l*f* Dk 131; '" 
atgw gi|an /ft/rf.-, ^nt who has regu- 
lar hair; *"^ having regularly 
shaped limbs; so 'e?, ini t -*W. 
-2 Orderly, successive, in due or- 
der or succession; coming in the 
order, following. 3 The lowest 
( i%f?qnT<ii ); arg'sm SCH Kity.-Comp. 
-K a- descended in a regular line- 
a cow that calves regularly. 



:, ^af<n adv. In regular or- 
der, one by one, successively, from 
above downwards; from the be- 
ginning i r first' talnmafK Ms - 8 - 
142; 3- 39 - 7- 35- 

3*3^5 rf. Regular.orderly.succes- 
sive.-*t=*rTg l iS't q- v. 



( A rope, cord &c. ) Fastened 
along the back, tied lengthwise. 

atgqa a- I Not endowed with. 2 
Not invested with tlie sacred 
thread ( 



Any thing or circum- 
stance that aggravates a malady. 



^.Following with his looks, 
keeping in view. 



or fallacy in 
subdivision of the 



kind of 
NyJya, a 
a -, 



a Serving as a liquid 
vehicle of medicine. --<* An after- 
drink, what is fit to be drunk after. 
a?gqt 2 P. '-ITS! lo P- I To guard, 
i watch over, protect, defend; ara^r- 
I 'JTT^* ft?4 mnswijtTiwa Ms- 8. 27 
keep in custody, 2 To conform 
, to, obey, observe ; ^"m^'^qt*- 

; i'. K. 21 i wwpnftHinrrt H, 4 23 i 



a- Not sown (as seed)' 
fallow, meadow ( ground &c.) 
H^IC-JH (j. Grown without being 
I sown. 

w Tracing, tracking- 
^w I A gift, donation. 2 A 
sort of external effort of the vocal 
! organs giving rise to particular 



69 



letters ( 



ga Sk. 

W-^ ind- Going in succes- 
sion, "f? "-?, wKfr 'i?ng 
^ P. III. 4. 56. Sk. 



7 A. To employ, apply, 
employ in addition. 



1 ': Additional use, repsti- 
tion; P. I 3. 63, III- 4-4-5- 

*gB3^*i Repetiton or reproclug-. 
tion of what has been said by the 
teacher; "? a class of words 
given in P. V. I. III. 

wgnrag - 6 P.I To enter into' 
join; ifireaTtf w^^imirnflHgw^?'- 
M. 5 ; ( fig also ); ftw^i sStflwir: 
HwinTOgwflfa Mv. I enter into 
familiar talk or conversation. -2 
To accommodate or adapt oneself 
to ; tw "w if *ft >ii^?sw a?T ff n T<: i 
aTgni%5ir fcaiar l%qllfRq5T =157 Pt. I. 
68- ^iw ^ii^^ f^tjfq Tr5ii^iWHT9ftsr% 
A. R- I you too share in his opi- 
nion.or think with him. -3 To fol- 
low in entering; sleep with- -4 To 
attack- 



i: i Entrance into, i 
f'5 |ft?^tA8<5wf<^" at%STi: R. 3 
22 ; 10- 5I.-2*Adaritin? oneself to 
the will of ; gmfvj>j;iw I%S?TIRVI a^- 
"fift: Pt. I. HT> m^ttfaw 
tipnfvi fjia: Si. 9. 48. -3 
Imitation. 



; A subsequent question 
(having reference to what the 
teacher has previously said ). 

*igTOT%: /. i very close attach- 
ment. -2 Very close logical connec- 
tion ( of words ) 

wgi^C^iw. To propitiate, con- 
ciliate Tin* V 3. 

Jigger?!) Propitiation, concilia- 
tion ; IHT =t iiw 3 V- 3. 



. Latitudinal, following 
the breadth or latitude 



or 2 P. To breathe after- 
-Caus, To animate, support, feed; 
help, mostly used in the statement 
of Alankftras in a sentence ; 



tion. 



*I Breathing after, anima- 



5 P. I To get, obtain. -2 
To reach, go -to, overtake; nfriflfT"- 
gunn: Mb. 3 To mutate i wtwriiia- 
wguTOHi^5 rT f?T*i fVaw R. 4. 32. 4 
To arrive, come ( intrans. )i *4fii- 
nt ^fan^Hm: K- 132 i Ve. 6. 5 To 
get back. 

K^TH: />. /). Reached, got, 
obtained. 



:/. Getting to, reaching, 
arriving &c. 



: f 



31 ] Alli- 

teration, repetition of similar let- 
ters, syllables or sounds; sfan'^rH- 
: K. P. Q; ( HKtten^ 

^mr: 

. D. 633 ) 
is of 5 kinds; ( a )*' or single alli- 
teration; 3jfai5cgrf5^ ^KTJrfrerRqran'.- 
<wr:i tCTigsTifTTifiwunw &c. K. P- 7- 
( /> ) fi?f or harmonious. ( c )ft* 
or melodious ( / ; W'T or final; as 
*% ?H?T: H* a?3:: ( ? ) at?" ; ^tfnffcr- 
srift TCH ft wmaft. For definitions 
and examples see S D. 633-38 and 
K. P. gth Ullasa- 



I A To run after, follows 

njfir 3J 

A. R. 5. 



: A follower, servant; nrg- 
8?m<jT*mTt R. 13. 75 i 
Mv. 2, 7. 19. 



P. i To binder fasten 
to, attach, tie, connect; tftT?i MU- 
g*\5fm wwrt Si. 8. 69 forming, 
arranging! an^irftt ^mj %farrg*- 
eqat ( ?5fmjrf3 ) Ram.* wfrjrmg- 
agr rf Dk- 1 1. 4 connected with. -2 
( a ) To have in the train (fig. also); 
* f5TWT=Tgawrm Bhag. ( b ) To bring 
about, cause, lead to.result in, pro- 
duce as a consequence; *nj*ym% 
fwa Mb ; $ fw? % nrr fii%qls?g 
T*U fiHTwg*iTrlT P. VI. i. 141 
Comp.-jTo press,impartune,urge, 
request; gt: HHwgwJirr K. 69. 
133, 207, 233 -4 ( a ) To attend or 
follow closely, follow at the heels 
of, follow* it g ^s^Rgiisjmwfu 
B; S. 7; <ffi r - 
K- 139 i r^rsrr ?ti!T}?r- 
*T?wg*f6=rrKT K. 158, 
194, 319' 347 i Ki. 6. 8 i Mv 7. tf; 
Si. 5. 26 ( b )To chase; pursue ; 
a^rgaCTm* K 120; g^e=ritrr <j(>r. 
giafn-gT 132 ( c') To adhere or stick 
to, cling to *f ft^a^ri TTRgssima 
^iflHr^: K- 221. ( d ) To continue, 
take up ; ^i^-i^J ?n: 372; ?ri=^iT 

f'KlflTlfll'WTf'JT Tt5g9f:frrT U 3 V. 1 

for ^ig^in ; 35\<mini*m*i?,mtmT^i'&i 
K. 262. ( e ) To follow, succeed, 
come close upon ; H^ftsv srinsi^i 
*7Tcrfjjq^ tfr^jq?igasiirnrm K. 73 ; 
see wgsffai. below. -5 To foster, 
cherishi entertain, harbour ; ^5 ft 
5: wfuggwrra HPT Mark. P. -6 
I To bear, endure ; Ks. 49. 47. -7 
1 Not to burst or break loose, hold 
or keep together ;-wsrr $ ijimsw- 
"rggwia aar: H- i- 95. pass. To be 
related to or connected with. 



_ p. p- I Bound, attached 

tied to.-2 Following in the train 
coming as a consequence ; wg^st 
jm%TB5WR ft^rt Dk. 41-3 Con- 
nected with, related to, relating, or 
belonging to -4 Constantly stick- 
ing to, being in ; continued, con- 
tinuous ; fcmjwsyeritr: Ve. i ; V. 
Wfl^ffW U. 3 ; i%ofv?* K 66 i 
flsfcrgft: 135 constantly flowing. 
-5 Fixed upon, directed towards ; 
- Uk. 33. 



ifa: i Binding or fastening on, 
connection, attachment, tie ( lit. 
&.fig. ) 



U. 3. state 'of 

feeling ; K. 257. -2 Uninterrupted 
succession, unbroken sequence, 
continuous flow, continuity; series, 
chain ; *i K q f? mHcrar T>fargfci s. 4. 
14 ; "m" K 236 following up death, 
desire for dying \ wgwsrri^sr K. 
280 ; ^prr3TR|r>gig3ti 309 ( persis- 
tence in ) following me. 317 ,- tT. 
WB^i Dk. 63, 161 , 3'i'mt ^ra 2STt*ig- 
*: K. ^63 continuous sorrow; 
g&ujTSTHT'Hr' Ratn. I ; 4. 16; Hig^c 
WfiiJia^t^ftwBr: R. i. 64 con- 
tinuous, uninterrupted ; iftfg<rm- 
g*aimt R. 9. 69 continuous enjoy- 
ment ; w^ wtS'JTSisri'g^: Hfrr: V. 5 
giving rise to a chain of evils. -3 
Descendants, posterity ; Higafar ^ar 
5n% Rim. 4 Consequence result 
( good or bad ) , anffl^Tg 
K- 319 in consequence of ; 

j B '. 18. 39. 2S ; 

i: Ram.-5 Inten- 
tiin, design, motive, cause ; s 



fit s5 qraiJq Ms. 8. I26;qTq"of 

evil designs. -6 An adjunct of a 
thing, a secondary member ( 5<?*n- 
gmw, MINT* ) ; a -secondary symp- 
tom, symptomatic affection, at- 
tendant on the principal disease 
( sraf-iTTri^nTOTTfwaT'ir ) ; i^f-j^'sr 
ftiTT^TT : Susr -7 Connecting link 
or adjunct of a subject or topic ; 
theme, matter of discussion , 
introductory reasons ; ( !%Tndi3TftT- 
NWKW-J: 3Tg%-j: ) ( an indispen- 
sable element of ihe Vedant.-i ).-8 
( Gram. ) An indicatory syllable 

or letter intended to denote some 
leculiarity in the inflection, accent 
&c. of the word to which it is 
attached ; as the c? in 'T*^, or in sor \ 



Ki. 13- I9--9 Offence, fault, -10 
An obstacle, impediment) also the 
clog or encumbrance of a family ; 
domestic ties or atuichment.-ll A 
child or pupil who follows the 



70 



example set by his parent or 
teacher ( gwigwfT ft^: )- 
Beginning, commencement. 13 
Repeated application or devotion 
( It'irgjanf wftmsT ) -14 Course, 
pursuit .-1 5 A small bit or part, a 
trifle.-l6 The junction of a frac- 
tion ( with an integer ), as *wi 
*Wr*:-I7 Base, stem ( tfia)- ' 
[wgv?fa wftuffc* rriw? ""wt J I 
Thirst.-2- Hiccup. 

i a. Connected, related, 



Brahmana ( 
.62Sk.). 



Connection, succession, 
series &c- 

cgfti. a. ( oft at the end of 
comp ) I ( a ) Connected with, 
attached or related to ; wft HW=- 
oiimgirfWT ifpi'Wf Mai. I having 
for its contents or subject matter 
&c-i <w : aqTg*3t Dk- 101 continuing. 
( b ) Mixed or blended with ; 



g.-2 Followed by, accompanied 
with i having in its train, result- 
ing in, having as a consequence i 
n.^flHmrHMaarsTtfrgafafr Dk- 60 ! 
wmJrsrf3Wt 67 i ST* ?n<sta?rgfo 
156 i :* $:i3*fo V- 4 one mis- 
fortune closely follows another, or 
misfortunes never come single \ 
K. 34Q-, Ki- I, 20 i Bg- 15. 2 i 3" 

gorrgifrfaiTtW *THflW S* R. I- 22 
being associated with.-3 Lasting, 
thriving, prosperous! growing 
apace, continuous, uninterrupted^ 



Ku. 5, 34; *5 " " 
R. 6. 77 continuous, uninterrupted 
or all-pervading i K. 246, 303 

wg*CT a I Principal, chief, pri- 
mary ( which may receive an 
adjunct, as a root, a disease &c. ). 
2 [OTTO *a: 375*3; w?6t 0115 ] To be 
killed ( as a bull ), one of the 
thiee principal sacrificial animals 
at the TOtpietw sacrifice ; 
K. P. 2. 



a [ 3 <wnft?m * ] A rear- 
guard, an auxiliary army follow- 
ing another. 

"31*. 4 A To awake, to recol- 
lect i learn, obtain information of, 
know, be aware of ; * 5zjsg^8 
K. 104 does not perceive or recog- 
nise. Caus I To remind, put in 
mind of ; wi mg5fiwa"hiw s- I 
well reminded. -2 To advise, in- 
form ; sfa iV^oi f^at^jjstwjiti R. g 
75- 



An after-thought, jcecol 
lection. -2 Reviving the scent o 
faded perfumes, replacing them 
when removed by bathing. 

Recollection, reminding 
A work resembling 



P. IV- 



a- [ 



pnf*ra:] One who learns or knows 

&c- See under 31- 
T i Repetition of an asser- 
ion to icfute it. 2 Repeating 
what has been said 3 Conversa- 
ion, dialogue ( g ? **rw ). 
wg>rif*5 a. Speaking in reply, R- 
6.86. 

: A kind of crow. 

_ _ 7. A. To enjoy, experi- 
ence ( good or bad things ), suffer 
as the due consequences of one's 

R. 19. 39i ^T ii i n s iOTTs*3iw 
Ku- 7. 5- 

1 I Enjoyment- -2 A grant 
of land in perpetuity- forservice 
done. 

"u-il P- I To ejijoy! taste, ex- 
jerience, feel, have experience or 
cnowledge of, notice, perceive(by 
the senses &c. ), to suffer, bear, 
undergo ( as misery &c- ); ws^xrt 
- ta~^ -5RUrwi5gWH Dk. 12 1, 
nj,n,R. I 2ii_Ku, 2. 45-, 

*a K. I2H g^a ft 
^>-,. -, M ^.M.gK'i S. 5. 7 i Ku. 4 4!) 
H^flWT'f irertiraig'j^ M. 5 undergo- 
ing the state of a servant ; ^8ig- 
^ K. 77 being in the sixth 
year, six years old.-2 To learn, 
hear, understands "*?mrgH*i% Ch. 
Up.-3 To try, test, put to the test i 



>jar w ^IT a*? **nAv4 H Bk. 5 
.-4 To com arise include, grasps 
9TT% stgw^Ia Ch. Up-~5 To come 
lip with, arrive at.get, obtain (mo 
stly Ved. in these senses ) Caus 
I To cause.to enjo, feel, or expe- 
rience! 
Mu. 6. I5i 
Dk. 125 i 
*TPIT Bv. I. 1 20. -2 To "reflect on 
meditate, think of ' "f' a^ friia 
T'g*H5^ K. 176, 279. -3 To infer 

H- 4. 101. 



: I Direct perception or cog 
niton, knowledge derived from 
personal observation or experi 
ment, notion, apprehension.the im 
pression on the mind not derives 
from memory, one of the kinds o 
knowledge \ 



S. 34- ( The Naiyayikas recognise 
aqnw andsn^ as the 
bur sources of knowledge \ the 
Vedantins and Mimamsakas add 
wo more aro'rqf^ and agqai ; the 
Vaiseshikas and Bauddhas admit 
he first two -only, the Sankhyas 
exclude aqn, while the Charvakas 
dmit ufi? only. Other sections of 
philosophical schools add three 
nore to the six sources Of know- 
edge recognised by the Mimamsa- 
cas i >T5 ' equivalence ' i srnST 
fallible testimony, ' and ^ei ' ges- 
ure- ' ) -2 ExperieJice i .g*rf m- 
N.4.I05 -3 Vnderstand- 
. 4 Result, ; con.sequene. Lo- 
mp. 1%3? a. established by expe- 
ience. 

iHg^H: I Dignity, consequence 
ordignitycf person, majestic lu- 
stre, splendour, might, power, 
authority i ( <rRarg<:flfV ) 
W t(itiqRfTTlfer R. I. 37 ; 

im: 5- 7. 

: U. I. 3 i 6- 20, 41, 4 22. 
K. 108, 240 j V. I ( Ki. I. 6 i Dk. 
29, 113 s Mv. 6- 53; 3Ti i4igum wiui- 
" S. 3. ol great might or 

power i srft 3T ^i^tarag*iieiti<[*4i 
R. 10. 38. 2. 75 greatness ( dig- 
nity ) &c., valour ; Ki. 6- 28 i T?I- 
ift na nartia^nr Mai- I 
very noble or dignified--2( In Rh- 
et. ) An external manifestation or 
indication of a feeling ( m* ) by 
appropriate symptoms, such as by 
look, gesture &c.> called be some 
ensuant 



i i: 



: n S. D 162. 163- &c.\ 
^gi!fflrairJ Mai. 9. 
35. -3 Firm opinion or resolution, 
determination, belfef i 

13- 15. 



arg*rnrai(j. Causing to understsnd, 
making one apprehend, indicatives 
ai understadning, knowledge; 
j??^r \wn iwifgmm *rafi Bhflsha. 
P. 84. 

srgviiaii Indication of feelings by 
signs, gestures &c. 



, a. I Perceiving, knowing, 
showing signs of feeling. -2 An 
eye-witness ; 373*^51 g. s: ^iiaffqi- 
wi^i msif^Ht MS. 8- 69. -3 Being or 
coming after. 



a- [^.-%l] Perceiving, 
understanding. J.: /. Experience, 
direct knowledge or perception i 
: Bri- Up- 



wia: i ni^- |Tfitrg*T5: which again is 
right and sreum wrong, see T. 



: / I Perception, apprehen- 
sion) experience. -2 ( In Nyaya ) 



71 



Knowledge derived from four 
sources: namely direct perception, 
inference, comparison, and verbal 
knowledge! see Bhasha P. 51-52- 
3 Dignity consequence .-Comp. 
TOW: N of the gloss or para- 
phrase of the principal Upani- 
shads by Mddhavachiirya. 

agy I. 3 P. To praise conform- 
ably! to throw or commit into. 

a-r^ij m- Praising conformably, 
imitating- 

. A younger brother 



^i P- Ved- To rejoice over, 
gladden. 

. p. Intoxicated with joy. 

i?! pat- p. To be praised in 
succession, .to be granted with 
praise. 

W5 i ri,4 A. I To agree or consent 
to, comply 'with, approve, sanc- 
tion, granti^tD permit, allow! vn 



Ii. 39; M. t. 12; 

R.'4- 87; 14. 20? 
Ku. i. 59. 3. 60. .5- 68; 
nR: Qfjt 5. 5. 2oi strt 
i t f gsaf =iT|rH irjirg R. 16. 
85- be pleased not to reject or 
refuse; Bh- 3. 222 To follow, 
have recourse to; wr*usrro?jjf 
wa ftgf;^i Mb. Caus. I- To ask 
for leave or permission; ask the 
consent of; ^gsi'tnt turn*: V. 2 



ask for^leave to go; take counsel 
with; ^jjnsfq wnwi^mnn^nA S- 3- 



2. To ask for, request or beg; 
Y- I- 240. 3 To honour- 4 To 
put to account. 



p. I Approved, consented 
to, agreed to, permitted, allowed, 
granted &c.; f*5m 

Ve 3. 22; ""T*T S 4. 9. allo- 
e^ to depart; 3?gttfT JT^TT R. 5. 101 
w a : HT?JI Y. 2. 72 admitted by 
both parties &c- 2 Liked, belo- 
ved, pleasant, loved, agreeable 
desired by, dear to; ?'"? * qfoRani! 
3*crt 'rf?r Bn. S. $, 72 -3 Being of 
one opinion, agreeing or concur- 
ing with. ft: A lover; sfwnr im 
gwit Prai: Si- 6. 65.* Consent 
approval, permission; 
-^ V- 3. 17. 



a: f. i Permission, consenl 
approval, assent.-2 The isthday 
of the moon's age on which she 
rises one digit less than full, where 
the gods and Manes receive obla 
tion with favour; personified as a 
goddess or worshipped in the 
jasuya sacrifice ( 



-Comp. 
assent 



-"Ht 



t. Br-i Ms. 3. 86-87. 
deed expressing 



i Assent i sufferance. -2 
Independence- 



a- Consenting lo, permit- 
ting! allowing, suffering ( opp. to 
active agent ) f Bg. 13- 22; Ms. 5. 
51 adviser- 

*r<5*nf 10 A- To consecrate or 
accompany with sacred hymns or 
magical formulas; to dismiss with 
sacred and auspicious words) 
dismiss with a blessing! f*^Hntt. 
: U- 2 ( v. I. for *T^m*crr )-, 



consecration by hymns 
and prayers. 



See under 



: A country next to a desert 



3 A- , 2 P. I To infer, ( as 
from some signis, premises &c- )j 
arf&Jit H$fn rargta^cgmHTi^ Mb. \ con- 
clude, guess, conjecture i n?ftrr- 
T. S. 41 i 



3fra?t Ku- 2. 25 t R. 15. 77, 17. II i 
n^irajwgront ^*TT 2. 7, 68 i 5 12 , 
Ki. 5- 47-~2 To reconcile, equal 
Caus. (-imft ) To lead one to in- 
fer or guess, bespeak, indicate i 
K. 132, 202- 



[ ir-3i5 ] Inference, conclu- 
sion- from given premises i see 



a. One who infers j 



i Inferring as the instru- 
ment of an aigmff, conclusion from 
given premises i an inference, con- 
clusion i one of the four means of 
obtaining knowledge according to 
the NySya system ( srgfsrra^BTRgwTi 
35 fl a^fteinw ?ft 5Jm%5TFi. It is of 
two kinds wftg^nf & quMnw) 
snsr ^ f%ft\pri i ITO gfir 

'll MS- I2.I05-- 

2 A guess, conjecture, sign to 
know ; 3t'tt*g ( "TO wrr %IT HI%GTM 
Rim. -3 Analogy, similarity i an- 
wft if^n^Ti^r SsjH 5- 5 you judge 
( of others ) by the analogy of 
your own heart i 
K. 305- 4 ( In Rhet. ) A figure 
which consists in a notion, expr - 
sed in a peculiarly striking mari- 
ner, of a thing established by proof; 
S. D. 711 ; f* 



K. P. iO.-Comp-"% / reasoning! 
logical inference- 



a ( raw/. ) Causing an 
inference as an effect, being the 
ground of an inference. 

Inference from given 
premises; the knowledge obtained 
by means of SJ^JTW i lo^M-ii jrpi- 
1?: the knowledge that arises 
from deduction or syllogistic 
reasoning. 

Desire of inferring- 



pet- ft- Inferable, to be in- 
ferred ; TOTT^JT: mtvit: R. i. 20- 



adv. Along the way? 
according to a ( particular ) way' 
on or in the way i atgu*TT<mT K- 
too come by this way. 

W3<n^ adv- Like a kidney bean 
or in it. 



: [ wgiat mn: ] The follow- 
ing month- -H ind- Every month, 
month aftemonth. 



I A. (P. in epic poetry ) 
I To rejoice with, join in rejoicing 
or sympathising with ; yfsdwyh^fl 
Bhag-2 To express approval i 
?ty< <i4nigfiiTgn^?t U. 2 ; approve, 
second, applaud ; H^^H mT^g^^g ^r 
K. 14- 43 i to allow ^rith pleasure, 
permit ; lljmfifanT^T* K 77 ; air- 
5*fc!?n Hm 160. -Caus. To gladden, 
delight, favour, permit. 



: I The feeling of pleasure 
arising from sympathy,subsequent 
pleasure- -2= srgRi^i see below. 



i Approval, assent, 
scondi:ig,acceptance, compliance- 
-2 Causing pleasure- 

6 A. To follow in death i 

R. 



8._85. followed in death by you 



( used actively ). 



58 



Following in death t 
n5mwti% * ffT: H- 
post-cremation of a widow ( 



ii This is allowed to 
Kshatriya, Vaiiya and other wo- 
men, but not to BrAhmana women 
3^ font *mw H T%m wgnf & Baa- 
severely condemns this practice , 
see K 1734. 

argsr 2 P- I To follow, go after 
( fig. also ) ajirijf Higq^fi' Bh- 2. 77; 
jmqTt'FgPnTi'rt S. I. 29 i miwrnw 
niaft Ku.. 4, 21. 2 To imitate, equal i 
sr ftsrgg'jviw frame <i%g<J3r: R 1-27; 
9- 6 i wgirmtfa: 16 715 Si. (2 3 fol- 
lowed and imitated. -3 To attend, 
accompany i *t g?siT;j*mft ^rfei jf- 
'<TT Mu-i.4- *fgnmwft*t ^f%5: U. 348- 



72 



a. Following w: Ved. 
Food. 

aryu^ ;. A follower- 

aryrrt-^T Retinue, train ; attend- 
ance upon ; following i Wffi^lTw 

H IPTT. 9* ^STff Jtfaa: I T* ^Tzin^lJjT 

Rim. * aa"t;. In or after a 
procession. 



A follower, attendant ; S- I, 2. 



wgmH Following. 

wgrnftpi. a. [ P. HI. 2. 78 ] I 
Following; attending, consequent. 
-2 Like, sirnilar--3 Following a 
principal person as a teacher 
( igmv wgifaT i%^j ; ). m . A follow- 
er ( lit. & fig. ) ; Hijiiijin<w: 
followers of the doctrines of R. ; a 
dependent or attendant , 
. 4 jg. 



: [ JHT-JTST, jraums: p. VII. 
3. 62 ] A part of ;i. sa ifici.il cere- 
mony ( ijji* ) , secondary or 
.supplementary sacrificial rite ; 
usually written *giT* q. v- 

7 A. I No ask. question i 



R. 5- 18 s 
II- 62! Si. 13 68. -2 To examine 
( as an accused ) t put on triahMs. 
8. 79' -?50.-3 i'o impart or "give as 
instruction. -4 To order, en join. -5 
To select as husband. 



P.p. I Asked, questioned, 
examined, ordered &c -2 Censur- 
ed, reproached. 

*5fWT a- [ amir* ?M ] One who 
has ordered, examined ; cf. 



;/. A n examiner, interrog- 
ator) inquirer! a teacher, especial- 
ly hired or mercenary ( "TjwtTirtHi). 
^""i': m. A question, inquiry, 
exaimjj^tion i atftvTOrgvrireiqrn**- 
5. 1 ; i^lii'Jpf P. VIII.. 2 94 i 
TT Hginfwsrr * *TTT R. I3 . 71. _ 2 
Censure, reproof.-3 Solicitation--* 
Exertion, effort i *g> i*nfcjii%- 
Rlrtitam* Pt. 2.140. -5 Religious 
meditation , spiritual union. -6 
Comment. -Comp- fj i. a n in- 
terrogator. -2 a teacher, spiritual 
preceptor ( wg*m 



. i What combines or 
les ; connected with, situated 
m or on. - 2 Examining, que-tion- 



f ,-f- Fit * be question- 
ed, asked s asked with a reproof. 
: A servant i obedient and 

humble servant ; 



5.n Ms. 8. 31. 
A question, inquiry. 



. U. I To be red' 
: Si. 9. 7 : ( became rerl or 
attached )--2 To_be delighted, fine 

?T f Bg II- 36.-3.To be attached 01 
devoted to, be fond of, love, like 
( with ace, or loc- ) i 
* Ram; 

Pt. I- 301; 

i""j: Ms- 3. 173. Cans 
I To make red ^redder.. dye, colour 
H<Ht^H9iiT'HTJr*T3T Si- 7. 64 8, 17 
12- 68 ; Dt 168 ; Ki- 12- 23- 4- 27 
-2 To attach oneself to, please 
gratify, conciliate, keep contentec 
or satisfied ; smw: JPTTTOS JJSTHJTCT 

U. I- 14! t^TOTgoirgujraiiH Pt. ] 
pleased, gratified- 

anjfffi p. p. i Reddened, dyed 

I7o. 2 Pleasedi contentec' loved 
beloved <^ loyal, loyally, devoted 

ircrpw: Ki. I- 3f having all*meani 
favourable to him ; 9 s: 3i*: be 
loved by people i attached or 
devoted ;p, fond of ( with loc or 
ace- ) t STII fwwfwi: y^n?j:- 
JT$a*T.' Mu- I ; 
j^\ Mk.-l <vw 

Ss , ., ~* 

- 0- lo i <H^VyM^<"fli^T^ ^T T4? 

i* Mu. 6. 



:/. Love, attachment, de- 
votion, affection. 

a. Gratifying, pleasing. 

rarir Conciliating, satisfying 
gratifying, pleasing, keeping con 
tented i Sifi: H^Hmgiaiif rr: U-i- li. 



p pleased, conciliated, 
kept contented &c. 



a. Become red, reddened. 
T:I Redness. 2 Devotion, at- 
tachment, contentment, loyalty 
( opp. awrn: ) ; love, affection, 
passion ( with loc. or in comp. !, 
i: Mu. 4 21 j ?ft^pf nv- 
viT^r . 3. I5 , R . 3. Io ; 
jT a gesture or external sign ex- 
pressive of love ; tmnrcj ?is^: wrz. 
: Ak. 



I Attached, 
enamoured, impassioned, inspired 
with love i *T (swronnmramt H. 



"J? ihid--2 Causing or inspiring 
love.-f< Personification of a musi- 
cal note. 

"a""* i Sounding conformably 
toi a continuous tinkling echo 
produced by the sounds of bells, 



anklets &c- -2 The power of words 
called wflsr q. v.; the meaning sug- 
gested by what is actually stated; 

" 



Love, attachment. 



37g*'-*n [ Titiii'mna ft^m ] A foot- 
path, a by-road, the margin of a 
street, ( a path along the margin 
of A road ); -<i i 



Ram 



a- Sounding, echoing! 
!W3j SSSK?; JV1 . 1 . 21 ac- 
companied in sound- 

^:i-'firq Echo, reverberation) 
.'3 magnified by echo; U. 2. 215 
Mai- 9. 6; Mv. 5. 41. 

anj'.a: [ signer TO ] i A second- 
ary feeling ( in Khet. ). 2 A 
secondary flavour! zrot saltish 
taste! if<TgtH ^ 5^01157^ ^j 
4 Susr. 



a . [ agutT ^: ] Secret, so- 
litary, private.-H adv. In secret. 
apart, privately! Si. 7. 50- 



a. Following the night 
* aaV. In the night; every night, 
night after night. 

gw a. I Causing welfare; also 
written as t'ytan i gzw^jta ^wrol 
Av. 2 Born under the asterism 
*rgn^r p. IV. 3. 34. -wr [ 3T3"nr imt 
T%?ir<at ] N. of the I7th of the 27 lu- 
nar mansions or asterisms(so call- 
ed because it follows TP*T or i%?iri). 
It consists of four stars-Comp 
owr:-5< the ancient capital of Lan- 
ka or Ceylon; also called wgrretgT.de- 
scribed by Raja.sekhar-a as full of 
curiosities It is a lar^.e town in the 
north of Ceylon '' wjtii 1600 square 
granite pillars which supported the 
floor of an enormous monastery 
called ' The Great Brazen Palace ' 
snid to have been buiUin 161 B.C." 

^2 P. To \veep along with, 
condole with, sympathise; gs$ii?iT 
"a v Ku. 4- 15 r w^fTf^am w- 
it Si. 4. 47- 

& Condolence, sympathy. 

^. .-- NV J. I. To obstruct, block 
up; nmBIFWl *iiii3pjra Mb ( to, sur- 
round, hem in; ^I^^^R'ST tfjn,... 

^^re^T Bhag.-2 To bind, fasten. 

3 To stick or adhere to follow 
closely, observe, practise; aigrcrr- 
f* "f? Ms- 5- 63 should observe 
impurity (be in mourning ); S^'HW. 
srrm ywn P. III. 2- 100 Sk. 
jorn immediately aiter a male. -4 
To love, be fond of, or devoted to, 
attach oneself to; Trg*?> fa- 



73 



Rani. , 

: Mv. 2 follow or adopt 
TTft*'* Ki. II. 78 i TT 
Bk- 16. 23 love, like.-5 To 
conform to, obey, follow, adapt 
oneself to, act up to > MTf?f r 
swiv&& Ki- 2- 12 i fa m^isiq 
qft^rttrgre^ U. 3. remember or 
cherish ( act up to it ) ; 13^1*3- 
n&i* v vwr K- 181, 298 i 3t?7^- 
>*3$r& T?rf*: Mv. 6 feel the force 
of compassion ; forfa o*9r R~ri3TCJ 
ej9^rci Mv- 5. 35 following up ( 
zji^ gwssgwr^ Mv 3 regard with 
respect, obey , srgwrM *m<ft wrfcg- 
n?it U- 4 i *3iti<i Q. 5. -6 To 
coax, gratify, flatter, soothe i SPU- 
r>: Mf5Wgw gr<rt \j, 3 26 = ww- 
snfo*wi*sft -*wg?i^ K- 207 please 
by carefully attending to &c. ; 
show regard for s 24S--7 To urge, 
press', entreat, request i anwnrro 
2/7 (TO ^Tftg^wTTW- 
^rpm. MSI. I i wr * HTB- 
?sT Dk. 122 courtedi 
wooed. 8 To assent or agree to, 
approve i like, comply with i n?- 
*<ft * S> TH=rTOn!l Dk. I06s i m^ m- 
Mv. 4 agree with me. 

, a. [S'i-iiK'U I one who 
obeys, conforms-to &C.-2 Obeyed, 
observed, pi actised, wanted ( are- 
^ra ), written ar !?[ Rv. 3. 55. 5. 

3jgTw;->4 i Compliance, grati- 
fication, fulfilling one's wishes &c. 
2 Conformity, accordance, obe- 
dience, regard,. -onsideration i ""T. 
. K, 160, 180. 192 i *r* figfi* 
Mu.7 pleasnre or gratifications 
. Mu. i. 2 out of regard 
tor i *ftwiTgflat5T Ve. I in consid- 
eration of , Mv. 5. 3. 28 i ft^gtfaTfj- 
*r accordingly, in accordance 
with it! a^Ta^tr^HtgOxtfi. Ft I. 100 
after great consideration , humo- 
uring H. 2. 103 i reference ( of a 
rule ).-3 Pressing, urging, coax- 
ingi entreaty, solictatlon, request! 
* f*mg r >.: K. 209 i r^rwn 135 i 
retai3<wrrw$ta* Si. 20. 8l. 4 
Bearing of a rule. 



t, -a* a. Campliant, com- 
plying with, obeying or conform- 
ing to, having -regard to, caring 
for i ifttWHt fwngfiftift Ram 



Like, resenruling, corresponding 
to ! 5I1tg^I <Jfr5Kfj,- vn%(T6!j Pt. I | 
worthy of i wT?rtgsq *'t S- I , *qrg- 
w K. 192, 203-2 Suitable or fit, 
adapted to, according to; with gen 
or in comp. i ^?3<?rt *W; K. 146, 
1581 *ra ftg<3*W(i slfe|tt: V- 

1Q 



5. 2I\ ^r<wg(?;<mqr 5g<fl 5?*a S. I i 
WHwrnnTj^i: li^nrl: ibid- i Bg. 17. 
3 i R- i. 33 Me. 13 $ I Rese- 
mblance, likeness, conformity. 2 
Suitability, fitness i U. 6, 26 i: 
The antistrophe, having the same 
mi?tre as the ^fM%r or strophes the 
second of the three verses ($w) re- 
cited together, the other two being 



:-^ar,-ci5T: adv. Conform- 
ably or agreeably to. 

a^ff a- Attached to, intent on, 
seeking or pursuing after; "H wwT- 
t: ifwmr ffgrjwff Mk- 4 intently 
fixed. 

; Repetition, tautology- 

5f: [ a^-^S^-fj^ J A 
peacock. 

3^6P. To apoint, besmear 
(with perfuflWBB&c- after bathing)i 
smear, daub, cover over; ^gr^jr 
" *% S'\. 9. 51, 9 151 Tfv?rgf?w wr^ffl 
R. 10. 10 covered with i irorar- 
. 131 i fftftfrnnrar^wm 
: S. 7. 7 ; so wranjftsH.') fltf*rn- 
envebped in darkness i 
!ts Dk. 71 besmeared 
with perfumes &c. 



:-^* i Unction, anointing 
smearing. -2 Ointment, unguent 
such as sandal juice, oil &c. ; any 
emollient or oily application-, "wj- 
K- 28 rubbed with pastel 

5fn% K- 324. 

.-a. One who anoints 
( the body ) with unguents &c. 

vrS'&f a. Hidden, clinging to, 
attached i Si. 5. 46 i JfsnjjBw; Dk- r 
104 concealed from the people- 



a. f wgT?: *te P. V. 4. 75.] 
I ' With the hair, ' regular, in 
natural order, successive (opp- nffr- 
t )i ( hence ), favourable, agree- 
ablei '6^r ^tfrgt^i?P5 t Ram. ! 
5at- Br- i ?* |r* 
Sk. ploughed in the 
regular direction. 2 Mixed as a 
tribe TT A woman of the lower 
caste than that of the man's whom 
she marriesi Y. 2. 288. adv. In 
regular or natural order i Hfo>w- 
f5$Tg*W Su-sr- r: ( pi- ) Mixed 
castes.-COMP. w* a. having for- 
tune favourable. &$-a- speaking 
in favour of , wsT^fg^w 
At: .^i. 2 25- w, ' 



born in due gradation, offspring of 
a mother inferior in caste to the 
father; said of the mixed tribes i 
Ms 10 25? Y. I- 95. 



tion.-2 ( In medicine ) Carrying 
off by the regular channels, sucn 
as purging, alleviation. 

3ig*tR^ra Den. P. [ To stroke or 
rub with tjie hair or with the 
grain, go with the grain i *r* uRi- 
3inTghi^^ Susr. -2 To evacuate, 
purge, carry off by the regular 
channels. 

aigpfuT a- I Not excessive, 
neither more nor less ( awftftw, 
W'^rt/%* ) i smoothed, free from 
disturbing circumstances ( l).-2 
Not clear or manifest. 



i Regular gradation, se- 
nding or putting in the right direc- 



t A 

genealogical table i 
xn$&wstmi sfft Mo- -2 Modern 
race or species , new family. 

tg*^ a. [ 315*^ w. Ja ] Relat- 
ing to a genealogical table. 

wtj^sfi a. [ 3*<* ro>: ] Very 
crooked i somewhat crooked or 
oblique i ** Moving somewhat 
obliquely or retrogressively (said 
of planets ) 

aign^ 2 P. I To say or speak 
after or for One \ W ftpnil wfiVrfr 
rrj^n ^wfirft Ms. II- 191. -2 To 
repeat, recitei reiterate i 5nmicw- 

Ait. Br. ; learn, study \ 
Sat. Br. i wr^rsg^?- 

i S4y., see tjn* below- 
-3 To concede the point, assent 
to, yield 4 To name, call.-Caas- 
To cause to recite i to read to 
oneself ( 6efoie reading aloud ) s 
oft used in dramas i 3^ iw 

S. I I 



V- 2 i Mu. I j a^J- 

lT<< M I 

.- Repeating, reciting (3- 
ij^Miiii* ) t replying &c- 

I Repetition, recitationi 
teaching, instruction, lecture. .31 
190 2 A chapter, section, lesson, 
division--3 Repetition of Mantras- 
or texts in conformity with 9* or 
injunction said by other priests- 

wrara: [ wye^ ?'%, 'T ^ f* P- 
II- 4* 29. Vart- ] I Repeating, re- 
citing, reading- 2 A subdivision 
of the Vedas, section, chapter. 3 
Chapter or section, referring to a 
campilation from the J?>veda o r 
Yajurveda ( 3R'ia-*^ ) COmP 
sw^iflift N. of a table of contents 
attributed toSaunaka- 

^^efpfjfT [ T^-tnT!i-5ff9 ] A verse 
recited by the Hotri priest, in 
which the god is invoked to^accept 
the offering prepared for him, or 
a sort of priest, Si- 14. 20 ( 



Malli.) 



74 



/. [ T?-<3r\-T3i\] Repeti- 
tion^ recitation &c. See rtw.-i' 
A lecture. 

wjari"** i Recitation of passages 
of the ffigveda by the Hotri priest 
in obedience to the injunction (iK) 
of the *! priest.-^Causing to 
recite, teaching, instructing. -3 
Reading to oneself i see above- 

s *l w ?- P- Repeated, recited 
afters occurring in the text studied. 
<m, -i%: /. I Subsequent mention \ 
repetition by way of explanation 
or illustration. -2 Study of the 
Vedas. 



nd y<* 
sra gufiWrTRt ) ( see wrar^ also. 4 

orroboration, confirmation. 5 
slander, abuse, reviling. 6A<i- 

ertisement, notice i report, ru- 
mour. -/Commencement of speech 



j- or ": 

P. Ill- 2. 109 , . 
<H^m Sk. ] I One devoted to 
study, learned i especially one 
well-versed in the Vedas wuh 
their Angas so as to be able to 
repeat, read and teach them; 
^rvUFi: *t *fi?w. Ms- 2. 154 ; 5. 82-. 
Y. 3- 24 ; $?SS<35Wt: Ku 6. 152 
Modest, unassuming ; humble, 
well-behaved. 

*grw: [ g|. 
i "A year. 2 I he 4th year in the 
5 years' cycle i or the 5th of 5 
cycles of 12 years in the Bn'has- 
pati cycle- 

3^5.1 P. I To imitate in speak 
ing, mock ( with ace. ) \ftt *-.... 

repeat ; awigw^ra Sk i (P- &. A.) 
to resound, echo ; wjw^Ta rftwt P. I, 
3 .49 Sk. 3TJ'?% <ra: wiqw ibid- 

echoed; and approved also; 3tvcn- 
^mf&z *T gjiF<ft. 3T: Bk. 8. 29- 2 
To repeat or say again by way ol 
explanation, illustration or corro- 
boration ; see Kull. on Ms. I 74 
2.6- -3 To repeat, tell, say ( gene 
rally )t i5nf"^TJ t '5 g ^f<tT Dk. 21 t 
To abuse, rail at Cans- To cause 
to resound or echo. 

wg*r?: I Repetition (in general) 
y* K. 206- 2 Repetition by way 
of exalanation, illustration or cor 
roboration ; awjr^ ^iift P. II. 4. ; 
( ft?j;wt'J'i!& Sk- ) 3 Explana 
tory repetition or reference to 
what is already mentioned such a 
paraphrase or free translation 
particularly, any portion of th< 
Brahmanas which comments on 
illustrates, or explains a Vidh 
or direction previou: / laid down 
and which does not itself lay dowr 
any directions ; a supplemental 
repetition, opp. to ftft ;. authoi 
tajive or direct injunction ' ; ftf 



it is of 3 kinds : 



Nyaya sutra 
( ^* .4 



I Explanatory- 
corroborative, repeating with com- 
ment, explanation or illustration ; 
am<ui m?igar^t Dk. 95 bespeaks. 
2 Conformable to. in harmony 
with, -like ; gfsfwr^n^T Ram i 

: R- 9. 30, i m. 
N- of any one of the three notes 
of the gamut- 

vyatspet. p. I To be explained 
>r illustrated -2 (In gram-) To be 
made the subject of an assertion 
[ in a sentence ), opposed to fiftJ 
which affirms or denies something 
about the subject. In a sentence 
the 5*Tn or subject which is sup- 
posed to be already known is re- 
peated to mark its connection with 
the ft* or predicate and should 
placed first; atg^to^j'wN i TTOI- 
TOV in ff^f. i^S. shou Id have 
been placed first, though the con- 
struction is defended by Patanjali. 
sRn. &c see 3?n;. 
a. [ 3flg3: ] Subject to 
the will of another, obedient. ?t: 
Subjection, obedience ( to the will 
of another ) 

i P. To dwell near to or 
along with ( with ace. ). 

a One who dwells near; 
resident. 

n. [ nH.-rfi ] I Dressed, 
clothed) wrapped up--2 Fastened, 
or bound to, attached to- 

*3f : One of the 7 tongues of 
fire- 



Susr.i 
i 



: [ 3gtat w. ] The wind 
ward direction i the wind which 
blows from the pupil to the pre- 
ceptor &c- i H ftwwrs -j) it! ^ ^rwia gtr 
HS Ms. 2- 203. 

*gw ind- Time after time, re- 
peatedly, frequently. 



10 P: I To scent: per- 
fume. 2 To use the oily enema 
(see the next word) ; treat by using 
such enema i *nr^ niwm 115- 

Sujr. 



r i Perfuming o rstent- 
ing ( in general ) with incense &c. 
2 Perfuming clothes by dip- 
ping the ends. -3 (* also ) A sy- 
ringe, clyster-pipe (Mar. ft^srft )i 
an oily enema or the operation 
itself i 



ii: 
w 
art 

m r 



sfir 



i. i Fumingated, per- 
fumed. -2 Administered as an 
enema i treate by this operation. 
3T3ft^6 U- To find, discover, 
see, obtain. -2 To deem, consider. 
-3 To marry. 

/ Finding, obtaining. 
See under 



3 U. I To lay down a rule, 
regulate- -2 To obey, act up to, 
follow, conform to i see *r3i%arm 
^*3rat*i n ifni Bh, 2. 28 the foot- 
steps of the great have to^>e trod- 
den in. -3 To resemble, imitate- 
pass. To be trained to follow 
rules; obey. 

arjikunr i Obedience -2 Acting 
in conformity to ( orders &c- ). 

wjftaift*. a- I. Obedient, submis- 
sive) compliant, conforming to or- 
ders ; HI wi imfSsrftfT H 2- 141 i 
*!%osrwrfNT*fifTf5Wot V. 3 -2 Rese- 
mbling*; Hfl^iHmsnHirafo Si. 6. 
23, 15- 69. 



p. To disappear, va 
nish or perish after or along with 
another- 

: Perishing after. 
P. To enter or go after, 
follow. 

a?3fta:-*rt I Following, entering 
after- 2 Marriage uf a younger 
brother betore the elder is marri- 
ed ; ( jftgna^oi <KHg**r ftar^: ) i w- 
f| s'Tgw fti%iq* : Mb. 
a. [ arjwftw flSTHf'ft, ^n. ] A 
next-door neighbour. 

rf5: ( pi. ) N of a people in 
the north-east. 

wjiSs*?: Being obstructed in 
consequence of 

*5?H,I A- ( sometimes P. also) 
I ( Transitively used ) ( a ) To go 
or roll after, follow, pursue \ (fig.) 
to follow, conform to, act accor.i- 
ing.to, i bey, adapt oneself to, be 
guided byj humour ; *? 
fTtfftT'5fli^ 5- 2. ftsft 
K- 289 i ra5f MIW 11 
wg?ran S. 3. approve of her cho- 
ice i ssfamnf TJ rf;NtI wmS^ U. 
1. 10 words conform to the sense ; 
K. 104 follow;*! fjftf: 
ftm ^3TiTO!TTrf: Ku- 
3- 36 followed his mate in drink- 
ing* drank after her ; Bh- 2. no , 
Bg. 3- 23. Dk. 80, 69. 126 1 



75 



Mu 3 following Hrc 
path of graiitudc ; HjjWrrM f?- q "ff- 
sgana Si 15. 41 ; Mai- 3.. 2. ( l>) 
To imitate, resemble , equal i "<T- 
" ^1 =* Mb. ( c ) 



To gratify, humour- please i Dk. 
65. 2 ( Intransitively used ) (a) 
To follow, coma after ; '5I 5?"3*- 
i> H- 3 (b) To continue, endure. 
(<:) To act towards, behave, (d) 
( In gram. ) To be repeated or 
supplied from a preceding rulei 
Stra or assertion ( said of a word 
or rule which continues to exercise 
influence on what follows); e g. in 
P. IV 3- 95 *rf^>: tsw ( occurring 
in Sutra 80 before ) |W3P$I Sk. 
Caus.l To cause to revolve, turn 
round ; *$ sarS'a ^* HTgaaiaif n: 
Bg 3. 16- 2 To act up to, follow, 
obey i ajrfa tf&mwyifaiii Mv. 7i 
,4,%: ftfffi wragiiwggfafoi: Ve. 3 > K. 
367-3 To favour, oblige; comply 
with one's request i W__ 
nsfo in'igmaaT: K- 73 i iJTifmg3- 
ifata: Mai. 7. 4 To put in, carry 
out. -5 To repeat or supply from a 
preceding Sutra -, srf 5 ^ ftarwn ?fa 
Ttagfafa P. V. 2. 13. Sk-6 To use, 
employ. -7 To lead one to, attach 
to.-8 To speak in favour of, speak 
for i to approve--9To imitate, dp 
after one , OTf*Rwl!fllffei ft "fi^STm 
K. 298- 

5^af I Following ( fig. also )i 
attending, compliance, obedience, 
conformity, wfawrg*#i Ak i ?^nsj- 
JtRum mtoGwym Mv. 7. 4; sTfyog* 
Dk- 161. 2 Grat ifying, obliging. 

3 Approval of, concurrence in. 

4 Continuance i result, conse- 
quence. 5 Supplying from a 
preceding Sutra 

arg^Tffi, a. I Following, obeying, 
conforming to, with ace- or^ in 
comp psri*nft ^jjft ftff ^ig^ram: 
Ht. I - 69-, Tuftqt Sr^Ttg'smsr: i. 
383. 2 Guided by, following the 
advice of i obedient, faithful, 
compliant i 3T3<rfaw "W& Pt. I. 101- 
298-3 Like, resembling; suitable, 
worthy. 

3rgs?T.a. [*3nft *?R] Following, 
attending. 

*f3?ra p.p. I. Obeying, following 
&c- 2 Uninterrupted) conti- 
nuously kept dp, continued i 3- 
ijiiwzii onfao^fc irar^; U- 7. 3 
Rounded off ; taperingly round 
c ww. q^i*K ) ; fragprttainpi K. 
179. 4 Supplied from a preceding 
rule &c- 2 Conforming to the 
character ( snrajain ). tt Obe- 
dience, conformity, compliance ) 
n, ) Chaw- 33. 



. I. Assenting to appro- 
val s raigfiTTT ^ *gi?^ Ku- 5. 65. 
2 Obedience, conformity, fol- 
lowing, continuance in (opp. TJ- 
f=Ft ), taking up i continuity t *%w- 
5*f*iri2 R. 13. 78 by following the 
example of i -j?T*jt unrfjMHifl: Dk. 
100 Fervicei aaif ar^ft: 4^-ti^T^T Ki. 
16- 52 in consequence of. 3 
Acting according or suitably tp> 
compliance, acquiescence ! grati- 
fying, pleasing ; *rai "tTgtufa i5ir% 
9F&* U- 3. ; Mai. 9s Si- 9. 58 i Dk. 
55; K. 265 i M. 2- 9; "5* T?*tw MI 
n qTw gqciB^sfra^H Mu- 3 who 
conforms to or is true to the 
duties of kings ( previous ) com- 
pliant or obedient spirit, previous 
course of conduct i U- 7- 5-~4 
Remembrance Ki. 18. 18- 5 
(Gram.) Being supplied or repeat- 
ed in a following, rule'- continued 
influence of a preceding on a 
following rule.-6 Imitating, 
resembling &C--7 Repetition wf- 



a. Ved- Increasing iu 
regular ratio. 

3?gsf?5 ind. Ever and anon, con- 
stHiitly, 5ra w ^Bfqa^ssiTgn: R. 3. 
Si Si. 3- 79- 

^3^%^ a- [ ^s-Tfi ] Bent in 
conformity with ; bent under-- 
Securing with bandages, baiidag- 
ing, a sort of bandage ( ar<prt- 
^?: ) one of the 14 kinds mention- 
ed by SusHita. 

a. [ sigsinira argi^af?* &t * ] 
Following ( arg^a ) -, =qft*Tg : Katy- 
' HIBT 55 ). 

ii A secondary token- 
4 P- To hit or pierce 
again i ftsgt3CTn: Ms- 9. 43 m ~2 
To wound, pierce ; ^wsmgrf^: 
&c. -3 To fill or mix with, blend 
with, see wgftg- below--4 To 
impel, urge- 

srgfag/i. p. i Pierced, bored 1 , 
qftzTgisngrfT f^amn"^ wsuar S- D.-2 
Overspread, intertwined i sur- 
rounded, full ofi pervaded by, re- 
plete or filled with, abounding in, 
mixed or blended with, intermixed) 

*? S- 1- 20 ( 



R. 13 54 interwoven with, 
emeralds, "16. 48, 6. 18 i ?& *i- 

Me- 65 i arrw* Mk. i i 

f^Ht nOT\Mu. 3 i Ku. 3- 
35 i qtjiiigiir^ ^tai%: Dk. 1 12, 137; 
Mai. i. -3 Connected with, relating 
to , adhering to 



i: R. 6 63, 14 i 
Si. 4- 49. 

3i3%:,-5n; i Hurting, piercing. 
perforating! f t% 'reHOTi5*t ??5iw 
'iif 3fi$iT: S- D- I. -2 Contact, 



, 

2. 20. -3 Blending, mixture 
fusion. -4 Obstructing. 



(In Nyaya ) Con- 
sciousness of the perception , ( in 
Vedanta phil. ) perception of a 
sentiment or judgment. 

a,gE5Hnif [ wg^q^m^nw j That 
which comments on and explains 
Mantras, Swtr: s Ac. ( **fwn ) i 
especially, that portion of a 
Brahmawa which explains difficult 
Stras, texts &c. occurring in 
another place ( 



Dk- 117, 124 i 

5 Si. 5. 25 chased, closely fol- 
lowed or pursued--4 Set, inlaiil 
variegated ) 



i. Repetition, 
repeated utterance i mentioning 
along mith something else.--' 
A curse, imprecation. 

a. Cursing; execrating- 
I P I To follow, go afters 
at awtagaaiw K- 132, 210 i attend 
especially a departing guest ( as 
far as the bank of water; lake, &c.i 
as a mark of respect Y-I.H3) 

* wmii ^w^tniff: Ku. 7. 38 ' "*- 
^jfgjrmtri N fj^^w^fli Ram--2 To 
visit in order, seek--3 Togo to or 
near i betake oneself to , T>T *T: 
sEpmgasrfn Pt. I deer herd or asso- 
ciate with deer -4 To obey, to do 
homage to- 



Following, going 
after, especially a departing guest; 
Ms 3. 107. 

rggiTO/>0r />. To be followed as 
by the relatives of a dead person 
to the cemetery- 
Devoted or faithful to, attached to 
( with ace- or gen. )i ftmu *Twg=rar 
Bh- 2- 103 ; IWT: !?f3am: Ram--2 
Duly performing the vows or 
duties prescribed ( opp- wra ). 
a: A class of Jaina ascetics- 

.. .. a. Accompanied with, 
or bought for, a hundred i srifij: a 
class of words of TO mentioned in 
P. VII. 3- 20- where both members 
undergo Vriddhi- 

&c. See under 



[ g-3jo"fa, g-ar^ J A sor t 
of evil-spirit, Rakshasa. 



Anything used (for the time being) 
instead of a regular instrument, 
such as a finger-nail i a secondary 
weapon or instrument. 



76 



P. I ( a ) To advise, j 
persuade, prevail upon, address \ | 



Ku. 5. 5 ; 

R. 6. 59. (r>) To direct, tell, order, 
enjoin i to teachi instruct ( how to 
act )i q*rwmtgr%!: R. 13. 75 i **f% 
S 



8: f. Instruction, teaching ; 
orderi command. 

aigTifi^H a. Practising, learn- 
ing. 



: /- [ sigijn fsgii ] An 
animal followed by its young one. 

*53H 2 A. I To lie 01 sleep with, 
sleep along with ; lie upon, close 
or along , lay oneself down i to 
adhere to or follow closely, cling 
or stick to i $mir 



Subhasliita 2 To repent, gritve 
for i Aift imAra : 5j. j 4 .- 

j g g 

i Repentan , 
remorse i regret . sorrow ; sp= f. 

3 ,w wan M;l , 8 . fa ^ sg ,,,,r M 

3 why should you be sor v , 
ao ,s\ 7. 25 i %0\ 
V. 4rSi. 2. "14-2 



gifrnf Bk. 20. 17 i * 3 og 
V. 4. leys, directs IWM 

fg af,33iiifa V. 5 tells, 

directs i fliaf. sfi?ni? Sk i Ms. 
6. S6.-2 To rule, govern. -3 To 
chastise, punish, correct , SOBS 
nj,*mg3,i$ifaT Ve- 2 , 

3, ><3if,jJ 5S!t 

II. IOC, 9. 2334 To praise 

extol. 5 To accomplish, perfoim, 

execute, 



Intense enmity or angers 
55?w q'f >ia: Si. 16. 2 i 
%^a mi?t ^iftMal.6. I. 3 Hatred 
4 Close connection, as with a 
consequence ; clofe attachment 
( to any object ). 5 ( In Vedanta 
phil- ) The result or consequence 
of bad deeds which very closely 
clings to them and makes the soul 
enter other bodies after enjoying 
temporary freedom from recurring 
births i ( 



or $UIH^ a. 
One who directs, instructs, gcyei ns 
or punishes; wft g*.w3?n^i?iit Bg. 
8- 9 ruler, v* 'firas.Rii *i3in ni<|r<<- 
tfin: V. 4. 

WSJSITO* Advice, persuasion, di- ; 
rection, order, command ; instruc- 1 
tion laying down rules or precepts; i 
a law, rule, precept ; treatment j 
( of a subject ), (with the object! 
in comp. or with gen., the agent, 
if expressed, being put inlhemstr. , 
or gen. ); igf"iar%ci rfrgsrifw Ki. I. j 
28 words of advice ; wi7?g5itOT 
Ms. 8, 130.; 6. 50 ; 2. 159 ; fa* K. 
146 i IT*I?:H <> laying down rules on 
the gender of nouns, explanation j 
of gender &c. i 51*^13511^ Sk- 



r P. II. 3- i 
66- Sk.-Comp- m obedient ?$i 
N. of the 13 th book of the Maha- 
bharata ( sp called because it lays 
down precepts of advice ) 



TV. ) 6. Regret in the case of 
purchases, technically called 
rescission i Ms 8- 222', see rfraig- 
??. tfr A disease of the feet, a 
sort of boil cr abscess en the 
upper part- 

wgsm!* a- Regi etting&c. i! A 
variety of heroine (tHWRiiSwS^: ) j 
ohe who is tad and dejected, being 
appiehensive of the loss of her 
lever ( SBitffliftnTanKafft ) . 



a I Devotedly attached 
to, faithful. -2 Repentant, penitent, 
regretful, sorry. 3 Hating in- 
tensely. -4 Connected as with a 
consequence. 5 Enjoyirg the 
fruiis of deeds; epithet of the soul. 

35Tte* Intent or assiduous ap- 
plication; constant | ursuit or exer- 
cise, constant or repeated practice 
or study i ftftWHlti^fiftSji Ki- 
16 28. 



- Assiduously practised, 
repeatedly done, carfully attended 
to or studied. 



I P. To bewail, mourn 
over, regret , 
Mk. 3 ;* 
Pt. I. 333 itrw* n 
K. 333 ' Ve 5 4 condole with, 
weep with Caus. To mourn over, 
deplore, grieve for, regret ; goifwr 
5> ^jSr futfT a giragjTtftfTi U- 3. 32 
nor was ^he ( her loss ) regretted. 



f A ceremony enjoined 
by the Vedas ( ? ). 



^-};! Sorrow, repent" 
a nee, rt-gret wg^ ( ^ir ) ftff in the 
same sense. 



a _ I Regretful, 
penitent -2 Causing regret. 

3 5 P. I To hear (=" ) i 113- 
gR aiinran Ms. 9. 100 i aaorgsjiS 
Pt. I heard, related. -2 to hear re- 
peatedly as from a sacred 
authority hand ('own as by Vedic 
tradition. 

: Vedic or sacred tradition. 



f * 
l ] A kind of Sftma ( 



() I P. To adhere or 
cling to, follow closely. pass (-'<- 
**3l ) I To stick, cling, adhere to, 
be attached to ( fig- also ) ; w'ja i 
w% ij*ria ^ caig ?wts3^siS Uk. 43 i 
sometimes occurring as aigfsfa 
(from f^ also ) i i^i/f fligai^j a 
Aagsjw Bg 6 4; 18. io. -2 To be 
supplied frcm a preceding rule or 
statement Cnus- I To fasten or 
attach ( something ) to. -2 To sup- 
pjy ( as an elliptical expression); 
sm 



dv- In continuous or 
close ore er, one after another. 

3^W p.p- I Connected with, 
closely rejated or attached to;fow>- 
-IK: tf.fs^m: Mv- 2 constant, ever- 
arising -2 Clinging or aohering to 
( actively used )>??gsM ^ ezjn%j |;<a 
^*j.BTior i fcgtiTfi v.\ > Mb. 51^ w- 
fiiavw flmnpt^i nw?j U. 4. 2 
constantly pieyingon the heait; 
! Mv. 4. 



: I Close adherence or attend- 
ance connection, conjunction, as- 
sociation ; ig*irfo! ^5znorrr% U. 7 
good thirgs closely follow one an 
other ( come close upon one an- 
other ).- 2 Coalition, cirrmixtuie 
-3 Connection of word with word- 
-4 A word ( r woids repeated from- 
the context to supply an ellipsis. 
5 Necessary consequence, inevi- 
table result 6 Connection of a 
subsequent with a previous act, 7 
Incidental mention orrelation tfltf- 
*). 8 Yearning, eager longing. 9 
Compassion, pity, tenderness 10 
(In Nyaya) Connecting together the 
3ii" or application and Rtw or 
conclusion by the use of the pro- 
noun ^ ( 7Tiret<Riwjw 3T"ftria ^^f 
Amnwv^ *treM ) n The nasals 
connected with certain roots 
ending in consonants P. VII. I. 
59 Sk 

wgmr* a. I-olIowing as a neces- 
sary result, consequent ; concomi- 
tant, adhering to, connected with. 

*gwi a. I Connected with 
adhering or sticking o \ SWKS? \^- 
re gwrgtmiiw 5'i. 17. 57. 2 Follow- 
ing as a nev essary consequence; i- 
w^*r%w |% iftwr^WT rtfa Bh. 3. 76. 3 
Related or applicable to, common, 
prevailing ( atj^rui HHW ) j 
g^w HWttgwte: MS. 7. 52; 
!wfa ipr Ki 6.35. connected with, 
natural to, greatness. 4 Addicted 
to, devoted or attached to, fond 
of. 



77 



Concord, grammatical 
connection or agreement. 

ajg^-.-^^H Rewatering, sprinkl" 
ing over again. 

:/. Praise ( in due order ). 
I P. ( fg*? ) To praise 
after ,* follow in praising. 

at* ]*i Following in praise; speech- 
-2~Sarasvat/'.-3 N. of a class of 
metres consisting, of four Padas tf 
8 syllables each, iho whole stanza 
consisting of 32 syllables ( so 
called because it follows with its 
praise i. e. *gE^fa the gayatn, 
which has 3 Padas ), 3Etvmi?ggq. 

In later metrical systems it stands 
as a general name for all metres 
which- have 8 syllables in.each foot 
( the highest possible number being 
computed to be 256 ) i <^l sg a^ 

ui nn: ii which rule is sometimes 
violated. 



I U- (n ) I To do, per- 
form or carry out, execute, attend 
10 ( order, duty &c. ) bring about, 
effect, accomplish ( bi.siness ) ftai- 
KU. 7. 1, i- 17 i ft.j- 

: S. 7 i Siig^qg a,m : 

r S- I. ; " % *mi5 

i; Bg. 3- 31 follow i 

V. 5 do as your papa 
orde rs i wgi%8tair*=?t Sil* M . I 
look or attend to yo'ur own duty, 
do your business. -2 To follow, 
practise, ot serve ( , aa &c. ) i 
commit ( a sin ) -3 To rule, go'vi-fn, 
superintend \ appoint -4 To stand 
by or near ( with loc- ) ; M s II. 
112. sit on' occupy i atgBrcifa uww 
mt sf,anTsr Ram--5 To follow, 
go after ( lit. ) ra^tnTsgfnBft Ram- ; 
flRnt^i qtli HIIT vii^gfffBi'fi Subhashj 
follow, obey -6 To imitate, tread 
inj <*z ^?igrag<n gifrt ^-. fa Bhag. 
-7 ( Intrans. } ( a ) To place or 
put oneself on, be in a position, 
present oneself- ( b ) To remain, 
continue. ( c ) To be engaged in 
religious ceremonies ( muttering 
prayers &c- ) ^gfagat srmmt M. 5- 

wgg a. [ w--<??* ) Standing 
after or in succession. 



5: $5ii fNst sz Pt. 2. 
951 H. I. 103-3 Commencing, 
undertaking, engaging im "i?^lt- 
OT ? troggrt <*i5 Pt. I--3 Com- 
mencement or course of conduct, 
procedure, course of action i *w 
nrrowgBPi wn? ?T: nfn^ag U- 5. 21-4 
Practice of religious rites or 
ceremonies, any religious rite or 
ceremony , fi^agsi^facir^ ^a.fl? ^^^^- 
fa U. I. 8' Mv. 4. 33 *' Perform- 
ance, doing &c. Ccmp. *w 'the 
body of action ' i ( according to 
the Sankhya doctrine ) the 
intermediate body between the 
S$w or subtle and the "?<* or gross 
body. 

a. Causing to perform- 
Causirg to do an act. 
. Doing, perfoming. 
p. p. Dene, perfoimed, ac- 
complished &c. i piactised, fol- 
lowed, &c. i ": F^gTim: Ku. 6- 29 
brought about i ?.>:3is?t ihat being 
done, thereupon i begun, underta- 
ken i *jw f? ;iw nagiEa Ram, > 
( used actively ) following, practis- 
ing i Ms. 10. 127. 

*g<8:-|:/ [ "-g> ] Proper order, 
succession ( used only in instr- ) i 
^B, wgstn a^l"' in proper order, 
duly, immediately, properly \ im- 
mediate, direct. 

s,ggi,-gm E o pvt- p- To be effect- 
ed, performed; followed, done con 
formably to*i5'$W3WM, 5. what 
to do with. 

^gsm a. I Not hot, cold, chilly i 
stgtSliri^iaiSfiii: R. 12. 62. 2 
Apathetic \ lazy, sluggish ( wan ). 
*<: Cold touch or sensation, WT 
N- of a stream ^ A water-lily, 
blue lotus ( apw).- Comp. 5: (-* 
ray ) having cold rays, the moon. 
N of a plant 



. Continued surcessioni 



continuiiy 



Accompanied by food a adv. I 
J hrough or after food. -2 According 
to food i after every sacrifice.-3 
Voluntarily, according to one's 

will. 

*rgf?: A hind wheel. 
gHa?'JT Concealing in order 
succession. 



or 



a- Doing, pei form- 
ing, executing &c.: one who under- 
takes or begins. 

*i3gp< I Doing, performance, 
practice) execution, accomplish- 
ment &c- i obeying, acting in con- 
formity to i ^5wa nqnggr=f S. 4 
practice of religious austerities ; 

Pt. 1 1 



I P- I To walk along 
side, follow, join. -2 To piif-'iV 
seek aftt-r--3 To visit, go towards or 
to.~4 To penetrate, cross, traverse- 
-5 To become assimilated- 



g*wi . Following, pursuing 
adv. At every occasion of coming- 

*gflT 8 U- I To extend every- 
where; to diffuse, spread about, 
overspread -2 To continue, join in. 



3 U. I To search into or 
after, look after, inquire into, in. 
vestigate, explore, examine, ascer- 
tain i nflwVi vjisigwiiat H- 3 i 
Ms 12- lo6.-2 To calm, compose, 
quiet i aromsm^Sffc snwtf ^ v^\ 
H 4 ~3 To think of, aim at, refer 
or allude to, consider, deliberate) 
niwnEmg*qinnt H. 3; ^gaw irffi 
Mv. 6 afier deliberation^, or 
because I aimed at its wtwmcfinr- 
wtti j,*gnHgW?!at H. 3 let us. 
consider what is before us, ( turn 
to the matter in hand ) i nr...|ft 
Si?'3<iiigsBW MalH. on Ku. I. 21 
should be sought or referred to. 
4 To plan, arrange < prepare, set 
in order i WH nr gtogtidvf, gfsrrai- 
Hgt.mrcq H: 3-5 To follow, go 
alter, attend, accompany i *! wg- 
ssitiHTii: Mu- 6. wf wS: q| ^ wg- 
sraig Mk. i i K(T ^ iwgflire: Mk. 
2 are after me -6 To take up- 
follow, continue; ^esmifsa^rwsgfl- 
^aw; K- 240 following, making up 
the unfinished portion &c. 



r I Inquiry, investigation ; 
close insi ection or scrutiny, exa- 
mination i Mv- 7-2 Aiming at i 
H.-3 Planning, arranging, getting 
ready &c. i ifg*^ *t iSgsjjnt H- 3. 
equipping with the necessary mate- 
rials--4 A plan, scheme.~5 Suitable 
connection. -6 ( In the Vaii- phil. ) 
The 4th step in a syllogism, the 
- or application. 



Investigating, 
looking aften skilful in concerting 
plans. 

*g'rjm p. p. Inquired into, in- 
vestigated-, connected with, in ac- 
cordance or union with, conforma- 
able to i f|T flwrigsf^aT Mb. i w- 
w'rgsffca !Tfi Ram. <r adv. Irt 
the Samhita texti according to this 
text. 

Regular completion. 
2 P. ( J ? > i To go to or 
visit successively or in order.-* 
To join in following or being 
guided by .-3 To join, become 
assimilated- 

wgsw: Regular or proper con- 
nection, as of words. 

a. Connected with. 
ind. I After a sacrifice. 
-2 At every sacrifice, after ablu- 
tions. -3 Every moment. 

argetR a. [ TT a?gm: ] Conci- 
liated, friendly, favourable. 
ind. Every evening. 

A fragrant suostance, 
sandal, aloe &c. 



78 



a- Indicative of,-poit>ting 
out to. 

5 ' Indication, pointing out. 
i P.I To follow ( in all 
senses ) i go after, attend, pursue ; 
to practise, reserve i betake 
oneself to i ajrffcHwgm sft Me. 30 
go to 4 - ?^4*>i|?i S7.-2 To go over 
or through Caus. I To lead, 
forward ; wygHtuRira t Ram -2 
To cause to pursue, follow. 

wgm: A follower) companion, 
attendant. 



I Following after, 
pursuing, going after, seeking 
after? *^igTdr fnm H. 31 wnra? f 
Hit itsi-j^: Pt- \.-2 Conformity 
to, accordance with, consequence 
of (in instr. or abl-)i i^?fn?gi^- 
B*t?i: Me- S4.-3 Custom, usage, ha- 
bit. 



: i Going afteri following 
( fig. also ) ) pursuit \ -areTgwa_fa- 
m ifnfar ITI% Mk- I- 17 ?T^Tg-gf-oi 
ajnwwj i'. 7 looking in the direc- 
tion of thesoundi^tsigBKf?!?:: Mk. 
g- 5 following up or tracing fraud- 
-2 Conformity to, accordance 
with, suitability, conformity to 
usage i tangnfl!fei K- 137, 194, 
204; OT-jiungmiXn Y. 2- 1-3 Custom, 
usage, established practice i^gsf- 
n^ftw (<Tf|:; Ms. 8. 152-4 
Received or established authority, 
especially of codes of law. 5 
Nature, natural condition of 
anything. -6 Currency, prevalence. 
7 Consequence, result. 

w3fli<fl: 1 -*igT<'t ( in comp. ) Jn 
accordance, with, conformably to. 

*gHTC, Btfti, a. 1 Following, 
pursuing, going after, attendant 
om ni'i'CTi'eg-ffTfwg-srfT R.i;4. 701 fn- 
^wT-rdr fqiitr??!^. I. 6.( qrTia: q^rgnt- 
Dk- 91 i f wig-sift n SR Pt. i. 
278 going after, falling to the lot 
of. 2 According or conformable 
to, following i iiT?T-9 Ms. 7. 31. 3 
Seeking, looking out for.investigat- 
ing, scrutinising Ms- 7. 102- 

W5rrni Going after, pursuit i 
fi ! rirTfqg--fiwt Mb- 

/. I Going after, following! 
confoi=ming to, accordance with- 
2 [.wgwm fwtn'f ] An unchaste 
woman, harlot (f?i ). 

"591,1 P. To glide along or 
after, follow. 

was'J: A serpent-like being i a 
reptile in general. 

3SK a. Created in succession. 

wgeft: f- I Creating in order or 
succession. 2 A re;idy-witted 



r Practising, observingi 
habitually addicted to. 

aT3?i [ Irrimgnfl ] The rear of an 
army, rear-guard. 

g**j ind. Having entered or 
gone into in succession j *? >t?*fg- 
**t Sk. 

wgwi Strewing or spreading 
round. -ofr [ *tfr 55^ ] i A cover 
sucli as leather ) 



A cow ! ( 

T^reaf-jiwig-fnTtfrr^-CTjft Say. ) ; espe- 
cially the cow sacrificed at the 
I funeral ceremony, which enables 
the departed spi; it to safely cross 
the river of Hell called -tmr-M ( *g- 
fr *rr K-WM r^ i^r- 



TV.). 

^gwnj Praising after i N- of a 
work relating to the Samaveda- 
ind. After adding oil. 
a Plain, obvious- 

<J. Ved. Whizzing ( as an 
arrow ). 

gt? I. P. To remember, think 
of, call tomind, t recollect( with ace. 
or gen.Ji 3nrffiTig?gfJT S. ij q^sr 
o- 7 ; fl?*n^s5 ^"f*3 NI^*J- 
Bg- 8. 7 ' sqqTf-fn^-fiiiHiig- 
Ki. 4- 38.-Cas- To 
remind ( painfully >, cause to 
remember with regret i Ki- 5. 14. 

*gw>t i Recollection, remem- 
bering. 2 Repeated recollection. 

g*^fa:/. I- Cherished recollec- 
tion ! thinking of ; wg- 
*^fr*f^ft: S. B--2 Thinking of one 
thing to the exclusion ofothers 

*3*, ( ' <> [fa^TRasi] i Woven 
together, icgularly and uninter- 
ruptedly 2 Sewn on. fastened 
to. 3 Closely attached or linked 
to- 

*giiR: Continuing; follow- 
ing. 

wgwH: i Sounding conformably 
to. 2 An after sound i echo i see 
and K- P- 4 ( 36 ,>. 

[ -ff-siq PHI; i ^<fon <& 

.. _ ; wm-^ TV. ] The nasal 
sound which is marked by a dot 
above the line () and which 
always belongs to a preceding 
vowel i ai3 i ni%'*rfq<"tsg-f-*Ti;: p. VIII' 
3-4- 

**gjS3: Inviting, stirring up. 

W55T i U- Toroar in imitation 
of, reply to i ^gjfrea Eriwfit i f% ift- 
iigsaift %<> Si. 16. 25. 

*35rf: Roaring in imitation. 
*g5 I P- I" 'To imitate, resem- 
ble i - - 



U. 4; Ki. g. 67 sometimes with 
gen. of person ; g>g^nt Sk. i see 
below- 2 To take afler ( one's 
parents ), to always imitate their 
nature ( A. in :his sense ) ( *TOF- 
'wJi5> ) ; ^tmTg|fi W^RITJ: P. 

I- 3. 21 Vdrt. : ( irf 
Sk. 



resembl- 



. To be imitated. ^: 
Monthly obsequies on the Darsa 
or new moon day ( cf apm?i5 ). 
: A cart i? ). 



"WVgn: Imitation, 
ance, similarity. 



. ,q s 

or fr. ait.with ag ] i The back- 
bone, spine ( a?w<jK: wifa: gsrfai- 
f%?iw: ) ^ -aig* ^r ^|<t: Ait. Br. 
(. where Say. remarks ?$ ^w%- 
JTij, ilrt% ^m ^ ] .-2 A kind of 
sacrificial vessel i according to 
some, the back part of the altar ; 
3TciTiai!OTH!ij^;.-3 Former birth 
or state of existence. * I Family, 
rcae.-2 Disposition, temperaments 
character, peculiarity of race i 



: [ wg-wB^ ?qf nr ^fifni J 
Reflection (of light). -2 Regard, 
reference, illustration. 

& c . See under 



a- [ w^Tf-^ ]Ved. Coming 
after, successive i J *f? day after 
day, on the folliowng day i 6 ^ (^t) 
born in successive order. 



'f The plank or board on the 
side of a bed 



Ait- Br. i 

say.) 

a. I Not borne or carrie . 
2 Unmarried qf^TTrgwis^it 3<ig ^r^q- 
T??ifT^ Ak. ST An unmarried wom- 
an. -Comp.-*rtf a. bashlul, modest. 
ITW ( ST ) Fornication. vrtg m. 
( *3i ) I the brother of an unmar- 
ried woman. -2 the brother of the 
concubine of a king. 

al ^ : / [ *-&f\ , " ff, ] Not com- 
ing or going (io aid ) (anrwi ). 

*?S* Want if water-, drought, 
aridity i fn fl**-^ Ram. 

w?.?5i: ' Relative order, ' N- or 
a figure of speech in which a re- 
ference is made in successive ordef 
to what ] 

"(J.S- D- 732. 

&c. See under 



a- l Not inferior, not less 
(with abl-expressed or understood)! 



79 



not wanting or lacking in ( with 
instr. )i t^ Hrroprt R. 6- 50* *- 
rnrt ft<winftrni 1 8- Ii wrfrauwr? 5 '!- 
wH3*5*t flwismfir M. i of no inferior 
stuff i jmmpit gt^tf R. 2. 54! gdt- 
tw 6, 37; n>f%yM5i: R. 10. I. -2 
Full, whole, entire < large i *?$*- 
<pwjjr*tf Ki 14. 40i great i Si- 4 
i n ( before adjectives ) very '5*- 
HOT: S. D. excessively big or heavy 
-SHaving full power. 



. VI 3. 

98, srgT: **f: n$*rt] situated near 
water, watery, rich or abounding 
in water, wet, marshy. <:-*_ I A. 
watery place or country i f'^trtfc 
*> S>*?p *tt^nrt Ms 7. 192 i Y. 
3. 42 i *i*igW5rrt*T?l4rnitflrtfrat&: i *^- 
evnmn^i wwrffitrwTi^T^; -2 N. of a 
particular country (-<n:pl. )i R. 
6- 37. 3 A inarshi bog -4A pond 
or tank of water 5 Bank or si le 
( of a river, mountain H wmrrufrwr- 
1<T<T Ram. i"^t ntgm*it wmn, ibid 
-6 A buffalo 7 Afrog.-8 kind 
of partridge. 8 An elephant- 
.-Comp -* moist ginger, -uw a- 
marshy, boggy- 

*wff a. [ f^? %$ Tj H ] Being 
in a pond or bog. 

!OT a. Ved- To be. fastened 
as a sacrificial animal > 'ST 

Sat- Br-; wg*CT>^T Asval 



wgcra. 



"I* a. [ ' * ] Thighless. 
Arua, the charioteer of the sun 
( who is represented as having no 
thighs ) \ the dawn s see 
Comp. Wtfa: the sun ( having 
l<f for his charioteer )s 
>lHt: Si. I. 2- 



. 74 Sk.-2 

^ mr: ] Not conversant with, 

.ot studying the to'gveda i one 

lot invested with the sacred 

hread and hence not yet entitle i 

o study the Vedas ( as a boy ) i 

^sqRw 51* at: raiftsf *CTS<W: Ms- 

. 158 i 3^*1 wirw Mugdha- (la 

his case the form should properly 

ie W^TI w^nrff^rmeSmwi Sk- ( but 

ometimes w?V also in the same 

ense i cf. !iirs? 

<K* Ms 3. 142-, 

' gf't 131 ) i ? a'so in the 

ime s.-nse. 

ar?5 a. Not straight; crooked ! 
tig- ) unfair, wicked, dishonest ; 
qrfncn;^il i %^<a'is^5: Ms- 4. 
77 i P. V. 2- 75 Sk. 

wjai a- Free from debti who has 
paid off the debt (due to anDther ) 
with gen- ot#rson or thing i w*- 
Si; im^niftT U 7; nrJ)|. 
(yet) R. 12. 54; Mv 5. 58! 
: MS. 9- 106 ! 6. 94 Every 
one that i < born has three debts 
:o pay off: to sages, N gods and 
the Manes'- cf. 



a 1 Not strong, weak 
powerless. 2 Free from pride. 

*ws a. Not high, low (""i^Ved 
whose splendour does not rise 
whj lights no (sacred) fire*. 

w^rS a. l Not waving, unrufflec 
by waves, not fluctuating -2 Invio 
lable. 

*!*. Ved. A part of the body 
near the ribs 

3^* a. l Saline, the same a 
swi i cf. 3 *f lJ and 3Tt*f. 2 No 
saline. 

**< a- Thoughtless, coreless. 

**?< a. Ved. Thornless ( as a 
path or couch ) 

"T^ w a. [n. ".] I Without a 
hymn! not containing a verse 
from the Wgveda i *TO w P. V 



'. 104 14 i not playing fairly (?) 
^r,-'Rnfi'r,-TT*<jT4 lying, false- 
iood. *rf^,-iir a. a -liar. wi a. 
: alse to one's vows or promises. 

a. Lyin8, a liar. 



T>^VU; ) he, therefore, who 
learns the Vedas, offers sacrifices 
to gods, and begets a son, becomes 

p* ( free from debt ) ; 

: 5*1 nw WB'rTi^Rft i cf. also Sfft- 



: R. 



8. 30- 



Freedom from debt 
Pt. 5 do harm by 
way of retaliation or injury! 
fjr3>Han?omefJifa: M.S. ii-; * 
WBT^W aj^tni w^3T: Pt. i repay or 
requite the' favour of our lord- 



a: [ *. . ] 1 Not true, false 
( words ); t ^ ** Ms. 4. 170 wrong- 
ly goti A* * m^H wirni 4. 138. f 
Falsehood, lying, cheating) decep- 
tion. fraud iHfn^l awr^irssiTiHt Rv 
7- 49- 3i "W"^ Ms. I- 291 n^sy 
n^T.8. 97, oft. in comp.i fg*, *u** 
Kp** giving false evidence in 
the matter of &c.i Ms. 9. 711 cf 
also: tpr *ftn"fr ?'rS 3% <fir nm^t i 3m 
>?*i^i fft HI* s*i*>r ii Pt. 3. 108 
*ga personified is the son of ** 
and ffr husband and brother o 
ftfl*. father of ", "^i nw and 
?m Vishu P. 2 Agriculture 
(Opp- w )i Ms.4. 5. Comp- ^f a 
wnose gods are not true (Say-)i Rv. 



r. a ] i Unfit season i 
.mproper or premature time; *w(i? 
iWT*"f Ms. 4. I04.-2 Time before 
menstruation. Comp. **ft a 
girl befjre menstruation. 



a. I Not ^one i more than 
one, many; afWrgwwt grq^ijt >nn. 
Y. 2 120, Ki I. i6< several, 
various i nrTF^5fir>>MJ Y. 3. 144. 

2 Separate J i divided) oft. in 
comp.i 'iran having many shapes 
or forms! diverse, multiform) w- 

several times, many a 
tim.- and oft t >rrt having 
more wives than one. Comp. 

w a having more than one 
vowel or syllables polysyllabic. 

w a. I engaged in several 
pursuits. -2. not concentrated or 
fixed on one object. -m a. I- [. n.] 
not alone so as tp exclude all 
others, uncertain, doubtful, 
variable m^KmviMMn4tHMMA. 
mt q. v. (-:) I unsettled condi- 
tion, absence of permanence.-2- 
uncertainty, doubtfuluess.-3 an 
unessential part, as the several 
anubandhas. "^i scepticismi <*^i. 
m. a sceptici a Jaina or an Arhat 
of the Jalnas. ** a- I. having 
many ( more than one ) meaning, 
homonymous \ as the words *r, 
wwi, "HP &c- > ri"<inwi s^w . K. P- 
i.-2- having the sense of the word 
rt*.~3. having many objects or 
purposes. (-*: ) multiplicity ot 
objects, topics &c- w^ a. hiving 
more than one ^ ( letter ) P. i. i. 
55. 3wnr,-3nf*m a. (in Va. phil.) 
dwelling or abidinc in more than 
one ( such as W*, HWFT ) s <^s^. 
wimrgorr; Bhasha Pi dependence 
upon more than one- yrt, m. 'do- 
ing much', N. of Siva. JJT a- of 
many kinds, manifold, diverse i 
tinm**! !sw35'jf Ki. 6. 37. SR: N. 
of a king; 'arf^iqr^M*^: K. 3.fr* a, 
belonging to two families ( such 
as a boy when adopted ) i- e- that 
of his own, and that of his adoptive 
father. ** a gregarious fVsr a. 
not of one mind, fickle-minded i 
-'HW: not following the counsels of 
one t H. 4- 31 * a. born more 
than once. ( T: ) a bird ( mfan.Tri 
*Tn?*m; ). i: an elephant ( so cal- 
led because he drinks with his 
trunk and mouth )jcf. ftp 

q^i** R 5- 471 Si- 5. 35; 12. 
(/.)!. having many faces, 
many-faced.-2 scattered, dispersed, 



80 



going in varions directions, taking 
to various ways j ( rft )] anrin^s^- 
ligwift mirH Bk. 2- 541 1/3: ' hav- 
ing many forms', N. of Vishnu who 
assumed varions forms to deliver 
the earth from calamities. 55'*- 
aii'&V-ftjrfH a. victorious in many 
battles) ft, 3. 9. II- w a- I. of 
various forms, multiform--.? of va- 
rious kinds or sorts. -3 fickle, 
changeable, of a varying nature: 
*wiw*a jqtfra^KiT Pt. I. 425 ( -": ) 
epithet of the Supreme Being. 

m**: N- of Siva i also of Indra, 
and of the Supreme Being, he being 
said to be H?WRJ: 0?cim &c- *** 
the plural numberi dual also. ** 
ii involving more than one ( un- 
known ) quantity ( the unknown 
quantities x y- s. &c- being repre- 
sented in Sanskrit by colours TI, 
t &c- ) i B ffw(i simultaneous 
equation \ 3"w. "swrew, *%K: multi- 
plication! subtraction ordivision of 
unknown quantities. -rest a. various, 
different. $r* a. cloven-hoofed- 

W? a- synonymous- Hwrro a- 
common to many, the common 
property of many persons Dk. 83. 



ind. In various waysi'varr 
outly i wnf$rw uft?tfiflwr Bg. 
II- 13- 

ai^RT 1 . ind [ *&*& w<% sis. ] I 
Several or many times, frequently. 
aHta?ft ftfiwmf* Bk- 2- 52- -2 
In various ways or manners- -3 In 
large numbers or quantities i S" 
^i(i H I. 

a _ Not alone, accom- 
panied by. 



a. lf?n^] Not moving, 
immovable j of the same form, epi- 
thet of Brauma or the Supreme 
Soul ( HSft*^ n ). 

>^f or^fTo make or be mani- 
fold i to div l de or be divided into. 

**: A foolish or stupid person, 
dolt, fool- -Comp- 1 a. I. deaf 
and dumb) i*mdi tm ^maum 
K P. 7 -2. blind- -3- dishonest, 
fraudulent, wicked, perverse. 



a Ved. I Not tobe blamed i 
praiseworthy, chief ( H?IPT, <w )--2 
Not near i infinite. 

""* a- Sinles-, faultless ( Say. )) 
without a variegated set (of horses), 
RV 6. 66. 7- 

*, a. sinless, blamless i not 
hable to error. 

*<: 'One who has no superior,' 
a sovereign or paramount, lord. 
a. Ved- Praiseworthy. 



a. [ T 

^sr: 11% f=r <?5 ^r U. 4. 223 ] (lit ) 
Not killed or destroyed or obstruct- 
ed i Ved. withouta rival, incompa- 
rable, unattainable, inaccessible ) 
anobstructed, not liable to be hurt 
or injured; g 3i ^ r an^fH Rv. I. 
40. 6, 4; 6. 50. 3. m (t-t&c.) 
Time ( not being liible to be des- 
troyed ). 



a. Variable, uncertain, 
unsteady; occasional, casual, ( as 
a cause not invariably attended by 
the same effects ) . 



a. (*/. ) i Unsteady, 
uncertain) not to the point, not 
very important) ??ihs>jfT ?ili "^Rnii, 
Pt. I -2 ( in Logic ) Name of one 
of the five main divisions of %r- 
( fallacies, ) otherwise called 
. It is of three kinds : (a) 
, where the |g is found both 
in the *roj and frf?, the argument 
being therefore tjo general. (6) 
srarauoi where the hetu is in the T? 
alone, the argument being not 
general enough. ( c ) 
which embraces every known 
thing in the >?, the argument 
being non-conclusive. 

i^f I Existence of many \ ab- 
sence of one, plurality. -2 Want 
of union, confusion, disorder, 
anarchy, 

Variable nature- 

Absence of traditional 
sanction or authority, of that which 
is without such sanction* 
Mb 



placidity, calmness i 
*ar fft Ki. 4. 22- 



Ak. 



ind No, not , 3T*n% 



m- ( tfr ) Not sleeping 
in a house, a beggar 

*!*! a. [ n.-?ft5-fr | Not 
leaving the house- -?: [awr: 
w ifS ta, ^-g ] A tree > 
iiat R. 2. 13 i 5. 69- 



a. I Not attended with the 
sacred syllable fra Ms- 2. 74- -2 
Not accepted. 

wit^r a. Wkhout food (as a an). 
wrt*ri a. To be carried in a 
carriage ( **w *nw: ) . 



Unfitness, impropriety i 
;!isa4ircu ^rrn K- P. 7. 

Want of vigour, energy, 
or strenglh s S. D- thus defines it i 



a. Not legitimate, not 
one's own, adopted ( as a son ;. 

3ft I P. ( *?n% ) To bind. 

aid a. [sMt.-c",U. 3- 86] I Near. 
-2 Last.~3 Handsome, lovely; Me. 
23 ; Si- 4. 40, ( where, however.the 
ordinary sense of 'border' or 'skirt' 
may do as well, though Malli. ren- 
ders WJ by ^f, quoting the authority 
of?rs?TDTs). -4 Lowest, worst. -5 
Youngest- n: (H. in some senses) 
I End, -limit, boundary( in time or 
space)ifinal limit, last or extreme 
point ) WKftn grW? H$mfc H. 4. 
50 bounded by the ocean, as far as 

the sea i srebft **%*& Ak. ; ^f *t 
ftincitrftT*3i% H. 3. 114 goes to 
the end of, masters completely; M 



( where wa also means 
end or destruction ); ar?tatgwprj^. 

n rtV K. 59 enjoyed all worldly 
pleasures ; siratft;?>: wg TRomnsntr. 
a: K. 124 end, furthest extremity ; 
f^fc srfa Bv. I. 2. 2 Skirt, border, 
edge, precinct , a place or ground 
in general ; "* t^t. ^ITH U. 2. 25. 
forest ground, skirts of the forest) 
art^JStmii f%rt 3f^ts3 I tai: S- 4 ; 
d45-iiflam: R.9-35 as far as the bor/ 
ders of skirts i frr: T ^ Hfni5-iin 
R. 2. 58, 2. 19; Me. 23. -3 End of a 
texture, edge, skirt, fringe or hem 
of a gar.nent ; a J ; q^THniSnia^ft 
1S K. 9 (by itself in Veda ). -4 
Vicinity, proximity, neighbour- 
hood, presencei-^niWid 



Ms- 4.116; Y. 2. 162 i I. 143 i *'TT- 
WTcTtafifossTwi ( Tpt ) R. 2. 26 i 
g> *mta ^Jiai P. 2- 115 going into 
the vicinity or presence of Yamai 



i Freedom 'from pride> 
modesty, humility. -2 Tranquillity, 



S- D- ; ft g 
ft wf^ Sat- Br. ( These four senses 
are allied) --5 End, conclusion) ter- 
mination (opp. art>r or wrf^ ), 
K. I. 51 t i^t ftftn R. 4- 1 ; 

, &c. , ^IPT f:w> " n- 
^mrfi^w Pt. 2. 1751 
Ms. 7. 45 j ^STt^gV 
R. 12- I going to the end of 
the period of life (end of the wick) 
SUB* sr^r&5 fwrht "JifitT^f?! Pt. 
2. 180 ; oft in comp. in this sense, 
and meaning ' ending in or with' 
'ceasing to exist with, ' ' reaching 
to the end ' , t* ***> rftfM H. I 
91 ends in it i >*i$irft frrrot j- 



*r?fr TOT Pt. 5- 76 
nrf aci:w'Ku. 5- 6 ending with 
(lasting till) the attainment of fruits 



81 



*% 

62. 14. 41 ; 
2. 52.; 



Ku. 6. 44 ; R. 11 

Ki 






1. 73 at the end of 1000 Yugas ;jrr<JTt- 
rr tffr MB. 8. 359 capital punishment 
( such as would put an end to life ). 
-6 Death, destruction ; end or close 
of life ; tprr T^r^ Bh. 3. 71 goes 
down to destruction ; </('"? -4 1 ^ a|?*r- 
grf R. 1. 8 ; (i^r M^RdHtft t 2. 
48 ; 12. 75 ; 



Udb.. 

: *rfi||*id(- Ms. 1. 46 ; sjtt *rr 
To be destroyed, perish, be ruined. 
-7 ( In grain. ) A final syllable or 
letter of a word ; ;f3KT ending in a 
vowel ; so, &R, g^r, fits^T &c. -8 
The last word in a compound. -9 As- 
certainment, or settlement ( of a 
question ) ; definite or final settle- 
ment ; pause, final determina- 
tion, as i 

Bg. 2. 16. ( 



, . . ,. -10 The last portion or the re- 
mainder ( n. also); f^rta:, %jfhT=, 
&c. -11 Underneath, inside, inner 
part ; gwr^nf ^r srart^ ^ Pt. 4 in 
water, underneath water ; flM^th^ 

does not penetrate or dive into, 
sound, fathom ; 3TT5t'|%fTf7r* TOTT 
M. 3 shall dive deep into, fully satis- 
fy, my doubts. -12 Total amount, 
whole number or quantity. -13 A 
large number.-l 4 Nature, condition; 
sort, species ; ir<TJdi*d i<T*ff wgrror- 
WS^TI^T: Ms. 1. 50. -15 Disposition ; 
essence; g^ffsf. [cf. Goth, andeis, 
and ; Germ, ende and ent ; also Gr. 
anti j L. ante]. -Comp. -awufW m. 



I. a barber. -2- a chan<Jala, 
low-caste. -3. N. of a sage, see 3Tf*w- 
frn^ (arit <?fs&ii 33^1 awri^ ST? wk- 
; ftls)--J<{M n. having the acute accent 
on the last syllable. (-rP ) the acute 
accent on the last syllable ; P.VI.l. 
199. -^7T 7 <MI, 5frf^ a- causing 
death or destruction, fatal, mortal, 
destructive ; 



It. 11. 75 causing the destruction of ; 



Ms. 9.221; 

f^4l*i' Bk.-Ttjrf^ n. death, destruc- 

tion ; oftata 

-^?5T time or hour of eath ; 



m. death ; 
*Rfr Ham. -if a. having gone to the 
end of, thoroughly conversant or 
i amiliu with, ( in comp. ); 
. 3. 145. 



perishing.-trnt 1. going to the end, 
fiuifhiog, completing j 
11 



ff^TW*r.-2. death, perishing, 
.-^r a. 1 walking about, go- 
ing to the borders of frontiers.-2. 
completing or finishing(as a business 
&c.). -gr a. last born, -j^q^ a figure 
of speech ( in Rhetoric ). trfc*'- 1 . a 
frontier -guard guarding the frontiers 



ibid. -2. a door-keeper ( rare ). 
-*T^,-*TT^a. being at the end, last. 
-<5Tf a. hidden, concealed, -fftrr: 
dropping of the nnal of a word. 
-Trftf^ ( ^ ) a. dwelling near the 
frontiers, dwelling close by. (->. ) 
[ 3^ Q^jfiQ ^^ sffct Tfjf ] 1 . a 
pupil ( who always dwells near his 
master toreceive instruction); P. IV. 
3. 104; VI. 2.36.; Ms. 4. 33. -2. a 
chan4&la ( who dwells at the extre- 
mity of a village).-^fyp='Vi?r- q. v. 
-^Wf^r-/. change of the final sylla- 
ble, as in JUT from f*tg Nir. -i<-<n 1 . 
a bed on the ground.-2. the last bed ; 
hence death itself. -3. a place for 
burial or burning. -4. a bier or f une- 
ral pile.-^rfl^rr last rites, funeral 
ceremonies, obsequies.-^r^ m. a 
pupil ;^frg<inTt jr*freTtnT^: Ki. 6. 
34.-^qf<nT : the svarita accent on the 
last syllable of a word. 



37-T 

Causing death, making an end of, 
destroying ; q^M f* dia*ld'- R. 

*<d^id*T^ Ve. 3. 30. -3f: 1 Death. 
-2 Death personified, the destroyer ; 
Yama, the god of death ; 
" Pt. 1. 137. 

' 1. 2. 



A border, boundary. Comp. -15 
Ved. provoking death; Rv. 10.132.4. 



ind. [ sTcHTffft^ j 1 From the 
end. -2 At last, finally ; at length, 
lastly. -3 In part, partly. -4 Inside, 
within. -5-Iri the lowest way ; (opp. 
: ); (Miffi: may have all 
;hc senses of 3t<T ) 

o [ sfcr s^^^^Jjg^ ] Having 
an end ; limited ; perishable ; 3 

Mb. 



Bri. Ar. Up. 

... ind. (loc. of afcr i oft. used ad- 
verbially ) I In the end, at last, ut 
,ength, lastly, finally. -2 Inside. *$ 
[n the presence of, near, close by. 

CTCTi 1 . a neighbour ; com- 
panion ; irw TT ySrifRTHT^? 

Ait. Br. -2. a pupil ; 



Si. 3 55 ; Ve. 3. 7.-^rrRr '*. in a 
state of pupilage, (in itat pupilari) 
. v. above. 



a. Ved. Nearest, next ; 
r^ Rv. 1. 27. 5; HgjrraiTmt 
- 6. 46. 10 ; intimate, very close 
or familiar. 



. Up. 5 

60, 373^335 ] 1 (Used as a prepfix to 
verbs jind regarded as a preposition 
or irfff ) (a) In the middle, between ; 
in, into, inside ; ^, vrr, ^, \, t , 
"eft &c. (6) Under. -2 ( Used adver- 
bially ) ( a ) Between, betwixt, 
amongst, within ; in the middle 
or interior, inside ( opp. irf$: ) ; 
a^gnrhT: R- 2. 32. burnt with- 
in himself, at heart ; zfcfr* ftf. 
T^ Rlftl R- 19. 6. in the palace" 
in the harem ; so O f5*r swfr 
Mai 5. 20. 3}^^ Dk. 13; 
*trr Orgmt Pt. 4. 88 ; afrpftf 
V. 1. (o) Internally, in the mind. (6) 
By way of seizing or holding ; sfjf- 
fTT W- ( 5tt li^^T )--3 (As a separa- 
ble preposition ) (a) In, into, bet. 
ween, in the middle, inside, with- 
in, ( with loc. ) ; ftqM,jfcftr 

. 31 ; 3fcrer* Ch. 



Up. ; 3fcri*|JTr% Ms. 7 223; Y. 3. 302; 
Rv. 1. 23. 19. (6 



Between ( with ace. ) Ved. 
f f <fr thcrfi* Rv. 7. 872; 
8. 2. 4 ; 



Sat. Br. ( c ) In, into, in- 
side, in the interior, in the midst 
( with gen. ) ; n(3*)cMrf'^<<1<"M^l 1 ^ 
Ve. 3. 5 ; 3fep*gQ>*3-M^ Ratn. 2. 
3 ; ^i^Tfrw ^TPTt Bg. 13. 15 ; w% 
. 2. 104 ; 



Ki. 2. 53 ; sfiwfW 



. 

Ak. ; oft in comp. at the end ; 
irf^ri Pt. 5; sFr*ri?r: mfw- 
Ms. 8. 79 ; jfrifllftifot Ms^. 5. 141 

between the teeth ; Tic<J (W ^?Sfl -ft| *< d ! 
Si. 3. 77 ; also in compound with a 
following word ; w *f?T ^ifllifl^l* 
rlnfr Jf wwft KB. 4. 11. -4 It is fro- 
quently used as the first member o 
compounds in the sense of 'internal- 
ly,' 'inside,' 'within,' 'in the into- 
rior,' 'having in the interior,' 'filled 
with,' 'having concealed within,' or 
in the sense of 'inward,' 'internal,' 
'secret.' 'hidden 1 &c., forming Ad 
verbial, Bahuvrihi or Tatpurusha 
compounds; <l< ! itUsill< (Bah.comp.) 
S. 5. 19 filled with dew ; "jfht (Bah. 

omp.) Me. 64; sftrflrf* (Adv. corup.) 
Ki. 1. 34 ; gqrf<lffi ni^tt^ff ( Tat. 

omp.) U. 3. 31 ; BO ^n: '^np 

sji^* &c.-5 It is also supposed to 
be a parti*** of assent ( Wfoi'd'fo ). 

tfott. In comf . the ^ of ^. i8 
:hangedtoa Visafga before hard 
lonsonantu, as sfcT'^ftt WT : W &* ) 
; cf . L. inttr ; Zend otor j Goth, 



undar ; Pers. andar ; Gr <oa]. 
Oomp 3rff: the breast (=3^-3^ 
q. v.;. arftn inward fire, the fire 
which stimulates digestion ;5fhTtarftr- 
qf^pj^rte: SUM. $q a 1 . inward, 
internal, comprehended, included 
(with abl. ); snnfcrtit &** Pat. 
Sutra. -2. proximate, related to, es- 
sential to or referring to the essen- 
tial part of the ypi or base of a word 
( o'pp. nft't't ); vi^miA^f! *i<)iidOi 
P. VIII. 3. 74 Sk.-3. dear, most 
beloved ( arwaf^r ) ; f^Prf^ fpsft^r- 
tftxrt'r- $W: S. 4 v.l. (-if) 1. 
the inmost limb or organ, the heart, 
mind ; gflnlfffri; Dk. 11 ; fi%. 21 ; 
the interior.-Z. an intimate friend) 
near or confidential person ( form- 
ing, as it were, part of oneself ) ; 

- 81, 93. 101 ; 



-3. an essential or indispensable part, 
as ST^T, *m and Rf^ujuH in realizing 
Brahma. 34444: an inner part ; P. 
V. 4. 62. , 3n<MP the ether or 
Brahma that resides in the heart of 
man ( a term often occurring in the 
Upanishads ). Wf^t secret or hid- 
den intention. sjnnr: an additional 
augment between two letters. 
an*TTt the interior of a house ; Y. 2. 
31. SJTW* m. ( mi ) 1. the inmost 
spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also 
the internal feelings, the heart ; 



- 6. 73 ; 3ff 
12. 13 i 

Bg. 6. 47 with the heart fixed on 
me; grm> wrr* ftstqr: TOT* ......... 

afcmmr 5- 4. 21, U. 3. 38, Me. 93-2. 
(In plul.)the inherent supreme spirit 
or soul (residing in the interior of 
man ); anrrrcmf^r %i%sri Ku. 6. 21. 
arnrop a market in the heart (inside) 
of a town. 3n-*T) -w?y See a. v.- 
-3HTTW a. rejoicing in oneself, find- 
ing pleasure in his soul or heart ; 
^ : 5*?(-<TTK<-fl*Tjt<r3<rTnft'r . Bg. 
5. 24. ^VqTf an internal organ or 
sense. 3*<r Ved. a secret abode. 
-3f*or the internal organ ; the heart, 
oul ; the seat of thought and feel- 
ing, thinking faculty, mind, con- 
science; mrroV "srfrnp tf- 1-22; *n?rw 
P wwrrmT V. 4. the soul in all 
its senses external and internal, the 
inner and outer man ; yrnfTTW- 
eTTWfcT:*n[3tfhi&: R. 2. 11. Accord 
ing to the Vedonta wr^or is of foul 



t Sankhya 33, i. e 

'^mT 3% 35, i.e. 

- a certain number of years 
( with Buddhists ).-ffa a. ia 



wardly crooked (fig. also) ; fraudu- 
lent. (-fy: ) a conch- shell.-fr (fifr) 
fir. a disease of worms in the body. 
3qt. ^PP I- in- 



ternal disturbance ; II. 3. -2. in- 
ward wrath, secret anger. qfriff the 
interior of a store-room. Jfirr the 
secret or hidden Ganges ( supposed 
to communicate underground with a 
secret stream in Mysore )^-t5 a. 
[ 3fiTjfH^ 'ijiVi ] useless, unprofitable, 
unnecessary, unavailing ; jiN'MMf!- 
f ^T Sar. S. ( jfiqix^iJim^ 'iwiitMfatM 
isfon Ffrfcti 35^). r^-rar &c- See 
under . aidlH,. >nf <i- 1- bearing 
young, pfegnant.-2. having a >rf or 
inside ; so "irf^. ffirt-ft "^- in 
mountains. ~QCTn*P the sphincter 
muscle. jjj a. concealed inside, be- 
ing; inward ; "srifnnr. U. 3. 1 ; R. 19. 
57 ; f^: with poison concealed in 
the heart. g,-ttf,-T* ; t [ s^W 
2? &c.] 1. the inner apartment of a 
house, the interior of a house.-2. 
N. of a holy place in Benares ; 



: ] 1 . the 
open space before the house between 
the entrance-door and the house 
( = porch or court ) ; ?rj^rtrcr<J9r 
Bk. 7. 62 



( ;r:-<if: ) JS. of country of Bahtka 
(orBolhika)(P.III. 3. 78 frffer- 
!TTTft?m!r ^4 Sk. ). qnn striking 
in the middle P. III. 3. 78. ^t 
a. pervading the body ; internally 
situated, internal, inward Ku. 3. 
48, U. 7. 3f- born or bred in 
the interior (as a worm &c.). 
-j)d< the stomach.^ (-ind. ) in the 
stomach. stvr: the inner part of 
the jaws ( ^iwri Wi ^TTOif<<T- 
33 ). 3Tfir . inborn, innate. 3TT3 
mil. between the knees. ^fnt in- 
ward or secret knowledge. STfcRr^ 
a. enlightened inwardly, with an 
enlightened soul, (-^n.) the inward 
light, light of Brahma. TTO? 
inflammation. (-IT: ) inward heat or 
tire ; mental anxiety. frn a. burn- 
ing inwardly. (-q-:) internal fever 
or heat S. 3. 13. ^UST [afcfaaTcr *n- 
'ftf? fT^Frrf^.] distillation of spi- 
rituous liquor, ot a substance used 
to produce fermentation. ^rr a 
term in astronomy, the time when 
a particular planet exercises its in- 
fluence over man's destiny ( 



^Tjnr an Interval of ten days; P JT^ 
before 10 dayi Ms. 8. 222 ; c 5. 79. 
: 1. inward heat ; 



: U. 3. 31; 



Bam. -2 inflammation. 
a. sad or afflicted at heart. jar . 
internally bad, wicked or base at 
heart. gt%s /. examining one^s 
own soul, insight into oneself. ^fr- 
an intermediate region ofThe com- 
pass. --jfrt a private or secret door 
within the house (M^isgK). TT, 
-ft, f|cT &c. See s. v. srift tll 
palace of a king (being inside the 
town) ; cf . j( ; ^^H^fra^il ^5? 
K&m. PlQrf a. being concealed 
\vithin ; 



: M. 2. 9. f^j a. engaged in 
internal meditation. q?:-j a screen 
of cloth held between two persons 
who are to be united:(as a bride and 
bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) 
until the actual time of union arrives . 

TO a. Ved. . being on the way. 

tr^- ind, in the interior of an in- 
flected word. -q^r=gsii|i*<w('fd : iw-, 

nffrlH the innermost garment. 

q^nr a. being between th'e rib* 
(as flesh). Jirf^T. the Soma when 
in the straining vessel. irg: [ai* 
(TSf'Waf l^ret tw ] the time when 
the cattle are in the village or stables 
(from sunset to sunrise) ; 

Katy. 

wr?ra TOM ffrflK^^B^ com.) 
insertion of ft letter 
(in gram.). -2. a post fixed in the 
middle of the sacrificial ground 
(used in ritual works) ; aftpjifar 

Katy. 



; . 1. inserted. -2. in- 
cluded or comprised in ; falling 
within ; %^rrt"T fi* MW*rrt K. 
20. irnl' V'ed. interior of a vessel. 
<rr?y: one who watches over the 
inner apartments of a palace. J* 



1 . inner apartment of a palace (set 
apart for women); ;f emale or women ' B 
apartments, seraglio, harem ( so 
called from their being situated in 
the heart of the town, for purposes of 
safety); 



Ms. 7. 216, 221, 224 ; w 
rf^BTf^Tft Pt. 1. -2. in- 

mates of the female apartments, 

a queen or queens, the ladies taken 

collectively ; frT 

S. 3 ; K. 58 ; fRT> 

r?-jnfitrri i Tf^: Pt. 1 ; 
^5siT:3< yrf**J*v^% ibid. ; O sr*rrrs 
gosaip of the harem Ms. 7. 153 ; 
S. 4 ; also in pi. ; 9t^TT%? 
, 2. ; T 

S. 6. 4. 



spT women of the palace, inmates 
of the female apartments ; <?rT, -w 
WW-wrar',-^ guardian or superin- 
tendent of the hatem, chamberlain r 



83 



sfal 



n'(of these 
five sorts are mentioned . spR-qr, 
ij, f*3T, *tS55<F and fllffi^ see Br. 
S-) "w^TT: one belonging to the 
harem. sf^jp [ 
a chamberlain = ^srr. ( 
woman in the harem; a^R 

(SRT) fr ftjq'q Chand. K. 



[ ^R. ] the menstrual matter 
of women, before it regularly begins 
to flow every month ; 
D'r 11^ 317 iitHi^ i 3Tt 
t r 5 WIS*KI!3<^ Kasyapa ; "srf is there- 
fore the age between 12 and the 
menstruation period. jr?r a- ulcer- 
ous. ihf Ved. drinking up. M$I7<: 
f. \. the internal nature or consti- 
tution of man. -2. the ministry or 
body of ministers of a king. -3. 
heart of soul, "j^pp internal dis- 
sensions or disaffection; 3<uj<njMiJP 

l^5 : 5 T*J*ffl : ^ejlM^?llM'l' Kl. 2. 

51. U*HM sowing internal dis- 
sensions, causing internal revolts ; 
H. 3. 93. JT^T a. knowing one- 
self, with an enlightened soul. srfit- 
gfr residence in the interior. rr- 
nra. 1. with suppressed tears ; a^r- 
**iaMi*ai*irj-^^l Ti-aiTi ni* ^*u Me. 
3. -2- with tears gushing up inside-, 
bedimmed with tears ; tfr|viitjftiT *T- 
TTTt *rt <7t^% JTCTP V. 4. 5. (-wr : ) 
suppressed tears, inward tears ; f^r- 
jgt et Bh. 3. 6 ; Mai. 5. *mn-TTRr 
see under aicT^ separately. fJrtr a. 
split or broken inside, perforated, 
bored (said of a pearl) Ft. 4 ; (also 
torn by dissensions). *gft' / in- 
terior of the earth. Jj^: discord, 
internal dissensions ; "gpsrr *'M$rf 
Mk. 4 torn by internal dissensions ; 
T p^iHsCHf^Hnlft ' a 



house divided against itself can- 
not long stand.' HIT < subterra- 
nean, underground. *J^RW<- hav- 
ing the rutting state concealed with- 
in ; R. 2. 1. BR^ a. I, sad, discon- 
solate, dejected, distracted. -2. one 
who has concentrated and turned his 
mind inward, lost in abstract me- 
ditation. g^ o. (-?fr /.) 1. going 
into the mouth, pointing or turned 
inward ; Mv. 5. 26. -2. having an in- 
ward entrance or opening 



1^). -3. an epithet Of the soul called 
srijT, when it is enjoying the sweet 
Hiss of sleep (srni^i? %cfl5*r srqr. 
*ffi 3^ : )- (-#) a sort of surgical 
scissors (having an opening inside), 
one of the 20 instruments mention- 
ed by Suiruta in chapter 8 of Sw- 
trasthana. mjthl [ sirpwr- 14^*WT 
a name given 



in the Trantras for the letters of 
the alphabet assigned to the six lo- 
tuses (TO) of the body. mr: ft 
term used in Tantra literature for 
the mental assignment of the several 
letters of the alphabet to the dif- 
ferent parts of the body. 55- a. 
sealed inside ; N. of a form of devo- 
tion -- ^r a. still-born. trpT! men- 
tal sacrifice or worship, a mode of 
worship referred to in the Tantras. 
*TTr. 1. suppression of the breath 
and voice.-2.erra i , a sacrificial vessel 
( ns^T HWi'HUfsi JifriiMiM ) ; accord- 
ing to others, a Soma libation made 
during the suppression of breath and 
voice; gfrr tj^f-Nid^fwHd^^ Ait. 
Br. <JifiM m. 1 . regulating the soul 
or internal feelings, soul ; Provi- 
dence, Supreme Spirit as guiding 
and regulating mankind, Brahma ; 
( according to the Bri. AT. Up. 3^r- 
zrfr^ 'the internal check' is the 
Supreme Being and not the in- 
dividual soul ; 'who standing in the 
earth is other than the earth, whom 
the earth knows not, whose body 
the earth is, who internally re- 
strains and governs the earth ; the 
same is thy soul (and mine), the 
internal check zfcmw &c. &c.) ; arfr- 



&c. -2. wind ; 
N. of a Brahmana included in the 
Bri. Ai. Up. Tffrn deep meditation, 
abstraction. jfa a. acute-angular. 
( -^;) an acute-angled triangle (opp. 
1&m ) ( the perpendicular from 
the vertex or gfr falling within 
(snrj'^the triangle), -tffna. \. latent, 
hidden, concealed inside ; c s^?r j:- 
STjr: U. 3. 9 ; "g^nrw Pt. 1 -2. in- 
herent. -3te a. (P. V. 4. 117) 
covered with hair on the inside, (-tf) 
[aid'TriHi^iig aw ai^] the hair to 
be covered. ^jp = "jt q. v. 3- 



a superintendent of the women's 
apartments ; Pt. 3, K. 93. w 
(<Pf) a. situated in a forest, cft fa: 
P. VI. 2. 179 Sk. ( MIT ) ind. within 
a forest P. VIII. 4. 5. ^ a. being 
in the interior ; having something 
in the interior. nrfr ( Sf3t ) Ved. 
T*r- ] a pregnant woman ; 
R. 15. 13. - 



5^] indigestion, flatulence ; belch- 
ing -*fN, -^Tftr^". being or dwell- 
ing insid ), included or comprised 
in. tfy. N. of a Soma sacrifice (for 
Kr^T^TT and HJJ+IH). ffl' <(iH. 
a. an under-garment KB. 4. 52, ^ 
a. [ aicr 3irtViMi<(' yft'-vipt rr rrf^ T^srft 
sn-^ TV. ] forming part 



of oneself such as children.cattle &c 
^ a. ( 3T^sfr i?rj^ tipr g: ) having 
progeny, cattle &c. ; aicH'Nciflq $v 
Rv. 1. 40. 7 ; abounding with pre- 
cious things inside, (-a(fo.)inwardly. 



'TT'ffrTTfl'l skilled or versed iu scrip- 
tures, very learned ( srnsrlts; ), f%- 
JTf?':-^^' entering within, penetra- 
tion. f%5^ a. Ved. (%ft/.) know- 
ing correctly or exactly (knowing 
the paths between heaven and 
earth) Rv. 1 72. 7. %ir: ^inward 
uneasiness or anxiety, inwani fever. 
tf^ 1 a. pertaining to the inside of 
the sacrificial ground, (-ado.) with- 
in this ground. (f$Mft/.) [OTifcrr 
^^T ^ft ] the tract of land be- 
tween the rivers Qanga and Yarnu- 
no, regarded as a sacred region and 
the principal seat of ^ryan Brahma- 
Has ; cf. n 



A. R. 7 ; it is supposed to 
have extended trom Prayaga to 
Haridvara and is also known by the 
names of ^^mi^ and ritMHc? (-m. pi.) 
inhabitants of this land. ^^< n. 
the inner apartments interior of a 
house. -3l5^* : a chamber! ain.-^tT! 
internal arrow or disease, -^rfft in- 
ternal and spiritual part of man ; the 
interior of the body. -5TFT <*. hav- 
ing in the interior an arrow, pin or 
any such extraneous matter, rankling 
inside. ftrBT N, of a river rising 
from the Vindhya mountain. sfat 
Ved. internal support (scaf- 



TT5tTT : Ait. Br. tfjr a. in- 
wardly conscious (said of trees &c.); 



o. having inward strength 
. a pregnant woman -2. the 
marking nut. -fhTFT: internal pain, 
sorrow, regret. -^TR* a. upright at 
heart, or having Sarala trees in- 
side ; K. 51. -flfyid a. vth water 
(flowing) underground ; 



having inward strength and vigour, 
full or strong inside ; powerful, 
strong heavy or ponderous ; T$fap^- 
Pt. 1.126; 
. 132 ; t tpr y?s~ 
Me. 20. ( -T: ) 
internal treasure or store, inner store 
or contents; *w*g$rt?T:$nt H. 2 105 
internal matter or essence (and pus). 
33T a. whose delight id in self, 
inwardly happy Bg 5. 24. |ft ind* 
into the midst of armies. w a. 
( also written starv ) being be- 
tween or in the midst. (-fq:-fJT: ) 
a term appli ed the semivowel* 



84 



^i t.t ,i *t ' standing between 
vowels and consonants and being 
formed by a slight contact of the 
vocal organs ( wjj swwnl ) ; or 
they are go called because they 
itand between *r^r ( v-f ) letters and 
3**^. ( 3T, T, w, * ). frr 1 . a deity 
of the vital organs. -2. N. of one of 
the .Rigveda hymns. jj$T: the mal- 
leus of the ear. ^tes [ ar^ ^t ^3T- 

TW] an elephant ( in rut ). 

striking in the middle. fTpfr 
N. of a country jrgN? P. VIII. 
4. 24 Sk. %tf ind. in the hand, 
within reach of the hand. f^ffr 
a, being in the band or within 
reach of the hand. ynr. laughing 
inwardly ( iu the sleeves ), a secret 
or suppressed laugh ; Hldgfa sjrfir* 
Me. Ill witli a suppressed laugh, 
with a gentle smile. jf* the in- 
terior of the heart. 

TTTrT 5'3lfl, ^T-T ] 

1 Being in the inside, interior, 
inward, internal (opp. *r?r) ; iffaft 
*mf* Sat. Br. ; VaiTWT Tait. Up. ; 
JWrtatf ml: S. D. -2 Near, proxi- 
mate ( arm* ); t^r 3rf3nrt Rv. 1. 



. 

10. 9. -3 Belated, intimate, dear, 
closely connected ( arRtffa ) ( opp. 



Sat. Br.} 

Bharata. -4 Similar (also 
( of sounds and words ) ; 



. 

T?TJT: Sabdak. ; wer T^FT WT^ 5I5cf- 
irfs*hf*ii<ndil ^ ;i4*44ai) *mr- P. 
VIII. 1.1 Com. -5 (a) Different 
from, other than ( with abl. ); 
Bri. AT. Up. ; 



*rr*:'P. VI. 2. 166 Sk. (6) The 
other , T? tffcrt <nt Bftm. -6 Exterior, 
outer, situated outside, or to be worn 
outside (3TtK ^fWffT^nv^t: P. I. 



. . 

1. 36 ) ( In this sense it is declined 
Optionally like tf$ in nom. pi. and 
abl. and loc. ring .); afrft-TTingfp srf*r r 

t-c IT 



ft^it- Sk. ; so 



1 (a) The interior, inside; 
^ifolVhl: Ki. 4. 29, 5. 
HTft Ms. 8. 132; f^ 
R. 13. 33; Mk. 8. 5, Ku. 7 62 ; 
. 4. 26; 



Bop. t 



- 
Batn. 1. 26. Ki. 3. 58 , 

from inside, . from out of ; 
<f4j: R&m. ; 



in, into; ^T, , 

&c. (6) Hence, the interior of any 
thin,?, contents ; purport, tenor ; 
wwhr* r?rf^t ftl^rr Svet. Up. (c) 
A hole, an opening ; ^^ anurh^ 



?fH^t.--2Soul, heart; 
mind ; wrf'fwtiH^ fluHW^i Ki. 5. 
18 the inmost of secret nature^ (lit 
middle space or region); wmyftgldv 
ij?$: Mit. 3. 13 having entered the 
heart ; 



-3 The Supreme Soul.-4 a. Interval 
intermediate time or space, dis- 
tance ; <*nld< : S. 4. 10 ; Rif\lt{H<- 

. 6; MgMa^^<' V " 4 ' 26; 
f5t ftwTriH. 4 at the 
distance of ; g^>ll<H R- 3. 54 ; 



oft translated by between, 
betwixt ; fhrttnr^ Ku. 3. 38 in the in- 
tervals of singing ; uu 



betwixt life and death ; 



iva^ U. 3. in the intervals 
of weeping ; rrwrfa3Trffsc*ftT *if=<i 
(rjf U. 4 at intervals ; 



VRHT Mk. 7. 7 in thecourse 
of conversation ; thlrtltHNf5%JTT- 



H. 1. v. 1. see 4>Mln( ; 

<ri j i<d( Ms. 2. 17, 22 ; 
gfir<fiR<ftid'< ft Tff ?^%?Bg. 1 1 .20; 
T {"Mrf<it( Tf^ff WHld\ S. 6. 17 
between the breasts ; Bg. 5. 27 ; 

s(|uii(4<(fSH: 



84 



^g: R. 2. 20 ; 12. 29. ( 6 ) Interven- 
tion ( wr^vnr ) of t in the sense -of 
'through'; i^lditrfinftHjfini R. 13. 
38 through the clouds ; vw aitft 
^ P- VL 2.166 

ji^n ; 'SIT" 

: R. 7. 9 peeping through 
a window ; QjMld'i"! aidpjl**)!!^ S. 
1 ! WTHf^ Nrf^HdO+jJHmHI K. 306 
to allow to come between or inter- 
vene ; (thi|RjK ^T *)klid) u l JIUIHI- 
-j^^-tj ^>1^ U. 3. -5 Boom, pluce, 
space in general ; 
Ku. 1. 40 ; 

5?jirtrt Ram.; ijif; fjifjft Y. 1. 147; 
!pn: fididO: K. 4 finding or making 
room for themselves ; 
qn^ qio<"< K. 266 ; qr 
room ; (Tr^f 9TT *fl*W 
Ram. do not give way to sorrow ; 
*<lid< HTn% Mk. 7. 2 waits till it 
finds room ; anrt sjrTt Mk. 2 make 
way, make way .-6 Access, entrance, 
admission, footing; ^vftrt Jni'ft 
4tn^?r: R. 6. 66 found no admission 
into (was not impressed on ) the 
mind; 17. 75; ?jwrhinT m^TTSft 
16. 7. -7 Period (of time), term ; 
Ak.; ifift THTT: ?^ ?>N^ 
Ms. l."63, see 
wrnr R. 8 56 

the term or period of separation ; 
Vrhr^-rm within the -period of a mo- 
ment.-8 Opportunity, occasion,iimfc; 



; M. 1 ; 



T: Pt, 1 01 ihat occasion, at 
that time ; aiftHUHd} DW . 164 ; %r 



MM. 6 ; , 

Mu. 2. 22 getting an opportunity; 9; 



iij^^5X"^ ^ ^'" ia 

S. 7. find a fit or opportune 
time ; ^iThmfil flBT -Ai Rsr< "it" 
^^nrr^T^ Pt. 3. 172 waitiag 
for a suitable opportunity of time, 



wrtorR fgT .. 

-9 Difference (between two things), 
( with gen. or in omp. ) ; *lfl<<H 
jjornrt 'g- ^TH<:4dH< H- 1. 49; T^: 
. 1. 66, 240; t 



- 90; 



18.15; rarely with instiv, 

^ Wfjprt H. 2 ; 

Pt. 1. 101 ; difference ; 



- 

( Math. ) Difference, remainder. 
-11 ( o ) Different, another, other, 
changed, altered ( manner, kind, 
way &c. ) ; ( Note that in this sense 
iTTt always forms the latter part ^ of 
a compound and its gender remains 
unaffected i. e. neutr, whatever be 
the gender of the noun forming the 
first part ; q-.^ldi' ( SFIJT <r-*rr ). *T3TtcTT 

( 3T*fr TOT ), ^tcft ( 3FTW? ); in most 

cases it may be rendered by^tfae 
English word ' another ' ; ?^t*wt- 
<um<ifMdl S. 3 changed condition^; 
K. 154; Mu. 5; ^>TTgTO^ WfT 
^trr^r^hlT Pt. 1- 121 ; ^PT^TTOT- 
gj lO S. 5. 2 friendships of anot 
( former ) existence ; sr4 wnttrt 
H. 3 I shall not do so again ; 



so 



; 

other case ; f5T, TT3T, f*TT W 
Various, different, manifold ( used 
in pi .) ; 

4.2; 



. 

118 various or, different states ; It 
symetimes used pleonastically with 
3i?!iq&c. v W*'*UMld< Tc^T Pt.1. 
-12 Distance (in space) ; 



Ak. ; 
iid< Ks. 5. 80.-13 Absence 



. 

termediate member, remove, step, 
gradation ( of a generation &c. ) ; 
ti^tirt Ms. 10. 13 ; ?r%3rt?mg grmnrt 
7 ; ^H<^HH P. VIII. 1. 55 ; 
syjr^tart S. 7. 27 separated by 
one remove, see trflfcrt also.-l S Pe- 
culiarity, peculiar or characteristic 
possession or property ; a (peculiar) 
sort, variety, or kind ; fluinv-^ui: 
Trik. ; rifrt TTTWT, ^yj^'^ W* ? 
JTnNtgnW &C.-16 Weakness, weak 



or vulnerable point; u failing, defect, 
or defective point : uf^sft f^j 
Sabdak. gsnr: i&& <Ti^*nft Ki. 2. 52; 



<3f|H| ib-iil. : < 

smV TTT 



Mk. 9 ; 
Nala. 



1. 2 



t R4m. -17 Surety, guar- 
antee, security ; fa ^ H)<!M4i<uT 
S^-tmrf* 1*f Pt. 4 hi has pledged his 
honour that he will not harm you ; 
aUrHMtid'UffitHK K. 247 ; sfcrc =? 
Y. 2. 239 ; gw 



: P III. 2. 179 ; 
furore 

Regard, reference, account ; sr '^fT- 
f^ff wnrr fc <f1^rH.d< Bam. with 



reference to me ; 
-19 Excellence, as in 
f$IWlfclldt M - ! 6 O 1 " 8 meaning 
may be deduced from 11)- -20 A 
garment ( <n?*TC ). -21 Purpose, ob- 
ject, (m^f ) (Malli. on R. 16. 82 ). 
-22 Concealment, hiding ; ulrtMf^ff 
Tf%: ( thia sense properly belongs to 
3FTI.-? 1- v - ) ~23 Representative, 
substitution. -24 Destitution, being 
without ( ft=rr ) which belongs to 



^ Ak. ) 
[ cf . L. alter ] -Oomp. arrerr a 
pregnant woman. -^3; a technical 
term in augury Bri. S. chap. 86. -ff 
a. knowing the interior, prudent, 
wise, foreseeing ; MH<^T: fliTTi' STTJJ 
ft^<TOtT^rKi- I'- Ul >ot know- 
ing the difference. <n^a. spreading 
havoc. ^ o. cutting the interior or 
heart. f^rr, sfcrTT ^intermediate 
region or quarter of the compass. 
j^a. realizing the Supreme Soul 

( TWTtswf^O- S (> ^T: tlle 
internal man, soul ( the deity that 
resides in man and witnesses all his 
deeds ); srrt3 ^T' W^R 
Ms. 8. 85. 3rr= 
. [ snrcFTf fi 
one of a mixed origion or caste ; 

Ms. 1. 2. 



-JW: an inner question, one contained 
in and arising out of what has been 
previously mentioned. ^rrftt-W, 
yxiffr'i-f^ri^a. 1. inward, internal, 
inherent ; ?difi^: g&vf% H7 %T- 
f^Pt. 1. 221.-2. interposed, inter- 
Tening, separate. -3. seated in the 
heart, an epithet of ift?. 

jj?nrar: ind. 1 In the interior ; inter- 
nally, between or betwixt. -2 Within 
( prep, with gen. ) 

sfcrnw a. Nearest, internal, most 
immediate, most intimate or related; 
like, analogous. T: A letter of the 
same class; for ex, see under 3?<TT a. 



[ 3T?ft *TJ IT ] An under 
garment ; srfWrigg'Jl H I ^* ifffhf Dk. 
69 ; HJ J ^4)^ldfPP^y; Ki. 7. 14; 
9 48 ; =rn?r yt 



Between, amidst, amongst 
Ac. ; seo amr ( 1 ) 

alspf a. Interior, internal ; being 
within, in the middle. 

afcTCTrfitDen.P. 1 To cause to inter- 
vene, divert, put off; 3- jft^l +*4<$<n:*l trt 
K. 338; *ng tTH^f'Uiffl U. 6. well, 



I shall change the topic, divert the 
course of conversation .-2 To oppose, 



-3 To remove (to a distance ), push 
after; g^ ^r^reT^rt^^m Si. 12. 29 ; 
ti^i*inMMiicn<4a, K. 161; *3i(oiflTi lj ii<f 
siiir. ^l*4ld<|o<inr<<!^'>ir Si . 
3. 24 drowned. 

sfcnr ind. ( fr. sirar ) 1 ( Used ad- 
verbially ) ( a ) In the interior, in- 
side, within, inwardly ; nQ{i<Hl 
Mu. 3 inwardly, 



secretly, (b) In the middle, between ; 
fife S. 2 stay between 



the two or in the mid-air ; 
iRt^viftfT S. 6 do not interrupt him 
in the middle ; 3T$% ^3T|p5- 
Ms. 10. 71 therein ; 



126; aifrtr ?r*(fltid: R- 15- 

20 ; rfl/l g 



. D. 629 ; TT WT to oppose, 
to stand to oppose ; 5nr <l4clil 3*3- 

: i wprft frnrft ^ 
" Ram. ( c ) On 



the way, en route, midway ; 

^ wi?frr Mv. 7. 28; 



V. 1 ; sfaTT ?CT ^t S. 6 ; 

Dk. 52; K. 267, 304-5; ^irrft *mr- 



T: M. 1, Y. 2. 107. (rf) In 
the neighbourhood, near, at hand ; 
approaching, resembling ; sf ^TTW: 
TTr Ram. approach- 



ing or resembling Rama.(e) Nearly, 
almost. (/)In the mean time; nwi-S? 
TOtrTTT Ms. 2. 56; Y. 3. 20. (g) At in- 
tervals, hero and there; now and then, 
for sometime, now-now ( when re- 
peated); ajntf PJ'g-tifltl igtii<^' 
5TTT J*-ll4 ^TWTWnt K. 118; si?T- 
TfaTT fSprf^f: here and there,at inter- 
vals; 121, 127 ; iMljj<l<lrfVifajt<ni<m 
^H^68, Dk. 49. -2 ( Used as 
a preposition with ace. P. II. 3. 4. ) 
(a) Between ; i/^irfiw 1 ifW-.-wrfre'- 
qHmi fatrtd^ 1 -^irt<i B. R. 10. 
86; tr^TTT ftrtt WTtTt ^T Br. ^r Up.; 
it (srrW^ ) T^TTT ?Tf **t Ch. Up. ; 
OTTO e^t ^ Ht *T wwsg: Mbh . j rarely 
with loc. ; 



Ram. ; 
5 Ram. (fc) Through ; 

ibid, (c) During ; 
S. D. (d) Witliout, except ; 
*T ^T M<Ti-Ji*i*JnTi siNi'?-^: tiniM ^isn 
Mu. 3. -Coiap. 3j^- : the space 
between the shoulders, breast ; 3^1 
Sat. Br. r^f : 
he soul or embodied soul 
existing between the twe stages of 
death and birth ( jfr TTonr^R^T'cTT!^ 
fojcT Sffft 1(HWlT^: ). fi*^ see 
STfrtT^. TT: Vcd. bringing into the 
midst or procuring Rv. 8. 32. 12. 
tf^t-sf) 1 / 1 a veranda resting on 
columns, porch, portico.-2. a kind 
of wall R.. 12. 93. $it ind. be- 
tween the horns. 

sfcrVr ind. 1 ( Used as a preposi- 
tion with ace. P. II. 3. 
( a ) Except, without, leaving ; 
* Sk. ; 

S. 3 ; 



3 without interfering with any other 
duty ; f Ti-JiiMiic4*in\ui ^>yi^qcnico- 
^^^tfif U. 2 ; wiffi*': aft {^IT|- 
hreor*rgs* Bv. 1. 117. (6) With 
regard or reference to, with respect 
to, about, towards, on account of ; 



: K, 178 ; 



M. 2 how M. is faring or progress- 
ing in the dance &c., dd1<ll >n?&- 
' M.4. 



( c ) Within, inside, into ( ^ ). ( d ) 
Between, ( gurjtft^ ) , f *i wt ^fafar 
^T3^: Mbh ; STJT^OT ?rnfrf iinfqc<i 
^ Sat. Br.; afcrfcr fersfV WT ^ VT 
Hl^<<lt(.i6iW.; gi. 3. 3. (c) During, 
amidst. -2 (Used as an adverb.) 
(o)Between, amidst ; <j|q 



Md\mm>||; Sat. Br. (6) At 
heart ; sfrftuj gf^smir <&1 Mk. 1. 



?ft amrfar 

1 Intermediate space or region 
.,r time, interval ; ifgitKlrfdfl K. 
30; 3)Kid<lrt^:gW Dk 143; 
I*U'<Jd<lrf P. II- 2. 26 ; 



Sk. ; Si. 9. 2 ; 



Orf K. 83 ; 
^9lr. Dk. 17, 
143 half way betwixt love and 
bashfulness ; ufihrr* ufH^yrrr r- 
^4did<iri<j1; Trik.; oft used for 
' room ' or ' space ' in general ; 
Jiiqnlcmrt *^r ^i**i4i*-Mi Dk. 150; 



23, 162 ; aidil^ in midway, in the 
middle or midst ; in the interva ; 



rfV4dHl{|n:l<l<l3 in the in- 
terval between the dropping down 
ind starting up of tears U. 1. 
31 ; Mai. 9. 14 ; 



k. 15 ; sr Hll'7* 



frnw SWT Dk. 123.-2 Interior, inside, 
inner or middle part ; R{ifl$dM<ld 
Dk. 148 ; t*" K- 



Mixed tribe or caste ( fl 



-Oomp. f^^ / the intermediate 
point of the compass, such as, north- 
east &c. 

4MtIP-(*H.+O* To gobs- 
tween, to stand in one's way, inter- 
vene to separate ; TrWHfl^rf^Itq.Ait. 
Br. -2 To exclude from, to pass over, 
omit. 3Todisappear,8ee37rTltcTbelow. 
( -OTlt ) To come or step between, 
interpose ; < r * afaTTfit Mk- 



3Mi< r *' 
2 ( it may also mean, ' separates the 

two ' ). 

3fcT^r.-TT<T: 1 An impediment, ob- 
stacle, hindrance, what stands in 
the way ; 

B. 3. 45, 14. 65 ; 



Wfo tf^ S. 1. TV. standing in 
the way. -1 (in Ved&nta. ) Hin- 
drance to the concentration of mind 
which is said to be of four kinds, 
aw, fl%T, WT and wrenr. -3 Anin- 
tervention, a covering, screen; ^Tf^- 
: MM. 3. 



12.-4 ( With the Jainas ) Interfer- 
ence or obstruction offered to those 
who are engaged in seeking deliver- 
ance, and consequent prevention of 
their accomplishment of it ; one of 
the 8 classes of karman. 

tfxfafp.p- 1 Gone between, inter- 
vening. -1 Gone within, hidden, con- 
cealed, covered, screened, shielded, 
protected ( from view ) by some- 
thing : m^JMidftd T^ ft*JWI*l)t 
S. 1 hid behind a creeper; ^TT- 
gidfoft rrsrr H. 3 screened ; 
. 3 ; ifrt*flM^imRi 



Ku. 7. 37 covered ; Dk. 21, 
146 K. 28, 152, 200 ; n5dMi>d1tf: 
set Ak.; rq<iaRdfrfl<Ml-jH K. 108, 
U. 10. 8 ; yj^ln^MRd'ff? MSI. 9 ; 
$: R. 19- 2.-3 



Gone in, reflected ; 



reflected in the crys- 
tal wall .-3 (a) Concealed, made dor- 
mant, impeded, hindered, prevented; 
r^^i *im^im\^iiitniTti ^11 ^H*JI ^ t 
Mu. 2 prevented from being made ; 
rt jisjifliTnn'*! tiimiPi Mu. 4, 15. pre- 
vented from being actually effected 



i, 3. 45 



&c.', fsJ|cM 
obscured ; 
iftw: Ft. 2, 133. ( 6 ) Separated, lost 
to view, made invisible by interpo- 
sition ; *4r1 M (XdW \ y *) I ^H*II <<*ii ^1 
Mai, 8 ; lfi<dl'-<J ( H<inM Rim/?HiW 
. 36 ; ^3- 

K- 



M. 3 ; vrnftimt 



Mai. 2 ; 



^ w^rr Ku- 4. 22 separat- 
ed ( from me ) by the next world , 
i. e. dead, deceased ; WkiidArt: ft^r 

S. D ( C ) 



Drowned, obscured, removed, eclips- 



ed ; 



i?ii tr Dk. 



82 drowned ; eclipsed, obscured ; ^t- 

-^ , . *N r- TT i 

drowned ; Q^tiiHUfltil^^-^i^i K. 
322 ; i<fiaft(<lrj V. 3. 4 forgotten, 
removed ; ggM^ividRdl^dr*!!; R- 
16. 65 obscured by moon-light.-4 
Disappeared, vanished, departed, re- 
tired, withdrawn, anrf^ dfi-Htt^H*- 
S^nMni K- 33 ; rp 



: U. 6. has disappeared, has 
been removed.-5 Passed over, omit- 

ted ; 3T*f H\(Ht'IISTlldTsrtRd l?^l<Tu| 
U. 1 ; ^t4ld<uiidi>dl1i^ M. 5 put off, 



delayed. -6 Slighted, despised.-? (In 
Math. ) That which remains, the re- 
mainder.-8 A technical terra in 
architecture. 



=5^: 
ing to Nir. 



TT TV.; accord- 

?Ttft aw- 



; or 

] 1 The intermediate region be- 
tween heaven and earth ; the air, at- 
mosphere, sky ( OTT^r iii'iii"(W i T v 
Say. ) f^t 'sr jfi^f ^IdR- 
: Sandliya Mantra 



Sat. Br.-2 The middle of the three 
pheres or regions of life.-3 Talc. 
-Oomp. ^^ a. whose inside is as 
wide as the atmosphere. (-T) the 
interior of the atmosphere. f^rq;,- 
$T^a. dwelling in the atmosphere. 
T:, -^T- a bird ( moving through 
the atmosphere ). gr<fc water of the 
atmosphere, dew. JJT a. [ awf<$f tlffi 1 
H<lfa, srr-ft^] filling the atmosphere; 
illuminating the sky, travelling 
through the atmosphere. j^ a. [ at- 
<Tft?t i*ft T^rt^, y fo{ ] floating over 
the atmosphere, sweeping or going 
through it. fjfaf; the intermediate 
region, regarded as a distinct world; 
<T(T W qflqiq' aW'- ( earth ) 
, sn^frs^ ^rt^: (heaven) 



Sat. Br. ?r%!T sharpened in the 
atmosphere. ^r [ WTftst Ttf ?r^ti 
F5ntiri;] dwelling or residence in 
tho atmosphere. 

aiHft-fr-yT a. [ vrer^T^] ,Aerial, 
atmospheric. 

; [ a&tT ^ fwr s?rft TW srf. 
3W 5il P- VI. 3. 97 ] A 
portion of land stretching out into 
the sea, promontory ; an island ( be- 
ing situated in, and surrounded on 
all sides by water). 

T See under aftn. 
IP. 1 To go between, 
interpose, intervene ( so as to ex- 
clude ).-2 To be included or compris- 
ed in. -3 To vanish, disappear 
(mostly used in past. part. only). 

Bfcnfcrp. j>.-*rrfi!ra: t Gone in- 
to or between, crept into ( as a bad 
word &c. )-2 Being or seated in, in- 
cluded in or by, existing in, belong- 
ing to ; c $r^ 3TT& Ms. 4. 108 ; 
H. 3 ; 



gwri^r qnuM'Mlf* <* Pxam. -3 Being 
in the interior, hidden, concealed, 
internal, inward, secret, suppressed; 

3<tHM*4MI^ T3mffi- p Tt CTW: K"- 6 - 

60 i n ward ; wlf^Tii id *\4 1 1 M * 4 " B-W. 
53. with suppressed tears; K. 60; t 
^ inward ; 



.2. 43 internal, 
seated in the breast or heart; c qrR5TtHT: 

5<TOf WT: inward or secret motives of 
the mind Pt. 1. 44 ; m ft) ft nm )(&?)- 
^fcnfcnfcf f^t Ms. 8. 25 ; ratjnfcr S. 
7. 2 inwardly longing (forthe same). 
-4 Slipped out of jmemory, forgotten. 
-5 Vanished,disappeared.-6 Destroy- 
ed.-Comp. Njntil a concealed simile 
( the particle of comparison being 
omitted. ) HMttpWff^^ q- v - 

^Tvit 3 U. 1 To place or keep 
within, deposit;; 



Ait. Br.-2 To receive with- 
in or into oneself, admit, take in ; 
TW^f^ R. 15. 



81 ; contain, comprise, include ; 



JHTT Mb.-3 To indicate, exhibit, dis- 
play .-4 To hide or conceal oneself 
from, avoid the sight of. (with. abl. 
and used in 4tm. ) ; ^MlWlll^^y^ 
P. I. 4. 28. Com. 3fcw?=* <S*JIlfl. 
Bk. 5. 32 ; afcf^irrsrf i&W. 8. 71 ; 



6. 15.-5 To co- 
ver up, conceal from . view, hide, 
obscure, envelope, wrap up, veil ; 
eclipse ( fig. ) ; a^hTrjmiwTOfa Ch. 
Up.; >^t ( T5iO s*t^ <^*Hr^ *T- 
f^5: ir*rr Bftin, enveloped, covered.; 



; Mb. 

obscured of eclipsed. patt. 1 To be 
received within, be absorbed; to be 
covered up or concealed, be obscur- 
ed or rendered invisible, become in- 
visible ; to vanish, disappear, cease 
to exist ; 

Mb.; ^tg-frrfiftj-rntT: ibid.; 



Nir. disappears ; 
&c. Caui. 



. 

To render invisible, 
conceal. 

afcrsfr [ vn vnt 3Tf ] Covering, 
concealment &c.; >fafiimiJHidu- 
HTJ Si. 8. 12. 

sfcrafa 1 [ vr-?g^] Being invisible, 
disappearance, passing out of sight: 
a wr<TTTffrsBT siOHhiuiffrtfW K.P. 10. 
V^ of jf to become invisible, disap- 
pear. -Camp. IRT a . disappeared, 
invisible. ^c o. moving invisibly. 

aftttrnrsf o. Concealing-, rendering 
invisible. 

afcriv-/. [fHir] Disappearance, 
concealment ; hiding oneself from 
(another) ; afcrtff ^^-^^ p 



I. 4. 28 ; Si. 8. 42. 

staff* p.p. 1 Placed between, 
separated, rendered invisible by in- 
^Position, bidden, concealed ; sfa- 
nff r srJiTflrr WTtrrr 8. 4 ; covered 
( with something else ) ; shrf^fRTT- 

Tt ft ijjin 1 Ram. uncovered or 
bie ground ; tn^f ^rff^g- 317 

3. 4 a disguised mak, a female in 
male dresg.-2 Disappeared, vanish- 
H become inviaible ; ^ Jhnwror: 
H^ofijn: S. 4 withdrew from 
sight, became invisible; 



, n 

K- Id. 40 dwelling in a palace hid- 
len under ( the waters ) Oomp. 
31TWR: m. N. of Siva. 

3RTJ; 1 P. To be contained, 
comprised or included in, be in- 
herent or implied in ; 
K.P. 8.; 



. 
fttltW.Kw.34.lMi 



n Ms.12.87. 
Cau*. To contain, include, imply, 
involve; 3WfaT<7r*rfcT ^fa: P. 
III. 1. 88 Sk. involving a causal 
sense. 

ahnfaa. Inward, internal, inward- 
ly situated. 

ahnrfa: 1 The being Included or 
comprised in, inclusion ; fhrt jjorr- 
K. P. 8.-2 Inherent 



or natural condition of disposition. 
-3 Disappearance, becoming invi- 
sible ; srVafcntft nrr: Dk. 26. 

shnrfwrr 1 Inclusion .-2 Inward 
meditation or anxiety. 3 A techni- 
cal term in arithmetic, rectification 
of numbers by the differences of the 
products. 

ata^ar p-p. 1 Included or con. 
tained in ; MH 



Hari.-2 Inward, internal, inter- 
nally situated ; 



before, in the 



Ved. 1 Near, 
presence of; r 
Bv. 1.167.9; 
1. 79. 11. 2 < Prep. ) To, in the 
vicinity of ( with gen. ) ; Jgnprvfhr- 
y^^^d^Rl m^t": Bhftg. (^. /. An 
elder sister ( in dramas ). Comp. 
3rfff a. ready with help. ( -fjh/. ) 
protection of what is near (3TRT5R$i>r) 
Rv. 1.138.1. ^r a house near one's 
own dwelling, the neighbourhood 
of the house.^-^r being near the 
god ; an adversary ( at dice ) ; Rv. 
1. 180. 7. f?rtr,-^rr*r,-gwr a- near or 
at hand with help, wealth, or kind- 
ness ; aJQmm Rv. 7. 77. 4 



1 An elder sister. 2 An 
oven, fire-place.: 3 N. of a plant 
: ). 



according to Nir. from 



1 Near, proximate (with gen. 
of abl. P. II. 3. 34 ).-2 Reaching to 
the end of, reaching to ; trial ffiiy 
Ms. 2. 46.-3 Lasting till, until ; as 
far as, up to ; Ms. 3. 1, Y. 1 36. 
^ Nearness, proximity, vicinity, 
presence ; sr <mJR JTOtRW H. 1. 46; 
oft in comp. ; c r^r B. 2, 24 ; 
: S- 24 ; ^^1^1^* 



M. 1. 12 a servant in attend- 
ance upon the throne. adv. 
( with abl. or gen. or as last mem- 
ber of Comp. ) Near ( to ), in the 
vicinity ; arfifa? l*1l<l.-*fl*<*<l ^T Sk. ; 
into the presence or proximity of ; 
1<W^ srtffrfe MB. j.197 



.; sp 

near ( with gen. ) ; 

P. II. 3. 35; 
near, closely, within the pre- 
sence of ; from the proximity of, 
from near, from ( abl. or gen- 
or ace. ) ; "ynptnT! I VI. 2. 49; 



s. 9. 174 from ; so 



near, closely, in the presence 
or ^proximity of ; Bg. 13. 15 ; 
5f* 1 f)TfI: Nala. 1. 22 ; 
Ma. 2. 22. Oomp. 



. 

: resorting to what is near, 
contiguous support ( that given by a 
tree to a creeper ). 

atf^T: ind. Ved. Near 

aififrT a. [aft ncf:, 3,3 ft^] 1 
Immediately following. -2 Last, 
final, ultimate ; 



H. 1. Oomp. 
the last digit, the number nine. 
: the little finger ( s-ftfoPT ). 
An oven, fire-place. 
a. [3t^R^ TOit &c., 
it?fJ;*T-^i<i;] 1 Last, final ( as a 
letter, word &c. ) ; last (in time, 
order or place ) P. 1. 1. 47 ; as ? of 
letters, Revati of asterisms, Mina 
of the zodiacal signs &c.; afcS)- TTftr 
in old age R. 9.~T9 ; 3^ ^if R. 1. 
71 last debt ; *w* 8. 71, Ku. 4. 22. 
-2 Immediately following ( in 
comp. ) ; are*r ninth. 3 Lowest 
( in rank, degree or position ), un- 
dermost, worst, inferior, base, vile, 
wretched ; 3nr$it rff: Pt: 4. 110 
reduced to the worst plight ; sfcmg 
^5Trg Pt. 1 . 336 at perilous ( cri- 
tical) times ; belonging to the lowest 
caste, <*r*TWf%nr: Ms. 11. 176 ; tf. 
: 12. 59 ; 



O-.8. .68, 

3. 9J; 4, 79 ; Y. 1. 148, 2. 294. ^ : 
1 A man of the lowest caste ; see 
above.-2 N. of a plant ( g^rr ) (/. 
also ) ( the roots of which are pres- 
cribed for colic).-3 The last syllable 
of a word, 4 The last lunar month 
i, e. Falguna.-5 A Mlechchha, for- 
eigner, barbarian.-6 ( In Vaiaeshi- 
ka phil. ^ A name for the category 



BhashS, P. ?Tr 1 A technical name 
for f^m in astronomy. 2 A 
woman of the lowest tribe. ?q 1 A 
measure of numbesr ; 1000 billions 
( 1000,000,000,000,000. ) -2 The 
12th sign of the zodiac. 3 The last 
member or term of a progression 
( series ), the last figure; tm 



Lila. -Comp. 3133^1 
under argsmr XX^iPx m. 



/ ( jft, "ft^ft ) a man or woman of 
the lowest caste, begotten by a Cliftn- 
dala on a Nish&di woman ; 

3 '^lsirti 



I Ms. 10. 39; the 
following 7 are regarded as belong- 
ing to this class ; 



m. one 



88 



belongs to the last or mendicant or- 
der. 3*rfnr:-5-ffe:/. -9nK-f^TT la8t 
or funeral oblations, sacrifices or 
rites; *frf Ms. 11 198, 5. 168; 
: Bk. sin* the 



last of the three debts which every 
one has to pay, i. e- begetting child- 
ren ; see ar^or. rwt intercourse 
by a woman of the higher caste with 
a man of the lowest caste. if a. 
latest born, younger, belonging to 
the lowest caste ; ^ft: Ms. 4.61 ; 
ft8. 385. (-gr : ) I. a Sftdra (awr 
3^ srrot, srfmSt "$iin<iwi<t ). -2. one 
of the 7 inferior tribes ; chan- 
<}ala &c.; va^Whvrcsj ist ^5 13 ^ i 
w n Yama; 



also Ms. 8. 279 ; . Y. 1. 273. ( -<3TT ) 
a woman of the lowest caste; Ms. 11. 
59, 171 ; Y. 3. 231. *r*K^.,-*nGt r 
vHI^H a. 1 . one belonging to the low- 
est caste ; iiftug'td Rh-<J^ ^l<4<-*)- 
nrsmr*-. Ms. 10. ll>-2. a Sftdra ; fir- 
(TT Ms 12. 9. -3. a chftndata. vr* the 
last term of a progression or aeries. 

T^-qS' the last or greatest root (in 
a square). vf 1. the last lunar man- 
sion ^cft.-2. the last sign of the 
zodiac ; Pisces. gif the last or 
Kali age. 7rM% a. of the lowest ori- 
gin ; Ms. 8. 68. "t-f3f: ) the- lowest 
source 01 origin.">^T: dropping of 
the last letter of syllable of a 
word. *ufc,-^orf a man or woman 
of the lowest caste, a Sftdra male or 
female. fa^rfi N. of a metre. 

: A man of the lowest tribe. 
[arwrlt qwrft ^tsH 3fcj- 
; according to Un. 4. 163 
An entrail, intestine; arew^pr 
wr*J Mr. 3 the \-itals of 
the heart are rent ( i^fit^: srr^ 3^ 
p3t^-.).-^V N. of a plant(used against 
colic of wind in the stomach ; cf . 
areiHt, tf'Irfi'Tl ) Oomp. ; 
worm in the intestines. 
$->1-i, f^^H-i the rumbling noise 
in thebowels ; m,i|<Kiufafri $$ 
TTWT <i>0fa *T Susr. m-j=h [ aw? 
?H innjfit] N. of a medicinal plant 
JSschynomene Grandiflora. jrftf 
a kind of roasted flesh. |Rf: / 
inguinal hernia, rupture, swelling of 
*ne scrotum. firar N. of a river 
rising from the Vindhya mountain. 

W^f- a garland of intestines 
(worn by ^Rfa ). 

iWffa: /. Indigestion, inflam- 
mation of bowels ; flatulence. 
f^ 1 P. To bind, fasten. 
Binding. 



for the elephant's feet ; 
Si. 20. 51 ; 



11. 7. 

-3 A sort of ornament worn round 
the ankles ; cf . fj^. 

atQ^I 1 An oen, fire-place. 2 
An elder sister (cf. -3<if(+i ). 

3T?>5WrK Den - p - To swing, 
agitate, rock to and fro, oscillate. 

Swinging, oscillating, wav- 
{ Udb. 



10 U. 1 To mako blind, blind ; 
: Si. 11. 19; fMiftsnm 
. 21. -2 To be or become 
blind. 

3fa o. 1 Blind ( lit. and fig.) ; de- 
void of sight, unable to see ( at 
particular times ) ; f^rer: mPi^i: 
%f%3r*rrorerarr\ ; made blind, 
blinded; wsmfr fm*fa: Rrat g'fr?^- 
Q;t*^l B. 7. 24; wqtqr: blinded 
by intoxication ; so ^ 



Si. 16. 29 blind to liis own 
wicked acts.-2 Making -blind, pre- 
venting the sight ; utter, pitchy, 
complete, thick ( darkness ) Ms. 8. 
94;rfhi*$fmftr U.S. 38; Mai. 9. 
8, 20 ; See f7, "cTPW infra. tf 1 
Darkness. -2 Spiritual ignorance ; 
s^TR or 3Tft*7T q. T.-3 Water ; al- 
so, turbid water. V: 1 A kind of 
mendicant ( qRnM<fr ) who has com- 
pletely controlled his organs ; 
aratnt mfl T^T . 

3* gifm T^rri** 3^ " -2 An 
thet of the zodiacal signs at parti- 
cular periods ; ( 



; ? (pi-) N. of a people; 
see snt. Oomp. sTrS^T a blind 
boil or abscess in the eyes (one 
that does not open or suppurate ). 
3*f%:, -wfa^r: a blind serpent, i. e. 
one that is not poisonous, (-ft:, 
T: ) N. of a fish ( ffMrr ) SttT. 
darkness (lit. and 

fig- ) ; ?ffrt Q^nTidffrqN'fti* Ku. ! 

12 ; $TO 



; M-mr Un. 1. 93] also , 
1 A chain or fetter .-2 A chain 



K . 36 grows dim ; 
RH^ K. 161, 286. 
c)?m:, afa: f^: ] 1- a well the 
mouth of which is hidden ; a well 
overgrown with plants &C.-2. [arvrw 
fjiTvrRpr 57 jq ] mental dark- 
ness, infatuation. -3. N of a hell, 
to which those who tease and kilt 
harmless creatures are condemned. 

-urn* ( P. V. 4. 79 ), -wmtf ,-trr- 

deep or complete darkness ; ?r- 

I- 11' 24 ; w 



( -r ) night. !TTRm:-ST: (* also ); 
1 . complete or deep darkness (espe- 
cially of the soul) ; trrfJrH^E 
m^fcmiffr: San. K. 48 

sfflPi^^i : ) ; tuii^MniRww 
Mv.l. -2. spiritual ignorance 
(^ it 37?fo igi;f?)<MH^H ) ; envelop- 
ed in utter darkness. (-W:, tf ) N. of 
a division of Tartarus or infernal 
regions, the second of the 21 hells to 
which those who seduce the wives of 
others and enjoy them are condemn- 
ed. According to Bhavabhftti persons 
committing suicide were condemned 
to this hell ; cf . 



U, 4 ; Ms. 4. 88, 197 ; 
Y. 3. 224 ; doctrine of annihilation 
ufter death. ift a. mentally blind. 
grffar a demoness supposed to 
cause diseases in children; 



a small covered 
crucible with a hole in the aide. 



N. of a plant or grass 



dark night (Ved.) W- [*r<f e?hr- 
the seventh skandha 



or region of wind. 

afcfcrcor a. Making blind ( P. III. 
2.56). 

3*tfrr%% -*T33f a. Becoming 
blind (P. ill. 2. 57). 

sftraro. [3^-^] Blind; 9TO^: 
^rsraf^TT Pt. 5. 91. -*r: 1 N. of *n 
A sura, son of Ka*yapa and Diti and 
killed by Siva. [ He is represented 
aa :a demon with 1000 arms and 
heads, 2000 eyes and f eet,and called 
Amlkaka, because he walked like 
blind man, though he could see very 
well ; tf ii.iifli*H4itHi^4lR f? TTCT i <pt- 
^Pt ir%% iH W^I f^nti: n He was 



U-7 the gloom of hell; 
Si. 2.33. 



slain by Siva when he attempted to 
cany off the Parijata tree from hea- 
ven ; whence Siva is called Andha- 
!Mripu,-ari,-di;iih, &c. According to 
the Matsya Purona Andhaka was 
admitted to the class of Qanas by 
Siva, at his importunities and hum- 
ble supplication, when he was about 
to be killed by the god for having 
attempted to carry off his wife Par- 
vat ].-2 N. of f. descendant of Yadu 
and ancestor of Krishna and his de- 
scendants, a grandson of Kroshtu, 
son of Yudhajit who, together with 
his brother Vnshpi is the ancestor of 
the celebrated family of Andhakavri- 
bhnis ; P. IV. 1. 114, VI. 2. S4.-3 N. 
of a sage, ton of Matnata and of 
Utatbya, elder brother of Brihaspati. 



&c. sluyer of Auduaka, .epithets of 
Siva -cn: N. of a. Mountain. -ffCor 
m. pi. descendants of ajvpF and ?T&I. 
sinfciT [ am-af 5 J 1 Night. '* A 
kind of game or syon, probably 
blindman s-buffi ; gambling ( tTTT it 

3FT 31VT |<r T^Pg-T fcPTJt TV. ). -3 A 

woman of a particular charaeter,oue 
of the classes of women.-4 A disease 
of the eye. -5 =r^ft, =%T q. v. 
:^ sft^wt stRt fi?i %a*- 
- ) 

U. To make blind, blind : 
blinded in mind. 
P. To become blind. 



Un. 4. 205 ] Food ; 
Ki. l. 39 ; 

k. 133, 157 (supposed 
to hove in the Veda the senses of 
tioma, the herb itself, or its juice, 
juice, ghee or boiled rice, but usually 
taken to mean ' food ' only by 
Indian lexicographers and com- 
mentators. [cf. Gr. anil/ioa]. 

: [fr. 3^Un. 1. 27] 1 A well ; 
j: P. VI. 1. 28 Sk. -2 .The 
male organ of generation ; 



y: [a?^-3?rf ] A kind of tree, 
Acacia Siriusa ( [%<fa ) 

lies'. (.1't- ) VN. of a people and 
th* country inhabited by them. 
[ The country of the .Andhrat ii said 
to be the modern Tdinguuh. But 
the limits were probably confined to 
the Ghats OB the west and the rivers 
Godctyari and Krishna on the north 
and south. It bordered on Kalinga 
( See Dk. 7th Ullasa), and itg capital 
Aadhranagara is probably the old 
town of Vengi or Vegi. According to 
Danrfin, there was near it a lake 'like 
the ocean ana craeted with cranes' 
which description can only refer to 
the lake (Jolair which has an area of 
over 150 miles ; n*r5fTTi|^*nTi^v fr- 

STKIW-TI^ I rtlt^VKi^ff ^3T ! ]. -2 N.of a 
dynasty of kings. -3 a man of a 
mixed ( low ) caste, being born of 
a Vaideha father and K&iavara mo- 
ther, who lives by killing game ; Ms. 
10. 56 -4 A kind of fowler. -Comp. 
~3flfto> the Andhra tribe -ijftrr: N. of 
a dynasty of kings. 

according to Yaska from 
r SjUft ; or from 



1 Food (in general): 

Tait. Up; 



I am your prey <fcc. ; 



|; Ms. 

II. 1 54. 



Ms. 6. .29. -2 Jlood as representing 
the lowest form in which the feu- 
' preme Soul is manifested, being the 
coarsest and last of the. 5 vestures 
( ${% ) in which the soul is clothed 
and passes from body to body iu the 
long process of metempsychosis 
" the nutrimeutitious vesture or vi- 
sible body in the world of sense " 
(FJS5lfff called 3Rmwi?r). -3 Boiled 
rice; 3Tm *hr* P. II. 1- 3*. -4 
Corn ( bread corn ) ; 3T ( 3?PT; ) 3fr- 
BT 

Uh. Up. ; 

Bff: srsrr: i Ms. 3. 76 ; 
9- 219 ; 10. 86, 12. 65. -5 Water. -6 
Earth ( ^ftarr wt 
N. of Vishijii. -v: The sun 



eating food. 

a. I. eating food. -2. having a 
good appetite ( sfar ) ( ^: ) N. of 
Vishgu. -3ref proper food, food iu 
general; Ms. 3. 82. 4. H2, 11. 144. 
-3^531^,-^ food and clothing, 
food and raiment, tho bare neces- 
saries of lif e.-3ir*J: Cwsrfg) consisting 
of or living by food, desirous of food 
( OTRVR:, sro^R: ). -37Tc*: uour f 
dinner ; meal-time.-j%s-:= D jn5 q. v. 
-5?: a large heap of boiled rice. 
-grasu: 1 a cupboard ; granary . -2 
Vishnu.-3. th&sun.-jrf^:/. the pass- 
age of food, gullet ( cf sfR:lcf,). 
-ifi^: dysentery, diarrhoea.-sr, 5mr 
a . produced from food as the pri- 
mitive substance.-3R4food[and Water. 
bare subsistance. -^Rn^ o. having 
the rigour caused by food. -^i-?T, 
,-ir<f 1. giving food; sm^- 
: 5Ts. 4: 



229. -2 epithet of Siva.-fr N. of 
Durga or Annapflrna. -^rff: [ 31%^ 
Tira<iY ?T : 5TW. rf- ] a servant woo 
works for food only , one who becomes 
a servant or slave by getting food 
only, -^w the deity supposed to 
preside over articles of f ood.-^ta: 1 . 
sifi Brisiug from eating prohibited 
food . Ms. 5. 4. -2 a defect in the 
fond ti.iten ; derangement of food or 
the bmuours of the body ; anrf^icj- 
W4l<4i4 <5rgi^n"=^ f3rM i y R Ms. 5. 4. 
T: dislike of food, loss of appetite, 
lord or potsessor of food, 
epithet of Savitri, Agni, and Siva. 
-<rr9r: cooking of food ; digestion of 
food (by the tire in tne stomach). -3; 
a. purifying food; epithet of the Sun. 
-orf a. filled with, possessed of, 
food, (-oft ) a form of Durga ( the 
goddess of plenty ) ; c |-*fr N. of 
Durga or a form of Bhairovi. 
vi *(^j q, v. JTfjTT o> being 
iutu fou^ ufHT dcuth, -imjj, -i 



tne ceremony of giving a new-boro 
child food to eat for ihc ii.gi unit, 
one of the 16 So maku ru*^_riuiun.u 
between the 5th ana 8th mouth 
( usually in the sixth, Ms. 2. 34 ) 
with preliminary oblations to tiro 
( Mar. 3si<?of ) ; Ms. 2. 34; Y. 1. 12* 
-TSrsfc-siTcBra; m. Brahma as repre- 
sented by food.-ww a. 
?re; ] =\Hi^m q. 
eating food, epithet of Siva. 
-*nr o. see below .-j^- 1 . exuremeut ; 
feces, p. VI. 1. 148 Sk.-2. spirituon* 
liquor ;grrt W3*rPff Ms. 11. 94. 

*$T precautions as to eating food- 

^T: essence of food, chyle ; food 
and drink, nutriment ; ^rrrrffonnr- 



q. v. 

transformation of food, assimila- 
tion. -2. disorder of the stomach 
caused by indigestion. -3 seminal dis- 
charge ( of man ) ; semen itself ; cf . 
3F5ncT: ^wlff. *nRFTT: the law or 
custom relating to food, i.e. the 
custom of eating together or not 
with other persons. ^tT; leavings 
of food, offal. ^rtT: .consecra- 
tion of food. ^fa. a sacrifice (with 
10 materials ) connected with the 
Advaiuedha sacrifice. 

3Tnrr a- (*Tr/-) Consisting or 
made of food, composed of or con- 
taining boiled rico ; 'qfoT.Mf: the 
gross material body, the ^ip^Kk, 
which is sustained by food and which 
is the fifth or last vesture or wrapper 
of the^soul ; see aw ( 2 ) above and 
ulso *"ijr ; hence, also the material 
world, the coarsest or lowest form 
in .which Brahma is considered as 
manifesting itself in the worldly 
existence. *f Plenty of food. 



jfc^f: ] Increasing food ; liV. 
10. 1. 4. 



.i 3fT(j[&c. ] 1 Another, dif. 
f eren't, other ( fS^r ) ; another, other 
( generally ) ; 

. 2. 40 ; 

rffr S. 2. ; <fw^n every- 
thing eUe ; (%g?rrsrf^rr: K- 2. 62 ; 
changed, altered ; ffH<^.-<) qtf Bh. 3. 
66 quite different persons ; oft in 
comp. 



. -2 Other than, different 
from, else than ( with abl. or as last 
member of comp.); srr 

K. 36 ; 

r: Bv. 4. 37 ; sffctf ^j- 
i. 12. 49 ) 
T: S. Ij 



oft used i addition to *& or r?>TT i 



90 



6. 35 ; 

irJfTf S. 3. -3 Another person, one 
different from self ( opp. W) Wnrfta); 
TOT3T VW&r tTTT^ Ms. 4. 66. -4 
Strange, unusual, extraordinary ; 31- 
t: K- 168 ; ST^IT vn-i^tf- 
Bv. 1. 69 ; 



S. D. -5 Ordinary, any one ; 
Mv. l. 31: 



cf. 



- -6 Additional, new, more j 
*g Mk. 2 another 



ten ( coins ) ; 

K. 157 new and new (changing every 
now and then ) : 3i<<4Ru*i. QM*J n- 
other day ; one of a number ( with 
gen.) ; ajrtrg' moreover, besides, and 
again ( used to connect sentences 
together ) ; <rg7-3ir the one the 
other ; Me. 78 ; see under sqr also ; 
one-anotlier ; srwr: ch^fa 
r one does, another suffers ; 
?Ot Mil. 5 



Ms. 9. 40, 99 ; 8. 204 ; 
3r^ Pt. 



i. 



05 ; 3< 'y 
i. 2. 62 ; 
another, third, fourth &c. 



one, 



l. 



135 ; *Mt<j-<iij ll n* 

nmr^j ' in P 1 ') 

others 

4. 9; 12. 123. [cf 

a//o for O//08, 



:'!*' some- 
Ms. 10. 70 , 
L. *i ; f,V. 
y ]. Comp. 
snj a. having a different meaning, 
sense, or purpose amreTTT . not 
common to otherH, peculiar. irwqur 
going or passing over to another. 
3^4 born from another. ( -$. ) 
a step-mother's son, a half-brother. 
( -jri" ) a hulf -sister. 3J8T a. married 
to another ; another's wife. 
a worm bred in excrement ( 

Sw 1. another field. -2. another or 
foreign territory .-3. another's wife. 

T ( 'llfiH, a. 1 . going to another 2. 
adulterous, unchaste ; wr%3rt 3 yw- 
7f ffcnr fwrfhsr^nrr Kg. 21. i6 ; 

19. 27 irfar a. of a different family 
or Hneage fanr a. having the mind 
fixed on some tiling or some one 
else ; see wnj;- a^-grnr o. of a 
different origin. jfnrj; . another 
lif or existence, regeneration, me- 
ttrapsychosis. y^- a. difficult to be 
borne by others. --^RT,-^,-^ a . 
addressed or referring to another 
deity ( as Vedid Mantra )._ tnh* a - 
having iother or different property. 
(,-*(: ) different property or charac. 
teriitic.-i^fto. whose mind is turned 
away trom God. *jfo a. belonging 
to anotaer family. -g^; 1 another 
lotiftUM^J. the tense of another 
word ; -!NlTft wpftft. the Buhuvri- 



lii compound essentially depends ou 
the sense of another word pr . 1 . 
devoted to another or something else. 
-2. expressing or referring to some- 
thing else. gms-im ' reared by an- 
other,' epithet of the cuckoo, which 
is supposed to be reared by the crow 
( called 3T^wi;) ; a^^Sgl 
^r Ku. 1. 45 ; *r5WJ i iH 
R. 8. 59. ^ [ 3Tsr. iffi: <^f g^rr: ] 
1 . a woman already promised or 
betrothed to another.- 1 ?, a remarried 
widow ( 3^) see aH^j. <hr, 
ft n adopted son 



( born from other parents ). one xiho 
may be adopted as a son for want of 
legitimate issue. ^j . a crow 
( rearing another, it being supposed 
to sit on the eggs of the cuckoo and 
to rear its young ones ), cf . S. 5. 22. 

*TfH,-* rs TO>.--'rR'(T a. I . having the 
mind fixed on something el'ee ; inat- 
tentive -2. fickle, veraatile^uDsteady: 
wsTJTsnr: ftrr: H. 1. ill absent! 
minded ; possessed by a deraon.-sn 1 - 
^T: a half-brother ( born of another 
mother ) Y. 2. 139. tnni.Hrrjfh' o. 
subject to another king' or kingdom 
(Ved.). ^q- a. having another form, 
changed, altered ( qftntf ^i^^nt 
Me. 83. (-(r ) another or changed 
form; ' frr in another: form.-ffir,-ir- 

^ a. following the gender Of another 
word ( i. e. the substantive ), an ad- 
jective ; ^.mi^nfl aum^f&ift Ak. 

^rt%5j; a- 1 giving false evidence. 
-2. a defendant in general. ^rr: the 
cuckoo leaving the eggs in the nests 
of other birds. fvrrvfl' a. =gj a 
cuckoo. B<T a- following other (than 
Vedic ) observances, 'devofed to 
other gods, infidel. 3TO:-*TOT: a 
Brahmana who has gone over to an- 
other school ( of religion &c. ) ; an 
apostate. -^HFtlT a. fixed on or trans- 
ferred to another ( woman ) ; c f^T: 
writs*! M. 3, 4.-wRT: intercourse 
with another , illicit intercourse. 

Mltlliui <* common to many 'others. 

ffr another's wife,' a 'woman not 
one's owp. [ In Rhetoric ho is con- 
sidered as one of three chief female 
characters in a poetical composition, 
the other two being ffcrr and (rr<rr- 
TIT 5ft. ann may be either a damsel 
or another's wife. The 'damsel' is one 
not yet married, who is bashful and 
arrived at the age of puberty. As 
'another's wife' she is fond of festi- 
vals and Hiiriitar occasions of amuse- 
ment, who is a disgrace to her family 
and utterly destitute of modesty,see 
S. D 168-110]. ^n an dulterer Ms. 
8. 386. [Note, Some compounds un- 
der ST.-? will be found under wr^. ] 



34--<i o. Another, other 

aiwrff a. ( araj n. ) Another Ac. 
ind. Again, inorooTer, besides Ac. 
-Oomp. sjw 1. having a different 
meaning.-2. referring to or expres- 
sing another sense, (-i; ) a differ- 
ent meaning. 3n?TT desire of some- 
thing else. 3irf$R^/- another's bles- 
sing. an^srr devotion or attach- 
ment to another jt4fo a. longing 
for another. nr: attachment to 
another. 

3^<TJJ a. [ 3^5-ycm ] ( declined 
like a noun and not a pronoun ) 
One of many, any one out of a large 
number ( with gen. or in comp. ) ; 
Ms. 11. 76 ! 6. 32, 



4. 13 ; Y. 1. 22, 3. 253 ; ( ar 



a. ( declined like a pro- 
noun) One of two (persons or things), 
either of the two ( with gen. ) ; wft- 
gft^Hl^^V^fl^: K. 151 ; ^tT: *lft- 
am^tH-d^a M. 1. 2 the one or the 
othei ; ^q4l<'<Jfl<l<l^ij S. 3 ; Ms. 
2. 111. ; 9. 171 ; other, different ; 
. the one the other; 
li ( loc. of TT ) either way, 
in both ways, optionally ; fre- 
quently used by Pfinini inhisSutraS 
in the sense of <rr or f^*rnrr ; ^K'Jidi- 
simTHit' &o. &c. 
adv. On one of two 
sides ; ^ having teeth on one side. 
si^ira^: adv. [ 3T'!!(TTi'wr5ft-!r9^] 
On either of two days, on one day 
or on another, P. V. 3. 22. 

adc. 1 From anotoei ; 7 

R. 2. 4 ; ifroi^* 
; U. 1. 13 -3 



On one side ; 
arrira': on the one side, on the other 
side ; tTTTri5t5cfrf<J 
: Ki. 5. 2 ; 

Niti. 



-3 To another place, towards some 
other person or direction ; 
?WTS' : TO: Ms. 2. 200 ; 
$ ^ff^T S. 2. 2 ; arr? 
U. 6. 82.-4 From another ground or. 
motive.-S On tho other side ; on the 
contrary .-6 Otherwise ; in another 
place, elsewhere. Comp. a*t**r' 
Ved. a land which is woody here 
and. there. trjf, (jtra^, (rift Ved. 
variegated or spotted on one tide. 

CTflfc a. striking in one direction. 

rnr a. suffering occasional wind 
( rheumatism. ) (-ff: ) u sort of eye- 
disease. 

an^WfW: [3T^at W, f^J An 
enemy, adversary. 

adv. [aniMr^j ( ottw 
lubrt. oradj.fotoe) I 



91 



Elsewhere, in another place ( with 

Vii ^> *** * r^ 

api-j; 3*^rnpy^iTi^'M5i rtriTicn^H^" 

TT*fnJP.IV.2.39Com.; sometimes 
with mi ; ^rr w 



1ft Pt. 1 . 41 ; (with verbs of motion) to 
another place. -2 On another occasion, 
at another time than; oft (in coihp.) ; 
*r?r ^ ftt' 



fttrfchuui i 
<-<M^>-H;i: Ms. 5. 

41 .-3 Except, without, other than ; 
TTT "+IWMI 3rnrr*rt ii^yii MHHI^J^J i 
7* n<i ^)i<H<j 'ti'-^y Juuriiif ^ n 
Kara. Mv. 6. 8 ; R. 14. 32 ; Bg. 3. 9 ; 
Y. 1. 215 ; 3ws matrnniTH V. 5, 
Ms. 4. 164 ; oft with the force of 
the noin. case ; ^r 
W& fSrVf : Kaus. Br. 
-4 Otherwise, in another way, in 
the other case, in the other sense : 
t<llTldi > <J-=l TT3T- 
Ak.; 



P. VIII- 

2. 12, 14 Sk.-Comp. W5T^-f%rT a- 
whose mind is directed to something 
else, inattentive. 



Otherwise, in another way or man- 
ner, in a diffeient manner; <j^HIH 3 
W rTy?qr H. 1; with 



3W:, spr. or <TtT: otherwise tuan, in a 
manner different from; 34dV<J*ir n^- 
f%*3 *ft QTtH^ Ms. 5. 31 ; Bg. 
13. 11. 3?5=<juT-3Trr in one way, in 
another ( different ) way ; ii'Mirr 
Ms. 4. 255 ; 



r: Mu. 4. 8. 

a t o otnerwise, 
change or alter : 
*si^f^Jt'* i 'if4 K. 62 ; 



*irViii 9iq-<4rt <fl$j*<*'i 1 m Pt. 1. 258 ; 
S. 6. 13 : ( b ) to act otherwise, vio- 
late, transgress, go against ; f^TJT 3f- 
4IM<4R| JTW ^snt ni'^irr ^cf Pt. 4 ; 
( c ) to destroy, undo, frustrate baf- 
fle defeat ( hope, plan. &c. ), 



fWT: Ks. 22. 51 ; t!Pt 

- Y. 2. 195 ; ( rf ) to make 
faise, falsify ; 



T: Kara. ; 3WT?T'. 

rar Ms. 9. 234 

to do wrongly ; 3T5,-R^,-?hTT^,- 
*T*W^.-nHiiyM<^ &c. to take ovthink 
to be otherwise, to misunderstand. 
undcrgtiind wroiigly ; 
tftf^r T g^ wnf^ii'f mrr 
M. l. 20; 3t?OTm*)nmr 
1 ; ftr *<in*<<n itWTn% K. 147 ; 

S. 3. 19 ; 3pfrfTr H^Waf f%*IK 
K. & 17 suspects to be otherwise 
(than chaste) ; '-ij or TJT to bo other 
wise, be changed or altered, he falsi- 
fied ; sr *t ^Ttr^mv vrnrijJTf^ S. 4 ; 



H-()mi!ir*i'i)i 

.anJ--i Otherwise, or else, in 
the contrary cnse;s7rwrrf^r ^mr?r- 
r TS^T U. 3 ; ^rrs?w- 
^ Ms. 8. 144 ; Y. i . 86,2. 288 ; 
on the other hand, on the contrary. 
-3 Falselv, untruly ; 

IfTT H ?1 1 f M tl <* I V . 2 ; 



iiul. At (mother time 



rnt M. 4 , 
V. 3 : 'jft 

t. 3. 107; II. 



20 ; Ms. 8. 90. -4 wrongly, er- 
roneously, badly, as in wjnrijsrq.v. 
below ; sec under 1 also. -5 From 
another motive, causce, or ground; <- 



S. 7. [cf L. a7te.]. -Comp. 3T3<r<T- 
f%- : /. see 3T*mi%. WIT: changing, 
altering (-t ) add. in a different 
manner, differently P. III. 4. 27. 
<4<jlfcl: 1. erroneous conception 
of the Spirit, title of a philosophi- 
cal work. -2. wrong conception in 
general (in phil.). rr*: alteration, 
change, being otherwise, difference; 

' . ....jjnr. P V 

i"'*niT^t i Y . 



4. 53 ; change of view or mind ; wf? 
c vrHt5T^Ttf^: Ch.Up.-crrf^a- speak- 
ing differently or falsely ; speaking 
falsely or inconsistently ; (in law) a 
prevaricator, prevaricating witness. 
ff%-o. 1 .chuged,altered.-2.affect- 
ed, perturbed ; disturbed by strong 
emotions ; ijt)|rfV4i *T^fH Q'*" < -'<" 
f7nrrff% $X: Me. 3. f^f a. prov- 
ed or demonstrated wrongly ; ( in 
Nyftya) said of a cause OFCT) which 
is not the true one, but only refers 
to accidental and remote circum- 
stances ( as the ass employed to 
fetch clay &c. in the case of a tjj 
or jar ) which do not invariably 
contribute to the result, see EBITOT ! 
this SHiaqT is 8a id to be of 3 
kinds in Tarka K., but 5 are men- 
tioned in Bhasha P. 19-22. ^ , 
faQ.;/. wrong demonstration ; one 
in which arguments, not being true 
causes, are advanced; an unessential 
cause, an accidental or concomitant 
circumstance Bhasha P. 16. ^fW 
satire, irony ; Y. 2. 204. 

Den. P.To change, alter. 

>d- 1 At another time, c 
another occasion, in any other^casc ; 



Si. 2. 44, R. 11. 73. -2 Once, one 
day, at one time, once upon a time. 
-3 Sometimes, now uud then. 

3^,^ a. I Belonging to an- 
O ther. 2 Being or existing in an- 
other. 



ar- 



, 

2. 60 ] 1 Of another kind, like an- 
other.-2 Changed, unusual, strange ; 



Mai. 1 ; 

being different or otherwise ; sf jsrjj 



4 ; jHT^sSnr TOTR^r^r Ok. 306. 
K. 309 ; 3T^rr 

Mv t 6 strange. 

ind. 
22] 1 On the other or following day; 



R. 2. 26. -2 One dny, once. 



Occur- 



ring OT 



^ Susr ' 



-.. A quotidian fever. 





n> qg ] One another, each other, 
mutual ( treated like a pronoun ). 
In many cases the use of this word 
corresponds to the use of the word 
'each other' or 'one Another' in 
English ; sfrfci SITB^T: MM. 
they strike each other ( SRT 37^ 
^girft ). Thus aw- may he regarded 
as the subject and 3^ as the object 
of the verb, as in .English. The 
second aw may/therefore, in many 
cases stand in the instr.^ gen., o 
loc. cases ; 



- 
. 16 Sk. But there are 

several instances, especially when 
3^>q enters into compound, : 
which the first srsr loses all 
minative force and becomes a s 
of oblique case, or an irregular com- 
pound of a^ and 3^, see_ . VUi 
L. 12 Sk. ; aff*H*I*iro Ma 
9. 101 ; oft in comp. and translated 
by 'mutual', 'reciprocal', 'mutually^ 
^3T^ra; Ku. 1. 42; so ^, W- 
.Tfto -^ i"d. Mutually. -* ( In 
Bnet ) A figure of speech.the'Recipro- 
JaR ^in which two things do the same 
act to each other; - 



^r^3 

from one another, taken secretly. 
3THnr mutual non-existence or 
nc-ation ; one of the two main kmds 
of aww : >t is reciprocal negation ol 
identity, essence, or respective pecu- 



fftwnv: 



Uarity and ii cqui vaknt to di ffereneo 

) ; mfmtfftnAinniMHiWterft- 

, as *j: <TCU w it exists 



between two notions which have no 
property in common. 3TTHT a, 
mutually dependent. (-*?.) mutual or 
reciprocal dependence, support, ov 
connection ; reciprocal relation of 
(muse and effect (a term in Nyiiyn). 
fw : / conversation Twnrr 
transposition of numbers In mi on<' 
liiie to another. i^ : mutual dis- 
iension or enmity ; so ^^_f^^ 
mutual union. f^nr: mutual 
partition of an inheritance made 
by the sharers (without the presence 
of any other party).-^. / nrntual 
effectof one thing upon another. 
v/r?<nx! -ffanir! reciprocal action 
or influence ; mutual relation of 
cause and effect. 



. Ved. Spotless. 
a. Not drying up. 

[ T- >f ] Unjtut, im- 
proper ; e ^5, unjust punishment ; 
T ^^H;j^OI*^H^n: o. 5.-3T: 1 Any 
unjust or jnlawful action ; see nr ; 
.^-^(iN^Mjj Ms. 7. 16 acting un- 
justly, following evil courses ; 
un justly, improperly ; 



Ms. 

2. 110. -2 Injustice, impropriety. 
-3 Irregularity, disorder. 

<J. Unjust, improper. 

a. 1 Unjust, unlawful. 
-2 Improper, unbecoming, indecor- 
oug. -3 Not author! tati re. 

<*!*<i,1 o. Not defectire or de- 
ficient, complete, whole, entire; 
c wf^ neither deficient nor super- 
fluous. Oomp. shr a. not having 
a defective limb. 

*iiW^j. Not residing in 
one's own house ( dwelling in an- 
other'i ). 

See under spar. 



. 

1 Visible, perceptible. -2 Following, 
close on the heels of, immediately 
following. # ind. I Afterwards, 
after ; 



Rim. -2 Immediately after, forth- 
with, directly ; Y. 3. 21. 

Hr^tfft; A kind of Vedic 
Sandhi, that of a vowel and con- 
sonant. 

an^^ a [ 

3T*iT m., r,^iK n. 
after, following ; 
HT ?fr% Sat. Br. ; 
Ait,Br.-2 Lying lengthwise, horizon- 



f. ] 1 Going 



in tho roar or behind, 
from behind ; 
t: Si. 12. 



. 

tnrf. 1 Afterwards. -2 From 
i. 9. 



. . 

76. -3 Friendly disposed, favoura- 
bly ; S4*ku^c*T,-vrnr,-siror becoming 
ftiendly disposed P. III. 4. 64 8k. 



i?rer?r 7^r cqi ). -4 ( witli IUT. ) 
^ ^ t< ,n M -,^m rt! 
K. <J. 16 went after or followed her 
- KII. 7. 71. 

Following. 
See under 37pr. 

m. Vert. An inviter. 
[ J<:j'i<f. 3T^ ] Having 
the meaning clear or intelligible, 
having a meaning easily dedncible 
from the etymology of the word ; 
hence, true to the sense, significant; 
row tiij**'ir trsrr Mffl<vH*fit^ R- 4. 



12; 



Ki. 11. 64; Si. 12. 
TT *vm *r U. 3. 



7 in the true sense of the word, pro- 
perly to called .-Oomp.-ir^ur literal 
acceptation of the meaning of. a 
word ( opp. to 53? or conventional ). 
-*r?TT 1 an appropriate name, a tech- 
nical term which directly conveys 
its own meaning; e.g. jrnrHJJfr a name 
for ' future ' is an a^qVfll compared 
with H^. 2. a proper name the mean- 
ing of which is obvious. 

<H>l<(Q><ift Scattering about suc- 
cessively. 



. ._': Descending and fol- 
lowing. 

WIH^WT: [S3t-r?r] 1 Slackening, 
letting loose (opp. 3rrJrro).-2 Permis- 
sion to do as one likes ( qrw^rogin ), 
one of the senses of arft P. I. 4. 96 ; 
see 3Tft.-3 Following one's own 
will. 

a. Connected with, 



bound or fastened to. 

: A race, family, lineage; 
m^ljin: T^l. 13. 37. 
Regard, consideration. 

[ sr-JTcffJFFi ] The 9th 
day of the dark half of the three 
months following the full moon in 
wi'TlfW, <lk, wr and HiHjH ; f^- 

=gNTCfnw^ni!r<<*<^g<hiti ^ Ms. 4. 
150. 

3T"TO?'f A Sraddlm or any such 
ceremony performed on the sr^cr 
days. 

3T^jrf^r '"^- Towards the 
north-west direction. 



a - I**- an*, to tlirow ] 
Shot or hurled along, shot ; interwo- 
ven ( as in silk ) ; chequered. 

vmr$ ind. Day after day, every 
day. 

JlnrMTT 2 P. To repeat in sur- 
cpssion. enumerate. 

SjrtmrH'qM 1 Subsequent mention 
or enumeration : an explanation re- 
ferring to what is mentioned before. 
-2 Section, chapter. 



r, t^-3T? 1 1 Statement of a 
secondary (iffor) rite or action after 
the mention of a primary (sr<rnT)one ; 
adding an object of secondary im- 
portance to the main object, one of 
the senses of the particle ^ ; ^r^l^ 
T"nrf? Ak. ; 3i^d<wiS^r i i i t : '^S'<ii^*i : ; 
as m WTTfrc Tf ^TTIT where going out 



to beg is enjoined to the beggar as 
his principal object,and the bringing 
of a cow (if he can see any) is tack- 
ed on to it as a secondary object. 
-2 Such an object itself. 

a. Secondary, inferior. 



TV.] ( Used like gurit only 
with f . ) So as to assist or support 
the weak ( 5^PT 1&m%) ! optionally 
regarded as a preposition ; e ^w or 
$r*T supporting, assisting ( a weak 
person); jjoRT ^ecnvw P. I. 4. 73.Sk. 
- To name or men " 



tion again ; to mention or refer to in 
a subsequent place, employ again. 

&*nf%vp.p- * Mentioned after 
or according to ; employed again ; 



wi ^11^* -^ - - 

190 $k.-2 ( Hence ) Inferior, of se- 
condary importance. 

a^^r^t; Subsequent or repeated 
mention, referring to what has been 
previously mentioned ; re-employ- 
ment of the same word in a subsequ- 
ent part of a sentence, or of the same 
thing to perform a subsequent opera- 

on P. II. 4. 32. (^ and ir^ are said 
to assume the forms <rt, TTt, T'n^ &c. 
in the sense of 34 41^41; R>ft<v-K P 



e. g. 



JT ^ Sk. ). 



Putting on or depositing fuel on the 
sacred fires. 



(In civil law) 1 A hail, deposit or se- 
curity dclivf red to a third person to 
be handed over ultimately to the 
right owner ; 



98 



i ^nwftf^ J\<FT-X JKMI^IL,^ n 
-2 A second deposit. -3 [signer: *nr<r. 
3?rr?: ] Constant anxiety, remorse, 
repentance, regret ( after the com- 
mittal of bad act ). 

% A sort of ^ft-^r or 



woman's property, presented to her 
after marriage by her husband's or 
father's family, or hy her own vc 



3 <n< ^ar awf f%j- C v. I .-if 5-) 
f-r-nmi II KAty. quoted hy Knll. on 
Ms. 9. 195 ; Y. 2. 44. 



entrails. 



q. v. 

A class of divinities. 
Ved. Being in the 



a - Latitudinal- ?f ind. 
In the house. 

TrOTHTa. Ved. In accordance 
with ( spfKT &c. ); following after. 

44r4rf<nr3T A deity invoked by 
the verb 3HM1I. 

3TSSrrrq;l A. To begin, com- 
mence.-! To touch; 
rr 



T: R*m. 



-p- 1 Touched on the 
back or on any part of the body ; 



K4ty.-2 That which has touched 
or has been placed on the body ( as 
the hand ).-3 followed. 

&*nwpot. f. To be touched a- 
long with. 

3TfTTVT:,-vnJr Touching, contact, 
especially touching the <MHH ( the 
performer of a sacrifice ) to make 
him entitled to the fruits and merits 
of tbe holy rite. 

*Wl4lftii An initiatory or pre- 
linsinary ceremony. 

arWTTC'g 1- P. To follow in as- 
cending, especially the funeral pile; 
to ascend, climb, mount ; 34*qiO<;^ 
Sift*: (frfO B5m. 

X'^lO^di A woman's ascending 
the funeral pile after or with the 
body of her husband. 

STSfT^ 2 A. 1 To be seated near 
or round; fmiUM^iyl Mb.; to wait 
upon, serve, attend upon ;- 

o . o ; 3|FfT^n?TH 



R- I- 56; to lit after one (ace. 
of person ) ; at CTvrt* R- 2. 24.-2 To 
perform, as a religious ceremony ; 
Rim. 



1 Service, attendance, 
waiting. upon, worship.-2 Taking a 
seat after another .-3 Regret, sorrow. 
-4 A place of industry, manufactory, 
work-shop &c,-5 An oily or cooling 



enema. 



pret. f. Sitting down 
after, seated alongside of. 



315 nmr 

, ] 1 A sacri- 

ficial gift or offering presented to 
the priests (Say. 



r: ).-2 The monthly Sraddha per- 
formed in honour of the Manes on 
the day of new moon ; f^nrt HlfH 



-Cottp. T^H: the southern sacri- 
ficial fire used in the siK(r?R sacri- 
fice. 

. faft/O Daily,dinrnal_ 



? P. [ 3T5-? ] 1 To follow, 
come or go after, succeed ; *r^SW : 
s. 4. 154 ; (rsrt...inraT 

R. 1. 90 ; -^H^ft ^T Bh. 



3. 18; attend, accompany, accrue to; 
*nh^ ^'<lf<^ft.-2.( a ) To follow 
( in grammar or construction ) : be 
connected or construed with ; trig- 
ffosin^ffi Mb. see 31^ below. ( b ) 
To obey, conform to, be guided by ; 
Mb.-3 To seek ; to 



fall to one's lot ( Ved. ). 



[ f q*?ft ift <n ar^. ] 1 Go- 
ing after, following ; also, follower, 
retinue, attendants ; gf 



... 

tion, connection, relation ; 
yp=T?:=a^'Ml^ld.-3 The natural or- 
der or connection of words in a 
sentence, construing, grammatical 
order or relation ; q^Ht twut-lgrr JT- 



S. D ; logical 
connection of words, 3TT ( in the ex. 
fftSjJ tfPf: ) fl^fi^P^PT lw(3(a>ii)W"'i : 
P. VIII. 3, 44 Sk. ; mwflflijKmte^ 
9nm: w- P. II. 2. 29 Sk. -4 
Drift, tenor, purport.-5 Race.f anuly, 
lineage ; ^^yun*i T?^ R. ! 9> 1< 
3. 27 ; 12. 33 ; an^PRpT: Mv. 4. 22 
virtue of my race. -6 Descendants 
posterity ; n7 W$T 3TTT: Y. 2. 117 ; 
tf along with the family or descen- 
dants ; Ms. 2. 168 ; Pt. 1. 27-7 Lo- 
gical connection of cause and effect, 
logical continuance ; -j)--witHV *nft- 
S*PrrffrfT*: Bhftg. - 



. 

Ms. 8. 332. -9 
( In Ny&ya ) Statement of the con- 
stant and invariable concomitance of 



the ^5 ( middle term ) and the flroT 
(major term) of an Indian syllogism 
( ^jfiWJl'iifftfw ) In the familiar 
instance <Rfft srf^n^ ^wm^ the rela- 
tion if* ^ ^HM^ a? ^= ( wherever 
there is smoke there is fire) is called 
ST^nr or ajjqtfcjrrft. SP^J< , in fact, cor- 
responds to the universal A proposi- 
tion of European logic ' All A is B.' 
The ' =jrfff^rtrrfw ' means an assertion 
of the concomitance of the absence 
of ffpar and the absence of g ( 3?[- 
MTi: HwiimTTl>TnJ i ft: anifc ) and 
corresponds to the converted A pro- 
position ' All not-B is not-A ' ; or in 
Sanskrit ^ i& ^pftRff <nr ar yftft 
=m% ; and a cause or $3 is said to be 
connected with its effect by 3^4^ fl- 
?<Mlffi when both the affirmative and 
negative relations between the thing 
to be proved and the cause that 
proves can be equally asserted; such 
a Hetu alone makes the argument 
perfectly sound and incapable of 
refutation. This process of arriving 
at the Vyftpti or universal proposi- 
tion corresponds to the methods of 
Agreement and Difference in Mill's 
Logic ; n^T f3n'Sl*m*HtM *ft* Mn. 



5. Ui.-Comp. srriTfr a. hereditary ; 
Pt. 1, 3; t 'H Pt. 3. <jr : a genealo- 
gist ; sw *g^ ^l%fiTT^nr^: R. 6 8. 



or *) J. positive *-d 
negative assertion ; agreement and 
contrariety or differer.ee ; see above. 
-2 rule and exception. nrrrth f- 
affirmative assertion or agreement, 
affirmative universal. 

3<H44^ " 1 Having a connection 
or consequence, following .-2 Belong- 
ing to a race or family ; born of a 
noble family, noble, high-born ; 
. K. 7. 



a. Connected as with a 
consequence. 



. 1 Followed or attend- 
ed by, in company with, joined by ; 
P*fl: R- 3. 28. -2 



Possessed of, having, possessing, 
endowed with ; full of, seized or 
struck with, overpowered by ; with 
instr. or in compound ; <4lP<*(i gJST- 

pt - ! 415 ; ^*i Sir. 
struck with wonder ; 

, &c. &C.-3 Connected 



with, linked to, following (as a con- 
sequence ). -4 Connected gramma- 
tically ; gi|f: q^- M<fl<liefaPqfainfr- 
^TKraTT: S. D. 9. -5 Understood, 
reached by the mind.-Comp. -a^J a. 
having meaning which is easily un- 
derstood from the context.n^:-3rft'- 
mmiq: a doctrine of the Mtmamaa- 
kas that words in a sentence convey 



94 



meaning not independently or 
generally, but as connected with one 
another in that particular sentence ; 
gee 3Tf5ffi!rlM'iWI%^ under arfSffl and 
K. P. 2. 



a. Won over or favour- 
nhly disposed by means of a saluta- 
tion. ft../'. 1 Following.-2 Food. 

STI^ST 6 P. To desire, seek, search 
for or after, look out for, seek to 

get ; 



: R. 17.47. (-4 P.) To seek, search, 
look out for &c.; 
ft ^ Ku. 5. 45 ; 3j 



: ?Tfni: U. 2. 13 ; to inquire, 
investigate ; f^r fJT a^far arf^nj% 
S. 5. Ca. To seek, search &c. ; 



Bh. 3. 10. 

so"* 5 !'? p- p- Desired, sought, 
searched ; tr5Ttf^sr%: f^<lS: Ku. 
1.15. 



, Search a ^ tol 'i seek- 

ing for, inquiry into or af ter,looking 
out for, watching ; <r*f dV<)l^ll?*rg- 
SRT frlT: 8. 1. 24 ; 7*mr C OMH! Pt. 
3.91 ; tui^nim^JHimi fi*<rt R. 12. 11; 

V. 2. 



, a. Search- 

ing after, seeking for, inquiring &c.; 
<far 3(^H<4^(B|U|: S. 1 ; SfgiTSlvVBT 

P. V. 2. 90 ; sfcrrr^ m S. 7 ; 



K. 12. 54 ; H. 4. 102. 

STr^ffi^! A. 1 To keep looking 
or gazing at, keep in view. -2 To 
search, seek for, inquire into ; re- 
flect or meditate upon", think of. 

3TN^ror,-W 1 Search,Beekingfor; 
investigation. -2 Reflection, medi- 
tation. 



q. v. 

3T5=fl<T a. [ argils! 3TTTT Jpf ] 1 Near 
the water, situated near water.-2 
Attainable or friendly. 

- Verse after verse. 



STJ. / [ 3Tt<r-f%^-pga Un. 2. 58] 
(Declined in classical language only 
in pi. ; 3TIT, 3TT, 37T^:, 3T^q: arqt and 
310? but in singular and pi. in Veda ) 
1 Water (regarded in Ved. as sacred 



f$f: Ms. 2. 60. Water is generally eon- 
Kidered to he the first of the 5 
elements of creation, ,-is in 3^, ijtf 

tf^itfrt ?rm ^iWTr^ Ms. i. 8. S. i. 

1 ; but in Ms. J . 7K it is said to have 
been created from sjftfHH or fprw 
after m? , wfRT, sng and UftM or 



I 2 

Air, the intermediate region. 3 



The star fif virgins. For the changes 
of 3^ at the end of comp. see P. V. 
4. 74, VI. 3. 97.-9S. [ cf . L. aqua, 
Gr. appos ; Lith. ujy'f, Goth, ahva ; 
Pers. aft ; Zend. a/>. Old Germ. aha]. 
-Cojnp. frff^- deep meditation by 
means of water. ^T; an aquatic 
animal. <rtw: 1. 'Lord of waters ', 
N. of Yanina.-2. the ocean. For 
other comps, sec s. v, 

anrt enters into several compounds; 
' g. 3TTtw^(T: dcstviK-tion of the 
world by water ; srot^Wt ' calf of 
waters '; X ; of a star; arrhnntiC, 1FT, 

'TIK^f , e T*T, WTTWTRJ, STcfttTn^ Ved . 
N. of Agni or fire as sprung from 
water ; cf . Ms.9.321 ; aintrn^:, f*fa: 
-TTI:,3fCflrfrf:lord of waters,the ocean; 
X. of VimiMii; arrK^rt, arffetrrf fire. 



air! ind. [ =T <rriW T$TF^ in^jn. qi-g. 
TV.] 1 (As a prefix to verbs it means) 
(o)Away, away from, denoting (341'l ; 
3TTTTf^, 3<M*i<<u^ - ( i ) deteriora- 
tion (R|C|) ; smchttfc) does wrongly 
or badly ; ( c ) opposition, negation, 
contradiction ( (tfffcT ) i 34'4'ti'ff^, 
aTTr^'TWft; ( d ) direction or mention 
or illustration ( ft^fa ) ; 34qQ$|f3 
() exclusion (?I^T) ; aim^, ajruj 
caw*.; (/) joy, merriment or laughter 
( SIH^ ); 3414 g4l ft ; ( g ) concealment 
or denial ( -4t4 )l siMcitiW, 34M^4^ -~2 
As first member of Tat. or Bahu- 
Vrthi couip. it has all the above 
senses ; arnTT-t, 3714 4i*T, 3441417 ; 3T7- 
^r*^: a bad or corrupt word ; ft fear- 
less ; 3^flT stainless ; arrrnr: dis- 
content ( opp. to 3Hj<|i| ) ; ^t)l^<j ^rf 
Ku. 6. 54 &c. In most cases snj- may 
be translated by ' bad ', ' inferior ', 
' corrupt,' ' wrong ' ' unworthy ' &c. 
It also means 'going downwards' as 
in anTFr-.-S As a separable preposition 
( with a noun in the abl.) ( a ) away 
from ; 4rHM<-4<4r4l<fi4-4Jl pj^Kjr <mft- 



Rftm. (b) without, on the 
outside of; anr ft: tfHTT: Sk.;( c )with 
the exception of, excepting; surfSfir- 
^"rt fnt ^?: Sk. on the outside of, 
with the exception of. In these 
senses am- may form adverbial com- 
pounds also (P. II. 1.12); itgj ^rr- 
T: Sk. without Vishnu ; f%RW <ft 
%1: excepting T. &c. It also implies 
negation, contradiction &c. ; 3iT*r> 
5I^-. Tlio senses of this word as giv- 
en liy G. M. may be thus put in verse; 

H?5t f"f ^T7 ; sijiJi^. [ cf . L. ab ; Gr. 
apo ; Goth. af. ling, o/or off ; Zend 
/'<*] 

3^: A deep., indelible stain. 



-' Ved, Abhorrence, aver- 
sion, abominable ness ; ubsenae f 



what is dear. tf ind. Unwilling. 
]y, against one's will. 

3TT^ 8 U. 1 To carry or bear away, 
remove, drag away, insult by -drag- 
ging away ; %s>T3r^ 1*nrrfhrt Bk. 
8. 20 bore forcibly away .-2 To hurt, 
injure, wrong, harm, do harm or 
injury to ( usually with gen. of per- 
son ) ; antri? tmm-ft-A Pt. 4. 16 ; Si. 
14. 78; sr f* f^l --W <J l cK<<IM*s$ sra'f 
Pt- 1 ; f% ?T^rr ^^Ul"^ 4 what harm 



hove I done to hei ? j 



Ram.; sometimes 



with iicc. or Inc. also ; 

i Mb. ; 
Bh. 3. 115 ; 



. 
16. 52. Caul. To harm, injure &c. 

3TV*h<ii'l 1 Acting improperly. -2 
Doing wrong, injuring ; ill-treating, 
offending; 

341)4)^ a 1 Injurious,, doing harm 
or injury, offensive. -2 Hostile, in- 
imical. m. An enemy. 

34M**f-l a. [ q-g-. w- ] Of bad or de- 
graded actions, corrupted, depraved. 
n. ( ^ ) 1 Discharge, paying off 
( of a debt ) ; ^^1*^4 ^ Ms. 8. 
4. 2 An improper or unworthy net ; 
evil doing, conduct, or course, any 
degrading or impure act.-3 Wicked- 
ness, violence, oppression. 2 In- 
competence, laziness. 

snremt: 1 Harm, wrong, injury, 
hurt, offence, misdeed, wrong deed 
( opp. 3WT^ ) ; +((vt|HH.<Ji|hl(u| 
(ff) Pt. 1. 66 ; 



: Si. 2. 37 ; 
&C. 2 



Tanking ill of, desire to offend or 
hurt (3HftiiR'dl).-3 Wickedness, vio- 
lence, oppression, enmity. 4 A 
mean or degraded action. Comp. 
arfS^ a. meaning to harm, malevolent 
malicious. fJ(j. / ( ~^f : )i ?nST: 
abusive words, menacing or insult- 
ing speech ; r?4 *<m*l<*n: Ak. 

3TN*K*,-*lRi< a. Injuring, do- 
ing harm or wrong to, mischievous, 
offending, harmful, hurtful, injuri- 
ous ; Pt. 1. 95, Si. 2. 37. w. , tr 
An evil-doer ( opp. antifl ) enemy ; 
3T?iTR5 T: HTg: W HT^: fij-t>-'<lri 
II. 1 ; 3j^ harmless, not harmfifl. 

3?tr^fr^./>. 1 Injured, wronged, 
(Vickcilly uv maliciously committed 
&C.-2 Done or practised as a degrad- 
ing or impure act, as funeral rites. 
<t An injury, harm, offence. 

aur^ft:/, srrirnf 1 Harm, injury, 
hurt, damage, offence. -2 Opposi-* 
tion, enmity. -3 A degrading or 
impure act. 



95 



1 Hurt, injury, disservice; 
fault, wrong or faulty decd,misdeed; 

' r Si. 



2. 54; Ki. 13. 64 fault. -1 Paying or 
clearing offi( debts). 

3rrf?r 1 P., 6 U. 1 ( a ) Tp draw 
back or away, draw off or aside, drag 
down, drag away, take, or cany 
off, take or draw out, extract 
sTpnf^i^TrsnT^esrart K. 16. 55 

drawn out ; fanrfirWffiTirinr faftrft 
=? Rs. 4. 14 pulling off or back. ( b ) 
To take or carry away, remove ; ^% 
sffetftsiwffo itam.; %?wgyr*Tf'ter?* 
f*T*nrimr'ffa U. 1. 8, .Mv. 4. 33 
prevci|tn or interferes with freedom 
of. action ; &fr* gUfriHh^ffi Mv. 1. 32. 
destroys, robs one of. -2 To dimi- 
nish, decrease, omit ; 



Su.-3 To bend ( as a bow ); 
<*3: 5T<ryT Mb.-4 To lower or de- 
base, dishonour, detract from,lessen 
the value of, disparage ; ifcif^ i&m- 
*ft fa 3TI^4lHi|!h^{^- Mb.-S To bring 
or draw backwards ; anticipate (as a 
word in a sentence) what occurs 
later on. 3rfi|-nj?i?t *nhnr?^f*STrfr- 
mfr P. IV. 1. 17 Com. Cow. To 
reinore, take away, lessen, diminish, 
detract from; 



8. D. 1. 

WW$: 1 (a) Drawing off or down! 
diminution, decrease, reduction ;%(- 
STW^r^Dk. 160; loss, decay de- 
cline, destruction ; ft^'mihf: Ve. 1 ; 
deterioration, inferiority ; jcth^1- 
Tfttf^ff TVT. Sk. (4) Dishonour, de- 
gradation, lowering (of esteem), in- 
famy, disgrace >pp. T^sf in all sen- 



IT: H 

Ms. 10 42 j *&$f*Kb rise and fall 
in price, increase and clecrease,-2 
Anticipated performance of a duty, 
aa of a Sraddha.-3 Anticipation ol a 
*ord occarring later on ( in gram., 
poetry or Mimrcmso &c. )-Oomp.i 
flW: ft sort of fallacy; e.y. sound has 
dot the quality of shape, as a jar, so 
sotrnd and a jar have no qualities-in 
common. 



<<. Drawing or taking off 
or down, removing.-2 Lessening, di- 
uiiBishing, detracting from ; 
W ( fTdTW ) snupfar: S. D. 1. 



a. Taking or drawing 
awiiy, removing, diminishing (opp. 



8ur. oj- 1 Removing, 
taking away; drawing away or down, 
depriving ( one ) of, drawing? out, 
extracting. -2 Lessening, making in- 
ferior, detraction.-3 Superseding.-^ 
Deiiying ; uboliBhing. 



p- p. 1 Drawn or taken 
away, removed ; Breggvmr^r-tfqr- 
gH: Mu. 4 severed, alienated, es- 
tranged, cut off ; so 



4. 14 ; extracted, drawn out, 
drugged, lost, diminished, brought 
down, depressed, lowered &c. -2 
Drawn or attracted by ; w<J ^IPT^r 
Ve. 5 dvpcudcul on, 



or the work of, Pate. -3 Low, vile, 
base, inferior, mean (t>pp. ijffj ) ; 

A'. 5. 



10 ; <rfif 

Ms. 6. 163 ; 8. 281 ; 9. 24 . 

u* Ki. 14. 22. ff: A 
c'.'ow-Oomp. ^RTW a, mentally do- 
fmaed ov corrupted, low-minded. 
" of. a low tribe or origin. 

6 P. 1 To scatter, spout out 
( water ) ; anrffcrft ygtf , >nnsiT^- 
tffr Sk.-2 To scrape with the feet 
( for food &c. ) through joy, said of 
quadrupeds and birds, ( changed to 
A. in this sense 
P.VI. 1. 



74 scratched ; uniM 
&c. U. 2. 9. 



Si. 12. 



Scatteting about >tc. 
News, information. 



: / 1 Unripeness, iunmatu- 
vity.-2 Indigestion. 

JHItfj a. Unripe, immature, un- 
digested (us food); uncooked, raw. 

^MtB'H, 1 P' 1 To go away, run 
away, fly, escape, flee away, leave, 
retreat, retire ( from ) ; imyimlfl= 
Mu. 1 ; tWmhTWmwtif^nr: 3 while 



escaping. -2 To glide awaj , pass 
away. -("KB time ).-3,To measure off 
by steps or by pacing. 

snrjwr: 1 Going away, flight, es- 
cape, it treat. -2 The place or limit 
to which one may retreat ; i^nrf^- 
l^m.mfl. Sflrya S. -3 



. 

Gliding or passing away ( of time.) 
a. [3WT<T: JW? IWiq] 1 Without 
order.-2 Irregular, in wrong order. 
srinifHuf,-*!)!*: Retreat, retiring, 
flight, escape &c. 

sprsrri^a. Going forth or away ; 
uot going fast, true. 

: Abuse, reviling. 

o. 1 Without wings or the 
power of fligbt.-2 Not belonging to, 
the same side or party .-3 Having no 
adherents oi-iriend.-4 Opposed to 
adverse.-Oomp. nw impartiality. 

a. impartial. 



1, 5, 9 P. To bring to an 
end, destroy, annihilate. pan. To 
decline, decay, waste away ; wane 
( as the moon ). 

: Declrne, decay, wane. 

ft. p. Declined, wasted, 
waned. 

STTffjnF 6 1*. To throw Hway or 
down, take awuy, remove. 

3Tr<Jta:,-^trdr 1 Casting away or 
throwing down. -2 Throwing or 
putting down, one of the 5 kinds o 
^4^ in the VaUeshika phil., see ^^. 

3T <44|^: Ono who hus attained his 
majority ; see wfrts'. 

3TW3 1 P- 1 To go away, depart; 
pass away, elapse (as time) ; K. 73;. 
. 3 ; 



Pt. 3. 8 .-3 To fall off or down; 
go away, vanish, disappear. 



. Going, turning away. iff 
A river (wrongly for arwlT). 

sjirtrff p.p. I Gone away, departed, 
passed away, gone oft; being remote; 
oft as first member of comp. in tne 
sense of ' free from ', ' devoid of '; 
3TrsirnnT( : K. 43 having no other 
duties . JT?WT 45 ; 47, 157, 164', 207, 
211 ; "p^hur <*$*r 154 devoid of 
twinkling or winbing ; w& innft 
102.-2 Dead, docea&ed. 

3?rr>rft:,-!T*f 1 Going away or off, 
departure, separation ; frTnrar: $nv- 
irijT! H. 4. 65.-2 Falling off, going 
away, removal, disappearance; ftfif- 
tpf w frrrir- 



^. . c*nr- 

fr^ p *5tn%: Mo. 70; ^MUmNtCOr- 

wt fi- 3. 7 ; lapse, passing away ; 
?&>rTTi^wm*r K. 66, 1U3.-3 D*kU 



decease. 

3nmSi r :/. A bad fate (going to 
hell &c. ) ; ^r ^rmilt^H Pt.2.108.- 



Censure, reviling (i%); 

Katy.-2 One who reviles or say* 

what is disagreeable, reviler. 



Thunderleaa, ( as a 
cloud. ) 

3|<nrt3T <> Deprived of its' gate- 
ways ( as a town ). 

H715*r a. Ved. I Wanting in 
boldness, abortive. -2 Being ii tlio 
side, lateral. -3 Separated 'from the 
oldest by one. 

JTTW A acuicnt, fault ; Si. 
15. 32. 

3rnjT 6 A 1 To disapprove, re- 
ject.- 2 To threoteti, menace; revile 



96 



censure, reproach, rail at.-3 To de- 
prive of. 

arqirrt, frt ' Having raised 
or lifted up ; w^tnfrt-'rrt s45l P- 
VI. 1. 53 Sk. lifting their swords. 

U. "o bfde, conceal. 
: Ved. A biding place, 
disappearance, concealment. 



. - IU 3 - 77 ]' 

A limb or member of the body, as 
a hand or foot ( am^S"^. HI. 3 - 
81 ; sin sriftmr- T i rf f* 3 <m%: 
-n^ifln?: Sk. and Ka.ik& ) ; but it is 
also used in the sense of ' tlic 

body '; r?i?n*MkH**T afiiwrreit 
%f Bk. 7. 62 ( where the com- 
mentators take arm to mean the 
body itself ). a. Free from the 
obstruction of clouds, cloudless. 

3ITOTV: 1 Striking or cutting 
off, warding off. ^revcnting.-2 Kill- 
iug. -3 A violent death, any evil 
accident proving fatal. 

o. Killing, murdering. 

r. L <npw* : sk - 3 * Unable 

to cook, or one who dees not cook 
for himself. -2 A bad cook, a term 
of abuse ( antPtft ) ; snr^r WT5W- P 
VI. 2 157-8 Sk. 

am^l P.I To depart. 2 To 
go astray, transgress ; offend, com- 
mit a fault, act wrongly ; ^r Wiii- 
Hft* t ffrw: Mb.; <<4<MKM- 
. Dk. 162 outraged. 



.p- Gone away, depart- 
ed ; deceased. rf A fault, jvrong 
or wicked deed, misdeed; 3H?1Rfl- 

S. 5. 9. 



'- 1 Departure ; death ; 

Prftv Dk. 72. -2 



TT 

Wunt, absence.-3 A fault ; offence, 
misdeed, improper conduct, crime ; 
{%* stride wv Mv. 4. 

20 ; * INir 
for 



, 

s B. 15. 47. 4 Injurious or 

hurtful conduct, injury, Ve. 4. 10.-5 
A defect, flaw, failure, deficiency ; 
mti Si. 14. 32 ; 



H. . 

mistake, omission ( to do a thing ) 
' Ki - I 6 - 



Unwholesome or improper 
regimen ( 



HJft tnw Si- 2. 84 ( where w 8 
alto means hurt or injury ). 

3^r^nft^o-0ffending,doing wrong, 
wicked, bd ; MTA<J*<lTV'fl Ms. 8. 



317 a faithless wife. 

arnmi 1 A. 1 To fear. -2 To 
respect, honour, worghip. 



a. 1'cared, honoured. 
1 P. 1 To honour, respect. 
-2 To invite respectfully .-3 ( 5 U.) 
To gather, collect. pati. 1 To be 
reduced in strength or bulk, sink, 
waste away ; awflcMwd IT* tiin- 
t^mrt^ S- 2- reduced in bulk, ema- 
ciated, lean ; to wane, decline, di- 
minish, grow less ; <l*(^*r !W 5rt" 
gwrr ^Tnrir *r ^ H ^rr^nr* K. P.10- 
-2 To fall away from, be deprived 
of, lose ( with abl. ) ; 



: 1 Diminution, .decrease, de- 
cay, decline, fall ( fig. also:); astRTT- 
^TT: Dk. 160 ; ^HH<llM-<<<i Trfit TT 
^jTT^m: Suir. ; H. 3. 130; 
defeat-Mr. 2. 13. -2 Loss, priva- 
tion, failure, defect ; H. 3. 133. -3 
N. of several planetary mansions. 

3rrf^cT.p..J>. 1 Reduced in balk, 
decreased, wasted, expendel <&c.; 
emaciated, thin, lean. -2 Honoured, 
respected, saluted.* Honouring. 

anrfiifih /. ( P. VII. 2. 30 Vftrt. ) 
1 Loss, decay, decline, destruction. 
-2 Expense. -3 Atonement, amends, 
compensation, expiation of sin. 4 
Exclusion. -S Punishing. -6 N.of a 
daughter of Marichi. -7 Honouring, 
worshipping, showing reverence, 
worship ; ftfsTrnrf^firfcfhiaT Si. 



16. 9 ( where it also means loss, 
destruction $rft ), 1. 17; 15. 34 ; 
K. 324 ; Ki. 6. 46 ; 11. 9. 

a^Pjfl /. A noxious flying in- 
sect ; that which causes decay. 



37^ J f)tT ^K] A- disease in which the 
glands of the neck are enlarged and 
swollen. 

3<q->iM a. Without a parasol 
or umbrella. 



1 Shadowless. -2 Having a bad or 
unlucky shadow .-3Devoid of bright- 
ness, dim. *T: One that has no 
shadow, i. e. a god ; cf . N. 14. 21 : 



. 
( 5TRT ) *tf H !H^t5^5 II VT An Un- 

lucky shadow, apparition, phantom. 



1 Cutting off, or 
away .-2 Loss. -3 Interruption. 

3Tr^3 1 A. 1. To fall off, go 
away or off, withdraw, desert. -2 
To perish, die. 

Going or coming out 
) ; Bv. 1. 28. 3. 

lien oS. ; d< 
perished ; melted away. 



* ^ a( i Bon wno ^ a9 
turned out ill ; one inferior to his 
parents in qualities ; l<J3tTH<l u ft HRl- 



( 

Ved. Accustomed to take off or 
remove the covering &c. (aii'oc^niR- 
) Bv. 5. 29. 4. 

1 P. To defeat, conquer ; 
turn off or away, avert, ward 
or keep off ; ^r ^rjjHM-jt^ft Sat. Br. 

: Defeat, overthrow. 

9 A. To deny, disown, 
repudiate, dissemble, conceal ; 5RT- 
P. 1. 3. 44 Sk. (3TOHT- 



Bk. 8. 26 concealing himself. 
Denying, concealing. 

A simple elementary 
substance not made of the five (ct^) 
gross elements ; the five subtle- 
elements ; 



danta. P. 

^ujM< a. 1 Not separated 
(by a curtain or screen). -1 Adjoin- 
ing, contiguous ( 



< 

A screen or wall of cloth.particularly 
the screen or kanat surrounding 
a tent. -2 A curtain. Oomp. 
^TT ( amn$nr- ) tossing aside 
the curtain ; ^or ( = *Vii<j. ) 
' with a ( hurried ) toss of the 
curtain ', frequently ccurring ab 
stage direction and denoting preci- 
pitate entrance on the stage which 
arises from fear, hurry,agitation Ac., 
as when a character tossing up th* 
curtain suddenly enters^ without the 
usual introduction cnr.R$lO * c - 

3r<r? a. 1 Not clever or skilful. 
slow, dull, awkward, uncouth. -2 
Ineloquent ( as a speaker ).-3 Sick. 

gjTfj a. Unable to read; not read- 
ing ; a bad reader ; cf . airr*. 

grfftlta. Not learned or wi, 
foolish, ignorant; ftiJJTit WH4ftlW* 
wr^Bh. 2 7. -2 Wanting in skill,- 
taste, appreciation Ac. 

srqrnr o- Wot saleable (the SmHtis 
name several things/which ought not 
to be sold by particular persons and 
on particular occasions ) ; 
- V. 3. 99. 



A kind of 
dic contraction of 
tjtomach. 



spusmo- 
the body or 



97 



, Spasmodic ontraction 
with occasional convulsive fits ; ifa- 

trtfcm Susr. . 
a. Affer-tcd with spas- 
modic contraction. 

3T7f^i-nfaf Without a master i 
without a husband, unmarried, -fa; 
Vetl. Not a master or husband. 

3>T?5fr UiniiiUTied, without- a. hus- 
band. 

sjTf^frar a. 1 Without a wife (when 
she is either absent or dead ). -2 To 
be performed without the company 
of a wife ; ajqrsfNr: fqff ?T: Katy. 

3UTrfisJ * had Tirtha or place of 
pilgrimage. 

aiq^pj- 10 P. To cause to fast of 
starve. 

SJUHJU'I 1 Fasting ( in sickness ). 
-2 Absence of satisfaction. 

3TTft [ T "H^ rrnts^r, q^ ^15 ^St 
1^, a. <T.; some derive it from arc, 
the termination j being added to 
it, aa in cf^tT, awi, sprung from a 
stock ; Yaska gives two etymologies ; 



H^fJf, 3^ STtrfr flcTT fq"cTT 
SR^ =T TWft W ] 1 Offspring, child, 
progeny, issue ( of animals and 
men ) ; offspring in general ( male 
or female ) ; sons or grandsons and 
other later generations of a Uotra ; 

jft fnf P. IV. 1. 162 ; 

fl7TTV I '!*> <J lT-<4 34 I : ^' ! 
50. ( Bhavabhuti calls an apatya 
' a knot for tying parents together ' 



U. 3. 17 ). -2 A patronymic affix ; 
T: Ak. ; 3ify*Ky*<u[ 



Sk. -Comp. -3fr*T a. desirous of pro- 
geny. gfrw: N. of a plant. ^ a. 
giving offspring ( as a Mantva &c. ). 
( -fr ) N. of a plant ( Jr^rtrffsf ) 
-q>l: the vulva. -jfcTT: a patronymic 
affix. f^ttiPn. m. a seller of his 
children, a father who sells his girl 
for money to a bridegroom. 51^: 

[ 3m ^rS^H^ -7RT* ZfWT ; HT ] 1 

' having the child for its enemy,' a 
crab (said to die in producing ypung). 
-2 a serpent. *rr^a. Vecl. accom- 
panied with offspring. 

3T1sT " Leafless, without wings 
&c. ft; I The shoot of bamboo ; a 
sprout in general ( ff^rwraf frf: 'PT- 
Sr1?T?I??%?<Ti<ne^ ). -2 A tree the leaves 
of which have fallen off. -3 A bird 
without wings. 

3T<ni? 1 A- To. be aaliniued, be 
baebf ul, hang down the face through 

13 



shame ; ( with icstr. of person or 

thing); 

Mb., *r 



ibid. ; 

Bk. 14. 84 turned away from with 
shame. 

3TT=nJ. < Sliameless, impudent. 
^<IT-<r't 1 Shame, bashfulness. -2 
Embarrassment. 

aiT^fqisoj a. [ srq^-ng^ ] Bash- 
ful ; Si. 8. 46. 

3W?*XP-P- Afraid of, deterred 
from ; d^nmtd; ( slightly ) afraid 
of waves ; P. II. 1. 38 Sk. 

3T<W a- [ =m% T*rr i^r ] Pathless, 
roadless ; "sft^r:, c n TTfi &c. tf, 
-T: (also 3rrn: P. V. 4. 72, II. 4. 30) 
1 Not a way, absence of a way or 
road, pathless state ; a bad or wrong 
road ( lit. ); ( fig. ) irregularity, de- 
viation, a moral irregularity or de- 
viation, a wrong road, bad or evil 
course ; arq^ q?*Tq*ff% ft SiTt<ili<r 
: E. 9. 74 ; 17. 54 ; JT 
rfv >T3I^ S. 5, 10 
follows evil ways ; 5fff%??WWq^ <T^ 
>m Ki. 13. 45, 64. -2 Heresy, hetero- 
doxy (in opinions ). -3 The vulva. 
-JJT N. of several plants. -<j iitd. By 
or in the wrong way, astray ; ami 
*&( Sk. -Comp. -JTrrn"* a. pursuing 
evil courses ; heretical, -qirvra. tak- 
ing to evil ways (as man); spent or 
used out of place, misapplied', mis- 
spent (as money &c.); H. 3. 123. 

3TTS.T a. [^. cf.] 1 Unfit, unsuitcd, 
improper, inconsistent, obnoxious ; 



. 

-2 (In medicine) Unwholesome, un- 
salutary (as food, regimen &c.); ^fr- 
<nmr 5TJrr.Tr5f sf rr: H. 3. 117 ; 



6. -3 Bad, unlucky. 
a. an offender 



f!?S Mu. 1 an ene- 
my or traitor to the king. 



. ?r. ] 1 Incomprehensible, 
unknowable. -2 Having no feet, 
footless. 

sitr^ 1 a I Footless. -2 Having no 
office or post. -3-; A reptile. -^ 1 No 
place or abode. -2 A wrong or bad 
place or abode ; wrong timer f^<n- 
q^ 1 JSTf^ftsf^T M. 1 ' my doubts were 
out of place, ill-founded ' ; sfa q^Tnfr 
*nrr s 'MM^f'J Ki. 9. 70 unreasonably. 
-3 A word which is not &pada or an 
inflected word. -4 Ether. -Comp. 
-*RTT adjoining, contiguous, very 
near. ( -t ) proximity, contiguity. 



N. of a parasitical 
plant. 

ind. To the left side. 
a. 1 Without self-restraint, 
-2 Of wavering fortune. 

a. Free from foreat fire. 
Far from ten.- 



, ] 1 Pure conduct, 
approved course of life ; ( qfigsrt- 
^or ). -2 A great or noble work, 
excellent work (perhapt for ar^H 
q.v.). -3 A work well or completely 
done, an accomplished work. 

3TTTW'- * Nothing, non-entity. 
-2 Not the meaning of words actually 
used in a sentence ; arr^fiifr^ <u<fiT- 
. P. 2. 

6 P. 1 To point out, In- 



dicate, 

60 ; assign, allot. -2 To declare, 
put forward, adduce, communicate ; 
announce, say, tell ; inform against, 
accuse ; awiqm ^ M s- 8. 54. -3 



To feign, pretend, hold out or plead 
as a pretext or excuse ; flr5I^?*r*TqT%- 
^T K. 19. 31, 32, 54 ; fSTT:g^q*fa- 
wq%?I^ Dk. 56 pleading head-ache 
as an excuse. -4 To refer to, have 
reference to ; ^iffa H^ JTftT^tqf^ET 
Dk. 102 i ef erred to, called by the 
name of. 

1 Statement, adducing 
) ; pointing out, mentioning 
the name oE ; f 
Dk. 60 ; ^cOqi(l 
Pl'IHH Nyaya S. ; 
Kaly. -2 (a) A pretext, pretence, 
plea, excuse ; contrivance ; 

OTTJ S. 2 ; 
i B. 2. 8 ; S(T 
V. 3. 12. (b) Guise, dis- 
guise, form , ft<'|g > TtqyA^*Tg' 
ifr^tnwT Mai- 7; ftq4iq^l w- 
^177 Dk. 101. -3 Statement of the 
reaon, adducing 8 cause, the second 
(3) of the five members of ao 
Indian syllogism (according to the 
Vaiseshikae). -4 A butt, mark (s^) 
-5 A place, quaiter. -6 Refusal, re. 
jection. -1 Fame, reputation. -8 De- 
ceit. -9 ( OTfBt \y. ) A bad or 
wrong place. 

3Tq^l^l <* Pretending to be, as 
suming the appearance of (in comp.). 

wdfalpot.p. 1 To be feigned, 
adduced &c. -2 Being in a wrong 
place. 

3inf%3*| ind. Half a point between 
two regio9 of the compass ( f^r^T- 
^ ), in an intermediate region. 
A goblin, evil spirit. 



iq. A bad thing. 

3T7IK A sif ' e door 01 entrance ' 
an entrance other than the proper 

door ; arTSTT^TO^ faf^mS: Su ' r ;. 

Ved. Shutting up, hiding 

i^rW ) 

I 1'. To prevaricate. 

, Prevarication. 

a. Free from smoke ; "fw 

B.10".74. 

* ! i>. To think ill of, have 
evil thoughts about curse mentally ; 

-* ..snu il JUHflM MD. 



Hull, on Ms. 8. 53. -6 To 
except, exclude from a rule. 

3,^,. 1 Taking away, remov- 
ing ; refuting ( as an assertion ) ; 



HUcurfing mentally ; 
- 29 ' 



, _, 



orTom/ disgrace. -2 Concealment. 
-Oomp. -ir : ,-*T apcnonof amixe d, 
degraded and impure ca.te ( wbe 
the mother belongs to ******* 
than the father's) Ms. 10. 41, 46. 

'- Destroy ing, removing; 



- P- Reviled cur.ed, 
accursed, contemptible, to be d 
c) ained. -2 Pounded badly or imper- 
fectly (wnj*i)'-* Abandoned. 
_*f: A vile wretcb, lost to 
sense of right and virtue ; qw *W- 



. Sounding wrongly. 
if A wrong or harsh found. 

a. Without a nose ; wffcr 

Bk - 



2. 94 Com. -2 A bad policy or con- 
duct. -3 Injury, offence (: 



1 Taking away, remov- 
ing, extracting &c.; ist3q Me. 
26; *T?frWH<Hiq S. 5, 6. -2 
Healing, destroying, curing ( dis- 
ease &c. ) ; }|i|IS|l<H<^ P. V- 
4. 49. -3 Discharge or acquittance 
o* a debt or obligation. -4 Sub- 
traction, deduction. 

awWfar p- !' " Taken uway ; re- 
moved, pulled off Ac. -2 Removed 
from, deviating from, opposed to, 
contradictory ; flTneiHiV-TifffT S- 
3 Fadly done 



g a. Hairing badly formed 
hips. -^ Badly formed hips ; P. VI. 
2. 187. 

mSMlfll A female that has suf- 
fered a miscarriage. 

blibe ' 

Ved. Fault oreril 
caused by wrong departure 



- 
Having a bad name. 

B. ( -IT ) A bad name. 

gppft 1 P. 1 To lead or can-y 
away, carry or lead off ; cause to re- 
tire fimc^Mf. 3- 242. -2 (a) 
To remove (in allsenses), de- 
stroy, take away ; 3nHT*rf >nnrT5igTr- 
wm S. 6. z ; $ifrrhrrrft Bk. 
16. 30 ; so ^wrt, >r*, aw, ^r*, *f- 
ITT, &c. (fc) To rob, steal, take 
ivway, carry away or off ; w^TT *ftv 
tmrwsfiwt R- 13. 24. -3 To extract, 
tHk"- or draw out from (dart, oil &c.); 
arr*mr?N?i^ Dk. 31 ; f^rvr r^ 
& J^I^TsfWiW V. 5. -4 To put 
off ov away, take or pull off ( dress, 
ornaments, fetters &c. ) ; 
IroTT-srfVffT K. 206 ; <rrt 

11. 1 ; -<j<"UfaMw<4*ii Mk. 6 1 
. 2 ; B. 



4. 64. -9 To dny ; 



or executed, spoiled ; 



off, discharged. Jr Bad conduct. 

^trg* 6 P. To remove, take 
or drive away, doolroy ; Tfciuiiwug- 
rq; Bk. 10. 13 ; 



^r Jmnrgwm; T*6r% Bg. 2. 8 ex- 
piate, atone for ( us sin ). 

smjf^:/. -*f^: "4l^*l Bemoving, 
taking away, removal, destroying, 
driving away ; expiation, atonement 
( as of a sin ); MIMMMM3*1<) Ms. 11. 
210, 140, 93; Y. 3. 306 ; 5*rff^ Ms. 
11. 107; wOT?*T<ift?nr 11. 76; 
JMimm'iq*: 11. 216, 253, 



261. 

JTTW - Ved. Not going down, 
not fallen or sunk, indestructible. 

3TTTTf^ u Waterless dry ; Ki. 
5.12. 

^MMIj'. A wrong or bad reading 
(in a text); mistake in reading ; 
P- IV. 4. 



64 Sk. 

ajtjrjTsr a. I Deprived of the use 
of common vessels ; using geparate 
vessels (from which no one else wij.1 
eat ) ; VT^nrrf ^J^T^TT'. Ms. 10. 51. 

-2 Of low caste. 

^ 

I One who has lost his casle through 
some great gin or offence, and who 
is, therefore, not allowed by his re- 
latives to eat or drink from a 
common vesiel. 

3414141^ a. Having bad feet ; e n 
having no shoe, shoeless. 
k bad drink. 
Ved. Separation. 



of Barkis (rtH 

: A bad arm; .tiflness 

in the arm. 

gjtTWT * k ' rec '* 1Qin f eaV ' * 
less, undaunted ; a*: ^^"^7' *" 



destroying 



a. Ved. Taking away, 

- 

1 A. To abuse, revile, de- 



5.83. 

3^* Reviling, defamation, 
libel, calumny, vituperation. 

P. To be away, he alf 
:/. Defeat, damage. 

* 1 A. To fall y 01 
lo dismiss, discharge ; 



4 y. 1. ending in a (prec 
. -2 A corrupted word, 
- 



n ? ; ( hence ) an incorrect word 
whether formed .gainst the rules of 
griinniar or ied in a seme uot 
uttictly Sanskrit ; sec 3 T qt^. - 
corrupt language, one of : the lowest 
forms of the Prftkrita* A.alect used by 
cow-herds &c. ( in Kftvyas ) ; ( 
Sastras)any language otli 
Sanskrit ; r. H***** ' 



Kav. 1. 



(as a duvlcct ) 

3WH a. [ wf qg 
Ved. The most distant ov remote. 
the last, lowest in caste, most, de- 

graded (sn-sntRfif! ) ffl ^ Iu U8tl 
Declination ; the tcliptic ; fl'i 

nn ^t ^r^t fift^w 8i d - . f." 
Comp. -Ttrr the line of the ecliptic ; 
see *i&*rr. -H5WrT thc ecliptic. 

arqw^ whal is swept awRy ' du8t ' 
dirt ; r f ' ; 

Raw. 



99 



^: Touching, grazing. 

Caui. To disrespect, dis- 
honour, despise. 

3<jWTT: Disrespect, dishonour, dig- 
grace : despi'sing, slighting, con- 
tempt ; f^HJt jj[-^-d4$fMl4l4HH ^ 
t. 1-63 ; 



j* Pt. 1, 

[ o. Dishonouring, disres- 
pecting, slighting. 

3TTHnT : 1 A by-path, side way ; 
a bad way. -2 Shampooing, rubbing 
&c. of the body (sjirqRHljfc ) Si. 
9.36. 

1 Ved. To be thrown away. 

Debt. 

o. 1 Having the face 
averted. -2 Ill-favoured, ill-looking. 
^f ind. Without the face. 

[ a. Headless ; (hrfq< Ak. 

! P., 10 P. To wipe o!T, 
efface, blot or'wipe out, remove. 

33MHMH 1 Wiping away, cleans- 
ing, purifying. -2 Shaving, paring. 
-3 Chips. 



1 Sudden or untimely death, acci- 
dental or unnatural death ; *i^pfft- 
S<T*SW?T *hfTt% Pt. 4. -2 Any great 
danger, illness &c. from which a 
person, hopelessly given up for 
lost, recovers, quite contrary to ex- 
pectation. 

SIMqftlfl a - 1 Unintelligible, ob- 
scure as a *m or speech. -2 Unbear- 
able, not borne or liked ( 



l Wf &c. Si. 15. 46 (for 
the formation of the word see 
Malli. ). 

3m<J$ltl " ( 5T: ) Infamy, dis- 
grace, ill-repute ; srqwr *Jrf*?T ftr 
Eh. 2. 55. 

2 P. To depart, go away, 
retire, withdraw, fall off or away, 
disappear; anvnmv ft 

U. 6. 4 ; sfNft f^rf "rare 
H. 4. 8. 

Going auay, departure, re- 
treat, flight, escape. 

3HT^ a. ( treated as a pronoun 
in some senses ) 1 Having nothing 
higher or superior, unrivalled match- 
less ; without a rival or second 



S' 2. 9 ; of. 3?:pTn, sjijnj-. -2 [ ^ 
fajft 'J-3^1 () Another, other 
( used as ndj. or suhsl. ). (6) More, 
additional ; Ms. 11. 5. ( c ) Second 
pother Pt. 4. 37 ; 



_ Mk. 5. 2 like another 
( rival ) Kesava. (jl ) Different ; 

Ms. 1.85; Ks. 6. 235; Pt. 4. 6 
(with gen.). () Ordinary, of the 

tiifa: Si 16. 23. -3 Belonging to 
another, not one's own ( opp. $3- ) ; 



Ms. 9. 85of another caste. -4 Hinder, 
posterior, latter, later, ( in time or 
spaec) ( opp. sp ) ; the last ; !*TWvrt 
t Ms. 4. 93 ; 



,.-.>,x. ~mn. .Nir. : oft. used as 
first member of a genitive Tatpurusha 
comp. meaning ' the hind part, ' 
' latter part or half ; ' IW : the latter 
half of a month ; %fo. latter hIf 
of winter ; 5RT7T: hind part of the 
K dy &o. ; ^f, "^r^ latter p^rt of 
the rains, autumn &c. -S Following, 
the next. -6 Western ; tr?rftr irfqrgv 
TTTJlSrw: Si. 9. 1, Ku. 1. 1; Mn. 4. 21. 
-7 Inferior, lower (f^r) . 3TH>Vi^<1- 

( In Nyftya ) Non-extensive, not 
covering too much, one of the two 
kinds of wmpif, see Bhasha P. 8. 
( ft = srf^'MT higher, am = =5597% 

am Mukta. ). -9 Distant ; opposite 
When am is used in the singular as 
a correlative to t^r the one, former, 
it means the other, the Utter ; trft 



lT41II'^ l>*1l1M 

R. 5. 60 ; when used iu pi it 
means ' others ', ' and others ', and 
the words generally used as its cor- 
relatives are <rqr, %f*?j-?mq &c., 



Pt. 4. 34 ; 



12 45 some- others ; 



MV Bk. 15. 31. 
33. ~r- 1 The hind foot of an ele- 
phant; ^frqTjror frmr O*i8i*Jrtifl<i, 

S'. 5. 48 ( M>:lii. ^^nqr^umSf ). -2 An 
enemy (^ y>n-i^ (fpnri^).-Tr 1 Western 
direction, the west. -2 The hind part 
of an elephant. -3 Sacred learniug, 
learning the four Vedas with the 6 
Angai. -4 The womb ; the outer skin 
of the embryo. -5 Suppressed men- 
struation in pregnancy. -<t Ved. The 
future, future times ; jflmfl*ft HM*fl 
firftfrir Rv. 1. 32. 13.-T 1 The future, 
any thing to be done in future (^T^) 
ct Br. AT. Up. 
r JJ^T ). -2 Tlie hind 
quarter of an elephant. -$adv. Again, 
moreover, in future, for the future; 
srat^ moreover ; 3i<r>nr behind, west 



of, to the west of (with gen. or ace.), 
[cf. Goth, afar Germ, abe.r, as in 
aberglauben] .-Comp.-srfjr (sTrfV dual) 
1. the southern and western fires 
( ^%or and tnfrw ): -2 the last fire 
i. e. used at the funeral ccremoy 
( lf>: ) -3*r one of the 8 divisiont of 
U^iy^wj"! ( the second kind of qrriT J 
mentioned in K. P. 5. In this the 
air or suggested sense is subordinate 
to something else ; arg.rmwt'r; 

^r ( qreirr<f%!t)r ) sm 

r ; e.g. 37Jf ?r t 



where ^ITR is subordinate toip^or. 
o. living at the western borders.(-art) 
l.the western border or extremi- 
ty, the extreme end or term ; 
the western shore. -2. ( PI. ) the 
country or inhabitants of the western 
borders near the Sahya mountain ; 
) K. 4. 53 wes- 



tern people. -3. the kings of this 
country. -4. death, "jrnranticipation 
of one's end. -5. the hind foot of an 
elephant ; gj^djml 



Si. 11. 7; 18. 32. -^w: 1. = ^:?!'. 
-2. N. of a song ; Y. 3. 113 ; 3tf?fcrr 
'".of a metre consisting of 64 
matras -9WtT:-^,-*rf9r another and 
another, several, various. -3?$ the 
latter or second half. -yff. [ fr. *n^ 
changed to ar|r P. II. 4. 29, V. 4. 
88. ] the latter part of the day ; 
the afternoon, closing or last 
watch of the day ; Ms. 3. S78; 
Si. 9. 4 ; e ww "jrffiT belonging 
to this time ; yft P. II. 1. 45. -fntr 
the east. -qrr*T$*ir situated in or 
belonging to the western part of 
Kanyakubja.-qrre; later period. -*fr. 
^rsf ( also 'fTtfl or 'Ff^iR ) N. of a 
country to the west of Mahameru 
( according to Buddhistic ideas ).-*r 
a. born later or at the end of the 
world. (-arO the destroying fire. 
-5TT: an inhabitant of the west, 
the western people.-^%tfr ind. in the 
south-west ( belonging to the I^BT 
class ). -mr: 1. the second or dark 
half of the month.-2. the other or op- 
posite side ; a defendant ( in law ). 
-I'^TOTT: the western Panchalas.-qT 
a. one and the other,several, various; 

..X _ _* l> VT 1 1AA 

3TqvtrfTt ^l%ll: 1^5 r.T l. vi. i. i*t*. 
Sk. several caravans go ; (am ^ 7V 
T ^f-'^ 1'J^ ).-qri^'lfl? < JI: the pupils 
of Panini living in tlie west.-inrhr o. 
easily led or influenced by ethers, 
docile, tractable. -HIT: 1- being an- 
other or different, diffcretee- -2. suc- 
cession, continuation. -TT?C; [ am 
^jsf; ] the latter or closing part of 
night, the last watch of night ( P. 
V. 4. 87 ); f* P. II. 1. 45. -<= 



100 



the other world, the next world, 
r.adise.-V7WT,-vN. of a metre. - 
rt a kind of Vairftgya mentioned by 
Patanjali ( rerfynfyt.Rsir>)il u lW mjR- 
' ). -*mi the hind thigh. 



""-' western point in the ho- 
rizon. -JTT a. belonging to the latter 
half of winter (P. VII. 3. 11). 

3TOTWT-f+ 1 L'eingatotber or differ" 
ent ( one of the 23 gunas ) ; differ- 
ence, opposition, contrariety, rela- 
tiveness. -2 Nearness. -3 Distance, 
posteriority C in time or space ). 

3TOTW ailv. In another place, else- 
where ; q*nr or vfaf-am* in one 
place-in another place ; in the fiiit 
case-in the second case. 

WTWT i*d. In another manner; Si. 
6.41. 

. Like what follows. 

. ] One after an- 
other, uninterrupted, continued ( 
applied to an action) ;3m*RT: 

I. 1.144 ; 85 fttn*JJt;tj: 
f : Sk. 



: adv. On the following day ; 
Mr 3. 187. 



Used in pass, only ) To 
be disaffected or discontented ( with 
W.) : sretMqM^nfr snr: Ki. 2. 49 ; 

3T7TTtf a. 1 Colourless, bloodless, 
P l e i 3TOTIT^irTT: S. 6. 5. -2 Dis- 
contented, dissatisfied, disaftectcd ; 
r: Mu. 1. 



amPTi Discontent, dissatisfaction, 
disaffection ; '^ ^^,-j^ Mu 

; 



Ki. 2. 50, K. 
329. -2 Apathy, enmity. 

1 Cessation ( 

*' ~ 2 rriisati8faction - 

t Contest, dispute ( about 
the enjoyment of property ) ; 3f%?r 
uncuutettcd, undisputed ( as posses- 
ron of any thing.). -2 Ill-repute. 

3HWU [3T-TT*rr.] Not reci- 
procal, not mutual ; 3Tfl,SjHMfaj ?r 



r- 

Bg. 16 8 ( Mr. Telang ren- 
ders t by produced by union of 
male and female, ' caused by lust, 
Where srom* must be supposed to 
be connected with 3mm under am 
q. v. ). 

aWfhr I TIT, 'T.IVI, "rrf ] Not 
averted, fronting, facing, iu front. 
-ind. In fiont of. -Oomp. -5^ a. 
(ft/- ) 1 not turning away the face, 
with unareited face. -2. pts*ntine a 
bold front. 

a. Unconriuered, invin- 
unsurpassed ; jrr f^ the 



north-east direction, so called be- 
cause the gods were not defeated 
there ; ?f O<*i?ni- ) 3"^^Tt su^rt f^?T^T- 
flffT a fl^l *T qTTSmf fl^T f^*m<lQldl Ait. 
l!r., Ms. 6. 31. -*: \ A sort of poi- 
sonous insect. -2 N. of Vishnu ; of 
Siva. -3 One of the 11 Rudras. -4 A 
class of divinities forming a portion 
of the 3J3*rr. divinities of the Jainas. 
-S .V. of a sage.-str 1 N. ofDurgo,to 
be worshipped on the Vijayadaiami 
or Datard day ; <\\\m\ ^ ^: tjm-^ TJJ- 

3TT^fif-Tr Skanda P. -2 N. of several 
plants; pf, ^i^ilijin, srif^l, SRPT, ?tftnft, 
53^1, sn? : T | ?''rt. -3 A kind of plant 
( or aftvfr ) fastened round the wrist 
and serving as a charm or amulet j 
sec S. 7. ( In Vikamorvati Act 2 
Kalidasa uses smrfjicrr in the sense 
of a spell or ftar ; =15 



) -4 The north- 
east quarter : see under <r above. -5 
A kind of metre of 4 lines with 14 
syllables in each. -6 A gort of Yogim. 

a. Inrincible. 



. 5 P'. 1 To offend, wrong, 
sin against, commit an offence a- 
gainst ; (with gen. or loc. of person 
or thing ) ; ^TJT^nrmTrfW Mk. 9 
is to blame ; 

S. 4 

S. 7 ; 



Pt. 1. 307 ; V. 2; 
V. 



sometimes with dat. also; 
ift33tf"*y*<M<Hifr Si. 2. if. -2 To 
annoy, disturb. -3 To prohibit. 

snTTTSf^-.p. t' Sinned, offended, 
haying committed an offence, guilty, 
an offender, criminal ( used in an 
active sense) ; 



B. 8. 48 ; 

9. 7!l the rirst 
to offend. -2 Missed, not hitting 
thejnark (asan arrow ) ; ^.rrffT:- 
Mtl^5-u){jrtau|: Dk. 163 ; yw: or 
VK^ an archer whose arrows u\- 
ways miss the mark, an unskilful 



- 

Si. 2. 27. -3 Violated, trans- 
gressed ; amnsr srf^^^mTrnr- 
nr V. 3.-^- [>r^5i;:] An offence, 
crime, Injury ; ^ 3 rfh 

S. 3. 9. 



= / 1 Fault, mistake, 
offence. -2 Sin. 

smnj: An offence, a fault, guilt, 
crime, sin, mistake, error ; (32 kinds 
are usually stated in Sastras); 

<r?rr% V. 4. 29 ; 



mistake c error in accent ; 



sometimes with gen. or loc. of per- 
son ; 3^: 
T. 1. 18 J 



K. 203. -Coinp. -^3r5^. the 
destroyer of sins, epithet of Siva ; 
^ft< a short poem by Sankaracha- 
rya in praise of Siva, the fourth line 
of the verses being usually yt 



a - Offending, guilty, of- 
fender, criminal ; 
V. 2. 21. 



a. Destitute of de- 
scendants or offspring. 

3T7f^3JT " * Unable to walk 
round. -2 Not diligent. 

3TOfrirg' a. Without possessions 
or belongings, attendants &c. ; quite 
destitute, as in f%{r#KT''Tjr5:. -^ t J 
Non-acceptance, rejection, renun- 
ciation; one of the jeverul kinds of 
yamas ( mental restraints) stated in 
Yoga Sistra by Patunjali. -2 Desti- 
tution, poverty. 

3Rf^fJf5.' --fft^T Having 
no acquaintance ; unsocial, misan- 
thropic. 

. Poor, destitute. 

a. 1 Undiscerned, 
undistinguished. -2 Continuous, 
connected, withon interval or se- 
paration. 

1 Want of dis inc- 



tion or divisi n. -2 Want of ordei 
or arrangement. -3 Want of judg-. 
ment. -4 t ontinuance, connection. 
: / Not losing ; not 



growing old or decaying; 
N. of a ceremony. 

Celibacy. 
An unmarried gi 1. 

Unchangeableness ; 
not prudent, improvident. 
fnr Ved. Xot going by a 
tortuous course. 

3<Tfti?rftf?T o- Xot properly plac- 
ed or established J <U<jT^^*IW 
*qr^^ H?!T?r!t M. 1 not ptoperly 
grounded. 

3TTfrmor> sPrRtiw. musr* a. 
Imnieusuruhle iimnense, mibounded. 

3T<TfT*5JlT a - Kot fttdi.ng, wither- 
ing, or decaying. -*: N. of a plant 
) (iomphraua 



ing, about (-used in curses only ) ; 



enclosed ( arnrrf i 



101 



WT3TT 



". Not enclosed or 
fenced on all sides ( as a field ). 

HqfT$TT a- iNot leaving a re- 
mainder; all-suTrourding, all-pervad- 
ing ;JT STtf Sfiukhya K. <sf- Ab- 
sence of remainder or limit. 

3T7t*s^: Want of polish or 
refinement ( moral or physical ) ; 
c.oar8eness,nideness, unrefined state. 

3T<rR$fl a. Unpolished, un- 
refined, rude, coarse. 

STIKfii: / [ 
Worship ( 



" I Not near, distant. 
-2 Not extensive, not current. ^ : 
Absence of extent. 

'llfNi'STnf Infinity, innumer- 
ableness. 

' <* Motionless. 

a. 1 In- 
evitable. -2 Not to be abandoned. 
-3 N T ot to be degraded. 

STTrVftT"- Ve d- Not endanger- 
ed or afflicted ; straightforward. 

1 Unexamined, sw- 
ftw Mit. ; untried, un- 



. , 

tested, unproved. -2 Ill-considered 
foolish, thoughtless ( of person or 
tllin g); "^T^TSTTIT q^it* Pt. 5 
1 the inconsiderate doer ' . -3 Not 
clearly proved or established. 

3T<J^rfTa. Ved. Not surrounded 
or encircled, not app-oached ( 3^ 
) ?T: N. of a people. 

f a. Free from anger; suq*rrr 

. 9. 8. 

a- ( <rr,-q?/. ) Ugly, de- 
formed, odd-shaped. 7 1 Defor- 
mity, monstrosity. -2 Delight, 
wonder ( Ved.). 

3Tfl$T % a. 1 Not invisible, per 
ceptihle to the senses, visible. -2 
Not distant or remote. $r adv. 
In the presence of ( with gen. ); 3iq-- 
rterni; perceptibly, visibly, mani- 
festly, openly. -Comp. -srgwfifc/. 
direct cognition. 

sw jfcsrqfw Den. P. To make xer- 
ceptible 

- Exclusion, prohibition. 

Extermination, de- 
thronemeiit ; Mu. 2. 20. 

5H<I<n. a. Leafless. orf N. O f 
Durga or Parvuti ; Kalidusa thus 
accounts for the iiame; 
ft 



r: Ku. 5. 28 ; of. Siva P. 

3r)<i|lVim5TT7 iff- 

<j a. \ Untimely. -2 P n st 
menstruation time ( fi jTKjfm ) 

<* Unlimited, unbounded. 
a. I Not sufficient or 
enough, incomplete, insufficient. -2 
Unlimited. -3 Unable (to do its 
work ), incompetent ; 

Hn%t Bg. 1. 30. 
f: / Insufficiency ; 
f5ir<iq<l|fH^g*<('l^ Mo 1 . 1 . 
: Without order. Tr ; 
Want of order or method. 

aTO^fqiT a. Not standing over- 
night. fresh, new (as a flower) ; not 
standing over till the next day ; 
srf^ Jn^r Ve. 6. 



a. Without a joint. n. 
No joint or point of conjunction. -2 
A day which is not aq^i. e. not 
the proper time or season (the Parva 
days being awsri^r, "ftftfar, 
^ft &c. ) 



M. 4. 15. 
-ComB. -55: a sort of sugar-cane. 

3TT5J a - Without flesh (qag-ir). 
<$ A pin or bolt. 

P- * To deny, disown ; 
ti Kull. on Ms. 8. 400 ; 
refuse ; snmtrffinT P- I- 3. 44 Sk. 



-2 To conceal, hide. -3 To detract 
from, s'ander. Cans. To outwit, 
overreach, deceive ; aTTt 
1r: Bk. 8. 44. 



1 Concealing, hid- 
ing ; ^fTfTfihJ3WM?rrq: Si. 20. 
28. -2 Concealment or deniaL of 
knowledge, evasion ; sr f^- srfq^n%^r- 
FfrcfiTnT: ^ 5T^Jrr S.B. -3Detraction, 
concealment of truth, thoughts, feel- 
ings &c.; Tii<a^IHiqgq^; fq^rW- 
mn<\: Mu. 3. 14. -4 Affection, regard. 
-S ( In medicine ) The part between 
shoulder and the ribs.-Oomp. $g: 
( in law ) a fine laid on one who de- 
nies the charge on which he is con- 
victed. 



a. One who denies, dis- 
owns, hides, conceals &c.; conceal- 
ing ; M)<J(C) 



Y. 2. 236. 



|'-tn ] Excessive thirst or de- 
sive (wf^pi^ram); (srorrffl^ is 
sometimes used in the same ^ense, 
but regarded as an incorrect word ). 
3TT?5Tf^;,-?ITg^ o. 1 Thirsty ( P. 
III. 2. 144. ).-2 Free from thirst or 
desire ; 

; Mil. 



Not cleansing or wash- 



Sat. Br. (ffl^m^jl'lll^isqmjj not 
cleansed or washed by cleaning sub- 
stances ( as by a washerman ), 

-*i<4(ra m - Ved. Speaking away, 
warning off, averting, preventing-. 
-;i SpeaKng 111 ; Pt. 4. 

Act of speaking away or 
warning off, removing. 

aj^?[ 1 U. 1 To revile, abuse, 
censure, reproach ; 
amfl^: Si. 17. 19; 
Ms. 4. 236 . tf %i wmjGt-Jt ^r P. I. 
3. 77. Sk. ( pgqifrfw *?rijmft<% otfift W 
WT?l) ! i* < J1SMl<{*)Mt<( Bk. 8. 45 re ril- 
ing or abusing men. -2 To disown, 
deny (A.) ; ^UMMm^fr P. I. 3. 73 
Sk. -3 To argue out, refute, contra- 
dict ; 3m3<4llftn5l$: S*rash Y. 
3. 7. -Cow. 1 T6 blarne, censure. -2* 
To oppose or contradict as unadvia- 
able. 

3HRT?: 1 Censuring, reviling; cen- 
sure, reproach, blam?, abuse ; sn^rr 
l^ U. 5 ; rf)*H|<(|at q. 



Bh. 2. 62; scandal, evil report; 
*!!' <<r s^T^rq^ra': Pt. i ; 

11.25,14.12; Mk. 9. 3; U. 1 Pt 



- 

: U.I. 6 spreading or 
indulging in scandals about ; JT %^?y- 
TfTrftrf flTq^TfwR- U. 2 ; tfrqro 
censuringly Mftl. 9. -2 An exception, 
a special rule that restricts or sets' 
aside a general rule ( opp. 

fft 3?<nf: ; 



. 

q^: Ku. 2. 27 ; R. 15. 7 ; "^ ex- 
ceptional suffix ; ^i^ a case for a 
special rule. -3 An order, command- 



i 

. : Ki - 14. 27. -4 Refutation ; 
( in Vedftnta phi'l. ) refutation as of 
a wrong imputation or belief ; s>gft- 

rfff vra oi*nam9> (rogmtftfanf. 

w w|v ^^f^w^rr^r: arm?-. Tr. ; 
m^nm^mt ^rn<tftftm-- Vedanta ; 
hence also, a means of refutation. -5 
Confidence, trust. -6 Love ; familia- 
rity. -7 A small bell or other instru- 
ment sounded to decoy deej- ; 
<MitAft< Si. 6. 9 ; ( <F* : 



Malli. ) 

3my?*fr;-3Tinrr%j; a. l Blaming, 
censuring, reviling, traducing, de- 
faming ; yrqimif^rr ms^r S 2. 
-2 Opposing ; contradicting, except- 
ing, setting aside, excluding. 

3T735T a. Without wind or air, 
sheltered from wind, tf f 



103 



*HliWH ** ] A grove, a garden 
or park planted near a town. 

See under src? ; 



&c. 
&c. 



) 
> 
) 



P. 1 To carry off or 
way, bear off or away ; arilmr ^ 
fmtSTTT WTWi Mb. -2 To drive away; 
disperse, dispel, remove, take away; 

* 



away ; Dk 67 ; 



freed from obstacles ; 
HonTTt (Tftsr) 16. 6 the bolts of 
which wers net removed or un- 
chained ; niflmmiflgi Dk. 133. 
-3 To give up, relinquish, leave, 
abandon, cast off; srflnrarnrq'tarwfl'- 
HT! Si. 6- 33; 3npftsx<j'fl*'S"li 
B. 11. 25; iT5t?R<nfref>5- 
13. 70 thrown 
*<) j^tr WTf- 
B. 16. 73 before 
IK* had commenced his toilet.-* To 
deduct, subtract. -Cant 1 To carry 
off, remove, carry or draw to a 
distance, take away ; mMifawi- 
f^W: Mu. 1, 3 ; q^rj 2 ; jpjf prr *rrvbr- 
irwTW M. 5; Bk. 8. 86. -2 To chase 
ordrive ixway, expel ; gFHfonm 3ff- 
<mffrw: Dk. 47, 59. -3 To reduce lo 
powder, pulverize. -4 To cause to 
cany the yoke ; irrfJr* 5TTl%*t f*W 
Mk. 8. 



^' t Taking or carrying 
wy, removal ; Dk. 41 ; mr* m*. 
*4MI 1<$*llM.l;*i<j H 3. v. I. 
bearing away men from other conn- 
tries ; See arfS^. -2 Deduction, 
ubtraction (is of fractions). -3 N. 
of a metre. 



a. One who cirries away or 
removes ; Si. 18. 64. 

vitW},.p. Ca Tied a way, removed 
Ac. See above. 

W1JNI: t WW TW: ] Ved. 1 
Disappearance, vanishing,, retreat. 
-2 N. of a plant. 

flfifSnT < Uninjured, unhurt, 
un viola ted. 

3Fn%tT o. Unobg ructed, unin- 
terrupted ; $m ya-UHMftBHiM W: 
B. 3. 38. 



c - See under 

Ignorance, spiritual 
ignorance, M5yo or illusion (arfrci); 
Ki. 16. 32. 



a. Free from poison. 
k "art of grass with aromatic roots ; 
Kyllingia Monocephala. 

Spnfor <" Having no Jute, or 
having a b*d lute. orr A. bad lute. 

snj 5 U. To open, uncover, dis- 
close, exhibit. Cata or 10 P. To 



cover, wrap, envelop, screen, con- 

CCal ' HA *. fm, m m fcn-t, Tl ai^l rtmM\ MAI 

7. covered, or concealed ; ft<<)<MM4|- 
Kfisifltr ^wr Ratn. 1. 

inner apartment ; the lying-in 
chamber. -2 An air-hole, aperture ; 



SUIT. -3 Absolution, final beatitude; 



. 1 Covering, screening. -2 
A garment, cloth. 

34i|4H*: 1 Covering &c. -2 An en- 
closed or screened plnce ( sref^rr ) ; 
% nft^r writ ft* Mk. 8. 

wrT<or Covering, concealment, 
disappearance. 

34M*lft />-.?. Covered, concealed; 
lf 1*1*1 fiteft Mk. 6 covered ; va- 
nished, disappeared. tf, sumf^^,' 
Concealed or secret manner. ft, sr- 
M^lRfl^H, 3JT^T*f ind. Frequently 
occurring in dramas in the sense of 
' apart ' ' aside to another ' ( opp. sr- 
^i5it ) ; it is speaking in such a way 
that only the person addressed may 
hear it ; d-jwwfar T^f 3 



. D. 6'. 
f: / Opening. 

A. 1 To avert, destroy, 
dissipate ; im:, ?nj &c. -2 To tear off, 
pull out, take out. -3 To conclude, 
finish, absolve. Catu. i To leave, 
quit, abandon, avoid ; 



B. 17. 79 keeping the 
umbrellas at a ( great ) distance ; 



Ki. 1. 29 abandoned, left, 
lost. -2 To let go, drop down, throw, 
pour ; ginrot f%*vr: fi^itylfSlfli: 



37. -3 To abandon, rele se, dis- 
charge, pay off ( is debt Ac. ) ; ab- 
solve oneself from, fulfil, make 
good ( as a promise ). -4 To sever, 
separate, cut off ; 



B. 4. 63, Ki. 
17. 58 severed or cut off by arrows ; 
SHimt^nimfSiS ?rh Ki 8. 50 
plucked. -S To overturn ; empty ; 
Y. 3. 300. -6 To honour, respect, 
esteem. -7 To (five, bestow, grant, 
jresent ; srqrfSnt t?nmf Dk. 36 ; 



qWntM^'i Mb. ; 
Ram. 

smn: 1 Completion, end, fulfil- 
ment or accomplishment of an ac- 
tion ; wvH qtim P-H- 3 6 ; III. 
4. 60 ; (^IHI'I: = ilh^iiyiffl: or fftiift- 
Sk. ): O.oi^iftlgJIOl^<1|- Ki. 
I 14 ; 34Qqt| grHsft i^'niT: Mlf^l^fiJ 
N. 17. 68 ; Ki. 16. 49 ; qV coming 
to an end in 5 days. -2 An exception, 
fpecial rule ; vfHmimiif^ummit: 



B. 8. .16 ; grnNr <*mtf: Sankhya K. 
44. -4 A gift, donation, -S Abandon- 
ment. -6 Throwing, discharge (as of 
arrows ) ; Ki. 16. 20. 

3jmJ.j 1 Leaving, abandonment; 
making good, fulfilling (a promise); 
discharging ( debt Ac. ). -1 A gift 
or donation ; spending. -3 Final 
beatitude, salvation. 

snnfSra p-p- Left, abandoned ; 
fulfilled ; see above ; oft in comp. 
in the sense of ' free from,' ' being 
without,' 'iteititute-oi, ' or with in- 
str. ; *?f5m*ffm?ftfi>! Bri. S. 53. 7. 



80 minus 6; Ki. 2. 26. 

awymp-p. Finished, ended. 

STOff^r: /. Fulfilment, accomplish- 
ment, completion. 

3)H^ 1 A. To turn lack, turn 
away, depart ; JUHl^MHlfd HT** " 
6. 58 ; fltuil^JMdfl ftl: 7. 33. 



-Cant. \ To turn back or away, turn 
aside, bend ; wnTtelP^iWlfiiflnimi: 
Ki. 4. 15 ; 3nmhftiJiiMf3aift 
TFT* ( ^r ) Mil. 1 . 40. -2 ( Math. ) 
To divide (as by a common measure) 
without remninder ; 



To reduce to a common measure. 

3FT1Jf: 1 Taking away, removing. 
-2 ( Math. ) The ( common ) divi- 
sor which is applied to both or 
either of the quantities of an equa- 
tion. -3 Reduction to a common 
measure. 

f: A common measure. 

1 Removal, transferring 
from one place to another; iirnT . 2 
Taking away, depriving one of; * 

9. 79. -3 Abridging, abbreviation. 
-4 Reducing a fraction to its lowest 
terms ; divison without remainder, 
or the divisor itself. 

3jTTf^rj). p. t Turned' away, re- 
versed, inverted, overturned ; agi- 
tated, disturbed ; "aretSTfifl' Ki. 12. 
49. -2 With downward face ; njr- 

f* r * * Msl 3 IT 1 

9>I U I4^4^M {Tl^4flti: Mai. o. li. o 

Ended, finished. * The ecliptic. 
f. End. 



. 1 To p'eroc (bad- 

ly ) ; aurtT^: 5lHrf Mb. -2 To 
throw or cast in general, throw or 
cast off, toss away ; ifanr^ qf^snr- 
<ri?3rrr ( ^farr ) U. 19. 44 left, let 
go ; swomf^S M V - 2. 33 thrown 



or wielded ; 3Tqfvj(fl'H( Dk. 61 
given or spent ftw*v ; Ki. 5. 
30 ; Si. 8. 37 : 



Mai. 1.28 pierced through, dis- 



103 



traded, overcome. -3 To abanaon, 
leave, desert, cast off ( as a child, 
ornaments &c. ) ; <J^T ^Hill^t wfir- 
TrqfererSr Mb., MB. 11. 41, Dk. 
98, 111. 

3Wf%T3[ )> p- 1 Cast or thrown offi 
thrown or cast awuy, abandoned, 
forsaken, dismissed, rejected, neg- 
lected, removed ; oft used . in the 
sense of 'freed from,' ' devoid of ' ; 
fcr K. 10. 



. 

74. -2 Abject, mean, -^f:, g^T: A son 
that is abandoned by the father or 
mother or by both, and adopted by a 
stranger ; one of the 12 kinds of 
sons among Hindus ; Ms. 9. 171 ; Y. 
2. 132. -Comp -pyre? a- dead, depart- 
cd from this world. 



r: Piercing through ( a pearl, 
ruby &e. ) wrongly, or in the wrong 
direction ( and thus spoiling it ). 



IR: ] Extravagant expenditure, pro- 
digality, lavishneas. 

3<UMinH-*<J<miH o. 1 Squander- 
ing, spending lavishly, prodigal. 
-2 Denying a debt. 

3T72nT Ved. 1 Swerving from 
religion* observances, irreligious, 
impious; Bv. 1. 51.9. -2 Disobedient, 
unfaithful. -3 Perverse. 

A had omen. 

a- Free from fear or- he- 
(itation, fearless. qf adv. Fear- 
lessly. 



3<M $!<;: 1 A bad or ungramma- 
tical word, a corrupted word ( in 
form or meaning) cT 



( whore 



Bh. 134 

has also sense 4 ) ; 
% Subhash. -2 Vulgar 
speech. -3 A form of language not 
Sanskrit, iiugrammatical language. 
~4 A reproachful word, offensive 
expression, censure ; uniiyjftl|rf<j'j- 
T: Si. 8. 43. 

r: Cessation. 



' o. Not tending to the 
growth of cattle. 

*a. Headless. 



a. Without cutte. g; Not 
cattle ; a bad animal; any auimul 
other than H cow and horse ; arrSHt 
HI M^ ifftwr- Sut. Br. 

3?T5*f - Without sorrow. m. 
( Without sorrow ) The Soul ; 



a. Without SOITOW or grief. 
--W: The Ascka trie. 

JTrfvH' a. I What is not follow- 
ed by any other, having no other 
in the rear, last ( used much in the 
same sense as qfljH ; of. ^m and 



MIBMffrjil: M41.9; 

FT ftTTffr HHi*HtM& LI. 1. v. 1. for 



Vc. 6 ; 
: Mu. 7 ; 

: wg- 5 ; ai^f^jt 5^ w^r Ve. 
141. -2 Not lust, first, foremost ; 
T: li- 19. 1. -3 Extreme ; 



Rim. 

a. Ved. Not seeing. 
i : A bolster, pillow. 
*TH ift a . Deprived of beauty ; 
Si. 11. 64. 



, T P. VIII- 

3. 97 ] The point of the goad of an 
elephant. 

3TTO o. [ an-w f Up. I- ?-5 ; P- 
VIII 3 98] 1 Conti-ary, op- 
posite. -2 Unfavourable, adyerse, 
perverse. -3 Left. -*% adv. \ Con- 
trary, in the contrary or opposite 
way or direction. -2 Falsely, r 
truly, wrongly ; <T* tuftr* yf^ *"'" 
Si. 15. 17; 



Bhag 



Faultlessly. -4 Well, properiy, 
handsomely. $: Time. 

- Contrary, opposite. 



ww 

are- aw 1 1 Work, action ; 
rf.M| Rv. 1. 54. 8. -2 Sacred act 
, sacrificial work. -3 Water. 
-a. ( am: ) 1 Active, engaged in 
any act (rfs*)- "2 Got or obtain- 
ed. According to B. and R. am- 
/ pi. stands in the Veda for ( 1 ; 
the hands and fingers busy in kindl- 
ine the sacred fire and performing 
the sacrificial rites ; ( 2 ) the three 
goddesses of sacred speech or the 
three divinities, fire, wind and sun ; 
and (3) the active or running waters. 
[cf. L. !*] 

* Mo8t activc cr 



OT . . Ved ' 

Activc, fit for an net, skilful 
in doing any thing (aTSUWTftiJJ 
Yv. 10. 7 ; flowing, watery. *n 1 
Activity. -2 Water. -3 A sort of 
brick used in preparing the sacri- 
ficial altar. 



Den. P. To be active. 
u. [ 3n,-ipl%-7 ] Active, 



busily engaged, desirous of working. 



1 An outcast, a low man ; 
usually at the end of comp. in the 
sense of 'vile,' 'wretched,' 'accursed'; 
*mifft* Mai. 5 ; ^ % jf%rTnw^T< 

Vc. 3 ; ?, WTfnf &c. -2 N. for the 
children of six degrading connec- 
tions, i. e. of men of the first three 
castes with women of the castes 
inferior to their own ; 



II Ms. 10. 10. 
- Last year ; at the end 
of the year ( ^nfitqj) ). 

&< =. See under 



1 Leaving, 
abandonment. -2 A gift or donation. 
-3 Final beatitude. 

3tTOT below. 

ind. [ Wf-flSS.sfT 3({i ] 1 
To the left ( opp. rasft ) ; fa ^pn 

space ) Between the thumb and the 
forefinger, supposed to be sacred 
to the Manes, as water &c. in cere- 
monies like crfa is offered to them 
being poured down through that 

- Sabdak. ' 

Not on the 

left, right ; snW*** **** Ms- 3. 214. 
-1 Contrary, opposite. wf ind. 
To the right, making the eacrud 
thread hang down towards the left 
part of the body over the right 
shoulder ( opp. flr when it hangs 
over the left ) ; a position of the 
thread in Sraddha or other religious 
ceremonies at particular times cf 
those ceremonies ( the three posi- 
tions being H^J R*ilcf & 3T*WT ) 
Ms. 3. 279 ; f fT to go round one 
so as to keep the right side towards 
him, to make the sacred thread hang 
over the right shoulder. 

34MHm<t o. Wearing the sacred 
thread over the right shoulder. 

3jnf%) jjt<: A wrong or errone- 
ous conclusion-; 



r Gaut. S. 

1 P. 1 To walk off, go or 
get away, depart; aiwt ftf ! begone, 
avaunt, bonce, get you gone ; an^r- 
^njjf; Pt. 1. -2 To withdraw, retire, 
retreat, turn back ; M4<4<ft ^T: 
^TT * Pt. 3. 43. -3 To vanish, 
disappear ; H1I3SH* ^nfdRii^ 
I:wwmrfit Pt. 1. -4 To escape, 
elude the sight. Caul. To make ( 



104 



thing or person ) go away or retire, 
take or put away, remove, drive 
away or off, throw aside ; STTWITT 
i-rsrort K. P. 9 ; wtmnmt %^5ar Pt. 
1 put anide, take away ; MB. 7. 149. 

3HTOT: 1 Departure, retreat. -2 A 
proper excuse or apology, valid 
reason ( for possession of a thing, 
such as buying &c. ) Ms. 8. 198. 

34HH<u'l 1 Going away, velrfating, 
escape ; ir% 5* *j*4<WJ) Pt. 3. 
-I Egress. 

3Hr$nr: 1 Going out, retreating. 
-2 An outlet, egress (opp. sft^i ) ; 
Pt. 3. 120 ; SHMHKHnrit - Dk. 163 ; 
H. 3. 53 ; Si. 18. 40. -3 Escaping, 
fleeting ; Mk. 7. 3. 

wnmoMrr Removing to a dis- 
tance, driving, expelling ; %JTfnr- 
H<H f%>^ Mu. 4, making room 
( cf. Mar. 5fi3;, m^). 

3Hnja-;).ji). 1 Gone away, retreat- 
ed &c.; dropped or fallen down ; 

S. 4. 



15. -2 Extended, held out, stretched ; 
S. 6. -3 Discharged ; 
llv. 2. 



P- I To glide or move 
gently along, glide away or off. -2 
To withdraw, retire, go away; c*fr?T- 
*^r nvm^Himtfor U. 4 ; '3^f^ia p - 
fNnt: 3W*nif<T Mv. 4 retire, go in- 
to voluntary exile. -3 To observe 
closely ( as a spy ) ; ^idrjlu J|- 



U. 1. Caue. To drive away or off. 
3W<J:,- | fo?: A secret agent or 
emissary, spy ; tfrTHTT^arniK TOT- 
li. 17. 51, 14. 31. 



Going back, retreating; 
observing as a spy. 

Going away or forth. 
: fastening, making firm. 



P. VI. 1. 149 ] 1 Any part of a car- 
riage, except the wheel ( < also ) ; 

r: Mb. 



-2 Excrement. -3 Vulva. -4 Anus. 

3T4WI<.' The root or underpart 
of the knee. 

Leaping or jumping off. 
vessel in the side of 
the breast containing vital air. 

ai'JfUtT [ wifS wra: ] One 
who has bathed after death or 
mourning or upon the death of a 
relation, preparatory to other cere- 
monies. 



1 Bathing ee after mourn- 
ing or upon the death of a relative ; 
f uucral bathing. -2 Impure bathing, 



bathing in water" hi which a person 
has previously washed himsel 
s. 4. 132. 

a. Devoid of spies ; 
*rriw TiMiiTiRvitM?!! Si. 2. 
112 ( where L $n also means without 



"' Ved. Not letting one- 
Self be touched. 

- Insensible. 

a - Having badly foimed 
hips ;(P. VI. 2.187). 

3TqrcjT.(-* : ).-*,-<* ' Injured 
( Say. ) ; swelling, increasing ( ? ). 
: /- 



TcT ; J 1 Forgetf ulness,los8 of 
memory ; fn* Bh. 1. 89. -2 Epilepsy, 
falling sickness ; Sur. thus derives 
it ; 



- Epileptic, having an 
epileptic fit ; Ms. 3. 7 ; Si. 3. 72. 
a. Forgetful. 
*3 Ac. See under smi,- 
-' ^ n unmusical sound or 
note. 

3^5^ ^ P- 1 To ward or beat 
off, repel, destroy, kill, take away, 
remove ; an^fcri' ffx<T 5Rnl: S. 4. 
7 ; sr g ^g rnfi^rf^ 5if% ^)ff?T<T'1% 
^T U. 2. 4 takes away ; Ms. 6. 96 ; 
3TTf?rrTWTH sri^nrgTras^ U. 3. 
-2 To attack, affect, seize ( as dis- 
ease &c. ). -3 To husk out, take off 
the shell or husk ( as rice ). -4 To 
shoot out. 

3?tr? a. [ w^-S ] ( At the end of 
comp. ) Warding or keeping off, 
taking away, removing, destroying, 
repelling &c.; sr ^smsiwnr Pt. 3. 97; 
rfT K. 8. 46 ; q*- 
17. 61. 



/- Removing, destroying. 

Warding off, rcpelling&c. 
a. Having a bad plough. 

1 P. To mock or scoff at, 
ridicule, deride ; 



Dk. 9 scoffed at, i. e. excelled. 

3Tq?w;f,-?m: Silly or causeless 
laughter ; often laughter with tear- 
ful eyes ( ^i^pimTf ftitf ). 

aTlfW [ TORorti!jf 5I : ] 1 The 
hand placed on the neck to drive 
out a person ( irsf^T ) ; one that is 
so driven out. -2 Throwiug wuy 
or off, taking away. -3 Stealing, 
flumlcriug. 



P en - P- To seize by the 
neck and drive out ; hence throw 
away, abandon, leave, discard, reject 
( fig. also ). 

arnFr^ra P- P- Thrown away, dis- 
carded, abandoned, cast off, given 
"P i %1'>rt*l<sMi rqfi f^jf^f^ ^ 
^ifK.233, 202; "wrv% f^trr Mol. 
9. 19 ; 34 m ^^sff "rrwnr: V. 2 ; 



Ki. 9. 36.. 

2 1". To leave, abandon ; 
f S. 6. 15. 



pats. To waste away, wane. 
Leaving, abandoning. 

1 Leaving, abandon- 
ment ; stopping. -2 Ceasing, vanish- 
ing. -3 Exception, exclusion. 

anrfTT tnd. Leaving, abandoning, 
except, without, excepting ( used 
with the force of a preposition ). 

3Tq 1 P. 1 (o) To take off, bear 
or snatch away, carry off ; Jrsfrfj^- 
TOg<r*rT: V. 3. 1 relieved of the 
burden ; ffin^i^Trq^V: <rj: brought 
P. V. 2. 70 Sk. ( b ) To avert, turn 
away ; w^nTquw'f ( 'fifi ) Ku. 7. 95 
averting or turning away liei face. 
(c)To rob, plunder, steul -2 To 
sever, separate, cut off; R. 15. 52. -3 
To overpower, oveicome, subdue ; at- 
tract, ravish, captivate ; affect in- 
fluence f in a good or bad sense ) ; 

1 overpowered ; 3c<T^fl5?rii?ftf*l : 
Hatu. i ; TW TruP?*!^ 5^*** ^- 109 
seduced, led away, 277 ; ;r...fsnnrHT 

>. U. 7 did not subdue 



i. e. did not divert his uiiud. -4 To 
remove, take away, destroy, annihi- 
late, deprive ( one ) of ; 
11. 74 ifsfzrr if ^rr ^T^ 
Dk. 52. -5 To take back, resume ; 
^' m'trsff 3* ST^T =TTif <*35f: Y. 2. 
176. -6 To subtract,.deduct. C'aus 
To cause ( otliers ) to take away ; 
Ki. 1. 31. 

3irr?vf 1 Taking or carrying away 
removing. -2 Stealing. 

OT5<J 1 One that takes or carries 
away, steals, removes, destroys &c, 
-2 Removing, expiating ; *r$^rqrra?' 
t Ms. 11.162. 

: 1 Taking or carrying asvay, 
stealing, pliindo ing, removiug, kill 
ing, destroying ; ^Jr^nmt^uor *T^- 
fT ft f^wferr Ram. by the cutting of 
ears and nose ; ^fjfrT^rf, ftq' . i 
Concealing, dissembling ; SF(rjrr?flT- 
IfT'^ ^Ttfw S. 1 how shall I dissem- 
ble myself, conceal my real namo 
and character ; see sn^K-F below. -3 
Spending or using another'* pro- 
perty. -4 Loss, damage. 



105 



8nrfTs*f,-*Tft^ a- One who or 
that which takes away, steal*, re- 
moves, destroys, conceals &c. (usual- 
ly In comp.) ; mrtiugtftui; H. 1 ; 
plunderer, thief ; 



, 
rnnr?TW: Mg. 11. 51. ; Y. 3. 210 ; 

Mi. 4. 255 ; 2. 88. n; A robber, 
thief. 

spr%xp.p. Taken away, carried 
ofi &c. ; destitute of, free from. 

spry 2 A. 1 To conceal, hide, dig- 
guise f^Mg. 8. 53 ; thinqquju^JH 
flft<iW)s<T^iT: Ratn. 2 was passed 
off as Cnpid upon her friend. -2 To 
deny, disown ; 5orr*JTq|frsfTTW Bk. 
5, 44 ; 34M<iM*ij 
~ 



) N. l.~49. -3 To exculpate, ex- 
cuse. 

srrjTT: 1 Concealment, hiding : 
concealment of one's knowledge, 
feelings &c. -2 Denial or disowning 
of the truth, dissimnlation ; "% y. 
p I- 3. 44 ; yrtt nrr Jr fl^r w^ *r>ir* 
$*TT: Kg. 10. 92. -3 Appeasing, satis- 
fying- -4 Love, affection. 

wnyfif: /. 1 Concealment of tnow- 
ledgeT denial. -2 (In Rhet.) A figure 
of speech, in which the real character 
of the thing in question is denied and 
that of another ( alien or imaginary) 
object is ascribed to or superimposed 
upon, it ; i 
K. P. 10 ; 



am 



?r?fr 
n 



- 
see also K. P. 10 and S. D. 683-84. 

-' Reduction, diminution. 

& See 3m\. 

1 V:d. [fr. 3^ with 
an? ] ( a ) Situated aside or behind. 
(t) Remote, distant, (c) Coming 
from a distant place. ( d ) Unequal- 
led, incomparable, very great ( 3H?<T 
s *y- ) ; *$^of unequalled bright- 
ne 8s ; 9n<t;-RT aside, distant ; O snpr 
standing behind. -2 Raw, unripe. -3 
Not matured, undigested. -4 Of ma- 
tured intellect, wise ; ( .rpr: <r*vm: 
f^r : fftsw^r: ) Rv. i. no. 2. 6. 12. 2. 
~W: 1 Indigestion ( of food Ac. ). 
-2 Immaturity, not being ripe or 
cooked. -Comp. gro. 1. not pro- 
duced by cooking or ripening. -2. 
natural, original ; Bh&aha P. 42, 96. 
STrtf ginger. 

amp 8 U. 1 To drive away, 
dispel, remove, destroy ; keep, put 
or take away; jrirtf ftpunqi,0fft 
*P s - 6 - 29 ; *$4i r M<j<m%Bi Ki. 
* * i <iMmi<TiOfn Bh, 2. 23 ; 

14 



KH. 5. 14 remove, reduce, 
lessen; Mai. 6. 4; R. 6. 57, Si. 8. 61. 
-2 To cast off, reject ( also an opi- 
nion ), leave, give up, throw away, 

i!s^^i*iTHl^tn*j*^rit^t Mk. 



5. l ; film yjN'j-$<4M*K R. 7. 50. 
-3 To discharge, liquidate ( as debt 
&c. ) Ms. 6. 35. 

3<m**uf, STOT^: /. 1 Driving 
away, removal. -2 Rejection, refuta- 
tion ; d^nitMuiMlg Prasna Up. -3 
Payment, liquidation ; ^um?rq^iT 
l: NySya S. 



. ( e ff ) Payment, liqui- 
dation. 

3<i|l*r<oui o. 1 Driving away, re- 
moving. -2 Excelling, eclipsing : 
IT: ^"imiarTTsoj' Bh. 1. 5- 

sTTHpiT^ 1 . p- 1 Removed, destroy- 
ed, dispelled, paid &c. -2 Devoid or 
destitute of, free from ; ftdftqH- 
IT^jrsor: Si. 15. 33; i^q<inm<<l<l- 
f :WTOT^PH ST^T ^rwr gw^rnr Mu. 1. 



. 1 Rejection, removal 
Ac. -2 Emotion resulting from an- 
ger, fear &c. ; Ki. 1. 87. 

3TTT$T a - [ amcT '/TOft'i^r ] 1 Pre- 
sent, perceptible. -2 [ 3m?t 3r?f* rr 
ar^ft iw] Eyeless ; having bad 
eyes. 

*iM!-H -Tt%T,-<rtmr a. ' Not in 
the game row or line '; especially one 
who is not allowed by his easterner 
to sit in the same row with them at 
meals ; degraded, excommunicated, 
excluded from or inadmissible into 
society, an outcast ; "sjTjftT defiled 
by the presence of excommunicated 
or impious persons. 



" [ STCTft 3ft Wt 1 1 
Wanting or deformed in some limb 
of the body. -2 Maimed, crippled. -IT:, 



sr^r] 1 The outer corner or angle of 
the eye ; -j^mNil yfg S. 1. 24 ; 
^i<ld l*wfM MIMth: M. 



2. 4. -2 A sectarial mark on the fore- 
head. -3 Cupid, the god of love. -4 
N. of a plant (awni'l). -Comp. -^ST*, 
-^rrar:/-, -ftwrraw, -'nwr &c. a side- 
glance side-long look, wink. ^pfr; 
the place of the corner of the eye ; 
the corner itself. inr a. ( said of 
a lady ) having eyes with beautiful 
( or long ) outer corners : m^ij <JSTT- 

*-<*MIl1^l MH+lll?itqi ll*l Cil ' 

1. 17 ( a better interpretation would 
however be ' with the eyes turned 
towards the corners ' awl'mt' SR^ *W 
JRT t. e. carting side-long looks). 

m.^.,/. ^fr, n. ^) 
1 Going or situat- 



ed backwards, Behind. -2 Not open 
or clear ( 3Wfr?T ) -3 Western, -4 
Southern ( opp. 3^=5 ) ; probably for 
arert^;. -^ ind. 1 Behind, backward* 
-2 Westward or southward. 



The south or west ; 
the north ( other than south). 

aTOT^fta a. [ svjrvrt W w ] 1 Si- 
tuated backwards or behind, turned 
backwards. -2 Not visible, imper- 
ceptible ; Rv. 7. 6. 4. -3 Southern, -{ 
Western. -5 Opposite. 

srTTST [ 3T7i-'j(j ] Western or 
southern. 



Unskilful. tf 1 Tin- 
skilfulneas. -2 Siokneas, illness. 

3TTTf5l^nr 1 Not taught by 
Panini in his works ( as a rule Ac.) 
-2 ( 



3<i!iwjii*j 

One who does- not ( properly ) study 
Papini's grammar ; i.e. a superficial 
scholar, smatterer of Sanskrit. 

VCWSt 1 A worthless vessel or 
utensil. -2 (fig. ) An unworthy or 
undeserving person, unfit receptacle 
or recipient. -3 One unfit or disquali- 
fied to receive gifts ; 



Bg. 17. 22 ; Kg. 24. 
26. -Comp. r?rr, 34Mnfi<u'r do- 
ing degrading or unworthy acts ; dig- 
qualification, any action which makes 
a man unworthy ; four disqualifica 
tions for a Brahmana are mentioned 
in Ms. 11: 70 :-a^r 



; 

see also 11. 126. qrnTl giving 
to unworthy persons. ^ a. gup- 
porting the unworthy or worthless ; 
nsrr Pt. 1. 



3 A . To take off or way, 
to remove ; drtiltWMWMI^Ti 

i *n fiina ottt. Br. 



1 Taking away, removal ; 
ablation ; a thing from which an- 
other is removed. -2 (In gram.) The 
sense of the ablative case ; swmrws- 
qr^m P. I. 4. 24 ; MHI^H <mr II. 3. 

28 ; 3PTR JJ^rHH ^j m Tl'^ ITSTW I WT- 

t^ (T3fN^iiTi^m^wffar;T n Hari. ; 
is of three kinds : f^r^ 

fTIT I 
II e. g. 



P- vi. 

2. 187. 

WnH 2 P. [ SN-3^; ] 1 To 
breathe out, respire ; *rff srtf"ffT *T 

jr>r> T^nf^r ^TSTPT: Ch, Up -2 To 
expire. 



106 



: Breathing out, respiration 



( opp. 

Hlti<^lftiih Bg. 5. 27 ; one of the 

five life-winds in the body which 

goes downwards and out at the anus 

( 



-it The anus ( wurft sjsij. -Comp. - 
giving Apana. -grrt the anus, 
-VTj! ! the life-wind called 
-2. ventris crepitua. -i$nf. a sort of 
brick ( cherishing the life-wind 
writ ). 

SOTT* 1 Respiration. -2 Taking 
downwards, urine, excrement &c. 

TO^IT a. Free from falsehood, 
true. 



a. Sinless, guiltiest, 
pure, virtuous ; sirrnrrar qf& smt 
rf^T TTT T Rt) I 'jflj' fl^TTnt HIM'WHI- 

frr^ fifr nrr Mk. 9, 37. -Comp. 
-*rrf?rT.a. 1. not ill-looking. -2. not 
revealing evil. Tf^tf Vcd. well-be- 
Ing, welfare, sound health, prospe- 
rity. 

9(prt^T~ 'niTH &c. 4c\ See iiu 
der 3?. 



*?PT : ; 3f t<ul ^sr ^7^ cft^rw P. III. 3. 
121 Sk."] N. of a plant Achyranthes 
Ajpera ( Mar. <nmui ) largely used 
in medicine, washing teeth, sacrifi- 
cial and other religious purposes and 
in incantations ; swiftf fwr w fll <r 

A. -Oomp. -ffncwc*,-h* N. of two 
medicated oils. 

TrR 1 Cleansing, purifying, 



removing ( diseases, evils &c. ). 
'* See under 3^. 
1 Shoreless. -2 Bound- 



less, unbounded, unlimited ; 
nfrq^T irt TTTSTrfSrir Bam. unfathom- 
able, of great length. -3 Inexhaus- 
tible, immense, great ( atfror ) ; Rv. 
5. 87. 6. -4 Out of reach. -S Difficult 
to be crossed ; difficult to be sur- 
mounted or overcome (at an enemy); 
TTWOTW HfTSrjWTT: mflMlft ^ I Ram. 
t 1 A kind of mental satisfaction 
or acquiescence ; or, reverse of men- 
tal acquiescence, non-acquiescence. 
-2 The opposite bank of a river, -^r 
The earth. 

a. Unable, incompetent. 

a- [wr-srt ?P ftw- ] 1 Dis- 
tant, remote, far. -2 Near. 

sprnJ [a*7-3T4], aramfc . 1 
Useless, unprofitable, worthless ; 

H^ita^MIV * ^^ '" ^^Hl^*) Mb. 2 

Meaningless, unmeaning, senseless ; 



Sur. -4j Senseless or 
incoherent talk or argument (regard- 
ed as one of the faults of composi- 
tion in rhetoric ) ; il'iMmf 
*f Gautama ; <n*faiWtTraEsf 



to ; cf . also Kav. 3. 128 ; 

S-ir fjfl^mi(H?ffi!]% i -Ooinp. -^r^or ad- 

vancing a false plea in a law-suit. 

3HTT5W: N. of a plant, Cassia 
Fistula. 

grqrsfar Ved ' Tne hinder part of 
a carriage. 

srqrs 5 P. 1 To open, lay bare or 
open, unveil, uncover ; expose, 
display, reveal ; ( ?OT ) JTC7 f%WWI~ 
Kjuisuff^R. 19. 25. -2 To cover. 

STTTfT P- P- 1 Opened, laid bare or 
open ; ^MaKWMI?^ Bg. 2. 32. -2 Co- 
vered, concealed ; enclosed. -3 Free, 
unrestrained, self-willed. 

airrsfft:/, snmrr'r 1 Opening, 
laying bare or open. -2 Covering, 
enclosing, sprrounding. -3 Conceal- 
ing, hiding, screening. 

3TTTf?I 1 A. 1 To turn away, re- 
turn, turn back ; to turn away from, 
abstain or desist from. -2 To com* 
to nothing. -Caut. To send bark, turn 
back ; to reject, repulse. 

3rrrw^t,-ff%-: /. 1 Turning away 
or from, retreating, retiring ; repulse, 
rejection. -2 Revolution. 

ararf^r p- p. 1 ( With bl. ) Torn 
ed away from, averted ; reversed, 
repelled, driven back. -2 ( Actively 
used ) Dismissing, scorning, reject- 
ing with contempt ; MinUQ I.^MItyll : 
g?r *nr %*r t%^ Mb. -* Rolling on 
the ground ( of a house ). 

^im^HI Not a large number of 
snar*, . e. a few snares ; P. VI. 
2. 156 

3TTrf* 1 U. I To Resort to, be- 
take oneself to ; 



411-4411144 <M 

Rftm. -2 To use, practise, employ ; 

. -3 



To rest on, lie on ( intrans. ). 

3irjr*nri. Without support or re- 
fuge, helpless. T: 1 Refuge, re- 
course, that to which recourse is had 
for refuge ; *^f ^<<mi'rT: Ve. 5. 1. 
-2 An awning or canopy sp ead over 
a cou'tyard. -3 Head ; W^IMIWft 
nt Dk. 34. 69. 



-P- 1 (Passively used 
( o ) Restored to. ( 5 ) Girt round, 
fastened. ( c ) Inhabited by. -2 
( Actively used ) Resting or repos- 
ing on, resorting to, entering on or 
into, "being in or under. 

nn%:/-Ved. The heel. 



: [ WT-*;-*rw frf ] Ved. The 
barb or point of an arrow. fr The 
remainder of the Soina plant after it 
has been pressed out ; an^ barbed. 

m^[ 3T-3iw ] 4 U. I ( a ) To 
throw or fling away, cast away or 
off, leave, keep or put aside, reject, 
discard ( opinion also ) ; Hit wft 



Ku. 5. 44 ; 



S. D. rejected, discarded. ( b ) To 
leave, abandon, desert, quit, retire or 
withdraw from ; vf< HH<^MI*<J ^ifVrt 
^r^l 4v Ve. 3. 4. -2 To scare, disperse, 
drive away ; arrrfT -<H<) 'mrt Mb. 
-3 To leave behind, leave in a desert- 
ed condition ; to disregard, take no 
notice of, contemn. 

34UHH 1 Throwing away, discard- 
ing. -2 Quitting. -3 Killing. 

srnfim p. p- ( fr. caus. ) Thrown 
away, discarded &c. ; injured, des- 
troyed, killed. 

P [ rj-^s-fi ] A quiver. 
Departure, retreat, re- 
moval ; see ^Mti<"T. 

a - Lifeless, dead.' 



ind. ( someiuies with the 
3T dropped according to the opinion 
or Bhftguri ; 



ftvrr, fqvrnr &c. ) I ( Used with roots 
and nouns in the sense of ) Placing 
near or over, taking towards, unit- 
ing with ; reaching or going up to, 
proximity, nearness &c. [ Cf . Gr. 
epi, Zend apt, Germ, and Bng. be ]. 
( Note am, as a prefix to roots, oc- 
curs mostly IB Veda, its place being 
taken by an^ in classical literature). 
-2 ( As a separable adverb or con- 
junction ) And, also, too, moreover, 
besides, in addition, having a cumu- 
lative force. ( jii ) ', ari^T W m^T- 
^BltilHg SI; on one's part, in 
ore's turn ; fioui'i**"'" 1 * ^MJill: IT- 
: Ft. 1 ; ti^ii 



- 2 ; 3Tftr-3TR or arfo 
well as, and also ; 3 
P. I. 4. 96 Sk., 
, Trpr, ^T, T ^rnr neither -nor ; 
T -ili<) *l") H^f^c'jfuj M. 1. 2 nor; 
^rft' or ; 3Jt-iiiLyy H^K qiR Ms. 3. 
53 whether small or great. -3 It is 
often used to express emphasis in 
the sense of ' too ', ' even, ' ' very ' ; 



, 
1 the very moon ; 

: S. 1 even you, you also 5 
also another ; sncrrf^ even, 



107 



yet, still, even now ; $4i<ftufQ even 
now ; j&gfttiPl even for a moment, 
for one moment at least : -mjlft not 
yet ; *mft though, although, even 
if i TOTPf still, nevertheless, not- 
withstanding, yet ; sometimes ^41 fi) 
is understood, snrrfo only being 
used ; as in Ki. 1. 28. -4 Though (oft. 
translatable hy ' even ', ' even if ') ; 
fii T*T S. 1. 20 



though overspread &c.; gTnrrvfaiwf^- 
3TT q(-q>ci*lft <T?# ibid, though in 



her bark dress; *t pi 43 ft f?TT%tTRT1 1 
2 though ever so learned. In thin 
sense 3Tft is most frequently used by 
writers to show real or imaginary 
opposition (ft*fa) ; fwmffi WS^M, 
Swrft qftfi &c.-S But, however. -6 
Used at the beginning of sentences 
3fft introduces a question ; arft ^ffy- 
: S. 1 , srft fitnrrg 5- 



S%-Ku.5- 33, 34, 35; 3ic*ir0frihr- 



5. 4. -7 Hope, expectation ( usually 
with the potential mood ) ; ^ tr*r- 

: U. 



2. I hope the Br&hmaaa boy comes 
to life. Note In this sense arf<r is 
freqoently used with srm and has 
the sense of (a) 'is it likely', 
' may it be ' ; ( 6 ) ' perhaps ', ' in 
all probability ' or ( c ) 'would that', 
' I wish or nope that ' ; sift JTTJT 
^MnRiitiqiqNm'ii tiicj. S- 1 ; 

i fli^Pj TW *tH*McTl u TJ;Rr 



i c - 

<u|*i|UHri-^< Mai. 1 perhaps, in all 
jrobabilityj 3^ *m tpft; ^lfO)^: 
3jf*rwT: MlPm?: ti|^ ibid ; arf^ arrT 
tTJOTS-: STTifi^ lH<dS<ifcl U. 2 ; ' is 
it likely ', ' I wish ' ; TTUT q^ift^i- 



8. 1 would 
that ; afft irnrr* S*TTT >T*if V. 2. 1 
wish I were P. -8 Affixed to interro- 
gative words 3rff makes the sense 
indefinite, 'any', 'some'; gfitf^ 
some one ; foup) something ; jprrRr 
somewhere ; Hi 4 1 ft at any time ; 

*rorfr any how &c. ; fofa ^ STTIHT: 
fit f^TWW: U. 4 some people. It 
may often be translated by 'un- 
known', 'indescribable,' 'inexpressi- 
ble ' ( arR^af ) ; rffc 
T: ffffi ^g: U. 6. 12 ; 



: 2. 19; Mu. 3. 22; 
K. 143 ; sftft %nr ?TTT^ U. 6. 6. 11, 
7. 12 ; M41. 1. 26; R. 1. 46. -9 After 
words expressing number atfr has 
the sense of totality ', ' all ' ; ^ra- 
fif fnrfat of all the 4 castes i 
Pt. 1. -1 It some- 



times expresses ' doubt ' or ' uncer- 
tainty,' 'fear' (tfn) ; w^ ^rrr 
i. M. there is perhaps a thief. 



-1 1 ( with pot. mood ) It has the 
sense of BHRJrr ' possibility ', ' sup- 
position ' ; P. I. 4. 96 ; III. 3. 154 ; 



f$rwr ftrarnt Sk. ; 

dr7%<T Dk. 127. -12 
Contempt, censure, or reproof ; P. I. 
4. 96, III. 3. 142 ; ftj^q-rim'g ?g- 



Sk. shame to, &c. or 
tie upon, bevadatta &c. -13 It is also 
used with the Imperative mood to 
mark ' indifference on the part of 
the speaker ', where he permits an- 
other to do as he likes, (sra^tif or 
wnugfrr, the impe;ative being 
aof tened ) ; ari^ ^i^ Sic. you may 
praise (if you like); aiffi fgpRT 
Bk. 8. 92. -14 



vfr is sometimes used as a particle 
of exclamation. -15 Rarely in the 
sense of ' tJterefore, ' ' hei.ce ' ( srcf 
17 ) -16 Used as a separable prepo- 
sition with gen. it is said to express 
the sense of a word understood 
( fW$ )i and is treated as a $T<sr<nniiji 
P. 1. 4. 96 ; the example usually 
given is qft'ftw $nn where some word 
like ffjtfq ' a drop,' 'a little' &c. 
has to be understood, there may 
perhaps be a drop of ghee, ' ' 1 pre- 
sume there may be at least a drop ' 



Viva; srft: 
P. I. 4. 96. 
G. M. adds the senses of 3TnJf*i 
' blessing ' ( H^uft ), ^ ' death ' 
) and ^jrt ' decoration ' 



Ved. The region of 
the arm-pits and shoulder-blades, 
especially in animals. af ind. In the 
armpit. 

arf^^ra. belonging to this region 
(Say. on Rv.-l. 117. 22 says 



) 



The region of the ears ; 
near ( WPT ) RT. 6. 48. 16. 

srfrnftar a. 1 Praised, celebrated. 
-2 Told, described^ 

arfqi%Tr 1 'Not mnddy, clear, 
free from sediment. -2 Deep. 

jffq-JT a. Born.sfter or again, 
epithet of several deities sri [ am 



N. of the month of Jyeshtha ( 
jpnrRfinrro'OTrawf ). 

jf^( a. [ am-- pft nm rw ^ * ^ 
1 Dry, waterless, as a river. -2 Not 
having the p^ or wjw 7,- 



a. I Fatherless. -2 Not 
ancestral or paternal, not inherited 
also in this sense ). 
a. Not ancestral. 
Ved. [ am^ 
A part, portion, share. 

. Having a share. 
3 U. To shut, close, corer, 
conceal. 

sjftVTT.-l^rnT 1 Covering, con- 
cealing, concealment. -2 A cover, 
lid, covering ( fig. also); 



Mk. 5. 24 ; a cloth for covering. 

1 /- Concealment, covering. 
What is given to another 
entire satisfaction 



P- l Shut, closed, 



. 

covered, concealed (fig. also ); 
nh^ covered with ters.-2 Not con- 
cealed, plain/clear ; am"? fjHlftf$: 



: Subhash. 

a. (oft/.) Always animat- 
ing or vivifying (fl^ftgHM ) 

3<f^tl'l a - Ved. Shoring or par- 
taking in, having a share. 

aif^pnT a. Sharing in the same 
religious acts or other works ; con- 
nected by blood ; 
Bftty. 



Com. ) 

Ved - Clo8e to the 
night, being at the beginning ( or 
end) of the night.-* Early or untime- 
ly morning, evening (or morning ) 
tiuie ( T^I'^OT ) 

lfWJ: N - of * mn, a gram- 
marian . ( pi. ) his descendants. 



2 r ' (Mo8tIy V *" 
die ) 1 To go in or near, enter into or 
npon, approach. -2 To have a ^ share 
in, partake of, suffer ; grxrq[ Stt 
ffi,ft1tMund.-aTo join, flow, flow 
into, dissolve, be resolved into ; **w- 

Ch. 



Up. -4 To die. -5 To pour out ( as a 
river ). 

arittftt/.l Entering into, approach- 
ing. -2 I issolution, destruction, loss. 
-3 Destruction of the world (TOT); 
wfhft mn *n***H* Br. Sutra 
II. 1. 8. -4 Encountering, joining in 
battle. 

3,jT*rri 1 Approaching, meeting, 
joining, juncture.-2 Pouring out^of 
rivers). -3 Entrance into, vanishing, 
disappearance ; absorption, dissolu- 
tion into onslf . 



108 



TIT 1 Union, junction. -2Copu 
lation. 

44</JT>l| a . I Very handsome or 
beautiful ( ariftfj^ ) -2 Secret, cou 
cealed, hidden. 

44</|i a. Ved. Impelling, stirring 
P- 

H<ff=ITT, apffaWIT 

* TV.] Dryness of the nose ; 
cold ( in the head ), rheum, catarrh ; 
ee <ft;re. 

a. Ved . Very handsome. 



ot a man > a 
eunuch ; Ms. 3. 49. 

3tjf?t The state of a eunuch, im- 
potent state. 

aigfOT/- A woman without a hus- 
band ; ^ghnftffi * ft: Bk. 5. 70. 
a. Without a tail. -^JTT N. 



of a tree ( Mar. 3115 ) 

trootT a. Not virtuous or holy, 
wicked, bad ; ^ one who does not 
perform meritorious deeds, or who 
commits unrighteous deeds. 

Not a son. -a., -^rar: 
) Having no son or heir. 
The daughter of a sonless 
father, who herself has no male child ; 
one who is not appointed by her 
father to beget male issue for him on 
failure of a son ; cf . arffTf. -Sf: The 
father of such a daughter. 

3^pTT ind. Not again, once for all, 
for ever. -Oomp. -ZFW a. not return- 
ing, dead, -srrfnr not taking backer 
again, -arrjf^r: /. ' non-return, ' ex- 
emption of the soul from further 
transmigration, final beatitude. -JJTCTT 
a. irrecoverable. -ro 1. not being 
born again ( of diseases also ). -2. 
final beatitude. -3. knowledge of the 
Supreme Soul which tends to this 
step. -4. a person released from 
metempsychosis. 

W-JFT a. Not manlike, unmanly. 
-Oonp. -3nf ; 1 . a rite or ceremony 
which is not in the intervals of the 
doer. -2. not the principal object of 
the soul. 

9ryO ' Not muoh. -2 Mean, 
low, base. 

arij^ra. 1 Not noariehed or fed, 
lean, not fat. -2 v it loud or violent, 
oft, low ( as sound ). -3 ( In Bhet. ) 
Not feeding or assisting (the mean- 
ing), irrelevan ( swawrft),. regard- 



ed as one of the arthadothat, ( faults 
of the sense or meaning ) ; as in the 
initance given under S. D. 576 fldtw 
ftotft tfffi fti g^ ?t W, the jidjec- 
tiv Am ' expanded, ' at ippHod to 



the sky, does not iu any way help 
the cessation of anger and is, there- 
fore, irrelevant. 

grijCTra. Flowerless, not flowering. 
-wr: The glomerous tig-tree. -Comp. 
-9ffJ -"Jr?!^ bearing fruits without 
flowering, having neither fruits nor 
flowers. ( -ar:, -qr: ) 1 . the jack tree 
(Mar. <pro) Artocarpus Integrifolla. 
-2. the giomerous fig-tree ( aj^t ) 
. Ved. Shape, body = siys.. 
a- Irreligious, irreverent. 
3TJ3TT Disrespect, irreverence. 

3T^jr: [ =T 3?J^ fafreff. ^-T. ^- cf. TV.] 
1 A small round cake of flour, meal 
ice. ( Mar. <w, qi^n, 3TTOTT &c. ), 
thicker than ordinary cakes and 
mixed with sugar and spices ; tfii^TT- 
rW^T HrHH^SJTT T ^i^Qdl: Pt. 3. 

172. -2 Wheat. -3 Honey-comb. 

s^pTPT, 3ic^ a. (a^IJT ffiff, l^sT ?) 
Belonging to, intended for, SIJTT. -err 
Flour, meal. 

The silk cotton tree 
} Bonibax Heptapbyllum 
< Mar. wtrft ) 

^u^^| a. I Lifeless, inanimate 
( as wood fcc. ). -2 Soulless. -3 Un- 
peopled, uutenanted. 

ST^tJT a. Not full or completed, in- 
complete, deficient, imperfect ; wytf- 
H%JT jK&HFi B- 3. 38 ; 3^ rr* <nr- 
TT% ?fa^*f M. 3. of Incomplete 
number or fraction. -Oomp. ~3fra " 



premature, untimely. ( -fj: ) prema- 
ture or incomplete time ; 3T abortive. 

a. 1 Not preceded, not 
having existed before, the like of 
which did not exist before, quite 
new ; $ srre* S. 1 ; 5 il^^rt M. 5 ; 
K. 191; Si. 4. 17. -2 Strange, extraor- 
dinary, wonderful ; 

. 4 ; 



II S. Til. 17 
singular, unexampled, unprecedent- 
ed ; 3Tj$ q^- f^<ijHI'?: S. 6 ; 

M. 1 ; 

S. 7 ; 



nt . U. 1. 46 commit- 
ting an unaparalleled atrocity. -3 
Unknown, unacquainted, stranger ; 
Ki. 6. 39. -4 Not first. -5 pre- 
ceded by 3? or art. -6 ( In phil. ) 
That unseen virtue which is a rela- 
ion superinduced, not before 
possessed, unseen but efficacious to 
connect the consequence with its 
past and remote cause and to 
wing abont at a distant period or 
n another worldihe relative effect. '- 
Colebrooke. -$ 1 The remote conse- 



quence cf an act ( as the acquisition 
of heaven which in the result of 
good deeds ). -2 Virtue and vice 
( Tnrguir ) at the eventual cause of 
future happiness or misery __ $: 
The supreme soul ( q^?T ). -Oomp. 
3Tfcl ". religious rites the power 
of which on the future is not 
seen before. nfo /. one who 
hs had no husband before, a vir. 
8 in ! fih 5*T*> Sk. iff. discns- 
sion or talk about the Supreme 
Soul. ftfip an authoritative di- 
rection or injunction which is 
i] nite new'; it is of four kindg: 



. 

, W Not having existed 
before, incomparableness, unparal- 
leled or extraordinary nature ; 3TJ4- 
M I CM ij m<j Mv. 1. 

3*S^T tad. Singularly, unlike 
any thing else. 

sTJ^frr adv. Never before. 

wyfo- . Relating to the remote 
consequence of an act, 

Wlf a. Ved. 1 Unpreoeded, first. 
-2 Incomparable, unheard-of before. 

Sl^rK a. Not united, uncombined. 

W: 1 ( In gram. ) An affix ( or a 
word ) consisting of a single letter ; 
3Tjq? if<ti|c4|c<)Jj: P. I. 2. 41 ; qtt.qui'HquiJTt 

Sk. -2 (In the Pratiakhyas ) Thr 
preposition an: and the particle 3. 

^^U|5 n. Not filling ; stingy. 

3|<4<t|dh' ind. Not separately, to- 
gether with, collectively. Oomp. 

qAtflrt of the same religion. tfj- 
a. maintaining the doctrine of pan- 
theism ; regarding God in all things. 

8^[3T7-?]2P. I To go away, 
depart, withdraw, retire, run away, 
escape ; aiqfl' begone, avaunt, away, 
hence, get you gone ; to disappear, 
vanish, pass away ; die or perish 
also ; u-jfarttfa Ms. 1. 82 ; ^rrcH- 
fTr^^reTffNfWiS ^ S. 7. 24 ; tnrr sr- 
^f^r% T ?IT5r: Ki. 5. 37 does 
not leave. -2 To be wanting, be 
.omitted ; be deprived of, be free 
from. -3 To start ( Ved. ). 

s^TT: [?-3fO 1 Going away, 
departure. -2 Separation ; mnm<)s- 
T P. I. 5. 24 ( 3TTOT ft^r: Sk. ) ; 



6. 75. -3 Disappearance, vanishing, 
absence!, ; <t,<4?i||<) Me. 80 at the time 
of suntet ; $u|,(|i4(4$itli4)4$f'<: B. 8. 
74 close of night ; *)<4im<lftMig<|fui 
Si. 4. 5 ; 4. 64 ; 18. 1. -4 Destruc- 
tion, loss, death, annihilation ; OT- 

B. 8. 42 loss, 83 ; 

Mai. 10. 9 death 



or disappearance of M. -S An evil, 
ill, misfortune, risk, calamity 



109 



danger (oft opp. 37TT ) ; 
"iiMii^ftn: Bh. 3. 9 ; 



T: Pt. 1 not the 
danger ( resulting from the plan ) ; 



r t. 1 . 400 J 



1- 61 ; 

Pt. 1 exposed to many dangers, 
dangerous ; SRTT: ^Plfijdium; H. 4. 
"5 exposed to dangers or calamities ; 

H. 4. 102 ; Ks. 



14. 19. -6 LOBS, detriment, injury. 
-7 The end ( of a word ). 

aillftn o. Departing, transient ; 
perishable ; see sfHTlfSf^. 

Whf p.p. I Gone away, dis. 
" appeared ; a^TTg^rftn^^T^Tm ' ?> 
3. 1. -2 Departing or deviating 
from, swerving from, contrary (with 
bl. ) ; arofyft* m$ P. IV. 4. 92 
Sk. ( vrfqwj^MliJId ) ; 



: Y. 2. 4. -3 Free from, de- 
void of, deprived of ( with abl. or in 
comp. ) ; g^rt^fa: Sk. d^^nnal 



d: R. 1. 70 faultless ; c t?<: 



Ms. 7. 197 ; r*5ra?nTftr 
S. 7. 32 freed from (mental ) dark- 
uess. -Oomp. -TTWff N. of a plant, 
Ocimum Sanctum 



A. 1 To look 
round or about for something, to 
look or hope for, expect. -2 To 
wait for, await ; irsft wt Hffcsnr- 
XWMWhrit S. 2 awaits ; smratiw* 
U. 7 ; K. 84 ; ? yrenfraft^-; Mk. 
7 ; sf fTT <{<*iiqTi ^>1l*I*4Qnrifr H. Pr. 
35 ; 



sr<f 



Ku. 3. 26. -3 To require, 
want, stand in need of ; wish or 
desire for ; snjri 
^ Hi. 2. 86 ; 
' Mil. 1. 3 ; 

ft *rrww irfd i "M M snfr V. 

4. 12 ; Ku. 3. 18 ; Pt. 2. 26. -4 To 
have regard to, look to, have in 
view, have an eye to ; i%*rte*r <rw 
nfrw* VTTW: unhrit inf^r: Ki. 2. 
21 ; *nn 5i*^i*f ^^ra^stfnreww^ 

5. D. -5 To take into account or 
consideration, consider, think of, 
respect, care for ; 

35, 197, 257, 315 ; 

: Mai. 9 ; 



: ffcrr Bk. 6. 128 . 
S. 5. 16, Ms. 8. 309 j with sr not 
to like, not to care for ; 
Mn. 3. 18 ; 
. 5. 18. 

1 Expectation, hope, 
desire. -2 Need, requirement, ne- 
cessity jfSr^V without hope or nd, 
regardless of ; 11)44 c$sft I*<*^IW- 
f: Bg. 12. 16 ; or 



n comp. ; 

?^ ftTtf: S. 7. 15 awaiting kindling. 
-3 Consideration, reference, regard, 
with the obj. in loc. case ; more usual- 
ly in comp. ; mTU'lM^ P.atn. 1. 17, 
regardless of ; the instr. and some- 
fhncs loc. of this "word frequently 
occur in comp. meaning 'with re- 
Terence to, ' ' out of regard for, ' 
with n view to, ' * for the sake of ' ; 

tlllM MM*t u ll^^ **! ^JTT>*1I^I^ 



<H<jif)*iw i)i<4inm Pt. 1 ; ft 
R. I- 94 ; fqrfiij^^T Mu. 1 ; 
2 out of regard for ; 

3 with a view to 



gain gome object ; sroJTg^Tr^nrr 
Me. 17 ; ^ 5ra^riRT Y. 2. 26 in 



proportion to, in accordance with ; 



<<^if^*r4i^K. P. 1 as compared 
with it. -4 Connection, relation, de- 
pendence as of cause with effect or 
of iudividu*Hvith species ;|flmnr- 
w: Ak. -5 Care, 



uttentiou, heed ; 



Bk. 7. 49. -6 Respect, 



deference. - n gram. = 3rqrtgrq. v. 
-Comp. -jf^f: (In Vaieshika phil.) 
the distinguishing perception by 
which we apprehend ' this is one, ; 
' this is one &c. ' and which gives 
rise to the notion of duality ' 
see Sarva. chap. 10 where 3Tfr$ii^i%: 
= fiii3iT-Rii?inK) < Jlf') < fl jfip ; cf. Bha- 
sha P. 



107-8. 



pot. p. To 
be desired, wanted, hoped for, ex- 
pected, considered &c.; desirable. 



f . Locked for, expec<" 
ed ; wanted desired, required j 
considered,' referred to &c. ^ 
Desire, wish ; regard, reference, 
consideration. 



a. Hoping, waiting for 
wishing or desiring for, wanting ; 
considering, caring ; usually as last 
member of comp.; JS^r^^n^rfV 
tt. 15. 85 ; jnfrsnn^ffcTnrr Ku. 3. 1 
Hccording to. 

a- Not fit td be drunk ; 
Mk. 2. 



( Imper. 2nd sing. ) Used 
us the first member of some com- 
pounds ( belonging 'to the class 
R,<tq<MR P. II. 1. 72 ) ; '^RT, f|tfkr, 
a?Tr, mPrm, ^Fim where it has 
th sense of 'excluding,' 'expel! :ug,' 
'refusing admission to' ; .<?. "^ifonrr 
a ceremony where merchants are ex- 
cluded ; so fgt(hn &c. -Oottp. -*mr 
N. of a plant which expels wind. 



or 

fe: rorHP TV. ] 1 Having H 
I imb too many or too few (redundant , 
or deficient). -2 Not under 16 yearn 
of age ; ^raaTTHU $1 1 SI WffeSffTf'J HRRT- I 
Narada ; Ms. 8. 148 ; 'ff'TS'- H-^HI^I- 
r: l. -3 A child or infant 

,.^ -4 Very timid. -5 

Wrinkled, flaccid. -6 One past 16. 
See under STT-^- 

a. Ved. 1 Waterless i 
water-tight ( 4l= Rv. 1. 116. 3 ). -2 
Not watery, not fluid, -gf [ 3T7JZH'?* 
9pir^ ] Poison &c. that removes 
water ( jirfN+j|^RTr^ ) 
3JH"jQ^I f. A sort of pother^ 1 

gjqtf 1 U. [ aro-35 or si; ] 1 To 
remove^ drive or push away, dispeU 
take away, destroy ; ^ f% f 

TT(^ R- 8. 44, 54 ; j$g?*pr 

( 3T^T- ) 19. 5 pushed away, dis 

placed, supplanted ; V. 3. 10 



83 



U. 

15. 



2. 19 removes ; Bk. 17. 
119 ; Ms. 8. 414, 11. 108 
yftS' +c*H|i4l4: P II- 1 " 
removed from or beyond imagina- 
tion. -2 To heal, cure ( as illness ). 
-3 To avoid, give up, leave ; Ms. 
10. 86 ; <rw*3rt atfr TnTtarsTTtr- 
ftqf^Rvr B. 12. 31, not leaving 
(the path of) propriety. -4 To deny ; 
WCTrfrSTtent *T *t S. D. 730. -5 To 
reason, argue by way of opposing a 
statement. 



Keinoring, driving away, 
healing &c. -2 Bemoval of doubt 
by the exercise of the reasoning 
faculty. -3 Reasoning, arguing ; 
reasoning faculty. -4 Negative rea- 
soning (opp. s?) (3TTCTfl<l!<l fiff 
' : )> one of the dhiguuai q. T.i 
KI^'J: Mbh. ; 



74 ; hence 3?sr?rf = complete discus- 
sion of a question. -S Excluding 
all things not coming under the 
category in point ; dgMfttf 
( where Mahesvara paraphrases 
by 31d^l?Rt . e. r\Q(iimM: ). 
3(Uh;fr 1 ' Removal &c. 
above. -2 Reasoning faculty ; ini; 
Bg. 15. 15 ( Mr. 



Telang translates 3T by removal ). 



3TTTIB', 3Tqt?Whi pot. p. To be re- 
moved, taken away, expiated ( as 
sin ) ; to be established by reason. 

STTreT -'TW'll ". 1 Unmanly, 
cowardly, timid, -2 Superhuman, 
not of the- authorship of man, of 



*tt 



110 



divine origin ; snrfa^TT 



Mftl. 9. 

not set up by ( the hand of ) man. 
<. ^ 1 Cowardice, pussilani- 
inity. -2 Saperhaman power. 

3flf a. Ved. Obtained ; watery (?) 

" A sacrificial act. 
a. Yed. Busy, active, indus- 
trious, -H: ( or n. Up. 1. 74 ) 1 The 
body. -2 Soma ( gy^ftm ). -3 A 
sacrificial animal. 
ro. [ STSP 

^i K<K Tv - . 
busy, giving water flowing as 
water ; an epithet of Indra ( Sfty. 
FT ) -2 Fire. 



), giv- 



. 

Sending down water < 
ing of water ; zeal (I) 

ntafai,-*!* N. of a sacrifice 
and of a verse of the Sam a Veda 
closing that rite ; the last or 7th part 
of the Jyotishtoma sacrifice. 

9fCfir a. [aTjfti^? W JliJ ^ (d<?l<): 
Tr. ] 1 Engaged in an act, active 
( fcff8r fvtm ) -2 Offspring ( 
Nir. ) 

WT! W^ [ a^-WB^ 55 ' 
Uo. 4. 207 ] 1 Possession, property, 
2 Work, sacrificial act or rite, 
any act. -9 Offspring. -4 Form 
shape. -5 To be obtained ( used act! 
irely) ; [cf. L. /]. -Oomp. 
superintending work (qnfo 
( or m. ) proprietor of an estate, 
lord of wealth or property, illustri- 
ous by menus of works ; directing 
works to be done ( vrfffrf ). 

MUfTW a. 1 Haying progeny. -2 
Poor. *i [wrfr 3TT^TTH>$3| *pi j^r 
<?*r wfori TT. ] 1 The arm. -2 N. of 
a flishi in the family of or connect- 
ed with Bhrigu. 

OTTO^a. Having (sacrificial) acts 
or works ; productive. 

see under wj;. 



P. IV. 4 134] 1 Con- 
nected with or coming from watci 
Rv. 2. 38. 7 ; watery ; consisting of, 
'onsecrated with, water (as ?!?:). -2 
Obtainable. -3 Active, connected 
with sacriflcml acts 1. 145. 5. 

^^Of^WJ ^* of a celebialed 
Frarida writer, uuthci uf wurks ou 
Alamkara and other subjects and 
a contemporary of Pandit Jagan- 
uotha who lived in the 16th century, 
( written also as 3?nn<i^(cT ). 

CJi 1 ^, [ fr. ai^] Gone into, reach- 
ing, bidden. 

Ci Beennder apft. 



ind. Ved. Near, in the 
neighbourhood. 

ars^tr a. 1. Unshaken (fig. alao), 
firm, steady. -2 Unanswerable ( as 
argument ). 

a- Not acting well. 

Not the main or princi- 
pal topic, incidental or irrelevant 
matter. 

^Hfefrmfe a. Not explicitly en- 
joining, not prescribing an obli- 
gatory. 

^H<tii^| a. Stemless (small). ij: 
A bush, a shrub. 

^mfciqi a. 1 Not shining or 
bright, dark, wanting in brightness 
( fig. also ) ; WI5TWIMI$IW rt!<iil<i 
f^T^H: B- 1- 68. -2 Self -illumina- 
ted. -3 Hidden, secret, concealed ; 
Ms. 8. 251 ; 9. 256. -tf, 5t ind. In 
secret, secretly ; 3^nn*l^t fitsrft 

Ms. 4 ; fnwTTTT (r^rsjwrr^r Prfim: v. 

5 secretly. s^i Indistinctness, se- 
crecy ; a secret. 

3)UMH> a. Making dark ; not dis- 
closing &c. 

sist^TTTT - Not to be disclosed, to 
be kept secret ( one of 9 such things ) ; 



. 1 Not principal or 
chief, incidental, occasional. -2 Not 
relevant to the subject under dis- 
cussion, not to the point, irrelevant: 
see srfff, sr^pr ; w^w STSFRVT ' to beat 
about the bush, ' not to come to the 
point. tf ( In Bhet. ) OTJTR . e. the 
standard of comparison ( opp. srjcr 
or grtfr ). 

3T5J^n%: / 1 Not the inherent or 
natural property, accidental proper- 
ty or nature ; an accident ( ftfffi ). 
-2 Spiritual being ; the Purusha of 
the Sinkhyae. -3 Not the original 
word ; such as a termination. 

-*fH&5 " ^Not excelled, low, vile. 
t: A crow. 

anrfjfnr a -- Undecayed. 
anpTfT a - Going too fast to be 
followed by others. 

3nm?*T '. Not bold, bashful, 
modest ( O y\>. ye ) ; <je : w$**ft 
fTpr^T*rF*r: H. 2. 26. 

o. Perplexed, confounded. 
- Unrestrained, un- 
bridled. 

3PF4V$T a - Ved. Without the 
power oi seeing. 

a<iT%<|*^ a. Ved. Deficient in 

understanding, foolitfc, itupi 



a. Inscrutuble. 

" Unmoved, not swerv- 
ing from, following, observing 
( with abl. ) ; Ms. 12. 116. 

annr - 1 Without progeny, 
childless ; sft^i mj^inrsr Chan. 57. 



-2 Unborn. -3 Unpeopled, -gfr Hav- 
ing no child, not giving birth to 
children, not piolifio 

anrsr^, sursmr o. Childless, hav- 
ing no issue or progeny ; 3Jdflnn- 
: Y. 2. 144. HT 



A woman who has borne no child, a 
barren woman. 

3<y^f^f o. Ved. 1 Inexperienced, 
unskilful. -2 Childless. 

aiSrofrfT - Unconsecrated, vulgar, 
profane, ^^f Frying clarified butter 
without consecrated water. 

xflUd^jj a. Incomprehensible by 
reason or inference, undefinable. 

anmt - Ved. Very great or ex- 
tensive, affluent fir. 8. 32. 16. 

anranT-' I Want of lustre, dul- 
ness, dimness. -2 Meanness, want of 
dignity. 

anffoa. Ved. 1 Without oppo- 
nents or foes, irresistible ; Rv. 5. 
32. 3;nf of irresistible prowess. 
-2 Unsnrrpassed, unequalled, -adv. 
Irresistibly. 

vnrffr^ " Trusting, trusty, con- 
fidential. 

*Wflldl * Of unequalled 
deeds or achievements. -2 Irresisti- 
ble, irremediable. 

*mfit(fft)*Tr a. Irremediable, 
helpless, that cannot be remedied or 
helped ; ?<june;i4R*KU K. 154. r> 
Not remedying, non-requital, non- 
retaliation. 

mjfaq_fT a. One from whom one 
must not accept anything as a gift 
*c. 

a. Not accepting. 



a. Unacceptable. 

ntiii-. " * Not to be vanquish- 
ed, invincible. -2 Not to be warded 
<.r kept off ; T^n Ms. 12. 28. -3 Not 
ungry. 

TUfttfc a. 1 Having no adver- 
sary in battle, iiresistible. -2 Unsur- 
passed, unrivalled. 

aroftrjj^ a. Without the fellow- 
liorse. 

*nrfarST - l Without a rival or 
opponent. -2 Unlike. 

Wlfiwfwt/- * Non-performance, 
non-acceptance. -2 Neglect, Omission, 
disregard. -3Wanto understanding. 
-4 Absence of determination ( what 



111 



to do), perplexity ; 



c. K. 159: 



ftwrw*T3rT K. 240 ; Ki. 14. 43. -5 

( Hence ) absence of mind or ready 
wit (t^fifapO ; ^TrnqinftuRmiifltTT 
Qaut. S. 



o. Not going ( ftqver ). 

'vr <* l Unimpeded, un- 
obstructed. -2 Direct, undisputed ; 
( in law ) got by birth without any 
obstruction, not collateral^ inheri- 
tance ). 

anrfjfaW Of irresistible might, 
of unequalled power. 

3T7fct"H' a - 1 Modest, bashful. -2 
Not ready-witted, dull. -*rr Bashful- 
ness, modesty. 

3TSrfrtH?<>- Unrivalled.?: An 
unrivalled warrior ; snrwr^t 3 R^T- 
flTf; Dk. 3. 

^MfflH c - Without an equal or 
parallel, incomparable, matchless, 
unrivalled ; so amftHM ; ''smT^T: Mv. 
1. 62 ; <%**; "***, *% Ac- 

JMHfr\VH^ Natural or spontaneous 
Hate. 



Ul " * Without an 
adversary. -2 Having no opposite of 
counterpart. 

WflKq o.or-q; 1 (A hero) who 
has no sf?rw or rival wanior, a 
matchless or unrivalled warrior ; 
qUninnfiU>t nvnt f*m?f S. 4.. 19, 
8. 7. 7. 33. -2 Matchless ; Mv. 1. 46. 
l! N. of a .Rishi. v-., f N. of 
a hymn composed by 31, 



puted ; 



Uncoutested, iindii 



- 1 Not corresponding 
with, unfit. -2 Of unequalled form. 
3 Incomparable ( in a good or bad 
ense ). -Comp. qrvi incomparable 
talk(grf6tet)i JTOPmfsm SI^. -nftf 
irresistible power. 

<mRlnJ a - Of incomparable 
prowess. 

STUfil^lWT Having no rival 
ruler, subject to one rule; B. 8. 27. 



o. \ Not stable or firmly 
fixed, fluctuating, not made perma- 
nent ; D. 5- 25. -2 Thrown away, 
unprofitable, useless ; Ms. 3. 180. 
-3 Disreputable, infamous. g ; N. 
of a bell. ST Instability, ill-fame, 
ill-repute, dishonour. rf Brahma 
TO ). 

a. Ved. Not firm, having 
no solid ground. jf Instability, 



want of solidity or firmness ( fig. 
also ) ; nT.maBHP^"^*TT3S(if S. B. 



Unsettled, unfixed, 
uncelebrated, obscure ; unconaecrat- 
ed unholy. jr.; An epithet of 
Vishnu. 

Having no inter- 



mixture. 



- Unobserved, uu- 
unobserved 



iioticod ; 

nullity, annihilation of an object ; 
one of the three topics included by 
the Buddhaa under the category of 
PWT, the other two being sriTO^rrRfrst 
wilful destruction, as of a jar by 
a mullet, and J(I$I3I the ethereal ele- 
ment. 

3T3MBd a - ' N* obstructed or 
Impeded, irresistible ; "VmT H^K 
K. 62 ; STFTJ^J?- c ur%: Pt. 1 free 
to mcwe ; U. 3^. 36 ; ^vaimrnKJU- 
<!<)*<< <hmvuiin: Ve. 1. -2 Unim- 
paired, unmarred, unrepulsed, un- 
affected, at home in every respect ; 
HT lunnftgni Bh. 8. 40 ; Pt. 5. 26 ; 
so r%Tr,wr^. -3 Not diaoppointed- 
-Comp. 5nr a- of unimpaired eyes. 
(-T: ) N. of a Buddhist deity. 

3mBtf a. Without parts or 
body, epithet <if Brahma. 

tjHfflff a. 1 Not pleased or de- 
lighted. -2 Unapproached ; unassail. 
able. -3 Unopposed. -4 ( In Bhet. ) 
Not understood or clearly intelligi- 
ble ( as a word ), one of the defects 
of a word ( ?T^ta ) ! Wflifl <l*<(ri 
?rrar STRrgr K. P. 7, i. e. a word is said 
to be aw ;fid if it be used in a sense 
which it has in particular classes or 
works only ( and not in general fff 
popular use ) ; t. g. flni'tfHH.M~lfi- 
fci<ll4l < lcli'<l: ( where 3TT?fIT = ''^ ; n oc ~ 



XrmR 
.I. 2. - 



( with loc. ) ; 

^nrc-rrt ^T: S.I. 2. -2 Having no 
knowledge. -3 ( In gram. ) Having 
no affix. zr: 1 Diffidence, distrust, 
disbelief, doubt; $nKraw<IMi Pt. 1. 
191. -2 Not being understood. -3 
Not aa affix ; 



curs in Yoga Sastra only ). 

3Tuarf?t: f Unintelligibleness ; 
mistrust. 

3nrgw: 1 Want of weight. -2 j 
Want, necessity. 

^r) Not given away. 
A girl, one not given away in 
marriage. 

ararPTjT - * Invisible, impercep- 
tible. -2 Unknown. -3 Absent. -Oomp. 
a- not distinctly taught. 

a. 1 Diffident, distrustful 



P. I. 2. 45. -Oomp. -?i a (in gram ) 

not pertaining to an affix. 
Not attacked. 



- From tlie 
tlie right 

STJTjnir a . Vnd . Not milked com. 
pletely. 

3(t|V|H a - Subordinate, second- 
ary, inferior ; sn^t dH<jMMMl H. 2. 
t (iTT, ?*) 1 Subordinate or 
secondary state, inferiority. -2 A 
secondary or subordinate act. ( The 
word srwpf usually occurs in the 
neuter gender either by itself, or as 
an attribute to a noun, or as last 
member of comp. ) 

arotgcq* a. Unconquerable, in- 
vincible ; ^TWTt flm*4rild;.pt f* 



A bad place of 
refuge. 

3PP7 a. 1 Obscure, dull. -2 
Mean. 

3T1H a. t Wanting power, not 
powerful. -2 Having no power or 
control over, unable, incompetent 
(with gen. or loc. ). 

le efiort 

a. Not careless or inatten- 
tive, careful, attentive, vigilant, 
watchful ; Ms. 7. 142. 

STJTR^ *a. Devoid of festivities, 
sad, joyless ; Bk. 10. 9. 

CTTimf a- Careful, vigilant, cau- 
tious, steady. f: Care, attention, 
vigilance. ^ ind. Carefully, atten- 
tively, uninterruptedly. 

^HHq a. Imperishable ; unlimit- 
ed ( WsftlT ) 

mum Incorrect knowledge ( opp. 
WTq. v. ). 

3IUHI1T " ' I'nlimilcd, immeasur- 
able, boundless. -2 Without authori- 
ty, proof or weight, unauthorized. 
-3 Not regarded as an authority, not 
trustworthy ; snVHK: 3ll<j*jwflftfft 
JW<Jin*<i u i' T^ ^f^^ S. 5. 25. it 
1 That which cannot be taken as au- 
thority in actions ; . . a rule, direc- 
tion &c. which cannot be accepted as 
obligatory. -2 Irrelevancy. -Coap. 
WPT:, -ffT: ( pl- ) ' o f unlimited 
lustre ', N. of a class of deities 
( with Buddhists ). -f%^ a. not con- 
versant with evidence, or incapable 
of weighing evidence. 



very long. 



Not dying suddenly 



112 



a - 1 Not measured, un- 
limited. -2 Not proTed or established 
by authority. 

HJnjT, snwjfinr a. Not foolish, 
prudent, wice. 

SHT^tfT a. Indestt^otible, un- 
aggailable ( <nvj ) BT. 6. 20. 7. 

.Hijfttl a. I Immeasurable, un- 
bounded, boundless ; c wftnr MT. 4. 
30. -2 That which cannot be proper- 
ly ascertained, understood &c. ; in- 
icrutable, unfathomable ( of person 
or thing) ; 3>f3fc 



j: Ma. 1. 3 ; 12 94. -3 Not 
to be proved or demonstrated ( as 
Brahma), -if Brahma. -Comp. -sianN 
a. of unlimited might. 3<irH< ' of 
inscrutable spirit,' epithet of Siva. 

STinfap-^ 1 1 Inability to remove 
pain. -2 Absence of delight. 

JHU^IrH a. Not energetic or diligent, 
indifferent apathetic, not zealously 
devoted to ( with loc. ) ; c e^-; g^rr- 
tfj- Ms. 6. 26. -CT: Absence of effort 
or exertion, indifference, apathy, 
laziness. 



: / [ar-OT-wfi- P. III. 

3. 112, =r changed to or by P. VIII. 

4. 29 ] Not goiug or progressing 
(uied only in uttering imprecations) ; 
spmftre*$raij*rntSk. mayest thou 
not move onward or progress ! See 



: / Not allowing to 
go on or progress ( P. III. 3. 112 ; 
VIII. 4. 30 ). 

^miiq adv. Without interrup- 
tion, attentively. 

<>. Ved. 



Unceasing, continual, not separated 
) ; careful, attentive. 

<* 1 Not used or em- 
ployed, not applied. -2 Wrongly 
used as a word. -3 (In Bhet.) Rare, 
unusual ( as a word when used in a 
particular sense or gender though 
that tense or gender be sanctioned 
by lexicographers) ; awgrp t 



s*ur i where the mas. gender of 
though sanctioned ( by Amara ), is 
not used by poets and is, therefore, 



l: Non-application or bad 
application, non-employment. 
a. Prompt, quick. 

m(Si. a. 1 Not excit- 
ing or stimulating to action, inert, 
abstaining from action. -2 Continu- 
ous, unbroken, uninterrupted. 

*nm* Not engaging in, not ex- 
iting to any action, 



. 1 Not engaging in action 
or proceeding, not taking place. -2 
Inertia, inactivity, non-excitement, 
absence of incentive or stimulus. -3 
( In medic. ) Suppression of the 
natural evacuations, constipation, is- 
chury &c. 

wrfhr a. Ved. Not approached ; 
Bv. 4. 7. 9. -ST 1 Not loved (aroPmr). 
-2 Not impregnated. 

3TST%<f o-. Difficult to be found. 

STSnjTW a - 1 Not praiseworthy, 
worthless, contemptible. -2 Not ap- 
proved, forbidden. -3.( Ved. ) Dis- 
obedient. -4 Less, deficient, decayed 



- 1 Not attached or 
addicted, moderate, temperate. -2 
Unconnected. 

ajU^frh /. Non-attachment, mo- 
deration. 

3TOOT: 1 Want of attachment. -2 
Want of connection. -3 Inopportune 
time or occasion ; 3WflTTf*T<n% ^ sng: 
s?^r T sni^ I 

d{l|44tl - 1 Not pleased. -2 
Turbid, muddy. 

: Disfavour, displeasure. 
a. Not being prolific. T: 
Not being born. 

a. Barren, childless. 

" Not being affected by 
evils or ill omens. 

STUnnS" a - ' Unknown, unim- 
portant, insignificant, Ku. 3. 19. -2 
Unusual, uncoromon ; c r^ an ob- 
solete word. 

3<MfaQ{! / Obscurity, insigni- 
ficance. 

- (^ft/-) Not belong- 



ing to the subject-matter, irrelevant 



' Unsuitable to the 
time or subject, not to the point, 
irrelevant. -2 Absurd, nonsensical ; 
* ifrtH fc*fl*3* Wrffr Pt- 1. -3 Ac- 
cidental or extraneous. -4 Not ready. 
-Comp. ff^rar a figure of speech 
which, by describing the wt^pT (what 
is not the subject-matter ) conveys 
a reference to the sngcf or eubject- 
matter ; snrcgd^w OT IT % 
WJft K. P. 10. It is of 5 kinds; 



ilt i 

e. when 

the subject-matter is viewed (o) as 
an effect, information of which is 
conveyed by stating the cause ; ( b ) 
when viewed as a cause by stating 
the effect ; (c) when viewed as a 
general assertion by stating a parti- 
cular instance ; (d) when viewed 



as a particular instance by stating 
a general assertion ; and ( ) when 
viewed as similar by stating what is 
similar to it, see K. P. 10 ; and S. 
D. 706 for examples. 

3{ljgd a - 1 Unhurt, intact. -2 
Waste, unploughed, K. 326. -3 New 
and unbleached (as cloth); 
^ *fc tf^T IT'TTKcTH I 



a. Not destroying, favour 
ing, aiding ( a^'jii;* ) 

3T5rf?7T a - ' Not sent out. -2 Un 
attacked by foes. 

i a. ( <jfr/- ) Not be- 



longing to the subject-matter ; 



Sift^nM^itli ** " !" 

3TJTTS!rT " ' Not vulgar. -2 Not 
original. -3 Not ordinary, extraordi- 
nary ; 3TTftfNt K. 174, Mv. 1. 3 
-4 Special. 

anmro * Secondary, subordi- 
nate ; inferior. 

^MMlH 1 Modern. -2 Not 
eastern, western. 

3fSnUT o. Lifeless ; inanimate 

or- The Almighty Being. 

mmn a. 1 Not obtained or got ; 

H, f^ A . . ^^.^ 

W^IH^Hd TT STTTH: ^T? ^TTTT 51 \a: I 
BhSahft P. -2 Not arrived or come. 
-3 Not authorised or following, 
as a rule. -4 Not come to or reach- 
ed ; B. 12. 96. -S Not of a marri- 
ageable age. -Oomp. -9TR7 - I- ' n ~ 
opportune, ill-timed, unseasonable ; 



ii*M 



1- 63. -2. 



under age. ( -py ) an irregular- dis- 
cussion (of any subject ). -UTQ^TO. 1. 
conveying ( the sense of ) what is not 
otherwise specified, such as the use 
of the potential mood in WWTTt TSjff. 
-2. not yet tamed (as a young calf). 
ifiHH a. not arrived at puberty or 
who has not reached his youth ; B. 15. 
42. -8*prfTT,-Tn^ a. ( in law ) under 
age. not old enough to engage in 
public business on his own responii- 
bility, a minor ( a boy before he 
reaches his 16th year ) ; 3mini<tsi(ltii 

p: Daksba. 
/. 1 Non-acquisition ; 

___ ~ _____ ^. n --I _____ i. . TT p 
tm^MtlH^I^HSJI'Jrtlll^l^Hin^l " ^ ' 

4. -2 Not being proved or establish- 
ed by a rule before ; 



im. -3 Not taking 
place or occurring. -4 Not being ap- 
plicable = 3T3<ref% q- v. 

aremrftra? - < r / ) ' Un - 

authoritative, unwarranted ; 5^ <mn- 
. -2 Untrustworthy, unreliable. 



113 



ed. 



a. Ved. Unhurt, nnimpir- 



Ved. 1 Impurity. -2 Un- 
governablenesB. 

3TSIT5 Ved. Not going forth 
Bv. 1. 89. 1 ; unceasing. 

3TSJT^ a. Ved. With nndiminish- 
ed or unimpaired life or vigour. 

3TUTT <* 1 Disliked, disagree- 
able, unpleasant, offensive ; yf^-q^ 
^r ivm -fTfrr 3?raT ^ j&r. Bam. ; 
MB. 4. 138 ; S. 5. 17 ; hated, dis- 
tasteful. -2 Unkind, unfriendly. 
'ft A foe, an enemy. rrr A sort 
of fish ( ^jJfrHcW: ). *f An nn 
friendly or offensive act ; trrffrgrfm 
smnfr ?fr ^r^>nhff%^m Ms. 5. 156. 
-oomp. _,nr, 3^, ^,^ a. 
unfriendly, ill-disposed. ^rpM a. 



ill-fated- -^, ( V )f 
speaking unkind or harsh words ;%- 
Y. 1. 73 ; imfr f*7 

^rrerWTT?*T Chip. 44. 
Y: / 1 Dislike, aversion. 
-2 Unfriendly feeling, enmity. -3 
Pain. -Conrp. _^ T ( fr /. ) 1. un- 
kind ; unfavourable. -2 disagree- 
able, disliked. 



<* Disliking, unfriendly. 
n. Dislike. 

arsTTS' - 1 Not arrogant. -2 
Timid, gentle, not bold. -3 Not 
full-grown. gr I An unmarried 
girl. -2 A girl very recently marri- 
ed and not arrived at puberty or 
womanhood. 

aTjrsr a. 1 Without a ship. -2 
Not swimming. 

3TS<T o. Not protracted (as a vowel)- 



. 

Attainable. c^r Disease, danger ; 
the region of the throat or neck (?). 
3n^r:-CHT m. ( -C^T: ) Ved. [ arq; 
fl%I?fi ff^- ] 1 Giving or yielding 
water ; forming the essential portion 
of water ( ant *m>0t W ) -2 Not 
destroying. ctf Form, see 



Any aqna- 
tlo animal ( moving in water ). 



~ Tn ~" ^ 

S" 3 ^ Un. 4. 236 ; 

of. Rftna. 3T"J Kfasrr^ ^TnTfETT^- 
renr. i sfrj%ffnr awT-^TSH^] I 
A class of female divinities or celes- 
tial damsels who reside in the sky 
and are regarded as the wives of the 
G-andharvas. They are very fond of 
bathing, can change their shapes, 
and are endowed with superhuman 
power ( srsrts ). They are called w- 
and are usually described as 

15 



the servants of Indra, who, when 
alarmed by the rigorous austerities 
of some mighty sage, sends down 
one of them to disturb his penance, 
sod her mission is; generally success- 
ful ; of. air JTiJll^nmHjl'fcirei Jf- 
TR srm Hf^pr V. 1. They are alo 
said to covet heroes who die glori- 
ously on the battle-field ; cf . R. 7. 
53. Bina mentions 14 different fa- 
milies of th^se nymohsfseeK. 136). 
The word is usually said to be in 
pi. (rerirt ^fsr=!Tw: ); but the singular, 
as also the form sr^r, sometimh 
occur* ; f^mflssTKofr iw^r tm aq^^r: 
afar S. 1 ; .JEITP^;: & c . R. 7. 53 and 
see Malli. thereon ; 3T^-^ srr^rrra-V. 
1. -2 Direction or the intermediate 
point of the compig (f*a? =*r g-q^^). 
-Ooinp. w'm N. of a sacred pool 
in which the Apsarasas bathe ; pro- 
bubly it is the name of a place, see 
S. 6. qfm lord of the Apsarasas, 
epithet of Indra 

ar'^R a. [aitff srsmr rn% %%, 
!TT-*F ] Devoid of the:es>ence ( fresh- 
ness ) of water ; possessed of form 
or shape ; giving water (?). 

3TC?ToT o. [ sp^j *R: fltj ] Being in, 
or fit for, water. 

3imtf. " Ved. Form, beauty ; 
or one poesessed of beauty ; cliek(?). 

3&g - C fifa C 5 ^T 'Hf Nir. ] 1 
Formless, ahaple9s.-2 Not beautiful. 
Note ar^ forms the first member 
of! several compiunds. f^j^ a god. 
^T aquatic ; moving in waters. 
3f, grra-born in the waters or 
in the atmosphere. ( -grr: ) 1 -<frfH: 
1. & horse. -2. a cane or reed. 
fgjTj vanquishing the aerial Asnras. 
R^ a. possessed of what is in wat- 
er ; not losing one's nature in water; 
( as lightning ) ; getting sufficient 
water. 

3TTT5T - [T.T. ] 1 Unf-rtiitful, 
fruitless, barren ( lit A fig. ) ; fcn afr- 
TOT:i 3Wr5 &o. -2 Unproductive, 
nseles, vain ; 
cwr fnfrt ^Tf 
Hir Rifrsr^S'?:??: Us. 2. 158. -3 De- 
prived of virility, castrated : emas- 
culated ; arFi^r^ ^fr*sr aTTVTWT ^T 
rfttnjFTirr Rim. &. 1 N. of a plant 
( !HW ) -2 A Pout. jyr The Aloe 
plant (tp^JTrft) ; arother plant ( ijfqr- 
ir^.fr ). -Oomp. arrgfnr^ -fc$ a. 
one who desires no rvward ( for 
his Inbours) disinterested jarFt^r^'" 1 
RBTW arsr^rffm: Mb. 
a - Frothless, without ncum 
or faam. if Opium ( perhaps a 
corruption of aritvT ; ar has here a 
deprcciative force ). 



v. 

a- 1 At liberty, not 
bound or restrained. -2 Unmeaning, 
nonsensical, absurd, contradictory ; 

fl. g. ijurjtfn?!?? nWt W5PTT^ ? V fqcTT I 
TT<TI 3 TH ItlRft^fa RrTR?: II (contra; 
dictory ) 



)^: Bayamnkuta on 
Ak. -Oomp. ggr a . foul-aionthed, 
abusive, ecurrilons. 

-Wi 1 See ar^vr-sir Ac. 

a. 1 Not binding. -2 
Without any pledge. 

a. Free, without bonds. 
a. Ved. Without ligatures ; 
falling asunder. 

ar^g, -^t^ra 1 . 1 Friendless, 
lonely. -2 Unowned. -Oomp. -ip^ 
a causing want of companions. 
^fr a. not brought about by re- 
Utives, growing spontaneously ; S. 
4:16. 

3T5T3y 1 Weak, feeble. -2 Un. 
protected. is: N. cf a plant ( ?^OT- 
ftj ) W 1 A woman ( as belong- 
i'rig to the weiker sex ) ; ^ ft ^ rt- 



^f err: u Bh. i. 11 ;, 
couioare also:- f^r <rsnr fnfiff 



Udb. ; C 5r^t a woman ; 
S. 4 3 ; R. 9. 46. -2 One of the ten 
earths according to the Buddhists. 

fj Weakness, want of strength ; 
see 3T5yrT5J also. -Oomp. w^fjs N. 
of Siva. 

a- Not consumptive. 
T?7 1 Weakness. -2 Sickness. 
. 1 Unrestrained, unob- 
structed. -2 Free from pain. -tfrThe 
segment of the base of a triangle. 

*T: 1 Non-o bitrnotion. -2 ^on- 
refutation. 

3T7T5! 1 a - 1 Not childish, youth- 
ful. -2 Not young, full ( as the 
moon ). 

3fgT^T a. 1 Not exterior, iaterr 
nal ; R. 14. 50. -2 ( fig- ) Familiar 
or intimately aqnainted with, 
conversant with ; >ftifgf7i^T?jtiqirg > - 
Dk. 15. -3 Without an 



exterior. 

3*far v JT : [ ariq: w 5^ J rw ] Th. 
submarine fire ( that feeds on tha 
waters of the ocean ) ; srtWvjst iffcil- 
^ ftvrf* R. 13. 4. 

a - Ved. Fearless. 
a- Foolish, unwise ; 



r: /. 1 Want of understand- 
ing. -2 Ignorance, stupidity ; "jrfj 



114 



f oollih, ignorant, a. Ignorant, dull- 
witted, itnpid. -Oomp. 5^, -yfff 
a. I. not preceded by knowledge or 
consciousness ; not wanton or inten- 
tional .-] beginning with non-intelli. 
gence. (-$, -&) ado. unconsciously, 
ignorantljr. 

STf^j-j-r a. Foolish, stupid. m. 
A fool./. ( argij ) Ignorance, want 
of intellect. 

&yvt a. Ved. Not to be perceived 
or awakened. 

3Thr - 1 Ignorant, foolish, stu- 
pid. -2 Perplexed, puzzled. rt I 
Ignorance, itnpidity, want of under* 
standing ; <}fTyr*m> Bb. 3. 2 ; fsr- 



Ki. 1. 6. -2 Not knowing or 
being aware of ; Si. 6. 41. -Oomp. 
-"-rim a. incomprehensible, incon- 
ceivable. 



o. 1 Unintelligible. 
-2 Not to be awakened. 

STfKT a. Having no bottom or 
root, bottomless. V.T Ved. The air 
or intermediate region. 

STiJT [ 3^5 wfti 3T^- ] Born 
in or produced from water ; Ma. 5. 
112, 8 100. iirs 1 The ooncb ( n. 
ate> ). -2 The moon. -3 Camphor. -4 
N. of a tree ( fo^a ). -5 Dhanvan- 
tari, physician of the gods, sid to 
be produced at the churning of the 
ocean along with other jewels. ejj 
1 A Iritog -2 One thousand millions. 
-Oomp. 3>M*ir the seed vessel of 
lotus. -sn, -*TT!,-^:, ^ifJft epithe'g 
of Brahma, (bring supposed to have 
prung from the lotas whiot arose 
from the navel of Vishnu ). 557, 
-nr*, -^r,-cThsrir&o. a lotas-eyed, 
having large beautiful eyes. <rtW; 
' a friend of lotuses, ' the sun. 

>?rT: ! the root of a lotus. -2. a 
cowrie ( qrjZT ) ai larje as a conch, 

*(f^t ' carrying the moon on his 
forehead,' epithet of Siva. ( -ITT ) 
' having the lotus for her seat,' N. 
of Lakshmi. ftwr, N. of Brahma. 

iw. the sun ( represented as hold- 
ing a lotni in one hand ). 



m. (3fr:) Ved. Born in water 
( P. III. 2. 67, VI. 4. 21 ). /. A 
pearl-oyster. 

wfisisfr 1 A lotas plant. -2 A col- 
lection of lotuses. -3 A place full of 
lotuses. -Oomp. qfih the sun. 

[ n. Ved. Shape, beauty. 
5T^ < Conquering waters. 

a. [3^1 ^ifir, 51 ^ ; eaid in 
On. 4. 98 to be from a^ ; anrefinj^: ] 
Giving water. i^t 1 A cloud. -2 A 
year ( in this sense n. also). -3 N. of 
a grass ( Ftm ) -4 N. of a mountain . 



-Oomp 3T$ half a year. - 

of Siva. srtt a century. -$nt a kind 

of camphor. 

sri^qr adv. Ved. With a desire to 
give water. 

an*^: Ved. A cloud ; *g^ possess- 
ed of clouds ; giving water, as a 
clond. 

srxgirt A fortress in water, one 
surrounded by a moat or lake. 

aTS^r^WTBR^-ajTiT a. Having the 
wntra for divinities, praising 
waters ; Ms. 11. 133. 

3Tf3\j; [ OTT: vfiir 37*, rr-i% ] 1 The 
oocan, receptacle of water ; ( flg. 
also>, f m', sn^-", grr^'&c. ; store or 
reservoir of anything. -2 A pond, 
lake. -3 ( In Mth. ) A symbolical 
>Toresion for the number? : some- 
times for 4. -Conrp. -STTJT: the sub- 
marine fire. ~-^rnr-, -T^T: !. froth, 
foam. -2. the ont<|e-flsh bone, being 
regarded as the froth of the ocean. 

gr a. born in the ocean. ( -gf. ^ t . 
the monn. -2. Thfl conch. ( -gfr ) 
( dnal ) N. of the Avin. ( -grr ) I- 
soiritnons 1'qnor ( produced from 
the ocean). -2 the go.idess Lakuhmi. 

fTTt a sea-fish gfar l.the earth. 
-2 a portion of land surrounded by 
the ocean. suncf N. of DvftrV&, 
the capital of Krinhna. Hffnnr: 
the moon ( the butter of tbe ocean ). 

JT^WT the pearl oyster. ^7r: N. 
of Vishnu ( 91 called from bis 
resting in the ocean at the destruc- 
tion and renovation of the world ). 

m^i a gem. 

373Vr$T a. Living upon water. 

$T. A serpent. 

sTxtrRor Living upon water, a kind 
of farting. 

&c. -3T3 q. v 



Unchaste. 
Unchistity. -2 Sexual union. 

a. t Not fit for a Br&h- 



inana ; 

Hal&y. -2 Inimical to Brihmanas. 
o^ An act not befitting a Brahtna- 
na ; an nnbrahmininal act. In dramat 
usually found as an exclamation 
uttered by a Brahmaga in the aense 
of ' to the rescue ', ' help ', ' help ', 
' a horrible or disgraceful deed has 
been committed' ; artr *<i "*f Pt. 
1 ; S. 6 ; U. 1 ; 3T?ttat 



U. 2 a cry of help, or dis- 



tress ; 



^T; Bri. Kathr 

atargr^; a. I Not accompanied by 

devotion ; wanting in sacred or di- 



vine knowledge. -2 Separated from 
or devoid of Brihmanaa ; *n|gr $nr- 
^^Tf% Ma. 9. 322. -Oomp. ft% a. 
not knowing Brahma or the Supreme 
Spirit. 

w=ngror a. Devoid of or without 
Brahmanas. ors Not a Brihmana ; 
Ms. 2. 241-2 ; (= as) ; six kinds are 
usually mentioned. 

3orrgr?tf 1 Violation of tbe duties 
of a Brabmana ; breach of vows or 
sanctity. -2 rrarsrsnni q. y. 

3T^?TH Matin* a growling ( or 
Abrb ) Round, an indistinct speech 
nttered by shutting the lips. 

3n3j5i [ arct fif srmflTTCir ** ] A 
hymn or verse addressed to the 
waters; Y. 3. 30. 

STXTrF ". 1 Not devoted or at- 
tached. -2 Not connected with, de- 
tached. -3 Not worshipping.-^ Dnac- 

cepted.-5 Not eaten % Not food ; 

%j'ij^, ^^ want of appetite. 

3T*T%: /. 1 Want of devotion or 
attachment. -2 Unbelief, incre- 
dulity. 

gnrsrVTWTiT Not eating any 
thing ; fasting. 

3TO$7 a. 1 Not to be eaten. -2 
Prohibited from eating. fif A pro- 
hibited article of food. 

3TH>T o. Unfortunate, ill-fated. 

s^HT " Not broken &c. -n: 1 
absence of fracture or defeat. -2 (in 
Rhet. ) A variety or orr where an- 
other meaning ia obtained without 
dividing the words (this corresponds 
to gr4^f ) ; S. D. 644. 

Undisturbed, firm. 
a- In^nipicious, bad, ovil, 
ill, wicked, -jf 1 Evil, sin, wicked- 
ness. -2 Sorrow. 

ST*HT - [T- ^-] ^ ree * rom fear or 
danger, secure, safe ; THfl^wrH''!^ 
B-h. 3. 35. -TTI [=t >rt lOTtO 1 An epi- 
thet of the Supreme Being, or know- 
ledge concern! og that being.-2 N. of 
Siva. -3 One devoid of all worldly 
possessions. -4 One who fearlessly 
executes scriptural commandments. 
-5 N. of a Yoga ( conjuncture or 
time ) favourable to a march or ex- 
pedition.-^ 1 N. of a plant ( f ?=i^? 
Mar. fiks!).-2 A form of the goddess 
Durga.-*f 1 Absence or removal of 
fear. -2 Security, safety, protection 
from fear or danger ; *m ^'"inT'T 
^ Pt. 1 ; 3TH1*<T fg- T r~^- s. 8. 
303 ; S 2. 16. -3 N. of a sacrificial 
hymn. -4 Tne root o a fragrant 
grass ( SRorgts; 3?fH ). -Oomp. ^ 
a. 1. not terrific, mild. -2. giving 



safety. -fJipc^rrff-^ m, one dwelling 
on the mountain of safety, X. of a 
class of Katyayana's puplia. -fafeJTi 
I. proclamation of assurance or 
safety. -2- a military or war-dram. 
-?, flf^,-STf a. giving a guarantee 
or p romi se of safety ;*nr f vrq-f : Ra in . ; 
"iff: Ms. 4. 232. ( -^- ) an Arbat of 
the Jainas ; N. of Vishnu, -^fitrarr, 
-?rst, -ST^TST giving a promise, as- 
surance, or guarantee of safety or 
protection ( from danger ) ; *?^q^r- 
*WWf ft (Wfi) Pt. 1. 290 ; Ms. 4. 
247,-q-jf a written document or pa- 
per granting assurance of safety ; 
of. the modern 'safe-conduct '.-g^T 
a variety of mndra in Tantra litera- 
ture. -Trn?TT asking for protection ; 
"stsm*: B. 11. 78. -^*, -TT^/. an 
assurance or promise of safety .-HT^ 1 
a. Ved. giving safety. 

awfjf*-^ a. ( ar-vpr-j with the 
insertion of JJT^ P. III. 2. 43. ) 1 
Not dreadful. -2 Gaming security. 

3TH<i'*"J 1 A widow. -2 An un- 
married woman. 

: 1 Non-existence ; wtf <?* 
Mb. -2 Absolution, final 
beatitude ; JmnrT*rflfT*tearr> *r Ki. 
12. 30, 18, 277-3 End or desiruction; 
T3TT T^TTSfrR>TWf7 ^ f t Ram. 
3TTST a. 1 Not to be, not predes- 
tined. -2 Improper, inauspicious. -3 
Unfortunate, luckless; TTTcra^tfirq-- 
T! Ki. 10. 51. 

Not existing. -Comp. 
, -Wf?Ts ( In Rhet. ) a 
defect in composition ; STK^ 3T*H=f5r- 
ft flit: 5?: ft": ST*: w K. P. 7 ; ' the 
failure of an intended connection', 
or want of harmony between the 
ideas to be expressed and the words 
expressing themje.^.^jj;^^^ 
v lfr T%>T*:, here the word jj^ can have 
no correlation with ^r though in- 
tended by the poet. The proper read- 
ing would be fcnr%ij &o. ; for other 
examples see S. D. 575 ad. loo. 

rfor*>T, also sorargrr 

. VII. 3. 47 J I A badly 
made or inferior pair of bellows. -2A 
young woman who has no bellows. 

3THnr <*. 1 Without a share ( of 
inheritance ). -2 Undivided. 

3WT* a. [ T. ?. ] 1 Without lov 
or affection. -2 Non-existent. -7* 1 
Not being or existing, non-existence ; 
Tjft 1 *rr*rswr$ Mk. 1 has disappeared. 
-2 Absence, want, failure ; ^Vrracf - 
Tft 3 "rrsnrr ft?u>rrrJiT: Ma. 9. 188; 
mostly in co.np. ; tr^for^ ?r<r: 119 
in the absence of all, failing alf ; ata, 
"TO, "WTftT &c. -3 Annihilation, 
death, destruction, non-entity ; nvrr- 



s^: S. B. ; Si. 20. 64 ; Ki. 18. 
10. -4 (in phil.) Privation, non-exis- 
tence, nullity or negation, suppose.! 
to be the seventh category or <^ra 
in the system of Kanada. ( Strictly 
speaking 3THTC is not a separate pre- 
dicament, like sToj, !jir, but is only a 
negative arrangement of those pre- 
dicauaents; all natneable things being 
divided into positive ( tire ) and ne 
gative ( 3T*m ), the first division in 
eluding spg, gar, ijrir, fltm% f5tT and 
tf^nirq and the second only oue 3?ni?; 
cf . are WJTF?rR*i=r[^^ Toorf HTW sir- 
>n^(^ ?sjaM-JHi i fa-- Mukta. ). 
is defined as siTCrWrsW ( ^ifct- 
nt ) thit whose know- 
ledge is dependant on the knowledge 
of its sriWi'ft. It is of two prin- 
cipal kinds frair'iTrf and 3p=3pifi>TTf ; 
the first comprising three varieties 
snrm*i tmTr?i ana arnJcriirr^. -Comp. 
-7f'iT: / false attribution (=.5par|H 
q. v. ) 

3orra=rr 1 Absence of judgment 
or right discernment. -2 Absence of 
religious meditation. 

a. Inconceivable. 

a. Not perceiving, 
comprehending or inferring. 

3THTf5r^, STHisi . Whit is not des- 
tined to bj or to take pi ice ; 



df Not speaking, silence. 
a. Not told. -Comp. -j^ 
a word which cinnot bccouia iuas. 
orneuter, i. e. always feminine. 

3lfjfr ind. I ( As a prefix to verbs 
and nouns ) It means ( a ) 'to,' 'to- 
wards' 'in the direction of ; STIHT^ 
go towards, STI^TTT, Wti Tr^ &c. ; 
( b ) 'for', 'attains!' ; BT, "g^ &o. ; 
( o ) 'on', 'upon,', r^ to sprinkle 
on Ac.; ( d ) 'orer,' 'above', 'across' ; 
^;to overpower, e ff^ ; ( e ) '^leatly' 
'excessively' ^.-2 ( As a prefix to 
nouns not derived from verbs, and 
to adjectives ) It expresses ( a ) in- 
tensity or superiority ; r& ' su- 
preme dnty ' ; ms 'very red,' "sr* 
'very new' ; ( b ) ' towards," ' in tbe 
direction of,' forming Adv. com- 
pounds ; %5r, Sr, fi% &c.-3(As a 
separable adverb) It means towards, 
in the direction or vicinity of ( cpp. 
3T7 ); in, above, aloft, on tbe top, 
(mostly Ved.). -4 ( As a preposition 
with aco. ) ( a ) To, towards, in the 
direction of, again*t ; ( witb ace. or 
in comp. in this sense ); 3T<ffjr or 



forcnca to ; wtTiteTflfvr <^'c<i: Ki. 
9- 6 ; mgf fi?T?f JTRTTHPT Sk. ( d ) 
Severally, ona after another ( in a 
distributive sense); f 5? f a.tufvrfrt'g'ffr 
Sk ; ^^irfvr tg: Bop. By P. I 
4. 91 arm has all the senses of 
3?^ piven iu I. 4. 90 except that of 
"W : e g. ( jj^br ) ^RJTI? sfo ; ( 5<i- 
fffTi!j?ir^ ) H^KHfif ; ( sTi^iiif ) ^ 
\w\* re^ia ; but q^r nrift5fr^aCFTcit; 
srr?f "TiraTflRfffffW Bop. ( e ) In, into, 
to ; Si. 8. 60. (/) For, lorthe sake 
of, on account of (Ved.). According 
to S. M. 3TIH 1 has the JO senses :~vft- 



, 

. [ cf. L ob ; ur. amphi ; Zend 
aibior aiwi Goth. bi ;&loumbi; urn]. 



a74 ; P V. 2. 74 ] Lustful, libidi 
non, voluptuous ; tfinNrwifrTO ^ 
R. 19. 4; 



[..; Si. 9. 56, 7. 40; 

Rtr 8. 7. 11. ( b ) Near, before, in 
front or presence of ; Si. 7. 32 ; 15. 
8. ( o ) On, upon, with regard or re- 



: Bk. 8. 92. 5f: A lover, volup- 
tuous person. 

10 A. To love, desire ; 
ifrit mPrift Dk. 
88 ; Ki. 18. 23. 

arnTffnr a. [ qrn 3{\ or 
ft TW J AfiEectionate, loving, desir- 
ous, wishing for, lustful, ( with the 
object of love in ace. or in comp. ) ; 
Tr^r 3im>T35nTr?' Mb. w. 1 Affec- 
tion, love. -2 Wish, desire. r 
ind. Longingly, with desire. 

a. Voluntary. 

Ai ^ sh*^ 8 or trem- 
ble violently. Cam. 1 To stir, 
shake. -2 To allure, entice. 

lrf Sbakina; ; alluring. 

. 1 U. 1 To ask, request; 
loog for, wish or desire for. 

Wish, desire, longing. 
. Longing, wishing. 
8 U. 1 To moke, render, 
do ; 5^*1% fWrsrm'^Hrat Mb. -2 
To do with reference to, for the 
anke of, or in behalf of. -J To 
procure, g^t, obtain, effect. 

arfaRTtf I Effecting, doing. -2 A 
churin, incantation. 

3T!^frf^:/- N. of a metre con- 
taiaing 100 syllables. 

arHTS??^ a - ( m - " . 
Ma^icil ; a magician or spirit. 



Haughty, very powerful 

( ai an enemy ), Rv. 3. 34. 10. 



116 



; 1 P. To ehoat at, roar 
at ; neigh at. 

A shoot, roar. 
1 U., 4 P. 1 To step or 
go nnur to, iipproach ; crfrrHSTST *nf- 
ST TV 'qrwtflV TJJ Mo. -2 To roam 
over, wander, pag or walk over. 
-3 To attack, ageail, fall npon. 4 
To undertake, begin ; to set about; 
prepare ; ipJTnirfa^srflr Rim. 
Cam. To bring near. 

ajf^BTT! 1 Beginning, attempting, 
an undertaking ; SrfffirenT5TT5?i't>!T 
rw*R> T fal% Bg. 2. 40. -2 A 
determined attack or onset, assault, 
onslaught. -3 Ascending, mounting. 

wntanrar, -sutft: /. Approaching, 
attacking &o. =ariJneT above; ofa^i" 
Dk. 92. 

wfrwtieK o. [ Rtf^ror] I One who 
has approached or undertaken or 
begun. -2 Skilled or verged in, con- 
versant with ( with loo. ). 

3TfJr Jjr 1 P. 1 To cry out at, call 
out to. -2 To call out ( to one ) in a 
scolding manner ; sTwftwran^anjJ: 
Mb. -3 To weep over, lament with 
tears, bemoan. 

arft^TCT: 1 Calling ont, crying.-! 
Reviling, censure. 

3UHWt5re> I One who calls out; a 
reviler, calumniator. -2 A herald. 

arffiWTj " Ved. A murderer, 
killei, destroyer. 

wnfaf o [ fX -3r ? ] Ved - A de- 
itroyer ; Bv. 6. 50. 1. ; giving with- 
out being asked ( ? ). 



P. I To throw or fling 
at ( as the lash of a whip at a 
horse) ; to insult. -2 To esoel ; 
Bk. 8. 51. 



- P- Thrown, surpassed. 

- Ved - 1 T O see, per- 
oeive, view. -2 TJ be gracious, look 
graciously. -Caw. (wr<rffl) To tell ; 
declare, make known, proclaim ; 
*<?**? s-fTrfJrsirPKnS'n Dk. 136, 
171 ; Ms. 8. 205, 9.262. 

wr*K?TT a. [ qsflft I%T] Going to- 
wards; well-known, celebrated. -^rr 
[ CTf-3^; ] I ( o ) Splendour, beauty, 
lustre ; tirciffcjs<rr ff'fftnft^ anfirt 
Hlf^T'Jh B 1 46 ; qtif<n^ T g <R- 
HJ5 S"fft WTwfiwrt Me. 80 ; Ku. 1. 
43 ; .7. 18. ( b ) Look, view, appear- 
ance, aspect ( Ved. ). -2 Telling 
declring.-3 Calling, addressing. -4 
A name, appellation. -5 A word 
synonym. -6 Fame; glory ; notoriety 
(in a bad sense) ; greatness ( mj.itw) 
-7 Intellect ( Nir. ). 

nSqnnw/). p. Become or made 
knowu ; celebrated ; fr t y. 8 . aolf 



. Ved. Looking, super- 
vising, superintending. 

3TIfr<5rr* Fame, glory. 

arflprn^ 1 P. 1 To go to, go near to, 
approach (with aco.) ; irq'Hfvrjn'gHg'- 
i <T: R. 15 59 ; Ki. 10. 21 ; HgJrrir 
HTWi^jmriwr Wffir: Ma. 1. 1 ; 11. 
100. -2:Tofollow, go after ; agnnr- 
S$ n*r f^rar nrm)i?rr& B4m. -3 
To find meet with ( casually or by 
chance). -4 To cohabit, have scxnal 
intercourse (wiihman or woman); ar- 
fri<TiRjT HflHr wnr* T n%^ y Y. 2. 
205 ; 3jwrr5F: ftf 1^* H^fJTr* Mb.-5 
To take to, undertake, betake oneself 
to. -6 To get, to share in ; be subject 
to; fSr?m<Tnr: Bam. -7 To conceive, 
apprehend, understand, comprehend. 
Cam. 1 To came to go to or ap- 
proach ; take, convey, send ; Dk. 102, 
-2 To cause to apprehend ; explain, 
teach. 

BifaiTj a. One who approaches or 
has intercourse ( with a woman ) ; 
one who understands &c. 



1 ( a ) Aproach- 
ing, going or coming to, visit, arri 
val ; n^r|a> srrfi'rn&'T f B. 5. 11, 
17. 72 ; 3^rtrHTflRr?TJiir asncjfsrfH*- 
f^rr 12. 35, K. 158 ; Pt. 3. (6) Find- 
ing out ; enjoying ; $?*r rrmnrffrrT- 
trai Me. 49. C^R Ualli. ). -2 Sexual 
intercourse ( with a man or woman) 
TTf rerpNir'f K. 107 ; j^rar ai^in'H-- 
^ Y. 2. 291 ; Pt. 1 ; H. 1. 104 ; 
jfj^" Y. 3. 298, 2. 294. 

sn^irntr pot. p. 1 To be approach- 
ed, visited or sought ; Ku. 6. 56. -2 
Accessible, that can be approached 
withcut fear, inviting ; 

Mk. 4 ; 

. 1. 16. 



Approaching, having 
intercourse with ; Ms. 3. 45 Y. 
2. 282. 



a, Inviting, leading one 
to approach ( as qualities ). 

3Tl%n 1 P. To roar or bawl 
at, to raise wild. or ferocious cries. 

3rfvrrihf, wrvriit^rcr A wild, javage 
or ferocious roar ;up-roar. 

= 3rft q- v. 

10 P. 1 To guard, protect, 
defend ; fj|fnTTHftsHrit WTrt<r 
Bam. -2 To hide, conceal. 

:/. Guarding, protecting. 
W(HfrH m. Protector, guardian. 

arfJig^ 6 U. To assent or agree to, 
approve of ( Ved. ). 

wftfUtp- P- Approved of ; destin- 
ed for an offering ; uttered ( with 
praise ), 



3D %rjfr: /. 1 Song of praise ; con- 
stant desire or thought ; Bv. 1 162. 
6. -2 Effort, exertion. 

aTT^rr 9 U. Ved. 1 To call to or 
address approvingly, join in, wel- 
come, praise. -2 To accept pro- 
pitiously, allow, approve 

srnWt: [ J-sn.] Song off praise i 
praise. 

3rf^Jf 1 P. 1 To call to, sing to. 
-2 To fill with song, make noisy with 
songs ; w'Ttr3rrfTfhTrf9r ( <MiPi ) 
Bam. -3 To sing, celebrate in song; 
!Tf rc>T JV^rsnT<?rer: Ait. Br. -4 To 
approve, allow. 

3Tmrrcr P- P- Sung, chanted, 
celebrated in bung &c. 

^ o. t^'fJ^.] Singing 
( Ved. ^ ) 9 I). I To 
take or seize, catch, catch bold of, 
se : ze forcibly, attack ; ftgurrfvniw 
Dk. 5, 98, 103. -2 To accept, take. 
-3 To receive, ( as a guest ). -4 To 
fold, lay or bring together ( as the 
bands ). -5 To set, show or bring 
forth (as blossom, fruit &o.).-Cau. 
To catch or surprise one in the 
very act, to let oneself be so caught; 



rji Dk. 96. 

': 2 Seizing,, robbing, plun- 
dering. -2 Attack, assault, onset. 
-3 Challenge. -4 Complaint. -5 
Authority, power, weight. 

sri^V^il Fobbing, seizing in the 
presence of the owner. 

grf^T^DT 1 Bobbin?, friction. -2 
Possession by ao evil spirit. 

srfttrrrT, -rwafr, -*rrm%5| Ac. 
See under arftwq;. 

3Tf*n ( Used only in oaus. ) I To 
cause (0 trickle down, let fall 
down I y drops ; irt ( *t ) arwrj: 
^roTrfJnrrTTwr* Ait. Br. -2 To 
sprinkle with. 

wfrsrfTt [?-i9nrm*-rsJ 1 Ghee 
or clarified butter. -2 Dropping down 
ghee upon offerings at sacrifices : 

jraft**?T3^HgrtrhOT3'T'n^ Mv.3. 

sjrrHgtft Act of sprinkling ( with 
ghee ), besprinkling. 

g^r^jrr 1 P. To smell at, snuffle ; 
to bring the nose close to another's 
forehead ( as in caressing, kissing 
&o. as a token of affection ). 

arftirrot Smelling at or touching 
the forehead with the nose. 

3^:5^2 A. 1 To look at, vievr, 
perceive, see ; srr^ ^ nr3T g^rff 
. 7.61. 1. -2 To oal 



117 



to or address. -3 To ad<Jrep sharply, 
to ageail with sharp words Bv. 7. 
104. 8. -4 To name, call. -5 To 
look graciously upon, 5. 3. 9. 

safit^im Ved. Means of defence ; 
( migical ) remedy. orr Viewing, 
indicating. 

3Tf*T^ IP. 1 To act wrongly 
towards any one, offend, trespass ; 



nt S<T Mv. 2. -2. To be faithleis 
( as wife or husband ) ; ijffi JJT ir- 
ftr^Kfit JTsri^rrff rijicrr Ms. 5. 165 ; 
9. 102. -3 To cnarin, conjure, exor- 
cise ( by spells or incantations ), 
employ spells for magical purposes 



Y.I. 295; 3. 289 -4 To possess, 
oocopy. 

atn^T: A follower, servant, at- 
tendant. 

a<(7i-<j<ui' Enchanting, exorcising, 
employment o.f apellg for male- 
volent purposes ( such as ^HJTIT ) ; 
Ma. 4. 12. 



a. Kit for exorcising. 

. Ved. Enchanting. 
T: I Exorcising, enchanting, 
employment of magical spells for 
malevolent purposes ; magic itself 
( being regarded as one of the Upa- 
patakas or minor sins ) ; srnfr^tj 
ww <frf<n?r ft?Rfr <TR: Ms. 9 290; 
11. 64, 198 ; K. 109 ; Mv. 1. 62. 
-2 Killing. -Oonrp. q??*: N. of 
a work on incantations regard 
ed as part of the Atharvaveda. 
5*n a fever caused by magical 
spoils. ifcr: a magical farmula, 
an incantation or formula for work- 
ing a charm ; Si. 7. 58. -^^f.,-^if: a 
sacrifice made for magical purposes. 

an^nrw, -<9rfl^ ( "ffcfir, fKr/.) 
a. Conjuring, enchanting, using 
magica. spells for evil purposes ; 
magical Ki. 3. 56. ff:, -?r A 
conjurer, magician. 



a - Being in shade 
or turned towards the shade, -if adv. 
In shade or darkness. 

3U%3T3( 4 A. 1 To be born to or 
for ( a person or thing ), to claim 
a one's birth-right j H^rin^sfriff 
Mb ; see also under wwTiid ( 1 ) be- 
low. -2 To bs born or produc- 
ed, arise, spring from ; srrar- 
RfhJht>:m* Bg. 2. 62 j H. 1. 
205. -3 To be born or produced 
again ; Bg. 6. 41 ; 13. 23. -4 To 
be, become, be turned into j a*qr: 

Bam. 



eage; 



Born or produced ul 
round. 

: 1 (a) A family, race, lin- 
;3r* 5rr?*r M41. 8 ; 
K. 104 ; Mu. 6.6 ; Ms. 4. 
18;Dk. 135,170; U. 4. ( b ) Birth, 
extraction, descent ; grijrotsrajj 1 vr- 
"*>% ( **5 ! ) Tffrt f r%s M. 1; Ms. 
1. 100 ; Y. 1. 123. -2 High or 
noble descent, noble birth or fami- 
ly ; trj* cf'irrf r^tf 
jjoifi: Mai. 2. 13 ; 
^fJrsrsf: tffsrat *irsrr Bh. 2. 39 ; 
M. 5. -3 Forefatoers, ancestors ; 
sTnN-srr: s?ft<m: K4. on P. IV. 
3. 90; also descendants. -4 Native 
country, motherland, ancestral 
abode ( opp. H*W ) ; of. Sk. on P. 
IV. 3. 90: 11* w Ttfft ff fruw. 
( nf irafir 3r Mbh. ) ; IT softer 
^tsfHjff: ift fW:. -5 Fame, celebri- 
ty. -6 The head or ornament of a 
family ; ^f^srifV arr?5fcirNT*ir r- 
*<rfj<rtfr f%^5?r: Mv. 1. 33. -7 Atten- 
dants, retinue ( = qRsn q. v. ). 

wi^sr^T a. ( ^V/. ) a. Becoming 
one's high birth ; Mv. 5. 18. 

sri^spT^ a. Of noble descent, 
nobly born ; fr JTraft*it M. 5 ; 
"left Hri: sre^ ftrar ^r?Trg^ S. 4. 
18 ; Bg. 16. 15. 

amMMg:/. Ved. Being born or 
produced (Ved.); *aY; to produce. 

3Tf*H3rr<T.p. p. I (a) Born to or for; 
Htff *ri? ^iTjn^srraw Hrcr Bg. 16. 
3, 4, 5 (b) Produced all around, (c) 
Born in consequence of. -2 Inbred, 
inborn. -3 Born, produced ; arsTtcTT- 
WWi?Rncr*ff Bam. -4 Noble, nobly 
or well born, of noble descent ; sHkq- 
^^rf^rsriciT ^jrt ?ir^ffr 5?t! B 17. 
4 ; Mil. 4; courteous, polite ; sTi^srr- 
* W^fl ^H V^ 1 ; K. 102, M. 3, 
Mai. 7 ; MHi^TSTfcf Mu. 2. -5 Fit, pro- 
per, worthy. -6 Sweet, agreeable ; 
inrr?<rtrnrrJW>*sTKTirn% Kn. 1. 45. -7 
Handsome, beautiful. -8 Learned, 
wise; distinguished; tf<rifr sTTp^ra^ 
^I'lIrS **$* (^)- rf Nobility, 
noble birth. ^-ac2t>. A able, politely, 
courteously; er ^ irr s;rR9s S. 6. 



-5 To be born of a high family. 



: / Noble birth. 
1 P. 1 To conquer com. 
pletely.-2 To acquire by ujnqueut 
Detid. To desire to win or 
conquer, acquire. 

: Conqueatjcomplete victory. 



torious, conquering completely. -2 
Helping in conquering completely. -3 
Born under the constellation atfJrriTi^ 
P. IV. 3. 36, see 3nm5ffi- -> 1 N. 
of Vishnu. -2 N. of a sacrifloe, part 
of the great sacrifice called '|^^|H'^^ , 



Md. 11.75, also used for sifrKisiq. v. 
-3 N. of a star ; N. of one of the 
lunar mansions. n. I The 8th 
Muhurta of the day, midday (fit for 
a Sraddha ceremony ). -2 N . of a 
c?jf favourable to setting out. -Comp. 
5f;4: The 8th Muhurta or period 
comprising 24 minutes before and 
24 minutes after noon. 

STTHt^iT: N. of an asterisra or the 
Muhurta indicated by it; 



r u V . P. 

/. Ved. Victory, con- 
quest 

arfSqjV 6 A. ( or Ved. P. ) 1 To 
visit, frequent, call upon ; fSrqrPr^j 
Mb. -2 To be pleased or contented 
with, like, be fond of ( Ved. ). 

Visited, frequented. 
9 D. I To recognize, dis. 

ce-n ; ( m ) TiKrsrrsrrwrf 3"T Mb. 
-2 To know, understand, be acquaint- 
ed with, be aware of, perceive ; arjf 
fl 'rmnrrinfir ^ *r ^fw ^r Mb. ; 
Bg. 18. 55, 4. 14 ; 7. 13 ; H^fi^r* 
<fiV?3 Dk. 3, 78. -3 To look upon, 
consider or regard as, know to be. -4 
To admit, own, acknowledge ; ^ g*r- 
wn^TPTlfJf wfV 3ns Mb. -5 To re- 
member, recollect ; ( used with the 
Future instead of the Imperfect. Im- 
perfect with q^, or both when inter- 
dependence of two actions is de- 
noted, P. III. 2. 112, 114 ) ; of. Bk. 
6. 138, 139. 

3TP*?T a. [ sTHir ] I Knowing, 
aware of, one who understands or 
is acquainted with, experiencing or 
having had experience of (with gen. 
or loo. or in comp. ) ; irgr gforaffcq-- 
q;g?T^ <T*Wii^ff srTj U. 5. 35 ; 
sn'^Vr'i^'nttrfr f^r^ sr^T^frr: Ku. 
2. 41, Me. 16 ; B. 7. 64 ; arimr^ * 
Sts^nwr Pt. 1. -2 Skilled in, con- 
versant with, proficient, skilful, cle- 
ver ; ii? wfrjsi: 35rrjmi'*^T: U.4; 
see 3T=T|Jm also. 51 1 Becognition. 
-2 Bemembrance, recollection; sjiH- 
5Tl^tf cR. P. HI- 2. 112. -3 A super- 
natural faculty or po ver of which 
five kinds are usually mentioned:-(l) 
taking any form at will; (2) hearing 
io any distance; (3) seeing to any 
distance ; ( 4 ) penetrating men's 
thoughts ; ( 5 ) knowing their state 
and antecedents. -Monier Williams. 



f 1 Becognition; 
arif ?xf &5T Tf rm<TT Bam. 
ts a combination of 3fj>rf or direct 
perception and tgft or recollection ; 
a sort of direot perception assisted by 
the memory; as when we say 'this it 
the iam man I saw yesterday* 4) 



118 



IV, 3>3W cr direct perception 
leading to the identification express- 
ed by art and the memory leading 
to the reference to past action expres- 
sed by ff:). -2 Remembrance, recol- 
lection ; knowledge, ascertainment. 
-3 ( a ) A sign or token of recogni- 
tion ( person cr thing ); ifff 'frni'T 
I?T wra?n^5Tt5f ^ tmirft Mil. 9 ; 
Bk. 8. 118, 124; B. 12. 62 ; Me. 1 12 ; 
artn^tfH?rrt|;<i awr < H??r Rim. -4 
Tbe dark portion in the disc 
of the moon. -Oonrp. arm^r a 
recognition-ornament, a token-ring 
S. 4. inr a certificate, letter of re- 
commendation. ST-JCTSJ N. of a 
celebrated drama by K&lidasa in se- 
ven acts in which king Dashyanta 
marries Kanva's daughter Sakun- 
tali by the (iandharva form of mar- 
riage, forgets all about her owing 
to the corse of Dnrvasas, but ulti- 
mately recollects, at the sight of the 
token-ring ( arft^wr ) that he had 
duly married her ; aftw^T^ ff m ^Tf'cr- 
wr *ifiwH$i$?i5*i ; arm^ffT f i *\z$ 
3if its; (the reading "siifira is gram- 
matically indefensible ). 

arftgrnra a. Making known, in- 
forming. 

srfTgJ a. Ved. [arfrjft *u$% 
3n ] On the knees, keeping up to the 
knees- 

* Flying towards. 

10 P. 1 To bear, knock- 
thump, hit, smite, ^trike (fig. also); 
to wound ; *lfj5UffH*f I lid t Ram. 
-2 ( Astr. ) To eclipse the greater 
part of the disc ; Bri. 8. 11. 61. 

3Tpfcn* Beating, thumping. 

3Tf5fH1,l P- 1 To irradiate with 
heat, heat, inflame ; 3TfSr<nnnril> 
wrf* TOfr fc B^r *TUHS R. 8. 43 ; 
19.56. -2 To p&in, distress, wound, 
afflict. fan. To suffer intensely, 
be afflicted. Cau$. To pain, dis- 
tress, afflict. 

&ft*Vll>-P- * Heated, inflamed, 
scorched, burnt. -2 Distressed, griev- 
ing or lamenting for ( actively 
used ). 

wntnri: Extreme beat, whether 
of body or mind ; agitation, afflic- 
tion, great distress or pain ; Si. 9. 
1 ; Ki. 9. 4 ; &*T*g" 
V. 3. 

T "<* Nearer to. 



; '"<' ( Used as an adverb 
or preposition with ace. ) 1 Near to, 
to, towards ; wftfltf J*"S3! ^|T 
nftirett K. 11. 8. -2 (a) Near, hard 
by, close by, in the proximity of; 



Ram. ; sometimes with gen. 



'bid ( b ) Bbforu, in lLo 
presence of ; a^JTf^5Tf!rcfr 5^tT|r- 
3ff?j Ki. 2. 59. -3 Opposite t<>, 
facing, in front of ; firtrOTrwnfri: 
Ki. 6. 1, 5. 14. -4 On both sid< s ; 



U.4. 20; Mv. 1. 18 ; 
TOTiar Ssrn^ciwft Ttff Raun.;S.6.1G; 
Bk. 9. 137. -5 Before and after. -6 
On all sides, round, round abont 
(^with ace. or gen. ); sfrnrii'^T: g* 
iwri Dk. 1 ; imsr'ft jninrtT fisrr- 
Twrww: i>HT: M. 1 ; S. 7 ; ^Trrnra: 
D. 9. 36 ; everywhere Ki. 8. 10. 
-7 Butirely, thoroughly, complete- 
ly, throngbont. -8 Quickly. -Comp 
a- surrounded by bones. 
a. being all round, sur- 
rounding P. VI. 2. 182. <rr* Ved. 
near the night ; just. at the beginning 
or end. 

STfitrtia Very red, dark-red ; 
R. 15. 49. 



P. 1 To satiate, satis- 
fy. -2 To refresh ; Bri. S. 19. 15. 

3U*raw>r Satiation, refreshing. 

a^fJrgrf^nf ind. To or towards the 
right ( = sr?f^pjr q. v. ) 

arfM^IMH The being troddde" 
under the foot by elephants (?) 

aTi^r^^l P. To look at, behold. 
Ca'.ts. I To show, point out. -2 
To show oneself to, appear before. 
pan. 1 To be seen, be visible, 
appear. -2 To be considered or 
thought. 

3Tr^ir* 1 Seeing. -2 Becoming 
visible ; appearance. 

aTTHjfT a- I Directed to be iven, 
tending or going to heaven, heaven- 
ward. -2 Heavenly. -3 Bright, brilli- 
ant. v. A half month. 

1 P. 1 ( a ) To run op to> 



iR^ffiira 
** 



Sk. ( bombliines with 



m~ Bbig., 



run near; 

17. 40. (k) To invade, march against, 

fall upon, attack, assail ; 



Mil. 7 laying violent hands on; 

.5. 21; 



Ve. 3. -2 To overrun ; infest, harass, 
afflict ; 3rwTgf55rnTrffci^'TriviTI*T- 
^(t (3) Mb. -3 To come over, pans 
or run over. -4 To befall. Cuu. 
To rout, put to flight; gwmf^.aT 
Dk. 14. 

.p. Attacked, overrun. 
:, -wr An attack. 

4 P. ( A. in epic poetry ) 
To hate, seek to injure or malici- 
ously assail, plot against (with ace.) 
Tffifr Mu. 1, 2 j 



** 

dat. also); srur 

H. 6; 

ir ^ 

Mu. 5. 

3T1^3^ a. Ved. Seeking to injure, 
inimical. 

3JTH'?hr: 1 Injuring, plotting 
agkiuat, harm, cruelty, oppression ; 
Ms. 8. 271 ; Ki. 11. 21. -2 Abuse ; 
censure. 

3?T VR: The supreme trnth 
or Metaphysics according to Bud- 
dhistic dogmas. -Oomp. ftfcv: 
' basket of Metaphynica', one of 
the three sections ( ilj^ ) of Bnd- 
dbist holy writings which treat of 



prf 1 Possession by evil 
spirits, demons &c. -2 Oppressing. 
-3 Striking against. 

3lf^rr 3 U. 1 (o) To say, 
speak, tell ( with ace., rarely with 
dat. ); *rr aTsraTT^%ar WTT Ku. 3. 
63; Ms. 1.42 ; Bk. 7. 78 ; Bg. 18. 
68 (6) To denote, express or con- 
vey direct'y <r primarily ( as sense 
&o.); state, mootion. s*t foith; WTSir- 
?W%r%if <TVHNhJ% fT^r^jt K. P. 2; 
trom ^=ftfVri|nr*f wf*- (c) To speak 
or say to, address. -1 To name, call, 
designate; usually in pan. ( -vfijj^ ); 
f^^ifrt^T^^tnrfSrvT-iw Bg. 13. 

1. -3 To lay or put on, f astan, bind ; 
to overlay, load ; assail ; receive, 
comprehend, include ; to draw one- 
self towards, bold, support ( mostly 
Ved. in these senses ). 

an^tTT Ved. Naming ; praised, 
invoked, -in 1 A name, appellation; 
oft. in corap.; ^gJTTfl-SRn^! S. D. 
-2 A word, sound. -3 The literal 
power or sense of a word, denotation, 
one of the three powers of a word ; 
^i^qlsJtsfvTvnrr ^jj: 8. D. 2 ' the ex- 
pressed meaning is that which is 
conveyed to the understanding by 
the word's denotation', for it is this 
aiftvT that conveys to the under- 
standing the meaning which belongs 
to the word by common consent or 
convention (ri&O ( which primarily 
made it a word at all ) ; q gjftfrs*r- 
*?T g^ff ^t njiTmswil^'aft K. P. 

2. -Oojap. v^fjr^ a . losing one's 
name. -ij~5 a. founded on a word's 
denotation or literal meaning. 

arr^rrsT 1 Telling, mentioning, 
speaking, naming, denotation; rjan- 
anrofcrrfil^HpronT Nir.; >ffN^M^r- 
f^^mfnT^nr S. D. -2 ( In gram. ) 
Asserting or predicating something 
of another, as the subject of an as- 
sertion, ( which then can be put 
in the nom. case only ); predication, 



119 



assertion ; See P. II. 3. 2. 8k. -3 A 

name, appellation, title, designation 

H'TinTvrHI^ tTWJT sffTrTT: Ki. 1. 24 
(at the end of oomp ) called, named 
fj70rrT < *^tJT'rT wtr^m R. 3. 20. 4 
An expression, word. -5 Speech, 
discourse. -6 A dictionary, voca- 
bulary (of words), lexicon (in these 
last 4 senses said to be also TO.). 
-Oomp. -f%ernrforj N. of a celebrat- 
ed vocabulary of synonyms by 
Hemacbandra. xrr&r a dictionary. 
-vnnOT N . of a vocabolary of words 
by Hulayndba. 

wnnrsf^T A sonnd, voice, noise. 

MrooTTw ( r^rr/. ), wfimwi 
1 Naming, expressing, denoting ; 

^FTinroTn^'fi' Ak. denotes, means, 
has the sense of. -2 Saying, speak- 
ing, telling ; fjf ifrfjr?iTTTnir1^, fif*r- 
(fj Amara. 23 ; *rrtfronfr 5^T! 

&tm^'<Jpot:p. I To be named, men- 
tioned, expressed &o. ; ^\*r* w irnr- 
5rff3T'J'T^w<i% 9TfT K. 151 words 
refuse, through shame, to express 
what I have to sy. -2 Nameable, 
as a category or predicament (in 
logic) ; 3riivmr: T^TSJP, wf^^iw '1^*1- 
'RWFi'f/'Uvi -'it Signification, mean- 
ing, fense, import ; P. I. 1. 34 Sk. ; 
Ki. 14. 5- -2 A substance. -3 The 
subject-matter; f^mnN^ ^irirfsr^K. 
P. 1 ; sfar jriftsT^TnT^Tfrwr: Mug- 
dha. -4 Primary or literal sense of 
a word ( =3TWiin ) ; 

K P. 2. 



3rfiifsfr.p-.p- 1 (a) Said, declared, 
spoken, mentioned ; ironvrrtif , Jrsrrfvr- 
ff ft &c. (6) Predicated, asserted; apr- 
fvnla <x&m f?<fr<n P- " 3. 1-2. (c) 
Spoken to, addressed, called, named. 
(d) Whispered, prompted to say ; 
determined. -2 Fastened, placed 
upon, -er A name, expression, word ; 
^ being said or spoken to, a decla- 
ration ; authority, test. -Oomp. - v- 
wm^T^:, -wiflpi TO. a paiticular doc- 
trine (or the follower of that doctrine) 
on the import of words as opposed 
to wiararflww?',-*!^. [Tha anvitb- 
bhidh&nva.diw ( the Mtm&meakas, 
the followers of Prabb&kara ) hold 
that words only express a meaning 
{3Tf*r<lM ) as parts of a sentence and 
grammatically connected with one 
another ( 3Tf^H ) ; that they, in fact, 
only imply n action or something 
connected with an action ; eg. qj 
in gj 3IHT means not merely ' jar ', 
but ' jar ' as connected with the 
action of ' bringine ' expressed by 
the verb. The abhihitlinvayav&,dinf 
(the Naiyayikas, or the followers of 



Knmarila who hold the same doctrine) 
on the other hand hold that words 
by themselves can express their 
own independent meanings which are 
afterwards combined into a sentence 
expressing one connected idea; that, 
in other words, it is the logical 
connection between the words of 
a sentence, and not the sense of the 
words themselves, that suggests the 
import or purport of that sentence ; 
they thus believe in a titparyirlha 
as distinguished from viehy&rtha ; 
see K P. 2 and Mahesvara's com- 
mentary ad loo. 

:/. Naming, speaking &c. 
Ved. A halter, rope. 

3Tf*TMIT?r, 1 P. 1 To run up to- 
wards, fly at or towards. -2 To rush 
opon, attack, assail ; Bk. C. 41. 

3rfr>CT79i a. Assailing, rushing 
upon. -qp An assailant ; T. 2. 234. 
it Asault, pursuit. 

Ved. Overpowering, 
subduing. 

arfSreV * p - ( e P' 2 p - > ' To 

meditate upon, reflect, consider, 
think of; trffJrwrj ?TTgf nr 
Tfr "rg>t Mb. -2 To covet, wish or 
desire for ; Y. 3. 134. 

3rfirsin[^-3T^] I Conveting an- 
other's property. -2 Longinsr, wish; 
desire in general ; 3rfTS'fhr|?trtI Br. 
Sut -3 Desire of taking (in general). 

aTPTsiT^ I Desiring or longing for 
coveting ; a wish or desire ; <rt? 1 <*- 
S7fvr<wr Ms. 12. 5. -2 Meditation, 
profound thought. 

arnnT^ IP- (rely A. ) 1 (a) 
To rejoice at or in, exult over, be 
glad or satisfied ; srrtRfw'wrPl'- 
4fT<T K. 108 ; Dk. 75. ( 6 ) To cele- 
brata (with rejoicings Ac.) ; fr?rw- 
q*r trsr' ! Tif>r ii rf^ 1 ^ I < K. 137 ; !rrr%- 
^ffr H gr% Bg. 2. 57.-2 To oongra- 
tnlate hail with joy, welcome, greet; 



S. 4 ; 

BT^ ibid., 5, 6, 7 ; 

wtfrts K. 49, 63 ; arfvtsm wrr> Mv. 

2 say (writes) after compliments ; 

R. 2. 74, 3. 68, 7. 69, 71 ; 11. 30 ; 

16. 64 ; 17. 15, 60 ; Y. 1. 332. -3 To 

rejoice at, approve, praise, applaud, 

command ; TIT tfTTT5ft'Tr> f%? TT 3T- 

ftHW^ S. 2 ; 

ibid, do not approve; 

j S. 3 ; 

3. 24 ; 



Ki. 11. 73 ; 4. 4; with ^ reject ; R. 
12. 35. -4 To care for, like, desire or 
wish for, respect, delight in (usually 
with =j in this sense ; 



MM. 3 arrfTCf5r*rfir K. 61; 



Ve. 2 wist or desire ; 
w*of srfirsT%ff ^ftfwef Ms. 6. 45, H. 
4. 4. -5 To bless, grant success to ; 
D. 5. 28 -- Cam. To gladden, de- 
light. 

wrvrHf a. That wbioh delights, 
encourages, praises &o. ^ t I Be- 
joicing, delightinar, joy, delight. -2 
Praising, applauding, approving, 
greeting, congratulating. -3 Wish, 
desire. -4 Encouraging, inciting to 
action. -5 Very little happiness 
( gw?w ). -6 An epithet of <KTm^ 
the Supreme Being. ^r Delight j 
wish, desire. 

3ifr>nfif 1 Rejoicing at, greeting, 
welcoming. -2 Praising, approving. 
-3 Wish, desire. 

3TfJrHqn^V-*rjo. p. To be re- 
joiced at, praised, or applauded ; 
S. 5 ; R. 5. 31. 



a. (At the end of comp.) 
Rejoicing at, approving, praim'ng Ac. 
3TT*nW,-^*$ adv. Ved. Towards 
the clouds or heaven ; Si. 2. 2. 

3Tf*M^ * P- To bow, to bend, to 
turn towards a person. 



a. Bent, deeply bowed or 
bent; tniifMti^flT5nfH3jrt' R.13.32. 



W 1 ' ( a ) Quite new or fresh ( in 
all senses); <r7<n%{;<r?$f>nw S- 3. 
8 ; 5. 1 ; "ir^fi'roijr 6. 26 ; Me. 98 ; 
R. 9. 29 ; e *r vjt K. 2 newly marri- 
ed. ( b ) Quite young or fresh, 
blooming, youthful ( as body, age 
&c-); 8. 1. 19: U. 5. 12; the yonnger; 
"sireznTW: ; "vnsri &o. ( a ) Fresh, 
recent. -2 Very young, not having 
experience. -* [arfiq- *f Q] Praiae. to 
win over, flattery .-Oomp TT^-fi 
a new shoot, or bud -- ^r^TOrefV: a 
ceremony performed at the t me of 
the new moon crraTO 1- a fresh- 
blown lotus. -2- a kind of metre. 
ijnnr, -**r*wr youthful, very 
young. ti<inh<uit one who has new- 
ly begnn his study of grammar. 

3Tfi>7Tf;4 P. To bind up ( as the 
eyes, to bind, tie, fasten ; Si. 6. 75. 

srfvtstysf A bandage ( over the 
eyes ), a blind. 



About to perish, approaching one's 
doom. -f N. of ceitain verses of the 
S&maveda repeated at this time. 

3lftf^Tjf 1 Putting on, setting 
np.-2 Euphonic suppression, weaken- 
ing in the pronunciation of words, 
especially the suppression of an ini- 
tial si after i or air ; of. 



120 



a. Occupied in, bny. 
T: Close application, at- 
tention or intentness, absorption ; 
' Mo. 1. 



< I Left or 
( by the sun when it get* ). -2 One 
asleep at sunset and thus not doin 
the duties to be then performed. 

arfiriHOTOT 1 A march - - 2 Inva ' 
gion, marching against an enemy. 

3TfHTCff% / Accomplishment, 
completion. 

wnrf^fr: Turning towards, tnrn- 
ing again and again. 

frfS|ftfJr*6A.(P.I.4.47) I 
(a) To enter into, be settled ID ; to 
oconpy, eet foot in. ( 6 ) To take 
possession of, resort to.be attached to 
( with aco. ); MffcAtald ***"* Sk. 
takes to, follows, a good path ; H* 
WJ^T ri<Jr*i<?tR*>T TP* I*** 1 ?*"' 
nUHritnk 67,Mu.5.12, Bk.8.80. 
-Caut. To make one enter or occupy, 
lead, wry or conduct to; (ng. ) 
apply, direct or turn ( as mind, 
heart &o. ) towards something; sn%- 
*wwfii ftn5 *&** M - 3 > Si ' 
1.15. 

Mfrftftnr p. P- I lDtCnt OD ' 

engrossed in, eugaged in or oc- 
cupied with, applying oneself to ; 



Mil. 6. -2 Firmly or steadily 
fixed, uncontrollably fixed, ^teady, 
attentive, intent ; arfrftrpii^fffT- 
*pftT Dk. 29; Mil. 1. -3 En- 
dowed with, possessed of ; 



2. 75. -4 Determined, resolute, per- 
severing. -5 ( In a bad sense ) Ob- 
etinate, perverse ; Si. 16.43; Ki. 17. 
11. -6 Well-versed or proficient in. 
Perseverance. 

siPTftrrear Resoluteness, deter- 
mination of purpose; i^fr&tiriWTr- 

^tumfaRn'CTT 8 - Dl e - . dh . er - 
ing to one's purpose, not minding 
censure, abuse, dishonour &o. 

srfJmfosT: 1 (:) Devotion, at- 
tachment, intentness, being ocoopi- 
ed with, adherence to, close applica- 
tion (with loo. or in comp.)j<raHffH- 
w rr>iTTft'r5T! v - 3 a^T prcfmn" 
qfcrcPif5T: K. 120, 146, Dk. 81 ; 
Mil. 7- (6) Kir in attachment, love, 
fondres*, affection ; snft'Tr;* igg &s 
f*TP>5Tt S. 3; 3Tg^frs?<rr ^\ ibid., 
V. 2 ; MH?TI^ tr*a"jfvrf*%5T! Mit. 
-2 Earnest dosire, ardent longing or 
expectation ; wis-h, desire ; Mai. 5- 
27. -3 () Uesolution, determined, 
resolve, determination of purpose * 



firmness of resolve, perseverance ; 



B. 14. 43 ; 3T3^Ti e arrroiT Ku. 5. 7 ; 
Si. 3.1. (1) Idea, thought; Ms. 12.5; 
Y. 3. 155.-4 (In Yoga phil.) A sort 
of ignorance causing fear of death ; 
instinctive clinging to worldly life 
and bodily enjoyments and the fear 
that one might be cut off from all of 
them by death ; wramsrfcmTTTnirq-r 
f*rr%*5Tr: q^ j^rr: Yoga S. ; cf 
also Sinkhya K. 150 and Malli. on 
Si. 4. 55. 

STfitM^UH a. 1 Devoted to, in 
tent on, adhering or clinging to ; 
^frornrfSrtflnT: K. 136 of blessed 
or noble resolve, 191. -2 Fixing on, 
directing or tnrnini? (the mind) to ; 
nanrgfiri3^f5T^ r ^^fr fqrr r U. 3 ; 
3"fr 3 <ag JT 5ff JT^: V. 1 ; Dk. 
57. -3 Determined, resolute. 

3mrf*r<55PTftsi Ved. I Doing 
completely. -2 Injuring, thinking 
ill of. 



I Going ont or 
forth. -2 ( With Buddhists ) Leav- 
ing the house to become an anchorite. 



VIII. 3. 86] 1 A sound which 
dies away ; fta&rWfg%^OT! -2 A 
letterof the alphabet. (^ ^ir:).-3 The 
Visarga. 

3Tf*n%^ 1 P. To rush ont, 
issue, sally, go forth ; to spring or 
shoot forth ; Bk. 1. . 

STPTTqcini'T Sallying, issuing. 

3Tf5tTsfcra. 4 A. I To go or come 
to. -2 To enter into, become. -3 To 
appear, become visible. Cam. To 
bring to, help to. 



/ Completion, end, 
accomplishment, fulfilment. 

t Denial, concealment. 



arfirsiY 1 P. I To bring near, 
conduct or lead towards, carry to ; 
i. 8.32; arm?;;*? 
TSfffff Mu. 1, 
5 ; 6. 15 ; J|T 5TT STrrtrfvT^TTRT'T Mb. 
being fitted to tbe bow. -2 To act, 
represent or exhibit dramatically, 
gestioolate,moBtly occurring in stage- 
directions ; ^HT^rsftT S. 3 ; act ng 
as if he heard something ; Ma. 1. 2, 
3. 31, M. 2. 6. -3 To quote, adc'uce, 
introduce. -4 To allow to elapse. 

srmTT: 1 Acting, gesticulation) 
any threatrical action ( exprefsive 
of some sentiment, passion &c. l>y 
look, gesture, posture &o.) ; 
Ku. 5. 79 ; 
B- 9. 33 ; 

19- 14 ; Ki. 1 . 42. 
-2 Dramatic representation, exhibi- 



tion on tbe stage ; 

*rwf *r^trt ^-fiTsrr: F^r^Trst V. 2.18. 

8. D. thus defines and classifies 



274, ' acting is the imitation of con- 
dition ' ; it is of four kinds : ( 1 ) 
gestural, conveyed by bodily ac- 
tions; (2)t;ocaZ,conveyadby words; 
(3) extraneoui, conveyed by dress, 
ornaments, decoration &c. ; ( 4 )in 
ternal, conveyed by the manifesta- 
tion of internal feelings snob as 
perspiration, thrilling &c. -Oontp. 
3TT^r^! a dancing preceptor M. 
1. 10. fstOT science of acting or 
dramatic representation art of dano- 
ing ; w*rr ^hj^iv'i^OT %r%?rr M. 1. 
arAsfrtf p. p- I Brought near, 
conveyed. -2 Performed, represent- 
ed dramiticilly. -3 Highly finished 
or polished, most excellent. 4 High- 
ly ornamented or dec rated. -5 Fit ? 
proper, suitable ( jffig ) ; arfJr^hrert 
*reTrir?g<(nr sftf&r. Mb. -6 Pad- 
ent, foigiving, even-minded. -7 An- 

gry ( 3^5sf?KR#(Tifi<fa?fMT<P Ak. 

where the w >rd may be arnf^lfif as 
well ). -8 Kind, friendly. 

3rfHrf%:/- 1 Gesture, expressive 
gesticulation. -2 Kindness, friend- 
ship, patienci ; 
Ki. 13. 36. 



t. p To be acted 
or dramatically represented &o. ; 
S'^'f w%Tf*f*rt a^fjKrTr wr^r S. 
D. 273 ; M. 1 ; er>r ( !f*h? ) (T^- 
^5T: WP^TIT^: $W: U. 4 apart of it 
has been adapted to the stage. 

arr^Tf m. An actor. ^ft An 
actress. 



a. I Not broken or cut, 
unbroken oot split ; 3TT'fr 
B. 17. 12. -2 Unaffected ; 



S. 2. 4. -3 Not changed or al- 
tered, unchanged ; "ittnTs S. 1. 14 
with their gait unchanged. -4 Nat 
different from, the same, identical 
with abl. ) ; 3rrr*irj>fJr<inTn^rift- 
"WcT Prab. -5 Undivided, whole, 
one ( as number ). -6 Holding to 
gether, continuous. 

A. Kind of fever. 
1 P. 1 To fly near, go 
or hasten near, approach. ; frgirnt- 
q-af%ltfS* Ki. 12. 36 ; srfqflf*- 
wfJir*fT*Trrt Si- 9 1 i Eh. 72 128 ; 
Mk. 9. 12; Ki 10.42.-2To fall upon, 
attack, assail ; THTT 'iww-mia^srw 
B.7. 37; Dk.G2, 70, 96; Ki. 7.19.-3To 
fall down, fall ( us tears ). -4 To 
fall into, enter or come into. -5 To 
overtake in flying. -6 To pas over, 
traverse. -7 To get back, withdwar, 



121 



retire ; Si. 7. 51 ; Kt. 10. 54.-8(4 A.) 
To be lord or master of ( Ved. ). 
Cau. To throw upon, throw 
down into ; 5TBTwnTirr'Jn9 Ve. 6. 

sn^TtTSf 1 Approaching. ~2 Full- 
ing npon, assault, attack. -3 Going 
forth, departure. 

grfTTf A. 1 To go to, draw 
near, approach (with ace.); 



warj?ir n B. 12 32 ; 19. H ; 
Dk. 166 ; K" 265; to enter (into) Si. 
3 ?1 sometimes with loo. algo. -2 To 
louk upon, ooniider, regard; to take 
or know to be ; orn<nroar ar^Sr 
^r rm roHfttrfihiT?fmt Si. 9. 87. 
- To help, assist ; wm*TT* * *ri* 
f wur UTfirszrfil' Mb. ~4 To seize, 
catch hold of ; overpower, attack, 
labdae, take possession of, over- 
come, afflict ; 
fr 



Pf* f T!it Mb. ; me sriitw also -5 (a) 
To ta*e, asanme; M. 1. 30. (6) To 
accept, receive ; f=n*TOT?rT ^ 
( WJ ) >r*3ir mPnr??!** Bam. -6^to 
apply or devote oneself to.undertake, 
fall to, observe; 9 r%<TTnrreT Em. 
-7 To honour. 



| Approaching, draw- 
ing near. -2 Cooaple'.ion. 



. p. I Gone or come near, 
approached, ran towards, gone to 



a 
a.1. 3 46. -2 Fl e d ) fngjtive, seeking 

refuge with. -3 Subdued, overpower- 
ed, afflicted, eized 4c. ; 



m ; 



tunnte, fallen into 
lenities &o -5 Accepted. 6 Guilty. 
-7 Bemoved to a distance. -8 Dead. 



a- very bantifnl. 

o- Overflowed, filled 
with, innndated; (fig.) overwhelmed, 
affected, attacked ; shaken ; sfflpr w- 

'JTT &0. 

srfJrftFT Or 1. Ved. [ qr qft fr- 
W^ ] I Come, approaching ( atfHUre ) 
-2 Visiting, putting up (for the night 
at an inn Ac. ) ; the time of coming. 
-3 A pproaohing time. -4 Close or de- 
parture of day, evening. -5 Dawn 
lacriSce. 

arfir^sir a. [ sufatT! g^iuw ] 
Covered over with flowers ( ai a 
tree ). -at} An excellent flower. 

arfvia^ 10 P. 1 To adorn, wor- 
ship. -2To honour ; approve, agsflnt 
to ; intfo wfr *iT<i ^ws^^rm^jir 
er^ Kim. ; Us. 6. 58. 

STtw^anr Honouring ; appioving. 

16 



. One a^ter another, 
gnccesstvely. 

3n%^ 3, 9 P. To fill. -pa. To 
become fnli. -Cau. | To fill, make 
fill. -2 To load with ( as animals ); 
cover with -3 To present wjth.-4To 
overwhelm, overpower, master com- 
pletely ; sft^r TRWiSPrat BAm. 

"ing, overpowering. 
Thinking constantly of. 
1 p - To lead to, bring 
toward! ; congee rate ; ^^ji^ ^ciiv- 

!r^ w win TSTTW^ vrjrnw'fnn Bk. 
1.4. 

AfiEeotion, favour, pro- 

Consecrating; by taured 

a. I Intensely hooted. 
-2 Dried np.-3 Exhausted with paia, 
fever &c. 

^TRrsPT^' Spreading or extending 
over, throwing over, 

3rf*nrfKTJf '<* Towards the 
right. 



pitiation 

atftn 
hymns 



,- Tn tongne of flra 
) completely raited. 
STf^rSTftT 1 A. 1 To advance np 
to, approach, go np to. -2 To fall or 
flow into ; *nr *rrfVoif mr Tgwrsfa- 
Vf<nr Bim.-3 To become conversant 
with.-CbiM. To roll onward or to- 
wards. 

arPrns&iT 1 Advancing up to -2 

Prooee iing, acting. -3 Flowing, com- 
ing forth, as of iweat. 

sjfanyvp.p. I Advancing, going 
npto. -2 Ooonrring. -3 Engaged or 
occupied in ( with loo.); 'Bg 4.20. 

3(finr7%n^ a - Ved. Deairoug of 
asking many questions. 

Exhaling (opp. 



v. 
nftf fop/- Wiih ; rejoicing. 

srfiTJf [ arfoMf ] 2 P. 1 To eo to 
or near, approach ; qt^orr inm^f^ W 
riu^rrf P. 1. 4. 32-2 To intend, '"> 
at, think of, mean ; of. arwt* 

Wi^smra. [l[-W^] Going near, 
approaching ; aiming at, intending, 
meaning, accruing to; *1r*TUr^ rS- 
inqfj? P- 1-3. 72.-ii: I Aim, purpose, 
object, intention, wish, desire ;srrH- 
unrr T fH^% ^f T*^ ^T5 Pt - 1- 
158 ; wrf^rnirf'r T^t% Pt. 2 earne*' 
word) ; vrr^j s^TftrrTt.-! Meaning, 
sense, import, implied senee of a 
word, passage &o. ; ^tnn<jnTTm^! 
gnoh is the meaning intended, import 
( of the passage &c, ). -3 Opinion, 



belief. -4 Relation, refernoe.-5 N. 
of Vishnu. 

&r*fiap.p. 1 Meant, aimed at, in- 
tended ; designed'; aTwnn 
w^$anr!Tr Bh. 3. 67 ; 
Pt. 1. -2 Wished, desired; 

H. 1.-3 Approved,accept- 



-4 Dear or agreeable to, favourite 
with, holoved ; ir^nrfwvvi Dk. 42; 
S. 6. -5 Wishing. 

SffiTfft'eTuT Sprinkling npon. 

SffiTJ 4 A. 1 To go up tc, jnmp 
or. leap towards. -2 To overflow ; 
( fig. ) affect, fill with, overwhelm ; 
Mb. ; T^WT 

Ms. 4. 41 being in her 
courses ; 7. 2. 50. -3 To spring to or 
over, spring upon. -Caul. To wash 
or ripple against. 

3tfr$*s 1 Affliction, disturbance. 
-2 Inundation, overflowing. -3 N. of 
a religions ceremony performed as 
part of the sacrifice wm*. -4 N. of 
the Pr&jipatya 4ditya. 

a(3|SK; A technical term in Rheto- 
ric ; 3TpWjTnTffft*0&ST ^ 8- D- 

375 ' 'an inquiry or examination by 
an artifice. ' See Rain. 3. 

srfrf t%! / An organ of appre- 
hension, f^fjpi or jitffSf ( opp, 
VffiTV ) ; these are the eye, tongue, 
car, nose and skin. 

3rf%*rjr: I Breaking down .-2 One 
who breaks down or dtatroys. 

2 P. To glitter or thine ; 

rnr Mb. 
Ved. [ armm-anE ] 1 



parition, phenomenoa ; an inauspi- 
cious omen. -2 A calamity, state of 
being overpowered. -3 Superiority. 

. Very heavy. 

. ( P. in epic poetiy ) 
1 To speak to, address ; talk or con- 
verse with ( with oo. ) ; 



. 

times with instr. also ; M. 4. 57, -1 
To sprak, say ( tr*f, <rr: Ao. ) ff 
arfvnn^r w '.they say. -J To relate, 
narrate, speak of. ***fig' l + 
announce, confess ; Ms. 11. 10*- 

srfiwri Speaking to, addressing, 
conversing with. 

gjp^r^a. Addressing, Pk- 
ing to ; speaking, talking ; ffcnrjsnW- 
HTftorB.n. 31 whose words are 
preceded by a smile, speaking with a 
smile. 

srfspj IP' I To overcome, snl 
due, conquer, vanquish ( of persons 
or things ) ; prevail over, predomi- 
nate, defeat ; (hence) excel, surpass ; 



Ki. 10. 23 ; 
$*f B. 8. 36 ; 4. 56 ; 
6. 29, 18, 10 ; K. 52, 53 ; Ma. 3. 20; 
M. 7. 5 ; qtf tfe ^r ^TmrRTsnT*- 
TfJJW B;.'. 1. 40 predominates over, 
overpowers; go m*ni{??< f^gr", 
WPJ* 4c. -1 To attack, seiz* or fall 
upon, a!l ; f>T^rsf*tTT?r 
& 14 ; 3T7vrrr^ wrtrnnRaro 
16, 84 ; Bri S. 33. 30; Jrwrfr 
W*> Sm S. 6. infested ;qf?*rnw wr- 
}* w^f^orrpT^Twrrt S 1 ticked, 
troubled; 3rx>rv%;?rCT(it Bk. 6.117. 
3 To humili .. . Oftify, insult,dis- 
rsspeot ; arjnfTTiwqpT Ft 1 -4 To go 
tip to, tarn to or toward* ( Ved. ). 
Caui. To overpower, surpass, 
defeat &c. 

>rfvr>TV: 1 Defeat, subjugation, 
subjection, overpowering ; yaJtifTT- 
wiVw srr*<T5TnT^ svr^tirs^r: Ki. 
6 3i (of. K. 45 and the Bible "The 
wolf shall alo dwell with the Ia<nb" 
&c. > : 8. 28 ; wji^jswr y* *;<f*t- 
TUT -lTaaftnTvrrrfftnr S 2. 7 when 
assailed, opposed, overpowered by 
another energy ; srprn 1 *: J T erf *r- 
qr^ir: B. 9. 4, 4. 21- -2 Being over- 
powered ; srtrr^H'^T'srr^' K. 346 ; 
being attacked or affected, stupefied 
( by fever &o. ); * n.r?rtrlT$r ^rw- 
W. 8nr. -3 Contempt, disrespect ; 
fVwrf-Tun friftrrt Bh 2 64. -4 
Humiliation, mortiScat'on (of pride); 
W?I*r?fr*rrnm>'rTryftrt Ka. 5. 43 ; 
K.195.-5 Predominance, prevalence, 
rie, spread ; aTsrtftnpT^f^KT JTJ- 
*? y<*firT! Bg. 1. 41 ; Ki. 2. 37. 

srftvr** Overpowering, overoom 
ing, being subjected to or over- 
powered by ; Mi. 6. 62. 



r Making victorious, ever- 
powering. 

wfihnft*, -TTr( J )*r a- I Over- 
powering, defeating, conquering ; 
?ftafTfvnTrT*TT H^TTWHtifT K. 170. 

fear whicli conquered grief. -2 Stir 
paining, excelling ; r$rarm>Tr1>arr 
B. 1. 14 ;Ki. 11. 6. -3 Disrespect- 
ing, humiliating. -4 Attacking. 

3Tfvru:-r: Ved. One who surpasses 
or prevails over a superior. 

wfSrwft a. That which defeat*, 
conquers &o. ft: 1 Predominance, 
prevalence, excessive or taperior 
power. -2 Conquering, defeat, sub- 
jugation; wn*rrfrHrr?g;=TiTj 313$*$- 
ft mni wrfasr: Ki. 2. 20. -3 Dia- 
reapeot, disgraoe,hnmlliation.-0omp. 
iflif^ a. of superior or predomi- 
nant power. ( -a. ) superior power. 
vrtf Vei. Saperiority. 

a. Ved. Prevailing or 
victorious over ; surpassing. 



T 4 P. Vod. To gladden, 
exhilarate, inebriara'a. 

STitnTT^i Intorication. 

anvmvnr a. Half drnnk, partially 
irtoxioated, itammarin; ( like a 
drunkard ). 

3TfirjT^4 A. (P. epio ) 1 To 
w gh or desire, long for, covet like; 



Ms 10. 95 ; *ee wm<r below. -2 To 
assent to, approve of, allow, a Imit ; 
give a grant ( to any one. dat ). -3 
To think, fancy, imagine, consider, 
believe, regard ; anrr<>f>nTrv7vrstr- 
*TTW Dk. 1?4 ; Bk. 5. 71, U. 5. -4 
To injure, threaten (Ved.).-S (8 A.) 
To think of ielf. 



p. 1 Dsired, wished, 
liked, dear, beloved, faiourite ( per- 
son or thing ) ; agreeable, desirable; 



K. 35. =58 ; 

wrfft Bk. 1. 27 ; 
?r Pt. 1 if you like to do so ; 
f$t<T<f V% Mv. 6. 21 choose which you 
will :U. 1.44, .S. 3. 4, Eo. 3. 23, 
Pt. 1. 70, Me. 49, Mu. 3. 4. -2 
Agrefd or aisented to, liked, ap- 
proved, accepted, admitted ; IT QrW 
vr^M'jnr^WT ir>snTinf nr: U. 3. 
32 ; qfT3'HiQic*zrrnTwn'4nwr wft^- 
5)^ g^^^rnt 8. B. honoured, res- 
pected # Wish, deiire. eri A 
bsloved person, lover ; Si. 7. 72, 8. 
68, 10.9. 



. 1 Desire. -2 Pride. -J 

R aspect, regard, see 3TfJiiR below. 

STftira^ a. Intent on, desirous of, 
anxious, longing for ; vrcrrnrirort *T- 
f>??r WTT: Wrfe^w JfTJiTt Si. 16. 2 
( where 31 alao meant undaunted, 
of fearless mind ). 

sr/itatTrat Den. A. To have life, 
be full of life and joy, be pleased or 
delighted, to long for; arxinrcrrife 
^firmwr Dk. Ill, 119; jrfrlf (r>wrj) 
wn^wnrtw ^fr^r tmcstnmq- * Bk. 5. 
73 ( Com = ff^<ri or rfFnw ) 

arftfltj:/. Ved. Injaring.harming, 
destroying ; "ifo to destroy ; to claim 
as one's own, pretending. 

arfttf} a. Longing for ; self-con- 
ceitd, referring all objects to self : 
Ms. 1. 14. 



T: 1 Pride (in a good sense), 
elf respect, honourable or worthy 
feeling ; w?n%Tr^rt 
Si. 1. 67 ; Bh. 3. 5 ; 
Hftb Ki. 2. 19 ; jxv 
Ku. 3. St. -2 Self-conceit, pride, 
arrogance, haughtiness, egotism, 
h gh f>,rinion of oneself ; f$rftaf TT: 
; M. 2, Bh 3, 46, Bg. 16. 4 ; 



"^ proud, conceited. -J Referring 
all objects to gelf.tho act of srjvn, 
personality, misconception ( wr- 
SfTH ), see arjvi^. -4 Conceit, concep- 
tion ; snppontion, belief, opinion ; 
Ki. 13. 7. -5 Knowledge, conscious- 
ness ( jjrt, ITPT ) ; trrim<"rrf>*TriT<T: 
S. D. -6 Affection, love. -7 Desi re, 
wishing for. -8 Laying claim to. -9 
Injury, killing, seeking to injure. 
-10 A sort of state occasioned by 
lovo.-Oomp. -^rrn^r. a. prond. -^r 
a. Void of pride or arrogance, 
humble. 

wfamf^i I Egotism. -2 Love ; 
oopolation, sexual union. 

3rffiwiM<o. 1 Possessed cf self- 
respect; Ki. 1. 31; K. 212. -2 Having 
a high opinion of oneself, proud, ar- 
rogant, conceited. -J Regarding all 
objects as referring to one's own 

elf ; arfojTrf^nKT^a: ftSmanfr- 

*7t Br. Sut. -4 Fancying, pretending 
or regarding oneielf t) ba ; nfx' 
Dk. 51 ; K. 194. m. A form of 
Agni. 

arf^JTrgw Ved. [ pj ^nj" j^[ ] 
Striving to hurt or injure. 

STPTiR 10 A. ( P. a'so ) I To 
consecrate or accompany with sa- 
cred hymns ; irtgT^ ^rsnhfcnr *&- 
BTT: Ak. ; wrfl%^rr%iti%(ri i sg's U. 2 ; 
Y. 3. 326; 2. 102; 3 278. -2 To 
consecrate with magical formulas, 
charm, enchant, invoke or invite by 
means of oharrai ; 



Dk. 138 ; innmr>*JTfinr: Mb. -3 
To spaak to, address, invite. 

an^fsrot I Conseorating,ballowing, 
making sacred by repetition of spe- 
cial formulas or Mantras ; Y. 1.237. 



Mimtmsi. -2 
Charming, enchanting. -3 Address- 
ing, inviting ; adviiing. 

q. v. 



. of a son of Arjuna 
by his wife Subhadrft, sister of Kri- 
shna and Balar&ma ; also known by 
the metronymic Saubhadra [ He was 
called Abhimanyu because at his 
very birth he appeared to be heroic, 
long-armed and very fiery ( anirf^r: 
j^gifa ). When the Kanravas at tne 
advice of Drona formed the pe- 
culiar battle-array called ' Chakra- 
vyuha,' hoping that, as Arjuna was 
away, none of the PamJavas would 
be able to break through it, Abbi- 
manyn assured his uncles that he 
was ready to try, if they only assist- 
ed him. He accordingly entered the 
Vyuha, killed many warriors on the 
Kaurava side, and was for a time 
more than a match even for such 



123 



veteran and elderly heroes as Drona, 
Kama, Daryodhana &o. He could 
not, however, bold out long against 
fearful odds, and was at last over- 
powered and slain. He was very 
handsome. He bad two wives, Vat- 
sala daughter of Balarama and Otta- 
ra daughter of the king of Virata. 
Uttara wag pregnant when he was 

slain and gave birtb to a son named 

Pariksbita who succeeded to the 

throne of Hastinapnra ]. 

3lf5uTT.' [s-anrj 1 Killing, de- 

struction, slaughter .-2 War, combat. 

-J Treachery in one's own camp ; 

danger from one's own men or party. 

-4 Binding, confinement ; a tie or 

fetter. -5 One's o^n party or army. 

-6 One who desperately goes to fight 

with tigcr,, elephants &o. 



Striving or seeidng to injure, inimi- 
cal. f^:/. I Seeking to injure, hurl- 
ing, plotting against. -2 An enemy, a 
foe. 



. 

One who hurts or injures an enemy. 

3Tf*rJTTT [atf^ltft flRWftct ] 
Bewildered ( fffl^ciWatajr ) ; igno- 
rant, foolifh. 

3TfW&(Jr)p a- Ved. To be 
wetted (l.y making water upon ). 



P. VI 2. 185 ] I With the face 
turned or directed towards, in the 
direction of, towards, turned to- 
wards, facing ; arlirg^ jrfa ffj!Tjfr- 
flnf S. 2 11 ; r wfOT Sk ; insjrw- 
fvrswV ^r T?r ^ri%mi^j; Pt. l. 
237 ; witb the ace. ; vrsnwttalfHiIOT 
fsr^f i ; $<iTTi'vrgi9T T?f Ri ii. ; Bg. 
11. 28 ; K. 264 ; sometimes with 
dat., or gen. or loc. ; 3TrT?r?T- 
nrgw *>! Mb. ; u^ mtffvTs^ 
ToT Rim. ; UST^S^I Dk. 124 ; 
also in comp. ; ^rf-fTOTPTS^r ^wr 
S. 1 turning towards S. ; Ku. 3. 
75, 7. 9. -2 Coming, or going 
near, approaching, near or close at 
hand; 

- 2 9 ; 



Pt. 4 ; R. 17. 40 -3 Dis- 
posed or intending to, inclined to; 
ready for, about (to do something), 
in comp. ; 8fgr<{tefTHgwf firr K. 198, 
233 : w?snvrgd- g^Mn. 4. 19 ; jftfr- 
?tfif5> %w: JR3^r^ f^tww: Kn. 
2. 16 ; 5. 60 ; U. 7. 4, Mil. 10. 13 ; 
5^<^f5^r!T *iif Die. 89 ; 

K. 45 ; Rre 
R. 5. 29 ; ft^-r 

5. 64 ; suuieifmm M first mem- 
ber of comp. in this sense ; qr^qfV- 
%4iT^ V i i 13> 4 



Favourable, friendly or favourably 
disposed ;3Tnft<r srfaft rrri? fifa*- 
f*ff<TTnTjr?g<T: Ratn 1. 7. -5 
Taking one's part, nearly related to. 
-6 With the face turned upwards. -^V 
One of the 10 earths according to 
Buddhists. -g-, -igind. Towards, in 
the direction of, facing, in front or 
presence of, near to ; with ace., gen. 
or in comp., or by itself ; 
5r ftiroj Ratn. ; amrfrrftgtf 
Ms. 2. 193 ; fiff5^i>5 
nr: Ki. 2. 59 ; Si. 13. 2 ; Ki. 6. 
46 ; ^<is!jTi>t5srtrv<?<*ir S. 1 ; *r srr- 
fT5w Jra?^: Pt. 3 ; Me. 68 ; q;g? ^^r- 
S'TPTSW wHlr *TTTW(3tS. 1. 31 ;also at 
the beginning of oorap lamrgsisif - 
fffq- Bb. 2. 112, killed in the front 
rank* of battle. 

3Tn>g<lT 1 Presence, proximity. 
-2 Favourableness ; at *r to win 
over ; Ki. 10 40. 

wffcS<5fte,-3WTi'S To propitiate, 
win over ; Ki. 12. 9 ; K. P. 2. 

an^-gif i^Tof Causing ( one ) to 
tnrn the face towards ; speaking to, 
addressing ( in gram. ) ; 



. 
bewildered. 



- Utterly confused, 



P. 1 To crush by 
standing, treid on ler foot, trample 
down ; oppress, devastate ( as a 
country ). -2 ( In astr. ) To contend 
t gainst, oppose, be in opposition. 

smnreft 1 Rubbing, friction. -2 
Crashing down, trampling down, ra- 
vage, devastation of a country ( by 
an enemy). -J War, battle. -4 Spirit* 
nons liquor. 

wf^m^T a. Crashing down, op- 
pressing. *? Crashing, oppression. 

arfJr^r 6. P. To touch ( in all 
senses ) ; come in contact with ; 
strike or rub gently ; T^rnrss 1 , T^- 
m*, Tr****", TfT e - 

srf5hnfc-*f*j -wit, -Si* I Tjncb, 
contact ; T<rtg*mfvra<Tr!i; Si. 4.16. 
-2 Assault, violence, attack, out- 
raging, touching carnally, xexaal in- 
tercourse ; ^rfrRTiT3'lwrTST: S 5. 
20 carnally touched or embraced, se- 
duced, outraged ; q;rTfVW?ff sr Mff^fT 
Kn. 5. 43. ( MalH.=<mofa ) ; Ms 8. 
352, Y. 2. 281. 

wnrffsfar -bit, -Hffo -fife a \ 
Touching, coming in contact with -2 
Outraging, assaulting; WffffsrrnT- 
i Dk. 63. 

Touched, rubbod or 
stroked gently. -2 Brought close to,. 
gracing. 

firfr a. Ved. -ftftssr 1 Use 
of wordi or language calculated to 



secure every thing ( 

^: ). -2 Abusive speech, obscene ex- 

pression ; an imprecation. 

3TfH*?rr?f-r Ved. Altogether 
faded or withered, decayed. 

STfvnrer; A sacrificial act. -Comp. 
irrar a sacri&cial verse. 

arffirjrr 2 P. 1 To go up to, ap. 
proach, go or repair to ; sjftnjjjY w 
ffrm'arasrHffr Ki. 5. 1 ; R. 9. 27. -2 
To come or draw near ( without an 
object); come (as time). -3 To march 
against, attack, assail, encounter ; 
^r? ftTRmT*mr. R- 5. 30 ; Dk. 30. 
-4 To give or resign oneself to, de- 
vote, attach or betake oneslf to. 
-5 To partake or share in, get, ob- 
tain Cam. To send away. 

srphir m. /. Qoing to, approach* 
ing, assailing. 

3Tt>Til3, -T'Tern a- Approaching, 
assailing, encountering ; assailant ; 
2. 43. 

" ( -^V, -rt ) 
Approaching with hostile intentions, 
an assailant, enemy, a foe. ffij /. 
Assailing. 

arm-ir'T I Approaching. -2 March. 
ing against, attack, assault ; t^irf. 
f^rqr^T Dk. 10 marching out for 
battle. 



* A. To beg, request, 
ask for, solicit ( = m^r q. v. ). 

wf^r^jtriraT Asking for, request, 
an entreaty, solicitation. 

grfjfgg^? A - * To a PP Iv oneself 
to, exert oneself , make oneself ready 
for, prepare, act about, strive or en- 
deavour ( used \n passive also in thin 

sense ) ; jftrf^ i w?^ mrs ?w^nrf*r- 
3*1^ I 7& f wf><"Tf5T3"J'rH|' II Mo. 
3 ; Dk. 65 ; K. 300 ; wrofiT33n l r- 
TIJ Mu. 4. trying to find out a weak 
point. -2 To attack, assail ; vr-firapT- 
jjY^SJw Dk. 3 ; f qHfft^iTgtgjprj 
Mu! i ; w 55T*rHnra>57^ U. 3. - 4 
To accuse, cuarga ; complain or in- 
form against,: prosecute, claim or 
demand ( as in a law-suit ) ; r a^- 
fttrt f*fWfcfi*5* Ms. 8. 183 ; 
ftvTnrta^nT J* i^fvrss^ V. 4. 
17 olaimsd, asked, or demanded ; Y. 
2. 9, 28, 100. -4 To wish or long for 
desire, ask for, request. -5 To say, 
speak, tell ; flffWt^ffg* wfow 
Ki. 13. 58, 14. 7. -6 To appoint to,. 
entrust with ( with loo. ) -7 To ns 
( with instr. ). -8 To be working or 
operative. -9 To put to ; harness ; 
harness repeatedly. -10 To hmt. 
_ Caut, To join or Unite to, attach 

oneself to ; 
Pk 169, 



124 



. p. 1 ( o ) Engaged or 
occupied or absorbed in, applying 
oneself to, intent on ; fSf^aTB'^^- 
STrKflfir^TfT: trf^STT: Mn. 1. ( b ) Di- 
ligent, persevering, resolute, zeal- 
ous, intent, assiduous, zealoasly en- 
gaged, attentive, careful ; g-<j- fw*J- 
<rr?$ m5*?f>s%:T Rsnrr D. 3. 30 ; 
Ma. 1. 13 ; Dk. 55 ; w^r^Jrs'mT- 

3>fe Mil. 3 ; H*3 VTlfH^W: ?WT37- 
flirSTrTC** Ma. 1 ; B?. 9. 22 ; Kara. 
5. 77. -2 Well-versed or proficient 
in ; srrerrtfigrfJrjiEnTr g-qr"Tr Ku- 
mirila. -3 ( Henoa ) Learned, of ac- 
knowledged position ; a competent 
judge, an expert, connohseur. a learn- 
ed person ( m. also in this sensa ) ; 
f ft 5Tfn> f 



Ve. 2 ; 

ihid. -4 Attaaked, assailed, 
>!f if ij<nw*mcr: <ft Si. ; 
2.101; &ln. 3. 25. -5 Accused, charg- 
ed, indicted, Mk. 9. 9 ; prose ;ut .-d ; 
a defendant ; 9i?*T3trs?*nfbr?<r <nlf 
prr?Tjr4 Nirada. -6 Appointed.-? 
Said, spoken. 

3ffT5*( T )l One who hurl* 
or attacks ; an enemy. 

WPT3K,/- (9|-O 1 Attacking 
&c. -2 An enemy. 



. p. To be 
rebuked or blamed ; to be accused ; 
Ms. 8. 50 ; assailable, indictable. 



a. Assailing, attacking, 
accusing. m. ( wr ) I An enemy, 
Miailant, invader ; JWtSJfresrtfsrir 
^TTBft tr Mn. 4. 15 ; 11. 3. 93. -2 
( In law ) A co nplainant, plain 
tiff, accuser, prosecutor ; Ma. 8. 52, 
58 ; T. 2. 95. -3 A pretender, claim- 
ant ; a stronger party. 

sniTfrt! 1 Application or devo- 
tion ( to some thing ) ; connection ; 

gy3fqfa'reg*hnri<iifH'ftMt M4I 9. 
51 ; Cb. P. 11. -2 Close application, 
perseverance, zealous intentnfgj, 
energetic effort, exertion ; rr*t, per- 
severing, resolute Ki. 3 40 ; fl-frjf^q- 
"Triads 5f<rrffcrrirn Bh. 2. 73 ; M41. 1. 
34 ; r?ir>roT^rVr Mil. 1 ; R^IH^^ 
*ft f>^rT: Mn. 1 ; **Jret>T7ria- % 
iltd. ; Dk. 41, K. 345 ; Si. 7 C3 -j 
Application or Devotion to learn 
something ; ajfirt WcTT'JTJTi'iT n>fr 
WT?^r: M. 5 to what art have you 
pflud or devoted yourselves ; K. 
109. ( 6 ) Learning, scholarship ; w . 



fcrt Sabarasvimin. -4 (a) Attack 
Msault ; invasion ( of a town or 
ooantry ) ; KtHjr vmforftrviiira 
Ki 13. 10, 2, 40 ; Rn. 7. 50 ; 7 e , 



4 ; Mil. 8, Mu. 2, 1. 7, Mv. 6. 38. 
(ft) Battle, war, conflict. -5 ( In law) 
A charge, accusation, plaint, indiot- 

5T$^ Y. 2. 9. 

3rf*f <nf't^ a. I Devoted to, intent 
on, absorbed in ( in comp. ). -2 
Attacking, assaulting. -3 Accusing ; 
fjrsgrntart? Y. 2. 11. m. A plain- 
tiff, complainant. 

3Ti"vr*r73Tf Ved. Harnessing ( one 
horse) on to another, re-fastening to 
make firm or tight (Siy.g%j!j?i3i4). 

arPTC^ 1 P- I To protect, pre- 
serve, keep, guard, help ; vfistTrNrfH- 
Tjfe Bg. 1. 10, 11. -2 To rule over, 
govern ( as earth &c. ) ; command. 

a*f>TfSfn, -*5Toi Universal or com- 
plete protection ; protection in every 
quarter ; 
Ki. 1. 1*. 



a. Protecting; guarding. 
1 To be coloured 
or tinted. -2 To be flashed or great- 
ly delighted, exult. Caus To tinge, 
colour, tint. 

Wi^mr p, p. Devoted, intent, 
attached. 

Colouring. 

1 A. (rarely P. ) 1 To 
be pleased or delighted ( with loc. ) 
Mk. 4, 5. 15 ; 



Vb. 3 ; Ratn. 2. Y. 1. 252. -2 To 
please or gratify oneself, take plea- 
sure or delight in (with loc.) ; fsrfTrg 
fofTPf* wrMTcS Bk. 1 9. Caus. To 
gratify, please ; 
Dk. 90 92, 163. 



p- p- 1 Glad, delighted, 
satisfied, Si. 10. 55. 89. -2 Bngag 
ed in, devoted or attached to ; per- 
forming, p aotising ; Bg. 18. 45. -3 
Attentive to. 



: / 1 Pleasure, delight, 
satisfaction ; attachment or devotion 
to ; ?T ^T'nfirfm^ f Tr^t ( wir? TJT ) 
B. 9. 7 ; Ki. 6. 44. -2 Practhe, 
occupation. 



Delighting, in. 
a. I Pleasing, delightful, 
sweet, agreeable ; inirfSiTnTr: (3f?rr:) 
R. 1. 39 ; 2. 72 ; 6. 47 ; Ki. 6. 30. 
-2 Beautiful, lovely, graceful, 
Charming ; m?*trrHr<iircTJjg:Trwr- 
^rfimHrMe. 51 ; ^rfrm JTrtrftTror: 
Dk. 10 ; e* swf mw V. 2 ; cm 
^TfvTrrdn vgrr aw ^rrk'Ti R. 10. 
67, 13. 32; K. 145; Mv. 5. 47-8 ; 
S. 3. 26 IT; An epithet of Siva. 
f ind. I Gracefully, beantifnMy ; 

rfhrr^nrfirTm ?gr%s 8. 1. 7. -3 do- 
f erring to Bima. 



supreme. 



- Reigning everywhere, 

Caui. To propitiate ; Si. 
1. 1. 

arfJrr.r^' a. Propitiated, pleased ; 
Si. 1. 71. 

3Tpme a. Ved. Who has gain- 
ed dominion or supremacy. 

arfir^ I A I To shine, look 
finely; q^fsfrtNi* Wn^fonrfcRr: 
?^tr: Mark. P. -2 To like, desire ; 
T?frfN or srfire^nf H^n- V. 2. 

Caus. To be inclined to, have a 
taste or liking for, long, do -ire or 
wish for. 

3ffJr*f%:/. 1 Dssire, ta%t, liking, 
relish, delight, pleasure ; tj^\f^r gr- 
i*rer%: Bh. 2. 63 ; <mnTrr*r*fVp*- 
Btreft f^^Tf: K. 367. -2 D s re o* 
fame, ambition ; splendour. 

3lf*nrf%?T p- P- Liked, b< loved- 

5T: A lover ; Si. 10. 68. 

3rf%r?f%T a - Very pleasant or 
agreeable, beautiful, splendid. 

S^vT^tT a - Sounded, vocal ; cooed 
( as the voices of birds &c. ). fr A 
gound, cry, noise. 

gjfvr^q- o. [ armiat ^T ] 1 Cor- 
responding with, conformable or 
suitable to, congruous ; 3rfre<TJ^rr 
^r^r^5u?S l.v.l. -2 Pleasing, 
delightful, handsome, cl arming, 
beautiful, well-formed ; 



Ms. 

9 88. -3 Dear to, beloved or liked 
by, favour! te;^Y T:T^?r: *H&<jr ^sr^- 
^: S. 6. -4 Learned, wJ8<, enlight- 
ened ; srrH^tTgr^BT <iK<irf|? S. 1 ;, 
K. 78 ; Ms. 3. 144. q-; 1 The moon. 
-2Siva.-3 Vishan.-4Cupid.-'3onrp. 
tff^ : ' having an agreeable hus- 
band', N. of a fast or rite performed 
to seoura a good husband in the next 
w rid ; Mk. 1. 



q. v. 

Ved. Causing tears 
( of joy or earnest desire ). 

3Tf*r$yf^rrT - Marked with signs 
bearing marks. 

Mr^cTftT o. To be marked or noted. 
^q- ind Towa'ds a mark or aim. 

arfagrc; 1, 10 P- 1 TO jump a- 

cross or over ; Ms. 4. 54 ; f . 1. 137. -2 
To attack, rush npo i or over, fly at ; 

fr^-iTfrtrr ^^ar^OTM TS^T: S. 6. 
-3 To violat j, tranfigres^ ; to offend, 
injure. 

arf^fysisf Jumping across or over, 
flying at. 

P- To talk to or address! 
Mk. 8. 



125 



1 Expression, word, 
speech ; Ki. 10. 61. -2 Declaration, 
mention, BpeuBcation ; sr ^ ?nrara- 
^HlVvreiqrT^ Br. Snt. -3 Declaration 
of the object of a vow or leligiong 
obligation. 

3Ti*?r^ 1, * P- To desire or wish 
for, long for, covet, crave or yearn 
after as? sfTiJTiiTfr^'rHr: R. 19. 12 ; 

k. 4. ?2. 
ri Deal ling, longing. 

p. Desired, wished, 
longed for. a' Desire, wish, will, 
pleasure; ^rrvraftcT 3igg?*nrt Pt. 1. 
STTHcSIT: ( ff: sometimes ) A de- 
sire, wish, longing for, craving 
after ; affection, longing of a lover, 
love, usually with loc. of the object 
of desire ) ; ararsfvR? 1 
i?V *3fr: R 3 4 ; 
S. 1. 28; Me. 110; 
q S. 3 casting a coveting or 
wistful look ;ST jj wwfc* 5r^Wc5Tf t 
mrfr5!<sr! S 2, Pt. 5. 67 ; some- 
times with sri?r and ace., or in coinp. 
wnterrer, -j5ifqr( r% X, -w^*? 
a. Wishing or desiring for ( with 
ace., loo. or in comp. ) ; desirous, 
covetous, greedy of ; ^nfRfTniTH- 
1. 2 ; 3j<7rfvr?!r<fr 
rt R 2. 6 ; 3. 36 ; Me. 78 ; 
Ki.ll. 
18 ; Si. 15" 59. 

STmSJFT: [ <3c<T?[ P. HI- 3. 28 ] 
Cutting, reaping, mowing. 

a - Written, inscribed. 
i I Writting, inscribing. 
-2 A writing. 

arfirsfr 4 A. To enter into, Inrk 
or lie hid into ; 851^31^1^7 a?rsT- 

ranj(T Dk. 6. 

snvnTTsr 1 Adhering or clinging 
to, attached to ; R. 3. 8. ^Embrac- 
ing, shrouding ; Me. 36. 

arfSrgf^H 1 Agitated, disturb- 
ed. -2 Playful, unsteady. 

A sort of spider. 
1 U. 1 To speak to, ad- 
dress ; qrtS'J ^hfvnt%*frwsw wtrft 
*r Ms. 8. 356 ; Y. 2. 301. -2 To 
peak of or with reference to, tell, 
declare, mention ; TIKUIT %fntof |f. 
trfSr^ft Ait. Br -3 To exprf sn,ulter, 
signify; iSi^ii"*?^ ^Tjrrivgtjfr 
i sgr <* TTI% *nj "'??3TfH^ 
Ken. -4 To name, call. -5 To salute, 
greet ; see caut. -Cans. 1 To greet 
or salute respectfully, oft. with the 
mention of the person saluted and 
the person who salutes; 



V. 5 ; lee 



also. -J To 



cause to salute ( with ace. cr isgtr. 
of agent of action ); 3rf*m^r& ^T 
*r% *r%T ^r.-3 To utter, pronounce. 
-4 To play on an instrument. 

aroH^i 1 Addressing &o. -2 Sa- 
lutation. 

aTPm^tj-qrqrsf 1 Reverential salc- 
tation, respectful obeisance, saluta- 
tion of a superior or elder by an 
inferior or junior or of a teacher by 
his disciple. It consists in (1) rising 
from one's seat ( sf?5fsqw ), ( 2 ) 
seizing the feet ( <n?>re5T )t Bnd ( 3 ) 
repeating the form of salutation 
( aPTTw^ ) which includes the name 
or title of the person addressed, 
followed by the mention of the 
person's own name. For the different 
ways of performing obeisance and 
the merit arising therefrom gee Ms 
2. 120. 126. -2 Abuse, insulting or 
scurrilous speech ( for sffi^ ). 

sri^r^f (ftsrr/. ) 1 Saint 
ing ; aaluter. -2 Polite, respectful, 
humble. 

wfifar^fagm. Aregpectfulsaluter. 

STiSmff^ a. 1 Saluting respect- 
fully. -2 Describing, referring to ; 
<t? i^n'^'fi <rrr ^r"T^r% Nir. 

an^r?r,-^r?i?nrj>*.p. To be res- 
pectfully galuted. ST. N. of Siva. 

arfr^? 1 A. To salute respect- 
fully. 

srflN^ Respectful salutation ; 
<TTf holding the feet ( of another ) 
as an humble obeisance ; gee 
above. 



1 Very freib or 
young. -2 Possessed of food. 

arf*^T*r:> WJT Covering, clothing 
with. 

wnhrnr^ '^- Over the covering 
or cloth. 

gff^T^j 1 a. Conveying towards or 
near, driving near. 

^ Carrying towards. 

. p. To be carried near. 
gr 1 Conveyance, transmission, 
carryirg ; Ms. 1. 94. -2 Presenta- 
tion, offering. 

STftrarwiTj 3ff^frwfW Ved. A 
cow Buckling an adopted calf. 

ajfirf^TTaa-Universally known, 
renowned, famous; called, known as. 



Complete comprehension or inclu- 
sion ; one of the sense of the parti- 

the limit inceptive as opposed to the 
limit conclusive and translated by 
from,' 'commencing with, 1 'includ- 
ing'; as in 3TT1T# -an *n3*i: -? ft- 



are thus dis- 
tinguished fo rt^r ?if?r, affflTjalsf? 
ftraO- -2 Complete parvagion, filling 
up or occupying completely; ariwr^t 
TUT ?51[ P- HI- 3. 44 ; also V. 4. 53 
and Sk. thereon. 

3TfJrf%^ 1 U. To teach, instruct 
( = fttf q. v. ). 

riWMfclP-J'- 1 Well behaved.well 
principled. -2 Taught, instructed ; 
5Tfit srarrt arftftiftit VT^PJT M. 5. 
v. 1. for STIH^T:. -3 Pious, pure, de 
vout. 

3Tf*rra'*TPT Of unlimited di 
mensiona, an efilhet of the Supreme 
Being. 

srf^rf^gjT Widely celebrated, 
renowned. 

3Tf5nfV^l A. 1 To look at, view, 
behold, see, perceive, observe; JT HI- 
igf^ sr^ifS- ^^c^rm^ff^i Ms. 
7. 6. -2 To aim nt.-3 To prove, test, 
examine. 4 To be affected towards, 
incline or lean to. 

Perceiving, bebolding. 
C 3TfSt*Jt$ft'] Sur- 
rounded by heroes. 

3ffvrfq[ 1 A. 1 To go up to, 

go towards, go or come near, ap- 
proach ; used with or without auy 
aco. ; fTf q^rftq-a^ ( ' n dramas ) are 
coming hitherward or in this direc- 
tion ; siNfr-TlHyqqRfffr Dk. 116 ; w 
R. 2. 10; irtfr f?T: 
S. 1. 23 tang. -1 To 
attcck assail, nisi) upon or towards. 
trQto-ards(inimically or to attack); 
33* H H^^fftsf^^ S. 1 ; anrfor^ 
?TS1^H^ rt Ki. 13. 3. -3 To face, 
encounter, stand opposite to. -4 To 
stretch or extend towards ; ^hrfonrr- 

fr ^rort f^nriJwSa u - 2 - -5 ( a ) 

To turn up, arise, begin. ( b ) To 
appear, commence, break ( oa day.). 
-6 To be, exist, chance to be. -7 To 
prcoure for one ( dat. ). -Caut. \ To 
carry over, transport. -2 To over- 
come, to bo master of. 

3TfW&3t a. Going towards, ap- 
proaching, attacking &c. 

3rftta;r Going towards, approach- 
ing, attacking <&o. 

3Tf*lfT$ 1 A. 1 To grow, ircrease, 
be ugmvBtad ; 3f?qr tr'Ti^T w 
<rnTfirT<fo Ms - 2 - 94 - -2 To thrive, 
prosper ( of men *lso); ^nmrt 1>sf^- 

sr$at $?r: rfaEit'r =gr Ms. 3. 259 ; 7. 
27 ; Y, 1. 245. -Cam. \ To increase, 
augment, add to; *>$T, tr$, iff^f &o. 
-2 To stretch, extend, lengthen. -3 
To bring up, roar. 

wf^f%:/- Increase, growth, ad- 
dition ; success, prosperity ; 
&c. 



126 



1 P. To rain upon, pour, 
sprinkle, water, bedow, cover with 
( a shower of any Mug ), pour or 
ihower down npon ; Jr^r^sTTfvTS^tfr 
(w^) R. 1. 84 ; 10. 48, 15. 58, 99 ; 
Ki. 2. 31; wr3teTiTflHFft V.4 .-Caus. 
To e priukle or cover with, shower 
npon. 

sniffs' p- y Sprinkled ; rained 
, snowered ; ?n?fr sw}H:jvriiT- 
R. 7. 69 ; 15. 99 ; V. 4. 6 ; also 
used actively ; V. 4. 34. 

3TWT0T Raining upon, watering, 
bedewing. 

3*ivm'<fe a. Raining npon, be- 
dewing Ac. 

Sfnfcrr: Ved. Consideration, 
thought, determination. 

STPTSfrU? P. (3^) or Caus. 
To manifest, make clear, reveal, 
disclose, exhibit, display. 

*rfvt***R P- P- ' Manifested, re- 
vealed, declared. -2 Distinct, plain, 
clear, R. 6. 12, 16. 23, Mn. I, V. 3. 
IR ind. Clearly, distinctly, plainly. 

wpitrf%t/- ' Manifestation (of 
a cause as en effect ) ; distinction, 
exposition, dciaration, revelation, 
display, exhibition ; H'fnTHTS'^tliT'T- 
<3-ir M. 1 ; f<fm*tt s 'nrr m*m)ufti_ 
fri^ S. D. 6. -2 As>ocition, conco- 
mitance ; P. Vlll 1. 15 Sk. (= w . 

rf.) 

MlirwNiR " DippUyiag, showjng, 
indicating ; gorrfiTa'isr^T srs^ror 8. 
D.I. 

Manifesting, revealing. 
'f 1 Suppressed sound. 
-2 Repetition of the same sound. 

- S(rikin K> inj 



greatly, hurting much. 

arfirstn^S P. 1 To extend to, in- 
clude, comprehend ; 3iTOf>Tfts*r 1*- 
T%I fTOTfJrwiar 8k. -2 To pervade, 
surround. 

ariHwrmW, -Trftn <* 1 Including, 
Comprehending, pervading. -2 ( In 
K ram ) One of the three kinds 
Sfwrmq.T. ; Varrw P. II. 3. 
36. 8k- 

fJn<nnh / Inclusion, compre 
hcnsioa, universal pervasion, co-ex- 
tension. 

gi['vrs*rrcT J P '-.P' To be included. 
_c<i Validity of a rule. 

ariSrsmS 1 P- To ntter, pro- 
nounce ; ay or express well. 

W pTnf<<>T, -wirfftt: I Uttering, 
pronunciation, speaking. -2 An arti- 
culate iignificant word, a name, 

appellation. 



^ a. Pronouncing, tell* 
ing, speaking. 

aTfsTosJV! Ved. Going towards or 
against, assault. 

arfSnjf^ 1 P. 1 To blame, accuse, 
charge, calumniate, defame,tradace; 
w9nrnJT<T<ir<ir:j1 *fisf*T?rtT^'Tf T< Y. 
3. 286. -2 To praise, extol. 

arfts'tfW, -5Ti%^C a. Accusing, 
charging, calumniating, insulting, 
abusive; Y. 3. 285. 

STPTSfwr AccnsatioB,chrge, (whe- 
ther true or false); fiTCTr Y-2.289; 
abuse, insult, affront ; ^TT$r 

Ms. 8. 268. 



wi*r?T?tr.p..p. I Charged, falsely 
aocussd, calumniated, abnaed, insult- 
ed ; Ms. 8. 116, 373 ; Y. 1. 161. 
-2 Hurt, injured, attasked ( suppos- 
ed to be from 3jfJr5T<sr ) ; %fr 5fTn^- 
?rfarr% 9?sr flrrt% f%nf^frr Ram. ; 
Ms 11, 113 threatened. -3 Cursed 
(for sTftsw) -4 Wicked, einfnl, in- 
fa nous. ^3 = 3TfH5TI% q- v. 

srm^Ttagfir a. I Falsely accused, 
defamed ; wicked ; Y. 1. 223 ; a 
person of bad repute; 2.70. -2 Caus- 
ed by imprecation or cnrse. 

3TOT5n%:/. I A curse. -2 Effect 
of an imprecation, misfortune, evil, 
calamity. -3 Censure, calumny, 
abuse, defamation, charge, insult. 
-4 Asking, bepging%-5 Wht curses 
or injures ; the cause or souice of 
injury. 

arftr^f^ 1 A. To donbt, rnistinst, 
suspect, be suspicious of ( with ace. 
of person ortuing); mfofiisrttf HH 
Mb.; Mk. 9. 8 , MB. 8. 96 ; also with 
abl. ; be afraid of ; Bk. 6. 2. 

3TfT?fr7T Doubt, suspicion, npr>ri- 
heniian, fear, alarm, anxiety. 

3rnT5fr%!r p.p. Doubtful, 
ciouf, apprehensive. 



1 U. To curse, execrate ; 
ts^^^. Ku. 4. 41. 
Caui. To conjure, invoke ( as by 
oharmi ) charm, enchant ; frf^^r nr- 
Y. 2. 108. 
I A curse, impre- 
cation. -2 A. serious chrge, accnsa- 
tion ; Y. 2. 99 : 



T: Mit. -3 Slander, calumny, 
false charge ; 



-4 An injury, hurt. -Oonrp. 
3Tt: fever caused by the pro- 
nunciation of a curse. 



Pronouncing a curse. 

Daclared, announced, 
aid, named. 

SfftST^ 1 P. To hurt, injure, 
attack (=3Tf:t^q. v.).-/. Ved. Ac- 
Oiation, charge, imprecation &c. 



. Hurt, attacked. 
m. An enemy, injnrer. 

With the top and 
bottom inverted. 

3Tfo5?nr, -5W [ $ -^ ] a- Cold, 
chilly, as wind. 

srnrsflT, -?fT!T a. Congealed, co- 
agulated. 

arf^JtS?: I Intense grief. -2 
Warmth ; r lour ( Ved. ) 

3Tr^r"N- a. \ Shining, glowing 
with heat. -2 Causing great grief. 

STnrsfr^sf I Intense grief or p&in 
torment. -2 That which torments; a 
spirit or demon. 

Oj a. Tormenting. 
Repeating Vodic texts, 
while Brahmauas are sitting down 
to a Sraddha. 

3TPT*rr?': Hearing ; becoming re- 
nowned. 

3Tf5raff a. Ved 1 Joining, connect- 
ed with, mixing. -2 Combining ; ar 
ranging. -3 Approaching, having re- 
course to. -4 Worth/. -5 Shining. 
-6 Powerful. 

smtfSn; -%*/ ( -* ) Ved - A 

ligature. 

A bandage. 

m. Ved. One who 
breathes npon or towards. 

srpreft'i Ved. Breathing forth or 
upon, eructation (of the stomach). 

3Tr"Jr a ?rfr: Breathing or blowing 
upon ; blowing into a Same. 

grfSnfsT 1 P. [ *T?, 5 being 
changed to ^ by P. VIII. 3. 65], 
To be in convict with, toneh ; attach 
oneself to. 

arnfan: ( also srftffT: ) I Com- 
plete contact or union ; attachment, 
conne lion, aw ciatioti ; 
s^fit J^f W3iT!TTJrTfl 
Mai. 7 ill attachment or nuion ; Mil. 
8 I 5f*ffr ^niffffrniPtir^ Si. 7. 
68 ; K. 146, 290 -2 Defeat, morti- 
fication, discomlUnre ; 3Tr?rrnT7fY 
gtrf^s R. 2. 30. -3 A sudden blow, 
shock or grief, a sudden calamity 
or misfortune unexpected reverie ; 
5mrsWnn%^r5wi?<{ r R. 14. 54, 
71 ; Kn 3. 73 ; "sr* ft^i^HK R - 
8. 75. -4 Possession by devils or 
evil spirits ; aTi^frcrrnrtirri^TBT^- 
^rnf^?rr<jff< Main N. -5 An oath. 
-6 Embracing ; copulation. -7 A 
curse or imprecation, abuse. -8 
A false charge or accusation, calum- 
ny or defamation. -9 Contempt, 
disrespect. -Oomp. 3*<: fever 
caused by the action of evil spirit!. 

= anfJi^r q- v. 
8e under 



127 



<? By force, forcibly, 
violently ; insoler.tly. 

sTHTTr^. [ wfl-ff? *r5 fa^ 

|%7 ] I Ved. Following. -2 Hotour- 
ing, devoted. -3 Defeating. 

SlTffTTjT 1 Bearing, patient. -2 
Overpowering. 

Wrafr^. 6 U. [ fln, ^ changed 
to by P.VIII. 3 65] 1 To sprinkle, 
pour down open, water wet, shower 
upon (fl- also) ; ^nffarsifTf sr&s 
Bk. 6. 21 ; 15. 3 ; 6. 23 ; H* %*S- 
^TH^rftftwr Cb. P. 29 y. I. 
wr 35*7^3? Bi*^1frf>T6$: Si. 7. 
75. -2 To anoint, consecrate, appoint 
Ac. ( by sprinkling water on the 
bead ) ; to crown, install, inaugurate 
(.with loc. of the post of authority) ; 
wrarw<THi'rtr*T nr*: ft i? B. 19. 
l, 17. 13 *m3*rt3^*nTa B - 
2 ; V. 5. 23. Caut. I To hive 
another consecrated, inaugurated 
&c. -2 To let oneself be crowned. 

*rn?>lf: 1 Spriuklinir, watering, 
wetting. -2 Anointing, inaugurating 
or consecrating; by sprinkling water 
( a kind, idol &c), -3 (Particularly) 
Coronation, inauguration, installa- 
tion ( of kinga ) ; royal auction ; 
ratPTT'sf <S*5T%rih B. U. 7. -4 
The ( holy ) water required at in- 
auguration, coronation water ; ar- 



T*> ?ft V. 5 ; 4Wr? ibid. ; E. 
17. 14- -5 Bathing ; ablution, holy or 
religions bathing ; 3rfvrq-lTrW"T 
*rr5"inr 8. 4 ; 3nnnTT3?rT surr- 
W*t B. 13. 51, 1. 85, 10 63, 
13. 58, 14. 82 ; K. 22, 39, 96 ; 
Ku. 5 16 ;7. 11 ; 8. 1. 12; H. 4. 
87. -6 Bathing or sprinkling with 
water ( of a divinity to whom 
worship is offered ). -Comp. &$ 
day of coronation. -^rrar corona- 
tion-hall. 

3TrrrjK' a. One who sprinkles, 
anoints, inaugurates. 

wfaqwT 1 Sprinkling. -2 Corona- 
tion, inaaguration ; R. 8. 3. 

3T5ftr^$nr, -<*v, -*t \ Worthy 
of inaaguration, fit to be crowned. 
-2 Belonging to coronation. 7: 
N. of a sacrificial ceremony perform- 
ed at the ooronaiion of a king. 

3rf5rj 5 P. ( g ) 1 To extract 
Boma juice or any juice ; 3Tr);juicr 
Street Ait. Br. -2 To apply watti 
to or press out ; Ms. 5. 10 ( KulU 
3^>* *w). -3 To moieten, sprinkle ; 
Bk. 9. 90. 



-w*] 1 Extracting 
or pressing oat the Soma juice. -2 
Distillation or extraction ( of liquors 



Ac. ). -J Religions bathing, ablution 
preparatory to religious rites. -4 
Bathing or ablution ( in general ) ; 
Ki. 3. 28. -5 Drinking the Soiaa 
juice. -6 A sacrifice in general. -7 
Ferment, yeast ; any substance pro- 
ducing fermentation. -8 A finger 
used in extracting Souia juice. (Nir.) 
l Sour gruel. 

3rfwir*<iT 1 Bathing ; Ki. 6. 23. 
-2 Means of extracting or pressing 
ont Soma juice. 

suf^isr^crfr A mechanical contrivance 
to press out the Sorna juice. 

aiPTTr**?:, -Tf^ i Tno priest who 
extracts the Soma juioe. 

wfaSJcr P' P- Extracted, pressed 
out, as Soma juice. R Soar g uel. 

sn^f'TUT a. Ved. Approaching (as 
an enemy ) with an army. 

srnftroTH Marching against an ene- 
my, encountering a foe. 



P. III. 1 25, VIII 3.65] To march 
aga : nst ( with an army ), to a<tck, 
to face or encounter (nootber) with 
an srmy ; 85: fwgfTsriTl'WVoiPlfj WT'I: 
Ve. 2. 25 ; Si. 6. 64. 

arfsrs^ 1 : [srw ^3T^r^] Ved. 
Roaring, a loud shout ( H??-^ ). 

3rfJr( fr )r% ( Ved. ) TO be 

worshipped by offering sacrifices 
( 84y. 3rfSraei! ) ; aQ assistant, a pro- 
tector, one who is praised or worship- 
ped as a protector, one who appro- 
aches to assist or attack, one who 
assails or overpowers an enemy, on 
who approaches in order to obtain, 
desiring, desire (these meanings are 
given by European scholars ). 1%: 
/. Assistance, help, worshipping, 
praising ; a sacrifice ; a hymn ; ap-. 
preaching 10 assist or approaching in 
general ; access. 

a. Ved. Desirable. 
2 P. ( * 3 ) I To p-aise, 
land, extol ; arsj f <m*mr ^fr U . 5 ; 
Si. 15. 20. -2 To consecrate, invoke; 
Y. 3. 307. 

Praise, eulogy. 



j? 1 A. ( w changed to 
P VIII 3^72) TTo ooze, flow, 
trickle ; wp^<r *-?ff f tf Sk . ; 



U. l-.taininij; or pouring down water. 
-2 ( fig. ) To be malted ( with pity, 
love &o. ), to overfl >w wiih ;Tf^f<?=rr- 
" 



U. 5. 

: 1 Oozing, flowing, 
trickling. -2 Weakness of, or running 
at, the eyes. -3Gieatincreaao or en- 
largement, surplus, excess, oupeifln- 
ous portion ; 



ef ( &ifto& ) Ku. 6. 37 by 
drawing off the surplus population i e, 
by emigration (3TWs4^: 



cf . also B. 15. 29 Hemachandra'g 
remarks thereon. 

3Tf2rinr( tfr )t^q a. l Oozmg, flow- 
ing, trickling, -j Laxative, opening 
the bowels. -3 Causing defluxions or 
watery effusion. -Cotnp. ^IJOT a 
suburb, a smaller city appended to 
and regarded at part of a larger one ; 
cf . STHSnTt- 

3TR^*F [ ^5 q<* ] 1 .Contact. -2 
Intense attachment, love, affection ; 
f%fm*fT&%n Dk. 155 ; arjfr smro^i: 
Mil. 1 ; *trm ibid Bg. 13. 9. 

Sjf^nT^TTt Close contact or union, 
intimate connection. 

g^rjT a. Clothed, clad. 

* [&'*] Coagulated, 
congealed. 

srSTT5 Refuge, shelter. 
faTT ! Coming together orin 
groups or flocks. t <*dv. Having 
approached together. 

Slfatf^ 8 U. 1 To shape, torm, 
bailii.-2To make, render. -3 To 
consecrate. 

arfJNrWT*: lldea, thong ht, imagi- 
nation. -2 Vain or profitless per- 
formance. 

High praiue- 
wW.=W^^&c. q. v. 

2 P. 1 To enumerate. 
-2 To infer. t 

3jf*T^51 a- Inferable, clearly as- 
certainable. 

sn^r^rgrfr 5 ? a. i Moving or 

wandering abont. -2 Fickle, change- 
able. 

avnrcir^ VeJ. Surrounded by 
heroeg ; ( of. sfaifa ). 

arfWrT^ 1 P. To torment = fc^ 
q. v. 

; War, battle, contest ; 

; Halay. 

" Compreesed, tight- 
ened. 

3rf*n5f?5 1 1 Exchange. -2 Organ 
of generation ( written als3 srnhfr- 
^t?) 

3rf5r?TVJT 3 U. 1 To hold together. 
-2 To acknowledge, recognize ; own. 
-3 To fit or fix a missile, arrow &o. 
to the bow. -4 To throw or shoot at, 
aim at ; ( ^j) 



Bam. -5 To aim st, have 
in view, think of ( with ace. ) ; irqr- 
viift ^^TfrfHflrtrnr T 51: V. 4. 



28 calling to mind, thinking of my 



128 



fault ; 5pinj?fwfnT>TT*J' Mv. 5. to- 
ward*, in tbe direction of ; Mv. 6 ; 
Bff. 17. 12, 25 ; lometime* with dat.; 



Mb. -6 To deceive, cheat ; 
"tat HWcrJrpTfnar Mil. 1. 14 -7 To 
come loan understandi-a; or agree- 
ment ; <jnj w?twjwnr Ms. 9. 52 ( w 
if Pnpft T j(T ) -8 To win over, 
make friendship with, ally oneself 
with ; jrra gTP'fiTqrywtnimii'ffiTy- 
Ms. 7. 159 ( jtff). -9 To 



declare solemnly, agree, promise. 
-10 To calumniate, traduce. -1 1 To 
add. -1 2 To prefer. 

wfvrHtr:, -vjiff: 1 A deceiver, cheat. 
-2 Tradnoor, calumniator, Ma. 4.195. 

arfinrtrr I Soeech, declaration ; 
word, aaiertion, promise ; {far *Tf>r- 
fttfifa fnrrintawr Rim. trne to 
his word. -2 Deceit. 

wfirnvrpT 1 Speech, word, delibe- 
rate declaration, promise ; *n f^ *T- 
wrwhrrHr Ram. -2 Cheatiosr.decep- 
tion ; miffidtlMMt noeq^ir reRTSW 
B. 17. 76. -3 Aim, intention, pur- 
pose ; siwrTnT^tiTSsTipjmKiwjwrer- 
fai *f Wit. -4 Making peace. -5 
Attachment or interest in any object. 

iHfitilV. q. v. 
1 Speech ; deliberate de- 
claration, promise. -2 Intention, ob 
ject, purpose, aim ; w^irr arfir?r?Vr!TT 
fofrft'5*fi>* Mil. 1 ; Dk. 38 ; 
trff* K.U. 8. 47. -3 Implied sense, 
the meaning intended, aa in 3TJ|fMft: 
( frequently oocnniog in expla- 
natory glosses.). -4 Opinion, belief. 
-5 Special agreement, terms of an 
agreement, condition, stipulation ; 



M. 1. -6 Deception.-? 
Making peace or alliance. -8 Junc- 
tion, combination, -damp, -^r a. 
done intentionally. 

ri Union. 



1 P. 1 To fly towards, 
hasten, jump upon", !^Vir?jr?5if=5f gft- 
"SPmr: sTjmirrwiHWTflfa Ram. -2 To 

fly along ; ?r*>W i^'^TtVnrqrtfr^r: Mb. 

srf^min 1 Meeting together.con- 
course, confloecos. -2 War, battle, 
contest. -J A cnrse. 

3Tf5rtr^4 A. 1 To become (any 
thing ) ; to be changed to, be similar 
to, assume the state of ; 5'g'KrnfjJT- 
ff-rfrrqfr Sat. Br., gftjr /fr yfr3T- 
f^TOWTj ibid. -2 To come or go" to, 
arrive at. -i To j?flt, obtain. -Caul. 
To make similar to, change into. 

ajf^tTfat/. Boootniug or being 
effected completely; going over, tran- 
sition ; being chtLged into. 

wfafrT^/. Becoming complete ; 
complete number. 



-P- Complete, complete- 
ly effect* d ; trfTfrnn^hwrnrifor *f- 
wrrtor U. 5 quite in keeping with hi* 
holy instruction. 

; Futurity. 
p . To bind together. 
-pan. To be connected with, to re- 
late or r fer to. 

3ifnretr; Connection; relation ; 
conjunction, contact ; sexual connec- 
tion ; Ms. 5. 63. 

^ffrq'sim a- Very much contract- 
ed or confined. 

3Tfr$?nf Facing, fronting ; 
looking respectfully towards. 



tinder 



^fil^^ui Approaching, drawing 
near ( with hostile intention ). 

arfSfcri( *ri X 1 p - To oonoi - 

liate, propitiate, pacify, comfort, 
console. 

3Triwt( wr )W., -W5T Conciliation, 
consolation. 



! Si . 
1. 16. Ei. 11. 51. 

arpfr^- 1 P. I To go op to, go to- 
ward*, approach; to goto someplace 
or other, no o- proceed; gfmw% 8- 
g^frsrHi Ki. 8.4.-2Toattack,aaail. 
-3 To go or advance to meet ( as at 
an appointed place ) ; g^ftrfaRHf* 
K. 58; Dk . 51, 52, 91; Si. 6. 26. -Cau. 
To visit, approach, go to meet ; ^3- 
m*frr%WTTfti;' 1 rt Si.l0.20,21;8.D. 
115; Ki. 9. 38 ; Mk. 8. 

WWRf: I A follower, an atten- 
dant ; Dk. 73, 127. -2 A companion; 

TWTOTfwtTJT?nrr*n'ftrnft Dk. 15. 
-3 N. of a people. 



I Approaching, going to 
meet ( also mith hostile intentions ). 
-2 Meeting, rendezvous, assignation 
or appointment of lover*; wr^fi 



Ott 6. 

3rf>T^ a. One who attacks ; an 
assistant. 

wRmro I Going to meet ( as a 
lover ), appointment, assignation ; 



Qtt. 5. -2 Tha place where lover* 
meet by app.-.'ctment, rendezvous ; 
??fcisQfJT sr 9TOTn*Rrt Gtt. 6. -J An 
attack, aBsault; K^sfSrcm: 5?'T fj 
R&m. -4 War, )<attle.-5 A follower, 
companion. -6 Might, power. -7 An 
instrument. -8 A purificatory rite. -9 
(ns PI- ) N. of a people, -ft N. of 
a tomn. -Camp. -^irHr a place fit for 
making appointments ; see under 



>r Going to ro.-et a lover 
Ac. ; Ki. 10. 58. 

wf^!Trt?fir A woman who either 
goes to meet her lover or keeps an 
appointment made by him ; Ku. 6. 
43; R. 16 12 ; aTfaffrpftT <rta Tt 



S. D. 115; qiffflff 3 gr HlffT flVri flTW- 
TRTf Ak. The directions as to dress 
&c. to be observed by the different 
kinds f srf^ftipr are given in S. D. 
116. The 8. D. further recommends 
the following 8 places as eligible 
spots for lovers to ineet:-(l) a field; 
(2) a garden ; (3) a ruined temple ; (4) 
the bouse of a female messenger ; 
(5) forest ; (6) caravansary ( a place 
for pilgrims &o. ) ; (7) a cemetery ; 
and (8)_the bank of a river ; ^ drfr 



am ii 

a. Going to meet, visit- 
ing ; attacking, rushing out, going 
forth; 55^-tnTWTITort U. 5.-cft 1 = 3T- 
miR*T see above. -2 N of a epe cies 
of the f1r|n metre in which the Pidas 
contain 12 instead of 11 syllables, 
and which is therefore said to ap- 
proach ( arfiRKfff ) another metre 
called 



6 P. 1 To pour out or 
forth ; Rv. 1. 135. 6. -2To make, pre- 
pare ; ?rf%rfnraf^5BTMv. 5. -3 To 
unloose, untie. -4 To e.i v, grant; y 
r5?5^T ^jff Rim. -5 To fall upon, 
attack. 

Creation. 

1 A gift, donation. -2 
Killing. 

arfir^f^ I Practising, observing- 
-2 Cultivating. -3 Fondness of, in- 
dulgence in. 

8Tf*tre<F Ved. 1 An attack, as- 
sault. -2 An assailant, enemy. $ 
adv. By attacking. 

STrHT^jr: Attachment, affection ; 
love, desire; ^s H^HlffiT^Jff i Bg.2.57. 

aTTK^Rrt " Eipandsd to the 
full, full grown ( as a blosaorn ). 

srf^r^f 1 P. I To assent or agree 
to, approve of. -2 To praise, invoke. 

3Ti>^wjf /. ( or n. according to 
som ) [ atfVra: ^: fnursrHT "w] Vod. 
I Invccation, calling into one's pre- 
sence. -2 A song or hymn of praise. 

sjfvr^rt: Urging .towards, driving 
onwards. ^ Very close or near. 
m. Praising ; invoking. 

. 2 P- I To strike, smite, 
beat ( flg. aho ) ; thump at; arfHJfiT 
/JT ifroinr wmt ( w^: ) M&l. 1. 39 
Bt^r^Tfr^t ilcT U. 4 ; gigTrfHiwrH- 
57Ti ^rhf: Dk. 7. -2 To hurt, injure, 
kill, destroy. -3 Todrive or beat off, 



129 



ward off; 

R. 6. 13. -4 To strike or beat ( n a. 
drum <4c. ) Bg. I. 13. -5 To befall, 
attack ; ; affect, overpower ; Dk. 6. 
C'Jus. To strike &c. 

3*ft%<fp-p- I Struck ( fig also ), 
beaten, smitten, attacked, injured; nr- 



2 ; struck against ( as sound ) ; Site. 
9. -2 Struct, affected, overcome ; 
5Tta, iffTH , f :w, a . ~ 3 Ob ' 
structed. -4 ( In rnatb. ) Multiplied > 
sd"?i^f iTri^fal ftfsfr Lila. 

siTHfft: / 1 Striking, beating, 
hurting, &c. -2 (In math. ) Multi- 
plication. 

wntoraf: 1 Striking, ( fig. also ) ; 
beating, smit.ng, atiacaing, injury, 
hurt ; fTjinT^rariff H5T>J Kn. 7. 
49 ; tfhnsrqmNrai^ Ms. 12. 77 at- 
tacks of heat and cold ; so f :>a, 
Sfffi" &c. -2 ( In Vaiseshika puil. ) 
Striking against (sucb us gives rise 
to sounds &e. ), regarded as a "kind 
of )f)iT. -3 Striking back, driving 
or warding off. -4 Extirpation, com- 
plete deitructioa or removal ; j ; <<j- 

- 



6',iQ. K. 1. -5 Abrupt or vehement 
articulation of words ( as of Ve- 
diu texts ) ; sudden shook. ^ 1 Ths 
combinatiou of the 4th letter of 
any clabs with the first or third letter 
of tbac cUss ; of tha acoond with 
the first ; and of the third with the 
second letter of any class ; aiiPVia 
wi?i? ^ilpuM^ "fisj^i wrfort wiii -wii- 
T^igOflmi: Sabdak. -2 A harsh pro- 
nunciation caused by the neglect of 
Sandhi rules. 



. Striking ; keeping or 
beating back, repelling, extirpating. 
3ft An enemy. 

3ItHrrfa^ Striking, hurting. m. 
An enemy ; assailant. 

3?mS<r Llr-Wi] 1 Invocation, 
calling. -2 Sacrificing fully or com- 
pletely. 

wftSieh / Calling, invocation ; 
worshipping. 

<* Ved. Ridiculous. 
i J*t, joke, mirth. 
TrfiC See under aiwvr. 

3tf*Tf ^ P- To make an oblation, 
sacrifice. 

wnrsfi An oblation, a sacrifice. 

3Ji?rr r : Offering an oblation of 
clarified butter. 

arfwrj 1 P. 1 To carry or bear off, 
enath away, remove, take away. -2 
To tear off, pull down. -3 To bring; 
bring near. Cam. \ To cause to 
take away .-2 To bring on the table; 
17 



eel ve up in dishes &o. ( n food ) 
-3 To lay or put on ( as a coat ). 
-4 To attack. 

. Carrying off, removing. 
f 1 Bringing near, fetchibg; 
R. 11. 43. -2 Robbing. 

3*1%?! i't. 1 One who taios away, 
be*r off, or tuke, by violence. -2 
A ravishor, rotiber. 

3?rT57T: 1 Carrying away, rob- 
bing, stealing. -2 A:i attack, iisaai.lt. 
-3 Arming oneself, inking up arms. 
-4 Mingling together, mixture. -5 
An effort. -6 A drunkard ; drinker 
of smoking drinks. 

arfvrfCT a. Ved. Bending, causing 

crookedness, acting ii juiiouely. -/. 
Kail ; defeat, loss. 

wm-ff^ <* Offensive, injurious; 
acting crookedly, -fir:/. I Causing to 
fall. -2 Defeat ; loss. -J Offence, 
injury. 

ariH^^-grTi- Falling off, crooked. 
T: Crookeduess, sin. 

HW [ ww -? J 2 P. 1 To ap. 
pro&cu, come or draw naar, go up 
to (with auc.);3j$PC|srrljJTcris>:qfrf Uk. 
7. 84. ; Ki. 2. 54. -2* To go along 
or after, follow, serve. -3 (a) To go 
into, enter; Bk. 5. 67 r MJ. 8. 75. (b) 
To go over to, reach, arrive at ; 
Me. 34. v.l. (c) fofall toono'oBliare, 
come to ; Bk 7. 99. -4 To get, meet 
with, fall into, suffer, undergo (sold 
of good or bad things; ; <fji$ T}rre'- 
Pi. 1. 

. Ved. Approach, attack. 
a. (ft/- ) 3*>f e^c a- Ap- 
proacliiug, attacKtug, assailing. 

3l*<T<n 1 Going over, approach, 
arrival. -2 Entering. -3 Setting (of 
the son ) 

3T*fr o. Without fear ; R. 9. 63 ; 
15.8. 

srtfr?? a - [ For et y- 83e 3Pt^ ] 

1 Lunging after, desirous, anxious. 
-2 Lustful, libidinous, volup- 
tuous; H^tf^Tt SKHWiTTatiift^r^ Si. 
5. 64. -3 Fearless. -4 (ione to 
( wmTtT ) -5 Dreadful. K , I A 
lover, husband. -2 A poet. -3 A 
master. rT Ved. 1 Proximity, 
nearness. -2 Collision ; combat, en- 
counter, opposition. (The form atfliV 
frequently occurs in the VeJas in 
the seme of (a) near; (6) at the same 
time or place, at the riglittime, just 
in time ; (c) in a moment instant- 
aneously, or ( used like a preposi- 
tion with abl. );((/;from, out of ;(e) 
on account of, with regard to ; {/) 
from. 

a. [ 



Nir. ] 1 Repeated, f requent.-2 Con- 
stant, perpetual. -3 Excessive. -$of 
ind. \ Frequently, repeatedly ; v^ 
u5Tuf><Ta7V*rr%of Pt. 2. 178. 2 
Constantly. 3 Very much, exceed- 
ingly. 4 Quickly. 

3?>ff$or$T: ind. Repeatedly. 

H*n*mr = 3?ftir?r q- v, 

3Tff[70' " [ fr. i^ ] To be sacri- 
floed to ; one to whom a sacrifice is 
offered. ?^s A god. 

ajwfay-^ a. Not afraid, fear- 
less. -nh/. 1 Fearlessness. -2 Ap- 
proach, attack. -3 Neurness. 

3nfrqj [ $-ir-7E ] InBamed, shining. 

3T>fri^ m. [ am qtJ.-fSM.<I-I: ] One 
who goes or resorts to ( arfHIWTl. 
Sly. J, a pond or any spot in which 
water collects ; a favour. 

3THVfg?T - Desired, wished. Ir 
A wian, desire. 

vfri'5fr^, MH?cg a. Wishing for, 
desirouB of obtaining. 

SIvfrtT a - Not causing fear, not 
terrific. wt N of Vishgu. 



= Jov > delight. 3^ Ved. 
great joy, or ( a. ) excessively de- 
lighted. 



- 

] I A cowherd. -2 N. of a paa- 
toral people ; more usually written 
MWKq- v. -f The language of the 
3T>?K people -- < N. of a metre ; see 
3WK. -Oomp. -tr jfr a haoilet of cow- 
herds. 

A kind of ier P* nt - 
N. of poisonoas in- 

sect. 

artfrs a. (^, -/.)! Fearle*.. 
-2 UnterriBo ; harmless. *:$ of 
Siva or Bhairava. - 



. 
Race uosus. ^ n. A place of battle. 

WvfiVT - Fearless, innocent, of 
ind. Before or in front. 

gjjfcy 1 A difficulty, distress. -2 
A dreadful scene. 



Dilooatie ' 
n: Circuit, compaiJ. 



Siman, Brahma Sima. -2 
hymn ( Rv. 10. 174 ) recited in at- 
tacking the en -my. -3 A year. - 
sort of oblation (B. and R.takethis 

word to menu 'exiiting everywhere', 
'attacking succetsfnlly', 'nucoessfol 
attack or yiotory. ' 

a. Existing everywhere. 
a - Covered, surrounded 



130 



: A corse ; see 

-$> [ wtf-^-a-i, yft 



jw ] I A rein, bridle j 
wtfSTTt S. 1. -2 A ray of light; n- 
gr^^f^n^rw^fSri Si- 1. WiH 
resplendent, splendid. -3 An arm 
( 3W3* *nf|Sr Nir. ). -4 A finder. 

Sjvffr 6 P. To wish or deiirefor, 
icek for", strive to get. 

suftz p.p. I Wished, desired. -1 
Dear, favourite, darling; wsnfreSrr- 
rft: Pt. 1. 175 ; oft with gen. of 
person ; H. 1. 12- -* Optional. 
A darling. -CT 1 A mistress, beloved 
woman. -1 Betel. i 1 An object 
of desire. -2 A desirable object 



Bk. 20. 24. -Oomp. 
favourite deity. fyprt, -fsf3[ / 
gaining a desired object. 



ado. Fearlessly. 

' Overpowering ' g nar " 
anteeiog safety from enemies ( < 



^w-t Nir. ). / (i? ) Qre8t P wer - 

gryTrrT a. 1 Uneaten, unenjoyed, 
nnnied ; Bh. 3. 25. -2 ( Actively 
used } One who has not eaten, en- 
joyed, uiad 4c. ; of. <tf<r. -Oonrp. 
_ the interval betwesn the 
cloving pt of Jyesbtha and the 
beginning of Mula. 

g^a. Ved. One who hag Not 
experienced or enjoyed ; one who 
does not keep a promise. 

tnpr^o. 1 Not eating. -2 Not 
allowing to enj iy --3 Not protecting. 

prr a. I Not bent or crooked, 
straigut. -2 Well, free from disease. 
a. Armless, maimed. 

Not a slave or servant 
an independent woman ; Mk. 4. 
' Unborn, ' N. of Vishnu. 
a. Non-existent, what is 
not or has not been ; not true or real, 
false ; Mo. 3. 16, Ki. 14. 19.-0<mp. 
-3fT*rt 'utterance of an unreality', 
a covert expression, a speech found- 
ed on fraad, one of the members of 
ffarbhaS. D. 365. -W^rti the be- 
comiag or being changed into, or 
making;, that whioh it is not before ; 
P. V. 4. 50 ; 



not been before. frjt a. having no 
enemy. 

&>$fitt / 1 Non-existence, non- 
entity. -2 Want of power. -J Po- 
verty. 

aT'Sffri/- Non-earth, anything 
but earth. -2 An unfit plaoa or 
object, no proper object for, beyond 
the reach or scope of; #sjfJr?tf w;?- 
ft*nrr: M. 3j 3T$r%"^mr?5Ti*JT S. 
7 ; ^g >^rwriT<TC!i^[r>r'?3rVr^- 
tTttTrTrrc: ibid. far exceeded or trans- 
cended my (highest) expectations : 
Si. 1. 42 ; Slnti. 4. 22, K.45, 196, 
20*. -Comp. -sfj I. produced in a 
bad or improper plaoe. -2. not pro- 
duced in earth. 

a. Few, some ; :sereral ; 



. ; cf . 

B. 2. 3. -g* a. unprecedented, 
unsurpassed; anjj^fl nstr f^mjrf3f- 
rm Vis. 1, Ve. 3. 2, 81. 3. 3. *rj. 

bcoomiog manifest of whatbai 



< 1 Not hired or 
paid ; Ms. 8. 231. -2 Not supported. 

o. Not much, little, few. 

o. 1 Undivided. -2 Identi- 
cal, same, alike ; avtwf imrntftT 
ft Bh. 3. v. I. ft 1 Absence of dif- 
ference or distinct! on,ideutity,saoie- 
neas ; enpwfHHfir T ?<T<rrnirqft*r$r: 
K. P. lOfSi. 13. 25.-2 Oloie union; 
?*3*t WfT^/HrrHf Ifi. 9. 13 ; H. 3. 
79 ; wWRirt ftiTf<rhHf Bh. 1. 24. 

3JHST, vdffifi; a. 1 Not to be divid- 
ed, broken or pierced through, im- 
penetrable. -2 Indivisible. j A 
diamond. 

ar^fr^, -Jtf5t^ " Not nsing or 
enjoying, abstemious. 

MiTrt: Non-enjoy nent. 

VKta^ti. Ved. Not sacrificing ; not 
giving food to the gods. 

MvfrsrJT Not eating, fasting, absti- 
nence ; Us. 11. 167, 204, 2 IS. 

. Not eating, fasting. 
a. Not to be eiten, pro- 
hibited as food, impure, unholy ; 
MVT a. one whose food is prohibited 
from being eaten by others ; Us. 
4. 221. 

swh^ o- ( <T/.) Not material, 
not elemental, not pro diced by the 
gros elements ; mental. 

= 3TiJT3T q. V. 

a - D*frg% alii JTW] I Near, 
proximate.-! Fresh, naw ;-f sfffrr- 
m*yd WJJfT^s^aTi'fr: Mb. if Pro- 
ximity, vicinity. 

a. Recently marked. 

7 P. 1 To smear, anoint 
at with oily substances. -2 To Ue- 
oorat, adorn (Ved. ). -3 To deft|. 



p. p. Smeared, anointed 
(with oil, perfumes &o.) ;3T"raT<T* 
?*fr?r: S. 5. 11 ; Y. 1. 68 ; M.<. 4. 44. 
sT^'JT: 1 Smearing the body with 
unctuous or oily substances, smear- 
ing with oil; 3T*<iir^<j:*TrTfj^<|fTC Kn. 
7-7; *^ffMT*inrcnT'mr'^f>T:3<TirPt. 
5, Ms. 2. 178.-28raeariug in general, 
inunction. -3 An unguent, salve, lini - 
meat. 

aixifsriT 1 8 nearing the body with 
oily substances, inunction ; M* 10. 
91. -2 Smearing or anointing in 
general. -3 Applying collyrium to 
the eyelashes ; Ms. 2. 2ll. -4 An 
oily snbstaueo ; oil, unguent. -5 An 
ornament, decoration ( Ved. ). 

STVTrfrrT P-p.VenA, passed away; 
Ms. 4. 252. 

3TVt|fa<fc a. I More than ex- 

ceeding, beyond ; wsr.!isjm?<rr- 
<T?tTT^wrf*hR- U. 4. 1 remaining af- 
ter &c. ; Pt. 2. -2 Surpassing, more 
than in quality or quantity, higher, 
greater ; tr; ^unrRr^rswr* Jjort 
Him. ; sr Jn^fl'wJ^rafi! ^<fi^i 
Bg. 11. 43 ; M. 3. 3, M<. 7. 177 ; 
Y. 2. 295 ; sometimes with abl. 
or instr. ; trr** f5r*7: fftfrift ftf- 
$wrRni ^Ti K. 8. 320, 322 ; T. 
2. 27 ; srjj: srHrTf^ ^^ jfpir ^r^T - 
ft*r 5?i Naln. 21. 13. -J More 
than ordinary, extraordinary, pre- 
eminent ; HT trrrirf2f*: S. 6. 2. -^ 
adv. Very miicn, exceedingly. 

3T<J"i5f adv. Towards the way, on 
the way. -% Near the way. 

anfTSRlT 9 U. I To permit, 
assent or agrea to, approve ; grafi*?- 
3fTraH<fr K. 209 ; M. 3 ; Ms. 
2. 1. -J To permit one to go, grant 
leave to, dismiss. Cau. To ask for 
leave to depart, tak) leave. 

*va*ri-*T*f 1 Oonsent,approval, 
permisiion ; ajiTt^ajir 8^n nrnrar 
Ku. 5. 7, B. 2. 69. -2 Order, com- 
mand. -3 Qranting leave of absence, 
dismissing. -4 Admiuion of an argu- 
ment. 

3TVTq3> 8aid agreeably to 
what was said b p f ore. 



1 Interior, 
intern*!, inner ( opp. trrg ) ; B. 17. 
45 ; K. 66 ; Y. 3. 93. -2 Being in- 
cluded in, one of a group or body ; 
%(<rft5r^i'"T: M. 5 ; ir<rt*'fo< rr* 
^ Ms. 3. 154 ; K. 8. 95. -3 Initiated 
in, skilled or proficient in, familiar 
or conversant with ; with loo., or 
sometimes gen., or in oomp. ; ffi 

M. 5 ; mft TO 
M.2 ; ajf**H>sirw 

- 3; <fi*iRrt <fc 55: Rim., 
see s^aCrf below. -4 Neaient, ioti- 



i V t 



131 



mate, closely or intimately related ; 
r Pt. 1. 259.-* 1 The 



inside or interior, inner or interior 
part ( of any thing ), ipaoe within ; 
jri^mjirt ft$i ( m?fal ) Pt. 2. 38 ; 
K. 15, 17, 18;*n?r. arrror M. 5 in- 
moitionl ;$r*nftwiff*CTwqr*iiit R- 
3. 9 ; Bg. 5. 27, V. 2, Mk. 1, 8. 7. 
8. -2 Included epacr, interval ( of 
time or place ) ; rviutn*v?rt Pt. 4. 
-i The mind T,HRTI ode. In the in- 
terior, inside, inward. -Oomp- r- 
^iwt I. cnrvatare of the ipine by 
ipaem. -J. emprostbenos. mcm. 
inernally delighted; see aircrew. *I- 
nr a. having the organ* ( conceal- 
ed ) iniide, internally possessed of 
the powers of perception 4o ; *OITT 
WIT yuryifrnfTilift jryrrnrt V. 4. 
( -of ) the internal organ . I. ar^:- 
**"*. cKsyr the gecrat art, the art of 
coquetry or flirtation. 

>: An intimate friend. 



8 U. 1 To initiate, fami- 
liarize with ; jrriT?nf *rrw*?fR> wi- 
r*inrtfvffr: Rim. -1 To admit or in- 
troduce to ; w* 
rrK. 101 ; Dk. 159, 162 ; 
fir wi**troye*r Dk. 156 throwing 
down into ( the belly ) -3 To mute 
a near friend of ( a perion ) ; vTtir- 
WT***rfitf*r: Pt. 1. 259. 

Mt^frsFTor Initiating, introduc- 
ing &c. ; tf^r 
of Dk. 39. 



3TVITH; 1 P- Ved. | To injare, 
pain, attack. -2 To overcome. -3 To 
be angry with. 

srnrnr 1 Attack, assault, injury. 
-2 Disease ; V^ diteaaed. 

swfwi, w*rt?r p. p- 1 Diseased, 
eick. -2 Injured. 

srwrt^ a. [ 3Tn-flrft p - HI. * 
157 ] I Attacking, inclined to at- 
tack. -2 Diseased, aick. 



An attack on an enemy. 
adv, Towardi or againit the ene- 
my ;to face the enemy ; Ki. 16. 6 ; 
Mr. 6 ; Ve. 6. 37. 
art vnrfrors, -*:, -fasvi [ 



, or 



, 

4: P. V. 2. 17. ] A warrior who va. 
liantly encounters his enemy ; T*nT 
Bk. 5.47; 



46 ; Dk. 171. 

S:e under -H!. 

1, 10 P. 1 To honour, 
worship, B. 1. 35. -2 To praiae, cele- 
brate in song. 

srwr^Wj-Wr Worship, adoration, 
rveerence,. 



a. [ 3rfJr-aH(-?p, P. VII. 2. 
25. Sk.];Near, proximate, adjoining 
being close or near ( of space ) ; ap- 
proaching, drawing near (of time) ; 
3Wivrni^HJT^T!;y: B. 2- 32 ; v 
wn ifa: U. 4 ; Mu. 6 ; K. 69, 125, 
,203, 286 ; Mil. 5. 13 ; Ratn. 3. 10, 
Bk< 3. 28. St Proximity, vicinitv ; 
wn^fTftrot ViT|yir<rrfi)rsTHTmf& Git. 
7;. 
*ITT Git. 1, Si. 3. 21. 

Proximity ; Si. 12. 66. 

10 A. 1 To request,} beg, 
solicit, ask, entreat (with two aco.); 
f$ jiW f5dmi%f^rw^r aTSTtf^ V. 

4. w* .__,.-..? * _ i^^ Uil 7 . 
,' In 94<i*s4*VT(f<l<lV*T(T Mai. l_| 



obtain. -3 To me ag food or drink, 
WfT: 



B. 4. 68. -2 To long for, desire, woo, 
conrt ;^ffr fn riTV*l' 3T11f'fr- 

^ir s. a, 

3Tr^it-irr A request, an entreaty- 
petition, init ; spTTTTT Kn. 1. 52. 

3)*<Tti4)T,-inJ fot. p. To be asked, 
requested- vi'de-ired ; B. 10. 40. 

. One who begs, aks, &c. 
Torturing, diltreising. 
" V*'^- I Being on this 
side.-2 Near.-J Increasing. - Near- 
ness. -Oomp. J7^ m. granting; 
gifts, increasing the gacriflcer'g pros- 
perity. 

3TVTTff 1, 10 P. To salute, honor, 
worship, piy one'i raepecta or com* 
plimenti ;. tTTgnwr IP'r*H*^Tf% 
Mv. 2 

aivir^arr 1 Worship. -2 Respect, 
honour, reverence. 

W*TTofr* pot. p. Betpectalile, 
venerable ; *<rr Ma. 9. 23 a position 
of honour. 

wfrfifa o. I Honoured, revered, 
greatly respectable or venerable; tt- 
ffrf ^ (stff I* wr^)8k., K. 209. -2 
Fit, becoming, suitable ; 



3.11. 



out. 



Eti .ction, drawing 

; An open space. 
Ved. Not liberal. 
Laid, allayed, pat 
down ( e. </ dost ). 

SUWTC*^ 1 p - To J nnl P U P or 

upon, attack. 

3jvirs;i?:-f* 1 Vigorously en- 
countering an enemy," impetuous 
attack, marching against an enemj. 
-2 Striking so as to disable an 
enemy. -3 A blow in genoral.-4 Ove;- 
Uking, reaching up to. -5 A fall. 

3T*!wr, 1 P. 1 To throw, fling, 
caat. -2 To collect, draw in, procure, 



P. III. 4. 5 8k. Caui. 1 To cause to 
throw down (in water). -2 To cause 
to take or eat (as food), feed ( one 
with soinethini;) ; 5r^rr% f^JMT 5TT- 



131, 72, 132; to take or eat (oneself). 
-3 To lay or put on (snares Ac.). -4 
To attack; get one to oppose another 

WT^rror ' Throwing awny or 
down. -2 Bating, taking food . 
throwing down the throat ( 4rjrjvr- 
im Mit. ) 

3TV7V?TT; I Eating, taking food. 
eating, drinking Ao. -2 food ; gfr, 



WrM.4;V. 2 ; Butn. 2. 

3Trm$j>oJ. p. Fit to eat,eataV>)e. 
-* Food ; 



[ f ] 2 P. 1 To go down, 



descend ; *nrwiuw%f& Ait.Br.-2To 
perceive, understand. 

Going down, deioendlng. 
A ( P. also in Ved. ) 
To pervade, reach to, get-, gain ; to 
make'oneself master of. 

arxirsTiT Pervading, reaching to, 
gaining. 

3T7f5TO- Near, proximate. m f 
Reaching to, pervading 2 Proximate 
neisjhhou rhood, vicinity (also written 
as 3T>iw q. v. ) ; ' 

p f 9 

** , T 



Mb., Dk. 62. -3 Besnlt, consequence. 
-4 Prospect, hope of (raining?, henoe 
oft used in the sense of ' quickly. ' 
3npnj( 4U- I To practise, exer- 
cise ; y<ii l^om'i 

Mai. 9 32: 

B. 13. 67 ; Ms. 11. 107. -2 
To repeat, perform repeateldy ; 
SJT& T.~bw*!rf rj S. : 2. 6 ; 
frjumt Ku. 2. 50 ; K. 183. -J To 
learn,study, acquire or learn by prac- 
tice, recite, read ; warirw dl*<t?ii 
Ma. 2. 166 ; 4. 147 ; 4. 1149 ; T. 3. 204 ; 
K. 79. -4 To throw down upon, heap 
one upon another, accumulate, lay 
on ( Ved. ). -5 To throw or fling at, 
boot or aim at ( at arrows ). 

3K7<r4 I Repetition, repeated 
practice or exercise; sigiuiini*lH*ft- 
forr Bh. 3.41 iwiwilimg* Bg. 17. 
15. -2 Constant study, close appli . 
cation ( to any thing; ) ; ( t ) r>CT- 
B. 1. 88; a- 

!rr Rim. 
-p- 1 Repeated, frequently 



7 Amaru. 92 ; used or accustomed 
to ; arirxTtara^raf: U. 5 not 
tomed to the use of the chariot: 



132 



Mil. 3. 11. -2 Learnt, studied : 
R. 1. 8 ; Bh. 3. 89. 
-3 ( In mth ) multiplied; srtjfr f st- 
yf*i7?T r>^55l?r Vir. -4 ( la- 
pram. ) Reduplicated. M' Rodu- 
plicated bate of a root. 

Repetition in general ; 
nsTw rf> 

8. B.; 

Pt I 151 ; Ms. 12. 74 ; Y. 3. 
323.-1 Repeated praotioeorexTcise, 
oontinnsd Draotine or UM ; 
K. 30. Pt. 1.133: 
TTTITT w mrr Bat 6. 35. * 4. 
bv constant practice (to remain pare 
and unmodified ) ; 12. 12 ; ffrr* Y. 
851 practice of concentration ;hnoe 
sometimes used for ' concentration 
of mind opon one unbjeot ' :*frir<f^- 
Jnr WTUT R. 10. 53 ; o ?Tr, *tm 
&o. -3 Ilahit, custom, practice ; 
fwc^Ttrnif in ^p3rrs**jriT P. I 3. 71 ; 
Hjr *rWT*vrpr wnnrf'rat U. 1 therefore 
address me anil your wont ; anTTSST- 
*imTT.fif Kn. 5. 65 ; Y. 3. 68. -4 Dig- 
cipliae in nnni, exercise, military 
dicip1in. -5 Reciting, study, repeat- 
ed reading or learning by heart igfT- 
nrwfsnfnnwrm: K.P. 1 ;K. 146, 200; 
Ms. 5. 4 ; gr in of 5 



Dakiha.-<S Vicinity, 
ptoximitv. neigh bonrhood(f or 3T*irrjr); 
jTrrerTwrr^ ( sr ) w^ <nnsn>3<!pr 
Kn. 6. 2 ; ( 3^!nft-?f vnft must mean 
here fgoeaVipg to) 'Madha who wag 
near hr,' oiZ. by having man! fested 
himself before her. which folly pre- 
serve* the simile of Plrvari, herself 
silent, speaking toherlover who was 
nr htr through her friend ) ; srf? 
ihf ^Tn"TfT frsrr T" r aW "^- U. 7. 
17 gieo In voor charge ; Si. 3. 40 ; 
w*nrr -SF-TTHJT: P- IT 1. 38 8k. 
( regarded a< an Aluk Compound ). 
-7 ' In gram ) Rednplioation. -8 
The flmt syllable of a reduplicated 
base, reduplicative syllable ; <K'v?rq': 
P. VI. 1. 4 ; *rt *\ iiftTwf^swn- 
irfHTt WRJ Sk. -9 (In nuth.) Multipli- 
cation. -10 ( In p3etry )' Repetition 
of the last verses or lines ( as of a 
choral ) ; cborns, bnrden of a gong. 
Oovp. ira a. approached, gone 
nr.-<rr?Tr3l a. wandering aboJit or 
near. vr<r: abstraction of mind re- 
inltifi? from continuous deep medit- 
ation ; 



3rf BB;. 12 9. JJTT: dropping of 
the rdoplic%tive nyllable. s*rfnT: 
interval cangnd by the reduplicttive 
jylUble ; ^T> though geparated by 
^hli syllable. 

.'Practising, eisrcising 



Den. P. I To be angry 
with, bear ranlice against, envy, be 
jealous of ( with aco. ) ; sr ^ irt 'fis- 
*rwr* Bg. 18. 67 ; jfyirf* ** \ 
%r%f *o^7rS ^TTT Mb.-2Noitolike, 
dotmot from, calumniate ;q- FTfffxT- 

Rrf Bg. 3. 32. 
o. Angry, jealons. 

a. (r>wr/- )Jealons,en- 
vious ; a detractor, ctluraniator ; 

JTrwrfiriTr^ff sn-jT(r>s*irq;irw: Bg. 
lo. 18, 

s^T^'n'Eavy, jealousy, disfavour, 
n<er ; g*rT5;TrrTr;rfw> vt R. 6. 
74 ; ?3-%Jr^ ^ *ri*Tff 7ft 7 - 2, 9. 
64 ; Me. 39, Ku. 3. 4. 

3TPT?% ind. [ 3T?=j^ J Towards 
sunset ; TH-3f,-7n' to go down or get 
( as the son ) daring or with refer- 
ence to some act. 

anfi^ffTT: Setting of the gun 
during or with reference to gome act. 

3T?!TT^(f a. One on whom the tun 
hag get while asleep. 

3TKm><?: Striking the breast with 
the flat of the hand ag'a gign of de- 
fiance ( as by wrestlers Ac. ). 

3TrretrVrT ' A *! charge, 
groundless complaint. -2 A desire. 

STWlT^rt a ^ u> By drawing to 
oneself. 

3TVTT3TTR' ''"^- By or in stepping 
near or mutually, in stepping rapidly. 

3T*TT*s^TcT <*. Falsely accused, 
traduced. 

3Tx?n?7r<f A false charge ;calumny, 
detraction. 



P< ' To KO ne to, 
draw near, approach, visit ; see apiji- 
TT bolow ; to come, arrive (as .time). 
-2 To come to, fall into, go to any 
state ; fifiTtrnimtt: Ml to thinking. 
3Tirr<I!f p p I Come near.approach- 
ed, arrived ;>fr*r7rT*Trr<T>sraT'5l:Pt.4; 
*rrT %*i Y. 2 1 19 ; <rr?>Tr*!rr- 
Rim. -2 Come as a guest ; 
!rr>iiTr 5T: H. 1. 10? ; wrfa- 
3TinrcTrT 0.4; Si. 4. 68. it: 
A guest, visitor ; e r%!nrr f5mr>tT: 
Pt. 2 ; K. 280 ; Si. 3. 81. 

3T*<rnTfT: 1 Coming or going near, 
ar ival ; visit FT'ihr:TT*<rT'TiTH : TTr 
5-t Si. 1. 23 ; fir in w?TriTff5rrTof 
* R.16 8 ; Mv. 2. 22; TWirW K. 
303. -2 Vicinity, neighbourhood. -3 
Arriving at or enjoying 'a result. -4 
Rising, getting up. -5 Striking, kill- 
ing. -6 Encountering, attacking. -7 
War, battle. -8 Enmity, hostility. 

3TTrirTfr Approach, arrival visit; 
ff3 3ar*!rr<TH3- irtfcg: Ki. 3. 4. 



' An 



, assault, 



striking- -2 Pennading to steal ; 
Ms. 9. 272. 



^;] One 'who is diligent in 
supporting a family. 



a. Attacking. 

r 1 P. 1 To approach. -2 
To use, practise, perform. 

3**<JT^TT.: Ved. Approaching ( as 
an enemy ) ; disturbing, attacking. 

aTWqrnr Ved. fa-?*} I Recog- 
nition. -2 Ordflr, command. 

StVJTffsj 8 U. To take aim at, shoot 
or hurl ( missiles ) againat. 

a^tirnTTST: Spreading over, stretch- 
ing, eipinsioo. 

3TV(TT?JT a - Directed towards one- 
self. fit adv. Towards onegelfi 

STVTT^T 3 A. | To take, seize, 
snatch. -2 To put on, wear (garland 
Ac. ). -J To take up (the conversa- 
tion ), to com nance speaking (after 
another ). 

3T*TtfT p- p I Obtained, got. -2 
Occupiod or pervaded ; epithet of 
the Siipre no Being. 

WTTfl-f Beginning, commence- 
ment, first beginning ; atmwn^ P- 
VIII. 2. 87 ( "* = 3TTr Sk. ) 

3rp<mrr 3 u- T l *y n > atl<1 

( fuel &c. ), to apply, throw nnder ; 
Ms. 8. 372 ; TOnjmTrrfff f:f^ 
Sat. Br. 

wvTr^r^ Laying on, adding ( as 
fuel ) 

3Tnf^tT;>- p- Liid Jown, put on 
<T|T: a sort of gift or present; P. 
VI. 3. 10 Sk. 

3TVqTcT See under 37*11^. 
STVIRTrT: Acalamity.misfortune. 
evil. 



War, battle, con- 
flict, attack. 

3Tvqr*n3t; l p - ' To tretch > ex - 

tend, lengthen (gonnd), drawer pull 
( as a rudder ). -2 To giva. -3 To 
aim at. -4 To restrain. -5 To ap- 
proach, visit ( rrBTWJTTH ) 



, 
To be re8triued,tobe made subject; 



^ ado. Noar, at hand ; by 
going near. 

3Trr$|r 1 P- To ascend, go up 
to, reach, get to ( mostly Ved. ). 

ST^Tr^? p. p I Ascended, gone 
up to. -2 Surpassed, excelled. 

3T"mnr:, -tffT 1 Ascending, 
mounting, going up to. -2 Ascend- 
ing in prayer or devotion, mntter-* 
ing holy prayero. -3 Transition from 
one p!ace or state to anothar. -4 Pro- 
gress. 



1S3 



3{Vf|M*l 1*1(1 



N. of a religious 
ceremony. 

3TV17f<^ 1 A. 1 To come up to, 
approach. -2 TxjBome again, be re- 
peated. Caui. I To come down, 
approach. -2 To repsat ( as tu&Ttt ) 

W*rr*tf: 1 Repetition -2 A hymn 
the verses of which are repeated ia 
singing ( 3Tifi%(ift^r ) $ adv. By 
repeating, repeatedly. 

aivirrgfif^ a. Becnrring, Si. 18. 18. 

W*<rrf TT p p . G >me near to, re- 
pea'ed xT: The residua of sacrifi- 
eUl offerings ( n~$w%vi ). 

wvfTf i%i/. Repetition, recurrence 
( so many times ) ; gee P. V. 4. 17, 
and Sk. therein ; gee 3n*irrjf% also. 
Sao uuder 3Tiia,-g. 
1 P. 1 To get, obtain, 

attain ; 

Ki. 5. 52. -2 To sitoneaelf in(aca.). 

Caui. To attack, assail. 

M*irar^if Attacking or facing an 
enemy. 

STVirfl 2 P. To strike, mite, 
wound, injure, kill, destroy ; f^T 
T> >j%i**r?5=!n^ Ch. Up. 

wtf^G p. p. I Struck, baiten. -2 
affected, suaittoa ; wift^j =prM- 
ftrfHf ( ?4 ) R. 14. 33 ; ^fgsrr tf: 
&c. -3 Impeded, obstructed ; ^jr- 
f><* rrsvr*r4f r%: Bk. 1.17. 

31*71^^ 1 Striking, hurting, kill- 
ing. -2 Impeding, obstructing. 

3T*arrg t * P. 1 To bring towards, 
bring near ; to give or hand over ; 



Rain. -2 To rob, plunder. 

3T*7r?T{t | Rringino: Dear or to- 
wards, conveying. -2 Robbing. 

**<IWJpot. p. To be eaten. 

3TVJPK 1 a. Said with reference to 
some object. 

1, 6 D. To sprinkle over. 
1 Sprinkling over, wet- 
ting ; aTW*i*33rsrfr?<moTf ( arrwr ) R. 
16. 57. -2 Consecration by sprinkl- 
ing ! ( siTStT, 3j*gp<rJt, and srft^or are 
thus distnnguished ; grtrflfcr f*H 
if ratar- 



Usual, customary. 

[ft 3Tf] I Increase, aug- 
mentation, gro*th. -2 Prosperity. 

3T*r,f^pT o ' Uplifted, upraised ; 
elevated by, distinguished for. 

3TVfFJ?^-p. Praised with loud 
acclamations. 

w3Bnffar Loud acclamation ; 
"ri^ a hymn of npplanse. 

3TV5?MT 1 P. To rise for another, 
rise in honour o f , rise to greeL ; HT- 



. 108 ; S. 3 ; M. 5. 6; 
Si. 4. 68. 

3T*gwi I Rising ( from a seat ) 
to do honour, rising in honour of ; 
5n*3?crsTi%qr ir*Pt.2. B2. -2 Start- 
ing, departure, setting out; a*jfir- 
a ^ JUT'T Rim. -3 Rise ( lit. and 
fig. ), elevation, exaltation, prosperi- 
ty, dignity, a position of dignity or 
authority ; ( ^7 

t sj^rr: R. 4. 3 ; 

tf3rws;f^ vrrw I 

*J3nrir Bg. 4. 7. 
when impiety increases or is in the 
aeceodant. -4 Sunrise. 

3T*^Mni^ o. Rising to greet or in 
honour of. 

artjfHriT p. p. \ Risen, arisen, gone 
up. -2 Blazing, flaming ( fire ) ; R. 
1. 53. -3 Elevated, exalted. 

3TVS?7^ 1 P. To fly up, to jnrap 
up to, leap upon. Cam. To cause 
to fly up to ( aoc. ). 

3T<3?<T(T? Springing or leaping 
against, sudden spring or leap, 
sault ; 3Tc7r$nrn c 3Cr<nT<Tr a^rr B- 
2.27 

3TVgyrg<qf An example or illus- 
tration of a thing by its reverie. 

3f*Sft2 p. [^- ? ] 1 To rie 
(fl;. also); go up fa the sun); Ms. 4. 
104. -2 To rise over (one); Ms. 2. 220. 
219. -3 To come into existence, 
happen, originate. -4 To engage in 
combat with ( one ), encounter, 



Mb. -5 To prosper, thrive. 

3<*<^<j a. Rising. IT; 1 Rise ( of 
heavenly bodies ); sunrise. -2 Rise, 
prosperity, good fortune, elevation, 
success ; ^$riw ar: WTrwsrnj^f jrr: 
Ratn. 1 su<ices;.*ii'f fff ?rnrT**rf<Tnr 
5TTf sit R. 3. 14 ; M. 3. 254 : Bh. 2. 63 ; 
K. 12. 3, V. 5. -3 A festival ; any 
religious or festive celebration, fes- 
tive occasion ; ".iTTtT: joyoui or fes- 
tive occasion ; S 7 ; Ms. 9. 84. -4 
Beginning, commencement. -SOocur- 
rence,bappening..6 Accomplishment 
of a desired object (which ia the cause 
of festivity ). -7 Tha tonture cere- 
mony. -8 A Sriddha performed on 
account of child-birth ( njjzvirs ) 
-"iomp. 3nJ^ a Sriddha for pros- 
perity or elevation. jfe. f. N. of 
a particular expiatory sacriSce. 

a ' Rising, going up. 
...p. 1 Risen ; occurred. 
-2 Elevated, risen to prosperity. -3 
Asleep at suarine, over whom the 
sun has risen ; Ma. 2. 221. -4 Celebrat- 
ed as a festival.-nr N. of a religions 
ceremony. if Rising ; sunrise. 



IP- I To go forth to 
meet. -2 To extend, spread. 

31)0^5 a. Rising, uprisen. 

&&%( p-p- 1 Gono forth to meet. 
-2 Extended, spread ; elevated. 

3i*5?it, WH, nfit:/. 1 Going 
forth lo meet or to do honour ( to a 
guest or to a venerable person ). -2 
Rising, occurring, originating. 

3Ty<^',u' Becoming visible ( of a 

star ). HT N. of a ceremony. 

JT^gtgr^r a. 1 Taken or.t, taken up. 

-2 Got without solicitation. -3 Got 
(if ter a request. 

arvgcpj 1 P. I To biing, offer.-2 
To lift up. 

ajvjg-iT p. p. | Raised, lifted up ; 
as "arrj-l, 5Ir, *K &o. -2 Prepared 
or ready, exerting oneself for (with 
inf., dat., loc. or in comp.); M. 3. 20, 
Ku. 3. 70 ; Bfi. 8.12. 6; Me. 57 ; 
Ms. 9. 302. -3 Gone forth, risen, 
appearing forth or approaching ; 
SfyKSCT^sjt^"?* R- 8. 15. -4 Given 
or brought unsolicited. 

a. | Raised, elevated ; 
S. 3. 8. -2 Projecting 
upwards ; very high ; Ku. 1. 33. 

3T*3rfltt / Great elevation or 

prosperity. 

3TV5TT^ ! p - 1 (<*) To 8 to or 
near, approach ;<rr<?rtliTWj<rn;^(*rf*) 
rrftg. Si. 9. 13. (5) To come to the 
help of r yrtu^mi-aam: ^*rf wt 
5inJfT Hariv. (e> To have 'recourse 
to. (d) To arrive ( a point of time ); 
ariis t to*3Q:Hft wer: R4m. -2 To 
obtain, get. -3 To admit, grant, 
own ; snegirmf m*fOTirm S. 5 we 
admit all this ; Mu. 3. -4 To assent 
to, agree to, undertake, promise; Bk. 
73. Caul. To induce or cause one to 
assent to or grant ; qw<.<j<ji|M<-!T Dk. 
60, 118 . 

3T*3<mtT p. p- I Approached, 
agreed or assented to ; granted; suf- 
fered ; Ratn. 4. 20; promised &c.-2 
Inferred, probable. -3 Similar. 

3T*3<TTtT: I Approach, arrival. -2 
Granting, admitting, accepting to 
be true P. VIII. 3. 74 Sk. ; con- 
fession ( as of guilt ) ; Ratn. 2. 19. 
-3 Undertaking, promising ; f^onr 
M. 1 ; a contract, agreement, pro- 
mise ; Me. 9. 53. -4 Probable ascer- 
tainment, belief ; judgment, a vinw 
accepted ; Mv. 1. 38 ; supposition, 
inference. -5 Analogy, affinity. 
-Oomp. nnffat n admitted pro- 
position or axiom. 

3T*3T<rrf?cT caui. p. p. Made to con- 
sent, obtained by free consent. 3: 
A slave for a fixed term. 



134 



4 A. 1 To deliver (from 
distress ), protect ; to console, com- 
fort, take compassion or pity on, 
pity, favour ; rf5ta*5<ni'TrsrTStt 

T: Ko. 4. 25; 



5.-61 ; U. 2, 3, 7; M4I. 4. -2 
To ask for help, seek protection, 
inbmit ; w*gtr<rrWJHc?: Mk. 7.-3 To 
furnish with. 

3T*gTqf%-:/. I Approaohiog to as- 
iit, taking pity or compassion on, 
favouring ; a favour, kindness ; 
3j*yrj*f r wrr sfhlrw^;*^* ^- 3 ; 
wmfgrrimr S. 4 ; aw" f%fa% Mk. 
1. -2 Consolation. -3 Protection, de- 
fence ; wrgpTrssiWr ^ 5T<m nffcT 
gmfc Mi. 8. 112, 349 ; 10. 62 ; amf" 
Dk. 39. -4 An agreement, assent, 
promise. -5 Impregnation of a 
woman ( especially of a brother's 
widow as an not of fluty ). 
Protection &o. 

a Accompanied, as- 
tfted. 

a ' A ked totake 



in a ceremony 
2 P. 



] 1 To go near, 
approach, arrive.enter; unfrsfsrirt^- 
m*^: R. 5. 14, 16. 22 ; nrc*^- 
<nrr<Tt Ms. 11. 260 entering the water 
. t. bathing ; Y. 3. 3- -2 To go to 
or enter a particular state, attain to; 
HFVf ?r*j*0t7w*SftH. 61;sovtgrr- 
fit, l^nt, n%W &o. -3 To agree 
( to do something;), accept, promise, 
undertake ; jffnft T wg Wf f nr*3T- 
wwtjmi Me. 38 ; arA ^r*Tw*3 ; i<r 
wwfDk. 44, 55. 89, 138, 159. -4 
To admit, grant, own, acknowledge, 
Si. 11. 67 ; y$w <* <vixt\*3$*ir^ 
8. B. ; Dk. 45. -5 To approve, agree 
with, assent to. -6 To obey, submit 
to, be faithful to; ftfhtf 
Ki. 18. 42. 



1 A promise, an engage- 
ment, agreement. -2 A means, nn 
expedient, remedy ; wftiT'gtrsrt i;- 
n. 3. 19. 

A complimentary pre 
sent ; inducement, bribe. 

*ftylm ifi-l- Having appraachad ; 
having agreed or promised. -"Jonrp. 
^31T one of the 18 titles of 
Hindu law, breach of contract or 
engagement between mister and 
servant (where th < servant does not 
work having agresd to go so. ) 



*rfl affirm TO^i T-S- Wf *] I A sort 
of oake or bread ( Mar. iffetf or Vr ) 



<JWr \ft WI<W* im). -2 Half parched 
food ( in general ). 



a. Belonging to, consisting of, or fit 
for, the above cake. 

srv^^tT a, [ aw-iB ] Dwelling 
near or with. w: A servant who is 
in attendance. 

" [ ^F ] Brought near. 

1 U. I To cover over, 
clothe. -2 ( A. ) To watch for; form 
a plot against. -3 To infer, guens. 
-4 To reason, argue, think over; Dk. 
90. -5 To supply an ellipsis. 

3t&: [3)S-T?] 1 Arguing, reason- 
ing, discussion. -2 Deduction, infer- 
enoo, guess, conjecture iqTP^^QT^r- 
rnr ?rg<mf9r wrwT Mil. 1. 14. -3 
Supplying an e)Iipsis.-4 Understand- 
ing. 

3T*^Tir [ Vl;*% ] Desiring, 
wishing. - 2 Uoiug towards, attack. 
3f^ 1 P. [ 3T!ff?r, 3TRW, 3TRI(T ] T O 

go, wander about; *^v?R3rnrvr<r: Bk. 
4.11 ; It. 110. 

anj [ v^-w^; but more correctly 

arj;?; ar^r f%*rrf, w ^ w rH^>u^ Nir. 
beiue filled with water ] 1 A cloud ; 
arfjrf ift srnnT>jiTrfwfWT^fi'y: Sat. 

Br. , 3TJT ^T 3TTT T?ff; W??r 

wrl^ ST^ >3?^i fr*r vnrf^r w^t 
jtit Ch. Up. (tbee quotations h w 
the conceptiou of the ancient Aiihis 
about the formitioa of clouds ). -2 
Atmosphere, sky: irft-O fiqtf ^JT- 
t$H, St. 9. 3, see ^Jr^lc. -J Tlc, 
mica. -4 Gold. -5 Camphor. -6 A kind 
of reed; Calamus Hotang.-? Cyperus 
Rotundas ( gnt ) -8 ( la arith ) A 
zero or cypher. [ cf. L. inber ; Gr. 
ombros,9ppro$;ZeaAatora l Pars air.] 
-Oonp WTinjT: clouds as tha only 
shelter; full of rain -3TTWf?T*, -^rr- 
j$tH a. exposed to the rain ( and so 
practising penance ), not seeking 
shelter from the rain ; Ms. 6. 23 . -TTO 
'<ky born, 'tin thunderbolt of InJra. 
a? a peak of a ( mountain-like ) 
cloud. friTT tbe heavenly river; K. 
50. -v*: a mass of clouds ; R. 13. 77. 
3TT <*. Ved. born from clouds, 
caused by vapours, -arm: ons of tbe 
elephants supporting the globa ; N. 
of Airlvata. tra: 1. atmoiphere 
-2- balloon. nr?rr^, -^fji ' sky- 
demon ' epithet of Kihu.-jrr: N. of 
ac*ne ( Mar. *qr ) Calamus Kotan<. 
( -wj- ) |. water. -2 a sky flower ', 
anything iraposMble, a eattle in the 
& ir -3 ( ?; )/. sprinkling of clouds, 
rain, -wnft N. of a plant ( arcrnWr ) 
wntiit Indra'g elephant Airivata. 
-wrrr, -Jf^ a line, sucoessioo, or mass 
of clouds ; R. 7. 69, 13. 76, 16. 25 
\t$ the lapii lazuli. f?nft I. sky 
covered witb a few clouds. -2- A 



woman smeared with muntK grasi. 
-WT a. Ved. rained upon, sprinkled 
with water. (-q- ; ) downpour of rain. 

rrf^;, -iirr N. of a tree (srraTff*)- 

r*3T^ ind. just as clouds melt 
away ; Ki. 11. 79. 

snirlre < [ aw %fa f j?nt; ^ST gm- 
m P. III. 2. 32 ] ' Cloud lickfng ', 
tonchinsr or sciaping the olonds, 
(very high) ; anjiwsnrr: STTWI^T: Me. 
'4 ; frm^tnrrarsTTrwnf R. 14. 29 ; K. 
270 ; Si. 5. 65. y. Wind. 

Wfr [ wf$ qr^ ] Talc, mica ; said 
to be produced from Parvati'g men- 
strual discharge. -Oonrp -*r?nrn. calx 
of talc, 



P. III. 2. 42. ] Touching 
or scfapin? the clouds, very high 
Tfl'T Bk.; 



. 

K. 33 ; Dk. 110: Mv. 6. 7.-r. I Wind, 
air ; 3TOTfr <ng: 8k. -2 A monntain. 
wwi^ Den. A. To create clouds, 
make cloudy ; 3^ v ^- 3raT ^ 8k. 

srfat a. [ arerjSr 31^ %jmn% ; aw- 
?fl!J mT*tf^ror T Overcast witb clouds, 
clouded ; R. 3. 12 

ynyva. [sfg ra:,tr] Belonging 
to or produced from cJoudg, sky or 
mustaka. TT S Lightning, -j A mast) 
of tbnnder-clonds. 

3ISW: ' One who is clothed only 
by the air ', an ascetic who is stark- 
naked. 



* Not mistaking, steady, 
clear. * Composure, steadiness. 

3TS : /- Tn female elephant of 
tha east, the mate of Airlvata, 
Indra's elephant ; Si. 1. 52. -Oomp. 

TTT:, -Vg*T: Aiiivata. 

STWiJST Without a rival or 
enemy. 

TT o. Composed, steady. 
:/. Composure, steadiness- 

3tft: -V* [ 3"!^ Tsffft W JJ^ii^ 
] I A wooden scraper 
or sharp-pointed stick (for cleaning 
a boat). -2 A spade, hoe in general; 
Ms. 11. 134. -Comp jmi ' dug up 
with a spade ', 'ploughed field. 

3T1T: Non-deviation, fitness, 
propriety ; P. III. 3. 37. 

appi; a. 1 Huge, large ( H?iJ Nir. ) 
-1 Mighty, strong or powerful. 

*4 1 Immense power, immensity. 
-2 Monstrosity, hngeness; (tbe great 
pervading principle of thonniverse ; 
water : a cloud ; embarrassed state, 
calamity ; a monster ; closeness; off- 
spring, given by B. and R. ) 

"id- I Quickly -2 A little. 



135 



1 P- ( mm, arfSrg, arftf; Ved. 
prea. 3?fJ(l3'; swirfrl ] I To go ; to go to 
or towards. -2 To serve, honour. -3 
To sound. -4 To eat. -10 P. or caus. 
(arnrcra)! Tooorae upon, attack, afflict 
with sicsnea* or pain from disease. 
-2 To bs ill or be afflicted or dis- 
ewed.-WlTHtf Ved. 1 A. f. to 
convince oneself of, ascertain. -2. 
to ally or connect oneself with. -3. 
to fix or settle oneself. 

WIT a- Unrips ( as fruit ). u; I 
Going. -2 Pressure, weight; strength, 
power (foj).-3 Fright, terror. -4 Sick- 
ness, disease. -5 A 89rvant,follower, 
an attendant. -6 Vital air, life-wind 
(W*)- -7 This, self. -8 Unmeasured 
state. m 1 Soul. -2 Unmeasured 
state. 

3T<TC?( a, Ved. t Violent, strong, 
stormy ( winds ) ; powerful ( sound 
also). -2 Persevering, constant. -3 
Capable, fit, pcoper. -4 Attended by 
ministers. -5 Attended by diseases. 
-6 Possessed of self .-ind. Violently. 

3Ttm:[3T^-3RcI5Un.3.110] I Sick- 
ness, disease. -2 Death. -3 Time. 
-4 Dust, particle of dust. 

amfir: [ an^wr Un.; 4. 59 ] 1 
Time. -2 The moon. -3 ( Ved. ) 
Form, shipe (Nir).-4Want, poverty. 
-.,-3TT?fV*?j o. Ved. 1 Evil-minded, 
wicked ( y[, 3W$rfi|pPl Say. ). -2 
Poo). 

3rjT*ra-?*r " 1 Inauspicious, 
evil, ill ; B. 1243 j 3T*<mmrt Ku. 



Pusbpadaota. -2 Unlucky, 
unfortunate, -3: The castor-oil tree 
( lit ) fj Inauspicioasne^s, ill 
lack ; evil ; oft used in dramatic 
literature ; tftj TPT ufitamifns ; cf. 
God forbid. 

3CT7 <* 1 Without decoration or 
ornaments. -2 Without froth or 
cum ( as boiled rice ). r: the cas- 
tor oil tree ( tj ) 

3TOTrT a - ' Not felt, not percept!. 
ble by the mind, unknown. -2 Dis- 
liked, not agreed to, see under ari^ 
alto. -Comp. -<mhrr ' an unaccept- 
ed second sense ', one of the faults 
of a word ( jfr^iT ); am: 
<r<r^? ipf, e. g. in {nm*<TV$ri 
Ac. ( !< 11. 20 ) the aeoond sense 
siiggOBtivc of 3Jmtff is opposed to 
the proper rasa of the passage which 
is either sft< or <?tw ; K. P. 7. 

amfti a. Evil-minded, wicked, de- 
praved. fefi A rugae, cheat, -fa: 
/. 1 Ignorance, unconsciousness, 
absence of knowledge, intention, or 
fore-thought ; *r?zta(f3r T< smvr 
Ml. 5. 20 ; 4. 222, For some of the 



other senses see nndor 3T)(. -Comp. 
-j a. unconscious, unintentional. 

3TJT5T a - Ved. [3T^-3TT^Un.3. 105] 
Overpowering ( enemies ), strong 
or disposed to march on ( iH$froJ ) ; 
Rv. 1. 61. 9. ^ [ STJirS g% amfi 
3wrft 3Wr_ ] 1 A pot, vessel, utensil, 
-2 Strength, power. 

3T*f=R a. Ved. I Strong, power- 
ful. -2 Having a drinking vessel. 

STJT^ <* I Free from intoxication, 
grave, serious. -2 Sorrowful. 
a. Sober, sa,n. 

a - ^ ot jealous or eavious, 
churi table. 

3TWf5^T " ^ ot Bweet, not worthy 
of the sweetness of Senna. 

3TJT5T^ 3"T"^*> a - I Without the 
organ or desire, thought &o. -2 Da- 
void of intellect (as a child). -3 In- 
attentive, carelssd. -4 Having no 
control over the mind. -5 -Devoid 
of affection. ('rt) 1 Not the 
organ of dome, non -percep- 
tion. -2 Inattention -m. The Supre- 
me Being. -Ooarp. -nr a. unknown, 
unthonght of. .->rhr,-|r <* diespprov- 
ed, oonderaned ; reprobate. ^t: 
absence of concentration of mind, in- 
attention. fc<>- displeasing, dis- 
agreeable. 

wmfo^a. 1 Unintelligent. -2 
Inhuman ( as a demon ). 

3TWT% |>H,-3Tft:, 3TOfr f^Wf Un. 
2. 101 ] Motion ( itm: ) ; wy. 

3WiTT3} '"'* Not a little, greatly, 
very much. 

gfjf^c^ a 1 Not human, not 
manly. -2 Not frequented by man. 
ctrt 1 Not a man. -2 A demon, 
fiend ( = TQ: roicftft Sk. on P. II. 
4. 23 ). 

3fjj^ a. Ved. 1 Unwise, foolish. 
-2 Gniltl-ss, innocent. -3 Daspising. 



by Vedio rsrses, not requiring the 
repetition of Vedio texts, as a cere- 
mony Ac.; Ms. 3. 121, 2. 66. -2 Not 
entitled to Vedic verses, enoh as a 
Sftdra, a female &c. ; Ms. 9. 18. -3 
Not knowing Vedic texts ; JTO|IH- 
jfarort 12. 114- -4 Not accompanied 
by the use of spells or incantatioc* ; 
as a cure Ac.; 3T*rr ?mn'rviWt=f)3T 
r ft sfrifa 3MT Wifrw'wr. Bv. 1. 111. 
-Oontp. fi^ a without tha use of 
ppelln or the magical feats attendant 
on them, without the use of magical 
, rtsj Pt. 1. 70. -ft?;"- Not knowing 
Vedic hyuinu. 

9TiTf a. 1 Not slow or dull, active, 
intelligent ; M. 2. 8. -2 Sharp, strong, 
violent ( wind &c. ). -J Not little, 
much, excessive, great, violent ; 



U. 5. 5 ; gmff^f?ftfar> f*- 
. 4. 1; ^sr*Tmi;- 
Ki. 8. 6. violently bit. ~^ : N. of 
a tree. 

3IHr<jffPT a. Ved. 1 Not under- 
standing ; offering no homage. -2 
Not being aware of. 

3ttT?ar<T Vd. Not bearing ill- 
will towards another. 

3{HH a. Without egotism, without 
any selfish or worldly attachment, 
devoid of personal ties or desires; 51- 

Ms. 6. 26. 

i-N' Indifference, disinter- 
estednes*. 

Ved. Immortal. 



ing, immortal, imperiihable; 
5 nrjfr f>inH>J = WJ%^ H. Pr. 3, 
Ms. 2. 148. -*: 1 A god, deity. -2 N. 
of a Marat. -3 N. of a plant ftafrw). 
-4 Quicksilver. -5 8old. -6 A species 
of pine. -7 The number 33 
( that being the number of gods ). 
-8 N. of Amarastmha, see below, N. 
of a mountain. -9 Mystical significa- 
tion of the syllable ?. -10 A heap 
of bones. -*T 1 The residence of In- 
dra (of. WJWft)- ~* Tne nav l 
string; umbilical oord.-3 The womb. 
-4 A honse-poat (t^Tr). -5 N. of se- 
veral plants; ?!W, ift, *TfI=f[tft, 

<<. f"- -* r The 
-wlirr,-rr a celestial 



nymph, heavenly damsel ; 
fst (fTWrtr^r Si. 1. 51. -wf-t 'moun- 
tain of the gods', N. of the mountain 
Snmeru. aflAjrt-grTi. ^Wii fwt, 
<rfSh, T<rf, THT: & o- ' tn lord of the 
gods,' epithets of Indra; sometimes 
of Siva and Vishnu also. Wr^ri^j, 
-S*t, -ysft, 'preceptor of the gods', 
epithets of Brihaspati. -aTfTtTi-irft- 
sft, -Kft^/- the heavenly river, an 
epithet of the Ganges ; "tr&iftfaftf 
V<T* Bh. 3. 123. -3WTC theabode of 
the gods, heaven. -TTTW a. the best 
of the gods. arr>T a. god like. ^5-- 
?% N. of that part of the Vindhya 
range which is near the source of the 
river Narmd&. ^Trji 'the fortress 
of the immortals', N. of tha capital 
of a (modern) Rajapnt state. -ffV?!:! 
-<T: N. of the most popular Sanskrit 
lexicon called after the author 3TW- 
r%. -art N. of a tree, a kind of %. 
*Wt -?fW! 1- * celestial tree, a 
tree in the paradise of Indra ; 



1. 28. -2. 3^1$. -3. the wish-yield- 
ing tree, f^sr: a Br&hmana W )i 
lives by attending a temple or idol ; 
or one who superintend! a temple. 
-gt 1 the resident of the gods, ce- 
lestial paradise. -2. N. of Tarioui 



136 



other towns. gwr:,-wr3f: 1. N. of 
several plants ( ~$3$, ^ ) -2 N. of 
a kind of grans. -3. The w:h-yield- 
ing tree ( ^f^^f ) ijfSwr N. of a 
plant ( 3T<?:S<fif -S ) ; a kind of anise. 
qjs'-f ,-qT a. like an imtuortal.-q*j: 
on of the 1000 names of Vishnu. 
-Hlril N. of a lexicon. *cH a crys- 
tal. jjtaf: the world of the gods, 
heaven ; "err heavenly bliss ; ir;f K- 
fiwranirat Ms. 2. 5. 
N. of a plant ( 3TrW5T9jfr ) 
N. f ' ne "thor or /imura- 
koiha ; he was a Jaina and is 
aid to have been ono bt the 9 
gems that adorned the court of 
king Vikramaditya. The d'atea of 
many of these ' gems ' are still 
doubtful, but if he was really a con- 
temporary of Kalidlsa, tie could not 
have lived later than the 7th century 
which is usually assigned to Kali- 
daua as the terminui ad quern. 

j'r Not dying, immortality. 

ft The state of the gods, 
immortality. 

3?no**ir[3W-i(j, * being changed 
to tf l>y P. VI. 3. 119 ] 1 Abide of 
the gods, residence of Indra(saidto 
be above Hera or the son's orb ; cf . 



fnn$fnr?ffV & P. 1 -J N. of 
a modern town in Berar, Amraoti. 
UT# " Ved. Immortal. 
c^ a. Immortal, divine, impe- 
rishable ; "vrrtft R. 7. 53 ; g^ 
heaven ; "err immortality. *$ A 
god. -Oomp. STrqirr the celestial 
river, epithet of the Ganges ; Vikr. 
18. 104. 

3TIT5: N. of a king and poet 
who composed 100 verges which are 
usually known by the name 



a. Ved. Not * vital or- 
gan or part of tbe body, having no 
joint or vital part. -Oomp. griff 
a. not produced in a vital organ. 

WR . not injuring the vital 
parts ; mild, soft. 

amrfe [*.*] I Exceeding 
due limits or bounds, transgressing 
every bound, dieiespectful, impro- 
per ; jt*jf?T'nTTiV: ftftfrofc) -. 
W?j Pt. 1. 142 ;^ Trjsr ?**. 
"ll? 5fiH 9>(j f^m<TT% Ram. -2 
Boundless, infinite. qrr Transgres- 
sion of due limits or bounds, im- 
propriety of conduct, forwardness, 
disrespect, violation of due respect. 

3TO$ a - Not enduring or bearing. 

T: 1 Non-endurance, tolerance, 
impatience ; awTg-^H 3T*?<r arg^r 
f 3TMf rijr H ftTjTT^T: Ki. 1. 33 ; 
jealousy, jealous anger , 



U. 5. In Bhet. 
is one of the 33 minor feel- 
ings or sJnJHlR^l^ See 8. D.; R. Q. 
thus defines it ! 



Angor, pission, wrath ; 

TTVCff^T ttrrR^r Ve. 2 ; 

an^iy, indignant ; ?rrfr^ angrily. 
-3 Impetuosity, violence. -4 Deter- 
mination of purpose. -Oomp. --3 a. 
arising from anger or impatience. 
ifW: an angry laugh, sarcastic 
inter. 

aiRiJor, -flhr, -ffoc,-<fa<^ a.l 
tisut, intolerant, unforgiving ; 
fTKjoi^ir irrr? 5iiiw 

Pt. 1. 326. -2 Angry, indignant, 

paesionat-; ; jf^ & jff 

R. 3. 53 ; 3T(^n?3^tTffrf 

Ve. 4. -3 Impetuous, determined. 

STflTT a. [ =T. ^ ] 1 Free from dirt 
or impurities, pure, undeftled, stain- 
loss, spotless ; Ku. 7. 32, 33;arnj5T: 
gff: Pt. 2. 171 pure, sincere. -2 
White, bright, shining ; ^oiHprrKr- 
IWfiTlsf Ku. 7 23 ; R. 6. 80. JJT 
I N. of the goddess Lakshmt. -2 
The navel cord. -3 N. of a tree 
( Mar. arfaar ) Emblica Offioinalis 
CJartn ; ado of a plant ( ffraBTf^ ), 
also n. in this sense. 55 | Purity. 
-2 T*lc. -3 Tue Supreme Spirit. 
-Oomp. srrfiTij o. oE pure or un- 
defiled mind -- Tarft^ m. ( nt ) the 
wild goose. i?ff, -mojr : a crystal. 

3T^3Tff( Den. P. To make pure 
or spotless, brighten ; Ki. 5. 44. 

3TTf3^I o. Clean, spotless, pure 
( morally also ) ; ^Bwms* 1 ?^- 

f^^ Mil. 2. 2. 
TSs GHobe-amaranth. 
See under STIT. 



a. Going in different 
directions, up and down. 

3nrcn [3TJ^3Tff^] 1 Disease. 
-2 Stupidity. -3 A fool. -4 Time. 

sre^ror o. Not soft or bland, 
harsh, violent, strong, intense. 
n. Curds. 



3TJTT a. [ si iTT-iFT] Measureless. 
-ind. Ved. 1 At home, in the house ; 
^rnJwrTTr^r^ Rv. 2. 38. 6. -2 In 
this wjrld, here below ( ffsr ). -3 
With, near, closa to ; arfffTHr 3^^- 
f^ Sat. Br. -4 Together with, in con- 
junction or company with, as in ar- 
TrrTjBTftKlWl-VMaHTT^todraw near, 
have near oneself. -/. 1 The day of 
the new moon, tho day of the con- 
junction of the sun and moon ; arirr- 
fr a H? r wte artortfh uf^nrff Vylsa. 
-2 The sixteenth digit of the moon. 
-3 The fifteenth digit also. -m. The 



aoul. -Oomp. sjrK a. Vod. mot, 
come together, -srs: the end of the 
day of new moor.. ^ /. living at 
home during life, growing old at 
homo ; Rv. 10. 39. 3 ; being with- 
out husband in the same dwelling 
with her parents, as a maiden ( fj^j- 
^) Rv. 2. 17. 7. trfq n. the 
pacrerl time of aifrr- day of new moon. 

MTTffl' <> 1 Without flosh, not 
containing flesh. -2 Lean,tbin,weak, 
enfeebled, -^f Not rlegb, any thing 
but flesh. -CoTnp, -3?r?f>ifi a. ( *T 
/. ) not relating to a preparation of 
rice with Meat. 

3TRTc^ ind Ved. From near, at 
hand. -a. Not measuring. 

3TflTT<J -<p a - Motherless. 

a. Not fit for the use 



of a mother. 



P. IV. 2. 104 Vart. ) 1 One living 
with or near another, an inmate 
of the same house or family (Vod.). 
-2 A companion or follower of a 
king, minister ; 
f?-nr: R. 3. 28 
arnrnr a. [ ;m% 

1 Boundless, iiuine?urible. -2 Not 
whole or entire. -3 Not elementary. 
-4 Having th=> measure or quantity 
of the letter ar- -3 1 Non -measure. 
-2 Not a measure or quantity. 5f. 
The Supreme Spirit. 

3frrra^?T 1 Spirit, spiritual 
essence. -2 Defect, deficiency. 

3THTTit,- ; n' Disrespect, insult ; 
disobedience. 

3TJTT7T3' a - 1 Not human ; iniinal. 
-2 Superhuman 



a - Modest, himble. 
r, -ft Modesty, humility. 
3TJTT3T ( T~r/^) 1 Not human, 
not belonging to man, supernatural. 
unearthly, superhuman ; 'srr^fiTOr- 
3HTTrfjrBrgr!ir K. 132 ; c wrs^: 
K. 131, 132, 258 ; >(%?* 103 ; 
"ifrawT^r 126 an unearthly melody. 
-2 Inhuman, monster like ; ill-dis- 
posed towards man. -3 Tenantless, 
desolate ; ^r vf-135. "?:: -<ft One 
not a man, an irrational animil ; Mi. 
9. 284, S. 5. 22. 

anrrsjiKr a. Not banian, super- 
human &c. 



q. v. 

3TRPT - I Not canning or saga- 
cious, guileless, sincere, honest. -2 
Immeasurable. ^r 1 Absence of 
fraud or deceit, honesty, sincerity. 
-2 ( In Vedinta phil. ) Absence of 



137 



delusion or error, knowledge of the 
supremo truth- if The Supreme 
Spirit ( s?t ). 

swftffrnrfq^ a. Guileless, hon- 
est, sincere, true. 

^: Not dying. 

a - Pathless. -n: Not a road 
absence of road ; a bad road. 

3mr^qT,-tri^r,-**fr,-*Tr (" lgo 
written sTRmm- Tftfr) [ a"u qw-'Jiii,. 
3?ii s TOrt: w4Twt ai P. Ill- ! 
122 Sk. ] 1 The day of new moon, 
when the eun and moon dwell to- 
gether or are in conjunction ; the 
15th day of the dark half of every 
lunar month; QjilH^ff'P i: 1*: HiM*<f: 
Hismsiwi Gobhila. -2 A sacrifice of- 
feied at that time. -3 The sacrifici- 
al oblalion. 

a. 



P. IV. 3. 30-31 ; 3wro?rt smp ] 
Born or produced on the night of 
new moon. 

3lfiTrT a. 1 Unmeasured, bound- 
legs, unlimited, infinite, groat, im- 
mense ; fttr 33iftr 15" f<itu ffta atar 



K&in. -2 Neglected, dis- 
regarded. -3 Unknown.-4 Uopolish- 
ed. -Comp. 37$nc " Not having a 
fixed number of syllables ; prosaic. 

3T5TS: powerful devourer, epithet 
of tK*}5T i Of Vishnu. 3ffT a.- of 
great lustre, of unbounded splendour. 
( _vr : ) a clans of divinities mention- 
ed in V. P. -3Tf3T^a. of unbounded 
energy, all-powerful, almighty; Ma. 
1. 4. -sFfg <* of unbounded wisdom 
or energy. wsr^, -wfif <* of un- 
bounded lustre or glory. R-grw: 
1. of unbounded valcar. -2. a name 
of Vishnu. *{4 < of iinmenae 
strength. 

sflT%=f: [ =1 PHI' ; by Un. 4. 173 I r. 
Wj, to go against ; afitfjw i%fy ari^aj: 
5151: ] Not afriend,anen6my, adver- 
sary, a foe, rival, opponent ; ^trrflrn- 
fMfr fwfr *f HtTSfW^arwr? Si. 2. 36 ; 
1 t**T<lH^f*T 101; Dk. 109,171; 
M. 1 ; u^firfihir f^ H<rrWftfW! Ki. 
14. 21 ; Ms. 7. 83 ; 12. 7'J ; 2. 239. 
-wr An enemy , c j^ Ved. subduing 
one's enemies. -Oomp. ^(^ a. de- 
vouring one's enemies, epithet of 
Indra. *rfeT,-nR^, -{T, -fq killing 
enemiei. fJr-T; conquering one's 
enemies ; 3tffcri'itf><TWl%tl31OT f 5 
N. 1. 13 ; N. of a son of Suvarna. 
't/Hf a. Ved. hurting one's enemies. 

H( Tr )? enduring or over- 
powering one's enemies, epithet of 
Indra. n^r a hoatile army. 

WT*Jrr, -f* Enmity ; Pt. 2. 98, 
Mk. 1. 53. 

18 



Den. P., arft^iTff A. To 
act like an enemy, act h jstilely to- 
wards, hate ; Bh. 3. 111. 

a, Hoatile, inimical. 
, -T o. Hostile, inimical. 
a. Ved Not reviled, 
not provoked. 

Mn)cffrad0. Not falsely truly ; 
B- 14 6. 



a. Sick, diseased, 
a. Ved. Inviolable 
immense (?) 

3*mT3 a- Ved Not harting ; un- 
hurt. 

Globe-amaranth. 

a. Unrn'xed, un- 
blended ;' not-shared byothera. 

srfir'T <* [ i. * 3 ^ ree f rom guils 

or deceit. i [ 3T1, H~ft-?4r> |T^ ] 1 
An object otVorldly enjoyment, lu- 
xury. -2 Honesty, absence of fraud 
or deceit. -3 Flesh. 

3T<?Tfl <* Unhurt ; "firf: of un- 
hurt or unextinguishable colour. 

snft^T [ 3TH,-?^-fiin?: Rira: ] 
Ved. 1 Affliction, sickness, disease. 
-2 Distress, terror.-J A demon ; tor- 
mentini? spirit.?: An enemy, one 
who afflicts or torments. f Af- 
fliction, distress, pain, injury. 

Tf. ] A cetain person or thing, to 
and so ( to be used whon a person or 
thine is referred to without a name) ; | 

^_-^-i__Ci. V O 



v3 1 Ml* '*' ' 

arg^f?r ?rwr* 
3rir; a. 1 Not loosened, not let 
go. -2 Not liborated from recurring 
birth and death, not having got 
final beatitude. * A weapon ( a 
knife, sword &c. ) that.'is always 
grasped and not thrown. -Gonrp. 
_i^ a, one whose hand is not open 
or free ( to give ), sparing,: stingy 
( in a bad sense ) ; frugal, economi- 
cal, prudent ( in a good sense ) ; 



Ms. 5. 150. 

3T5?%! /. 1 Non-liberation. -2 
Want of freedom or liberty. 
f. Ved. Non-liberation. 
f. Ved. Not unbinding, not 
setting at liberty ( said oE an evil 
spirit). . 

3fmf ; ind. I From there, there. 
-2 From that place, from above, 
i. 4, from the other world or heaven. 
-J Upon this, thereupon ; hence- 
forth. 



ind - ( PP- i ) [ 3'^ *3. J 
1 There, in that place, therein ; 
3f5*rw^ Tffr: Dk. 127. -2 There 
jn whit preee.l s or has been said), 
in that case. -3 There above, in the 
next world, in the life to oome ( 



Ms. 



3. 181 ; Bg. 6. 40. -4 There; 
Hrr-. fff STIFFS' HfSrtfr: KB. -5 Thi- 
ther, that wiy. -Ooxop. vq- Ved. 
being in the other world ; dying. 

3T5?f?r a. Belonging to a future 
life, being of the next world. 

3Tg'-Tr ind. Thus, in that manner, 
like that ; "a^ to be thus, euphe- 
mistiolly for ' to fare very ill. ' 

3TJ?JT ind. Ved. In that manner, 
thus and thus. 

ind. Then, at that time. 
id. Like a person or thing 
referred to without name. 

3T3*7 ( 8 eD> ^ 3T 't ) Of such a 
one (in comp- only ). -Oomp. ^y 
" [ arg^ ff- ] belonging to the fa- 
mily of suoh a one. ( -?j ) a well- 
known fmtly. -pr: -'air the son or 
daughter of such a one or of a good 
or well-known family or origin; see 



Sjch-lika, such a on, of 
suub a form or kind. 

3Tqj a. Ved. Not perplexed or be- 
wildered, not ignorant, infallible. 

3Tinfo. Formless, hapeleeg, in- 
corporeal, unembodied ( opp. y$ 
where Mnkti. says g^iw = w^renriR- 
HToiTrT ). S: N. of Siva. -Oomp. 
-ajar: ( In Vi. phil.) a quality con- 
sidered to be 3T^4 or icorporI 
such as v$, sw$ &o. ; 



shaP. 

Mijnf a. Formless, shapeless. -fj< 
N. of Vishnu. fSt/. Shapelessness . 
(m. pi.) A class of Maneg who have 
no definite form. 

3T<%MU< a Formless &o. TO. N. 
of Vishnu. 

3Tf5r, -S^o- 1 Rootless ( lit. ); 
<m<?Tsij?rf arnru'ft' q;rain Sat. Br. ; 

( flg. ) without basis or support, 
baseless, groan ileaa. -2 Without au- 
thority; not being in the original ; 
Tf^j i%n"ti ftfT>q; Malli. -3 With- 
out material cause, as the Pradhina 
of the Sinkhyas ; ijT SsiWJt^tji. -4 
Not fixed in the earth, moving. -?yr 
N. of a plant ( srfafiaw ) 

a - Priceless, invaluable. 



a- Y<1. 1 Unhurt, nnhrm- 
ed, Mte. -2 Unwaihed. . 



138 



[ m& 1* ] The root of a 
f ragrant gran ( ?OT, Mar. qrpjr ^\ ) 
used for screens &o- 



a. I Not dead ; wjp 
Ak. -2 Immortal; MTHT 
irr ^ii R- . 3 ; D. 1. 1 ; Bg. 
14. 27. -3 Imperishable, indeatructi- 
ble, eternal. -4 0uiag immortality. 
-5 Beautiful, agreeable, desired. -a: 
I A god. an i>nraortl, deity. -2 N. 
of Dbanvantari, physician of the 
godi ; also N. of Indra, of tbe sun, 
of Prajlpati, of the 00!, Vishnu and 
Siva. -3 N. of a plant ( ^3 ) -4 
N. of the root of a plant ( uKisr*? ) 
trr I Spirituous liquor. -2 N. of 
various plnt ; *>. t- 



. 

- -J N. of one of th N arils in 
the bo ly; Mil. 5. 2. -4 One of the 
rays of the ana ; R. 10. 58 i I (a) 
Ira-nortality, imoeiisbahle state ; r 
*=3TT4rf***f* Bv. 10. 129. 2; 
Ms. 12. 85. 6 ) Final beatitude, 
absolution ; <rT R?f>W* tfiftmrs- 
HJTjafr * 12- 104 : w T*C* *rn<r 
* Ak. -2 The collective body of im- 
mortals. -i (a) The world of immor- 
tality, Paradise, Heaven ; the power 
of eternity, im nortal light, eternity. 
-4 Nectar of immortality, ambrosia, 
beverage of the gods ( opp. ftr ) 
opposed to b churned out of tbe 
ocean ; a)*rgbfeTii9ftfW*d Ki. 5 
30 ; f^*eTrt vim Ms 2. 239 ; 



R. 8. 46 ; of i used in CJnU'imtion 
with word* like *m, .^*, *tft &o. ; 
R- 3 16 : Wf 
Mr>; wfT fwrsu 
uflr.*** Pt. 1. 128 the 
height of pleasure or grat.Bcation. 
-5 The So'na juice -6 Antidote 
against poison. -7 The residue or 
leavings of a sacrifice ( JjjT^ ) ; Mi. 
3. 285. -8 Unsolicited alms, anus not 
without solicitation ; ^ marr^r* 
^<nr^T *'tf <fir%T M< 4. 45- - 
Water ; sjf wwrnsfliir U. 6. 21 ; 
Vf rj*n*;iurr^ K. 136 ; of. alio 
the f o mulas 3T34i<lt: Wift Wfl and 
3Tj;rrRviHTfft *t repeated by Brih- 
magas at tbe time of s pping water 
before tba commencemsnt and at 
tbe end of meals. -10 A drag. -11 
CUriled butter ; sr^-t Wfr JTJJ ifrft 
r/5 a?it Si- 2- 107. -13 Milk. 
-13 food in general. -14 Boiled 
rice. -15 Any thingsweet, any thing 
lovely or charming ; a sweetmeat. 
-16 Property. -17 Uold. -|g Quick- 
silver. -19 Poiion. -10 Toe poison 
cilled fHW. -21 The Supreme Spirit 
(Wf ) -22 $ of aiacred place -23 
N. of prtioulr coaiunctioai of 



Nakihatrai ( lunar agterisins ) wi!b 
week days ( ftw^'fil ) or of luoa- 
days with weekdays (fSwrWlT) -24 
Tbe number four. -25 Spleudour, 
light. [ cf. Gr. ambrotot, ambrosia ; 
L! im-nortalt ]. -Oofflp. 3rg : ,-9KT: 
-^ftnh,-5P*:.-T?ff: *- epithets cf 
the moan ; arglTrfqrftfrv ftffar N. 
4. 104 : 3T5iTr5J,5J^ b orn from tbe 
moon ; from whom was born tbe 
m"0n, N. of Vishnu. -3TSTT i nmor- 
tal and impearisbable; yi sinisTH^iTT- 
Jt5T Svet. Up. ar-I^i -M5IH:, 
-3rr?t^n> 'one whose food is nectar' 
a god, an immortal. 315 a. whose 
soul ii immortal. Wf5T: I. N. of 
Vishnn. -2. a god. wrtfir: a sort of 
collyrinm. arr^Tt: N. of Garuda 
who once stole Amrita. ffff tt 
kind of sacrificial brick ehape 1 like 
tbe golden head of men, beasts Ac. 

( qgwTfw ) fat, -irf < N - of . Si - 

va TWT a fly. ( -i ), -T^T a 
kind of collyrinin ( *3?figi )(-::) 
N. of the Bilv* tree. -59 a vessel 
containing; nectar. SJTK sl ammo- 
niac. <TI%: N. of a metre consisting 
of 40 syllables r4 a. filled with 
water or neotar ; ambrosial . ( 4: ) 
I . the individual soul. -2. the su- 
preme soul Rlfih/. an arrange- 
ment or accumulation of sacrfficial 
bricks conferring immortality. sr 
a. produced by or f rcm nectar. (-3T:) 
a sort of plant, Yellow Myrobalan. 
3(g[ N. of a plant ( 3fraf?ft ) T<- 
fufr moon-light. M3r N. of a 
metre of 4 lines, also called ?reimcr. 
%1 a. shedding nectar. (-*:) flow 
of nectar. \nt "bedding neotar. 
( _r,r ) 1. N. of a metre. -2. Sow of 
ne ;tar. T: I . a drinker of neotar, a 
god or deity. -2- N. of Vishnu. -3 
one who drinks wine ; wvaifWwr- 
*ruT'tTr'n*(wg igTfiwnWffi Si. 7. 
42 ( where w uaj tense 1. also ). 
Wt 1- bavin? golden or immortal 
wings, a sort of hawk. -2- the im- 
mortil or golden wings of sacrificial 
fire. -J fire it-elf. "F5Ti N. of two 
tres 7ZT3 and qnm (-?r) I abonch 
of grape*,v.no plant, a grape (i?r$rr). 
-3. = 3TlM*t- ( -c* > a tort of fruit 
( tfVffcT ) f onnd in the country of 
the Miidpalns according to Bhava 
P. w^Ji Ved. 1. a god or deity in 
general. -2. a horse or the moon. 
ugrnfft a sort of medicinal prepa- 
ration of gbee mentioned by Cna- 
kradstta. gx, m. an immortal, a 
god, deity ; one who tastes tbe sa- 
crificial residues. ^ o. free from 
birth and death. frt = li?r q. T. 
n'v* churning ( of tbe ocean } 
for neoUr. mfs'fir N. of Durg*. 
tee under arfcT- T; ! nec- 



tar, ambrosia ; 
1 ; ftnrtri'<n^aTm ftwtws Bb. 3. 
40. -2- tbe Supreme Spirit. ( -*TT ) 
I. dark-coloured grapes. -2. a sort 
of cake ( Mar- spnff ) f5U,-cTT%W 
a nectar-giving creeping plant 
( SH^r ) f'W - producing nec- 
tar-like sweet words. Hqri' a eoit 
of disb mentioned in Bhava P. -HIV 
a. ambrosial ; "fii'or sr^rsrifr ^' '' 
( -T: ) I. clarified butter. -2- a sort 
of 3TT:w. 3f. raw sugar, molasses 
( Sf ) ^:, -^Tfl: 1. the moon ( dis- 
tilling nectar) -2. mother of tbe gods. 
HT^Ti 1-. ' brother of neotar, ' the 
horse called 3ip8T7r. -2- a horse in 
general. fr?: flow of neotar. ( -wr ) 
N. of a plant and tree ( *\fi ) fcj; 
a. shedding or distilling nectar; Ku. 
1.45. 



2 ; Ma. 6. 60. 

argcTtnr a. ( if)r/. > | Consisting 
of nectar, ambrosial, full of nectar. 
-2 Immortal. 

3^3*35 The nectar of immortality. 
srffffnrar The fruit of the T/lcbo- 
santfies ( TZte'Kor ). 

3Tftfi7T Den. A. To be like nectar; 
R. 2. 61 ; Ki. 12. 4. 

3*9W?IT: N. of Vishnn ( sleeping 
in waters ). 

3Tff3 " Immortal ; causing im- 
mortaltty. jj t 1 Not death,immorta - 
lity. -2 N. of Vishnu. 

3P{tf " ^" ecl - Unassailable, 
invulnerable. -2 Unremitting, un- 
ceasing. 

^ot falssly, truly. 
a - Unrubbsd. -Coaxp. q^r 
a. of unimpaired purity. 

a. Fatlesi, lean. 
a. [ 3T-%*r, Rw>r%H P. V. 
4. 122 ] Foolish, stupid, an idiot. 

gfffWf a- 1 Not able or allowed 
to sacrifice. -2 Unfit for a sacrifice ; 
srrwi ni%>?jft Ms 4. 53, 56 ; 5. 5, 
132 -3 Unholy, filthy, foul, dirty, 
impure ; Bg. 17. 10 ; Bb. 3. 106. -ct; 
I Excrement, ordure;^5^-^T3rm^r 
Wfcitwnif Ms. 9. 282 ; 5. 126, 
128 ; 12. 71. -2 An unluoky or inau- 
spicious omen, arftw |jr qTjgTfeY- 

g* Kity. -Comp. jcrrmlK 
feeding on carrion. 3^, fpjffa. 
smeared with ordure, foul, defiled, 
. ^(T; smearing with ordure. 

Ved. 1 Having no wife, a 
widower. -2 Not injuring or hutting. 
3t"$nT a. 1 Immeasurable, bound- 
less ; wftqr Onr3r*r??* B. 10. 18. -2 
Unknowable. -Oowp. 3fT^ a. 
poneisiag an immeasurable oul, 



139 



ft* 



magnanimous, large-minded. ( -m. ) 
N, of Vishnu. 

yftfv a. [ wu-$r] Ved. Sacrificed 
at home. 

^tfl^q a. Ved. Not to be un- 
loosed. 

snfhsrH Not loosening or letting go, 
non -liberation. 

Vifnr a. Not liberated, unloosed. 
/: I Bondage, confinement -X 
Non-liberation fro:n worldly exist- 
ence. 



" c- I Unfailing, reaching 
the mark ; vgcmftv *rww rr* Kn. 
3. 66 ; B. 3. 53 ; 12. 97 ; nfi*W- 
trnri: Me. 73. -1 Unerring infalli- 
ble ( wards, boon Ao. ) ; wrirqr; vfa- 
ttlffiitmTiinejHiiSws B. 1- 44 ; jir- 
inftiTTVT Ki.6.40 -J Mot vain or me- 
leif , efficacious, f rnitf nl, productive ; 
wf Rrwsnmrimf Whrjnr rrrr Ku.2. 5; 



*o. w 

I Not failing or .erring, nnerringness. 
-2 N. of Vishnu. ( or of Siva accor- 
ding to some ). -J N. of a river. -HT 
I N.of the plant <mnn ( Mar. qifoff) 
( the trumpet flower ).-2N. of ano- 
ther plant fHir ( Mar. *rrSr ) the 
teed of which ii used as a vermifuge, 
and henoe alio called ffJiu J = 7vrr. 
-4 N. of a f pear or nfc. -S N. of 
Siva'i wife. -6 Mystical name of 
tbeconjnnct consonant p. -Om*p. 
^V, unerring in punishment, N.of 
Siva. ffji^f, -jfe . of unerring 
mind cr view. TtT a. of never- 
f ailing strength or vigour. wrc /. 
wards not vain or idle, that are sure 
to be fulfilled or realized. ( o. ) one 
whose words ore not vain. wtfoir 
a. never disappointed. fninri of 
never-failing valour, N. of Siva. 

anitrT [ wn-3-ar ] Vd. The 
hems or kirts of which are not out ; 
woven at home, taken cire of or 
protected at home; 'j^ra maiden 
protected at home. 

wihnfrt I One protected at home 
( as a child ). -2 A weaver (?). 

4f#|ff I .Non-silence. -2 Know- 
ledge of the soul. 

3TKT^ ind.Ved. (flr being changed 
to ^by P. VIII. 2. 70 ) I Unawares, 
quickly. -2 At present. -3 A little. 

tf^lP. I To go.- - (A.) To 
sound. 

aVvi I A father. -2 Bound ; the 
Vt da. -J One who sonndi. wr See 
below. -w I The *ye. -2 Water, -v 
ind. A particle of affirmation; 'well,' 
1 well now, ' 

*V* I An eye ( in *4fV ). -2 A 

father. -J Copper. 



Ved. A mother; good woman 
( as a courteous mode of address ); 
or, conveying water. 

1 Sky, atmosphere, ether ; 
?pr> B. 12. 41. -2 Cloth, garment, 
clothing. ipp.rel, dresg ; r^rffrFitT- 
vvrf Bg. 11. 11 ; R. 3. 9 ; fH*,TT- 
tfrr lfr the sea-girt earth. -3 Saf- 
fron. -4 Talc. -5 A kind of perfume 
(Ambergris ) _fj Cotton. -7 N. of a 
people. -8 Circumference, compass. 
9 Neighbourhood, surrounding coun- 
try ( Nir. ) HO Lip -I I Evil, sin. 
-12 Destroy r of el-phants ( TfTWT 
T ik ). -Comp. y,x. |. The end of 
a garment. -2. tbe horizon. rfi 
m. dwelling in heaven, a god ; 

79. n a, sky-going. ^ cotton. 
Hiort the sun 511 two principal 
garments used by men ; upper and 
lower. 5n%q a. iky-toncbing ; B. 
13. 26. -ft<7: a high mountain touch- 
ing the sky. fwjfr tbe earth. 

Den. P. To bring together. 
[ In some senses 
also ; V only by Un. 4. 29 ; 
* i;r IF Ak. ] 1 A frying-pan. -2 
Regrt, remorse -3 War, battle. -4 
One of the bells. -5 A young animal, 
olt. -6 The ono. -7 The hog-plum 
plant (srrarw) -8 N. of Vishon. 
-9 N. of Siva. -10 N of a king of 
the solar raoe who wsa celebrated as 
a worshipper of Vishnu. 

3fTO : I The offspring of a man 
of the Brihm%na ar d a woman of 
the Vaiy* tribe ; wrjTTT5Vf?;7 TTT 
w#lf STTW ^rnr* M. 10. 8, 13, 15; 
T. 1. 91. ( According to Ms. 10. 
47 the duty of an arrc is the cnr- 
ing of diseases ; arjgT'rf f%l%ftiT ) 
-2 An elephant-driver -3 ( pi. ) N. 
of a country c.nd its inhabitants ; 
( they ace-n to have occupied the 
country to the east of Tik, com- 
prising the iQodera district of 
Lahore). BT N. of several plants:- 
( fl ) JTfirSiT. ^T^^I ( M*r. ^5 ) , ( ft ) 
<rr3t ( Mar. trriTnjj )'. (c) jf%*r (Mar. 
3CT ) ; ( d ) another plant ( Mar. 
3RI5T ). --8T, -VT An Ambaebtha 
woman. 



( TtJl ) See above. 
N. of plant ( irtsfi. ) 

^ J ( Voc. air> Ved. ; 
3>f in later Sanskrit ) I A mother ; 
also med a an affectionate or re- 
spectful mode of addresi ; 'good 
woman', 'good mother' ; ffT^vrrV: 
WTITt ftlfa 8. 2 ; 
Jrq B. 14. 16. 
2 N. of a plant ( *,VST d ). -3 N. of 



Dnrgl, wife of Siva. -4 N. of 
an Apsaras ; of a suter of P&nda ' 
mother, a daughter of K&*iraja. 
[She and hertwosistem were carried 
off by Bhiahma to be tbe wives of 
Viohitra Virya woo had no isine 
Amba,however, had been previously 
betrothed to a. king of Sala and 
Bhisbma sent her to him ; but the 
latter rejected her brcanee she had 
been in another man's bout*. 8. 
she came back to'Bhishraaand pray- 
ed him tc accept her ; but he could 
not break his vow of life -long celi- 
bacy, and being enraged she return- 
ed to the-forestand practised austere 
penance to revenge herself on 
Bhiihma. Sivi favoured her and 
promised her the d'sired vengeance 
in another birth Afterwards she WHS 
born as Stkhsndini, daughter of 
Drnpada, who came to be called 
SikbamJin and became the cause of 
BtXihma's death] -5 A term in astro 
logy to denote the fourth condition. 
[ of. Dravid Amma ; Germ, amme ; 
old Germ. Amma]. 

afanrr ( Ved. -T ) A mother ! 
P. VI 1.118. 

: / A mother. 

1 A mother ; good 
woman ( as a term of respect or en- 
dearment ). -2 N. of a plant ( Mar. 
>i?!iT ) -J N. of the yonogest 
daughter of Ka.irlja.wife of Vicbi- 
tra- Virya. She became the mother 
of Pindn by Vylia who was invok- 
ed bv Sityavati to -beget a son to 
Viohitra Virya who had died with- 
oat issue. 

: / Ve1. Water ; woman ; 
mother ; nurse. 

MfVjrT 1 A mother, good wo- 
man, also med like afcr *< a term of 
respect or endearment ; srj%if arnr- 
fc H3 m fiyfft Mk. 1. -2 N. of a 
plant ( aim 2 ) ; of another pUnt 
T3W. -3 N. of Pirvati, wife of 
Siva ; 3TijfrfiK*vmrs SO nrwrfV- 
Tptt Ku 6. 90. -4 N. of the mid- 
dle daughter of Kimaja and the 
eldest wife of Viobitra-Virya. Like 
her youngest sister she bad no pro- 
geny, and Vyiaa begot on her a 
son named yflW? 1 -Ooagp. n%s, 
-iraf N. of Siva. -5*!, -gwi N. of 



3TrVTi,-'Jsjrs N. of Ganea, Ktr- 
ttikeya or Dhritariahtra ; more cor- 
rectly written wtiw* q. y. 

9*? " [ sri-^l 1 ? 3 ^]! Water jirfir- 
rif i%?fn'f vrsiT K. P. 10. -2 Tbe 
watery elcmnt of the blood ( of. 
imber ). -3 N.of a mtre.-4 A term 
in astrology ( Bfwft wgnwrt ). 
-Oonrp. ^ t a drop of water. 



140 



( short-nosed ) alligator. 
: alligator. lft?f:, -^rtfi 
tortoise (fSrgwr) ; particularly Gan- 
getic. 3r?rr : lemon-tree (5n<?T*sr ) 
form libation of water ; presenta- 
tion of water to the Manes of the 
deceased. ir, *<[, -^jf^^a. mov- 
ing or living in wt >r, aquatic 
( as fish &:;. ). ^q- : b&il. ^?ir a 
lake. ^ru< an aquatic plant 
( %W ) 3T a- produced in water, 
aquatic ( opp w*x ) ; giftfft *m- 
Frrf> ?*?y3rr*<rf /rrr^ ^ Rim. 
( -3T: ) 1. the moan. -2 ca-nphor. 
3. the Sara la bird. 4 the c >ncli. 
-5. N. of a tree ( IJSJH ). ( -^ ) |. 
lotus ; jfr^jr JUT* 3r4frtr S. 
Til. 3. -2. the thunderbolt of In- 
dra. *ij:, 'wr^T: ' the Ictas-born 
god,' Brahml ; VWTT ths god- 
dog* Lakahmi. 3T ; ffT . a lotus. 
( m. ) I. the moon. -2. th conch. 
-3, Sarasa. jf^C: ' water-thief ', 
the sun ( whose heat drinks up 
water). ^r^. = s ^r<TV -q- a. giving 
or yielding water. ( -^ : ) a cloud ; 
R. 3. 53. < 



. 

I. a cloud ; 
Ku. 4. 43 ; 

R. 6. 44. -2. ths plant 3^*. -3 
tala. fa, [ 3^,% ^ 31, ; w > ] i . 
any receptacle of waters ; such as a 
j" ! WjnniT: 8k. -2.theoc9au;jrt* 
Bh. 2. 6. -3. the number four ( in 
Math. ). mr*r N. of a plant ( j^y- 
itf ) nrrV: ' treasure of wat'erg, 1 
thn ooean ;^rg>^;rfff>f^iftt&K;. 
6. 30. n; a. drinking water. ( -q-. ) 
1. theoeean.-2. Varuna, the reg-'nt 
of waters ; ^f<rrr%<7?r5tY5Tg<:rf&r 
*rret Sid. Sir. -J. N. of a plant fts- 
TT* ). --inn- N. of plant ( ^^ 
?W ) <rjrf>t /, MTW: cnrrtnt, 
flow or gtreim of water, cut- 
od wfirrfTT*TiTf^Tr %$*& Bk. 1. 
8. w f f :, -nm-^4 [ sTj^Trm^fir ] 
the clearing nut tree (q^i?) Stry ch- 
nogPotatorurn;(thenulgof this tree 
are used for purifying water ; when 
rubbed on the inner surface of the 
vessel, they precipitate tbe impuri- 
ties whinh the water contains ; ^ 



). JTJ a lotos 
1. water-bsarer, a cloud. -2. 
the ocean. -3 ='<, q. v . -4. N. 
Jf a plant gWF . -5. talc. ^r?? a. 
produced oily ia wat% . f -sr. i a 



7 Ki. 5. 12. - 

. ths ocaan. -I Varuna. ir,. 
rao.pt.ol, or .tore of water, 
ocean; w f, , w ^ r ^ f ^ S . 3. 3; 

7^7% <v? f* tt rfftj Ku - 3 - 67 . B- 

6. 57; 9. 82. -^^n. l.alotus. -2- 



8lraa. *y : -fr a lotus ; 

f err r wftr^: Ki. 5. 10. ( -ST ) N. 

of ths land-Iotas plant t ^n^rafl ) 

Trf^jft a lotus. rr'?T [ wf ;rsrpf 
^T^'f^ 5??^ ] an epithet applied to 
the earth during fonr dyg f rona the 
10th to the 13th in the dark half 
of the month of Xsbadha when it 
is gupposed to bs unclean ( rfW3T 
JT ) and agriculture is prohlibited ; 
nft the 10th day ; j 7T i I . the 13th 
dy -Trfff'fr.-vra'r N . of a plant (qi^- 

), the trumpet flower. ^rryt [ 3T3 
I. a cloud; ffrgWJTlfrirt- 
Ki. 3. 1 ; vrffti phrqfrff* ft- 
Me. 99. -2. a lake. -3. 
wa'er-bearer. -4. the number 17. 
-5. a .ort of grass. irffo a. carry- 
ing or conveying water. ( m. ) I. a 
cloud. -2. = SHT (-fr) I. a wooden 
yeiiel, a sjrt of bucket .-2. a woman 
fetching water. -3 N. of a stream. 

f>frc: sporting in water. f^rrr 
*?ifnfl fcrr: a kind of cane or 
reed growing in water. fsrflf*>T 
N. of a plant. R ^nf flow or cur- 
rent of water. w ($jf r a 1 MCD ( ^ 

fft TOT ) &^r^r a wooden bailing 
vessel. 

tffJfqr a. Watery, containing 
water. ;ft N. of a river. 

arar^s?!' a. Spattered, pronounced 
indigf.nctly in shutting the iip, the 
lonnd thus remaining ai it were in 
the month ; uttered while emitting 
saliva from the mouth __ if A .put- 
tering noise, the growling of a bear ; 



9. 6 ; Mv. 5.41. 



2 - 21 ; MM. 



Ved. A chanter. 

A. [ wr>, wftiT ] To iound. 

[ By Up. 4. 209 
or afrij ?i> wg^:] 1 Water 
vriafiTUR7%: sj<mr^ Ku.^ 2. 37 ; 
*?rsrrre irsr: aR>TflT <rm? i ^Rf Si. 
2. 54 ; jirvrirrfrw^ done hy water P. 
VI. 3. 3. -2 The sky. -3 : The fourth 
sign of the zodiac. -4 Mystical name 
of the letter ST. -5 A god.-6 A. man. 
-7 The world of the Manes. -8 A 
Rakstma or Asnra. -9 ( In phil. ) 
jjft or acquiescence of the goal. -10 
Power ; splendour ; fruitfnlnegg. 
( dual. 3T*(fr ) Heaven and earth. 
-( pi. ) Collactive name for gods, 
men, Manes, and demons. [ of. L. 
imbet ; Or. ombpos ] -Oomp. ^ a. 
produced in water, aqnatic. (-3T:) I- 
the moon. -2. tho (Indian ) cnne or 
Sirasa. ( -* ) a lotns ; q-,% a* gwt- 
^r^3iTF&^i^Tg-jf S. Til. 17 ;gooT^ e , 
^^ i fsr: agroup of lotus flawera ; 

f3<?T*iT<Tr** sffT^Hfsr** Si. 9. 11, 
4 ; aTqm.,3rf^:,-'frt>t thelotus- 



born god, epithet of Brahml. 

n. a lotug. ^s, -IT! |. a cloud. -2. 

the plant g^r*. fa; frr^ti -TjRrt 

'recsptaole of waters,' the ocean ; 

^ij^tvrmrim^fS *fT*ar wrnrTT Si. 

2. 100 ; 7;^*t*fTftvf?^ir ^ 

gjirr 58 ; so 3Tnrt Mrat, f^rwr 

f$Xe ?-?tTHt f^rvi Si. 1. 20 ; " 

a coral. ^-5 n. ( ^ ), -TJ lotus ; 



Ku. 2. 44. ( -n>. ) the ( Indian ) 
crane. jrrt a pearl ^: smoke ; 
olondineeg. -fu a. livins; in water ; 
what holda or contains water. 

WHtf5ffV J A lotus-plant or itg 
flowers ; "wsTfTwffcynt Bh. 2. 18. 
-2 A group of lotus flowers. -3 A 
place abounding in lotuses. 

gfjrnr a. Ved. I Powerful, great, 
migh\y ( nj)j). -2 Rearing terribly. 
or: t A vessel or tub used in pre- 
paring : theSoma juice. -2Thefather 
of Vioh. 

3TWTTT a. ( ifr/- ) [ 3TJ-W ] Wa- 
tery, formed from water. 

Ved. Toward., ner. 



WW: A .pecle. of hog- 
plum ; see 3Tnrr<T5> 



. 
Sour, acid ; 

( wrymt ) Bg. 17. 9. 
1 Sourness, acidity, one of tbe 
sii kind? of tastes or rasag q. v. ; 



Snr. -2 Vinegar. -3 
Wood gorrel. -4 = sT'sfrTS q. v. -5 
The co:nmon citron tree. -6 Belch, 
*& = ^t^f>. *<? Sour curds, but- 
ter-m : lk, with a fourth part of water 
-lamp sTtif a. acidulated, -atysr: 
a variety of aorrel (*iff). an-grrci 
a disease of the eye. T^rr: our 
eructation sfffir N. of a plant 
) %5K: the Citron tree. 
a. having a sour smell. -if>TW 
gour butter-aiilk.-^flFqrr-'^iT ort 
of gorrel. irwfT:,-f^arT: the lime- 
tree. -strT?7: = c ?aw: q. v. -f^Jtr N. 
of a plant ( ?ir ) ^w4? -^rrar 
collection of five kin^g of vegeta- 
bles and f ruitg ; ^ T ?n% 



3=1: i 



n or 



of a plant ( 3T?foqr ). ( - 
ani jg^rfaysr- T^a 1 '- N. of a tree 
( rf y^- ) fl^{ acidity of gtomach, 
sour bile. -^=ji<iric5 q- V.-JKW: the 
tamarind tree. (-#) tamarind fruit. 
ir^ ' i=?a^ q- v. nT: a kind of 
urinary disease. ^ff a. having an 
acid taste (-ft: t gontnesa, ucidity. 



141 



* kind of betel ( 
^ 1 ) rfl|U|*l, -rTiJ 
wood gone! ( Mar. J-^T ) ^Tt a 
clas? of sour things including plants 
with acid leaves and fruits. wgt 
N. of a plant ( m iof^i STTJT: ^w^rr: ) 

TRrsrt hog-plum. ^rfzgii sort 
of betel ^^ri a sorrel ( 3^ ). 

fSTt the tamirind tree. tt*r: a 
kind of sorrel ( Mar. 3^7, ^t<rd ). 

?rrar: a sort of sorrel ( ym*3, gm- 
i 3W, SfWT, ^5 ) commonly naei 
as H pot-harb. ( -3? ) = tflTW, 5*. 

flUi |. the lime tree. -2- a sort of 
sorrel ( ^ffr ). -1. N. of a pUnt 
( HPTT5J ) ( -* ) rice water after fer- 
mentation ( ^fnt^ ) yrtsj N. of 
a plant ( f%r ) 

3l.79i: N. of a plant ( j^ ), a 
sort of bread- frnit tree. 

3Tf*,7( *tfr >7r 1 Sour taste in 
the month, soar eructation. -2 The 
tamarind tree. -3 Wood sorrel; also 
7ar?r?3(Tr, %ir%y[, and 
-Oomp. TCfTt a sort of cake. 

"* Sourness. 
: Son mess. 

- 1 Not withered or faded 
( flowers &o ). -1 Clean, clear, 
bright ( face ) ; pure, unclouded ; 



.. 

Globe-amaranth ( Mar. autfrat ). -^ 
A lotas. 

3T*7r7sr a- Vigorous, not fr.ding. 
fSr t /. 1 Vigour. -2 Freshness ; 
verdare. 

arsfrrPT^ Clear, clean. tft A col- 
lection of globe amaranths. 

wrq; 1 A. ( Sometimes P. also, es- 
pecially with 3^) ( 3fl?ra, 3MK*i ar- 
1% srftT ) To go. 

spr a. Going, moving. TH I Go- 
ing, moving ( mostly in co'.ip , as 
in srnmr ) -2 Good actions of 
former birth. -3 Good fortnne,good 



: B. 4. 26. -4 A move towards 
the right ( in chess ). -S A die or 
.cube (to play with); srf^! 
Sat. Br. -Oomp. 
. fortanate, Incky; 

i. 5. 20. sftf^a; 
bright with good fortune. 

3Tnro- [w^-ssO Going (at 
the end of oomp. ) ; vr<rr stCT: *T?- 
iTTr! flOTWffs Pran. Up. -2 (A 8 a 
patronymic affix ) Descended from ; 
e. g. 5ITTZTH -- * 1 Going, moving, 
walking ; as in rTfR^ -2 A walk, 
path, way, road ; 3TiT*fTT%gT^'f 
wr^r R. 16. 44. -3 A place, site, 
abode, place of rasort ; iTr i^Trnr'H' 
f}M. I. 10 ( occurring in the de- 
rivation of the word ^r(ITT ) -4 A 



way of entrance, an entrance ( to 
an array of troops or ^r ) ; 31*^5 

-5 Rotation, circulation period ; ar- 
nTTflt 3Tf X; ^fs, fff". -6 A particu- 
lar period in the year for the pnr- 
formance of particnlar aorlftoUl or 
other religious works ; N. of certain 
sncrificval performances ; as IWTT^. 
-7 Th gun's passage, north and 
south of the equator. -8 ( Henoe ) 
The period of duration of this pas- 
sage, half year, the time from one 
solstice to another ; see 3-?RR<r and 
^T5T a rFH' " of. also ^rrq~^ and r^rrqur. 9 
The equinoctial and'solstitial points; 
^'$r<'r 3T*fst winter solstice ; TWT 3T- 
rw summer solstice. -10 Method, 
manner, way. -1 f A Sastra, scrip- 
turo or inspired writing. -12 Final 
emancipation ; HI^IT t ^srrf^^j ^^^I*TTT 
Svet. Up. -13 A commentary; trea- 
tise. -14 The deities presiding over 
the ayanai. -Oomp. -wsr:, -vrfr: ttin 
arc between the vernal equinoctial 
point and the beginning of the fixed 
zodiac or first point in Aries. wrw: 
the interval between the solstices. 
-F: a month caused by ayanlrm'a. 
"-^T3r*r:, -*N>if?T: /. passage through 
the zodiac. j^f the elliptic. 

3TT5-IT <* Ved. I Not consump- 
tive, healthy. -2 Causing health. 
-?IT Healthiness, freedom from dis- 
ease. -Oomp. -9Tfjr a. causing 
health, making healthy and sound. 
wrfilri/. hejltb. 

3T71J^ <* Without a sacrificial 
formula or verse. 

H>1$ a- Not offering sacrifice. 
-5Tt No sscrifice, a bad gaoriflce; Ms. 
3. 1 20. -Oomp. m v a. not per- 
forming a sacrifice. 

STTjrer " Unfit for sacrifice. 

3TrigfT a. 1 Not fit for sacrifice 
( as irnr ). -2 Not fit to perform a 
sacrifice (as a boy not invested with 
the sacred thread). -3 Profane, vul- 
gar, common. 

3PT^J a Ved. I Profance, impi- 
ona. -2 Obitructor or destroyer of 
sacrifices. 

31373-;^ a. Not sacrificing accord- 
ing to the rites ; godless, impious ; 
Ms. 11. 14, 20. 

a. Not attempting. 

a. Uncontrolled, unchecked. 

_ a. Of unsubdued desires or 

passions, incontinent. 

3T7?T Not requiring any effort; 
<r?*nT?Tt R- * 55. ?*: Absence of 
effort or exertion ; 3x75^, -?Trt^, 
.fj^-. without effort or exertion, eaei- 
ly, readily. -Oomp. 5irf^[ a. mak- 
ing no effort or exertion, indiffereut- 



idle. jfjr, -ar a. easily produced, 
spontaneous, -ftxtr a- easily obtain 
able ; Bh. 3. 10. 

Vod. A foot, log. 

. Not as it should be or 
is intended to be, unfitly, improper- 
ly, wrongly.-i Ved. Without effort. 
-Oomp. sHr a. I. not true to the 
genie, unmeaning, nonsens'ctl ; Ma. 
3. 4.-2. incongruous, unfit, false, S. 
3. 2 ; incorrect, wrong;; 3Tlf^TfgT%- 

corrcct or untrue knowledge, wring 
not'on ; JT^srpTTffr 
Twrwrgira': i 'vsir 
5fPT flTH 1 STSfffr^Ta'. ^ffffl- I not as 
wished or desired, disliked. -2. not 
enough or saffioient. 7f%iT a - " n - 
fit, unworthy, (if) unfitly, fro a. 
I. not as it ghoul d be, unfit, 
unsuitable, unworthy ; f^jnrar;ri 
^iftonrre'T Ve. 22. vain, useless, 
profitless (-sj) |. unfitly, unsuita- 
bly. -?. in vain, uselessly ; Hfl^jffl 
.3T Ms. 3. 240- -3. wrongly ; Ve. 5. 
ns* nnsuitablencss, incongruity ; 
useleesness. --OTtPT intimation or oc- 
currence of some thing or act which 
is not expected. -^, -y?a. unprece- 
dented, unparalleled, unusual. -gisTrf 
a- having the face turned away. 

not acting according to the Sastras, 
irreligions ; 3TQ*i!$UT$K? ^. T f^TPt 
n"5r sg: Narad a. 

3TTir57I ind. Wrongly, erroneous- 
ly, improperly. 

STT7 I Non-restraint ; having no 
restraint. -2 A powerful weapon for 
restraining enemies. 

anifsRT a. Unrestrained, uncheck- 
ed, self-willed. 

grqffTcT n - 1 Unrestrained, un- 
checked. -2 Untrimmed, undecoratr 
ed ( as nails &o. ) Me. 92. 

snrT <* 1 Deficient. -2 Having 
worthless or no barley, such as a 
religious ceremony ( also arjj^r in 
this sense ). -*r; 1 Na'ne of a worm 
bred in excrement. -2 ( 3T7?^ m., 
37773 n. also ''The dark half of the 

?Tt? $ 3*^ ^rs^rT ^ ; Sat. Br. -3 An 
incongruous enemy. 

. Uafi for barley. 

a. Disreputable, infa- 
mons, disgraceful ; also arc^rar in 
this sense, -ft. (sr ) Infamy, dis- 
grace, ignominy, ill rpute, stain, 
dishonour, scandal; a^sft irf^rtsnra 
MB. 8. 128 ; f^nTTsir "3 tfrwr: vi 
U. 3. 27 ; *T*m?i?%f*nr5T: ^9^ R. 
6. 41. -Comp. 5;^ o. ( ft/ ) dis- 
graceful, ignominious. 



142 



a. Infamou?, ignominious. 
[ ?-raV3T8^ ] Going, 



moving ; nimble, -n. ( -TT: ) I Iron 



MAI. 1. SRTfs I. an iron- 
mith, black-smith. -7. the upper 
part of the thigh. *fr* "* of iron. 

^T. an iron vessel, boiler Ac. ; so 
<mr- -$5if p P" 4 '/ consisting 
of iron. pf?h/. preparation of 
iron ; one of the ways of caring le- 
prosy ( jJS15?l>f%mf*^ ! ) Tt an 
iron hammer. gs I- a P-H ; one 
made of some preparation of iron. 
-2. an iron ball ; Ms. 3. 133. trwt 
[ artH*fr affcrift P- IH- 3. 82] 
an iron hammer, forge hammer ; 
atfnfrwrr ?Trn*!T*r R- 14. 33. 

t^T iron filing*. 3TT5* <. having 
iron net ; of impenetrable gniles. 
( -55 ) An iron net work. nrT a. 
making iron red-hot. ^5, -%% a 
Ved. iron-toothed, having iron rimi 
(at oharioti"); having iron weapons. 

jpft a proper name; (P. V. 4.143). 

jfjt an Iron olub, K. 76. wrgt 
Iron mtal ; U. 4. 21. in* (anrilH) 
N. of a hell ( where red hot iron is 
forced down the throat* of those 
who are condemned to it ). 

( 3T7<!rf3Tl ) an iron image. 
rust of iron ; so r^:, T:. pr a. 
(fljV/. )|. having an iron mouth, 
face, or beak. -1- tipped or pointed 
with iron ; Ms. 10. 84. ( -*ri ) an 
arrow ( iron-pointed ) , vifflfnr: 
i-TJTfr5*=T R. 5. 55. 515: 1. an 
iron spear. -2. an iron nail, pointed 
iron spike, R. 12. 95. ?rtr a. lying 
in, made of, iron, ( naid of fire ). 
I . an iron lance. -2. a forcible 
n*, a violent proceeding ( rft^nr: 
t 8k. ) ; of. 3rpr:W?.T ; also K". 
P. 10 ; aTOisJw &^^&fr">w.%f&F: ). 

f(<n o. ( OTT" or if; ) having iron 
pillai* or nt>ie.-^Ved.embosed 
fn imn-ork, m*de by a priest who 



vrrVw R. 8. 43 -2 Steel. -3 Gold. -4 
A metal in general. -5 Aloe wood. 
-6 An iron instrument. -7 Going. 
-m. Fire. [of. ae, aerii ; Goth, ail, 
eitarn; Ger. eitin J. -Oomp. suf. 
-WIT* a hammer, a mace or clubtip- 
ped with iron ; a pestle forcleiiiing 
grain. amrft a. Ved. furnished 
with iron claB or heels afff! -tf tt n I 
iron goblet v.trt 1- Wi irou-arrow. ' 
-2. excellent iron. -3. a large qnan- 
tlty of iron. sfitwt (WWtS) 1 
beloved of iron, ' a magnet, loid- 

Ku. 2. 59: JT ^*<f IT?" iW^iffrttT 
yvnrff R. 17. 63 ; U. 4. 21. -2. a 
precious utone ; "ufor; a load-stone; 



wears a golden ring on his finger (B. 
ud R.).-f cfT a. irou-hoarted, stern, 
orael, unrelenting ; gjf ^'fl'jj^'T! 1- 
R. 9. 9. 

( 3?!faT ) -, ( 'ft/- ) :^ 
Made of iron or Of any metal. 
N. of one of the ree habitations of 
Asuras. 

W'TifNyg Rt of iron. 

arifff ( At the end of comp. ) See 



3TUT <* Ved. Thus, in this 
manner. 

"vprr^"^ " One who does not ask 
or solicit. 

31717%? a. Unasked, unsolicited 
( as alms, food 4c. ) ; ar^rf ?ir?7T- 
f%^ Ms. 4. 5 ; 11. 212. m N. 
of the -'.sage Upnvarsh*. ff Unsoli- 
cited nltns. -Oomp. 7<T5jfr, TT- 
ffTH a. got nnatkec 1 or without soli 
citation ; 3mi%(Tr?T%i;Tni %va' Kn 
5. 22. frw:, -Stf subsisting on 
alma got without begging or solici- 
tation. 

3TtrT^T <> I (A person) for whom 
one must not perform sacrifices, not 
competent to offer ^sacrifices ( as a 
Sudra &o. ). -2 ( Hence ) Out-oast ; 
degraded, not admissible to or inca- 
pable of religions ceremonies. -J Not 
fit for sacrifloial offerings. -Comp. 
jrr3TT. -R'tfrsv sacrificing for a 
person for whom one mnst not per- 
form sacrificed ; Ms. 3. 65 ; 11. 60. 
i. Not gone. -Oomp. 
a. following, succeeding, sub- 
sequent to. <rnr a not older 
weakened, not stale, fresh, not worn 
oat by use ; "IT ^ jjfo* Dk. 123 
fresh, blooming ; jj ^tr. 158 ; 0; 
^!'<1<nilH'3 Bhag. ( where i 
says 37 = ftrs?T*rrf5r free from faults, 
faultless, pure, (-if ) N. of certain 
texts of the Tajnrveda revealed 
to YAjnavalkya. c Trra;rr freshnesi, 
unimpaired nature, strength, or vi- 
gour, purity. ) Trrwi* a. Ved. not 
weak, fresh. 

ajlllrj a. Ved. Not demoniacal ; 
free from evil spirit*. g t Not a 
dpmon, not an evil spirit, not des- 
tructive . 

anmrrroap (?>/) t Not 

true, wrong, nnjnst,improper.-2N'Qt 
resl or genuine, incongrnons,absnrd. 
STTTwre^ 1 Unfitness,incorrectnerg. 
-2 Absurdity, incongrnity. 

ssrirt 1 I Not going or movingr 
topping, halt. -2 Natural dipc*i- 
tion, nature. 



OpoJ or bad lock. -^r. A. particulir 



position of the piece* on a chess- 
board ( arr^w^ ?nrr 



Sarali ). 

wiTT'friT: [ arqr^r-w ] A piece it 
ohesg or backgammon ; arql^T'- f?or-. 
: ff ^"rsJUHifk: 5IK= P- V.2. 9 SK 

" Naturally red. 
iT Not canging to unite. 

a - Ve<! ' ' UniBt for co 
pulation. -2 Destructive of gcod 
things. 

arq-r^ a. [ fr. | 'to go' Nir. ] 
Ved. Agile, nimble. -jn imf.frsnfo: 
Un. 4. 221 ] Fire. 

a^qTW a. Ved. Indefatigable, in- 
exhanitible, valiant^ invincible. ^: 
I A mystical name for the chief 
life-wind -2 N. of Angirasa. 

ajurRTifpf N' ^ 9ome verse * ' 
the Slma Veda. 

3Tf5 ind. I As a gentle address in 
the sense of ' friend ' , ' oh ', ' ah 
( Tiiwi>ni9r ) ; or simily as a voca- 
tive particle ; vPf fw>T*3rt!Twf>- 
f^if M.I ;3Tfv B^tTU.3^27 Oh yon 
ruthless one ; srnr ft flff'i'SW S 7 ; 



. 5. 32 ; arm 

wiw U. 4 ; see also Bv. 1. 
5, 11, 44. -2 As a particle of entreaty 
or solicitation ( stywi ), ' I pray ', 
prythee ' ; arr? <?!% t^ ?^* Ko> 
4. 28; also of encouragement or per- 
suasion ; OTT i*T^** rH S"*' w ^* r "'^f'' 
Trtt HJTT^-^ Bv. 2. 150.-3 A. a par- 
ticle of gentle or kind inquiry ( 
. 4. 3; 

-: 5. 62 ; air^ m*A if*' 
f Mk. 3. 



a. 1 Not yoked or harness- 
eH. -2 Not joined, anited or connect- 
ed. -3 Not devout or pions, inatten- 
tive, negligent. -4 Unpractised, nn- 
used, unemployed ; jr3r, e wrr- -5 
Unfit, improper, unsuitable ; arj^r- 
tfflflltP. IV. 2. 64, Ml>h.-6Un- 
trne, wrong. -1 Unmarried. -8 
Opening externally. -9 Reduced to 
straits, miserable. -Oomp. -ajr&^ m. 
an official (perhaps for srfJ'JR 8 ) -V^ 
a. doing improper or wrong acts. 

<jgr*f : the sense of a word to be 
supplied, as the sense of srft q- T. 

^T a. incongruous, unsuitable ; 
cr f%m Tt w? Kn. 5. 69. 

3?5T%!/ 1 Disunion, stparatlon. 
-2 Uureasonahlenefs, want of con- 
formity to correct principles.-J Dn- 
fitness, impropriety, incongruity. 

3T3r,-rw a. 1 Separate, ing!e.-2 
Odd, uneven. -Oomp. &fkv, m. 
Fire. $*:, -wT^t -fitt 8* nnder 
afjTTj). fff^j having teven horses ; 
Si. 11. 61. 



143 



^- Not all together, 
gradually, seriatim. -Oomp -jrgof: 
ipprehending gradually, -*tr^: 8ffC= 
oeaaive order, successiveuess. 

STgrr: / A- worcan that bears 
only one cbild. ( = ^r^tijr q- v. ). 

ST^ST 1 Not in pairs or cou- 
pl's ; single, separate. -! Odd, un 
even ( as a numher ) aigriiriS *rnr- 
5 Ms. 3. 48. -Comp. ^:, qg: 
having an odd ( i. e. 7 ) number of 
leaves; the stm tree ; Ki. 1. 1C. 
5Jpr!,-^r:,-RJ)^5T: laving odd (3) 
eyes, N. of Siva ; Ku. 3. 51, 69. 
VTTi 7 ?TT: &o. having odd ( 5 ) 
arrows ; N. of Cupid. TT? :, -TH: 
having seven hor OB, the sun. 

Zftrift a. Not being in couples, 
odd, uneven ( opp. gsj; even ) ; 315- 
fir *3r<<jffft ^ren^r gi'sr 3 Taft arc- 
nr gftnrrirr V. Ratn. -Comp. -53, 
-WTT:, -?K: N- of Cupid ( having 5 
arrows). -gr 3-; = nn4 ( Mar. wai"r ); 
*5Cg^3'?S'*3'g'nji: Si.6. 50.-<rgrsi: 
= TW?T. irfiw^ a kind of 
alliteration having the sa i e syl- 
lables (in a different sense ) in the 
first and third padas. H^, -cJf^T, 
-3WT, -$rRfi: N. of Siva. 

H*pT o. 1 Having no equal or 
companion. -2 Separate, single, odd. 

VT^TT o- Ved. Not existing in 
couples, odtl, uneven. 

3T*rT " 1 Disjoined, detached, 
not connected. -2 Uninterrupted, un- 
disturbed (Ved.). -ri Ten thousand, 
a myriad. -Comp. -anianre?: a good 
teacher. firg- a. ( in Vai. phil. ) 
proved to be inseparable and in- 
herent. -ftrr%:/- proof that certain 
things or notions are inseparable 
and inherent. rin a kind of 
saciiflce. 

Sfilpf a. Ved. 1 Not fighting. -2 
Unccnquered, irresistible. 3- Ab- 
sence of fighting or war. -Oomp. 
-%?r a. of unconquerable armies (or 
arrows), irresistible. 
^S-iif '"^' Without fighting. 
srjij: A non- combatant. 
315<f a. Unconquerable, irresist- 
ible. 

. Not a warrior, 
a. I Undisturbed, unshaken. 
-2 Unconnected. 

yfy ind. I A* a vocative particle, 
or as a kind of gentle address (= ;i- 
ft ) ; w^ HfCr*'*! fsrj^ft ift ilM^sr 
Bh. 3. 123. -2 An interjection 
showing (a) '8urprine' or 'wonder' 
and translated by ' oh ' 'ah ', yfy 
: S 6 ; sr> 9pna*T<T: UfH: 
1 ; atfr 5qi ajirm: tft*: U. 



5 ; (*) ' grief ', Rejection' ; ^ ^ 
OT^TaTdsfrft^rs^^jjf Mu. 2 (ales !); 
(c) 'anger' ; &\j 3T<5fftr ^ f^g-r^r- 
f^flt rf*jrrrt JT?rg?fr>^i: U. 4 ; 
(<Z) ' fear ', 'flurry', ' agitation '; (e) 
4 recollection ' ; (/). ' fear ' ; () 
' fatigue '. 

3igt*r I Unconnected with. 
-2 Indistinctly connected. -3 Mak- 
ing vigorous efforts. n: I Se- 
paration, disjunction, interval. -2 
Unfitness, impropriety, incongruity. 
-3 An improper conjunction. -4 In- 
efficacy of a remedy or medicine (as 
of a purgative or emetic). -5 Strong 
or vigorous efforts. -6 Medical 
treatment against the symptoms. -7 
Non-application or misapplication 
of remedies. -8 A sort of disease 
(cnred by prescribing emetics). -9 _ 
widower ; absent lover or husband 
( ftS* ) -10 A hammer ( for awra, 
aj%'<H). -I I Dislike. -12 A conjunc- 
tion of two planets (also inanspici- 
onij.-Oomp mi- a term for Mg^n, 
fttfsfcrlJr, 3TO|:ffa and fSrftgjf? 
standing between vowels and con- 
sonants ; wjwtft rt^fa* ;p <ft %?TOT%^ i 
irr 3rmwHm''R: 11. 

: ( W or ^/. ) The sun of 
a Sttdra man and Vauya woman ; 
Ms. 10. 32 ; gee 3?m>r* ; ( his busi- 
ness 's carpentry ). 

&c. See under 



;: A blacksmith. 

o. 1 Unfit, improper, un- 
suitable, useless. -2 Not ascertain- 
able by senses. 

3T$I^f "*. 1 No warrior, a bad 

warrior. -2 One who is not equalled 
by other warrioua. 

3TTtW rt - Not to be warred 
against, unassailable ; irresistible; 

' 



W: Ra-n. vn The capital of solar 
kings, born of tlu line of Raghn, 
( the modern Oudh ) situated on the 
river Sarayn. [It is snid to hare ex- 
tended 48 miles in leogth ard 12 
miles in breadth. It was also called 
Saketa, and one of its suburbs was 
Nandi-grama where Bharata govern- 
ed th" kingdom during the absence 
of Rama. The town pl-.yn un im- 
portant part in ths story of the 
Ramiyana ; th > second book (^ujf- 
7t? ) dealing mostly with events 
that took place in that city durug 
the joutbful days of Hima.]. 

3jtM |7f a. 1 Without origin or 
source, eternal; 3fnjYfa*i'rw?TKu. 
2. 9. -2 Not born from the womb ; 
born in a manner not approved by 
law or religion. th/. 1 Nst the 



womb; Y. 2. 293; Ms. 11. 174.-2Nc 
a particular verse of the Samaveda. 
ft: 1 N. of Bralma and Siva. -2 
A ppstle. -Oomp. at) -c3T?nq a. net 
bom from the womb, not produced 
in the ordinary course of generation ; 
srfr* rtfww T>f^3nnifr^af %rl T. S. 
erwijt smftsit R. 11. 47, 48 ; <5?rr- 
T5TJnrTt%3ifjT re;Tfn^ Mv. l. 30. 
(-^:) N. of Vishnu. -T : , $w. N. 
of Siva. ( -srr ), -thm N.ofStti, 
daughter of Janaka, whj was born 
from a fnrr.jr in a field. 

a. Without the words nsr 



Abfence of simulti- 



neity. 



) Not etyrnologi- 
cally derive-l ( as a word ). 

8T^n%^ Inconsistent with 
reason, unreasonable. 



Speedy, swift. -2 Little. -3 Going 
( at the end of coup. ). < : 1 The 
g poke or radius of a wheel ; (f also); 



Pt. 1. 81. -2 A spcke of the time- 
wheel ; a Juim division of time. 
-3 A corner ( ^or ) or angle ; firij- 
^K <n Syiinislava. -4 Moss ( %- 
srw ) -5 = qfe q- v. -Ooap. -&M 
(pi. ) the intervals of the spoke; 
V.^l. 4 55:, -trfffr: [3ft:^jrt^eii^ 
3ttTT ] 1. a wbeel or mhchiue for rais- 
ing water from a well ( Mar. TOT? ). 
(It nsnalty consists of a kingle wbeel 
with spokes on each side serving as 
handles to tarn it, and a rope with a 
bucket attached to it passes over 
this wheel); j W^JTHM: Pt. 4 turn- 
ing this machine; "tjjr a bucket so 
used ; $HRrlT a?Hti&I trivhticftai 
Pt. 4. -2. a deep well. 

3Tr$TC " 1 Not disturbed by 
evil spirits. -2 Harmless, honest. 
1^ See under art below. 

a. Passionless, ^rTt a pas- 
sionless being ; a class of divinities 
with Buddhists. 

3TT5T^, <3T, 3TC5IW 1 Dust- 
less, clean, pure (flg. also). -2 Free 
from passion ( org. > -3 Not having 
the monthly courses. -/. ( -sin ) A 
yonng girl who has not reached the 
age of puberty ; a gill before 
menstruation. 

3Wttrtr Den. A, 1 To become 
dustless or pure. -2 To lose the 
monthly courses. 

3Tt3 " No' consisting of, or 
famished with, cords, -n. A prison- 
boase. 



144 



'-(oft/0 Ved. 1 Departed, 
gone away ; beloning to others, 
strange, unusual, foreign ; distant, 
remote; (opp. ^, ftnr, or srnr); (Say. 
grieved, sorry j:f%ff, arcwr); inimi- 
cal, hostile, ( wi'h whom one is not 
on speaking tei.ns). -2 Not fighting. 
or 1 Moving, going. -2 Entering 
nto, being insetted. -3 A refuge. 

wrior: /., -oft/. [ ;R-3iR Dn. 2. 
101 ; w,\Sf: 3TJrqfi*i:] A piece of wood 
(or the 6'aim tree) used for kindling 
U.e sacred fire by attrition, the 
fire-producing wooden stick ; cf. Pt. 
1. 216. -oft ( dual ) The two pieces 
of wood used in kindling the sacred 
fire. -for; 1 The sun. -2 Fite.-3Flint. 
-4 N. of several fire-producing 
plants, particularly arfjm -(on/. 1 
A path, way. -2 Ved. Stinginess. 
Oomp. -$ig; = 3ifjl4*j Piemna Inter- 
grifolia. ga: N. of Suka, a cele- 
brated sage (born from the seed of 
Vyasa fallen upon an -Irani at 'ho 
ight of the nymph Ghritachi ). 

aftfom^ a. Belated to the two 
Aranis ; to be produced Ly them. 

1 ( Sometimes m. also,) [arq^ 
IT(% 5ft-3T*i=aHii Un. 3. 102 ] 
A land neither cultivated nor grazed, 
a wilderness, forest, desert; ftqnrr^T 
e?H fas siT^of fV H*flrU. 6. 30 ; 

Chin. 44 ; oft uged as firat inemoer 
ot oomp. in the .sense of ' wild ', 
grown or produced in forest'; " 
wild seed; "^sroj^ff, ^jf5ifIfit> 3 
ff: Ac. j so "wra-fa, "qr*:- -*"*: 
or a plant ^^f^. -Comp. : 
headman or superintendent of a 
forest district ; forest-keeper or 
ranger. spj^i, -5?r4 going into the 
forest, becoming a hermit ; yrt q%- 

jr<nTrifjiHjisa^"tT wgrai^T a^[ Cn. 
Up. 3tV*;, -s^ a- I- dwelling 
in woods, being in a forest ; 

6. -2. especially i one who has left 
hit family and become an anchorite, 
forest-dweller. fyon wild cumin 
teed, -^jqffr wild plantain, -^ra N. 
of the third book of the Hamayana 
which embodies Rama's- exploits in 
the course of his journey through 
the forests in company with Viva- 
mitrs. i3f; a wild elephant ( not 
tamed ). -irrsf N. of one of the four 
hymn-bcoks of the Samaveda(to be 
chanted 'in tbe forest ). ^zx: a 
wild sparrow, -^tlfw ( lit. ) moon- 
light in a forest ; ( fig. ) an orna- 
ment or decoration which is useless, 
or does not serve its purpose i jus 



as moonlight in a forest is useless 
there being no human beings to view, 
enjoy and appreciate it, so is deco- 
ration when not viewed and appre- 
ciated by those for whom it is in- 
tended ; thus Malli. on ^frTt isrirrato- 
: Ku 7. 22 remarks: WJWK- 

R'.-^T ( C "^^C also). 
. wild, living in woods. -ST a. 
wild ; "sn^tr wild ginger, -sfrt wild 
cumin.-^iT7: N. of the pilant called 
dona. -gTf 5fr, -g-fi N. of a ceremony 
performed onthel 2thday of Marga- 
Strsha. -$$-. \. wild state or usage, 
wild natural; fr>ir^'"relifn'^JY5Tfl'iyr- 
UJffH^n^TfTi Pt. 1. -2. the duties of 
a Vanaprastha or anchorite. 
-3IIIBFJ wild rice ( sffqn ). H_ 
-nC,(s), ITsr: 'lord ot tbe woods', 
epithet of a lion or a tiger ; so 3j? 
oflft Tf^t- ^T35T: t 37^"'} W 4f%Si| 
=13 J )'I<rf|5 ^T^ailjIS ] ' wise in a 
forest ' ; ( fig. ) a foolish, person 
( who can display big learning only 
in a forest where no one will hear 
him and correct his errors ). -xw a. 
growing in a forest, wild ; ^--41 *r- 
fifofyr: Pt- 2. 86. mS^n a gadfly. 
3f^>: a kind of wild bean. TJ\^ 
retiring to the woods. -^aj: conser- 
vator of forests, forest-kenper. -n- 
?7 sovureignty of the woods, -^i^ff 
(n^) 'weeping in a forest', a cry in 
the wilderness ; (fig.) a vain or use- 
lens speech, or a cry with no one to 
heed it, or any thing done to no 
purpose ; su<r?j- n*rr ^f^i S. 2 ; -jf^ 

"rer^arriT Pt. i. 
393 ; cT^HHgtr^ u <J f^^s Amaru. 76. 
a wild crow, raven. -37^:, 
i |. retiring into woods, ro- 
eideoce in a forest ; ' *ff?msi fq-fr( ft. 
8. 12. -2- a hermitage, forest habita- 
tion. Wrr%^ a. living in a forest, 
wild, (-m.) a forest-dweller, an an- 
chorite. ( -Jr ) N. of a plant WTO- 

r: N. of a plant 

f above. g^ m. 'a wild hound', 
wolf, -tsrar N. of a festival celebrat- 
ed on the 6th day of the bright half 
ot Jyeshtha. trw a f orest-coart. 

h- 1 Forest-oourt . -2 N. of a 
plant. 



^- ; P. IV. 1. 49 ; ftmrotal* ] 1 
A large forest or desert, vast wil./er- 
ness ; TlirBri|wng W r?TiTi S*t. Br. 
-2 The spirit or presiding deity of 
the woods and mother of wild ani- 
mals. 



a. I Containing a forest. 
-2 Near a forest. 

sr^^s^i! (tcil. aftei^r ) 1 A kind 
of oblation ( ar^ arj^n: 
). -2 N. of a Mantra. 



( P. II. 1. 44) Wild 
sesamum yielding-no-oil ; (fig.) any 

thing which does net answer to 
one's expectation. 

3TC?T a. I Dull, languid, apathet<c. 
2 Dissatisfied, discontented, averse 
to. -if Non-copulatiou. -Oomp. jjir 
o. Not ashamed of copulation. (-1:) 
a dog ( ae copulating even in the 
streets without shame ). 

3T{f?r ' 1 Dissatisfied, discontented. 
-2 Dull, languid, restless, -ft: /. 1 
Absence of pleasure or amusement, 
regarded as arising from the long- 
ings of love ; *3TvfiH'***'JFJT>Nf %n*fi 
TJTS^fwfa: I 3TT(%; m S. D. ; one of 
the ten states of love-lorn persons 
( sm^srr ). -2 Pain, dietress ; Ki. 10. 
49. -3 Anxiety, regret, uneasiness, 
agitation ; TJ% ^STH^rS if WUPTt'n 
Ki. 5. 51. -4 Dissatisfaction, dig- 
content. -5 Languor, dnlness. -6 A 
bilious disease. -uf. [qt-arfa] 1 Anger, 
passion. -2 Ved. Ooing, moving 
quickly. -3 Moving flaino. -4 Occupy- 
ing, attacking. -5 Servant, manager, 
assistant. -6 A master. -7 An; 
intelligent being. 

p ( m . or/. ) [ ^-^TIM tfw: 
] I The elbow ; sometimes 
the fist itself. -2 A cubit of the 
middle length, from tba elbow to the 
tip of tha little finger, an ell; 
gf?=n Ak; 



<f: ii Hl4y. ; Ki. 18. 6 -3 The arm. 

3T<T?5Tsm The elbow ; Y. 3. 86. 

3T<r%^[ . One who does not 
tight in a oar. 

Ved. Not a charioteer. 
o. 1 Toothkta ( as a child ). 
-2 Whose teeth are broken. 

aj^U a. Ved. I Not lazy, not to 
be subdued, invincible. -2 Prosper- 
ous ( s^r ). 

3T<vrt Absence of cooking ( ai 
on life and qr.-qi &pt(T ) 

vr^cr^a Ved. 1 Unhurt, safe. 
( also am ) 5 Binlew, pure. -2 Not 
hurting, sound ; salutary, beneficial. 

if^q^tT: A mystical collective 
name of the 5 Buddhas. 

3^ ind. Ved. [ sR-wiJ 1 Swiftly, 
near, at hand, present. -2 Readily, 
fitly, suitably, BO as to answer some 
purpose. -3 Enough, sufficiently 
( cf. 3T ) ; excessively. 

srt'j 1 To prepare, make ready, 
serve ; e ^^ gratifying, decorating, 
adorning, serving as a worshipper ; 
^M: decorating, gratification. 

aTCTt i' De P rea eQti come or go 
near ( to help ) ; become visible, 
appear. 



i Ooming near or into the pre- 
sence, becoming visible, being pre- 
sent to help. 

arfiTTi 1 Praising readily 2 Facti- 
tious or made np poison. 

3TT5T 0" Praising readily, Bound- 
ing aloud. 

SJWTflC,"' Ved. | Hostile. -2 Obe- 
dient, devoted to the worship of 
God. 

MTflT " Low, vile. 

ST'iHIri' <* Not resting, active, go- 
in? everywhere. ~fo:f. I Splendonr. 
-2 Hpadines} to ?erve, obedience, de- 
voiin to '}od ; home personified in 
the Veda, as a goddeo p'otoding 
the worshipper) of the gods and 
pious works io general. 

snrw^ a. Ved. Giing n<>ar 
q-iickjy. 

3?<4fOf, arnrnror a. 1 Not pleas- 
ing or gratifying, disagreeable, un- 
pleasant. -2 Uncensinsr,, incessant. 

3TTC [ ^-aTO^i SRrat *fr^ Un. 3. 
132 ] 1 The leaf or panel of a door 
i.frg Vfv.6. 



. - 1- 58. -2 A 

do >r. -3 The sheith of a bamboo 
shoot ( 9<rcvTT ) -4 A covering or 
shatb in grnonl -^: f An aw! -2, A 
part of a sacrifice -3 War, fighting. 
^i The If af nf door ; A donr. 
Vert. Water 



"/ 1 Not giving or 
offering.-! Hard,arifriendly,enviou, 
inimical. 

3T^ Ved. I Movin? (r*rsTW?r*\ 
-2 =3T<%5 above. -^-. [ 3r'.f: 3??: Un. 
4. 79 ] f An enemy. -2 A weapon. -J 
N. of an Asura. 

3TT^ ind. A vocative particle ex- 
pressive of (11 greU haste ; (2) con- 
tempt or disd*in ; srcc Tfrtr3T uft 
r: G. M. 

Dan- P- I To work with 
an awl. -2 To try, put to the test. 



flfifisrP. HI. 1. 138 Vart. ] I Alotrn: 
( it is one of the 5 arrows of Cupid ; 
see unrt TWT); sr^ifftnffiTW: 8. 
3. 7. It is a nun lottis ; cf. 

Ku 1. 32 ; 

&c. -2 Also a red or blue .lotas. 
-^: 1 The (Indian) orane.-2 Copper. 
-noinp. -3T9T o. 1 utui-eyed, an epith*t 
of Vishrju y?yT4 copper. Tff*T:. 
-5rr>T: M. of Vishnu, from whose n ivel 
sprang the latin which supported 
Brahma; f^> wfi^ iiwrtzwiin*- 
Tf^TPTt Bv.4. 8. ? m. N. of 
Brahma. 

19 



A lotai plant; 

Bk. 5. 70. -2 An 



asiembla^e of lotm flowers. -J A 
place abounding in lotas flowers. 

S?T?T a - ' Sapless, not juicy, taste- 
less, insipid. -2 Dull, flit. -3' Weak, 
hiving no strength, inefficacious. -IT: 
No juice, absence of jnice. -Oomp. 
-WT5Ti l_eatinir sapleia food -2. r.ia- 
ceration of the body. atn^K a. 1 . 
eating sapless food. -2. macerating 
Ihe body. 

arniT/jr a. I Devoid of taste, sap- 
less, insipid, flavourless (of a thing). 
-2 Void of feelinjf or taste, drill, un- 
feeling, inipproiative, insensible to 
the charms ( of poetry &o ; ar<i%%5 



Udb. 

n. Abenc of secrecy. 
Den. A.Tobecameknown. 
TTrriT^ <* Cool, dispassion- 
ate ; HUgMCTTT^iV'f %uui5!ir*('' 7^ 
Ve. 1. 4. 

37^T3TS . Having no king, an- 
archical ; .TUM-K 3pnr% Ptm. : Ms. 
7. 3 ; 

"rr^T H % f 
MS. ST^T ^rsirtTTrsrir Chin. 57. 

Not a king. -Oomp. 
a. not fit for the nse of a 
king. ?!Trf<br a. not stiblishcd by 
a kina;, illegal. 

3Tfrr%^ a. Ved. Unchecked, tm- 
reitraineH, or without splendour. 

Ved. N. of the plant 



I An enemy, foa ; 5-51. 
sTrroriT^nfinrrg^r: yrVfrr: Ve. 3. 31 i 
( in the Vcd* ) nin offering ( of sa- 
crifices), stinginesK, hardness, malig. 
nity ; malevolence, failure or adver- 
sity; malignity personified; evil spirit 
whose aim it was to defeat the good 
intentions and distnrb tbn happiness 
of man ( nsed in/. ).-2The nnmber 
six. 3 The sixth ungition ( in sstro- 
nomy). -Oomp.-g^or.-^rq-,-^ a. Ved. 
destroying adversities or enemies. 
vnrt destruction of enemies. 

amr*( ff'r Mar Den. P. Ved. To 
deaira not to offer ; to act like an 
euemy, act maliciously. 

arcrsTf f a. Not offering, unfriend- 
ly, malicious, acting like an enemy. 

irtTnfii a. Ved. tft aoouatome 1 to 
ofifer ; inimical. 

grirpfrr^a. Not offering; unfriend- j 
ly, malicious, hostile, inimical. 

3TrfT5j ! / Trin8gres8 ; on ; sin, 
offonoj ; envy. 

3T'f r v T? " C tnr: VR Nir. *. *. ] 
Pour, not able to perform sacrifices, 
stingy ; hard. 



nr^: ] I Devoid of w< alth, without 
sacrificial gifts. -2 Stingy, niggard- 
ly- 7t,-*rr Any malignant of evil 
spirit. 

STTT'T o. [ SR-^ 37t 3?'5nw, OT-qr ] 
Spreading like the epokss of a wheel, 
curvrd, crooked ; qrg-nmPrt'pfT M. 
2 3. <?; I A bent or crooked arm. 
-2 The resin of the plant Phorea 
Bobusta ( flTf<3T ). -3 An elephant in 
rut. -&i I An nnchai'c woman har- 
lot, courtezan. -2 A moilest woman 
C 3T%H ). -Oomp. %sfr * woman 
with curled hair; firi*Tf%TI*>TH?Tn*- 
>KW. R- 6, 81. T^tf^ a. having 
curved eyelashes ; Kn. 5. 49. 

aTTT7Jr Vol. Not offering, ma- 
lignant, epit'-et of evil spirits. 

3TTT^ Loss of royal power or 
g overeignty. 

3Tf^a- [SK-R] Moving, going, 
reaching ; obtaining, aspiring, de- 
voted to, zealous (Ved.). ft: I An 
euenny, foe ( of. On. 4. 138 ); ( nsed 
in the Veda like an adjective in the 
sense of ' ungenerous ', 'malicious', 
' not worshipping or devoted ', 
' hostile ' ) : ftigrfnfsrsT:^: R. 1. 
59. 61 ; 4. 4. -2 An enemy of man- 
kind ( said of the six feelings which 
disturb man's mind ) ; qrur 



Ki. 1 9. -3 A species of *m^ or 
Mimosa ( i%j3T\t ) -4 N. of the 
nnmbsr six ( from the six enemies). 
-5 N. of a condition in astronomy 
-6 Any part of a carriage. -7 A 
wheel. -8 A lord, master. -9 The 
wind. -10 A pious or religious man. 
-Oomp. ^fijor a. tamer or subduer 
of enemies. jipjr ]. a host of 
enemies. -2- an enemy. ij^a.Ved. 
ready for the destruction of enemies; 
praised by devoted men o' wor- 
shipper. ssr: destroyer of enemies. 

f%fT!f, -f%*r schemes directed 
against enemies ; administration of 
foreign affairs -r a- protecting from 
enemies. urTH^ possessed by 
lords only ( t. e. very precious ). 

sfcfJT a. ' an enemy's joy ', afford- 
ing triumph to an enemy. i%lT!f 
invasion made by ene:nies. -vnf: the 
foremost or moat powerful enemy ; 
R. It, 31. JT^t 'crushing enemies' 
N. of a plant ( <frmir? ). JT^ST a . 
crushing or trampling foes, destroy- 
ing enemies. -&f: N. of atree ((5^- 
(^ ) ; N. of a country; Bri. 8. 14. 2. 

Hf <?: N. of an insect bred in ex- 
crement. ?SJTT consternation, de, 
feat. q;f5Ti,-?^,-fi? Wffi destroyer of 
enemies ; B. 9. 18. 



146 



Sabduer.of euemiep, victo- 
rious ouq'ioriner. 

3TfT^3T*Tn amsjjr?, a- Not en 
titled to a share in theancestral pro- 
perty ( as an hir incapacitated by 
impotence &o. ) 

A cook. 



A rowtr, 
helmsman ( Ved. ). 

3TfC5 " [ TzsTflHT ; ^-If P- J 11 ' 
2. 184 ] Ved. 1 Propelling, urging 
onwards. -2 Protecting on all sides. 
W 1 An oar ; ^nWVsrvroTTTimJriT: 
Si. 12. ?1. -2 A rudder, helm- -3 A 
hip, boat. -4 A part of a carriage. 
-5 .' Sorna vessel. -ft A Sonaa ves- 
sel. [of aratrum ; Or. eretmot "|. 
-"t'ttrp. mj a. 'oar-deep,' shallow 
(water). q^jj a. Ved. crossing by 
means f oars. 



less. 



" (f?) A wheel ; discus. 

[rcr twiw Nir., 
] Ved. Sinless, spotless, Warn - 



' a. Not changed tor^safd 
of ths Visarga ). 

3TIT^ L "^ TC 5 ^ r^f^jjsj'T J A conti- 
nuous downpour of rain. <y: A sort 
of disease in the anas. 

3TRqui| a. Ved. Not tunning or 
injuring, inoffensive. 

am^frq^a. Ved. Not being hurt 
or injured. 

SH^H" Unhurt ; perfect, com- 
plete ; imperishable, undecaying.- 
scciire, safe ; srffff JTSIT TVnt, arir- 

* < ^ zz.^.^ T> ft 

JTr*TJTH5rj JJ^T TT 5 T*TTr^^ Wiim. 

ff: 1 A heron ( (3> ) 2 A raven, 
crow. -3 An enemy ; STTTH^WT^T 
Mv. 4. 18. -4 N. of various plant" :- 
(a) the soap-berry tree ( Mr. 
fer ) i ( 5 ) another plant (Mar.fq. 
-5 G'irlic.-6 A distilled mixture -7 
N. of a demon killed by Kriahqn ;a 
son of Bali. - er I A bandage. -2 NT. 
of a medical plant ( ^jqrr ).-3 N. of 
a daughter of Daksba and one of 
the wives of Kaayapa. -? ] Bad or 
iiyiuck, evil, misfortune, calamity. 
-2 A portentous phenomenon fore- 
boding misfortune, unlucky omen 
(Mich as earth-quake ). -3 Unfavour- 
able symptom, especially of ap- 
proaching death ; tfr%oir 



II -4 Good fortune or 

luck, happiness. -5 The lying-in- 
chamber, delivery-room, women's 
apartments ( STJTHTJ ) ; 3W*nr f nr- 
ffff >rf%>5T JrfiTiii Rim. -6 Butter- 
milk. -7 Spirituous liquor ; Si. 18. 



77. -Oomp. 3^ a. Ved. bavinfr 
one's life unhurt. rrfj a - Ved. 
dwelling ecuiely.-55- tuelying-in 
chamber. -flrfR a. Ved. of undivided 
group, having a complete .troop. 

Ftrft a. Ved. making for- 
tune or happy, auspicious. ( -fi:/ 
Bafeness, security, succession of 
good fortune, continuous happicess 
( *K? *?t(<fft snt:; wfifcw ri^ ^rr P. 
IV. 4 143-4 Sk. ) ; <r?9HOTr ftT- 
wrilrqf ^rtmi^sriTirTtmsiiwI- Mv. 1. 

faift o. appreheosive of death, 
alarmed at the approach of dentil. 

ST S. of a place ; cf . arfaifiHst 
P. VI. 2. 100 Hfl^C A. grantin^se- 
curity. H^-sf. N. of Siva or Vishnu. 

?TC7r a lying-in couch ; aTfresrcTt 
iftsr ftwrRorr B. 3. 15. g^j.-g, 
TO. killer of ArUhfi, epithet of 
Vishnu. 



berry tree. 
. Security ; safety. 
0. Not hur*. 
3Trf a. ( = 3T?rf ) Ved. Not 
licked. 

3T^: I Toe sun. -2 N. of a 
plant ( TOtfVc). 

3T^fT^T [ s^R 'TO^sTRFin^f 'JT 
3n?f[ ] Scab on the head (Mar. r3). 

Ved. Ligetless, dark. 

: / 1 Aversion, dislike in 
general ; gr wr T7nr5TTgWVr%! K . 



146. -2 Want of appetite, disrelish, 
disgust ; wftrn?grr'<3W3inTi?3?w- 
f^rsi^tj Suar. -3 Absence of a satis- 
factory explanation. 

M^f^T) stf^tf O" Disagreeable) 
disgusting. 

3T^[ a - 1 Free from diactse, 
sound, healthy. -2 Not festering 
( as a boil. ) 

3T5TJT a- Not broken, not diseas- 
ed, sound. 

. f Sound, healthy ; *rr^- 
Bh. 3. 88. v. I. 
-2 Not breaking, not suppurating. 
5T: N. of a plant ( 3TIWT ) 

3T^r a. ( -orr,-afr /) DR-?TJ; ; cf . 
On. 3. 60] I Reddish brown, tawny, 
red, ruddy ( of the colour of the 
mcrning as opposed to the darknpn* 
of night ) ; 

TtV'T M. 3. 5 ; 

Ku. 4 12. -2 Perplexed, 
embarrassed. -3 Dumb. or: 1 Red 
colour, the colour of the dawn or 
morning twilight. -2 The dawn per- 
sonified as the cbatioteerof theeurt; 
sTrf^rnr^ot^iH'T rr^af*: S. 4. 1, 7. 
4 ; !%vTigfr 1?Wirg ^q-sr Kn. 5. 44; 
R. 5. 71. [ Aruna is represented BS 
the elder brother of Garurfa, being the 



son of Vinato by Katyapa. Vinata- 
prematurely hatched the egg and the 
child was born without thigh?, and 
hence he is called ^nuru'thigbless, 'or 
Vipida 'footless'. He cursed his 
mother tliat since she had brought 
him forth before the due season she 
w. uld be a slave to her rival Kadru ; 
but at her earnest entreaties, he 
modified the curse and said that her 
next eon would deliver her from 
bondage. Aront now holds the office 
of the charioteer of the enn. His wife 
was Syent, who bore him two sons 
Saiiipati and Ja<ayu ]. -3 The sun ; 
nir rr[*pTiJT?.T Fn. 3. 30, 5 
8 ; wssira HrO^-tWgiH^: R- 5. 
69 ; S. 1. 32. -4 A kind cf leprosy 
with red spots and insensibility of 
the skin. -5 A little poisonous 
creature. -6 N. of a plant gsm ; 
alo a synonym of ar^ q. v. -7 
Molassss(5s).-8 N. of a peak of the 
HirmVaya situated to the west of 
Kailasa. -9 N. of one of the 12 
^dityae, the one presiding over 
MJgha. orr I N. of several plants 
(a) armf^fT ( Mar. aTiafos ) i (6) Mad- 
der ( ffisrsr )i ( o ) ftl<l commorly 
called Teori ; ( d ) a btack kind cf 
the eaine ( ^jrm ) ;( e) bitter ap- 
ple ( t>r?n?afr ) ; (/) the Qunja plant 
that yields the red and black berry 
( ipr ) used as a weight by jewellers 
* 0> ; ( 9 ) S3T<for. -2N. of a river. 

oft | A red cow ( Nir. ). -2 The 
early dawn, or 1 Bed- colour. -2 
Gold. -3 Saffron. -Comp. 3T5T3T! 
N. of Garuda ( 3Tor: argsfr iiw ). 
-ST3^T: -ST^TST: N.of Ganid^yonnger 
brother of Arnna. ajf^'H; rn. the 
sun. si"? a. having red hors?*, 
epithet of the Maruts. arrfJnf: I. 
son of Aruna, N of Jatayu -2. N. 
of Satnrn, Savarni Mann, Karn.i, 
Sugriva, Yama and ths two Agvius. 
(-3Tf) N. of Yamuna and Tfipti. 

fsfor a - rd-eyed. j^,- N. of a 
lake. ( -g?r ) N. of a river. 3^: 
brefit of day, dawn ; ^^; ifra^c. 

T? c tT^'<r a^Tff- Tqjy: a ruby. 

^TH a red lotus. -3qtm^ m. N. of 
Siva. |-^ reddish fennel. _ pr*f 
a. ' beloved of red flowers and 

usfs ', N. of the sun. (-*rr i 1. the 
sun's wifi>.-2. shadow, -eg a [sr^or 
C !I ^ Tf"T ] Ved. of reddish shape or 
colour. srer a. reddish yellow 

55* o. furnished with red rays (xf 
'ight, epithet of the dawn. OT^=T 
o. red-eyed. (-5T-.)a pigeon. WRfwt 
1 having Aruna for his charioteer, ' 
:he sun. 



3!?Ji?fW a. Reddened, 
dyed red. impnrpled ; 
5 11. 



147 



m., ar^Jrar Redness, rejj 
coloar ; 
Bv. 2. 180. 

3T^dflr*r:,-*rrir:The 25th Opanisbad 
of the Atharvaveda. 

<" Ved. Not to be broken. 



s P. HI- 2- 35 ; VI. 3. 

67 ] ] Catting or wounding the vital 
parts, inflicting wounds, corrosive, 
painfnl, sharp (fir. also); caustic; 

itSfffMnnmfaita* i\fa\ B. i. 

71 ; Ki. 14. 55 ; Si. 2. 109. -2 Acri- 
moniong, soar ( disposition ) ; MB. 
2. 161. 

at^nft [ =r fcicft WttwRft ] I A 

medicinal climbing plant. -2 N. of 
the wife of 



morning star personified ag the wife 
of Vasistba ; one of the Pleiades. 
-4 N. of the daughter of srr^ire^r, one 
of the 10 wives of Dbarma. [ In 
mythology Arnndhattis represented 
ag the wife of the esge Vasi-tha, one 
of the 1 sages. She was one of the 9 
daughters of KardamaPrajapati by 
DevabMtt.|She is regarded as the higt - 
est pattern of conjngal excellence 
nd wifely devotion and is BO invok- 
ed by the bridegroom at nuptial cere- 
monies. Though a woman sbe was re- 
garded with the same-even more- 
veneration as theS*ptarshis; cf. Kn. 
6. 12 ; (TrwtoH^ $Fwv&w- \ tfl- 
jtrif^HTWn ft re HTsa wnrji ef . also 

Janaka'g remarks in U. : 4. 10. She, 
like her hatband, was theguideand 
controller of Ragha'gline in her own 
department, and acted as guardian 
angel to 8to after she had been 
abandoned by Rama. It is said that 
Arundhati (the star) is not seen by 
persons whoso end has approached; 
Cf. Snaruta ^ tr^rRr want qq ^efi- 
iwcfi i sstrnqn^rtTt ? rr <f?ft nmgv n 
seeH 1.76 also]. -5 The tongue 
( personified). -Oomp. 3rrr%:,-im: 

ri(%: N. of Vagishiha one of the 
seven .Hishis or stars in the Uisu 
Major. 5^Tstni: see under wipj. 

-H' Not aogry, calm. 

a. 1 Not angry. -2 Shining, 
bright ; reddish. - J Unhurt. -4 
Moving, going about ( as a horse ). 

q-t 1 The red horse of Agni ; a 
flame. -2 The sun ; the day as presid- 
ed over by the sun. -3 The red 
storm-cloud. ft I The dawn. -2 A 
flame. -3 N. of the wif a of Bhrigu 
and mother of A irva. 

)m Den. P- To 30. 



of a tree ( vrcfltT? ) 

snftt.DR 3$ On. 2. ii6] Wound- 
*d, lore. m. (-v;) I The Arkatroe. 



-2 Red Kha.ii.ira. -n. \ A vital part. 
-2 A wound, sore (-m. also). -3 An 
oye. -Comp. cfrc a. [srfff-fjtP. 
III. 2. 21. ] causirg or inflicting 
wounds, wounding. ( -^; ) N. of a 
tree arfs^ q. v. ( -t ) the not of this 
tree. fja a. wounded, hurt. 

3Ttf%3iT Eruption on ths scalp 
with acute pain. 

- of a plant (jj*T(Jra*"r). 
bard, soft ; bland. 
. Ved. Soft, tender, 
supple. 

.3TOT a - 1 Formless, shapeless. 
*2 Ugly, deformed. -3 Dissimilar, 
unlike. 4 1 A badoragly fi?ure.-2 
The Pradhana of too Slnkhyas and 
Brahma of the Vedantins. -Gofflp. 
gT^- a, not to be attracted or won 
over by beauty ; STSTfr^f H^TFT Pf- 
JTfT^ Ku. 5. 53. 

are;T3r a. Without any figure or 
metaphor, not figurative, literal. 

3rew?r -W Shapelessness, deform- 
ity, disHiin'larity. 

3TOT: [^-3^^ Up, 4. 73] I The 
sun. -2 A kind of serpent. 

gr^- ind. An interjection of ( a ) 
calling to inferiors ; arrsrr 



! : : 

"Tff! '! TwTfT, Sat. Br. ( said by 
Yajnavalkyato his wife Maitreyt ) ; 
( 6 ) of anger ; w^ irfmsr ?fa fTtT: 
ir%rr: U. 4 ; ( c ) of envy. 

sr^Oj a. Not dnsty ; not soiled 
with dust, not touching th ; dust 
( of the earth ). n. ( -v$ ) What is 
not dust, the ether. 

g^rr^ a. [ rjfa ^: qfj qfq ] 1 
Sinless, spotless. -2 Olesr, pure, 
bright. 

gf^ ind. An interjection of ( a ) 
catling out angrily ; 3Kt J^riTJrg^r: 
5*rc5^nnT?: Ve - 3 ; ar< i ^\s 
lid ; or of ( b ) addrassing inferiors 
or by way of contempt; sffi ' 



a- *- * 1 ' Without holeg 
( 3Ti*S!T ) -2 Without splaudoar, 
obscured, dim. -Oomp. ^ -^3- 
a. [ P. V. 4. 144 ] J. having black 
teeth. -2' uaving thickset teeth 



a. Free- frtJm disease, 
healthy, sound, well ; aifrrrr: ^T^T^T- 

^rj^^a'&'rsi^rrjT: Sn "- T ! SuODd 

health ; sr !fmRrlr>T ^TTR'i^r'r H. 
1. 167. 

aiftjrar a.Vcd. 1 Freeing f iOm dis- 
ease.-! Free from disease. 

srftnri, -an'rra. He.ltby. 

sni^9Ta (f^*t/.)l Not shin- 
iug or bright. -2 Canting IOJB of 



appetite, producing loat;un< or dig- 
gust. & Loss of appetite ; disgust, 
loathing. 

arciriRfi^a- Suffering from loss 
of appe'ite or indigestion. 

^Tfr^Rnr " * Not shining. -2 
Not attached : Ms. 3. 62. 

HTlf^T - I Not shining, dark. 
-2 Disagreeable, ugly. 

3T^f7: Absence of anger, calm- 
ness. 

Sffrj a. Not terrible or fierce ; an 

epithet of Vishnu. 

3T3J 10 P- 
1 To heat or wann.-2 To praia?. 

^k.[wiW^F* Un v 3 - 4 

Fit tj ba wors nipped ( 3T%lsr ). 3f: 
1 A ray of tight, a flash of lightn- 
ing (Ved.). -2 The sun; 



. 

A crystal. -5 Capper. -6 Sunday.-? 
Membrum virile. -8 N. of the sun- 
plant, CalatropisQig9ntea(Mar s|), 
a small tree with medicinal sap and 



S. 2. 8 ; 



- 1- 51. 

-9 N. of Indr*. -10 A sort of religi- 
ons ceremony. -U Praise, by nn ; 
praising, extolling, song of praise. 
-12 A singer ( Ved. in these two 
senses]. -13 A learned man. -14 An 
e'cier brother.-lS Food (snf also ). 
-16 N. of Vishnu.-17 A kind of de- 
coction. -18 The seventh day of a 
month. -19 The ^rtifrss^ft aiterigm. 
-29 The number 12. -Oomp. -aT5t:, 
_5f OT a digit or 12th part of tha 
sun's disc. arpr^ *) T"TO: I 
the sun stone, heliotrope, girasol. -2. 
a sort of crystal or ruby. airf , the 
swillow wort. ff HIT: the time of 
coajnnction of the gun and .moon (^f 
or awRRTf ) 5!tar 1. N.of a plant 
co naonly called jsrfOTr. -2. snn'a 
wife. -3. sun's shadow. Sr^r 1* the 
field of the sun ; tha sign Leo, pre- 
sided over by the gnn. -2- N. of a 
holy place in Oriss*. ijfT: a kind 
of red aandal ( ^pf^ ) -3T: epithet 
of Karns, Yaiaa, Sngrsva. ( -su ) 
the two A7ins regarded as thephysi- 
cians of Heaven. <TTTt ' a son of 
the sun,' anepithatof Kirna, Yama, 
Man 11 Vaivasvata, Mann 84 . arni and 
Saturn ; see areonwfl ( -T ) N. of 
therivers YamunaandTipli. jl=r^ 
/. light of the sun. f^^, wr^j 
Sunday. Jiij milky sap or exuda- 
tion of arka. sf^Tii !?!) SST:, 
-33: N. of Saturn. Karna, or Y%ma. 
-r,ifrr a. one whose eyes r.re difficult 
to be gazed al. ( -sr; ) an epitt.et of 
Vlrlj Pnrmh' 'Wn^ w. the red arka 



148 



tree. q;^, -q<ft N. of the plant srfc. 
( -3TT ) kind of birth vort ( g^r, 
5J5T ) with wedge-shaped leaves 
j, Sf ) the leaf of the 3T< plant, 
nyr; N. of a plant ( (3% ) ; ano- 
ther tree ( arpP^: ) ) 5T a flower 
of aria. ( -lift ), -gfStfSfr N. of a 
plant ( fj'rqft ). ffor N. of ft plant 
(snt). sfg:. -rhrT: 1. N. of Bu- 
ddha, Sakyamuui. -2 a lotus ( tbe 
sun-lotus). it I. an asterisiu influen- 
ced b/ the sun. -2- tae eia.uLeo.-3. 



the ditc of the sun. J 



Bb. 2. 100. fij: a solar year. 
]. N. of a plant ( }>- ). -2- a loun. 
ftvTO: marriage with the arfci 
plant ( enjoined to be performed 
before a man marries a third wife, 
who thus become* his forth ) ; =^3- 
tfififi^i'fnf 5<iY<Vs5> ng?%t5; K4y- 
api. ww: N. of a tree ( aTsffSN* ). 
^T:-iT I. a vow performed on HK- 
g^fl!T5fr.-2. the law or manner of the 
sun; when a king exacts taxes from 
his subjects only to add to th'ir ma- 
terial comforts and happiness, just 
as the sun draws up water during 8 
months of the year, only to give it 
back increased a thousandfold, beig 
said to follow ar^f-T ; 3Tsrf HTfTt^l'- 
m^r<T?rit^ f^m ^r?rfvr: i frar ^?t 
TT5.TiVr?ra;f f% ^ n Ms. 9. 305 ; 
of. R. 1. 18 ( the point of compari- 
son may also be the imperceptible 
way in which the sun absorbs water, 
see Pt. 1. 221 ). sitai Ved. brilli- 
ancy of rays. arRfc /. 1. finding 
of rays. -2. poetical inspiration ; 
finding out hymus. -Hr^f: ' brother 
of the snn ', an epithet of Aiiavaia. 
f^-fff = 9ifaT q. T. 

3F&3ci; " Containing flashes of 
lightning. 

3TT<fo;a. Ved. ] Shining, bright 
-2 Praising. -3 Praised or worship- 
ped 



I Belonging to arka. -2 To be praised 
or worshipped. 



below. 
-ffr-tT [at? 
1^ *H TV. ] I A wooden bolt, pin, 
bar &c. (for fastening a door or 
the cover of a vessel ) a bolt, latch- 
bar ; sn'fcyT^t'&g^T f?(3f R. 18. 4; 
16. 6 ; srnnitnSr? MR. 2 ; 



weft K. P. 1 ; 3* ^ icr?*ra Ks. 4. 
62 bolted f rum without ; oft nscd 
figuratively in the sense of a bar, 
impediment, something intervening 
M an obstruction ; wr^ 
fan Pt. 2 ; Si. 2, 118 i 



HTnrtircWTt R- 1. 79 ob- 

stincted ; crvfapfa ^^ 'f^: ' r '- 45; 
war 5fws5W%7Mi1 - tTrsfi^?^ f5Tf-o3^: 
K. P. 8 ; etc ar^ifs aio. -2 A wave 
or billow. -3 The Ipaf of e door 
( splis ) -4 A kind cf gtotra or 
hymn. 

wfi'Ssfii A small door-pin, small 
bolt. 

3T?fsstT a. Fastened by a bolt, 
chained, bolted ; gr<r K. 357. 

sTTrfrT, -?g a. Belonging to a bolt 
or tin, 

3^ I P. [ ST^M, 3tPf, 3Tf^cf ] To 
be worth", have value, to cost ; q;ft- 



Subhash. 

4: [ 3?^-^ ] 1 Price, value ; ^~ 
J Ms. 8. 398 ; Y. 2. 25i ; 



I. 2. 15 reduced in their 
true value, depreciated ) ; BO &* 
priceless ;.nT^ very costly. -2 A 
material of worship, respoctful offer- 
ing or oblation to gods or venerable 
men, consisting of rice, DurvA grass 
&c. with or without watar ; |^T I I I T- 
- .1. 2tO ; 
Me. 4 ; 

( the ingredients ot this ofEeriiig 
are :-3m- '<f<< ffllff 



3T5i beiow. -Camp. sr| o . worthy 
of a respectful offering. ^r*i pre- 
sentation of a respectful offering. 
TOI^ff tate oi price, proper price, 
the cheapness or dearness of articles, 
fall or nse in prices ; Ms. 9. 329. 
-flCTI'T. ^Uwna the price of commo- 
dities, appraising, assizes o!' goods; 



^T: Ms. 8. 402. 

3T8(?Vl: N. of Siva. 

W5f a. [ srf-JJt w5-H?ffl ] 1 Valu- 
able ; 3T*Ei? invaluable ; gee s. v.-2 
Venerable, deserving respectful of- 



iiu. 6. 50, Hi. 1. 14 ; Y. 1. 
llO. E? I Aieapectfui cfferiug or 
oblaticnto a god or venerable per- 
son ( see-ari ) ; aHr: JunWs a?T i! e3 f 
Mq Sk. ; 3TEq r lT^ V. 5. ; ^5 H^i 
i U. 3. 24 ; M- 
t R. 11. 69 ; 1. 
44 ; Iiu. 1. 58, 6. 50 ; ( it often con 
sisti only of water given in a drona 
and forms part of the Madhuparka 
ceremony ). -2 A kind of honey. 

Ashes. 



[ arSm-ft, 

] 1 ( o ) To adore, wor- 
ship, salute, welcome with respect ; 
R. 2. 21, 1. 6, 90 ; 4. 84, 12. 89 ; 
Ms. 3. 93 i srpak fffSHcfh <WTT<aff- 



Bk. 1. 15, 14. 63 ; 17. o ; 
=3?Vfrr 5ITT5T Mv. 1. 29. honours, res 
peotfully obeys. (6 ) To honour, i. e. 
decorate, adorn ; U. 2. 9. -2 To praise 
(Ved.) -STostiine. -10 P. or Caul. 
I To honour, adore. worshipjf5ift*r- 
T.tJflr<mi>c<rT Kn. 1. 59. -2 To 
praise. -3 To cause to shine. -Deiid. 
[ 3TT%i^(f^ ] To wish to worship. 
-WlTii wg to congratulate, bail with 
joy. 51 ! to praise, sing praises 
of. -2- to honour, worship; JTTT- 
^*1J STU^sT.q Bk. 2. 20 ; (-cau.) 
to honour. tf 1 to worship, adore. 
-1. to fix, settle, establish. 

3T^ a. Ved. Shining. 

Sff4*T a. [ sr4-of^ ] Worshipping, 
adoring. a>; A worshipper ; S''?'" 
: Me. 11. 225. 
a. Ved. [ 3T^.H ^I W" 1 
Adorable, venerable ( Say. ) : roar- 
ing aload, singing loudly. 

ST^ST a- Ved. To bo piaued or 
woighippod. 

3T^ a. [ar^-pj?; ] Worshipping, 
p aising. ^, -HT Worship, rever- 
:.ce or respect paid to dei'.ies and 
ruperiora. 

3T4*fN 3T^q r pot. p. [ a^-smfai. 
oir(j[ ] To be adoied or worshipped,' 
vunerablo, adorable, respectable R. 
2.10. Bk. 6. 70. 

3T^f [ 9I^-31|; ] 1 Worsoip, adora- 
tion. -2 An idol or image intended 
to be worshipped ; : iftqrtr"irT?f5nC- 
Vt: TiJifrTar: ilbh.; ( there is some 
ilippute among acholais as to the pre- 
cise meaning of this passage ). 

3TI%: / [ aK-c^] Ry, flame (of 
fire or of the morning twilight); an 1 - 



12. 1 ; ^^ 
vjirr V. 1.8. 

a. Ved. Shiniug. 
'-^. Worshipped, respect- 
ed, honoured ; R. 10. 55 ; Ms. 4. 
35 ; Ku. 1. 59. 

M^a- Honouring, adoring. 

. 1 Praisicg, honouring, 
worsbippir.g. -2 Shining as a ray of 
tight, radiating. m- (*3fi) A ray of 
light. 

3T&.. ( -f%: } [ 37^-5^ Un. 2. 
107] 1 A ry of light, flam) ; TJ%- 
qf^urfVi}! i^HeiJTS^f Bv. 9. 67. 23; 
!Ti?fSiom'3ff'3ti&Tr3? R. 3. 14. -2 
LigQt, lustre ; ii^riTrift'^rTt Kn. 2. 20 ; 
Ratn. 4. 16 ( said to b also/. ) -/. 
N. of the wife of fsrr'g and mother 
of a^g. -m. I A ray of light. -2 
fire. 



. 
brilliaut, bight ; V. 3- 2. m, I 



149 



Fire, the god of Sre. -2 The sun -3 
A sort of subordinate deity. -4 N. 
of Vishnu. -?ft 1 N. of the town or 
warld of A?ni. -2 One of ths 10 
earths according to Buddhists. 

^ 1 P. [ arsrft, STRK, 

j(, arfsrg, STrtrr ] I To procure, 
secure, gain, earn, usually in the 
cam. in this sense ; fcr$?=Trf%*"iv'T 
V4*f*rarf3H y. 2. 118. -2 To take 
up ; sTrsTgtgsTterrftr Bk. 14. 74. 
-10 P. orcoiw. 1 To procure, acquire, 
obtain ; fT1f3r<T, f^rnra' obtained 
by one's own exettions, self acquir- 
ed. -2 To work or manufacture, make, 
prepare ( ?r<fr gortfRr^Ff ). -WlTH sift 
I. to allow, permit, let go. -?. to re- 
move, despitoh, make away with. 
-arg to let go, set free, deliver. -arra 1 
to add to. 3T??< 1. to came to go 
after or iua particular direction. -2. 
to visit with any thing, overcome. 
WTr% to add, append ; gay some- 
thing in addition to what is already 
slid. 3TT to permit to leave, re- 
leas*, let go. T^ to drive out, re- 
move. :r ca.ua. tu furnish, sapply, 
procure. 

srk^; ' <* [wir-afs] (-flrwr/-) 

Proauring, acquiring ; oae who ac- 
quires or gets ; arsfVr 
Smriti. -9T> N.of several plants 



tion ; 



Gutting, acquisi- 
t. 1. 163 ; 

f Day. B. 

-J^forg^ On- 3. 
58 ] ( irr-sTr /. ) 1 White, clear, 
brigbt, of the oolcur of day ; sfgiy 
^^ffSTJ'T T! &'. 6. 9. 1 ; fq-flVwi- 
sfissnr^^fif Si. 1. 6. -2 Silvery. 
;T: 1 The white colour. -2 A pea- 
COCK. -3 A sort of cutaneous disease. 
-4 A tree (Mar. at^mi^i ), with 
useful rind.-5 N!. of tlie third Panrfa- 
va who was a son of Kuuti by Indra 
and htnce cilled 3i1j also [ Arjuna 
wag so called because he wag 'white' 
or ' pure in actions ' ( "jurarf ^Tjfamt 
<fl H |<>T: ffT I ^rfT *H g^ ^ ~<tf Jff- 
Ijfri^j: ) He was taught the nseof 
arms by Drona and was his favourite 
pupil. By big skill in anus he won 
Draupadi at her Svayamvara ( nee 
Draupadi ). For an involuntary 
transgression he went into tempora- 
ry exile and (luting tbat time ho 
learnt the sciocco of arms from Pa- 
ratnrauia. He married Ul,ij, a 
Naga Princess, by whom he bad a 
son named Iravat, and also Chitron- 
gada, daughter of the king of Mani- 
purar, who bore him a Ron named 
Baburuvahana. Daring this exile he 
visited Dvaraka, and with the help 
and advice of iiriuhnit succeeded in 



marrying Saimadra. By her he had 
a son named Abhimanyu. After- 
ward* he obtained ths b:>w Gandiva 
from the god Agni whom he assisted 
in burning the Kbandava forest. 
When Dharran, his eldest brother, 
lust the kingdom by gambling, and 
the five brothers went into exile, he 
wont to the Himalaya to propitiate 
t ha godg nd to obtain from them 
celestial weapons for use in the con- 
templated war against the Kauravas. 
There he fought with Siva who ap- 
peared in the disguise of a Kirata ; 
hut when he discovered the true cha- 
racter of his adversary he worship- 
ped him and Siva gave him the Pasn- 
putastra. Indra, Varnna, Yama and 
Kubera also presented him with their 
own weapons. In the 13th year of 
their exile, the Paniiavas entered the 
service of the King of Virata and ha 
hud to act the part of a eunuch, and 
music and dancing master. In the 
great war with theEauravasArjnna 
took a very distinguished part. He 
c ecu red the assistance of 
Krishna who aoted as his charioteer 
and related tohimthe Bhagavudgtia 
when on the first day of the battle 
he hesitated to bend his bow against 
his own ktnamen. In the course of 
the great struggle he slew or van- 
quished several redoubtable warriors 
on the side of the Kauravaa, auohag 
Jctyadratha r Bhishma, Kama &o. Af- 
ter Yndhishthira had been installed 
sovereign of Hastinipnra,he resolved 
tu perform the Agvamedba, sacrifice, 
and a horgo wag let loose with Arju- 
na as its guardian. Arjuna followed 
it through many cities and countries 
and fought with many kings. Attbe 
city of Manipnra be had to fight with 
his own son Babhrnvabana and was 
killed ; but he was restored to life 
by a chirm supplied by his wife 
Ulupt. He traversed the whole of 
Bharata khand* and returned to 
Flastinapura, loaded with spoils and 
t/ibntes, and the great horse-sacrifice 
was then duly performed. He was af- 
ter wards called by Krishna to Dvara- 
ka amid the intestine struggles of the 
1'adavat aud there he performed the 
funeral ceremonies of Vaiudeva and 
Krishna. Soon after this the five 
Pant/a vas repaired to heaven having 
installed Partkshit-the only surviv- 
ing son of Abhiraanyn-onthethroae 
oE Hastinapura. Arjuna was the 
bravest of the Pandavas, high-mind- 
ed, generous, upright, handsome and 
the most prominent figure of all his 
brothers. He has geveral appella- 
tions, such as Partha, Qniiafcea, 
Savyas&chi,- Dhananjaya, Phalguna,- 
Kiritin, Jishnn,Svetav4hana, GAndi- 
vin &o.].-6 N. of Klrtavirya, slain 
by Parasurama.See ijrrcftft. -7 N. of 
a country Bri. S. 14. 25.-S The only 
BOD of bit mother. -9 N. of Indra 



fr I A procuress, bawd. -2 A cow. 
-J A kind of serpent. -4 N. of Usha 
wife of Anirurtdha. -5 N. of a river 
commonly called =p^rjjr. -6 ( ^,"7: 
dual and p!. ) N. of the constella- 
tion Phalguai. ^1 Silver. -2 Gold. 
-3 Slight inflammation of tha white 
of the e/e. -4 Grass. ^r- ( pL ) 
Ths (Jojcindunts of Arjuna. Camp. 

3trfr: the teak tree ; also ^fnpf JT 
and rrjmNfTffl. Sifrj a. having a 
white stem or appeu.dage. yft a. 
white, of a white colour. vfgr : 
1 white-bannered ', N. of Hanumat. 

N. of a plant and its fruits. 

SfT-J? a. Belonging to Arjuoa. 
i A worshipper of Arjuna. 

Mr^**v0. [ forrr^ JIT ] Overgrown 
with Arjuna plant*. 

3TOT 3 -[^- i r] I Being in motion, 
agitated ; restless. -2 Foamiag, ef- 
fervescing. ft; 1 A flood, stream ; 
water (Ved.). -2 The teak tree. -3 A 
letter ( of the alphabet ) ; fr^ro) ' 
ngfrfter:- -4 N. of a metre having 
10 feet and belonging to the class 
called Dandika. -ajj A river (Ved.). 
-Si Tumult or din of battle, con- 
fused noiie. 



.' Being agitated, foam- 
ing, restreas ( * cd. ; ; fall of water 
(diy.). _ti. i jprfra tfffi Jfi?^, 3To^- 
? ^n; P. V. 2. 109 V4rt. ] 1 A 
stream, flood, wave. -2 The ( foam- 
ing ) sea, ooenn ( fig. also ) ; ^^ 
ocean of grief ; so f%mj 3M ocean 
of men ; w*mi3f*a<5R Bu. 3. 10. -3 
Tho ocean of air. -4 N. of a metre. 
-5 N. of the sun or Indra (as givers 
of water ). -Comp 3^. the extre- 
mity of the ocean. T^: 1. N.of a 
plant 3Tfi?srrr. -2- the moon. ( -*T ) 
Lakshmi. (-4 ) nectar. ^ a. sea- 
born, marine. ( -gf, -5r : ) .cuttle-fish- 

^fhf:i-rrH a boat or strip. -tfi5v> 1. 
' inhabiting the ocean,' N. of Varu- 
pa, regent of the waters. -2 N. of 
Vifhnu. 

3T^W n [^-3Tg^-3^Un. 4. 196] 
I Water ; a wave, flood, stream ; 
HT^R'r: ^UT5TJirw Si. 12. 69. -2 
The sea, ocean ( uusally %: ). -3 
Th ooean of air. -Oomp. q-. | . a 
cloud. -2. N. of a plant gfa^. vtq- 
conch-shell. f^ a. Ved including 
the waters. 

srnf^ a- Hiving muoh water. 

m. The ocean. 

: =31^15? q- v. 

a - C ^-35 ] I Blaming, re- 
viliog. -2 Sorry, gunved. H Cen- 
sure, reproach, abuse. 



156 



grfrfj /" [ 3?^-f3j ] I Pain, sor- 
row, grrsf ; fstrrs''?? head-ache. -2 
The end of a bcw. 



[ 5^-033 ] An elder sis- 
ter ( in dramas ). 

3f^5 a. Ved. [ sui^ 
Provoking, quarrelsome ( 

3TSEJ; Id A. [ 3!i%, epic 



I Toreqnfst, beg, supplicate, ask, 
entreat, solicit ( with two aco. ) ; 
Pit- 71 ; annTs>*5 

tftHJNS Mb. ; U*?3*ro- 

Bk. 14. 88. -2 To strive 
to obtain, desire, wish. 

are: [ In some of its senses from 
3r ; in others from SK-ST^ Up- 2. 4 ; 
atflr Rft3rf*ft= Sir. ] 1 Object, pur- 
pose, end and aim ; wish, desire ; 



Mn. 5 ; *$rnj 5.8; 
mawfiRa ?Tf Dk. 1 17 if it be noc- 
sssary ; Y. 2. 46 ; M. 4. 6 ; oft used 
n this sense as. the last member of 
:omp oands and translated by 'for,' 
intended for ', ' for the sake of,' 
on aooonnt of ', 'on behalf of,' and 
ised like an adj. to qualify coona ; 

Vart. 



) 2- 16 ; 

g- 3 9. 

It mostly occurs in this sense ag ajj, 
siwf or arori and has an adverbial 
force ; ( a ) f%3 for what purpose, 
why ; Tsf for whom or which ; %jjt- 
' 



*t Ku. 6. 13 . (6) 

H. 1. 44; naitfwrsroritf ^ Pt. 1. 
')*i3ftftnr:Bg. 1.9; (c) 
t- 4. 18; jRin^rftr r<rr aw 

^WlsNala. 13, 19; SK^Sf- 
pj- =3Tiir*f 23. 9. -2 Cause, motive, 
reason, ground, means ; MjjaJ S^f: 
i%Tjii5: K. 2. 55 means or cuuso ; sn- 
(itsri^ Ms. 2. 213.-3 Meaning, sense, 
signification, impurt ; arsj is of 
3 kinds i-^r^icr expressed, s^j or in- 
dicated (secondary), and nfiq or sug- 
gested ursCrtf 5i*?rf K. P. 1 ; *w7 
WTSJ ?5ff sir'i^nr f=roi is: 8. 
D 2 ; anw'fo'3 K * * 
^nTn^i-T 3- 



4. 21 ; that wliich cin be perceived 
by the senses, an object of sense ; 
fHr*! H. 1. 146 ; Ku. 7. 71 ; R. 2. 
51 ; * ftvsr qrtmif wfifatrf: Nir. ; 



Kath. (tlie objOi9 of sense are five 
?TC, W, *[*, Wfl and 3^ ) -5 (a) An 
affair, bnaineiB, matter, work ; 
e. 3 ; 



Dk. 67 ; iftanf: Mo. 56 business of 
Ringing, i. e. musical concert ( ap- 
paratus of singing ) ; *%TTIT: Me. 5 
matters of message,!, e. messages (i) 
Interet,object; m*r?naRar<TTi Me 4. 
19: ; gTr>fTOwrw R. 1. 19 ; 2. 21 ; 
J*iqrsf 1- 72 ; ^FiT%F5f: Ma 7. 
121 ; JTrc5f^>n?r T ir grfV^si: M 38 
I have no interest in M. (c) Sub- 
ject-matter, contents C as of letters 
&c. ) ; r?nr*nn!i sift<"mT Mn. i 
will acquaint yo'i with the matter ; 
Twustf &wr*l: ibid.; fa fff sr^T ^T- 
arrr H-^rfit V. 2 if so I should krow 
its contents ; s?g q-^^fiTTOTrfjT ?ptr 
H^rarV^, 5 ; air ^T^rrrsf^TiiiiTtof ^R- 
gcrwrar ^frr^^r M. 4 made acquaint- 
ed with ; fq-iTf 55yTanpTr am^ncfr 
*v JT wrfttrr 3 ; srstrfmf 3TTTr S 6 ; 
?r% <nnq;n^r?rrsifq:^f^rfei<i. -6 weal- 
th, riches, property, money (said to 
be of 3 kinds :-gaf honestly ot; yi& 
got by more or legs doubtful means 
and jtor dishonestly got); cTTinfrriRW- 
apjisrf R- 1- 7 ; fyJiwT: aBeff*nrr: Pt. 
1. 163; 3m.'3-rT3fii j.. 
fffpr finiTfar 1 3 ; 
g^ f rr^ 5c9T5ar^ Ms 7. 62. -7 
Attainment of riches or w>rldly 
prosperity, regarded as one of the 
four ends of human existence, the 
other three b?ing rf, ^m nnd jfrsr; 
with 37^ and qjiJT, 'sr5 forms the 
well-known (riad ; of. Ku. 5. 38 ; 



R. 1. 25. -8 ( ) Use, advantage, pro- 
fit, good ; arr f? w'Tetfim^ TU^FT- 
"Sc5T STT: R- 1- 29 ft* the good of 
others ; anft^sfrji?!: sgr Ms. 8. 24 
good and evil ; $fiiraTr3&i 9. 52 ; *JT- 
TRJ Tf <TW ^a: wtff* Bg. 2. 46; 
also sqsj f^TlV q. '. (6) Dae, want, 
need, concern (with ingtr.);^Trs5j:3^oT 
3Tra= Pt- 1. what is the nse of a eon 
Keing born; 3faj S'ifiU: Dk. 59 ; q?iJ- 
ffa^^jt gar: Pt. 2. 33. what do brutes 
care for merits ; Bh. 2. 48 ;^iT^srrjj: 
Si. 18. 66; itaf-?r 
Bg. 3 18 ; 



ir 3frRasrr4: Nala. 12. 95 -9 Asking; 
b"pging; reqaest, suit, petition. -10 
Action, plaint ( in law). -11 The 
actual state, fact of the matter ; as 
in *nmr, 3T&K, c ffT*p^.-12 Manner, 
kind, Bert. -13 Prevention, warding 
off ; HQT : fiT'tfr >JIT: ; prohibition, aboli- 
tion (this man:ug may also be de- 
rived from 1 above ). -14 Price 
( perhaps an incorrect form for 37^.) 
-15 Fruit, result ( <* ). -16 N. of 
a son of H$- -17 The second 
place from the H ( in 
astr. ). -18 N. of Vishnu. Dump. 
wfSretrret charge of money, office 
of treasurer ; "* * ftqtainft fl- 2. 



m. a treasurer, one 
charged with financial duties, 
finance minister. urrVrof inquiry 
after a matter. STBT ' another or 
different meaninsf. Tt. another cause 
or motive ; sTOfTJTWnwsT <TT Ku. 
3 18. -3. a new matter or circom- 
gtanop, new affair. -4. opposite or 
antithetical mening, difference of 
moaning. Fzrr?T: a figure of speech 
in which a general proposition is 
aiMtice 1 to support a particular in- 
stance, or a particular instance, to 
support a general proposition ; it is 
an inference from particular to 
general and vice vena; 
WTi^ WITHri'^OT^r: I 0) 

*fi f nfRJFTf n ( 



Kuval. ; cf. aleo K. P. 10. and S. D. 
709. ( Instances of this figu-e abound 
in Sanskrit literature, especially in 
the work* of K&lidasa,. .M4^ha and 
Bharavi). -3?i>^ff a. \. rich, wealthy. 
-2. significant. -sriS^ a- one who 
longs for or strives to get wealth or 
gin any object. ara^it: a figore 
of speech determined by and depend- 
ent on the sense, and not on sound 
(opp. SIS^SK). amriT! I. acquisi- 
tion of wealth, income ; mnr W%; 
Pt. 1.-2. collection of property. -J. 
conveying of a sense ; S. D. 737. 
surfer: /. [ awtT 3rg;er>w amra- 
I%f5: ] 1. an inference from circum- 
stances, presumption, implication, 
one of the five son/ces of knowledge 
or modes of proof, according to the 
Mtmamsakas. It is ' deduction of a 
matter from that which could not 
else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, 
not itee'f perceived but necessarily 
implied by another which is seen, 
heard, or proved '; it is an inference 
i.sed to account for an apparent in- 
consistency ; as in the familiar in- 
stance ?pft ^tr f^n =r w?p the ap- 
parent inconsistency between ' fat- 
cess' an I 'not eating by day' is ac- 
counted for by the inference of bis 
'esting by night'; 



_ 

Stric'ly speaking it ig no separate 
mode oC proof; it is only a case of 
373x1 ra and can be proved by a *fa}*-- 
Hfinricf. Tarha K. 17 ami S'. D. 460. 
-2- figure of speech ( acsirding to 
same rhatjrioitnl ) in which a re- 
levant assertion suggests an infer- 
ence not actually connected with 
the subject in hand, or vice vena ;it 
corresponds to what is popularly 
called *3f?rs!TH! or \s\^f^jf ; e g. 



: Amaru. 100; 



- 8, 43 



ST* 



151 



8. D. thus defines the figure: 



quigition of wealth ; so 
CW: an introductory scone ( in 
dramag ); 3raY<rr<T*ir: ^ S. D. 308. 
TTJTT a simile dependent on sense and 
not on Bound ; see under gijur -3 wi 
m. the glow or warmth of wealth ; 
srofTOorr fsrrfffr: s^r: *r <r* Bh. 2. 
40 arfaj, {rfsr: treasure, hoa'd f 
money .-^t ( ?T/- ).-^l <* I bring- 
ing in wealth, enriching ; sri^ffr ^ 
nror H. Pr.3.-2. ngeful, advantage- 
ous.-^^ n. a principal action (op p. 
JTTO$:}). -3?nT a degirous of wealth 
( -nr dual ) wealth and ( sensual ) 
desire or pleasure ;R. 1.25. -5^ I. 
a difficult mutter. -2- pecuniary diffi- 
culty ; * gircpf^E^s s li - -fW do- 
ing or execution of a Dullness; srijjV 
BTW^T'IT: Me 38 -anr: due order or 
sequence of purpose. -TO a. I. based 
on the sense (as a Ttr). -2- devoid of 
fens*. -UTT depth of meaning ; vrnr- 
*ttfftf.T Udb., Ki. 2. 27. -ff a. ({ft 
/. ) extravagant, wasteful, prodigal ; 
f 1.73; Mi. 9.80. f%v* a- 1- 
thinking of profit. -2. Laving charge 
of affairs ; 5ff*Wf%<TiR( Mg. 7. 121. 
fitHT, -f%?pi charge or administra- 
tion of ( royal ) affairs ; JWT *f T^W- 
f^Swnrt S. D. -srrsr a. I . foil of mean- 
ing. -2 wealthy ( sjRm ) (-) I- a 
collection of things. -2- large amount 
of wealth, considerable property ; 
Dk. 63,S.6;Mk 2. 6. -3. all matter* ; 
Si. 11. 6. -4. its own meaning ; Ki. 
3. 48. -=jr a. knowing the sense or 
purpose ; snjjr ^IGift! T?HK3> Nir. 

ntv 1 the real truth, the fact of 
the matter ; H. 4. 91. -2- the real 
nature or cause or any thing. -^ a. 1. 
yielding wealth ; Dk. 41. -2- advantn- 
geoni, productive of good, useful. 
-3. liberal, munificent ; Ms. 2. 109. 
4. favourable, compliant. ( -^:) N. 
of Knbera. ^srsf perception of 
objects ; Ki. 2. 33 ; Dk. 155. fTOT 
I. extravagance, watte ; H. 3. 115 ; 
Ms. 7. 48. -2- unjust seizure of pro- 
perty or withholding what it due. -3. 
finding fault with the meaning. 4. 
spoiling of another's propeity. -!(T<sr: 
literary f ault or blemish with re- 
gard t ) the sense, one of the four 
doshai or blemishes of literary com- 
position, the other three being q^fr, 
T^tSI^iT, and sfprfiT ; for definitions 
&e. see K. P. 7. f3t?i a. = arqV-m 
Nir. -T^^rasT a dependent on wealth. 
-f3|rjTi: determination, decision. -iiiffS 
1. 'the lord of riches' ; i3rfVfirB:*ir- 
nFSr*TT$-R.2.4G; 1.59;9.3. 18. 1 ; 
Pt. 1. 74. -2- an epithet of Knbera. 

"TCi -g1 I- intent on gaining 
wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous. 



-X niggardly, parsimonious ; Bh. 2. 
47 ; Pt. 1. 425. -aqfitif. the leading 
source or occasion of the grand 
object in a drama ; ( the number of 
these ' sources 'is five : ^nf f??: f 
(TraT T ST^fl W^Jfa? II 3TqVf<T<j: TT IrfWT 

jisin-jraTPrfa S. D. 317 ). -mTrT; I. 
usury .-2- administration of the affairs 
( of a state ). irni a. derived or 
understood from the sense. -sftJ: 1- 
arrangement of words, composition, 
text; stanza, verse ; S. 7. 5 ; ejfenmS- 
irqr V. 2. 14 pnt or expressed in 
elegant words. -2. connection ( of 
the soul) with the objects of sen^. 
~3r% a. selfish, -ij'nj; indication of 
the (real import). -rr*.a. entitled to 
a share in the division of property. 
-ij^ a. receiving high wages ( as a 
servant ). ^T. distinction or 
difference of meaning ; 3Tmlfr $ref 
*Tf!- mrt -JIT I. property, wealth ; 
Pt. 2- -2- tie whole sense or object, 
-gifT a. significant,full of meaning ; 
Kn,1.13.-t?r>T: acquisition of wealth. 
-ffr>T: avarice. -71^1 I. dt-cla ation 
of any purpose. -2. aiBrmatios, de- 
claratory assertion, an explanatory 
remark, exegesis ; speech orai>sert ; on 
having a certain object ; a sentence 
(itnsully reco ntneads a f3f^ or pre- 
cept by stating the good arising from 
its prop >r observance, and the evils 
arising from its omission, and also 
by adducing historical instances in 
its support ; ^jf^rJr^r qrfrrfr: srr?<r 
f ?TiTf: Qaut. Sftt. ; ( snid by Lau- 
gikshi to be of three kinds: 



5^ purity or honesty in money- 
matters; jT^rt **r* sJMMmJjrfte 1 *rt. 
Ms. 5. 106. -Rftrnr I. accumula- 



: i tu " ' a9t kind includes 
many varieties ). -3 onn of the s z 
means of finding out the tityarya 
( real aim and object ) of any work. 
-4 praise, eulogy ; artforf irqr: I ajfr 
9 ^ eBf*TO7lf U. 1. -ft^frsi compre- 
hending the HP rise, one of the six 
exercises of the understanding (sffsr). 
-f%^; a. sensible, wise ,sagaciou. -ft- 
srjjq: difficulty in the comp'ehension 
of the sense. -ft5^af=JT^(5rawrohange 
of meining. f^f5T: I- deviation 
from truth, perversion of fact. -2. 
prevarication ; also ?tf. -f^var 
a reprehensive repetition of donifl- 
thing uttered by another; S. D. 490. 
"f(%! / accumulation of wealth. 
EITJ: expenditure ; 5f a- conver- 
sant witli money-matterii. -5rrr I 
the science of wealth ( political eco- 
nomy) -2. science of polity, political 
science, politics; Dk. 



3 ; "sTl^flftl one dealing with poli- 
tics, a politician ; MIL 5. -3. science 
giving precepts on general conduct, 
the science of practical life ; Pt. 1. 



tion of wealth, -2. treasury. 
-frg^: accumulation or acquisition 
of wealth, wealth, treasure, property. 
-H-JT'^: aggregate of causes. -iTWTfTT: 
J. treasure. -2. acquiuition of wealth. 
-^rt^f. accom; ligbmentof a desired 
object; Ki. 1. 15. -tf^-r: connection 
of the sense with the word cr sen- 
tence. tntrer a. 1. accomplishing 
any object. -2. bringing any matter 
to a conclusion. -*TTT: considerable 
wealth : Pt. 2. 42. -r%3fa. understood 
from the very context ( though not 
expressed in words), inferable from 
the connection of words. r^r^i / 
fulfilment of a desired object, gric- 
CCB3.-$T o. inheriting wealth. -ypr 
1; deprived of wealth, poor. -2. un- 
meaning, nonsensical. -3. failing. 

arfoi tad. [ 3p}-m%5 ] 1 With re- 
ference to the meaning or a particu- 
lar object ; *j^rfa> '!Vr* M41. 1.7 
depth of meaning ; Si. 7. 28. 
-2 In fact, truly ; ^ Hri<T: 
tfsft Si. 3. 56 ; ffrrf?ffWlVf 
Mv. 3. -3. For the sake of money, 
gain or prolt ; ^jrf?sr?TO < ?'9TWf 
?5t*W?T: ^5f Mn.l.l4.-4. On account 
of, by reason of. -5. By reason of 
wealth or a particular purpose ; sr&rt 
S^ifr Trfr *rr srrft ar^tT: jffr^ Mk. 
3.27. 

aHhrr Request, entreaty, suit, pe- 
tition ; N. 5. 1U. 

ST&nr. <> 1 Wealth, rich ; K. 14. 
23 -2 Significant, foil of sense or 
meaning ; 3T<S^R wg ft trsr^rsft S. 
5 ; Pt. 1. 136 ; Ki. 3. 51. -3 Having 
meaning, arfofurjwinr: srfStrrlrtf 
P. 1.2.45. -4 Serving aouie purpose ; 
successful, useful ; ^ 3Jr^T3pirr 
Ki. 11. 62 ; 10. 62. -ado. According 
to a purpose, -m. ( -TM; ) A man. 

araf^TF We.alth, property ; Mu. 6. 

anfi^ ind. ( abl. of sj$ ) I As a 
matter of course, of course, in fact; 
HWWT i&t Hf*<iT yfT^T tTfff^^i^T- 

n-j<iHworfr'>ir?r'rrcr H^f^ 8- D. 10. 
-2 According to the circumstances 
or state of the case ; as a matter cf 
fact. -3 That is to say, namely. 



I A crier, 
watchman.-2 Especially, a minstrel 
whose duty it is to ' announce 
( by song &o- ) the different fixed 
periods of the day, such as the 
hours of rising, sleep'ng, eating &o. 

sn'dnp-P- Requested, asked, de- 
sired. ff [ *rft-T6 ] Wish, desire; 
supplication, petition. 

3it5cTfi -*$ 1 State or condition of 
a supplicant, begging, request ; ^ 



152 



R. 11. 2 ;M. 3; 



K. 141 : ihrr*irf 
^^sj Me. 6 ; Mv, 2. 9. -2 Wish, 
desire ; R. 14. 42 ; N*fttWtRac*Tt 
Pt. 1. 142 ; Ki. 13. 69. 

srfS^a. [3T&-5^1 ' 8e kin S to 
gain or obtain, wishing for, desirous 
of. (with instr. or in eorap.^gcrcii- 
Ht Dk. 132 ; wr?aTrt Mu. 5 ; *r> 
war TOT*ir W3 Mb - Ve - 6 25 ' 
aronfr Pt. 1- 4. 6. -2 Entreating or 
betrging any one ( with gen. ) ; 3Tff 
<*TVmW KB. -3 Possessed of de- 
sire' ; ST^U? nrwTr^: R - 10 - 18 ' ""' 
1 One who a'ks, begs or solicits ; a 

r. suppliant, suitor; -gsir^iTnrr^ 
B.I- 6; 2. 64; 5. 31; 9 27; 

mfr nr* Ft. 1 . I 46 ; <K*nv*R- 
um*& **f ^rm*: Mv 1 . 
30. -2 (In law) A plaufiff, complain- 
ant, prosecntor ; w ur^WHW! ?r- 
spraroiwriOTt *nr i a^ risni'sl^R 
tWfKnRffrn R- ". 39. -3 A 

servant, follower. -4 A master or 
lord. -Ooap. -vrpr: state of a enp- 
pliant, begging, request; Mil. 9 30. 
-TTtI<z<*o-ft tthedi8 P oaal of beggsrs ; 



iWT<r a. [ 3T*-0 1 ( In co*'?- ) 
Destined or intended for, doome-1 to 
suffer ; srtn: Tr35mJT<f Ms. 12-^16. 
-2 Belonging or relating tojEfiJT -^w 

17 ' 27 

Ft ^ be 



anked or sought for. -2 [ 
aw-JT^ 1 Fit, proper, suitable ; 
f^nj. Mv. 2. 7. -3 Appropriate, not 
deviating from the sense, signi- 
ficant ; fjfi? ?(iT^wrerrTHT<r!TfT *rr- 
CTWT R. * 6, 1. 59 ; Ku. 2. 3.-4 Ri^h, 
wealthy. -5 Wise, intelligent. -z$ 
Red chalk. 

3T^ 1 P- f WW> 3^' 3Tr ^- 3T <% 
sri^T, or ar* 1 1 To affiict, torment : 
strike, hurt, kill ; ^stiHTOTTO ^J- 
^srnrfa Bk. 12. 52, s^o caul, belnw. 
-2 To beg, request, ask; fSriffa^tir 1 ^ 
sir^r'f sn^ffr^nTKVft R. 5. 17. -3 
To go. -4 To move, be agitated or 
moved ; be scuttared fas dnst) ; fly 
in pieces, dissolve ( Ved. ) (The 
pa*t participle ia usually 3TP&, bnt 
anf when the root is preceded by arivr, 
flf, ft, *; cf. P. VII. 2. 24-5) 
-Cain, (or 10 P.) 1 ( a ) To afflist, 
torment, distress ; ^?r (T^-T^rVr^- 
Tmn i^nt Mb. ; nfTJTrf^fT, ^TT", 

>Tf &o ( b ) To strike, hurt, injure, 
kill ; W1M %?TST I^T-^T Bk. 2. 
46 ; 9. 19 ; 15. 90. -2 To sttr up, 
rouse, agitate, sbak" vohemnentl v, 
make agitated or restless. -3 To 
distort ; 3r|iVf5Ti'r^r W^ywf^a 1 3f5T- 
TTWTiT: 8nrnta. -WiTH 3rft to tor- 
ment excessively fall upon o- at- 



tack ; 3T?<rr?T!i T1T&T! S* Bk. 15. 
115- -3jf*r to distress, afflict, pain, 
oppress ; 31*11% frfr f Tt7: ( *ft^T qrr%- 
ff: ) P. VII. 2. 25 8k. - fr Ved to 
stream forth, flow out- !j to over 
wo^k, to work or exert oneself be 
yon f l measure ; to cause to flow swiy. 

filt to oppress or press bard in 
return, assail in return, return an 
attauk. f% Ved. to go or mova 
away ; to oppress, harass, pain. 
( -Caul ) to cause to be scattered 
or diaeolred, destroy, annihilate. 

*T caus. to pain greatly, wound 
disirea*. 

3^To. 1 Distressing, afflicting, 
tormenting ; 5*, r?y - -2 Moving 
restlessly, being agitated. ?r [ vfe 
53^] Distressing, afflicting; pain, 
trouble, anxiety, disturbance, exo to- 
inpnt, agitation, restlessness 4, 
-<rr I Qoin't, moving. -2 Asking 
begging. -3 Killing, hurting, giving 
pain. 

3Tsfr> 1 Asking, begging. -2Sick- 
neaa, disease- -3 Fire. 

3T%TJ-.p. [art-^] Tormented, 
afflicted ; begged &c. -?r A disease, 
soasm of the jaw-bones, tetanus or 
heraiplegia (paralysis of thn tnusoles 
on one aide of the face and neck ). 

arnffaR a. f STfifmtWW-^ ] Suffer- 
ing from the spasms of jaw-bones. 

3f>J a. [ ^jJ-f5rT-3T^ ; according 
to Nir. fro'n f or =(C<] Half, fo'm 
ing a half ( divided into 2 pa'ta ) ; 
-3T-$-3f& the one half-tha other half. 

*h [ ^i-^sf ] 1 A plaon, region, 
country; honss, habitation ( Vc^. ). 
-2 Increase ( ff^ ) -3 Wind. -4 A 
psrt_portion, niHe. ^J,-^ 1 :! A half, 
half portion ; H$Tr5T ir^cTflT arSr ff- 

^fn TfTiT: ; TifJT'l ^ffff V. 2 ; tr- 
^&t first half ; so T^' latter half ; 
5T%or southern half ( half on tlie 
right side ) so sr^ir", srn , TT, 
mti &c. ;T^f f%fiTrS 1.9 divid- 
ed in half ; ^*3Trar5 M. 27 ; R- 3. 
59,12.99;Trtr^5TiiBh 3. 107; one 
part of two, ap*rt, ptrily ( Ved. ). 
-2 Veirnes!, proximity ; see ari^ 
( 3T(J may ba compounded with 
al'oost every noun and adjeotivfi ; 
as first member of compound 
with noun* it in^ans ' a half of ', 
and forms an T^ffrfl'mT r 



: &o.; with adjective', it has an 
adverbial force ; 5^nT half dark ; 
-Tf; hilf eaten ; so "f^ff, "jof &" ', 
with numerdl adjectives it may 
mean either ' a half of ' or 'with an 
additional half ; ^half of lOOi. . 
50 ; or sr^r ^5^ srff i. e. 150 ; with 
ordinal nn nerals'witha half or that 



number' ; gir<f containing two and 
the third only half ; i. two and a 
half ; so "^sj tliree and a half. 
-flomp -- 3ir% n. side-look, wink ; 
Mk. 8. 42. 35rit hslf tha boriy. 
-3^Tt half thi distance ; "(TjfT^r a 
fault io composition ; see 8. D. 575. 

l3r?T: a half, the hilf. afrSr^ a. 
sharing a half, -sr^s.-^ I- half of a 
half, quarter ; ^r*rWr<Tnit trm^r- 
sfTTfa^r R. 10. 5fi. -2 half and half. 

DTfHf^T: pain in half the head, 
hera'crania (M*r. 3T<irtr;?r). ( -% ) di- 
viding in equal pirts.-3TT5tT'*- hav- 
ing only s half left. ^arrsiT: 1- halt 
tha letter si. -2- N. of snnnj <! v - 
-STW'T |. half a seat ; 3T/HT* "ft^T 

firfrftovft B. 6. 73; wirrl-rf^wt 
WtTgtrqTff^mi^lrf^T S. 7 ( it being 
oinsidered a mark of very great 
rn-ipsct to make room for a guest 
&c. on the same seat with onielf ). 
-2- greeting kindly or with great 
respect. -3. exemption from cen- 
sure. iff: 1. the half or crescent 
moon, -2- semicircular, impres- 
sion of a finger-nail, crescent- 
shaped nail-print ; N. 6. 25. -3. 
an arrow with a crescent-ilnped 
head f = srNiT below. ); JT>r% N. of 
Siva Me. 59. ^ a that of which 
a half belongs to Indn. TTF ft 
half said or uttered ; TTmT? ?f5r 3T 
vrfw Hgmw U. 1. -Tl%; / brokun 
speech ; n interrnpte-1 spBenh.-Tcf J? 
water reaching hal f the body.-T^T: 
1. the rising of the hilf moon -2- par- 
tial rise. -3. a kind of parvan ; "arra^ 
a uort of posture in mBrlitition. 
-TrTtT <* I- half risen. -2. half uttsr- 
ed. -3WUT a. [ 3T^: 3T-?T^ *V W5r> ] 
reaching to the middli of thethiglu- 
(-^)I.a short petti-ooat (Mar. 
^FK ) ; see ^n^, -2. mantle, veil. 
-^a- a. half done, incomplete. -%j! 
N. of Rndra. -qfr^T! a moiety of 
nn^'streasure.-^rfff^^fo. measuring 
hilf a kndava. >^rt, -fr a kind of 
measure, half a Khirt; P. V. 4. 101. 
N. of the river Kivert; 



Ved. 1. in the middle of the womb. 
-?. N. of the rays of the sun. 
a necklace of 24 strings. -ip 
gunja. ifta 1 : a hemisphere. 
qfefa, -^fikn.- N. of tbn nine black 
Vasudevas and the nine enemies 
of Vishgu. ^-5- a. cresoent-shape'l. 
(_^-.) 1. the half moon; fl-fij^ 1 ftuftT 
IT- Kn. 6. 75. 2, the semicircular 
marks on a peacock's tail. -3.an arrow 
wi tha crescent-shaped bead; sirjjj^. 
g^srirr%^r^ 5>??frgwj; R- 1 2. 95. 
-4. a orescent-shaped nail-print. -5. 
the hand bent into a semicircle, as 
for the purpose of seizing or clntch- 



rf 



153 



in anything ; ^ g-r to seize by the 
neok and turn out ; ^nrfTr*r5fwr^%?t 
Pt. 1. (-jfr) N. of a plant (*5i**nr). 
^3T3fTT, -^rgrr^flr a. half-mooa- 
ihaped. ( _ T ., _f^ t /. ) a meniscus. 
N. of a climbing plant. 



P: a short bodice. 
TUT: a kind of *i\w, see under fii 

5T3: /. half the body. fS^f: N. 
of a plant ( ^ncriWf ) 55: a kind 
of musical instrument f^sf,-fir^T: 
I- half a day, mid-day. -2. a day of 

2 hours. jyq-. 1. demi-god. -2. 
Ved. being near the gods ; ( ^mrf 
HWN *fal=T: Say. ). ^rforf7 o- 
measuring a half dropa. rrc: 
knife or lancet with a single edge 
(one of the 20 surgical instruments 
mentioned by Siurota ). srrcrsn a 
crescent-shaped iron-pointed arrow ; 
KTWtTST^fr vvqrtr?: V. 5. *m*TT: 
a form of Vishpu. HT?r?r:. TT- 
fr3T: a form of Siva, ( half male 
and half female). *r* half a boat. 

f5r?rr midnight. cr^rSTrl / twen- 
ty-five. iror: a measure containing 
half a papa. ^ half way. ( -Sr ) 
midway Y. 2. 198. -in^t half a pada 
or foot ; 3f.J<rr^ f?T&!!)r*s9KTg?1?T 
Dk. 109 -- ijrf^r o. having half a 
*ot>t ; Ms. 8. 325. irt^rrarw a. born 
or produced in the ardhapanch&la. 

IKnw: a kind of pigeon ( arJit- 
Jr <mrw t5 ) St*TT>iT! a half gal- 
JOP, canter ; f^r* ^ r <- g^jpfrf^- 
TT Si. 5. 10. JT5T-. half a watch, 
one hour and a half. \nts a half, 
half a share or part ; JTgfifjTmT ?PT- 
W Wtw* Ku. 5. 50; K. 7. 45. 

HTnr*T sharing a half ; ^rr PHft 
fS*r wr?TTf?*t|Tfftre? Y. 2. 134. 

HTS^a. |. xharine a half, entitled 
to a hlf ; Ms. 8. 39. -2- a compan- 
ion, sharer -- Hffg-T: mid-day, -fb 
r?3fr a kind of cake. yn:, -JT3ri a 
kind of artificial composition ; for 
instances see Ki. 15. 27 ; Si. 19. 
72.-The 8ar. K. describes it na a fi- 
gure of speech thui : arij^rt =nn 
'GVfwxm jrRf. wTorwqrij -morw i a 
necklace of 12 strings ( trrsr^ con- 
sistina: of 24).-m*r t.halfa (short) 
syllable. -2- a term for a consonant 
( srspi ^Tsrjrp^ ). jmr" ind. mid- 
day ; V. 1. 3. WTR: half a month, 
a fortnight. jrrwTW = wrr%9f see 
P. V. 2. 57. Jrmrer <* I- happen- 
ing every fortnight. -2. lasting for 
a fortnight ; Y. 2. J77. gr&. f. a 
half-clenched hand. *rnr: half a 
watch. w. f wf: sm^T'- T^t ^ ] 
a warrior who fights on a car with 
another ( who is not so skilled at a 



i 
R<T: Mb 

20 



imrifr 



mid- 



night ; 3rorfrr5 fwffrtTST^W H. 16. 4; 
RTBS'l'Cf^ Dk. 109. -2- a night con- 
taining half a whole day or 21 hours. 
*rwnif%T<T! equinox. a^^TT: 
Hari having a form half likeLaksb- 
ml -- r>ffr:. -wnffni: the Visarga 
sound bef ore , ^,^ and y, socalled 
bsoause its sign is the half of a Vi- 
* ar g ( S ).-TrW"r a side-!o3k,glance, 
leer. -^^- . middle-aged. -3-str- 
fjrar: N.of the followers of Kanida 
(argning half perlshablensss). - 
ft half or incomplete murder; 



Kn. 4. 31. TT<T: the radius of a 
circle. 5^ fifty. 51* [ 3T4>T5HW 
ST^P* ] half a meal, -fwx: a kind of 
fish, -sraqr a. having a low voice. 
-^rra. having only ahalf left.-5rr 
a. half clotiried. s^r-jf: ha'f a 
Sloka or verse, -^-n a. equal to a half. 
( -rf ) N. of a class of metres in 
which the 1st and 3rd and 2nd 
and 4th lines have the same sylla- 
bles and Gants ; soon as jfrnnn. 
a/ half the crops, half erown. 
. 1. a cultivator, plough- 
man who takea hilf the crop for his 
labour ; Y. 1. 166. -2. = 3TPRf q- T - 

?T, -Sfrir^ a. occupying the Lalj 
( of tb.9 body ) : Kn. 1. 50, Bh. 3. 
121. -girt a necklace of 64 strings. 

=?**: half a ( short ) syllable. 

o. Half ; see srSf. 

r Half a verse, hemistich ; 
a class of words either 
m. or n. 

arra^ a. (mf.) [OTROT W ] l 
Measuring a half ; irfTW^r Ms. 3. 1. 
-2 Entitled to half a share : Y. 2. 
296. -5f. A half-caste man ; 



wf/n H 3 w- 
: Parisara. 

a. [3rq--3TfRr!T ?fV] Sharing or 
entitled to a half ; Ms. 8. 210. 

Prospering, succeeding. 
I Belonging? to thehilf ( of 
anytbingV -2 Fit to be increased. 

3TPIT [ ^l-f3r*-<^? ] I Placing or 
putting upon, setting upon: mffi&mr- 
Stire^r^ R- 2. 35. -2 Inserting, 
placing or putting in. -3 Giving, 
offering, resigning; fw%CTwr5*nrar 
B. 2. 55 ; ^wrq-ai'j n^!^ririr?>Tr: 13. 
9; ar?5TPr w^or Bg. 9. 27. -4 Restor- 
ation, delivery, giving bck ; ?qrH 
Ak.-5 Piercing, perforating ; fr?$crr 



( Said to mean also fire, god, an 
oblation, a Mantra and the tongue 
of fl. -Tv. ). 

3HW: [ sff-m-M^ Up. 4. 2 ] 
The heart ; flesh in the heart. 

3T3^1 P. (WTO, WFTT, aiffj) 1 
To go towardt. -1 To kill, hurt. 



tumour, ( of various kinds ) ; i 
rmT , sftfbr* Ac. -2 One hundred 
millions. -3 N. of a mountain in the 
west of India (Abu). -4 A serpent- 
like demon killed by Indra. -5 A 
serpent. -6 A cloud. -7 A place of 
pilgrimage ( of the Jainas V -8 A 
long round mags, lump of flesh ; *rr^ 



Sur.; Y. 3. 75, 89 (jrtfftfs). -9 N. of 
a people. -10 N. of a hell. 

Wfi%t " 1 A serpsnt-like demon 
conquered by Indra. -2 All-pervad- 
ing lord. 

3T?r^ a. Afflicted witb swelling 
or tnmoar. 

3n?a.[^.T=j]Up. 3.152 ] f Ved. 
Little, smill. unimportant. vrt A 
child, pupil. [ cf. L. orbui. ] 

<. [ According to Nir. - 

" 



minute, shirt; 
*U: Rv. 1. 27. 13. -2 Weak, emaclat. 
ed, lean. -3 Foolish -4 Young, 
childish. -5 Like, similar -irt I A 
boy, child; ^Tf T *rr<'l4<|U4f(<r*ri R- 
3. 21, 25, 7. 67. -2 The young of an 
animal. -3 A fool, idiot. 

amir a Ved. Youthful, young. 

3mi-iff [ 31-11 Up. 1. 137 ] 1 
A disease of the eye. -2 A country 
to which one should go ( niT'i^I' * 
f^cTwmftmr! ) -3 A- cemetery. 

3TTfra. Narrow, thin. Nar- 
rowness.' 

arifot A meaunre of one dropa. 

STT^[ n. [ SR-<TH* ] A disease of 
the eve ( said to be of 5 kinds ). 

3nf a. [ d-l] * Excellent, belt. 
-2 Respectable. -3 Attached, true, 
devoted. -4 Daa' v kind. ^ fit 1 A 
master, lord ; 3T<?t Jirorr T WIT W^T- 
*vSi.l8. 52: Sinti- 1. 18. -2 A man 
of ths third trib3, Vaisya. TTT 1 A 
mistress. -1 A woman of the Valiya 
tribe, if? The wife of a Vaiya. 
-Oomp. arm the mistresi of an 
4r ya . vtft the wife of ^a true or 
legitimats hasband. *it a Vaiy 
of rank. 

amorV [3T*-ani^-#tT T] A woman 
of the Vaifya tribe. 



Dp- 1. IMTlThe n ; 
Si. z. 



-2 The head of the Pitris or Manes : 
Bg. 10- 29. -3 



The constellation _ _ .. 

of the arka plant. -5 One of the 
.4dityas. -6 A bosom-friend, play- 
fellow. -Oonrp. -q^ N. of the 12th 
lunar mansion. 

WTTTHi Compassionate ; ( dimi- 
nutive of am^ P V. 3. 84 ). 



154 



SJtJ*<r: The gnn ; s boom friend. 
Ht I P. To kill. 



i. [ ^-^KT ] I Going, 
moving, rnnning. -2 Mean, un- 
worthy, censurable ( ITS? Dn. 4. 112; 
yfWff 5. 54 ) m. ( 3T=fr, sjfift, srStr: 
&c. ) I .A horse ; '&ur ffniit^iiirt 
ffSTTi *!i 12 31. -2 An epiclKt of a 
horg* or its driver. -3 Oa* of the 
ten hora<M oE the moon -4 Tnd/a -5 
A shirt spun ( jrrirSiii {tror ) aft 
I A mare. -2 A h*wrd. procures*. 
-3 A nymph. -Comp. -^g : one of the 
principal seven days of tbe son. 

v$r < Possessed of oursers, 
quick. 



W<fl\;$T:] I Coining hitherward 
( "Pp <KK/- -2 Turned toward*. 
coming to meet any one. -3 Being 
on tins (He (t<i tho b >nk of a ri vr ) 
( opp. <n ) -4 Bein< below or he- 
Mad ( in time or pUc). -5 Fnllow- 
ing, subsequent. 5 ind. I Elitber- 
ward, on this side. -2 From a certain 
point -3 Before ( in time or plac) 
1^3T*% srfww^ir wgrfrwg^ K 125; 
w*i^ *r?wr(?*qrrifr ?TT n^ffr &t: Y. 
2 176,113 ; 1.254 ; M 8. 30 ; 5 
59. -4 On the lower gide, behind, 
dswnwir Is ( opp. -5$ ). .5 Afterl 
ward*, gabgeqaently. -6(W'th I in ) 
Within.neir -, 7* gTTfijTTwgfw r=m 
?tfr5*rjr i S. 1. 15. -fiomp _ ^ r?s . 
posterior time. ^rf^j? a. b, L.ngm* 
to proximate time, m drn ; <rr 
modernneg, pogterity of time ; M'. 
12. 9fi.-^jy the near bank of a river. 
ftc*a. Ved. having the h >e or 
month hitherward. *g . offering 
riches. (-5:) I. rain. -2. a cloud 
-HT^ H. Vel. epithet of three days 
during which the Soraa garriflce ig 
performed. tferg; m N. of a 
creation of beiogg in which the 
current of nutriment tendg down. 
wards, or where the men are addict 
d to sensual enjoyments. 

3T*?% ind. In the proximity of 
near- 

MiHr* a. [ stfiir,-* ] I Turned 
.owardg ; favouring. -2 Being on 
this side, below.-3 Born afterwards 
pos;erior. -4 Modern, recent. -5 
RfverBe, contrary; Vtl o f being 
posterior or recent ; state of 



* 



f^ [ 37t-ft'fl% ?if 3^] N. of 

a tribe or people in tbe gnuth men- 
tioned in the MaVabharata and con- 
qnered bv Sarin^eva ; N. of kinga 
living in^the Konthern forest. 

gr^ a Bringing misfortune, gin- 
fur; ind''*rit 5Tj \ Damage, hurt. 
-2 = 3T5T*r q v. 

w^n [^j 3T^ 5ir<r u^ *r Un. 4. 
105 ] Pile, -lonrp. jr o. de- 
stroying pi I e (-p). 1 N.o. th plant 
groi, BO railed because it { said 
to cure pile -2 one part of bntter- 
niilk with thre parts of wat<r. (-{fr) 
I. N. of the plant Cnr^uligo Arcbioi- 
des Lin. -2 the marking nut plant 
(TTI3?r) -- gw a. afflicted with piles. 
i%5f a, oniing piles. ( -ff: ) the 
marking nnt plant. 

3T?TW a- [ 3T5T^ 3T^T-3T^ ] Afflict- 
ei with )ileg ; Ms. 3. 4. 

3Tf^ a. [ a*fr<n?iJFJ ?K ] Afflicted 
with ilfg. 



L.ter v modern. _/. Proximity". 

tbe Hotri t the 



to hurt, malicious. si: 1 
F.re. -2 N. of a de-non. 

3TTOT a [^iX 1 ^ ^O Flowing, 
moveable. qf Going, moving. oft 
1 Means of moving, conveyance. -2 
A piercing or pricking pain. 

( epic A. ai flT'lT =T,5^ "JSTi 1 Ram . ) I 
To deserve, merit, b' worthy of 
( with ace. or inf. ) ; feffSr* su*rsFiri- 
"?<HWPJFT S 7 ; so fa 1 , qrqf^^, 
wtj *c. -2 To have a right to, be 
e 'titled to, be allowed to do any 
thins ( with cc. ) ; sg inr; rVs'T fr" 
^lfr?f^ S 6 ; ST r T^'i'saRffr^ Ms. 
9 3 ; also with iuf . ; =r *r pp^iqu^rff 
M*. 8. 147 ; 11. 7, 18. -3 To be 
obliged or required to do a thing, 
oft implying duty or obligation ; 
grn^ft Y. 2.49 ;fflfsr<TT- 
tt. 1 88. -4 To ba fit or 
deserve to bs done ; sro^r irr^ >rv 
r^t ^w?i% N. 5, 112 ; Ok. 137. -5 
To be equal to ; be worth, sr R irr- 
^l3<r^rTni?rff S. 3. 18 are not equal 

Ms. 2. 86 ; 3. 131. -6 To be able, 
translateahle by ' can ' ; IT sr 

S. 4 ; ft^l 

jjfffft Bg. 2. 17 ; 3.3- 
fef5ql wnw^ft H. Pr. 
30 cannot get. -7 To worship, 
honovir ; gee cam. below. -8 ( Used 
with inf] in tne second para, and 
sometimes in the third ) 315 repre- 
sents a mild form of co.um md, ad- 
vice or courteous request, and may 
be translated by pray ', ' deign ', 
'be pleased to ', ' will be pleaged 
- - I. 5. 



25 pray wait. &o. ; ; 
g-jj 2 58 ; 3- ^i- sfrg^f i% 1. 10 will 
be pleased or be good enough to lis- 
ten to it ; Ku 6. 32 ; Mi 12; Bg 
10. 16. 2. 17 ; R. 1. 72 ; 1. 83 ; 3 
46. -Cam. or 10 P. T honour, wor- 
"h'P ! *nnfrff <f H'J i re?crrr>f: Bk. 1. 
17; Ms. 3. 3, 119. 

3If a, | Rpectab|o, worthy of 
respert.degerving ; 3T?rT>rfjf7^f%!ft 
^SJTjiff JTHT* Ms 8 392. -2 Wor- 
thy of, having a claim to, entitled 
to ( with ace., inf .. or in comp ) ; *r- 



Ms 9. 144 ; 

Ram. ; 

5rmr^ Bg. 1 37; 

1. 76 ; so JTR,**r c ',^ &e -3 Being 
required, obliged, or aMowed ( with 
inf. ). -4 Beeirning, proper, fit , %- 
*=j fnm? ?7r^ Pt. 3 ; with gen. 
also ; >jfrnff wfnjort Pt. 1. 87-12; 
or in coiup.: iTsj^ar qnnSrff^ 1. 275 ; 
80 21, ^ Ak. -5 Worth (in 
money ), costing ; see b^'ow. %: 
T sr|-^ ] 1 X. of ladra. -2 N. of 
V ghnu. -3 Price ( as in rrjij ) ; irfr- 
forsqrqTTTtfjr^gjr: Ku. 5. 12 ( K$W$\ 
JT^jf: Malli. ). -4 Fitneis, prooriely. 
-5 Motion, course ( ma ). ^"r Wor- 
ship, adoration ; Ki 2. 58 ; H. 
1. 75. 

3T^ af-oir [ 3?| fft-SJ? ] Worship, 
adoration, honour, treiiing with re- 
spect or veneration ; 3fijorrTf^ ^f^' 
qri> vrT3!gT R- 1 55 ; Si. 15. 22 ; 
14. 58, R. 11 23, Ms- 3. 54. 

Mf off in<Z. Ved. According to what 
is r'n ; according to one's means. 

anfofhr pot. p Fit to be worship- 
ped, adored. 

srf q; a. [ 3^1 ?rf ] 1 Worthy, de- 
serving, deserving respect, respect- 
able, adoraMe -. S 5 15 ; R 5. 25 ; 
1. 55;Ru. 6. 56 ; Ms. 3. 128. -2 
Prsied, cdobrated ( fjar. ^rrtT ) -3 
Worthy of, deserving, entitled to 
( mostly Ved. ). m. 1 A Buddha ; 
tbe highest rank in Buddhist hierar- 
chy. -2 A superior divinity with the 
Jainas ; 



the word 3H also. 

ar^ff a. [ s^J-^I |r ] Worthy, de- 
serving. <T: 1 A Buddha.-2 A Bud- 
dhist mendicant, -j N. of Siva. 

3lf iff The quality of btia g fit to 
be worshipped, veneration,' adora- 
tion ; sflsrif^i^^: Sk. 

3j&pot. p. [M^-UU^] 1 Worthy, 
respectable. -2 ''it to be praised. 
-J Right, fit, proper. -4 Fit to be 
obtained. 

o. Ved. Making ene- 



mies cry aloud ; exultant, 



155 



1 U ( srafNfi aiiag, 
1 To adorn. -2 To be competent or 
able. -3 To proven* ward off ; gee 



[ WcS-STf.] I The sting in the 
tail of a scorpion. -2 Yellow orpi- 
raent ; c. srr 



] A curl, lock of hair, hair in gene- 
ra' i fJOTjs^fT^HtJHTrfJipr Ku. 5. 
55 ; 3trsTc?3i%H-Hr K. 1. 42 ; 4. 54 ; 
3Tt5* *Tr<lt TtT: S. 4 ; 3Tt?$f ^rfj^- 
frgRl^f Me 65 (the word it n. also, 
as appears from a quotation of Malli . ; 
ffrrw*.|mid<Mft awt ) -2 Curls on 
the fore-bead. -3 Saffron besmeared 
on the body. -4 A mad dog ( for ar- 
^40. -*T 1 A girl from eight to ten 
years of age. -2 N. of the capital 
of Knbera ( situated on a peak of 
the Himalaya above the peak of Me- 
rn, inhabited also by Siva ), and of 
the lord of the Yaks hag ; 
Ku. 6. 37 ; 

*r?<Tf*r c^RK Bv. 2. 

10 ; ifasTrr ?r ^wiKcJSfT TTH *rircr- 
orr Me. 7. -Oomp. -amil:, -<rfffi, -- 
a*T: 'lorJ of Alaka ', N. qf Kuoera ; 
3T?15fT^Jf\rf5^ a V B. 19. 15. -3Ja : 
the end of a curl or ringlet ; Si. 4. 
9 ; Me. 8. nqr 1- N. of the Ganges, 
or n river fulling into it. -2- a girl 
from eight to ten years of age. -SJHT 
N. of the capital of Kubera. f^-q t 
X. of a tree ( <fifTfl! ). Wf fa: / 
rows of curls ; Si. 6. 3. 

-jj ind. In vain, for nothing. 

r; -w.^~- [5 rs*nr$, TBT rf, 

lv.] The red resin of cer- 
tain trees, red lac or eap ( formerly 
used by women to dye certain parts 
of their bo.iy, particularly the soles 
of the ieet and lip ) ; (.^w?twrr ' 
i%t!i53mrfjii>5i<n^*T Ku. 5. 34, 68 ; 

7. 58 iAhcnrcraW M. a. 5 ; 3*3- 
g<f<fi tmpT K. 7. 7 ; i%zfr 5- 



gfnt Mfc. 4. 15. -Oomp. -*T: red lac, 
juice ; 



Ram. -TTT: U' red colour of alakla. 

3t5J$rur 1 Having no signs or 
marks. -2 Having no chiracterietic 
or distinguishing marks, undefined, 
undistinguished ; M<. 1. 5 -3 Hav- 
ing no good marks, inauspicious, 
unfortunate, ill-omened ; f51T*?r 
WiifHSTTSq; f- 14- 5. of I A bad 
or inauspicious sign ; Ms. 4. 156. 
-2 That which is no definition, a 
bad definition. 

wwfiflfT * Unseen, nnperoeived, 
unobserved ; 3T?jf&jnTf|l?T H. 1; ar- 
r57|nn*swm ?tor B. 2. 27. -2 Ou- 
obaraoterized ; not marked, -Oomp. 



ata^f a. suddenly dead. 

a. one who hag approached unobser- 
ved. 

ara<fT a. 1 Invisible, unknown, 
unobserved. -2 Unmarked.-3 Having 
no particular marks. -4 Insignificant 
in appearance. -5 Having no pre- 
tence, free from fraud.-6Notsj??T or 
secondary ( as meaning ). -Oomp. 

irfif a. moving invisibly. 5i?sar 
unknown birth, obscure origin ; ^j- 
ft^q-rsrwjj^gr.jTffr Ku. 5. 72. f^ir 
a. disguised, incognito. ^n^ a. 
addressing words to no visible ob- 
ject ; Ku. 5. 57. 

3T^rfT: / Evil fortune, bad 
luck, distress, poverty ; ^nrrq ? 

U. 5 31. 

[ Ety. ? ] A water-ser- 
pent, the black variety of the Cobra 
de Capello ( also written 3*37T*f ). 
A large poisonous leech. 

a - 1 Speaking nnconnect- 
edly. -2 Stammering. 

3T5TI ( -eft / ) Not light, 
heavy, big, weighty ( breast, hips 

&3. ); wnmnrfflmn^i si. 8. 1; 7. 

5. -2 Not short long (in prosody ). 
-3 Serious, solemn. -4 Intense, 
violent, very great. -Oomp. -Tcr?y: 
a rock.-spwj m. intense beat. -Jifrt- 
^T a. solemnly pledged or promised. 

sTpTi^T? Meanness, niggardliness ; 
B. 9. 16. 

3T^^r*T Not surmounting, not 
transgressing, not passing over or 
beyond. 

3T&ERf<r a. Insurmountable, im- 
passable, inaccessible, beyond the 
reach of ; i%r^5rqr^iwf 1THW'R 5^f 
fit V. 2 proof againstinjury ; V. 4. 
Ki. 14. 37. 

3l<?g;iirflT 1 Impa?gblenese, in- 
surmountublenese, inaccessibility ; 
Si. 2. 48. -2 Inviolability ; respect- 
ability. -3 Authoritative or absolute 
rule, superiority. 

srfj^f a - 1 Not to be transgressed, 
overcome Ac. ; Si. 3. 64. -2 Beyond 
the reach of, impossible to be done ; 
Ki. 13- 7.-3 Difficult to occire or at- 
tain, unattainable; K . 10. 6, 13; Si. 
8. 57 ; ar ftte of leiog proof 
against an attack or injury ; Ki. 
11. 63- 

A kind of bird. 
Inflammation of the eye : 
a sort of disease of the joints. 

ar^vrSf a Shameless. arr 1 
Boldness. -2 Impudence. 



T-M^I ??t3tTTv. ] An earthen jar. 
'-sTi] Coramenca- 



ment of tb notes.of a song. 



Unobtained.-Oomp. -3?- 
a- disappointed in one's 
desired obj.ct. ^rsj a. friendless, 
without a patron. 

aTCxq- a. Unobtainable, unat- 
tainable. 

ararat i "< L [ ^ -^rg wn] I ( ) 

Enoiigb, soffluient for, adeqiiRte 
to ( with dative or inf. ) ; 
i5-ar CTV B. 2. 39; Kn. 6. 



Bk.8.98 ; Si. 2. 40, 106, 110 ; K. 
133 ; Uri. 3. 22 ; Ms. 11. 77 ; B. 2. 
39, 9. 32 ; 15. 64 ; Me. 64, 88. ( 6 ) 
A match for, equal to ( with dat. ) ; 

titaitffira Sk - ; *# "Bt "^'^ 

Mbh, -2 Able, competent (with 
inf.); 3TS Hl# Sfc.^ W* ?nfl-ff 



c Ku. 2. 5C 

V. 3 10 ; with loo also ; gsTiorrR- 
ffi wr*nrrn?!Jrf*H i%*n$t Bam. -3 
Away wilh, enough of, no need if, no 
me of ( having a prohibitive force), 
with ingtr. orgerund ; 3TOT5=f T 5fV- 
r^r M- 1. 20 ; WPTHW ^f far*av M. 
1 ; arrjswjiwiH? *rHt*??5T ^^i^ft^? 
Si. 2. 40;3?wC"rr5f a'rw&or K.2.34; 
Ku. 5. 82 ; 3T3i'ffiTi%! f 5^: S- 4 <> 
many flowers will do ; Si. 10. 75 ; 
aora-times used, teougu less ccr- 
recily, with the inf. in the same 
sense ; sranTciTFT ^f n)g' Ve. 2, 3 ; 
sra SH3T5T usfiroRrii Mk. 3-4 (o) 
Completely, thoroughly ; wgt^w 51 W- 
Rg*ra- iiiiaum?!": Me - 53 i ? ' R - 
FM i%tnm;7: fir.ar: ^orira't S. 7. 34; 
R. 10.80; K. 169 ; Si. 3. 58 ; 4. 
39. (6) (ireally, excessively, to a 
high degree ; g^Tfr ara^ K. 2 ; ii> 
JiignjB fifscriTi fli^ A* ; Mv. 6. 40; 
??Wi'*5Ti 5 l5r*u Ki. 13. 13 again 
nd "gain, t-reesingly. -5 In vain. 
-6 Surely, veiily. -7 In the sense of 
3Tiir nd JJ^T also. -Oomp. *I^OT 
a. [ 3T3 T4: * At <3 ] counpetei t to 
du B ny act, skiliul, clever. -^wrR a. 
[ aw f ii's ] sufficitnt to support a 
mmoeu ( VI=T) , P. 1. 2. 44. ^,-*H 
&c. see separately below. iln%HO' 
[M* qjffa i^m.^H] going aUer, Jol- 
losing in due or proper manner ; P. 

V. st. 15. 5ffQ a- [ws *i%.t *r- 

3. ] sufficient for livelihood. gm a. 





udequate to eatiug. tTH "ble, 
suflicient, laving power. -s o.[ajt 

HUri H>R]W3^ J pOBSeeSinX BUtfi- 

cient wealta, rich ; priir^Wii'TSrf 
JJ(5ij; ?TI?!?^: Ms - 8 16i - ~ 1* 
o. [ aigtuw wi ; ] thicK smoke, 
vuluine of smoke. T|J: [ S 1ft f^- 
<f : 'ig'- ] tt ^ a ^ or uie ' eBS aoimal (for 
sacrifice), (-o. ) able to keep cattle. 



v,j 1. fit for a man, becoming a man. 
-2 sufficient for a man. (-art ) mB 



156 



who it chief of the opposite warri- 
ors in a battle. 5r?y a. 1. strong 
enough, having sufficient power. -2. 
an epithet of Siva. 91%: 1 suffi- 
cient sense. -2. false notion ( 



ITO a. 



ble, competent ; 
*$ <riw:Sfr: Si. 2. 9. 

3flc?7 8 U. 1 To prepare, make 
ready [Ved.]. -2 To ornament, de- 
corate, grace j tnv ^ 5nm?m<^- 
9TK K. 207 ; wair> *jfrsc?W^: S. 1. 
-J To prevent from, impede ( with 
gen. ). 

3fi7*>*ot 1 Decoration, ornament- 
ing. -2 An ornament (lit. and fig.) ; 



Bh. 2. 92. -3 Preparation. 

3T<7*m<ror, a. 1 Fond of ornaments, 
-2 Decorating, skilled in decorating. 
-3 Ornamented. -c^ : An epithet of 
Siva. 

MSTffg a. A decorator, skilled in 
decoration. 

srHr^rci 1 Decoration, act of de- 
oorating or ornamenting. -2 An 
ornament (flg. also); W^SBTT: ttfarr 
V. l; M3%*f t w^ ftawraam: i&W. 
-J A figure of speech of which there 
are three kinds : ?rf , ana , and 



-- i w^TsTf 
8. D. 631 ; 37f qrlt f m sTr 3113 

f^l5TOI?^^Kr^^nt?JTI?<i: K. P. 
8. -4 The whole science of Rhetoric. 
-pomp. ^rf^CT commentary on 
Kuvalayinanda. ^rrei the science 
and art of Rhetoric, poetics. g<r^- 
gold nsed for ornaments. ^, N. of 
a kind of meditation in Buddhism. 
^fsf a. unadorned. 

Wtfr*'K*: Ornament, decoration ; 
Ms. 7. 220. 



- I Decoration. -2 An 
ornament ; tRofrejr^f^ Amaru. 13. -3 
A rhetorical ornament, a : fignre of 
speech ; ff^i^r $rfrf? 
K. P. 1;^> 

3TRT 

u ; Cbandr. 1 
TTifarfari By.3. e! 

( wtiere 31 has aeageg 2 and 3 ). 

Mffli%fT Adorning, ornamenting 
decoration (fig. also) ; jr^mww 
Ki.2. 32. 

a - Not libidinous chaste. 
3: Women's apartments. 

T55fr 1 Vomiting. -2 The palm 
of the band with the fingers extend- 
ed. -3 Prahasta, the minister of Rl- 
Yana. ~4 A demon killed by Ghafot- 
kacha. qr 1 N. of a nymph or of a 
class of nymphs. -2 A kind of plant 
). -J A barrier, a line of 



water drawn to prevent entrance 

&m ). 

o- [ 'nrw off aTftJrrt TW ] 1 
Houseless, vagrant, moving about ; 
Si. 4. 57. -2 Without dest'action 
or loss, imperishable. ?:,l Non- 
destruction, permanence. -2 irth, 
production. 

of a country. 

;: 1 A mad dog or one ren- 
dered furious- -2 A fabulous ani- 
mal like a hog with eight legs. -3 A 
kind of worm- -4 N. of a plant 



n. Merit. 

ind. A word of no import, 
occurring in the dialect of the Pia- 
chaa ( mostly used in dramas ). 

3T5raT55' A basin for water at the 
root of a tree ; ee ayi^IW. 

3T5T$ a- Not shining. 

gif^f a. [ =T 5TCTM THWt, ff^-3T^ ] 
1 Inactive, without energy, lazy, 
idle, indolent. -2 Tired, fatigued, 
languid ; jmfT(?ffw'K ?(ft M. 
5 : Amaru. 4. 90 ; fcfraiN- ri. 143, 
197, 211, 62, 98 ; Si. 8. 7 ; V. 3. 2 ; 
Dk. 20, Si. 13. 48 ; 9. 39 ; U. 1. 24 ; 
Ki. 10. 60, V. 5 ; TTHHSW Mil. 1. 
17. -3 Soft, gentle. -4 blow, dull 
( as in gait or motion ) ; ?f"?f>Trcr?- 
j5H-H*f T Me. 82 ; crm: TR*$-RcTt>f- 
HWffmf P U. 3. 28. --. 1 A sore or 
ulcer between the toes . -2, A kind of 
tree. -3 N. of a sage. -4 N. of a 
small poisonous animal. HT N. of a 
plant ( 5<roft ) -Co^P- t^mrf a 
woman with languishing looks. 

3T33-^ a. Indolent, idle. ^. 
Flatulence, intumescence of tne 
abdomen, with constipation and 
wind ; wiffi ' = 



A flr. 



. 
a. Idle, lazy. : 

. of a small noxious in- 
sect or other animal. 

3T?5TT : ~* C W^ *<! 
brand, half-burnt wood ; 

Ku. 2. 23 coal ;Vf ^orr Ram. 
V. 5. 2. 



. Ved. I Disposed to 
afflict or injure very mucb. -2 Not 
granting anything. or; A cloud. 



flC : T<r> 3 The bott| e-gourd. 
( a. ) 1 A vessel made of gourd. 
-2 A fruit of the gourd which is very 
light and floats in water ; f^r 
' 



Mv. 1 ; Ma. 6. 54. -Oonrp. _^j 
the dust or down (of 1 -) of the bottle- 
gourd. crrsj- a jar made of the 
bottle-gourd. 



a. Made of a bottle ; f . 
3.60. 

3T5JTV " [f- ?. ] : Without" gain 
or profit. -vr: 1 Non-acquirement, Ms. 
2. 43 ; 6. 57, 2. 184. -2 Loss; Ms. 
9. 331, 11. 81 ; Bg. 2. 38. 

3T5JTZ7 a. Ved. 1 Going for- 
ward ( to meet,). -2 An assailing 
enemy, an assailant. -3 Epithet of 
Indra. 

t A door. 

: Inflammation and abscess 
at the root of the tongue. 

3Tc7RT a. Devoid of .dancing, 
idle, unengaged ; R. 16. 14. 

3TT%: [3T^Un.4. 138:] 1 A 
black bee. -2 A scorpion. -3 A crow. 
-4 The (Indian) cuckoo. -5 The sign 
of the zodiac called tr^p--6 Spiritu- 
ous liquor. -Comp. j^T flight or 
number of bees ; 9$c? fuM of a 
swarm of bees ; 

it. 

the kubja, plant. 
[ 3tfsfT g?r rajr ] the uvula, soft 
palate. j^frN. of a plant ; (jTisr^[), 
of a tree. ( f to<nrr- 
:). f?f?r o. pleasing to the bees. 
( T: ) the red lotus. ( nr ) the 
trumpet, flower -- HrOT a flight of 
bees RVfr N. of apl8nt(irrors*rO). 

f3ra^:, -Tff song or hum. of a bee. 

^gT: = flf q- v. 

siRy^ OT. [ arat-ift ] I A scorpion. 
-2 A bee ; trf%r%nrsf?rr^;'iTnr^i?r^ 
Si. 6. 4. -sfr A swarm of bees ; 
tr Si. 6.;72 ; anTJsTr- 

: Bh. 1. 5., 
: Ved. A kind of demon. 



The forehead ; 

Bv. 2. 171 ; Vb. 3. 6. 

A kin d of carrion bird. 
; A kind of snake. 
a. 1 Having no charac- 
teristic marks, having no marks. -2 
Having bad marks. -3 (,Iu gra n.J 
Having no gender. r; An epithet 
of the Supreme Being. if Absence 
oC marks. 

wfrfFis* M. An impostor, a pre- 
tended ascetic. 



*: A water-jar ; see 

a. [ ar^iyo ? ^;] Greatly 
advoaced in penance ( ij'fii'St^j^ ). 
si: N. of a tribe. 



I A terrace before a 'house-door'; 
g<Brrrf?<frc * M. 5, Dk. 74.-2 A place 
( like a square ) at the door. -3 (pi.) 
N. of a country or its inhabitants ; 
or its rnlor also. 



157 



A dog. 



I A cuckoo. -1 A bee. -3 
Fieedom from desire Or 



cupidity. 



v. 



-*nff see 

^tf^ Un.4.25H<rra'-] 
lUnpleaging,diggreeabIe.-2 Dntrne, 
false, pretended; jjT%r: K.84 ; sljffaj- 
*Wt%T K. 147 ; V^* Amaru. 23, 
33, 43. -3 Little, not much, few.-gj 
1 The forehead ; i%5TTI?fi5r?r5PTmr 
H!T: K. 4. -2 Anything displeasing, 
falsehoodjUntrath.-JHeaven.-Oomp. 
Hr^T: a kind of diah resembling 
taste of fish ( ' njock-5sh ' ). 

aidttfcrtlft Den. A. To be deceiv- 
ed. 

3ia?IT%=j; a 1 Disagreeable, nnplea- 
Bant. -2 False, deceiving. 
<i. FaUe. 

: A snake ; see 3Ti%n$. 
p [ 3fc5,-T^] A small water-pot* 

P C "rf*5 fi"^' S? 
] A compound in which the 
case terminations are not dropped, 
bat retained; e. g.Vtstt, 3Tl?im^, 3tj 
<$*: &c. 

srgtf a. 1 Not .cut off, undimi- 
nished. -2 Not destroyed, preserved ; 
B. 2. 55. 

sjgsVj- Moderate, content; not 
covetous ; c itf contentment. 

a. Soft ( Ved. for 3^ ). 

iml. Unmeaning words 
in tho dialect of the 
FUachas chiefly introduced in plays. 
3T3<T<?? Stainless. ^ An 
epithet of the Supreme Spirit. 

3\~r%$\ a. Not little, much, large. 
-51 'id. Not at all. 

Firm, steady. 

1 Not having space 
( Ved. ). -2 That which cannot be 
seen, as in ??farrf?re> snTTfc*: B. 1. 
68 ( w m<T5!SW: Malli. ); seegrcrr- 
S?rv also. -3 Having no people.-4 One 
who does not go to any other world 
after death ( not having performed 
meritorious deeds ).-*f:, -<% 1 Not the 
world. -2 End or destruction of the 
world ; absence of people ; WHVTM- 
RTcfteTH; irsfar 9>aT&:!% Ram.-3The 
immaterial or spiritual world.-4The 
nether world (Tttrw). -5 A Ritvij cr 
any such priest. -6 One who IB not a 
seer or observer.-^r A kind of bird. 
-Ooip.-flTJTr*1 - extraordinary, un- 
common ; g<Ji*g-|;'3T: Mai. 1. 10. 

si Invisibility.disappearanoe. 

a. Invisible. 
a. Utseen. 



a. Not securing the 
other world or heaven-, unusual, 
unallowed ; Ms. 2. 161 ; "err nnfitness 
for heaven. 

3T3t<TFT a - Not defective in a 
single limb. 

3Tc5T*r.' 1 Freedom from covet jus 
ness, moderation. -2 Non-confusion 
right process. 

3T?jtrH^ a. Not wanting or desiring 
anything. 

3TOT5* <** Tranquil; nnagitatd.-2 
Firm, steady. -3 Not fickle. -4 Not 
thirsty, free from desire, -fj N. of a 
metre of 14 syllables. 

mj)^ a. Indifferent to sensual 
objects ; <t indifEerence to sen^al 
objects. 

3T9Stg<T 1 Free * rom dsire.-2 
Not greedy or covetous, apathetic, 
indifferent to sensual objects. 

ararf^T a< Bloodless, not red. -?r 
Nymphsea Bubra, a red lotns. 

3T^f^ ( -*/ > > Not cur- 
rent in the world, not relating to 
this world, uncommon, supernatural. 
-2 Unusual, rare. -3 Not current in 
the usual language, peculiar to the 
sacred writings, not used in classics, 
Vedic; swV?R 5ft *PwWW- Theo- 
retical ; r4 rare occurrence of a word; 

' 



Trik. 1. -Oomp. -f**<: proximity 
not common to the world ( of thre- 
kinds ). 

3^^: 1 A tree. -2 A member ol 
the body. 

g^T a. [sr^-q ] 1 Trifling, unim- 
portant, insignificant ( opp. ^^-f>r 
5? ); Ms. 11. 36.-28mall,little, mni- 
ute, scanty (opp. Hj) ; 3TCT?1 fcafKf 
franrorq R- > 47 -, l. 2 ; 3***$ ^t- 
n^T V. 4. 26. -3 Mortal, of shortexist- 
e'nce ; arw Tf57 rfRfiJ Ch. Up. -4 
Yonng. -5 Seldom, rare. -?qr Very 
little. -FT -vfa^f\<f,ado. 1 A little. 
-2 For a slight reason ; rfrra^fTft- 
fj-^ Bam. -3 Easily, without much 
trouble or difficulty .-Oomp -3T?ir a. 
very little or minute, little by little; 
Ms. 7. 129 ; TT<Jr Me. 81. -jg = e srror 
q. v.-arrfrtT%'3:a' desiring little, con- 
tented or satisfied with little, -wnj^ 
a. short-lived ; Ms. 4. 157. (-g t m. ) 
I. a young one, cub. -2- a g- 1 "- 
-3ntT! a small or gradual beginning. 
-vnm.-OTfrR^a- eating little, mo- 
derate in diet, abstemious. ( -* t ) 
taking little food, moderation, absti- 
nence in food. -^'H <* moderate in 
wishes, seeking little. -firra.l. other 
than a mull, Urge. -2- other than few, 



many; as 

ons ideas. -^ 



many or vari 
a. named after an 
insignificant chief or master, of 
low origin -3jsi a. slightly defective, 
not quite complete. -TUTT. small 
means. -3fi$ a small matter, -i^fr 1. 
N. of a plant ( qci^f ). -2- the root 
of a sweet flag, -antr a. bought for a 
small earn, cheap, -ift? a. having 
little scent or odour. (-if )ared lotns. 
-%fcr a . inert, -ir^.-jn^ a - scantily 
clad, Mk. 1. 37.-^ a. knowing little, 
shallow, superficial. -?rg a. 1. of 
short stature, dwarfish, short. -2. 
weak, thin. -3. having small bones. 
(-g s ) a kind of tree.-ffiror ". defec- 
tive in presents ( as a ceremony ), 
not liberal in sacrificial gifts ; Ms. 11; 
39-40. -5t% a. narrow-minded, short* 
sighted. -irsT a. of little wealth, not 
affluent or rich, poor, Ms. 3. 66 ; 11*, 
iO.-ifr " weak-minded, having little 
sense, foolish. -<nrt ]. N. of a plant 
( a species of the Tuhi ). -2* a tree 
having a few leaves.- reared lotus. 
-trU a. Ved. having a small number ol 
oattle. -irsn^ having few descend- 
ants or subjects, -qvrnr a. of small 
weight cr consequence, insignificant, 
unimportant; fj insignificance, -sr- 
irrori "TRroraf I. of little weight or 
measure. -2. of little authority, rest- 
ing on little evidence. ( -or: -owt ) 
common cucumber. -infrT of rare 
application or nse, larely used.-siror 
-3T^a. having little power or strength, 
having . short brei.th, asthmatic ; 
or*j nfrrrs T^fer 8nr. ( -on ) 1. 
slight breathing or weak aspiration. 
-2- ( in gram. ) a name given 
to the nnaspirated letters 
of the alphabet ( in pronouncing 
which little effort is required ) ; ars 
fiff smuTT irosriFmre: war-- Sk. i. e.the 
vowels, semi-vowels, nasals and the 
letters ^^^^m^^^f. *r<5 a. 
weak, feeble, haviug liule strength. 

*PT &. causing little annoyance or 
inconvenience, not very harmful. 

jRsf-Hrsr a. weak-minded, unwise, 
silly, ignorant ; Ms. 12. 74. vrrftq; 
a. speaking little, taciturn. JTvqrr 
a. slender-waisted. wr^T I. little, 
a little merely. -2. a short time, a 
few moments. wri^T: [ 3TS7: 

^j|ip. ^H] a kind of amaranth 
Araarautniis polygamns. jjr^ a. 
small-bodied, diminutive, dwarfish. 
( -fi?: / ) a small figure or object. 
-JJ^T a. of small value cheap. -^^ 
a. of little understanding, ignorant, 
silly. TT^a. young in age, youth* 
ful. *tf^ a. speaking little, taci- 
turn. iVa a. ignorant, ill-taught. 
uneducated fanTT a. 1. of limited 



range or capacity; 



158 



B. 1. 2. -2. engaged in trifling mat- 
ters. srfSjf a. of little strength, 
weak, faeble. $rfr a small treelike 
5THT. ?rr;^ " a basin, a small pond 
( one which is shallow cr dry in 
hot seasons ). 

3i?W a. (i>T5>T/-) I Small, little, 
minute. -2 iJontemptible, mean; Si. 
16. 28 ; sriTfc'riTfjfig-iTrJ sTjtrar: srnfr- 
<rsft U. 4. 35; Little. ijj: N. of a 
plant ( sr^rff ). 

3??T<rr,-?T I Smallneae, minute- 
ness ; Bh. 3. 47. -2 Sinallneeg of in- 
tellect, folly ; Ki. 6. 37. -3 Inferior- 
ity, iniignifluance. 

Sfriqit a. Cooking little, stingy, 
niggardly. ^i A miser. 

3f?T5T: int. I In a low degree, 
slightly, a little ; ?rpfr ^frRf 3TT*3- 
?'f*JS, 3T?T5n sn^ff P- V. 4. 42 
Com , P. II. 1. 38. -2 Separately. -3 
Seldom, now and then. 

sTT^qff o- [ 3TS7, f srif Pi^ qrjfior-rp ] 
1 Dimioished. -2 Lowered in esti- 
mation, disparaged j^r * 
r: N. 1. 15. 



sinallent, very sm> 11. 

31?<fry ^ U. To make f mill, di- 
minish, reduce in number, coinmi- 
uute. 

3T?<fi^5T a. Become small, dimi- 
nished, reduced in number. 

3T?<fni^ 0. [ 3M3RT 3T57: 
Smaller, less ; very small. 

grgr ( Ely.? ) 1 A mother ( Voo. 
a?-; ) P. VII. 3. 107. -2 The Supreme 
Goddtsi. 



3?ff 1 P. [ awfir, am, 
BUS, stftj, srfttf or 55] 1 To protect, 
defend ; mf arfnrat ^ gft RtTcTt B. 
9. 1 ; uTOvirvr: ijcrr?trgfJm3 ^ftu- 
i*T<rsifttf$r: S. 1. I- -2 To please, 
satisfy, give pleasure to; do good to; 
ftawf^T n*r^fff ^rnrff e^ft R- 11. 



75 ; r 

1. 65. -3 To like, wish, desire, love. 
-4 To favour, promote, animate. (In 
the Dhatup&(ba several other mean- 
ings are assigned to thin root, but they 
are very rarely used in classical liter- 
ature; e. g. nfit, <Ptft, aw, sf^, 
or fliTOm'CT, (SJIJT, qf.'S, 



rj<r and fi^ ). Cans. To consume, 
devour. WITH arg to encourage, 
inspire. T^ I. to regard, attend to. 
-2- to wait for. -3. to promote, im- 
p I. -77 |. to cberish,behave friend- 
ly towards. -2. to encourage. ^ 
! to mtisfy, satiate. -2. to protect, 
maintain. [ of. L. aveo ]. 

w^r o. [;?5^]] Protecting, 
defending ; 3ra?iY T^tfig'STT^tS- Si. 
6. W. H Protection 4o. 



aTO- ind. ( The initial 37 is some. 
times dropped, as in ijifmt alJrfWr 
gin?! Ku. 1. 1.) 1 (As a preposition) 
Away, off, away from, [down. -2 (As 
a prefix to verbs ) It expresses ( o ) 
determination ; a^j, WRfr ; ( b ) 
diffusion, pervasion . 3TI^, -^Tf; 
( e ) disrespect ; aregrr, ara-q ; ( d ) 
littleness ; ^Ter'lTWf fi>; ( e ) support, 
resting upon ; 3^-^ ; ( / ) pnriflca 
tion, 3TC3TV ; ( g ) depreciation, 
discomfiture; 3^1% ^r^q ( TOU^ ); 
( h ) commanding ; sro?^; ( ) de- 
pression, bending down ; 3Tf^, 3T7- 
"F \(i) knowledge ; 3?*rnn, 3T?? 
-3 As the first member of Tat. com- 
pounds it means sprar? ; 3Twa(;Tf*?yt 
tf*WTT ; Sk. 

A bad family, wrong 
family ; "gfarcft ^rerr Uhftn. 81. 

arra? . [ ar^-?n^-*H-t: p - v ' 

2. 30 ] 1 Downwards ; back wards. -2 
Opposite, contrary. 3- Contrariety, 
opposition. 

Dissimulation. 



. See nader 3ws-f ^. 
10 P. To hew ; Si. 15.67- 
4 Hearing ; K. 108. 
f^Trr Drawing with strength, 
removing a thing from one place to 
another. 

.3T3re;f^rT I Seen.pbsetyed. -2 
Known. -3 Taken, received. -4 
Wicked, perverse. 

3^qjr A grassy plant (. \m& ) 
gr owing in marshy land Oonrp. aj-^ 
a. eating moss. 3?sr a- covered or 
surrounded with SR*T plants. 

^5^1^1,4 A. To be visible, to 
be msnifeet. Cam. To cause to 
look at. 

T: 1 Occasion, opportunity ; 



Ve. 3.5; 
K. 204, 265 ; Hr?rc<r?T^i^*r?Tt Dk. 
96 ; M. 3. 13 ; M. 2 ; oft used with 
w j in the sense of ' to get an op- 
portunity or scope for action ' ; sj- 



1. 41. -2 ( n ) Place, space, room ; 



4. 58 ; ^wrjfrsrTOTrt V. 4 ; Ms. 3. 
201 ; !m9>T5i ift to take to its proper 
plaoe, R. 6. 14 ; w^rawi% T 3ii 
Pt. 5. % ; 



: V. 3. your 
nnfinished sentence shows that 
there-' is: room to find fnult. ( b ) 
Footing admission, scope, ac- 
cess, entrance ; ( gnrr ) fj^f 3 ?<}ar- 
. 7, S2 ; oft used 



in these senses with ?yvr ; 
5ir ^ JntfsiT, aitrre^r^fi- Sr 
S. 1 ; 5j(9;i^Tr| 
Tt^^lRi aT^ Prab.; also with gr or 
^r 'to make room for,' 'admit, 'giv 
way to'; awV f^ ^T? 
Mk. 3. 6 ; afRi%*fr f^5? 
?usirersir Pt. 1. 366; 
3fi5r:Amsni. is i 
K. 45 not swayed by malice ; MB. 
9. 271 ; Y. 2. 276 ; ?i fr =? ftvAfrffl 
wirifirtr n=ftgt: Ks. 20 71 ; K. 
132, 141,207 ;K.tn. 2. 14; 3i^ir?r 
^t^to obstruct, hinder or impede ; 
iT5rafHc?f?<fig^^n4r5if (fi^-f) Me. 
91. -3 Interval, intermediate space 
or time -4 An aperture, opening. -5 
A glance cast on anything. -6 N. of 
certain verses during the recitation 
of which the eyes mast be fixed upon 
certain objects. 

a. Spacious. 
<* Admitted in the reci- 



tation of 

-for^ See under . 

I Beading, curving, 
contraction. -2 A kind of disease. 

a - [ aw wr^ 31^51? ^l 
Very deep, down wards, back- 
wards. ^ Deformity See 3T?qr?. 

3T7^^ a - Vexed, inflamed. 
-2 Cut off. 

3T^tfj;r 1 Investing, surround- 
ing. -2 Attracting, engaging. 

ara^iSil a- 1 Investing, surround* 
ed. -2 Attracted. 

3T^grf^ 10 U. To blame, revile, 

contemn. 

3T3^fta(T.p..p. Blame, reviled Ac. 

a- Blame, censure. 

sr^fTri; 6 ** ^o cut off or awty. 

Caut. To cause to cut off. 

h: A part cut off, a strip ; 
wCrarr Nala. 10. 22. 
Catting off, excision ; j- 
^ Nala, 10. 16. 

Cutting off cr oat; 
MB. 4. 218. 

1 P. 1 To draw cff or 
awuy, to pull off, drag down. or poll 
down. -2 To extract, take out. 

sr^qcr 1 Taking or pulling ont, 
extraction. -2 Expulsion. 

3T3frs p. p. I Drawn away or 
dowo, pulled down. -2 Removed- 
-3 Expelled, turned ont or away. 
-4 Inferior, low, degraded, outcast 
( opp. 5W? or SPSS ) ; gm?r: Ms, 8. 
177 ; sjfa<j>a irfre^r sn^fsf 33^ 
Ram. s: A servant who performs 
the lowest menial duties ( such as 
sweeping 4c. ) ( 



159 



r. 126. 



Ms. 



6 P. 1 To bestow, pcur 
upon, to shower upon, cover with, 
fill ; Si. 11. 62 ; ( <r ) ST'm'siT^ 
- 2- 10, 4. 27 ; 
r: K. 86; Ki. 6. 

2 ; OT^NfotNffe * b - spreading 
on thegronnd ; nraire alWSTTTT'tai- 
f%TPT: Mb. filled with ; Y. 3. 281 ; 
Me. 54. -2 To pour oat, throw out; 
Ms. 6 48. -jToshakeoff, throw off, 
leave. -4 (Atm.) (Used reflexively) 
(a) To extend, spread iU*lf ;3T*f3>- 
nr *WT **ir* SK. ( ft ) To fall as- 
under ( c ) To pass awiy, fall off- 
((I) To become faithles or untrue. 
: [<* 377] D"st, sweeping* ; 
Bh. 2. 124. 



- p- I Scattered, filled, 
covered over ; fg;nTTi% fHnvnrSw- 
ifiiT*<r HofnVrfrr Si. 16. 27. -2 
CoarKely pounded. -3 Destroyed. 
-4 Violated ( as the vow of a asr- 
^T(t ), degraded. 



Violating the vow or engagements 
of continence. m. ( -off ) A re- 
ligious student who has committed 
an act of incont'nencs ( such as 
sexual intercourse ) against his vow 
of celibicy ; ar^orf ut^rar wsntft 5 



Y. 3.280'; Ms. 3. 155, 11, 118-9 ; 
a7T penanoe for an act of incon- 
tinence. 

3T^^T 1 A.. 1 To cot respond with, 
to an9wer?-2 To be right or fit, to 
be possible; jpWT *wnT?7 Sfff%W 
55?q% S. B. -3 To help to, to serve, 
to accomplish, result in (with dat.) ; 
srfrRort fl-5tT>ST5!?Tfr Bhig. -Cam- 
I To put in order, to prepare ; to 
make ready ; *OTnrTarw3i?^ Mb. -2 To 
use or employ becomingly. -3 To 
consider as possible ; srr^aRrCTfw^ 
ic5T^r?5'd3r^rir7 Bk. 19. 17; TOW 

HTtsjq-SJ TT3I>WT*!fi?TTrf5 ? HI- 3- 
147 8k. 

3Tf*rfpTJT p. P- CorrespDnding 
with ; right, fit. 

snrpF"*i/-J Considering as pos- 
sible, possibility, probability ; 373- 
)ft;<r9 3TT*fjfTTt* Sis. ( ar^^wwr- 
i^r ). -2 Suitableness. 

9T7%3T " Having th hair hang- 
ing down, 

3T^)(?r^ a. 1 Unfruitful, birren 
(as a tree). -2 [ 3WT7T!: hil W*ft 
3T^T jft ] Having small or very few 
htir. m. A. fruiileis tree. 



Brawn or called down to by a 
cackoo. 



a. 1 Not fit to be utter- 
ed, improper. -2 Censurable ( as a 
saying). -3 False. 4 Indescribable, 
inexpressible. 

313^- a. Having no opening ( as 
a vessel, wound &o. ). 

3T3-5K a. Not crooked, straight ; 
( fig. ) honest, upright. 



ing down, overcoming ; 
rT TT' ^1 B V - 8. 1 2. 

1 U. To cry out, roar. 
a. Crying slowly, roaring, 
neighing. 5: A cry. 
3T?a;a-sr Crying out, weeping aloud. 

3CTCTO U '' 4 P " ' T Bt6p 
down or away, run away, escape, 
withdraw. -2 To tread down, over- 
come ; ^^r>STR^sjrrm Sat. Br. -3 
To descend, come down. -Caut. To 
cause to go down. 

: Descending, descent. 

:/- 1 Descending, descent. 
-2 Approach. 

3T*=f>rfiR. a. Ved. Running away, 
escaping. 

ar*l&q r Neglect, omissions 
non-performance of prescribed acts. 

3T^gfr 9 A. 1 To purchase. -1 To 
let out, hire. -3 To bribe, buy off. 

areaTT: 1 Price. -2 Wages, hire, 
farm, rent. -3 Letting out to hire, 
leasing; Y.2.238. -4 A tax or tribute 
( to be paid to the king ), duty ( ^r- 
Sk. ) 

p - To cal1 down to ; 

to revile. 

3Tff^p. p. Sounded ill or badly, 
reviled, censured. 

ar^Rrsr: I Diso3rdant noise. -2 A 
curse. -3 Abuse, censure. 

llfe-T a. Wet, thoroughly wet. 
^. l Trickling, descent of 
moisture. -2 Ichor. 

ar^g^sr Trickling, falling (as dew 
or moisture ). 

jap A discordant note. 

- Imperfect digestion or 
decoction. 

3T73TW : Ved. Propitiatory offer- 
ing ; satisfaction of claims, compen- 
sation. 

-**!% 1, 5, 9 P. T O remove, 
carry of, destroy. Pass. To waste 
away ; decay. 

3T7V1: I Destruction, decay, 
waste, loss ; J5S\j tSr^STir^ H. 2. 8. 
-1 A kind of malady. 

3T93nr<>r Means of extinguishing 
( fire &c. ) ; as in snrK'- 



. Wasted, emaciated. 
of Loss, destruction. 



U. 1 To fling away, to 
throw or oast cff ; 3KTCrrrfsic*r 
Sf%wn<r7T^<T ? Him. ; to hurl. -2 
To cause to fly down or away. -3 To 
reprimand, revile any one, censure, 
slander ; Hg^annrwc*- K. 317 ; w 
*msrcrg-rg^ Mb. -4 To grant, yield, 
-Caut. To cause to fall down. 



p- p- 1 Thrown down ; 
badly thrown. -2 Said sarcastically, 
imputed, insinuated. -3 Reviled, 
censured, blamed. 

3T53TT: 1 Blaming, reviling. -2 
Objection. 



Jr 1 Throwing down, con- 
sidered as one of the five kind* of 
karman q. v. -2 Contempt, despis- 
ing ; 3T?gqw ^n P. V. 3. 95. -3 
Censure, blame ; P. I. 3. 32; VI. 
2. 195 -4 Overcoming, subduing. 
off Rein, bridle. 

2 P. To sneeze upon. 

'jO.p. Sneeza upon ; f^c 
<mr;rren?*rsj:f Ms. 4. 213. 

10 P. S To cut down, 
break into pieces. -2 To waste away, 
wear away ; arefqirrann^feiTprf r>. 
vrraSr K. 49 when the night had 
advanced only half a watch. -3 To 
destroy, annihilate. 

OT5T Dividing, destroying. 



ditch. 

3T^!IT? : [ 
Bad or contemptible meal ; an un- 
worthy oblation. 

3T7Tm 10 P. To disregard, not t( 
heed, disrespect, despise, slight; tpf 
rfr 1 ?T^ mTSTfloT: Ki. 13. 67; 3?^- 

r: Pt. 5. 

f 1 Disobedience, diareepect, 
contempt, disregard -2 Censure, 
blame. -3 Insult, mo tificatiou. -4 
Defeat. 

aTcfiTOT Separated from one'e 
companions, isolated, solitary, alone. 

3T7<T? : A ^o'^ or pimple upon the 
face or cheeks. 

gnPTT a - [HIW: Un. 2. 9 ] Bath- 
ed early in the morning ( srtff^^rf ). 

3T3"*Tf^cT 1 Having exception. 
-2 Ocsured, b!a ned. 

1 P. 1 To go down, descend 
H73ri3Tri: Rv. 1. 32. 2. -2 
To come to, vieit, go near. -3 To 
reach, obtain. -4 (a) To know, learn, 
understand, think, believe ; 

3rr?HT4 K. 203 : 



160 



V. 2 ; 

J(J: Mk. 1 ; sr 
iTW^wniTiT IT* S. 1 ; ?T?T- 
ft mr ssusro^nr Rg- 10. 41; 
B.8.88;Bk.5.81. ( ?< ) To consider, 
regard, look upon. -5 To assure one- 
self, 'be convinced. -Caus. I To bi ing 
Dear. -2 To inform oneself of, find 
ont, know; ffr%T: f^Jmfi%H^nJT- 
fJrnmr v - 4- -* To inform, cause to 
know, tfach ; gyq^5i^l^ifffrff> Mu. 
5 ; imfcij ft*TT*ms*r Dk. -4 To in- 
dicate, show ; 



Dk. 96 ; Bk. 10. 53, 62. 

3I5prp. p. I Gone away or down. 
-2 Known, learnt, understood ; some- 
times used actively ; (r^rornn^T 1 
iramw S. 7 I 1 arnt ; 3JS5*r o^fihf 
fwwftj ibid, came to know. -3 
Assented, promised. 

3T*nfih /. 1 Kno wl edge, perception , 
compreheneii n. -2 True or determin- 
ate knowledge ; ^gnwrranr S^TTf:; 
wgrreniafwirfa^TraT S. B. 

OTJTRi.-THsr 1 Going near.descend- 
ing. -2 Understanding, coinprehen- 
iion, perception, knowledge, being 
acquainted with. -3 True or deter- 
minate knowledge ; sicTf?jn^rTK *J*5 
ggw wa^T'l* Bg. 9. 2. 

SH<j<||$: A small wooden basin 
for bailing water oat of a boat. 

3jqH|g 1 A. I (a) To bathe one- 
self in, plunge into, dive into ; with 
ace. or loo. ; awrif^f twfjt ^irsr 
B.14.76 ; aisnH^srsTJrrnrfi^ V. 4 ; 
*TTJTS*nrfaR'J'J 3W Y. l. 272 ; Bk. 6. 
29, 16. 38. ( b ) To go deep into, be 
absorbed into ( flg. ) ; 3Tm< 1 M!jrn'- 



Mu 6. -2To enter, pene- 
trate, fully pervade ; 

rt) Ku. 7. 40; 
Ku . 1 . 1 ; ^fr 

t S. 7 ; Mk. 2 ; see ara-irrg- Uo. 
-Cam. To bath?, cause to bathe. 

zrwiyp-p- 1 Plnnged into, entered 
into, immersed ; 3Ttyreff5^' r wrfSr* 
r?v Mk. 2 ; 3TH^fw*T*>rrg : rf1JT 
S. 7 ; awnr?: sfNrwnri: Rim. -2 De- 
presied, low, deep ( lit. and fig. ) ; 



S. 3. 8 ; w<<<T3r^v<iisflT: Si. 
15. 2. -3 That in which one bathes j 



Mb. -4 Congealed, curdling (as 
blood ). 

1 Bathing ; 
fT! S. 1 3 ; 
K. 29 ; 



t R- 1- 1- -2 Plunging, im- 
mersing (in general) ; enterine; into ; 
Tr;5Ti5ftt Dk. 16; 
H. 3. 95 ; 3Trtn<M 



. 5. 47 ; 



S. Til. 1. -3 (fig.) 
Mastering, learning, studying com- 
pletely 



K. 56. -4 A place of bathing. -5 A 
bucket. 

sr&rr&pol. p. I Fit for bathing. 
-2 Fit to be plunged into. 

A fault, defect, demerit ; 
qwrgu: Malli. onK .13,48. 
10 P. I To c' e with, 
shrond : tnM*fMii,fe<i ] . 1 ; Ms. 4. 
49. -2 To draw over, co oeal; veil. 
3T5JJ3^ I Ths act of covering the 
head of women ; hiding, veiling. -2 
A veil ( for the face ) ; ( fig. also); 

8- D. ; 



Mn. 6 ; 

Ve. 3; Mk. 



Hid. ; 

4. 24 ; Si. 5. 17. -3 A covering, 
mantle (iu general). -4 A sweepin? 
broom. -Oomp. -ggr [ w&*w S<T ] 
s sort of roligirrm ceremony : JTSW- 



a. Covered with a veil, 
veiled ^^fV TRT S. 5. 

snfijfs'frT 1 Veillina;, hiding, cover- 
ing. -2 A veil. -3 A curtain. 

arwjjiara 1 p. p 1 Veiled, covered, 
concealed ; T^nnTrnmsi'CT Kn. 4. 
11 enveloped in nocturnal darkness. 
-2 Powdered, pounded. 

a- Poonded, ground. 
<* Woven. 

6 U. To assail with 
threats, to attack, to raise a weapon 
for the purpose of striking a blow 
(with loc. or dat.) ; sr 5rrg7%f fjfir 

gfaft Ms. 4. 169 ; artgr- 

165 ; 11. 207. 

ff{OT Menacing, aagault- 
ine with intent to kill, assailing 
with weapons. 

3nr>jf[ 1 U. 1 To cover, to hide, 
conceal ; (*!>:) "jf^jsn^lS 1 : Mb. -2 
To put into or inside ; UTOITT HTSTT 
Katy.-S To embrace; ir 

flT WlnotW^jfW pt - * 
I Hiding , cnoealing. -2 
Embracing. 

anfl 1 P. 1 To ting io a discord- 
ant tone. -2 To *ing depreoatingly, 
satirize in a ong, revile, reproach 
( mostly used in p. p. ). 

3CTfr<T/>-.p. 1 Sang in a discord- 
ant tone, sung badly. -2 Reproached, 
abused, censured ; 3TT^ircr! TrC^T, 
U. 2. 2 ; awfrat JTIBJT ^Trfoat Ki. 
2. 7 ; w'rsr^'fffTinuTrswr 17. 28 ; 
Si. 11. 10. -3 Wicked, vil. -4Sati- 
i rized in a song. -5 Seen frequently, 



well-known Ojfff). -w I A satire in 
song, derision. -2 Reproach, blame. 
-3 Bad or discordant singing. 

^T^ira 9 U. 1 To let loose, let go 
( as reins ). -2 To divide, separate 
(as words or parts of words) ; fafjr- 
orft?^f (5 ffi;j Trorftiromrs'r^u;* P.VIII. 
2. 46 Com."-3 To break off, discon- 
tinue; to distinguish, discriminate, 
discern. -4 To punish, chastise ; r^i- 
n?rT^"iBr frrTt Si. 5. 49. 



, 

K. 307, 328. -6 To capture, take in 
possession, overpower ; ^TrwfJT^?rjT- 
trsgrfr Dk. 157 ; Dk. 32 ; Ve. 46. -7 
To oppose, resist, hinder, obtrnct.-8 
Toliyholdof (with the feet).-Cou. 
To knead, make dough. 

&w%%wp. p. Obstrnoted, imped- 
ed, restrained. 

sreigT . Separable. er A pada 
having the name sr^g- 

MIVZ: 1 Separation of the compo- 
nent pints of a compound, or of 
other grammatical forms. -2 The 
mark or interval of such a separa- 
tion ; aJTT%s3!ril wiriwna:. -3 The 
syllable or letter after which snch 
separation occurs; ^^p<[ P. VIII. 
4. 26. -4 A hiatus, absence of sandhi 
( as in ftar at T ff T w& ^ tTt ^ Tt ^T 
instead of % fl t? ) Bh. 2. 2. -5 The 
mark ( s ) used to mark the elision 
of araftern and ait,. -6 Withholding 
of rain, drought, failure of rain ; f - 



62;; Trwfnnis'pj'iafiTT^ grir^sffr: 10. 
48 ; HHfsnr*q''frffffJT*ms' s'^tar 12. 
29 : f^w wrtrt a?^T5-T?rt Ku. 5. 61. 
-7 An obstacle, impediment, hind- 
rance, restraint ; *fOT< MM. 1 the 
bonds or fetters of worldly exist- 
ence ; nwtT tSTtnrrnrf ^ Rm. ; see 
3T!i5irf and I^T^TI?. -8 A herd of 
elephants. -9 The forehead of an 
elephant. -10 Nature, original 
temperament. -1 1 A sort of know- 
ledge, a false idea. -12 Punishment 
(opv- wgn?); srgirf nnre'fTi'wrar Si. 
1.71. -13 An imprecation, a term 
of abase. -14 An iron hook with 
which elephants are driven. 

34-)iljuj 1 An obstacle, impedi- 
ment. -2 Disrespect, disregard. -3 
Knowledge. 

sjTHTft 1 Breaking, separation. 
-2 Impediment ; auuigt^ ^T^ Sk. 
-3 A curao ; see anas;. 

3HVK 1 A. 1 To push or brush 
away or~bff. -2 To split, break or 
cut asunder ; <i^*rorr<^ wqirg'^flV 
Dk. 124. -3 To touch, feel, rub ; 
SUM. -4 



To stir up, agitate. 



161 



1 ! 1 A holo in the ground, 
a cave, a cavern. -2 A grindstone, 
tone-mill for grinding corn. -3 stir- 
ring up, shaking. 

sfTsrg'sf Ru bbing away or off. 

3T^f ^ 1 P. I To proclaim aloud. 
-2 To send for, summon, convoke ; 
as a conclave ( tfur* ). -3 To fill 
with cries, make resonant ; sf^W 
snrr^pT 5 Mb. 

3T**TTT:, -<rot Proclaiming, de- 
nouncing -- orr A proclamation. 

aT^tfj. 1 0. To whirl ronnd, 
brandish, move to and fro ; as i 



Mb. rocked to and fro. 
h Whirling round, a whirl- 
pool. 

Rolling orwhirling round. 
1 U. To rub off, rub to 
pieces, grind to powder ; 



Pt. l.v.l. -Caut. To rnb off. scratch. 

srrtrifor I Rubbing into. -2 Grind- 

ing. -3 Cleaning, robbing off ; *&$: 

g%>*^fNr&sn*nriforni Y - 3. 60. 

3TTEftfTcT Covered on all sides, 

concealed. 

3TWOT 1 P. I To smell at ; touch 
with the mouth ; Ms. 3. 218. -2 To 
kiss ( ae the head ) ijvf^T j%*3T!rnr 
Anv&\. ; sreTTitT*? jjijpf Rim. -Caus. 
To cause to smell t. 
act of smelling at. 
a. Lower. 



2 A. 1 To look down 
upon ( Ved.). -2 To perceive.observe. 
3TTWT One telling a censur- 
ed tale. of Looking down upon. 

3re^!f " [ f. if. ] Not speak- 
ing, silent, speechless ; ?r*rr?rr T- 
l^HI^^T t%St% S. 1. ;f [ 3fHT^ 
if. A- ] I Absence of assertion, gi- 
lence, taciturnity ; 3T^g->sffcreirjf ! 
K4y, -2 Censure, blame, reproof ; 
r sr< not doing what one ii bid, 
disobedient. 



r a. I Not to be epoken 
or ottered, obscene or indecent ; 
(language); *!%** TafHrgpr^ftgof 
T^ Ms. 8. 269. -2 Not censurable ; 
not blamable, free from censure ; 
BT*i**^5ftir *r*r> Mk. 2 ; '*( im- 
propriety of speech, freedom from 
censure; fr^for !q^#Jf ft arr^sfr- 
wr U. 1. 5. 

3ra^rT <* Not ipeaking, silent, 
taciturn. 

3T7^T?IT*f The looking down of 
the moon ( Ved. ). 

3T^f r^l U. 1 To move or come 
down. -2 To go down towards. 
Cau. 1 To cause to move or 
21 



descend upon -2 To employ, use, 
apply ; ?r<n^, ?rer. TTW &c. 

3T=r^Tf a. Going or moving down 
in or upon. * : A place of descent, 
road; field of action. 

STT^TCiro. Moving, going. or | 
Employing, application, mode of 
proceeding. -2 A kind of galite 
preparation Csnwrrfw ) 

ar^^ff o. To be cast down, to be 
given, to pe put on or applied. 
' 3RT% 3 ?. I To worghip.hononr, 
respect. -2 ( 5 D. ) To gather pick 
up, pluck ( with two ace. ) ; jr^r 
TTr^rf^rrHT $gHT*TTSTlT5Tnt Bk. 

6. 10 ; nrmfaftftr -Kfsrf^r Sk. -3 To 

take off. -4 To let down behind, to 
open ( one's cloak ). 

3n^*r; Gathering ( such as flow- 
ers, fruits &c. ) ; tTff: nftyx: ^gwi- 
^ ^'mfiT'nrf^V H^qt S. 4. 

3T^^rT; [ 3T?-f^-q^ ] Gathering 
flowers ( with the bandu ) ; 3ff%^-. 
Si. 7. 71. 

th8ring,pi;kng off. 
p. I Gnrhered.-2Filled, 
inhabited. 



ft ?,: ] The pendent cloth on a 
chariot, an ornament (like a chowri) 
hanging from the top of a banner ; 
f5-jJlw^HgjTIti^nrJTtTT5: Si. 5. 18 ; 
f^ms; Twr<or* i r^^j7^rrwT5rfir<T: K . 
26, 114, 116 ;Si. 20. 46, 12. 18. 

3T?^ 10 P. 1 To sprinkle with 
meal, dust. -2 To cover, pnt on or 
over, overlay ; ^j}. ^^orggwwtr^q- 
Suar. ; H'ff ffSTSiqrfSmr: Mb. 



| Pounding, grinding, 
reducing to powder. -2 Sprinkling 
with powder ; especially, throwing 
absorbent powdtrs on wounds. -3 
A kind of disease or wound. 

3TC^Sr?r a. I Pounded coarsely ; 
f%3Uwrw i ^l l 'fa5T mixed with Dk. 133. 
-2 Ground, crushed, reduced to 
powder. 



37 A choiori or brush 
( formed of cow's tail or peacock's 
feathers ) for fanning off flies. 

ST^'StJ'?; 10 P- 1 To cover over, 
overspread. -2 To conceal, obscure, 
leave in darknees. 



r )^: A cover, rover- 
ing ; wt^srr^^urf r^ ( wir^ ) Rim. 

aT^lS^l 7 U. 1 To cut off, sepa- 
rate, tear in pieces, break asunder. 
-2 To discriminate, distinguish, cha- 
racterize. -3 To define, limit, modi- 
fy ( as by time, space &c. ) nsed in 
Nyaya ; see ST^f^nf below. -4 To 
detch, excerpt. -5 To interrupt. 



1 Cut oil. -2 Sepa- 
rated, divded, detached, excerpted- 
-3 (In logic ) Separated or excluded 
from all other things by the proper- 
ties predicated of a thing as peculiar 
to itself . -4 Bounded, modified de- 
termined ; f^r?5isj^l%irw Bb. 2. 1. 
-5 Particularized, distinguished, 
characterized aa by an attributive 
word. 

STW'SJ?: 1 A part, portion (am* ) 
-2 Boundary, limit. -3 Separation. 
-4 Distinction, distinguishing, parti- 
cularization ( as by attributes ). -5 
Determination, decision, settlement; 
?r*?ircwr^ ft^miimHj!?! Vftk. p. 
-6 That property of a thing which 
distinguishes it from every thing 
elie, a characteristic property. -7 
Bounding, defining. -8 Pervading 
( smli t ) "ai^c?^: generalizing, 
removing, distinctions. 

SH-'jjfgR' <* 1 Separating. -2 
Determining, deciding, srfMm^r^%- 
?^Kt%r. -3 Bounding, limiting. -4 
Pervading. -5 Distinguishing, parti- 
cularizing. -6 Pecnliar,charaoteristio. 
qf: 1 That which distinguishes. -2 
A predicate, characteristic property. 
-3 Boundary, limit. 

si^sirar* Cutting off, separating , 
determining, bounding &o. 

3T^fJ'R'(T <* Mixed. jr A horee- 
langh. 

3T^T% 1 P. 1 To spoil ( deprive 
by conquest ), to win ; aigfSteq- ^ 
(T^fJT Mb. ; Ms. 11. 81 ; gur* nrw 
f>Rnr 3frnrfrS(<T RAm.-2 To recov- 
r ; far ^rornT^ra^ Mb. -3 To 
ward off, prevent. -4 To conquer, 

t^JTCTri Si. 7. 60. 
: Defeat, victory over ; 5rw- 

ffi R. 6. 62. 

p- Conquered; contemn- 
ed, disregarded. 

wifsTflh/ Conquest, defeat ; Ei. 
6.43. 

a. Visited, frequented. 
9 P. To have a low opinion 
of, to despi, to treat with con- 
tempt, digregard;3T?3!PTrf%HritRr^ 
B. 1. 77 ; j^rsrisfRf ?rt q^f wra'fr' 
ffgnrrw* Bg. 9. 11 ; Bk. 3. 8. 

3*r?TT t 3T*-5" ^ 1 Disreipect, 
contempt ; slighting, low opinion ; 
ffrwrT^5f sfrns'Tr H- 1 i disregard 
( with the obj. in loo. or gen.); 
3irfHnr*5ri Rtr5h?f^*rT B. 2 . 41 ; ^ 
mw %%i^f *. iW'Jf^grt Mil. 1. 6 ; 
Santi. 3. 23 ; sTf^rr^fnT TRfflft > 
W^ft 5$ Udb. -oomp. Ttnpr o. 
treated with contempt, humiliated. 
f:W the agonies of humiliation ; 
m sftwq. T 
Si. 2. 45. 



162 



p- p. Disrespected, con- 
temned, disregarded. 

snTjTr^r Disrespect, His regard, con- 
tempt ; f i^fr* f95rr^i^ flrr% nnf- 
BP'Wrri R 1 79 

w^5T7p />. To be treated with 
disrespect ; coutmptrbl ; RJJT ft 
TTir<fr?r*y sMsnr: 9tar^r Y. 
1. 153. 

3TTT a- [ 3HT-3T?^ ] Produced in a 
hole. ?t I A hole, civity. -2 A jji'i 



R4m. -3 A well. -4 Any 
low or depressed part of the body, 



Y. 3. 98. -5 A juggler -Oomp 
a to(toie in a bole ; (fig.) one who 
has bd no experience, who has seen 
nothing of the world. fairhrT: N. 
of a particular hell. 

Wfei, St f. [are arfe] 1 A hole. - J 
A well. -J A linoi. 



lz: P. V. 2. 31 Sk.] Having a 
flat nose, flat-noied. 

3W5: [ 3T -zft fta I ] 1 A hole 
In the ground. -2 A well. -3 The 
back or nape of the neck -4 The de- 
pretied ptrt of tha body. -5 A kind- 
of tree. jj/. The raited portion of 
the neck. 5 n. A hole, a rent. 
-Oorsp. gr, a hind oarl, the hair on 
the back of the bead ; Si. 10. 12. 
- Ved. Being in a bole. 
W< A market, a mart. 
[ aw rf-HiVrir ] The flight 
of a bird, flying downwards. 
3rjr a. Ved. Not without a tail 
aid of a cow ). 

WW [ m W^ ! <TW a= ] A 
well, cittern. 

arntfn w [ wt-H '? ] 'A 

garland -J An ear ring, a ring shap- 
ed ornament, an er ornarncnt < fly. 
lo) ; irnr V&orw'rwdHT: R u 1. 55 

W?TfTI>TW<TT*?T<Tr: 7 38 , *jp.- 

iTHTrwiirt & 11, 12, MO, 97 ; R 13 
49; Ok 5. 88: Ki 3 1 1 : Si 3. 1 ; 
*Tw4 ft lotus used a> *n ornament ; 
Ku.4 8; oft witiJ womitt*' ; iKfij. 
y3&: O^>WT< S 10 67. -3 A a or Ba- 
in nt worn on the head, oratl; (tl%.) 
anything thai n^ven >t n ornament; 
1 decked with ' ; 5nTTrrtrfl7 ar^- 
Obit. 2. 3 ; j } f -nj^arnT:*- 
wi%-y Sur., 
Mai. 6. 

De. P. To ue 
ringi, mkear rinxs of 

irtf^n mnTfg<rriQ S. l 4 ; 
U. 3. 

An ear-ornament, an 
Bfn*nt io genera! ; 



r ar- 



V. 5. 3 ; 
f &?T ) Ram. 

if <*. iiiving a garland, 
crested ; ( fig. ) decked, adorned. 

3T7rf^fOT I Anytbingcut in pieces. 
-2 Chopped straw. 

aTTJT^' 10 p To strike down- 
wards, f%^mr?<rm Sir. ; to crush 
nnd -r, trample down upon. 

aT^frrs^ 1 Crsshing, trampling or 
treading undor;^- ,f?f^r 



U.I. 14 -2 Striking. 

3TT(T^ 8 U. 1 To stretch or extend 
downwards ; 
Si. 12. 18; 
Hariv.-J To overspread, cover ; JT>T- 



Bri S. 24 19. -J To loosen, undo 
( especially a bow string ). 

- 1 Overspread, covered; 



: ) ibid. -2 Loosened, slackened; 
whose bow is unbent. 
:f- Stretching, extending ; 
firTfrfT Ki.ll. 4(snow-fall). 
1 Stretching. -2The unbend- 
ing of a bow. -3 A downward face. 
-4 Tne spreading of a plant ; ^nr- 

5T^^^fT?rnTTBPf5mfJTSIT Bltu- -5 A 
cover ( in general ) ; an awning. 

3T37H[ 1 P* To radiate heat or 
light downwards. -Cans. \ To irradi- 
ate. heat; ararenic? a-ft*? rrqr t%^W- 
iT Mb. -2 To iliutaiiiate. 
JK Heated, iiradiatedjan- 
ichneumon's standing 
on hot ground ( metaphorically said 
of the inconstancy of man) P. II. 1. 
47 ; awifprfsrwr rT ttf^ Sk. 

w^errrx^ a. ( A place ) where the 
an strikes vertically down. 

areffJTW [ waft Hn<t ; 

P V 4 7. ] I Si'Kbl or dim 
Mw; d'H^WVft mi Al -j Darkness 
( in general , ; w^JT^fVf r^- tn^irr- 
Si. 11 57. (whereMtlli eays 



t "'. Vtd. Further awy, 
distaotly. 
3^jrg; in<i. Below, in the lower 
world ; Ki 5 27. 

ar^flfar A soothing runedy. 
3M(f 1 P I To descend, alight, 
come Jn*n ; ^iir^snir 1 R- 1. 54, 
13. 68; v<n* TC9T'*r7<*>T*:n3 Si. 1. 
1; TSirrTeJTfaVSr! Pt. 1 ; 
oft wt S. 7, 5>|cTf^a 
Pt. 5 ; ( tig. lo ) 

K. 289 fails to ee ; 



151 I cannot speak for very ihame, 



-2 To flow or inn into, disharge 
contents, join ( as a river ); HHK 1- 
?iTffri S. 3 ; see 

? Iso. -3 To enter, enter into, 
tocome to; M.I. 22; Si. 9 32 ;ffiv 
M.5.-4Tobegiu.conunence; 
. 152; af^mfltCT 
hur 1 . 1. 5To present 
oneself, appear fortb,come; qfjvfHW- 
arTft rV^nT'irr Ki. 10. 17. -6 To des- 
cend ( as a deity ) into the world in 
the form of a mortal ; $rtq;r^H<JT Ks. 
2. 21 ; 5i3$55irr ^ *TT ?TI<ITTT?lt 3infr- 
2. 31. Rii T. 1. 130 ; 5. 66. 
Mark. P. -7 To get 

over, subdne, conqur; ai^rfrorYr^H v- 
JrfTflfcf^i Ks. 21. 194 ; 31* ?rpr^ 
frt^ Rv. 10. 133. 5 -Caw. I To cause 
to descend, bring or fetch down; wrif 
f Mu. 3. 9 ; THJ, f r^, 
. -2 To take down, put or 
set down snarr** aY&atrmd- K. 38 ; 
Pt. l ; ^sprn'^- 
R. 1. 34 : 3T?;it4err w V. 1. 
-3 To take Joff, remove, withdraw, 
put aside; wmfr^Tanf ^TDITI% Mu. 
2, 5 ; srafntTsrr^rmv ^gj: !' ;6. 30 ; 
srwhs^tfr^fTH? fff Ku. 3. 11, Si. 9. 
36. -4 To bring downwards. -5 To 
bend down. -6 To introduce, set a-go- 
ing, make current, begin ; 
mf?ar Raj. T. 4. 585 ; 
2. 58 



Descent, N. 3. 53; Si. 1.43. 
or I Descending for bathing 
in water &c., irirr , an:ffT?arf ; 
descending or alighting (in general), 
corcingdown; t*?<i . -2An incarna- 
tion ; see Wf mx. -3 Crossing. -4 Sudden 
disappearance. -5 Steps or stairs 
leading to a river. -6 A holy bathing- 
place ( rfiv ). -7 Translating from 
one language into another .-8 Intro- 
duction. -9 An extract, a quotation. 

3Tra?fir*:f* 1 A short prayer at the 
beginning of a wo/k which, it is 
supposed, cause* the divinity so ad' 
dressed to descend from heaven. -2 
Introduction, preface. 



535.J ' Preface -2 Sucuessio^o'der, 
method, 

3T4BTTI [ar* J *<\ n^] ] Descent, 
alighting; descending or going down 
Into ; ( ng. ) accepting, resorting to; 
trTte<rirr^<TK: Ds. 7; advent.setting 
in; ^!ft^arrw^ S. 1.-2 Form.maui- 
feststlcu; R*?irif^pjt^at k <tTnr?Tsr^- 
fTWTTgur 3inkara.-3 Descentofa 
deity upon earth, incarnation in gen- 
eral ; sfrc^q- Wift T: 3^<nnTf: U. 
5. 34; trafforrtrifrejrf'HTOTffrT.ijjiani.j 
B. 10. 84; =jfinj^rr^ 9rfti Ks. 7. 
18. -4 An incarnation of Vishnn ; 



163 



3. 95. (There are ten incarnations of 
Vishnu ; the following verse from 
Git. dricri!* tberu; 



f <?S I 



^ ^5T ll -5 Any new 
appet.auo , rowtti, rise; 



. ,r 
5 . 24 ; ?jf<r*nrai} K. 289 ; Ve. 3 ; 
Sinti. 2 26; 3. 14 ;K.8.30.-6 Any 
distineuighed person ( who, in tte 
Ian K nage of reipect, is called an await 
or incarnation of adeity ). -7 Aiming 
at an object.-8 A landing-place ; *% 
Tito wfiir: w^rarr* Si. 5. 33. -9 
A sacred bathing-place. -10 Transla- 
tion. -| | A pond, tank. -12 Intro- 
dnction, preface. -13 Crowing ; t 
<5H to gain one'g object (with gen.). 
-Conip. ^fsn account of an SWTK. 
N. of a chapter in sjartfcw. j?, 
the prayer causing the descent of a 
deity. 

W^IT^a. (-ftai/ ) 1 Making 
one's appearance. -2 Making a de- 
scent. 

WWItu'r I Causing to detcend. -2 
Translation. -3 Possession by an 
evil spirit. -4 Worship, adoration. 
-5 The en jg cr border of a garment. 
-6 Preface or introduction ( to a 
work ). 

srearft'i " Making one's appear- 
ance, making a descr.it. 

znRrfp.p. I Decended, aligbl- 
ed, come down ; 
RT: vwt Me. 50 ; 

rr R. 6 85; 
K. 176 who have entered 
upon mundane life. -2 Bathed in ; 

mptrftwrmfHn K. iss ; come to, 

entered into. -3 Appearrd as an ic- 

oarnation; w^^arTswr Rfinrnrr- 
Mb. ; Pt. 1. -4 Crossed, 



l!*' n **wn*WK*w 

^ Mil. 1 crossed the path, gone 
within the range, of arrows ; ask- 
<WT*<rr<i?: S. 3. -5 Fallen ( as the 

K. 



368 . 
a . 



> ; wrnnoi ^j^ K . 
-6 Translated. -Oomp. ,p^ a . 
absolved from debt. 

3^(1^1^ Den. P. To rub with 

cotton ; ^? f Barrier 

TriT Bop. 



^e ] A woman or a cow miscarrying 
from aooldent. 



palf. 



See under q^|. 
a Terrified. 
" Not suitable for a 



^f9r sr^ ] Any pungent food which 
txcitrs thirst, stimulant. 

3T?^TT a I Uivf u uway -2 Fin- 
ished, accomplished 

grq-^g- 1 P. To burn down, de- 
stroy. 

ST'^TO I Heat, burning down. -2 
The hot season, summer. 



. 

] I N of the root of a plant 
. -2 Burning down, her.t ; "ys- 
root of the 5i^>r plaot. 

a- [wr**] I Beauti- 
ful ; ^^ra^tfa: Dk. 107, 37. -2 
Clean, clear, pure, apotlces, renned, 
pnriBed, polished ; ?r^ar^m%eirt 
K. 36 ; so f^or^^fir S i 5TT- -> 
Bright, white ; wrftsjhnv^nrar ^f'HT- 
?rrK. 36, 65, 128. 187, 189, 43, 
68, 95 ; raP<<HinnifrB ^ K< 233 i 
S-^r^rnn *c5rww?5T: Bk 2. 18 ; 
cf. also Bh. 2. J5 ; Ki. 11. 75, 
3.25 ; 13. 37 ; Santi. 3 14. -4 Vir- 
tuous, meritorious ; 31*71^337 a!Tpf 
f ?T<m*efT?f 85^ K 62. -5 Yellow. 
a: White or yellow colour. 

m^jjIH 1 A pure or approved 
occupation. -2 An accomplished 
act. -3 A valorous or glorious act, 
prowess, heroic act, heroism, glo- 
rious achievement ; ^fionnrf%3n- 
: Ku. 7. 48 ; Si. 7. 2, H, 16 ; !fr<T- 
jTRi K. 11. 21 ; Ki. 17. 
16 ; awg;rftT?T3*i> H f r^Jf !Dk. 52 ; 
Ki. 3. 43, 13. 32. -4 Object of a 
legend. 

a- Niggardly, stingy. 
a. Ved. Having no bad 
reputation. 

9 P. To split or force open 
to tend or tear asunder. Cans. I 
To cause to burst, to rend, split ; 



-2 To dig down, excavate ; 
-: R. 13. 3 ; fergi 
Bitn. 

Breaking (as a boil), burst- 
ing, separating. 

1 Tearing, dividing, dig- 
ging down, cutting into pieces. -2 
^5t-?5z) A spade, hoe. 

3Tf ff p- p. 1 Split into two, 
divided, broken ; 3refro?gT%g73- 
: Si. 13. 37. -2 Melt- 
ed, fused, liquefied. -3 Bewildered, 
perplexed ; *rirwfl<tf: W^lWff ^ *Tf 
Mb. 

^r 4 P. 1 To cut off, divide. 
-2 ( Ved. ) To appease ( anger ). 

3Twwj>. p- [ aw- 
Cut off. 



One who divides or cuts off ; o'^' 
dividing into five parti. 

w*frH [ SH f 1 fj^] I Cutting or- 
dividing in:o pi*-** -2 A pait, per- 
Uon ; f^ine^qTstrw!^ 8. B -3 
Tvan gi* u ii 4 The root of 
plaot ; ete w?|i , a | so 

-- I Milking -2 Milk 
a I Fit to be condemn* 

ed, censurable, not to lie printed ; 

f ^iR 3iii ttvr^nvt^ M. 1. 

2 ; QiHTCn sBTT^irgfr mor: Si. 18. 

45. -2 Defective, faulty, blaruable, 

disagreeable, disliked ; 3^f ^srot 
srw^mif^i R. 7 70 ; see s\^v 
also. -3 Unfit to be told -4 Low, 
inferior. -5 Sinfnl. f | A fult, 
defect, imperfrclion. -2 Sio, vicr. 
-3 Blame, censure, repromh ; TBJS;- 
^nTflt crrwqiri^q^: R 7. 70. -4 
Shame. -Oomp -srngsr a. coucenl. 
ing or keeping off want. ft. / 
fear of vices or gin. 

smjw^ o. Ved. Disgraceful, la- 
mentable. 



a. Shining down upon, 
illuminating. 

A market. 

a - Ved. Inviolable, in- 
vulnerable. tr; Exemption from 
death ; Ms. 5. 39. 

3T3Y?ra. Not to be killed, in- 
violable, sacred, ; err, TTO, W ex- 
emption from dtatb, inviolability ; 
flrarfWm^wjrrn R.I 7. 19;w$*r;w- 
*rrVr f?ft ^ff& SII^TOT H. 3. 15 ; R. 
10. 437 

T o. To be defied. 



3 A. I To place down, de- 
posit ; awrra ?& <tW5 Kity. ;ftrr 
H* : SJTWT^S^lfcT: Sat. Br. ; naftfi^- 

5 g%3 THfm$ i n^r Mb. ; grg^t 
^^WTVjrfB^TfJriJTf^: Bhig. ; to fix! 
ircfriir ff^rrr^uT^ r*r^'c^t J fV Mu. 5. 13. 
-2 To apply ( as the mind ). -3 To 
be attentive ; sparsTUTrt ^nnr: Mv. 
6. -4 To shut, close, press together. 
Pan. To be placed, applied, 
or directed (mind) ; 3rs;tJlnTt listen, 
hear. 

ot.p .To be attended 



and 
Attention, 



HT tas*iW>rPr ftsjw* Su. 

4. 2 ; ar^rr^ ^nrn^ s ' r ' u ' "* * 5 



intentnees, attentiveness ; 
Bjurrra hears attentively -2 Devotion, 
care, carefulness ; 3Tnn"^ care. 
fully or attentively : ^JOJIT arnr 3T;- 
V. 1. Z. 



. 1. 



- Attentiyf. 



164 



*,.. [ aw-vrr-fo ] 1 Applica- 
tion, attention. -2 Boundary, limit 
exclusive or inclusive, ( in time or 

space ) ; conclusion, determination ; 

_. __ ^- ^ - - 



M v 1 . 

12 22. -3 Farthest limit ; j? 3*TT- 
TsforPTWfa: K. 124 ; tmCTOTCT^t 
WC^iflf Ka. 4. 43 conclusion ; oft 
at the end of comp., in the dense of 
1 ending with, ' ' as far as ', till' ; 
(TT ft sfrfrffrwi^'! mgfj D.I; tlrsRIT - 
irn=Tjrrwrar'rtf5 aig-^ raw JTTTT: K. 
171 ;rrerwrj fc %f aff: Jinrrinr- 
f*r K. 4 100 ; ?*w: jprrfwsarrar- 
TniWth Ak. -4 Period of time, 
time ; -af r%7r<rrvrfcT JHsr: R. 16 ; 

52 ; 5TTP? WTff 

r Me. 87 jjirft WflTH: 

Mv. 7. 2- 48 ; fw^rr 

, Dk. 54. 174 , K. 328 ; Ki.12. 
17 ; Tj'jrTrw-w^'fa from or ever since, 
till, Bv 2 79 ; aiu %?5|fSrt n^T^ 
Ki. 2 16. -5 An engagement, ap- 
pointment ; vwfrTfrarRrriFftsrr f%*r*r- 
r^Ws S. 6. -6 A. division, district, 
department ; STTTtTwteT P. IV- 



2. 124. -7 A bole, pit. ar, W limit, 
limitation. 

i. Limited, bounded. 
t.p. 1 To be placed down 
or deposited. -2 To be attended to, 
to be believed. -3 To lie known or 
apprehended. TJ Attention. 

yftifap. p. I Depoiited, placed. 
-2 Attentive, careful ; SJOJJT JT^ITH- 

Kim ; Me. 100.-3 Celebrated known. 
nr application, attention. -Oontp. 
a&jTtpy a. with joined hands. 

3T7%rr? 1 D. To run down, to 
drop down, to run after. 



1 Uunuing after, pursu- 
ing, seizure. -2 Cleaning, washing. 

OTVtfinr p- p. I Chased, pursued. 
-2 Cleaned, washed. 

ar^iJT^ 10 P- To disregard, dis- 
resptct treat with contempt, slight; 
rwrftffSfl^TFT H. 1. ; Si. 9 59, 
Amaru. 83, to despise, repudiate, re- 
pulse ; wfom*i?c*<jfir wrwrigwt M. 5. 
OT Treating with ditrespect. 
Disrespect, despising ; 
repulse ; ftHruffr 5fr'5 > rTOTTrrfr- 
f^ R. 8. 48 ; M.3.19 ; 
fitenr 
S. 3. 14. 



. Disrespected, dis- 
regarded, slighted ; 3<rVtffcnaVsof 
Ki. 6. 25 excelled, get at naught 



D. I To shake, move, 
wave, cause to tremble ; ^flj: irqu*- 
vjff; R. 7. 43 ; sl?fr^: WW Mei 
35; Rs. 6. 15 ; Ki. 6.3; Si. 13 36. 
.-2 To shako off or ont, shake, toss 
( lit. and fig. ), remove ( fig. also ) ; 
overcome, get the better of ; ^rsnr- 
W^T mf* R. 11. 90 ; Jrr^vjwj?- 
VfTf; 5T^: 9. 19 removing the fears 
f ; 3T*<r ff^ri 3. 61 



J<T. K'. 1. 42 ; 

-3 To discard, <spnrn, reject or treat 

with contempt, disregard ; ^- 

. 4. 38 ; Kn. 3, 8 ; 
: V 3. 5 ; 
Dk. 13. Caui. ( --. 
To shake. 

STftjtT />/> I Shaken, waved. -2 
Discarded, lejected, despised ;R. 19. 
43. -3 Insulted, humiliated. -4 Ex- 
celled, anrpaased ; Ratn. 2. 8. -5 
Attacked, overcome. -6 Ser para ted 
from worldly attachments. <T-. Ao 
ascetic who bm renounced all 
worldly attachments and connec- 
tions ; flt 



-2 xcelticg. 



. 6. 12. 

1 Despising, scorning. 



a. undressed, naked. 

r 1 Shaking, waving ; qr?- 
jByjTrH^^'f Us. 3. 
239 ; Vfl^ jrtefftTOjr*^ 1 ! Ki. 8. 6. 
-2 The practice of medicine, curing* 
-3 Agitation, trembling.-4 Disregard- 
ing. -5 Tramplinj; on, treading. 
: One having no wife. 

a< Perfumed with 



incense. 

3T^15J5T Sprinkling absorbent 
powders on Etores. 

3^lj 10 D. 1 ( o ) To determine, 
fix, resolve ; fW'Tir'T Pt. 1 ; 

Mk. 4 : 
Si. 1. 3 ; 



. 

ff(T M. 5. (6) To ascertain, determine 
accurately, make out;know, perceive, 
understand ; ftT1'fa"w f Vjt 
Ku. 5. 78 ; Mn. 3, 4. -2 To consider 
cr regard, think, look npon ; ^irt 
asfureT Mb ; ^?frsTfj^iJl4nt Ks 21. 
124 ; Si. 9. 22. -3 To hear, listen to, 
become acquainted with ; *rfir$u^ 
u& ?Unri>:a*arf!Tt Mirk. P. -4 To 
reflect, consider, think ; ^r<7^f^ 
fijg-fcnv Pt. 4. -5 To limit, restrict. 

sT^art: Accurate determination, 
limitation ; ff&( ^^ift'ff'liT IT 
^ta: Susr. 

-j?--j\jK5: a. 1 Determining accura- 
tely i fenriTrgfr greif W5ft: Bharata 
-1 Reittricting oneself to anything. 

Wltmor - Restrictive, limiting 
of-orr 1 Asceitainment, determina 



tion ; HTT" Dk. 161. -2 Affirmation, 
emphasis. -3 Limitation ( of the 
sense of words); ^rq^Ttrrt'T rr^i^rT' 

vrncoTIsJ:. -4 Restriction to a certain 
instance or instances to the exclu- 
sion of all others. 

** r ,, f nnt n To be 

ascertained, determined or consider- 
ed ; f^mJTtf^rrcqrflgrtnr'fr'J' 11. 13. 
; TK<Tfftt^ynir ifrer: qrfcsfa Bh. 
2.59. 

.. ., p.p. Ascertained, known. 

well observed, marked ; H*qjTTnfW" 
Ratn. 1. 

P'l Determined, resolv 
ed, settled. -2 Heard. 
See nnder w<I. 

iunoxions, henefiuont. 

1 A. | To apply oneself 
to, set about. -2 To strewover, ftoat- 
tr, spread ; ^SfrsrsafarfT Sk. Caus. 
I To cast dowu. -J To strew over. 

3T?C79: I Abandoning, quitting. 
-2 Powder, dust. -3 Disrespect.cen- 
surc, blame. -4 Falling off or from. 
-5 Sprinkling. 

3ITS3W p- p- 1 Destroyed, perish- 
ed. -2 Censured, disrespected. -3 
Pounded coarsely or badly. -4 Aban- 
doned. -5 Sprinkled. -6 Scattered. 

3TT^ [W5g ] I Protection, de- 
fence ; 35Ms^"P. I. 3. 66, Nalod. 
1.4. -2 Gratifying, pleasing.-3 Wish, 
desire. -4 Delight, satisfaction. -5 
Hurry, speed. 

ar^r^sj The disappearance of 
the stars. 

3&&H 1 P. 1 To bow down, to 
bend down, stoop ; Si. 9. 74. -3 To 
bend oneself, hang down ; wrstrrafTg; 
3R5fl^^r Me. 46. See snm lo. 
Caul' (aut'if-W'S) To bend down, 
hend ; sT^TWf fy^Tt f^rctRr K. 1. 9 ; 



>. p. \ Bent down, hung 
down, downcast ; fMr*, ITWT*, B- 
wrr, T^fT7 R. 9. 60 ; <KW3^anT. 
?rr^ Rim. -2 Verging in the west, 

getting , T3ff>^:'>i^3nTri5(j^ ^ 
Si. 10. 91. -3 Beudiug, btooping, 
deepened, not projecting. -4 Hum- 
ble. -Oonrp. a|ir a. with stooping 
limbs ; Kn. 5. 86. wr* a- bending 
the body, cronchin-4 down. 5^ a. 
with down-east countenance. -OTT-^ 
a. bowing the head. 

&l*i*i / 1 Bending, bowing 
down, stooping ; OTsrfftJnr^: Mu. 1. 
2, 3. 8 ; Si. 9. 8. -2 Declining in the 
west, setting ; Si. 9. 8- -3 A bow, 
prostration. -4 Bending (as a bow) ; 
K. ( where ar<> also 



165 



meant ' itooping ' ). -5 Modesty, ab- 
sence of insolence, humility. 

anrTH 1 a- Bowd, bent ; tr^nTSKT- 
Wrsurvwr Ka. 3. 54 ; rr? fallen 
at the feet. 

3Tiri: 1 Bending or bowing, fall- 
ing at the feet ; <rr%7?7^7l^rrR 
Tr?rW5UT Si. 11. 35. -2 Causing to 
bend down. 

si^JTprjj a. What depresses or 
causes to bend or bow. 

3TW-T[ffi " Bending or bowing 
down ; Ki. 7 19. 

3T^T{j 4 U. To bind on, tie on, 
pat over, cover with. 

3T3?r3*p.p. I Formed, rnde.-2 Fix- 
ed, seated ; *tqr*ll*w*sitia<H3ffar- 
r ; Ve. 1. 21. -J Covered, cncircl" 
'ri^: K.19' 

S'i. 3 7; hound on, tied ; 
. 6. 
:) Mb.; 

Ittin.; Brj. 8. 3. 19. 20, 67, 59, 84 
fattened, woven, put together; IPIT 
T3r?H?wijf?rr Si. 6. 53; 7. 52. -# A 
drum. 

3T?7if : Binding, girding, putting 
on. 

X^TTJ a- [ iff Tn%*rir. 3T*-=rc\ 

see awSrj ] Flat-nosed, -j The Con- 
di ion of having a flat nose. 

3Wnt: -^/ [WC.-3TH On. 2 101] 
1 The earth ; oft used at the end of 
com p. meaning ' ground ' ' place ' ; 
qrTrn*ift Dk. 7. 13 : ^fryr=rr place 
of recreation 25. -2 A finger ( Nir ). 
-3 A river ; Rv. 1. 190. 7. -4 N.of a 
plant. -5 Course, bed of a river, ari- 
f^nff a. fallen prostrate on the 
ground. -Comp. -f^r:, -f-^r:, -;rri:, 
-Tlti:, -fit?: lord of tho eartb,king ; ijjir- 
*Fsr<mfar ^srwit ^tjw: R. 10. 85, 
1 1 . 93. -*{ a. roving over the earth, 
vagabond.-]*: a mountain; Si. 16. 78. 
-3c5 the surface of the earth, -';# 
the globe, -sy :, -^ a tree. 

3T^TT5C 3 U. To wash, purify, 
cleanse, to wipe off. -Caul. I To 
cause to wash off.-2Tofill with, per- 
'tf Qhat. 15. 

.. 1 Washed, cleansed. 
-2 Searched. 

a. Used /or wnahing. 
sT 1. Washing, ablution; ;r 
Ms. 2. 

209. -2 Washing ofE, ablution. -J 
Water for washing, foot-path ; gfpr: 
qr^T^oT^V: Ait. Ur. -4 Sprinkling 
water on the darbha grnsiata Sra-l- 
dha ceremony. 

3T*fir l Hr*rs Deduction, ascertain- 
ment. 

Spitting upon. 



1 P. I To lead or bring 
down, to push into ; 3T"Sfrr<?ta 1 'ft'nTT- 
n\H Kity .-2 To cause to descend or 
flow.-J To lead away. -4 To pour 
down or over. 

3^n 1 Throwing down, preci- 
pitating. -2 Causing to descend. 

sro^TtrH Leading down, pouring 
down. 

Throwing down &c. 

. Causing to descend. 
: -rft / [ 3W-^ [?=?; Un.'S. 
50 1 1 N. of a city, the modern ^ST- 
f^ft on f the seven sacred citic* 
of the Hindus, to die at which is 
mid to secure eternal happiness ; cf. 



'. The wo- 
m?n of Avanti are said to b3 very 
skilful in nil erotic arts: cf. Hcir<7 
mK sfsfr wf iir B. R. 10. 82-2 N. 
of a river, -m. pi. N. of a country 
and ita inhabitants ; its capital being 
3srf<rift on the river wsrr ; and there 
is also the temple of irsFFW i Q tne 
suburbs. [According to Heraachandru 
srirlt i synonymous with Malava or 
the modern Malava ; but the Uttr 
country covered in ancient times, as 
now, a wider area than Avanti, as 
liana applies the name to a neigh 
Louring kingdom in the east, whoso 
capital was Vidiaa on the Vetravati 
or Betva. In the time of the Mahabha- 
rata Avauti appears to have extend- 
ed on the south to tha banks of the 
Narmadn and on the west probably 
to the banks of the Myhe or Mahi ] 
: B. 6. 32. 



descending ; $rrr<rra: Y. 2. 277. 
3><TiT H. 1; 5$^ ^Rvrr Mai. 8. 8 



6. 34, 35 ; 

Me. 30; 

K. 52. -Oomp.-!jt the city of 
fr. -wan [ awfas w?rr ar^ ww- 
P. V. 4. 104.] a Brlhmana residing 
in Avunti.-flTfl: [ atsrrSs mfl ?f ] sour 
gruel ( prepared from the fermenta- 
tion of rice-water ( *(ist ) 

3f^K7 Not barren,frnitful, pro- 
ductive : 3i%riqtfeiiqj5rsrfnT & 2CO; 
wi3rT V. 2. 2; H. 2. 12. 

1 P- To 8 P lit - -P ass - T O 
split oneself, to be split. 

areqrf^ir Laceration of the pre 
puce- 

3TTTrX 1 p - Td fa " down ' flv 
down, jump down, desoend, n.ligbt, 
pounCJ or swoop upon; ^qsir^grffiT^ 
7W Prab.; vdfwmli^t Kam. -C<t. 
To thrown, fell down. 

* Alighting, descending. 
r: I Falling down; 



. 

. Mai. 8. 8 

sudden, swoop or pouncing. -3 A 
hole,'pit. -4 Particularly a hole 
or -pit for catching elephants i 

a o - 



dava 

^>: T^i* TTW R. 16. 78. 

si'Wa^' Felling, knocking down, 
throwing down ; q-jrorr Ms. 11. 65 ; 

H Y. 2.~223. 

4 A. 1 To go down, glide 
: to descend, fall down as ^r, 
nw &c. -2 To be deprived of ( with 
abl. ). -J To fall, meet with an acci- 
dent. -4 To overthrow, ruin. -Cabt. 
To cause to glide or go down. 

3T*Tr p. f. I Mixed with. -2 
Cooked together with. -If alien on or 
into. -4 Alighted, descended. 

ST^n^: falling down. 

ar^-errijr a. | Badly or ill-cooked. 
-2 Without a net. -SK-. Bad cooking. 

ar^qrar a [ 3*1* ft-sfwft'i qi>f fw ] 

A Mlechchtm whose eatiugin a vessel 
makes it uselesi for others. 



One who nas lost his caste, a person 

not allowed by hi' kindred to out 

,in a common vessel ; ge? swwifpir 

Diy. ) 

a Unprot ctod, neg- 
lected. 



. 2.31 fulling down at 
the feet (tig ) bringing. -2 Desccne, 



ern. ?cr3 ] Snared, having a 
snare laid over (on all sides); 1 



10 P- T compress; 
'jiRvrraw'ffii'cfr Mb.; gr^l 
raaT Ram.; to press or 
nqueeze together ; iriRT^a?fgf%f'n^- 

wfsri^Jte^rMai. 6 12. 

sig-qff . Pressed on all sides. -&: 
1 Pressing down, pressure -2 A kind 
of medicinal drag used to cause 
sneezing, sternutatory .-3 A kind of 
medicftl treatment. 

3reqT55T 1 The act of pressing 
down -2 A eternutatoty.-srr Damage, 
violation ; Ms. 8. 287. 

a. Full of, filled. 

The end of the warp 
of a web. 

3^q;: Flatulence, wind from the 

bowels. 

Sf^sTlTT Sogmenl of the base of a 
triangle. 

3^5--! 9 P. 1 To bind, fasten 

( fis< nisu ); sfhsrv *fw fi^urH<Mv5;! 

Si. "18. 19 -2 To atrt-st, rivet jfsteH" 

f? Mk. 9. 

: I Falling or palsy of tho 
tyelids, 



166 



! Siur. -2 A kind of disease. -3 
Binding on all sides. 

3^5TP*T 1 Pain, agony. -2 Resis- 
tance, oppotition. 



Spasm in the arm. 

3f75pl 4 A. I To awake ; to re- 
cognise ; ft ^r*S>>Tnw5j; Dk. 127. 
-2 To become sensible or aware of, 
feel, perceive, know, understand ; 
r*W<ff 5TTW5V<m Mb. ; rr3ittTflI*rr5- 

wr5T*W&: Si. 12. 39 ; Bk. 15. 101 ; 
Ms. 8. 53; wtft^JT^5T ^; ^rrs- 
nr& frer sjfH: gvre? ^ Bbag. 
knows Cans. I To awaken, rouse; 
nwt <mTTfTvnr: B- 12. 23. -2 To 
make one aware of, inform; argr^r- 
ri 8. B. ; 



IIP)* ftftr 

-3 To remind, pat in mind of ; 

H*TT**rnr<mr?* S. 1. v. 1. -4 To 

teach, instruct. 

M55?- p-p. 1 Known. -2 O<?ft-rp] 
One who knows. 

ar^hf: 1 Waking,beeomiDg awake 
( opp. H* l ; *rr g wnwhfta^ ^aprt 
iTfj^rnurT Ku. 2. 8; Bg. 6. 17. -2 
Knowledge, perception ; ^w^srnr- 
?ii'g*l^ wt? *^f qrwm^srfar: B- 7. 

41 ; triqm'tg^gqrr ^fti^T Trer 5.64 ; 



D. ; M. 3. 10; fTTwretrftr ?: Prab. 
1. 1.-3 Discrimination, judgment; 3T- 
s^ttmft *snr: STOH Ki. 6. 41. -4 
Teaching, informing. 

Indicating, showing ; 
Dk. 



175. -as: 1 The awakener, the inn. -2 
A panegyrist, bard. -J A teacb.er.-4 
Thought, intention ;ra^in'(J^'5H53 p <T- 
m Dk. 153 ;?%in8truction,gnidance, 
explanation. 

Knowledge, perception. 

[ Ji??m: w ] Ill-report, 
defamation. 

7 P. To break off, smash ; 

f^rrsvrsij' Ku.3. 74;3r*vr- 
yij Vr UTT: Rim. broken down, 
humbled. 

srairT: Humbling, overcoming, 
defeating ; wrsnTVTT^rsaf c^nnnmsr 
V. 4. 11. 

3TTTjrW Breaking, off, tearing, 
humbling. 

nr Speaking, tilling. 

; 1 A. I To shine ; jrrfir^- 
: Ki. 3. 46; eRrsrr ^S 

Mb. -2 To shine forth, 
become rasnif est;3TTTf^7g^l^rj(T? 
jj^JT: Si. 8. 29. -3 To appear: seem 
(apparently or f al sel v ); <ra?grqf Vfrnr: - 
ffa*^ifi<?%5nrtTTT^ Ved&nta. -Caus. 
To irradiate, illuminate ; srfvr 
j%RT%lt I^IT: Si. 9. 37. 



1 Splendour, lustre, light. 
-2 Knowledge, perception. -3 
Appearance, mtnifcgUtion, inspira- 
tion; ^n-*ir 3^5 ^s^vrrt Ki. 3. 26. 
-4 Space, reach, compass. -5 False 
knowledge. -i.omp. $?{ N. of a 
divinity -- snrr: ( pi. ) N. of a whole 
class of deities. 

3T7W<T3ra. Lurninoa3,irradiating. 
<s The Supreme Spirit ; ?t Inmi- 
nousness. 

3Tfrrr l ffiTj).^. 1 Illumined, light- 
ed, irradiated. -2 Evident,, mani- 
fest. 

SKTTrftr*: <* Shining, bright. sft 
The outer skin or cuticle. 

P. To break off, shatter. 
7: Breaking off, shattering. 

Breaking offi.shattering, 
dividing. 

3T^S^ 6 - P- To bend down, 
curve. 

3Twg?T P' P- Contracted, bsnt, 
crooked; iwgjrtTfrjTqrfrAarwt w* Si. 
15. 54. 

3TT>rer. [ 3Tf-?-^ Un. 2. 3 ] 
I The end or completion of a prin- 
cipal sacrifice. -2 Bathing at the end 
of a principal sacrifice for purifica- 
tion ; 5TTf^4 m^ir Katy. ; WT 



84 ; sSh^r^wgr^srwr?^': 6. 61 ; 9. 
22; 11. 31. 13. 61"; Y. 3. 244 ; MB. 
11.83. -3 Purification by bathing 
of the gacrificer and the sacrificial 
vessels at the end of n sacrifice. 
-4 The water of purification. -5 A 
supplementary sacrifice to aton* 
for defects in a principal and 
preceding one ; a sacrifice in general ; 
<prrtT*??wi$- fftf*f*r Si. 14. 10. 
-Oonrp. w^ ablation after a sa- 
crificial ceremony. 

Abduction, carrying off. 



P. V. 2. 31 ] Flat-aosad; see 

y The state of hiving a flat nose. 

M^H [ si^r-afR^ Up. 5. 54. ] ! 
Sinful, wicked. -2 Contemptible, 
mean, nndermcmt, lowest. -3 Base, 
low, inferior (opp. q w ) ; aTKrf^iHri- 
37PT7HT 5?f R- 9. 14 ; see'sr^F : ^r fr 
3i%rnrr ir itur Rv. 6. 25. 1. -4 
Next, intimate. -5 Last, youngest -6 
decreasing. ir- | A protector. -2 A 
clas J of Manes ; ftftvrp ft-^: spr JIT 337: 
^I<TT!ff. T I Sin. -2 A lonr day 
exactly coinciding with a solar ono; 
the difference between a Chandra 
(29 d*ys, 31 Chatik4i and 50 Pala) 
and a solar month ( 30 days ); 
' 



respect ; ^df^ifUlM- 
5. 53; Ms. 2. 11, 4. 135, 7. 150; V. 
2. 11. -2 To undervalue, depreciate, 
light, make light of: 

wr Si. 2. 95; 

U. 7. 8; Bk. 

8. 81 ; 12 25; 15. 14. 6G. Cam. To 
despise &c.; ?rr %K Tr^mT'Sq Ms. 2. 
50, 4. 136. 

3TTH5T P'f. Despised, contemned 
&c. -Comp. 3?55T: a restive ele- 
phant ( that disdains the hcok), one 
in rut ; 3^>jf*Trs^Tfffs?nrf: Si 
12.16. 

sr-rwfa: A master, an owner. fat 
/. 1 Disregard, disrespect. -2 Aver- 
sion, dislike. 

3T*TTiT3'J, 3j^nrr?g pot. p. I To be 
treated with disrespect, or slighted ; 



Ms. 7. 8. 9. 82. -2 Contemptible, 
mean. 



Jyotisha. 

3TpT^ 4 A. ( or Poet. P. ) 1 To 
despise, coatemn, disregard,- dis- 



a. I Disrespectful, conte.np, 
tnoas, despising. -2 Arrogant. 

3T7<TTT: Disrespect, contempt, dis 
regard; vffr?^ ^T^riT^^JTrfSfir K* 
IT Ms. 2. 162, Bg. 14. 25. ar, -?T 
dishonourableness, contempt. 

3T?nrH4,-?TT Despising, disrespect- 
contempt ; wwnTST^njf&f r*r nrof^i 
Si. 15. 18. 

aTCHlf^ o. Contemning, despis- 
ing, slighting, undervaluing; f 

T S. 6 ; 
S. 3. 

[ M^irz^n^ 

Producing swollinga. v, A kind 
of disease, swellings caused by bcila 
or contusions. 

3TTJT^5 I Consideration, investi- 
gation. -2 One of the five principal 
parts or Sandhis of a play ; tra yrai . 



^ ?g;r: S. D. 336 ; also 
written fifrr. -3 Attacking; rWr^ 

T: Ki. 3. 43. 

iiair I Intolerance, impatience, 
-2 Effacing, obliterating, baniehiog 
from recollection. 

gj^jj^ 6 P. I To let loose, 
loosen (a a h.)riie).-2 To take off (a 
garment S.c.lj'Jr^OT, f*W 
urri^ &c. -3 To unharneBB. 



'T Setting at liberty, loosen 
ing,, letting go. 



With one's bead hanging down. 
-floxnp. ?TT . [ arag.?? ff^lm ; ?ft- 
3T5] lying with the head bang- 
ing down. (-rs) one who ileeps 
with his head hanging down, such 
ai man ( opp. \i ) ; 



167 



2 P. 1 To rub off, to 
strip off, remove ; &q-cremr@. -2 To 
efface. 

sr Washing &c. 
9 P. 1 To grind or pound 
down, to reduce by friction ; crush, 
tread down, trample upon ; srjfJJ'H 
*nfrfor gtfvaisft ffltrTiTt Mb. -2 To 
rub. -Caus. To pound down &o. 

STIIT^! I Trampling upon. -2 
Pain, toil ; wrTT?JTTTsr Ram. -3 
AD expedient of a Government, 
inflicting punishment on an enemy 
by laying bis country waste, devas- 
tation, oppression ; 3Trt rrm^ra- 
Fror^sr r??rmt Mb. -4 Slaying, 
killing ; U. 5. 8. 

sTW^ a. Trampling down, grind- 
ing, crushing ; ?rj*c? Ram. -* 1 
Rubbing, shampooing ; ^*<rr? Pt. 
1. -2 Oppression, crushing down. 

*nr?^6P. 1 To touch; 3^3- 
?nfV <S<5?S-*fP*. K. 232. -2 To con- 
aider, ponder, reflect. Cau. I To 
cause to touch. -2 To destroy ; in- 
terrupt. 

Touch, contact. 
I A. 1 To expiate ( gin ) 
drive away, expel, disperse ( ene 
mies Ac.) by performing sacrifices. 
-2 Not to worship, to abandon. 

3TT73r'T Purification, means ' of 
expiating ; 
&c. Tandya Br. 

3?^r<rra./. [ aw-q jr-f3<T ] A parti- 
cular portion of a sacriflce.-m. i-jft:, 
) A kind of priest. 

: [ 3?^<Jit wf^or ^tjfy, 
1 A limb (of the 
) ; gwHTT^ir at B. 12. 43, 
Amaru. 40, 46; a member (in general)' 
<Ri*ir3r^fMr sftvRjr Hfi?r<rr^*rt Mu. 
1. -2 A part, portion (as of a whole) ; 
T^T^rf retKT ^aifa^jrer f ^ Bhar- 
t?t. ; spruit %Tr%^^'?g-> Dk. 61 ; %- 
Tr?TT.I3nf*m s P.II.1.45;I. 1. 463 
A member or a component part of a 
logical argument or syllogism. 
(These are five: sri^r, 53, ^j ?OT , 
gqsw and RTRST ). -4 The body. -5 
A component, constituent, ingredi- 
ent ( in general ), as of a com- 
pound &c. -6 A means ( r<H, 37- 
fRor ). -Oomp. 3isJ the meaning 
of the component parts of a word. 

swr^i: ind. Part by part, seve- 
rally, piece-meal. 



$(% ] Having limbs, having portions 
or subdivisions ( as a whole ) ; ^q-. 
Tf^rr H? s^faf: *m*ri* P 11. 2. i. 
8k. TO. (tf ) 1 A whole, any sub- 
stance formed of several consti- 
tuents ; iy swfift rer *r* Sid; 



Mukl. -2 A Syllogism, or any logi- 
cal argument. 

3T^TT 2 P. 1 To go down, to 
give iway . -2 To desist from, turn off 
or away. -3 To know, uuderstund ; 



Si. 15. 19. ; si 

<TFnh Ki. 12. 5. -4 To avert, 

prevent, remove. 

3Tg-<rr,-jrrtT o. Ved. Giving way, 
desisting, ceasing ; g[-[ Ved. one 
whose anger ia appeased. 

WTTTg 1 One who separates. 
-2 Turning away, averting. -3 Ap- 
peasing, pacifying. 

31^TfT 1 Going away, retreat. 
Ved. ). -2 Appeasing, pacification. 
-3 Expiation ( of sins &s. ) 



Having no intellect ( Ved. ). 

ST*T a- [ t tf. ^f. <T. ] I ( a) 
Younger (in years); HmTm = *!TT*- 
T: Sk. ( 6 ) Lator ; posterior, hinder 
(in time or space) ; 
Kara.; g^5r Tr^t: 
Bin.; *rf^ 

- HI. 3 136-7 Sk. ; 
Ci Bop. -2 Follow- 
ing, succeeding isrw^nCl^r:) Ak.; 
^athl^ni Ms. 3. 23. -3 Below, 
under, lower, inferior, legs ; ^urfsrtt 
grnrr M. 1. -4 Mean, unimportant, 
worst, lowest ( opp. 3-^ ); 

^c ffff K. P. 1 ; f*or BI^CWW 
Bg. 2. 49 ; sr^vrr* 



( opp. ifsrif ) , 
Kii. 7. 44. -6 Least ; usually as the 
last member of comp. with numerals; 
s^! W'fafWrsT. Ms. 8. 60, 3. 187; 
11. 81, 12. 110; 3<mr q-R-Tf |TTr 112 ; 
Y.2.69.-7 Western. -8 Nearer.nexf. 
-9 Most excellent ( STeimSSrs ) Ki I 
A country behind. -2 Tiinegone.-tr 
1 A direction. -2 If- of Dnrga. 7 
The hind thigh of an elephant ( also 
{r).-0onrp.-3it5- J. the least part.the 
minimum. -2- the last half. -3. the 
hinder part of body. ( -ij ) ind. in a 
certain euccjaaion of parts, succes- 
sively. "IT: ind. from below. arsSr 
a. [ 3TfW w Itj ] I being on the 
lower or near side. -2. belonging to 
the last half. -3- beginning from be- 
low. -4. defective ( ^ ). (-t$) the 
le:mt or smallest pirt. ar^c a. 
lowest, most inferior of all ; -i f% 



Trfr A- named I 'int. -7 a. |. youn- 
ger, junior, born afterwards ; Si. 14. 
74. -2- of a low birth, inferior. (-3T:) 
1 . a younger brother ; R. 11.54 ; 14. 
11, 36. -2. a udra. ( -srr ) a young- 
er sister ; f^tftpari^^rr R. 6. 58, 
84 ; 12. 32. irj ind. one after 
another. gWT: (pi.) one's descend- 



ants. nor a. belonging to a low 
caste or tribe. (-^T.) 1. a Sudra, a 
man of the fourth tribe. -2. the last 
or fourth tribe; Ms. 3. 241,9.248. 

fo%:, -Wsf: a Sudra. g-^ 'a. 
having no vow ( gp^ or swiiim ). 
( -?T: ) [ am 3i?4cf9fs 3rirw ] 1 . the 
nn. -2 a kind of trse ( arka ). 

?T5JT: [ 3HK: trajfgtff %s: ] the west- 
ern mountain ( behind which the 
sun is supposed to set ). 

3W<T: ind. [ am-ain^ ] Behind, 
afterwards, hinder, posterior, down- 
wards, below, from below. 

amwr^ ind. [ am-sfaRTO^ arwr- 
13 P. V. 3. 29, 41 ] Behind, hinder, 
posterior, below, downwards. 

aratror a. Degraded, censured, 
debased, detpised ( ^srfar ). 

ind. ( With ace. ) Below. 
Den. P. To become lower. 
1 A'. To leave off, cease 
( Only iup.p.) 

amer p. p. Stopped, ceased, 
resting. 

smfih / I Stopping, ceasing, 
cessation. -2 Repose,relaxation,reit. 
3W5?T [ a^cW W- 3Tf P. V. 4. 
81 ] Having no people, desolate. 

^JU| a 1 Broken, torn ;3i^5Ttir- 
i iirttT Ki. 6. 5. -2 Diseased. 
U. 1 To obstruct, hinder, 



stop, prevent, detain ; 

ifT S 2. 2. -2 To shut up, Besiege ; 



P. III. I'. 64. Sk ; so i^H^H.uig[ ; to 
confine, lock up (oft with two ace.) ; 



f^f nt Sk.; with loc. cage also ; 
mrw>ra^W Bhag. -3 To furnish, 
supply, procure, obtain ( for one ) ; 
get, attain to;qrr<T,3i?f. 4 To suspend, 
attach oneself. 

&4*>p. p. 1 Obstructed, stopped, 
checked, hindered. -2 Shut up or in, 
enclosed. -3 Incognito, disguised; 34- 



Mb. 

_4Protected,>ind not seen by others ; 
y. 290 ; Ms. 8. 236. -5 Imprisoned 
secluded as in the inner apartment*. 
-Oomp. ^|f a. incarcerated. 



1 Obstruction, 
restraint ; fYlfltOTT ^frforr ^m^^f 
Ait. Br. -2 Besieging. -3 Gaining. 

ST^ro 1 Hindrance, obstruction ; 
q^rynn'r whiYs^TT: Snr. -2 Re- 
straint ; 3m:nrrretp* Mk. 1. 1. -J 
Inner apartments or women's apart- 
ment, harem, seraglio ; fai$ f^ftsK- 
^tHTf^: Kn. 7. 73 ; Si. 5. 7 ; arsiTJv- 
ariT: K. 57 ; "^ ^s S. 5. 3, 6. 11. 
-4 The wives of a king taken col- 
lectively ( oft pi. ) ; sre*r$ T*T*rft 
B. 1. 32, 4. 68, 87, 6. 48, 16. 58, Mr, 



168 



6. 20. -5 An enclosure, Confinement. 
-6 Sipge,investmant,blockd;jifr*- 
Tret H. 3. -7 A covering, lid. -8 A 
fence, a pen. -9 A watchman. -10 
Depression, hollow. -1 1 Layer 
(plant) see under aresfr-Comp. -w;f 
I. a serngHo. -2. siege 

3T3Trqgr a. 1 Obstruction, hinder- 
ing, impeding. -2 Besieging ; gt|?nr 
at^rq *rsT fJfaramwiWit Rim. 

5Tt A guard. as" A barrier, fence 
WWThjjf 1 A siege, blockade. -2 

Hindering, obstructing. -3 An ob- 
ntacle, impediment. -4 A cloned 
or private place. -^5 The innermost 
part of anything. -6 The inner or 
women's apartments in a royal 
palace ; ,r3fr^tv^>j*snirc*m: Si. 
5. 18 ; 3*rft*i?r WR^ Dk. 120. 
-7 An inmate of the harem, a 
qneen, wife ; amhrTTT^ ffr?T: Si. 
8. 8 ( fl-g^iTilWt =in! ) 

34M?>n=l* o,. Obstructive, impeding 

astiawi^ a^n^ f*3f: 5^] A 
gnard of the queen's Apartments. 

-Wif A female of the inner apart- 
ments ; ng^gtumre-efSTttfaisr: Si 
12. 20. 

3H<Wil <* 1 Obstructing, hinder- 
ing. -2 Besieging. 

an?? 1 P. To descend, alight, 
go down to ; fjq-, qwrar &c. ; come 
down ( in general ) . to dismount, 
get down; ijprra'TW^hTrrg^BrrPT*!" 
f^!j Ms. 2. 202 ; R 4 80 ; Bk. 8. 
10* ; so urar^ni, ivnrr^ ; $<mfci 
3TW?5J: come down from, bereft of, 
prosperity. Caul. (-tfejii%or-$lr<rer- 
f?T ) I To canse to descend or alight; 
HimiT>3q; R- 1- 54 ; helped her 
down ; to bring down, or set 
down ; frt HTwfts^forr Dk. 139 ; 

- 2 To lower 



lessen, reduce ; Ms. 1. 82. -3 To 
plant (as trees). -4 To depose, 
dethrone, dismiss, remove ( as from 
a throne &o. ) ; mnsnifiKimimftwr 
Mo. 3 ; <^ror^ ftn%s^I?^Tq"^^. 

snqgp.p. I Descended, alight- 
ed ; dismonunted. -2 Uprooted. 

amhl: 1 Moving dawn, de- 
scending. -2 A shoot sent op by the 
root of a plant; a slip (for planting); 
the pendent shoots of the ( Indian ) 
fijj-tree. 

3W?j5r Ved. Descending motion, 
deeending. 

3reft<T>t:l Uprooting. -2 Causing 
to descend. -3 Taking away, depriv- 
ing, diminishing. -4 Setting ( as of 
the sun ). 

sHiUMd P-p. I Uprooted. -2 De- 
prived of, curtailed. -3 Diminished, 
lost. 

1 Descent, going or com- 



ing down.-2 A creeping plaut wind- 
ing itself round a tree from the 
bottom to the top ( such as the jrf *n 
creeper). -3 Heaven (fRTrig' Srnrorfl 
fllsijftJTS ) -4 Mounting, ascending . 
-5 A shoot gent out by ft plant, a 
pendent branch, one that striken 
fresh roots into the earth, a* of thf 
fig-tree (rc); w3rgiciHriTtf wsffnrro 
?r*jg: Ram. -6 The growth of " 
plant or vine. -7 ( ID Jmnsic ) Th 
descending scale of notes. -Oomp 
the Indian 8g-ttee ; so 



w I Alighting, descending. 
-2 Ascending. 

3TwM$*r N. of a plant spaim. 

awnr?q a. Descending.-m. ( ff ) 
N. of the Indian fig-tree ( rj ). -on 
A particular condition (^511) brought 
about by a particular position of the 
stars 



a I Mis-shapen, deformed. 
-2 Degenerated, degraded. 

3rarTl%^ Ved. Shining, 
brilliant. ' 

4H<1t|<|3 : A kind of disease, loss 
of appetite ; 



a - Light red coloured. 
a. Having no class. -rr : Tl e 
Towels. 

arg-^f^ a. Ved. Without apleod- 
ou r , mean-looking. 

3|qfa<<tf. a ' Ved. Not hindering, 
not being able to prevent. 

srgrnr 1 Colourless, baring no 
rnarka. -2 Bad, low, deatitnte of goop 
qualities. -3ft 1 Scandal, ill-repute, 
stigma, pot; ^ft^ f tf?a^jTa;ojflf$t R- 
14. 38. -2 Blame, censure ; ^ ^T-7^- 
g^qorin^ 57 spoke no ill words. -3 
Epithet of 18 letters according to =??^, 
?j$, "=33, 3^r, 3?5?rw &c. 
reproach, censure. 

^yrH <> Destitute of livelihood. 
-ST | Want of livelihood. ^Non-exis- 
tence. 

gf^flr:/- Ved. Bad fortune, po- 
verty, distress, want. 

a. Ved. Not turning back. 

r., 3T?5niT Want of rain, 
drought. 

js: a. Ved. Not raining. 

J o. Being active in rainless 
bright weather. 

3K,^*T a. ( Also written ^?r ) 
White. -ST: [aws??*, ST^-^-T^] Tne 
white colour. 

3Nrf<H a. I Clinging or adher- 
ing to, touching, in contact with ; 



i. 7. 71.-2 Hang- 
ing down- -3 Placed contiguously, 
impressed. jr- The waist. 

3T5T5J3- 1 A. I (a) To hang, slip of 
glide down, hang down, b-J suspend 
ed, R'ft Mu. 2. su- 



Br. 



pended by golden chain 
t*& it ^S^rrart a(o>: 
S. 65. 3 ; 5insi*rt 
Ved. ( 6 ) To rest, recline, 
down, remain ;TFT ^rrrTl'srn 
H. 1. -2 To catch hold of. hold, 
cling to, throw orsnpport oneself on, 
lean on, rest on ; TreV aiWWt! 
^fijrw R. 3. 25 ; T^sTr 
V. I ; ^g^isfl^^ii K*nr S. 2; 
W^rfwrr^BnraT V. 1 leaning on 
supported by ; K. 17, 185. -3 To 
hold up, be .r up, support, sustain, 
take up ; sr^tTSTat 5 s !! S 7; g^Tr^- 
c75^5fj V. 3;ipprwir** wfil***- 
^ifr: Ki. 9. 78 ; arfJj^nTTHWM^ K.U. 
2. 18; f^TJ ^ ?T^5f^rj THT: R- 8. 60. 
Me. 109; ?3w "f*rw5- 
: R. 7. 9: Ku. 3. 55, 6 68 ; 7. 
58 ; asrr 3rTf^TT^r^a S. 3 ; Dk. 



. 

162 ;Ve. 4; M. 3 ; V. 2 ; Mn. 5 ; K 
153. -4 To depend on or upon, hanL' 
or hinge on ; tfs;rs7 3fsr??9iHiriW5 i f 
Bk. 18. 41 ; 3iTT3Trr ^rwfiM<i*tar, 
Mk. 9 ; Bhisha 



P. 16. -5 To havo recourse to, regort 
to ; ^TT^^H^Hnrff H.I; vit Bk. 7, 
71 ; |^w M41. 8 to give way to des. 
pair ;(Hn*^5Kto summon or pluck 



npcourag^not to despair: 

&swr^<?wf^ Kn - ! 52 ; ^ 
sr M. 2 politely; K. 155; Ki. 2. 15 ; 
K ; 220; 3TT?rt to cherish hopes ; ffe fvr - 
S. 5 act wantonly, quite 



independently; 
37. 33 taking the northern direc- 
tion .-6 To be slow or tardy, be late. 
Caul. 1 To cause to hang down, 
suspend ; ?r g??5?t TrT^S'WaT Pt 

4. -2 To make one rest upon or catch 
hold of. 

3T*ftr: 1 Hanging down. -2 Hang- 
ing on, dependence on ( fig. also ) ; 
<Trl3rra'T7?faT! Me. 70; 3j^f ^** ^ ** sTW- 
^r Bh. 1. 67. -3 A prop, stay, sup- 
port (lit. and fig.) ; help, asaigtanco 
( flg. ) ; arwpiaTmsfr R. 19. 50 walk- 
fnt supported by others; 5?n%PH*- 
H% Chat. 1. 8 ; BtTfaf^5S-^fHrfa^Tsif 

5. 6 ; %5trfyr frTB^m^S^r Ratn. 1. ft; 



V. 1 ; see 

fj^- also. -4 Hence n crutch or stick 

for support. -5 A Biispender. -6 An 

appendage. -7 A psrpendicular line. 

N. of a metie. 

I A prop, enppport, stay ; 



Si. 9. 6 ; 
Ko. 5. 66 ; BJJW 



169 



m: H. 3 ; u^n-sri^^-iirTw^rsrrff S. 
5- 3 ; **%*& 9fTT*Bsr!f f*n%y H. i; 
-2 Help, assistance. -3 Having re- 
cotirge to, resorting to; adoption; gwr- 
TWTf3T!TjT>5r K. 160. -4 Walking. 
tick. 

swrfftw j. j. 1 Supported, protect- 
ed. -2 Suspended, hung down; *rhif 
*<*r>im -rom Pt. 2 ; ^T5ir<gr5rw%- 
**i$^ S. 4. -3 Expedition*, 
prompt ( tfriT ). -4 Alighting, des. 
oending (actively aged). -5 Depend- 
ing upon, trnHng to. 

3TTc5i%cTe^^oJ. p. I To be caught 
hold of or grasped. -2 Expeditions, 
quick. 

t M^B'ra^ a. Hanging down, depend- 
ing upon, resting or reclining on, 
holding, supporting Ac ; wOTrsre^I,- 
H. 1 ; sru \j- 
ffer K. 15. 49 ; 
19- 7 iamtfo 
6, Ku. 7. 37; W i ft 
ifV Mk. 3. 8 ; 
: ) Rim. 

6 P . To smear, anoint, 
( generally nsed in p. p. ). 

Vlfaxp.p. [fs^-fife] I Prond, 
arrogant, haughty. -2 Anointed, 
plastered, smeared. -3 Killed ;^srr- 
W*T?frrr[ Mu. 8. 27. <rr, "?* nnc- 
tion ; pride, arrogance, vanity. 

3TJ&7! 1 Pride, hanghtinesa ; pJT- 
^OiHB^T^irnf! Si. 9. 51 ( whflrea?" 
also meam ointment); ^rwHMr^iT: 
Mu. 3. 22 ; K. 5. 53 ; TO Me. 14. 
-2 Violence, attack, aasault, insult, 

ontrs g e;f* WTrfhrr^W^RTtmt 
V. 1 ; wg< ibid. ^j^ ^j^,^ 

S^rar ^rfur^hnnftct R- 8. 35. -3 
Smearing, anointing. -4 Ornament 
( "PT ) -5 Onion, aisooiation ( IT ). 
ff&VJ 1 Anointing. -2 Oil, any 
unctuous substance. -3 Union, asso- 
oiation. -4 Pride, arrogance. -5 The 
sandal tree ( ^ ). 

2 U - To Hok > 'P ! " 8 
below, -freq. ( g^fr ) To lick 
again and again. 

^Sftf P- P- I Eaten, chewed ; 
rtntaftti S. 1. 7 ;.Ms. 4. 208. -2 
Licked, lapped ; touched (fig. also 1 ' ; 
<ftsT*Tnir Dk. 9 ; H? ^ Hr . 
17,75 pervaded by youth; 



Ve. 3. 5 sutrounded ( on all sides) ; 
Ki. 13. 11 ; bit ; sfbrrsrf;* m% ^V5- 
SWr^JT?: Mk. 1. 9. -3 Devoured, 
destroyed. 31 Disregard, con- 
tempt. 

3T9&? : 1 Licking, lapping. -2 An 
extract ( at of Scma ). -3 An elec- 
tuary, confection ; ^rfer . 

Licking with the tongne. 
awftf ( 3J 

22 



4 A. To sick, hang on. 

. p- Sticking to, clinging 
to, resting under ; ftfmrtfT^^^: 
Bri. S. 53. 114. 

3Tf5fT5rr [amr-sfrar] 1 Spoit, 
play, mirth. -2 Disrespect, con- 
tempt. 

W&^l P ' ^ P n " dowB or 
out. 

WW^^sr 1 Catting off, tearing or 
pulling out ; ifcji . -2 Uprooting. -3 
Not tying up, allowing to hang 
down. -4 Taking away, pulling out. 

areg^VI 1 Boiling or wallowing 
on the ground. -2 Robbing. 

3^50; 6 U. I To rush upon ( as 
a wild beast on its ptey ), to burst 
or break in upon ; f^PR^ireijfa' -2 
To eat, devour, swallow (fig- also ); 



H. 2. 99 ; 

frtK.93, 109- -3 To snp- 
press, crnab, keep down, stifle ; vqr- 

Bhag. ; 4H.lfld H *"*"'" 
: having lost all sense of &c. 
ij^ Leping on suddenly. 
Ctt 1 Cutting off or away ; 
destruction. -2 Biting; kissing ( as 
a lip ) ; Si. 7. 45. 

ar^cfn:? That can be broken in 
upon or assailed suddenly. 

3TS%^r: I Breaking, scraping or 
scratching off. -2 Anything scrap- 
ed off. 

Scraping off. 
1 Subbing. -2 Adorning 
the person. 

<M3<JH 1 A. or 10 P. 1 To see, 
behold, view.l ook at ; observe (lit.); 



f Bh. 2. 93 ; tiftjiTiprateT ^ ( > 
dramas ) ; w^j?5BWWn7Tn fTTrar'r 
nfSsnrw V. 2 being reflected in ; 
HTnor ^fjf 3TWOT1J to wait for ; ^f 
witness a performance ; M. 2 ; rafir- 
wtra- Bri. S. 53. 105 ; look out for, 
seek ; consult ( as opinioc.s ). -2 To 
look at or see (.in astron. ) ; exer- 
cise influence upon ; gfTiaTJ^Tni- 
. 62; ^WTr^wfffi'jf T H7 
(%ar Mirk. P. -3 To find ; 
obserTe, see ; be aware of, meditate 
or reflect npon ; 3TlrirnTiTr7iT'T^t5>5r- 
*j?r Ku. 3. 50 ; R. 8. 74 ; 11. 67. 

: I Seeing, beholding ; *% 
. D. ; 
V. 4. 31. -2 Sigbt 

-3 Looking down upon with com- 
passion. 

a. Looking at, wishing 

to see. 

A 1 Looking at, beholding, 

seeing ; ift T i g^jT5c?t*'T?iiiT! ^- H> 
60. -2 Looking over, commanding a 
view of ; ^fifBI<trfl<tHniW'iar M- 



1. -3 Sight, eye. -4 A look, glance ; 
ftrf^{lFrra$nf ( irrq'^TTcfr^t R. 10. 
14. -5 Looking out for, inquiry. 
seeking, 

_ aTWf?>gffifg a. Looking npon, coo- 
sidering. 

&*&(fkixp. p. Seen &o. jr. N. 
of a Bnddha. * A look, glance ; 
aftfnrr*OTr%ff R. 4. 72. -Comp. 
f-9T! N. of a Bodhisatva wor- 
Bhippedby the northern Buddhists. 
a. Looking at, seeing. 
T: ( ^gur: ) Ku. 5. 49. 
' Sensual desire. 

a- [ 3?^^- sw ans^w P. 

V. 4. 75 ] One who is f avonrabU ; 
suitable. 



a. Of no good origin or 
extraction. ri N. of a plant tffa* 



A.poisoBons insect. 

Censure, sn evil re- 
port or reputation. 

sprs^f a. 1 One who speaka 
finally or decisively. -2 An adjudi- 
cator. 

arent^ 1 : 1 Censure, reproach. -2 
Truat, oonBdence. -3 Disregard, dis- 
respect. -4 Support, dependence on. 
-5 Evil report. -6 A command, an 
order. -7 Information. 

3T^TTir: I An aperture. -2 Win* 
dow ; sen am^*. 

aTTTm Raining upon (com. 
pletely. ). 

a- Cast down. 

P. To pWn* r to 
off. 

: A splinter, chip. 

a. 

I Independent, free. -2 Not com- 
pliant or docile, disobedient, self- 

willed ; f ^r?5TT Ft- 1- 424 5 Mi ' 5 ' 
33. -3 Not subjected to or swayed ; 
. 45; uncontrolled- 
nnreetrained ; fftr?l'%^tsrt H. 1. 
18 ; 2. 182 ; Dk. 34 : n^^nr% f*- 
*nr^ v$ Ki. 2. 55 wild. -4 Not mas- 
ter of oneself, subiect to the senses; 
wmr^inrsT * fra^St Ku. 6. 95. ' -5 
Not having one'n own will, depei 
dent, helplesiB. powerless ; 



c . 

Bg.3. 5; K. 174 ; Pt. 1. 335 ; U. 3 ; 
Mk. 10.13; 



Ram. ; Mn. 1. 12. -6 Necessary, cer- 
tain ; f%JT?7 T^at iwr QfT T* "T - 
5tt s ^5Tt Mu 6. -Comp. -^g^Rrw a. 
whose mind and sense are npt held 
in subjection. 

Not submitting to tq-< 
other's will. 

Mk. 1. 23, 



170 



wtT a.' 1 Unrestrained, in- 
dependent. -2 Not influenced by 
magic. 

3^511 a. 1 Unt*menbl, ungovern- 
able, unruly. -2 Inevitable ; sjw 
*TiJ!jTW3<m gfah Ve. 3. 4. -3 
Inrlippm'able, nfceesary. -Comp. 
3: a son whom il it impossible to 
govern or teach. 

WW5TT "d- [ 3T<r ?>-jg TV. ] 1 
Necessarily, (vital>ly;mirnr^ w 
sra"T Rt^T^uq'Kiw?^- Me. 93. -2 
Csrtniuly, at nil events, by nil means, 
iurHy, of pourB 531*57 qrft- ffrv- 
f?nc smu WftT 5i*r ; Ms. 12. 68; 



Bh. 3. 1". ; at 
*Tn*J?<Tsff ( 5?ii% ) lie. 10, 61. 
8M31HW Most surely ; if compound- 
ed with pot. pass. the final Basel in 
dropped ; yi JWZTI to be neces- 
arily cooked; aj^innSj tobe necos- 
larily done. 

mUHrfisr, a. Destined to UVe 
place, inevitable ; "arr^ST! M. 5: sTT- 
H. 3 ; w, 5 *mrnft 
nft II. Pr. 28 ; S. 6. 
f a. Necessary, inevitable, 
indispensable. 

M^jT'irfir, -tr Necessity, obliga- 
tion, certainty. 

= 3T^fffip^t q. v. 

wr-31" itej.] 1 A 
WiODg desire. -2 Censure, abuse. 

STCSTT V e d. Not a cow, a bad 
cow. 



1 1 Destroying, cntting 
or lopping off. -2 Withering, drying 

Qp. -3 Emaciation. 

snrfflT^ - Having the bead 
bent or bung down. 

STf fal. ( Used mostly: in pan. ) 
To be leu Uut or ag a remainder, to 
remain over or behind ; Bg. 7. 2. 
Caui. To Icavs ai a remainder ; 



p- I Left, remaining ; 
yusrSrs: R. 5 lf>; 
r: Rtu.3; 

*. 6 .. 

bow much o the night yet remains 
( t>4 yet to ruo ). -J Uemiining 
over and ahovo, giirplus. ^ ; .^^ 
Bett, remainder, remnant; Y. 2 47 
MT?TT: I ttemnant, rt-st, leavings, 
remainder ; T*nM5i7.T, aigr:, a<ir 
nt Ulm. ; j^fa M- 5 the rest of the 
tory; in tbia seme usually iocorap.; 
MM having onlyona half left; y; v j 
orstrnone who gnrvfve* only in 
narration or name, having only the 
Ule or name left behind ; nged 
figuratively for dead ; goe the word* 
;HW remaining only in aehei, 



reduced to aihes ; S. 3. 3 ; 
W% ^9)TT reduced to ashes Kn. 3 72, 
Si. 10. 16 ; mwwTmT *M%?JJT *sj4 
M 4. un6Diabe();^-iq-5Trir HpTJir: ibid. 
still remainiog; -frf vs\<fl^(f: Bh. 
14 ; Rtn. 2. 2;R. 2.69; -y s ^ 
BT^jlT 3<?: S. 2 hear me out, let me 
ftni.h my speech ; 3T?<rr<r5HrrS: K. 
46 having a short span of life ; see 



3T-T?Hw/).p. Left; remaining. 
A Scorp : on. 



. Having the head bent down. 
-vis I An error made in sleeping (as 
regards position). -2 A kiod of eye- 
dig'ate. 

a^r^TT [3W-?> *] 1 Hoar-frost, a 
fog or mist. -2 An iLdspendent 
woman. 

3WIT: [3W?W P.III. 1.141 ] 
I Fiost, dew. -2 Uoar-frogt, white 
dew; 3J!r;9r<)nrr%iK)J33ft^ir ^r<f- 
Bt U. 6. 29. -3 Pride. 

3T7%nTQT Taking anything from 
off the 6re ( opp. aifJsjipir ); 



^;=q: S. D. 2. 



A cow that bears a 
calf after a long interval. 

31^5 5, 9 P. 1 To lean or rest 
npon ; ^Tg^gJnr Mv. 5 ; so ^j ; 
JT$rrf ^riTiH^T Bg. 9. 8 by the help 
ot i f ?t *Tf<im*H*!r RAiD. on account 
of. -a To block up ; *ihrff3T^gf<W 
E*g liatn. 4. -3 To wrap, envelop, 
bover with ; K. 116 ; ilirn?Tri^?T- 
i> arfc^fc 159 occupy ; Dk. 159. 
-4 To support, prop, hold np ; clp, 
emb'acejsi^EKiltH^ nf Mv. 5. 5 ;afts- 
ftHtfli Hrwer K. 33, 42, 51. -5 
To hinder, slop, arrest, hold or keep 
back ; anesquiff* ?l&>Ai K. '303. 
-6 To be near. -7 To be astounded or 
bewildered. 

W^ffCTTj). p. [ W^W-if, HTf^H ] 1 

Supported ; reted on, protected r 
held, soized. -2 Hanging from or 
upon ; d'gs'i'-JT 'Jiff: Sit. -3 Near; 
ccutiguoui ;3TSf?i^ig^> P. V. 2. 
13, Bk. 9.72. -4 Obstructed, stop- 
ped, suspended. -5 Parvlrsed. -6 
Round, ti*d, attached -7 Wrapped 
up, enfolded. -8 Opposed. -9 
Surpassed, overcome. 

3Tre>T- [ *fl>T q^, ffw *rj ] 1 Lean- 
ing, renting upon. -2 Support, prop ; 
iWirrfiTPfffiTO*! K. 34, 44, 186, 
231, 248 ; B^ ?sanranr3**;?: M41. 3 ; 
( hence ) huviog recourse to, 
plucking up or summoning (as 
courage ) ; srfspjn? Smi^Bjf gi^rfJr 
Tt. I ; go <rNT, vft^ Mil. 2 ; 
K. 286. -3 Haughtiness, 



pride, dignity, majestic greatness ; 
srrTOHrsftsn K. 179 dignified, nobl; 
see wiyn--4 A pogt, pillar. -5 Gold. 
-6 Commencement, beginning. -7 
Stopping, standing still, staying. -8 
Courage, eteadintsj ; K. 155, 157 
resolute determination ; ^ 
CH: Ratn. 4; 3Tf^nr^ni?rs 
K. 261 plucking npcourage ;< 
nwtd r Pt. 4 holding oni ( as 
opposed to <ic?i!i!i ). -9 Obstruction, 
impediment. -JO Paralysil, stupefac- 
tion ; K. 141. -11 Excellence. 

3T*gTJrr a. (^fr /. ) Golden, 
made of gold, or ag large s a post ; 
t*Jrr.<r5rroihr <rftorr B- 3. 53 ( <n i 
usually rendered in the above man- 
ner, but from ths immediate con text, 
it should more properly mean ' full 
of dignified baldness, ' ' breathing 
deSance. ' 

3T*eTsf I Resting upoE, having re- 
course to. -2 Supporting. -3 Parnlys 
ing, stupefying. -4 A post ; pillar. 
-S Stopping, staying. 

^qx^ 1 P. To smack ( one'* 
lips ), make a noise in eating. 

aTTusroii [ a?? ^^5 wr. ] Noisy 
eating, smacking ( the lips ). 



Protection, 8itance. -2 Fame, 
celebrity. -3 Food, provision. 4 
Wealth, riches. -5 Going. -6 Satis- 
faction, pleasure. -7 Wish, will, 
desire, aspiration. ind. 



, . 

V. 3. 39 ] 1 Below, downwards, 
bltherward. -2 ( As a preposition 
with iatr or abl. ) ( a ) Below, tt 
the lowest place. ( 6) Without, on 
the ouuide. 

ST^T?^ a. Ved. Striving, as- 
piring. 

3t7^T: [ 3ts;-3T5 Un. 3. 117 ; 
a?-T!ftt^r vn Tijsff Ujjva 1 . J | A 
kiug. -2 The euu. -j A Kind of tree 
( ; ) ft 1 Refreshment, food, 
provision ( especially for H journey) 
tiiuiicum ( "n: also ) ; rra% ^r 
iv. 3. 61. -2 Prc8rving,proUo.iog_ 



1 A clotli girt ruuud the legs an I 
knees (by a person), when Bitting on 
his bnuig ; aUo, tlie act of girding 
round thisulothjOr the posture itself; 



Ms 4. 1 12 ; 

i^r Malli. on Ki. 12. 22. -7(Heucc) 

A wrapper, a girth or band m 

general. 

STtTy'jj; 1 P. t To gaspend, attach, 
cling to, throw, place ; STfirrftreT?- 
Si- 7 16 ; BO ?* <nf3r, 



171 



&c. -2 To entrust to, 
throw on. 

3tw^^Kp,p. I Suspended from) 
placed ; WrsRTTRmisatTT* Ku. 7. 
23, K. 206 ; Ki 7. 40 ; Si. 5. 16, 
16, 9. 7, Ch. P. 4. -1 In contact 
with, bound round, touching ; arf%- 
9TfTR3i5i fftirr iriTwreCT Mk. 1. 
54. -3 Engaged in, intent on, eager. 
% Contact. 

Embracing, 

dining. 

Srrsr The downward flight 
o{ birds in a body. 

MWP [ 3?f-HT -*n ] I A dwell- 
ing jlace, habitation. -2 A village. 
-3 A school, college ( gpfrav:, IT?:, ) 
Be sriijffzr. -j A hdiiae. 

ar^flsir: [3Tfl-u*f zrq ] A col- 
lege, school 

3^ff?[ 1 P. I To gink down, 
faiDt, fail, give way ; ^ftnir i^rfw- 
WMWr^KT Ki- 2. 6. sinks or fails ; 
iitfT 7 ; smtfm'fr aroin Mb. ; H fi- 
ftasrSTfrn^rfisft Ki. 4. 20 fails 
not ( don* not eh-it big lips ) ; sr 
''Egrc-ra?^i!>Mb. ; Ms. 4. 187, Bk. 
fi. 24. -2 To eoffer, be neglected or 
interfered with : sTrrffrffft fT S* 
9*rr3pT K. 181. -3 To be